YT YouTube2Text

YouTube2Text → Transcripts → Power BI Complete Course 2026 - Beginner to Expert in 20 Hours (Free Tutorial)

Power BI Complete Course 2026 - Beginner to Expert in 20 Hours (Free Tutorial) — Transcript

by Learn Microsoft Fabric, Power BI, SQL Amit Chandak · 217,627 words · 29,640 segments · language en · Watch on YouTube

Open in transcriber Summarize with AI Download SRT/VTT

Full transcript

0:00Hello friends hope you had a really good
0:03start of 2025 I Amit chandak a Microsoft
0:07data platform MVP and a powerb community
0:09super user I also chief altic officer at
0:13caner I welcome you to this video learn
0:16powerbi yes it is a full video of 20
0:20hours in 2023 I released a similar video
0:24of 11 hours and 30 minutes I'm taking a
0:28next step to bring you even bigger and
0:31better content we are going to cover
0:33visualization Texs and power query in
0:36details I'm hopeful this video will help
0:39you to enhance your journey of power bi
0:44in a great way start this journey with
0:47me and I will take you through a Content
0:50which consists of more than 140 plus
0:53videos which has been recorded and
0:56edited throughout
0:582024 you will find some of the uis has
1:01changed over a period of time but I've
1:04taken care that I have Incorporated the
1:07new UI at the right place so let's begin
1:11this journey learn
1:16powerbi and data analytics industry is
1:19continue to grow and it creates lot of
1:22opportunities for business intelligence
1:25data analytics and visualization tools
1:28powerbi is leading the that weave today
1:31with the emergence of Microsoft fabric
1:33it has taken next step in that Journey
1:38so learning powerbi as a skill can be
1:41really useful and I have done an attempt
1:44to make sure that I cover all those
1:47aspect in this particular video I would
1:50also like to take this opportunity to
1:53thank each and everyone of you who have
1:55watched the previous video where over
1:57last two years there were more than
2:00200,000 views and 4,000 like you have
2:04really appreciate that video you have
2:06asked many question on that video and
2:09based on that I have created many other
2:12videos the channel now have more than
2:15850 videos and you can take full
2:18advantage of those videos more than 500
2:21videos are only on powerbi and there are
2:24more than 80 plus videos on Microsoft
2:26fabric including English and Hindi so my
2:30advice would be to watch all these other
2:33videos other than this course to take
2:36the full advantage of powerb there are
2:39detailed videos on each and every
2:41function of Dex and power query on my
2:45channel and you should also watch other
2:48than watching this full course I wish
2:50you a very successful power ba Journey
2:54with this video and hoping that this
2:57video will make your powerbi journey
2:59really easy in case you have some
3:02questions you can ask them in comments
3:04but with that let's begin our journey in
3:0720125 to learn powerbi and take a next
3:12step in your data analytics career so
3:15friends the question arise why powerbi
3:17powerbi is leading business intelligence
3:19Analytics tool and for last many years
3:23every business intelligence analytics
3:25industry reports put powerbi as the top
3:28leading tool in terms of feature and
3:31capabilities with the launch of
3:32Microsoft fabric an integrated
3:35environment where powerbi is also part
3:37of it which has capabilities of having
3:40lake houses warehouses realtime Antics
3:43all together on integrated platform as a
3:46powerbi developer you have a leap to
3:49take my recommendation is with the help
3:52of this video you learn powerbi and then
3:54take the advantage of various other
3:56videos on my channel to learn Microsoft
3:58fabric 202 4 is expected to be the era
4:01of Microsoft Fabric and you have a
4:04pivotal role to play as a powerbi
4:06developer and enhancing your skill to
4:08the next level to the Microsoft fabric
4:10becoming a Microsoft fabric developer so
4:12let's start together this exciting
4:15journey of learning powerbi taking the
4:18analytics experience to the next level
4:20for the end user and then take it to the
4:23next level using Microsoft
4:27fabric so let's understand what is is
4:29powerbi powerbi is a business
4:32intelligence and analytics service that
4:35delivers Insight from analyzing the data
4:37powerb is a collection of software
4:39Services app and connectors that work
4:42together to turn your unrelated sources
4:45of data into coherent visually immersive
4:48and interactive Insight it can share
4:50those insights through data
4:51visualization which can make up reports
4:54and dashboards to enable the fast
4:56informed decision power ba scales across
4:59and organization and it has built in
5:01governance security allowing business to
5:04focus on using data more than managing
5:07it in the today's datadriven world
5:09powerbi stands out as a pivotal tool in
5:13the data visualization and business
5:15intelligence it is not just presenting
5:17the data it's about unlocking the
5:19insights and for decision making so
5:21let's begin this interesting journey in
5:23the world of powerbi so whether you're
5:25beginner or eager to dive into the data
5:28visualization or a professional looking
5:30to update your skills this video is a
5:32gateway mastering powerb together let's
5:35transform the way we understand the
5:38data so the first term is data itself so
5:42data is a set of values of qualitative
5:45or quantitive variable means something
5:47which we want to measure against
5:49something which we want to measure and
5:50it's not only about data it's about
5:52quality data see in business
5:54intelligence and data analytics we use a
5:56term garbage in garbage out what does
5:58that means if you if you don't have
6:00quality data you'll not be able to get
6:01quality analysis and that's really
6:03important here and that might require
6:06transformation and powerbi is capable of
6:09doing the transformation then we have a
6:12term data analytics data analytics is
6:14the process of examining and analyzing
6:17the data sets in order to draw insights
6:19conclusion and make data driven decision
6:21making so we are talking about data
6:23driven decision making it involves using
6:26statistical and analytical techniques to
6:28extract and interpret relevant
6:30information from data and can be applied
6:33in wide range of fields and industries
6:35so basically we are driving out the
6:37information from the data we are taking
6:39decisions which will drive our
6:40businesses we have another term which is
6:43business intelligence and business
6:44intelligence refers to decision making
6:46now according to o.com the term business
6:48intelligence bi refers to the technology
6:51application and practice for collection
6:54integration analysis and presentation of
6:56business information the purpose of
6:58business intelligence is to support B
7:00better decision making now here we are
7:02talking about collection of data
7:04integration of data analysis of data and
7:06presentation of data power ba can do all
7:08four means it can collect data from
7:10different sources it can integrate them
7:11it can analyze and present also it could
7:14happen that most of the time this
7:15collection and integration is happening
7:16outside maybe in a data warehouse and
7:18Analysis and presentation is going to
7:20happen in powerbi now data could be
7:24structured semi- structured or
7:25unstructured most of the time we are
7:26going to deal with the structure data
7:28and this structure data can come from
7:30rdbms and sometime it may be also
7:32available in Excel files or csvs where
7:36targets and budgets are commonly kept
7:39now ideally we should move them into the
7:41data warehouse or a common storage so
7:43that they can be managed properly but in
7:46any project you will not have 100% data
7:49coming from rdbm you may have some data
7:51coming outside now semi- structure data
7:53and un structure data would be dealt
7:55little bit outside the powerbi or maybe
7:58converted into some useful information
8:00or data and then maybe U given in power
8:03ba for analysis now you will come across
8:06the term tables and fact now table is
8:09basically a collection of related data
8:11entries and it consists of numerous
8:13columns and rows so there are rows and
8:14columns and it contains data now table
8:17could be a fact table or table could be
8:18a dimension table fact table is the
8:20table which containing the majors or the
8:22facts facts means truth about your
8:23organization my sales my purchase my
8:26inventory number of employees their
8:28salary all these are the facts of your
8:30organization they are the truth about
8:32your organization that are used to
8:33analyze data as well as Dimension Keys
8:36against which they need to be analy so
8:37it will also contain the dimension Keys
8:39against which you need to analyze this
8:41data you will also hear this term major
8:43matrices kpi and then you will also hear
8:47the term parameter filter Dimension so
8:49what is measor so something which you
8:50want to measure measure for your success
8:52of your organization and then you will
8:54measure it against something against
8:56time against geography against customer
8:58against vendor against items articles so
9:01you say I have done good sales sales is
9:03a major or matrices what is what do you
9:05mean by good have you done good against
9:07your competitor have you done good
9:09against last year have you done good
9:11because your margin has increased all
9:13these questions are there and such
9:15questions we will be trying to answer
9:17using business intelligence and data
9:18analytics so these are the terms you
9:20should be hearing time and again then
9:23there are two kind of matrices lead
9:24matrices and lag matrices lead mattress
9:27is something which can indicate what is
9:28going to happen lag is something which
9:31is actually analyzing what has already
9:33had happened sales is basically
9:34something already has happened but is
9:36sales going to decrease how you are
9:37going to know so it's basically size of
9:39your funnel how many opportunities or
9:40leads you have if your leads are
9:42decreasing your opportunities are
9:43decreasing at 1 F day your sales will
9:46decrease so there are lead indicators
9:48and that is how the prediction happens
9:50so somebody's saying okay downtime is
9:52coming or how this is coming because
9:53they look at the lead in mates and once
9:56lead and mat is going down we know that
9:58the lag mattress is will follow it soon
10:00these kind of metrices you should also
10:02remember in your analysis what you plan
10:04to analyze now you will hear about
10:06relational schema star schema and
10:08snowflake schema and star schema is very
10:11common term which you will hear while
10:12you are doing your analysis now without
10:14going into lot of details of this one
10:16let me explain you one quick example in
10:18typical in a relational schema what
10:20happens we try to store information in
10:22such a manner that it doesn't repeat at
10:25all so let's say if I store state in a
10:27city table what would happen the state
10:29name will repeat for many cities so
10:31instead of storing the state name what
10:33I'll do I'll create a state ID and state
10:35name in a separate table and I'll only
10:37store the state ID in the city table so
10:40if the state name changes or updated I'm
10:42only updating one record so in such a
10:44manner we create a set of table using a
10:47process called normalization and
10:49relational schema or the oltp system
10:52online transaction processing system
10:54which are our base core erps or CRM they
10:57typically follow relational schema back
10:59because of which they are able to handle
11:01thousands of transaction or millions of
11:04transaction in a day so this is
11:05typically how a relational schema looks
11:07like you might have a sales table sales
11:09might have a detail sales might join to
11:11city and state it might join with time
11:14and time may be further classified as
11:16date month quarter year there could be
11:18Separate Tables or one table it could be
11:20joining with customer customer can join
11:22further with customer group CS detail
11:24can join with item item can join with
11:26brand category subcategory and all so
11:27many tables could be there what what
11:29happens is then this is relational
11:31schema we have a dimensional schema
11:32there are two dimensional schema which
11:34are pretty common one is Snowflake and
11:35second one is star schema now what
11:37happens in case of snowflake schema you
11:39can still have subdimensions like I
11:41combined sales and sale detail here I
11:43combined also customer and customer
11:44group but I still have item and brand
11:46means item table is there and it's also
11:48connected to Brand you can also have
11:49city and state means still separate out
11:51table time is one combined it maybe
11:53previously also combined I also combined
11:55but when you come to Star schema what
11:57happens is that you do do not have any
12:00join between Dimensions also so no fact
12:02join with other fact no Dimension join
12:04with other dimension and the distance of
12:07information is one so I want to know
12:09brand wise sales item wise sales the
12:11distance is one one joint I want to know
12:13statewise sale one joint I will get
12:15State I want to know customer group wise
12:16one join with customer table I'll get
12:18that information so I can have many join
12:20but all these joins are just one step
12:23apart that's what the star schema and in
12:25that one fact will not join with fact
12:27Dimension will not join with Dimension
12:28so these are basic few concept which
12:30should be aware and you will hear all
12:32these terms time and again so let's
12:34begin this journey of learning powerbi
12:36to start this journey let's first
12:38understand Microsoft powerb ecosystem
12:40this ecosystem does not include
12:42Microsoft fabric ecosystem I have
12:45knowingly excluded that which we can
12:47discuss in a separate video of Microsoft
12:50fabric you can watch the introduction
12:52videos in Hindi and English on my
12:54channel explaining the various
12:57components that Microsoft fabric
12:59provides you so the Journey of any
13:00business intelligence analytics tools
13:02start with the sources so what kind of
13:04sources we can have for powerbi the
13:06usual sources are external sources like
13:08Excel databases Etc then we will discuss
13:12later on about these remaining two
13:14sources you import that into the powerbi
13:16desktop for databases we do have option
13:18for direct query what is Import in case
13:21of import the data would be residing in
13:23the powerbi and we will be creating the
13:26model into the powerbi and we will be
13:28creating measures and would be analyzing
13:31the data also so powerbi own meta as
13:34well as data in case of direct query we
13:37create the connection we do not import
13:39the data but we create the metadata we
13:42create the model we create the
13:45definitions we create the relationship
13:47we create measures we create
13:49visualization finally analyze so power
13:52VI will have model power VA will have
13:54visualization but will not have data
13:56that is direct query mode now once you
13:58create your power bi report on the
14:00desktop with help of transformation
14:02using power query and measures and
14:06calculation using Dex and finally
14:08creating visualization using powerbi you
14:11can publish this file on powerbi
14:17service powerbi service is the ecosystem
14:21where you are going to share this report
14:23and do the collaboration with other user
14:25powerb desktop is a development tool it
14:28does not have security you can create
14:30roles to apply the security on powerbi
14:33service but unlike Excel where it is
14:36password protected that's not powerb
14:38desktop powerb desktop all the
14:40information is available you can
14:42restrict what you wanted to load but the
14:44entire information is available so once
14:46you are done with your development on
14:48powerb desktop you publish it orto the
14:50powerbi service now if you are using on
14:52promise sources you need on promise
14:55Gateway way that include on promise
14:56databases like SQL server or Excel
14:59sheets you need on promise Gateway if
15:00your sources are Cloud you don't need on
15:03promise Gateway they can directly be
15:04refreshed on service remember in powerbi
15:07desktop you have a refresh button to
15:09refresh the data on the service we can
15:11schedule the data set refresh
15:13automatically to happen 8 times for pro
15:1648 times for premium users when when it
15:19goes to powerbi service the report which
15:23you publish the PBX which we have on the
15:25desktop it get divided into two parts
15:27one is data set or what we call a
15:30semantic model and another one is report
15:33the data set or what we call a semantic
15:35model it can also act as a source again
15:38and you can create report paginated
15:41report and dashboard on top of it you
15:44can take it back to the powerbi desktop
15:47and again create a report which you can
15:48publish you can re use it on the report
15:51developer paginated reports can be
15:54created using this data set and that can
15:56be published again on powerbi service
15:59known as paginated report so it means
16:01once you create the data set you will be
16:03able to use that it again and the
16:06connection this time we are going to
16:07create when we use the data set is known
16:09as live connection reports will have a
16:12live Connection in this case you can
16:14finally create a powerbi app and
16:16distribute the content and this is
16:18really helpful when you want to
16:20distribute it to the large number of
16:22user you can combine multiple reports
16:24along with the dashboards and share it
16:27with user you can create create multiple
16:29audiences and share different set of
16:31reports with them now let's talk a
16:33little bit about two components of the
16:35powerb desktop so one of the component
16:37of the powerb desktop was power query
16:39power query is used for data preparation
16:41data cleaning and data transformation
16:43Dex is used for creating complex measure
16:47calculations which help you to finally
16:49create the
16:53analysis so what happen is in power
16:56query whatever you transformation you
16:58create remain with that file but what
17:00happens if we have to do same kind of
17:02transformation again and again how do we
17:04keep its record across various users or
17:08various files so to address that power
17:10ba has come up with the online version
17:12of power query and that is known as data
17:14flow in powerbi world we use data flow
17:17gen one or data flow in Microsoft Fabric
17:20World we use the next version of data
17:22flow which is known as data flow Gen 2
17:24data flow Gen 2 is the online version of
17:27the power query and you can use it for
17:30data preparation data cleaning and data
17:32transformation now data flow Gen 2
17:34stores the data but it cannot create a
17:37data set so you have to bring it back to
17:39the powerbi desktop and then create your
17:41data set after you create the data set
17:44without creating a visualization you can
17:46publish that data set you can use that
17:48data set back to create the
17:49visualization and this is one of the
17:51pattern we use now in the data flow we
17:53may not have all the heavy tables
17:56Dimensions or the small table which
17:58which have lot of transformation can be
18:00part of data flow so have the dimension
18:02table or small table having lot of
18:04transformation in the data flow take it
18:06to the powerb desktop merge it with
18:08other fact tables create relationship
18:11create measures create all the complex
18:13calculation which you require without
18:15creating a visualization publish it and
18:17create a powerb data set or what we call
18:20a semantic model so the term which we
18:23are using now for few months is semantic
18:26model create your semantic model and use
18:29that in the live connection on powerbi
18:31desktop or in powerbi service itself you
18:33can create the report and visualization
18:35same can be used in power P now now you
18:38would have understood why I kept PBI
18:40data flow
18:44here then what is this one Lake and what
18:47is this almost very similar icon what
18:50happens is basically in Microsoft fabric
18:53we have a direct Lake connector in
18:54Microsoft fabric most of the things
18:57resides on Lake where whether it is the
18:59structure data or unstructured data we
19:01save it using lakehouses or warehouses
19:04and lak houses and warehouses create a
19:06data set or what we call a semantic
19:09model the data set or what we call a
19:12semantic model directly gives you data
19:15from lake houses and warehouses and it
19:17doesn't need a direct query it is a best
19:20possible merge of import and direct
19:22query so there is a new connection type
19:25which is direct Lake connection type so
19:27when you connect to the one L Lake you
19:29get a new kind of connection which is a
19:31direct Lake connection semantic model
19:33created on the lake houses or warehouses
19:36or the custom semantic models created on
19:39lake houses or Warehouse so in this
19:40manner you can use the direct Lake
19:43connection and you can now create the
19:45reports using the direct Lake connection
19:47and then publish them it again to the
19:48power
19:49ba there is one different version of
19:52powerb which is known as powerbi report
19:55server which can be installed on premise
19:57there is a special IAL version of
19:59powerbi desktop available for that that
20:01is known as powerbi desktop optimized
20:04for report it is usually 3 to 6 month
20:06behind from the current powerbi and it
20:08also does not include preview features
20:10there's a whole list of comparison what
20:12you don't get available on the Microsoft
20:14side powerbi desktop or powerbi we get
20:1811 releases per year other than January
20:22every month we will have one release so
20:24your powerb desktop keep on updating
20:26every month but that's not true with
20:28reports or we have only three releases
20:30in a year and because powerbi does 11
20:33releases it's really important that you
20:36keep eye on blog. powerbi.com and always
20:41keep on monitoring the latest update
20:44because feature keep on changing fast
20:46one of the reason of creating this video
20:49again that we have got quite a few new
20:52features and there is so many changes in
20:54the UI that it could not have been done
20:57without creating a new new video and
20:59that is why we again created this entire
21:02video for you to learn the powerbi on
21:05the latest version which has been
21:07released in December
21:102023 so now let us understand the
21:13process of creating a powerbi login one
21:17of the best method is that admin of the
21:20tenant should use admin.
21:23microsoft.com if you have your own a
21:26registered domain for that domain you
21:29should go ahead and register yourself to
21:32admin.
21:34microsoft.com and once an organization
21:36able to register and admin on admin.
21:40microsoft.com you will be able to create
21:43users and able to assign the licenses to
21:46them so let me go ahead and showcase you
21:50how you are going to do that on admin.
21:53microsoft.com so first of all log to
21:56admin. microsoft.com
21:59I'm assuming you already have the admin.
22:02microsoft.com access and you are admin
22:05if not then this step need to be
22:07executed by your admin the admin need to
22:10go and register a new user and under the
22:15user management either you will click on
22:17the users active users and you should
22:19get that option add users or on the
22:21homepage you will also get it so click
22:23here on add a
22:27user you will get let a popup here you
22:29start giving details of the user
22:33Amit
22:36Amit will display name let me give a
22:38username here Amit
22:40C so I'm creating a new user on the
22:43Microsoft portal usually you can share
22:47this password to another email ID which
22:49could be the email ID of that person the
22:51personal email ID or the manager's email
22:53ID or the admin's email ID then go ahead
22:56and press next button
22:59and in the next button you can assign
23:00the licenses right now what I'm going to
23:03do is I'm not going to assign the
23:04license to this particular user I have
23:08the only thing which I can assign here
23:10is the Microsoft fabric free licenses I
23:13don't have any pro licenses to assign to
23:15it usually the organizations will have
23:18Pro
23:19licenses in my case in this tenant I
23:22don't have Pro licenses so I'll not be
23:23able to assign so I'll say create user
23:26without product licenses and press on
23:30next then it will ask for additional
23:32options which I'm going to
23:34skip these are the details anything I
23:37want to edit right now I can edit it and
23:39finish adding post that this user need
23:42to log in and change its password right
23:45now it is showing us the password which
23:47is this user is going to
23:51get so right now it is showing the
23:53details along with the password which
23:55this user is going to get for the first
23:57time this user need to log to app.
24:01powerbi.com or any other Microsoft
24:03application and reset its password if
24:06you have enabled two Factor
24:07authentication that also need to be
24:09enabled and by executing this exercise
24:12on app. powerbi.com the user will be
24:16able to claim the Microsoft fabric free
24:19license or the powerb free
24:21license if your organization has not
24:24disabled
24:25that I'm going to show you the next step
24:28how user in this case when we have not
24:31assigned him the license we go ahead
24:33reset its password and going to get the
24:36Microsoft fabric free license which is
24:39available for all the users in this
24:42particular
24:43tenant admin has registered your login
24:48and now the time has come to log to app.
24:52powerbi.com in the first login it may
24:56ask you to reset the password as as well
24:58as set up the two Factor authentication
25:01if that is the requirement from your
25:04tenant side or from your organization s
25:07so let's jump onto the app. powerbi.com
25:11open app. powerbi.com
25:16once it is open enter your email ID
25:20which has been provided to you by your
25:22admin once you give that email ID post
25:26that you can click on submit it will
25:29take you to the next page and ask for
25:31the password you have to give the
25:33password which admin has provided to
25:38you enter the password and click on sign
25:46in after you enter Because admin has set
25:50up your account and you are loging for
25:51the first time you need to reset the
25:54password by giving the new password and
25:57click on sign in
25:58then press next on the next screen now
26:02you need to set up the Microsoft
26:04authenticator or any other authenticator
26:06which you want click on that and
26:10next then you need to scan the code and
26:14you will be able to set up your
26:17authenticator provide the six-digit code
26:20from your authenticator here and then
26:23again press
26:26next your authentic is successful once
26:30the authentication is successful you
26:31should be able to sign in to app.
26:34powerbi.com once you log in you should
26:38be able to see a free account for you so
26:42authentication is successful let's go
26:44onto the right top the user details
26:47click on the user icon you should be
26:49able to see your email ID and the type
26:53of license what you have
26:55here here you can see I have got a free
26:59account and Microsoft fabric trial is
27:02also available for me in this manner you
27:05will be able to set up your account so
27:09now let's understand powerbi licenses
27:12typically powerbi licenses can be
27:14divided into three
27:16categories free license Pro license and
27:20premium license premium has two part PPU
27:23and premium capacity with the emergence
27:25of Microsoft fabric you have more
27:29options to know the information about
27:32powerbi licenses what you can do is
27:34search for Power bi licenses on the web
27:40and you will get the product pricing for
27:42Microsoft
27:43powerbi now when you go to the pricing
27:47depending on the country which you are
27:48in you can see the
27:49pricing and what I can do is in instead
27:53of in I can make itus
27:58so now I got the US pricing so depending
28:00on Country you can change it and get the
28:02pricing so first of all Microsoft
28:06powerbi in free fabric account you have
28:09a Microsoft fabric free account there
28:11you can get the free Microsoft powerbi
28:15Microsoft powerbi desktop is already
28:16free you have you can create a powerbi
28:19free account Fabric and you can get it
28:22then we have the powerbi pro license
28:24which is basically the user based
28:26license which is $10 per user per
28:29month and you can publish and share
28:32report powerbi Pro is included in
28:34Microsoft 365 E5 also and you can buy it
28:38using the credit card also then we have
28:40powerbi premium per user premium per
28:43user include the features that available
28:45in powerbi Pro additional feature in the
28:48powerbi premium there are few premium
28:51capacity features which are available
28:52here and you can buy it it is $20 per
28:55user per month so double the cost now
28:58when you further go
29:01down it talks about the capacity
29:04basically because of the merge with
29:05Microsoft fabric this is power be
29:07premium capacity can also be used for
29:09fabric so that is why Microsoft fabric
29:11power be premium capacity SKU the skus
29:14which start with P1 so those SKU you
29:17have do
29:194,500
29:224,995 which is P1 capacity include all
29:26the features available in power gain
29:28access to rest of the Microsoft fabric
29:30workloads as a unified product use Auto
29:33scale to respond to occasional unplanned
29:35outage and spike in the capacity by
29:38automatically adding one Vore at a time
29:41per hour so if you want to Auto scale
29:43then there are separate charges now when
29:45you go to Microsoft fabric capacity
29:47which is f64 equivalent of P1 you get
29:51licensed to your organization access for
29:53Microsoft Fabric in unified product
29:55experience that uses the same compute
29:58capacity and
30:00storage smaller entry level start from
30:03F2 so the capacity start from F2 in
30:05powerbi the premium capacity only start
30:07with one which is equivalent of f64 but
30:09here it start from F2 Microsoft as your
30:12consumption commitment
30:14eligible and gain access to full
30:17Microsoft fabric workload through
30:18unified product experience
30:20capacity that is also there then we have
30:25per month f64 SKU P1 equivalent
30:30Microsoft capacity pay as you go this is
30:33pay as you go this is very similar to
30:35the f64 but you can shut down this
30:38capacity pay as you go and this is
30:41basically you kind of hourly capacity
30:44which you again these kind of capacities
30:45start with F2 so F2 F4 f8 F32 f64 these
30:50kind of capacities are available then
30:53when you further go down it talks about
30:55E5 powerb desktop which is free you it's
30:58available Microsoft powerbi
31:02for mobile powerbi embedded when you
31:06further go down it compares the feature
31:08of powerbi with powerbi free account Pro
31:12account premium account and premium per
31:14capacity if you go down
31:17here look at
31:19this
31:21comparison so create reports with
31:24desktop available everywhere publish
31:26report and share collaboration
31:28see you can't do the collaboration
31:30without having any license so you so you
31:33at least need Pro license for
31:34collaboration then Advanced Ai and data
31:37flow data M xmla endpoints are only
31:39available in the premium feature all
31:41user can consume bi without paid per
31:44user license is only available with
31:46premium capacity P1 or f64 onwards so
31:51viewers viewers don't need license from
31:55those capacities onward
31:58access to all Microsoft fabric workload
32:01including data factory data engineering
32:04data
32:04warehousing data science realtime
32:07analytics and data activator is only
32:10available with P1 capacity or f64
32:13capacity premium capacity memory size
32:17limit for you will very get very small
32:20memory size limit for free account 1 GB
32:22for pro 100 GB for PPU and 400 GB for P1
32:26premium capacity refresh rates for
32:29powerbi data sets 8 per day for pro 48
32:32per day for PPU and 48 per day for
32:34premium
32:35capacity maximum
32:38storage powerbi native storage when you
32:40are using powerbi then this is
32:42applicable 10gb PPU 100 TB and premium
32:46capacity P1 100 TB data security
32:49encryption available everywhere one L
32:51Storage one L B CDR storage one Lake
32:54cache one networking only available with
32:57premium prium capacity or Microsoft
32:59fabric capacities there are additional
33:01notes and comments I will also provide
33:04the link of this one into the
33:07description so those who have looked at
33:10the older pricing now you will see few
33:13difference in the pricing and these
33:14differences have came because of the
33:16availability of Microsoft fabric and
33:18fabric capacities previously without
33:20having a premium capacity you cannot buy
33:22a capacity that's not true in case of
33:24Microsoft Fabric World you can buy a F2
33:27Capac and start with that and you can
33:29buy priv Pro licenses and can start
33:32using the all the features of Microsoft
33:35Fabric and
33:37powerbi
33:39so now you have lot M options to buy
33:42capacity because of Microsoft fabric
33:45allows you to to have capacity as low as
33:47F2 and the pricing start very low you
33:51can check out the prices on Microsoft
33:53fabric page for that
34:00let's understand various options to
34:03install
34:04powerbi there are two very common
34:07options to install powerbi download and
34:10install so you can go to the powerbi
34:13site or you can search on the internet
34:16download and install
34:18it what is the advantage of this you can
34:22control the installation version you can
34:25decide when to upgrade
34:29it is supported on the most of the
34:30versions of Windows and you don't need
34:34Microsoft store for that so if the
34:35Microsoft store is not there you don't
34:38need it but what is the
34:40disadvantage see powerbi updates
34:44almost once in a
34:47month if you don't update it is fair
34:50chances that you will be lagging behind
34:53and sometime I've seen users are as
34:55behind as one year and it is is really
34:58difficult from that stage to upgrade
35:02it you will miss out on the feature and
35:05new launches because you continue to
35:07work on older version and you might have
35:10a better solution available in the newer
35:13version which you may miss
35:17out the second way to install powerbi is
35:20use Microsoft
35:21Store you don't require admin privilege
35:25for the installer to install this one so
35:28if the Microsoft store is enabled you
35:31can install
35:33it as the power ba releases new versions
35:37it will get automatically updated so you
35:39will get
35:42it what is the disadvantage of this
35:44frequent update sometime what happens is
35:47when the new release comes in it has its
35:49own changes which has come in and some
35:52certain things may break because of that
35:55all of sudden you will start seeing
35:57those those
36:00changes now this is a better method
36:02because everybody in the organization
36:04would be on the same version if you
36:06download and install not everybody would
36:08be in the same version but yes there are
36:12methods where the it can install or push
36:17the powerbi version on all the desktop
36:20that can also be controlled using it so
36:23that is one more method where it can
36:25control what version you have and then
36:28they can keep the entire organization on
36:29the latest
36:32version to install powerbi I have opened
36:37my browser and in that I have used the
36:40search engine and searched for download
36:44powerbi after the search I got few
36:47results and the first result is the most
36:50appropriate result for me which is
36:53giving me link for HTTP power p by.
37:00microsoft.com us downloads depending on
37:03the country and language you can get
37:06different links once you click on this
37:10link you will get this page which is the
37:14powerbi download page scroll down on
37:18that and use Advanced download
37:24options once you click on the advanced
37:27download option you will come to the
37:29download page which will allow you to
37:32select the language and the download
37:36option if you go further down it will
37:39let you know which version and when that
37:42was release so right now when I'm
37:46recording in the latest version is
37:48published in December
37:512023 and the version is
37:562. 1
37:5924
38:012124 do1
38:07052.0 if you further scroll down it will
38:11tell you about the uses of powerbi
38:14desktop and most importantly is the
38:18system requirement what all are
38:21supporting operating system and
38:24installation instruction
38:28you can also search for how to install
38:33powerbi and you will get link of this
38:38document I will share the link of this
38:41document in the
38:44description and if you go down it shows
38:48you the various options to
38:51install the link is also available on
38:54app. powerbi.com and we can can install
38:58by download and what are the different
39:02requirement so I can go back to the
39:04download page and download powerbi but
39:09this is not the mechanism I'm going to
39:12install as I've already told you there's
39:15an
39:16advantage of installing powerbi using
39:20Microsoft store so I'm going to use that
39:24but just for your reference I'll click
39:26on the download button button and use
39:2964bit because I'm working on a 64bit and
39:33click on
39:35download once it is downloaded you can
39:38doubleclick on it and follow the
39:42installation
39:45instruction powerb desktop download of
39:50exe file has been completed and if I
39:53click on it it will open the installing
39:57a
39:59window I can select a language and move
40:10forward it will ask for the
40:22permission and it will start installing
40:26the power B
40:30desktop and it will give you the
40:34visard so you can press on the next
40:38accept the
40:39agreement next you can choose a
40:44location next and click on install
40:48button I'm not going to click on the
40:51install button because I'm going to
40:53install the version which is provided by
40:57Microsoft store so you can install if
41:00you want the downloaded version the
41:04advantage of this that you can control
41:07which version you want it to have on
41:10your
41:11desktop but in any case make sure that
41:15you are not 3 to 6 month behind in the
41:22release I'm cancelling it
41:31and now let me search for store and open
41:37Microsoft
41:39store in Microsoft store I will search
41:43for
41:46powerbi once I search Power bi I get few
41:50option
41:53powerbi powerbi desktop power powerbi
41:57report
41:58Builder powerbi is powerbi app which is
42:04same as
42:05your iPhone app as well as your Android
42:10app it is Windows app what we need here
42:14is for our learning is power ba desktop
42:19and I'll click on
42:23get it will start downloading I double
42:26clicked on it it I can see the install
42:33button I can click on the install button
42:37and it will start downloading it and we
42:41install powerbi
42:43desktop on my Windows
42:51machine it may take little bit of
42:55time the the advantage of this method is
42:59every month Whenever there is a new
43:02release powerbi desktop will get
43:07automatically
43:10update once the installation is finished
43:14we will go ahead and start
43:18powerbi
43:22desktop continuing installing
43:25powerbi has has installed and time to
43:29open I can click open in the Microsoft
43:33store or I can search
43:38powerbi and open powerbi
43:43Desktop let me click on
43:51open power VI desktop is opening up
43:55and let let me give you a quick overview
43:58of powerbi desktop powerbi desktop has
44:03opened and it is showing me welcome
44:05screen some of you will not get the
44:08welcome screen because you might have
44:10enabled powerbi home from options and
44:15setting option preview feature that we
44:17will discuss in some time when you open
44:21the powerb desktop for the first time
44:23you'll get this welcome screen the get
44:25data option
44:27on the left hand side and recent sources
44:30you might not have recent sources for
44:32the first time but as you start creating
44:35content you will be able to see recent
44:37sources and also be able to see some of
44:40your reports under this left hand side
44:43section open other reports so what we
44:46will do now is we will cross this screen
44:49and enter into the powerbi desktop you
44:52can start the Journey of the powerbi
44:54desktop by signing in into the
44:57appropriate
44:59account or you can start your
45:02development and when you want to publish
45:03you have to sign in now before I tell
45:06you how to sign in I would like to show
45:10you what all we have on the powerb
45:13desktop and some of this what we are
45:16seeing is because of the settings I have
45:18done on December
45:202023 and one of the setting which I have
45:23done is available from December 2023 3
45:27if you go down into the release notes of
45:30December 2023 you will find that we have
45:33been offered option when we opened it
45:36for the first time is choose the pain
45:40Arrangement that works for you you can
45:42always customize the setup later by
45:46going to settings keep current setup use
45:49more classic pan setup I like this
45:52classic pain setup where I have the
45:54build visual I have the visualization
45:56type
45:57and I have used update setup now the old
46:01setup which was there was because of own
46:04object interaction which is still
46:06enabled in my case and I will let you
46:09know about that
46:11setting those who want to follow this
46:13video and want to learn I would
46:17recommend them to use this option update
46:21setup in case they are getting it but I
46:23will let you know how you are going to
46:26get some more options in your options
46:29and setting where you will be enabled
46:32these
46:35things even if you have not chosen for
46:38them for the first time so let me jump
46:41back onto the powerbi desktop and give
46:44you an overview of powerbi desktop on
46:48the powerbi desktop on the top we have
46:51this ribbon which contains the menu item
46:54for file home which is currently open
46:58insert modeling view optimize help and
47:02external tools we will use them as we go
47:06forward inside the Home tab you can see
47:09get data using which you will be able to
47:12get the data from various sources and we
47:15will start our journey by getting Excel
47:19Source at Excel workbook we have a quick
47:23connector data Hub again we have quick
47:25connector
47:27powerbi semantic models data Mars lakeh
47:30house warehouse and and kqal databases
47:34equal server we can enter the data we
47:37can use data verse as a connection and
47:39we can use some of the recent
47:41connection transform data is there to go
47:44to Power query power query is used for
47:47transformation of data and then you can
47:50alter your data source setting or you
47:52can modify some of the data source
47:54setting using data source setting option
47:56those of you who has enabled on object
47:59interaction will get this visualization
48:01option but if you don't see this option
48:04it means the on object interaction is
48:06not enabled when I'll go to the preview
48:08feature I'll let you know more about
48:12that in the insert tab again you have
48:15the visualization insert option along
48:18with the more
48:21option then you have key influencer
48:24decomposition tree narrative page report
48:27power app power automate text boxes and
48:29Etc all these are the visualization
48:32which you can insert into the powerbi
48:36desktop or the components which you can
48:39insert to make or beautify your powerbi
48:43desktop report and once you publish it
48:46it will become the powerbi service
48:48report under the modeling tab you will
48:51get quite a few options right now some
48:53of these options are disabled because of
48:56the reason we have not added any data
49:00once you add data depending
49:03on what is available one or more option
49:07will be enabled so manage relationship
49:09once you want to create the relationship
49:11new major once you have the data quick
49:13measure to Quick create measures new
49:15column to create new calculated column
49:17new table is available back because we
49:20can start our modeling by creating a DEX
49:24table new parameter we will explore this
49:27option later to create dynamicity in the
49:29content and then we have language and
49:31linguistic schema options in the view
49:34options you have the theme which is one
49:37of the first thing we are going to do
49:39then we have the page view and the
49:42mobile layout then we have grid lines
49:44snap to grid lock objects etc for
49:48various options on the top you have
49:50various pan options which you can use to
49:54enable and disable various panes so like
49:57for filter
50:00pane I can enable or disable it using
50:04the filter
50:07pan so as you can see now there is no
50:09filter
50:12pan I have enabled it again similarly
50:14you can see the data pane here the build
50:17visual pane here format pan here and
50:19then you can customize by clicking here
50:22or you can add by checking it here so
50:25both of them are going to do the same
50:27job let me enable The Bookmark tab I got
50:29a bookmark Tab and as you would have
50:31noticed the moment I pressed this and I
50:34got this I this is also enabled so let
50:38me disable let's say format
50:42pan so there is no format pan available
50:44let me disable the data pan now there is
50:46no data pan we got the data pan we got a
50:49format pan here now we got a selection
50:52pan also and as you can see the
50:54selection is enabled here
50:58also and to get the selection pan you
51:01can click some of the panes will open in
51:03a mode where they are not expanded so if
51:05they are not expanded you can actually
51:07click on the pan here and expand it
51:11similarly we have performance analyzer
51:13pan again on the top and on the
51:18left and once it is open and if it is
51:20not visible you can click on the left
51:22hand side to check it out performance
51:24analyzer help us to analyze the
51:26performance of the visual and we can see
51:28the timing and we can go ahead and
51:31analyze that in a better manner syn
51:33slices is another pan which we can open
51:36to sync these slices the feature we will
51:38explore
51:39later I'm collapsing all
51:43these and take my focus to the one of
51:47the pane on the left hand side which
51:49contains the various views the report
51:52view which currently we are on then we
51:54have the table View model view and
51:57recently we also got Dex query view now
52:02table view right now would be empty once
52:03we have the table and which is which can
52:07be seen on the right hand side on the
52:09data view we will be able to see some
52:11table and data table table view or the
52:14data display is dependent on which kind
52:16of
52:18mode usually all the import mode tables
52:20are available in case of pure play
52:23direct query and live mode we might not
52:25even get the table View then we have the
52:27model view where we will be able to see
52:29our model and the Dex query view where
52:32we will be able to run the Dex query
52:35inside the Dex query View and inside the
52:38relationship view both views contain
52:42something known as model and this will
52:45help us in creating calculation
52:47groups calculation groups were
52:51previously created using external tools
52:54like tabular editor
52:57but now we can create calculation group
52:59inside the powerbi desktop and we will
53:03explore that
53:06also before we go into the options and
53:09setting just let's quickly look at which
53:11version of powerb are
53:14on I know we have installed a particular
53:17version but in case you wanted to check
53:19because there are monthly updates
53:20ongoing and you want to know which
53:21version you are on click on file go to
53:25about and you will be able to see which
53:28version of powerbi desktop you are
53:39on what we are going to do now is we are
53:42going to
53:44enable the preview features or I'm going
53:48to tell you what preview features I have
53:50enabled so when we take this journey you
53:53are on the same page where I am now now
53:56as power beer releases almost One
53:59release per month some of these features
54:02will change over a period of time from
54:04the public preview they will went to GA
54:07and there would be no options for that
54:09in public preview there might be option
54:12in some other setting for enabling and
54:13disabling and same way there will be
54:17some new features which are coming in
54:19which will appear in the preview
54:20features so first of all let's go ahead
54:23and explore what all we have inside the
54:25options and setting an option to go
54:28there you need to click on
54:30file options and setting
54:36options and you will get a popup and in
54:40this popup you have options like data
54:43load and inside the data load you have
54:46type detection like detect type and
54:49header of unstructured source according
54:52to each file setting means the file
54:54setting is going to decide whether we
54:56need to do it or not background data
54:58allow the data previews to download in
55:00the background according to each file
55:02setting means it is depending on the
55:04file setting parallel data loading when
55:07you load the data into powerbi via
55:11import mode or direct query mode each
55:13table is backed by power query these
55:15query are evaluated simultaneously
55:17instead of one by one so how much
55:19parallelism you want you have enabled
55:21that typically we keep this enabled
55:25autod date time intelligence but I
55:27personally don't prefer it but at least
55:29I would like to show you what does that
55:31mean so I'm keeping it right now clear
55:33cach a data management cache if you want
55:35to clear you can clear from here or you
55:38can change the size if you have a pretty
55:40big file I will recommend you to keep it
55:43from 8 to 10 GB like 81 9
55:492 Q&A cache for the
55:52Q&A and folder artifact cache if you
55:55want to clear that then you have option
55:58for power query editor display the power
56:01query setting Pane and display form up
56:04bar is default enabled data import enabl
56:07web table interface is enabled data
56:10preview I have enabled show white spaces
56:12and new line correctors and if you don't
56:15enable it you will not see it display
56:17preview content using monospaced font is
56:20disabled parameters Al always allow
56:23parameterization in data source and
56:25transformation dialogue as of now it is
56:27disabled but we can enable this feature
56:30which will allows the
56:32parameterization and formula enable M
56:35intelligence in the formula bar Advanced
56:36editor and custom dialogue and there is
56:39the information given here changing this
56:41setting will take place when you next
56:43time open the powerquery editor so it
56:45means some of these settings will not
56:47apply as soon as you press okay you have
56:50to open the power VI again me you could
56:53close it and open it
56:54again Direct query sap Hana as relation
56:58sources now we are not planning to work
57:00on sap Hana so we'll leave it as is
57:04scripting right now I'm not updating any
57:06R script option also not updating any
57:09python script option whatever options
57:11you are seeing is because I already have
57:14installed python on my system security
57:16option this is another important option
57:19now in this option there are few
57:21important things which you should do
57:23here is one of the thing is if you want
57:25to enable the argis and field map visual
57:28make sure they are enabled similarly
57:31authentication browser you should always
57:34choose use my default browser unless it
57:36stopped working sign in experience use
57:39updated signin experience you can use
57:41that approved adfs authentication
57:44Service you have not approved any
57:47authentication Service so there is no
57:49option coming in then for privacy I'm
57:52keeping combined data according to each
57:54file privacy setting
57:58in the regional setting I'm keeping my
58:00default Windows setting and language it
58:03it means it's going to follow my windows
58:06display language setting and I'm going
58:07to keep it like that in case you want
58:10you can use the model
58:12language updates I'm not going to change
58:15anything here uses data you can disable
58:19this feature if you don't want to send
58:21any data to
58:24Microsoft diagnosis right now I have not
58:26enabled
58:27tressing or crash T collection but at
58:32few places the diagnosis is on is
58:35basically query diagnosis enable in
58:37report and query editor diagnosis level
58:40Aggregate and detail additional details
58:43are also
58:44enabled review feature and one of the
58:47most important feature which we are
58:48talking about shape map visual is
58:51enabled here as you can see Q is enabled
58:55connect external semantic model shared
58:58with me is enabled modern tool tip is
59:00enabled Park line is enabled metric is
59:03visual is enabled quick major suggestion
59:06is enabled field parameter is enabled
59:09inhance lowlevel security editor is
59:11enabled on object interaction is enabled
59:14powerb home desktop is not enabled which
59:16I'm going to enable
59:18now
59:23similarly also I'm enable set
59:26sensitivity label on PDF is enabled
59:29Dynamic format string major is enabled
59:31save to one drive and SharePoint is
59:33enabled enhance publish dialogue is not
59:36enabled I'm not enabling that
59:39also how bi project. pbip option of
59:44saving is enabled new card visual is
59:46enabled new button viser visual is
59:49enabled model Explorer and calculation
59:52group authoring this is this is the new
59:54model view which is available in the
59:57relationship as well as the text view we
1:00:01have enabled that text query view you
1:00:02have seen we have enabled that summary
1:00:05with co-pilot visual is enabled improve
1:00:07Q&A with co-pilot is also
1:00:10enabled I can press okay here but let's
1:00:13have a quick look at save and Recovery
1:00:15as of now I have set up the store Auto
1:00:19Recovery information every 10 minutes
1:00:20but if you have a really big file please
1:00:23make sure to increase it otherwise it
1:00:25may slow down if because it start
1:00:28automatically saving the reports inside
1:00:30the report settings these are the
1:00:32important things which we have also seen
1:00:35when we were viewing the December
1:00:37release notes display smart grid line
1:00:40aligned suggest a visual type by default
1:00:42is enabled inbit visual menu always
1:00:46allow show all in the visualization
1:00:49type and then the pain switchers always
1:00:52show the
1:00:54pain Switcher always show build menu
1:00:57visual in the panes which are always
1:00:59open in New pane these are the option
1:01:02which are already selected here other
1:01:04than that I am leaving accessibility and
1:01:06Page alignment as is now these are the
1:01:09global features which we have looked at
1:01:11it as you can see they fall under the
1:01:13global feature there are file specific
1:01:16features which is there inside the
1:01:18current file and one of them is data
1:01:20load and as you can see in the data load
1:01:22detect column types and header for
1:01:26structure data sources so it's going to
1:01:27detected import relationship from the
1:01:29data sources if it
1:01:31is if it is supported on that Source it
1:01:34will be imported update and delete
1:01:35relationship while refreshing it can do
1:01:37that auto detect new relationship now
1:01:40this is the feature you will realize
1:01:42when I am going to load the data into
1:01:44the import mode it's going to get the
1:01:46relationship and this is the reason for
1:01:49that that's going to Auto detect the
1:01:51relationship again I can disable time
1:01:53intelligence at the report level which
1:01:56I'm not disabling right now I'm going to
1:01:57show you what going to happen in that
1:02:00case and post that will come and disable
1:02:02that if required background
1:02:04data allow data previews to download in
1:02:07the background we keep it parallel
1:02:10loading of table is default we taking it
1:02:12from the global level and Q&A I'm not
1:02:15changing anything here Regional Regional
1:02:18setting I'm keeping is default privacy
1:02:21default Auto Recovery is disable auto
1:02:24recovery on this file if you want you
1:02:25can disable able but I'm keeping it
1:02:27default publish data source setting I'm
1:02:29keeping everything as default sap
1:02:31variables right now I'm not enabling
1:02:33direct query connection to data set this
1:02:36prevents user from creating direct query
1:02:38connection to the data set on the
1:02:40desktop if you change the setting you
1:02:42need to republish your report to save it
1:02:45discourage direct query connection we
1:02:46don't want to discourage it so we will
1:02:48keep it query reductions keep the
1:02:50default settings and query reduction uh
1:02:53instead of adding apply button to each
1:02:56slicer it is recommended apply all
1:02:58slicer slicer button to each page and
1:03:01that we are going to explore instantly
1:03:03apply basic changes add
1:03:06apply button to all basic Fielder so
1:03:09this we can use to you know what happens
1:03:11is the moment you select anything the
1:03:14visual get refreshed we have apply all
1:03:17slicer button and or we can use apply on
1:03:20each filter but what we are going to use
1:03:23is we going to use the default setting
1:03:25and if needed we go comeand explore and
1:03:27Report setting these are few of the
1:03:29report setting like use of the modern
1:03:31visual header is enabled hide visual
1:03:34header in reading mode is by default
1:03:37disabled we keeping it export data allow
1:03:40the end user to export data current
1:03:42layout summarized data from the powerbi
1:03:45service and powerbi Report service I'm
1:03:47going to keep it because it allows you
1:03:49the currently out means as whatever it
1:03:52is looking like in powerbi service it
1:03:53should be going in that particular
1:03:55manner so I'm keeping it filtering
1:03:57experience I'm keeping both of them
1:03:59tagged and this is also default allow
1:04:02user to change the filter type enable
1:04:04search for the filter pan cross report
1:04:08drill through right now we don't need so
1:04:10I'm not enabling it personalized visual
1:04:12is something we can allow on the report
1:04:14level modern visual tool tip is enabled
1:04:16and we'll keep it tool tip Auto scale
1:04:19tool tip size affected by the canvas
1:04:21size this a preview feature so let's
1:04:23enable it default summarization for
1:04:25aggregated Fields always show default
1:04:28summarization type means if the field is
1:04:30numeric field or aggregated type we will
1:04:32have a default summarization and that's
1:04:34where it is asking for query limit
1:04:37simulation if you want to simulate which
1:04:39kind of capacity you have shared
1:04:41capacity premium capacity SQL Ser
1:04:43analysis Services aor analysis Services
1:04:45custom limit no query limits I'm keeping
1:04:48it auto as of now this is 1 GB shared
1:04:52capacity
1:04:53uh as of now I'm keeping it same but in
1:04:57case you want to see if you're on a
1:04:59premium capacity or you want to go to
1:05:01premium capacity how it is going to
1:05:03behave so that you can enable it I'm now
1:05:07going to press okay button on the bottom
1:05:09right and once I press this okay button
1:05:11on the bottom right I might have to
1:05:14restart my power bi desktop to get all
1:05:18these features
1:05:19enabled so this is a quick overview and
1:05:21now I'm pressing
1:05:23okay and it is asking that it requires a
1:05:26restart so I'll restart my power via
1:05:29desktop and come back again to
1:05:32you so let me give you overview of the
1:05:35data whatever data I'm using for this
1:05:39particular video and most of the videos
1:05:41on my channel is available on
1:05:44GitHub some of you has complained that
1:05:48you are unable to download the data from
1:05:50GitHub so so this year I will also
1:05:52provide the data on Dropbox and I'll
1:05:54share the link in the descript
1:05:55description data primarily is a sales
1:05:58data or the retail data which we are
1:06:00going to use the GitHub contains lot
1:06:02many other type of data which we are
1:06:04going to use like for power query I have
1:06:07pyot dat. XLS there are many other files
1:06:11which are used in different videos
1:06:12available there so whenever you watch a
1:06:14video and if there's a file required you
1:06:16will get that here on the
1:06:18GitHub this time what I've also done is
1:06:20I loaded some icons I taken the help
1:06:23from AI tools to generate some random
1:06:26icons and then I loaded all those icons
1:06:29on the GitHub so that you can use those
1:06:31icons when you are creating your
1:06:33visualization to make your visualization
1:06:36look much
1:06:37better
1:06:40so you can take the full advantage of
1:06:42the data available from my
1:06:44side so let us quickly have a look at
1:06:49what all data is available at the GitHub
1:06:52all the data which I'm going to use in
1:06:55this
1:06:57video is available on
1:07:02github.com slamit chandak PBI
1:07:08slav
1:07:13bi on GitHub you have various file one
1:07:17of the most important file which we are
1:07:19going to use in this video is sales data
1:07:24used in
1:07:27video do XLS let's download this Sal
1:07:31data used in video and keep with us we
1:07:33will need it to understand the data
1:07:36click on this file sales data used in
1:07:38video and once you click on this you
1:07:39will get an option here to download this
1:07:42file so you can download it we are also
1:07:45going to
1:07:47use P tata. XLS for power
1:07:52query you don't need to download these
1:07:55file FES you can download for
1:07:58understanding the data but I'll tell you
1:08:00a technique you using that you will be
1:08:03able to use these files without
1:08:08downloading now for understanding of the
1:08:12data you can download these files some
1:08:15of the users have complained last year
1:08:18that they are unable to download from
1:08:20the GitHub what I'm going to do is I'm
1:08:23also going to give you a Dropbox link
1:08:25into the description form where you can
1:08:27download these
1:08:30files download of last year's data is
1:08:33available here and for this year also
1:08:35I'm going to load the PB as well as
1:08:39the PPT used for the video CSV files are
1:08:45available here and some of the icons
1:08:47which I'm going to use in the video are
1:08:49made available here
1:08:56I will add the GitHub link also in my
1:08:58description so that you can download the
1:09:00data from there before we move forward
1:09:03let's understand what is there in sales
1:09:07data used in video which is the primary
1:09:10file we are going to use let me give you
1:09:13the overview of the data which we plan
1:09:15to use
1:09:18first this data is the one which will be
1:09:21used as the primary data throughout the
1:09:23series
1:09:25this is a perfect star schema which
1:09:27already
1:09:29contain pack and dimension table so
1:09:32First Dimension table which I have is
1:09:34the item table which contain item id
1:09:37name brand ID category id subcategory id
1:09:42brand and
1:09:46subcategory so the first table which I
1:09:48have is item table and item table
1:09:52contains columns like item id name name
1:09:56brand ID category id subcategory id
1:09:59brand category and
1:10:02subcategory as this is a dimension table
1:10:05Item ID is unique and would be used in
1:10:07my sales fact which I'm going to show
1:10:09you a little bit later the second
1:10:11dimension which I have is a customer ID
1:10:14contains customer ID age of the customer
1:10:17city state and name of the customer city
1:10:21and state here are the city and state of
1:10:24the customer customer's address it is
1:10:27not where customer is ordering its data
1:10:30customer may be in travel while it is
1:10:32ordering or ordering for the relative so
1:10:36this is not the same this is the
1:10:37customers Master
1:10:39data the third dimension which we have
1:10:41is the geography table it contains City
1:10:44ID city and state and this is the order
1:10:49City or the sales City uh which we have
1:10:52in the
1:10:54data now let me explain you the fact
1:10:56table the fact table is a retail sales
1:10:59data every line represent a single order
1:11:02only
1:11:03means every line contains only one order
1:11:07and one order don't have multiple
1:11:10lines and this is my sales table sales
1:11:13fact which I'm going to call
1:11:15here for
1:11:17this is this is sales table all the
1:11:21sales fact for our current
1:11:27analysis and it contains order number
1:11:29the order number which is unique for
1:11:31each line item id repeating referencing
1:11:34item Dimensions sales date on the date
1:11:36on which the sales has happened delivery
1:11:38date the date on which delivery has
1:11:40happened customer ID referencing the
1:11:43customer master table or customer table
1:11:45City ID referencing the geography T
1:11:48table quantity which has been sold for
1:11:50each line price which is size
1:11:54of that particular item on that date
1:11:58cost what cost we are inquiring for that
1:12:00and discount percentage as you can see
1:12:03we have not calculated the cross amount
1:12:06the net amount the discount amount also
1:12:09the discount percentage is an absolute
1:12:12number it is not .12 it is actually 12
1:12:16when we are doing the calculations we
1:12:17need to take care now in this data what
1:12:20we have to do is we require some of
1:12:22those calculations and those
1:12:23calculations will be done either as a
1:12:26calculated column which is at the row
1:12:28level or as a measures which is
1:12:31basically aggregated level which we will
1:12:34understand in some time in
1:12:38powerbi so what kind of analysis we want
1:12:41you to do on this data in this data we
1:12:44can do many analysis like I can find out
1:12:48my top cities top
1:12:52customers top brands top C categories
1:12:55top
1:12:56subcategories I can analyze where I'm
1:12:59getting more discount or margin for
1:13:01which item I'm getting that for which
1:13:04cities I'm getting better
1:13:06discount on which cities by giving less
1:13:09discount I'm getting more margin all
1:13:11these kind of analysis we can do using
1:13:13this data now because it's a learning
1:13:16Series where we run the feature and then
1:13:19implement it might not be possible for
1:13:21me to explain all the possible outcome
1:13:26for this one but at the end we will try
1:13:29to create a report to give meaning to
1:13:32this data and we will publish it for our
1:13:35ad user let's now talk about the type of
1:13:39data loads before we bring in the data
1:13:41into the powerbi desktop usually we talk
1:13:46about three modes import mode direct
1:13:48query mode and live mode but with the
1:13:51emergence of Microsoft fabric we have
1:13:53got a new mode which is also known as
1:13:55direct click mode import mode in which
1:14:00in case of the import mode you actually
1:14:02load data into the powerbi and powerbi
1:14:05is going to keep the data with it and on
1:14:07that data we are going to build a model
1:14:10so powerbi is owning the data the model
1:14:14the relationship the measures and then
1:14:17you publish such models on powerbi
1:14:19service when we publish the file there
1:14:22are
1:14:23two files created
1:14:25on the powerbi service one is data set
1:14:28file and another one is a visualization
1:14:32file the data set file or what we now
1:14:35call as semantic models contain the data
1:14:39as well as the model information major
1:14:41definition
1:14:42Etc in case of direct query we usually
1:14:46connect to the
1:14:47databases which are typically
1:14:50rdbms not all the rdbms are supported
1:14:53there is a list available on the
1:14:55Microsoft side which all databases are
1:14:58supported for direct query in case of
1:15:00direct query powerbi only owns
1:15:05the semantic model or your relationship
1:15:09your measure definition your calculated
1:15:11columns it owns that when you publish
1:15:15this you will get a data set file or
1:15:18semantic model file onto the powerbi
1:15:21service but that will not contain data
1:15:24it will only contain the model
1:15:26information in case of live query the
1:15:29live doesn't mean the real time data it
1:15:32is basically when you use SQL Server
1:15:34analysis services or powerbi data set as
1:15:37a source in such case what happens the
1:15:40model the semantic model or the data set
1:15:44owns the data and that is not owned by
1:15:47the powerbi that is either owned by a
1:15:50previous powerbi data set or SQL Server
1:15:53analysis services or a your analysis
1:15:57services in powerbi we only create
1:16:01visualization yes we can also create
1:16:03some additional measures if
1:16:05required when we publish such files we
1:16:08don't get a semantic model or the data
1:16:13set on powerbi service in case we are
1:16:17publishing a file which is connected to
1:16:21a previous powerb data
1:16:23set so so the new report or the
1:16:27visualization file will
1:16:32also point to the same data set direct
1:16:35lake is the new mode which came in it
1:16:38provides you best of the import and
1:16:40direct query
1:16:42mode for Microsoft fabric lak houses and
1:16:46warehouses semantic
1:16:49models for direct Lake Microsoft has
1:16:52done changes in the analysis
1:16:56services so that it can query the Delta
1:17:00par format files and give you a import
1:17:03mode
1:17:05performance so whenever you are going to
1:17:08use Microsoft fabric you need to ensure
1:17:10that you are using direct Lake mode
1:17:13there are times when it fall backs to
1:17:15direct query and you should try to avoid
1:17:20such cases where it can fall to direct
1:17:23query because Direct C performance
1:17:26cannot be compared with direct query
1:17:29performance let's load the data onto the
1:17:33powerbi
1:17:34desktop I have opened the powerbi
1:17:36desktop again and time has come that we
1:17:37import the data onto the powerbi desktop
1:17:39out of the mode which is import mode
1:17:41direct query live and directly mode we
1:17:42would like to use the import mode here
1:17:44now those of you who have downloaded the
1:17:46Excel files I'm going to tell you how
1:17:48you are going to load the data and then
1:17:49I'll tell you those of you who prefer
1:17:51the URL mode how you going to do it so
1:17:52those of you who has downloaded the data
1:17:54can use Excel option under the Home tab
1:17:57to upload the data to the powerb desktop
1:17:59the same option is also available in the
1:18:00get data and if you click on the more we
1:18:02can see what all options we have on
1:18:03powerb desktop we have more than 200
1:18:05plus connectors for powerb desktop to
1:18:06connect on various sources these are
1:18:08categorized under file sources like Exel
1:18:10TCH CSV XML Json file folder PDF
1:18:12databases most of the common databases
1:18:13like SQL Server Oracle IBM gb2 IBM
1:18:16natisa my SQL database post database
1:18:18cbas teradata sap Hana Amazon red shift
1:18:22and many more including the most common
1:18:24like slow frak also have Amazon AA and
1:18:27we have few other connectors Microsoft
1:18:28fabric which has been launched in May
1:18:302023 and generally available from
1:18:31November 2023 the connectors are
1:18:32available for semantic models data flow
1:18:34dat Mars Warehouse leak house and equ
1:18:35databases Power Platform connectors for
1:18:37power data flows data services data and
1:18:38data flows a your connector for aor SQL
1:18:41a your signups analytics a your database
1:18:42Services a your blob storage a your
1:18:44cosos DB and data Explorer a your dat Le
1:18:46gen 1 a your dat Le Gen 2 as your HD
1:18:48insides a yourd spark and other as
1:18:50services online services we have so many
1:18:51of these including SharePoint online Bas
1:18:53Microsoft Exchange online D 360 5 Etc
1:18:55and we have few other connector which
1:18:57which include the web connector and one
1:18:58of the connector we going to use when we
1:18:59going to bring in the data from the
1:19:00GitHub now those of you who has already
1:19:01downloaded for them go to the Exel
1:19:02workbook search out where your data is
1:19:04my data is inside the powerbi data and
1:19:06there I have s data used in video and
1:19:08once I select say data used in video I
1:19:10can press the open button to get the
1:19:13data once I click on the open button it
1:19:15will show me a popup and in the popup I
1:19:17can preview my tables but unless I press
1:19:18this check box I will not get the data
1:19:20on the powerp desktop we can check all
1:19:22these four files this has the same data
1:19:23we have explained you a minute back also
1:19:25if you have few tables in your Exel Mark
1:19:27as a table you will get those here now
1:19:28we have two options to explore low data
1:19:30and transform data when do we will use
1:19:31low data and when we will use transform
1:19:33data in case we don't want to transform
1:19:35this data this data is in final shape
1:19:37which is true for this data we will
1:19:38directly use low data but if this data
1:19:40require transformation or this data is
1:19:42too big we want to reduce it before
1:19:43loading we will use transform data in
1:19:45the current case the data do not require
1:19:46transformation also the size is not so
1:19:48big that I have to reduce it before
1:19:49loading into powerp desktop so I'm going
1:19:51ahead with the load data option I can
1:19:52click on the load data and it will load
1:19:53the data so this is the option for those
1:19:54of you who are using the Excel those of
1:19:56you wanted to use GitHub first of all go
1:19:58to the GitHub and find out the URL which
1:20:00you want to use to get the URL scroll
1:20:01down open this file says data used in
1:20:03video XLS now some of you would like to
1:20:05take the URL from the top but don't do
1:20:06that go to this button raw don't click
1:20:08on that right click on this button use
1:20:11copy link once you copy the link come
1:20:12back to your powerb desktop and now use
1:20:14get data web option I've already shown
1:20:16you all the option categorization and
1:20:18here you can put this URL you can check
1:20:20out the Advan option but right now I
1:20:21don't need so I can continue with the
1:20:22basic option press on okay it should
1:20:24open the same popup again which I have
1:20:25explained you while I was loading the
1:20:27XEL file I click on the cheat boxes to
1:20:29make sure that I'm loading the data for
1:20:30all these four table it does not mean
1:20:32that you have to load the complete data
1:20:33in one go you can load data in multiple
1:20:36goals also I'm going to press the load
1:20:38data in this case and load my
1:20:41data it will show me a popup for the
1:20:43data loading and this is also one of the
1:20:45way when you can check the data is
1:20:47loading it is in import mode because
1:20:48it's going to show you amount of data
1:20:49which is getting loaded data is loaded
1:20:51onto the power bi desktop and on the
1:20:52right hand side data pan you can see the
1:20:54data tables those tables are customer
1:20:57geography item and sales now we can go
1:20:59ahead and take two steps from here one
1:21:01we create the formulas which are missing
1:21:02in sa State table for analysis or second
1:21:04is we create the model we are going to
1:21:06create the model and post that we will
1:21:07try to understand a little bit about the
1:21:08Dex formulas and that is where our
1:21:11technical stuff will start where you
1:21:12need to understand the Dex and how you
1:21:14can quickly create calculations which is
1:21:16can be categorized either as calculated
1:21:17column and major data is loaded and I
1:21:19would like to create relationship before
1:21:20I do that I would like to have a quick
1:21:22view on the data using the table view on
1:21:23the left hand side I go to the table and
1:21:24as it is import mode I should be able to
1:21:25see the data of each table below here I
1:21:27should be able to see the count and I
1:21:28can match this count with my Excel data
1:21:31how much rows I have there versus how
1:21:32much rows I have here to make sure that
1:21:34we have the same amount of data what we
1:21:35have at the source I can click on
1:21:36geography to see the geography data I
1:21:37have 100 rows there item 55 rows and
1:21:39sales table having 30,000 rows all my
1:21:40data is correct let's now create the
1:21:43relationship on powerbi
1:21:47desktop now let's jump onto the model
1:21:49view and here we are going to create the
1:21:51relationship but what we observe the
1:21:52relationship is already there and I
1:21:54explained you let me show you again
1:21:55under the file options and setting
1:21:57options we have an option in the current
1:22:00file data load level which is auto
1:22:02detect new relationship that is causing
1:22:03this in case you creating a really big
1:22:05model where you don't want to do this
1:22:06you can uncheck that let me close the
1:22:07property and the data pan and try to
1:22:08understand if these relationships are
1:22:09correct or not so let me showcase you
1:22:12what is the exact model I need on the
1:22:14PowerPoint
1:22:15slide so just a overview of the model
1:22:18which we are going to create here uh
1:22:20which is available in the Excel file
1:22:22which you have seen is that we we are
1:22:24going to have a sales table which is at
1:22:26the
1:22:27center and it will have geography
1:22:30Dimension which is available in the
1:22:31Excel sheet item Dimension again
1:22:34available in the Excel sheet and the
1:22:35customer Dimension again available in
1:22:37the Excel sheet we're going to create a
1:22:39date table in the powerbi desktop and
1:22:41going to utilize it it's going to be a
1:22:43perfect star
1:22:45schema
1:22:47where fact is related with Dimension and
1:22:50dimension is related with fact in a
1:22:52perfect star schema the two Dimension
1:22:55don't have any relationship between them
1:22:57so although I have City available in
1:23:01both geography and customer they will
1:23:03not have any relationship between
1:23:06them so they will not have any
1:23:08relationship between
1:23:09them because in a perfect star schema
1:23:12Dimension don't join with any Dimension
1:23:15fact don't join with any fact so we will
1:23:18utilize this model for most of our
1:23:20discussion but yes there would be places
1:23:23for some of the examples this model
1:23:27cannot be used and that's where we are
1:23:29going to use very specific files and
1:23:32specific table or the models to achieve
1:23:35those
1:23:36objectives now we have looked at the
1:23:38model we know this model is not as per
1:23:41our expectation first of all there is an
1:23:45inactive joint and we need to understand
1:23:47why there is an inactive joint and we
1:23:49have to also understand what are these
1:23:50different kind of joints why there's a
1:23:52one on one side and why there is a a
1:23:54star on one side so the relationships
1:23:57which is showing one and star they are
1:23:59one too many relationships and these are
1:24:02the kind of relationship we want in this
1:24:04kind of schema the inactive relationship
1:24:07here is because of loop what is the loop
1:24:10here or what is the two path here the
1:24:14relationship here which is inactive is
1:24:16because of the loop or the two paths
1:24:18table is joined with a customer table
1:24:19one to many and again there is a one to
1:24:22many relationship with sales table it
1:24:23means this this is the first path
1:24:25geography can reach to sales there is
1:24:28also a direct path where geography can
1:24:30reach to the sales and in this manner
1:24:32there are two paths which are created
1:24:33and because of that one path is inactive
1:24:37let me delete these
1:24:40relationship I'm going to delete some of
1:24:43the existing relationship also because I
1:24:46want to tell you how to create
1:24:48relationship we have few options to do
1:24:50that and let me delete all of them to
1:24:55create relationship for you you can drag
1:24:58the table wherever you want to have a
1:25:00position where you can easily map the
1:25:02tables
1:25:05now easiest way to create a relationship
1:25:07is click on any of the column keep your
1:25:10mouse button pressed and drag it on the
1:25:12corresponding column on the other table
1:25:15so I am dragging customer ID of the
1:25:18customer on the customer ID of the sales
1:25:21and it created a relationship it did not
1:25:23ask me what kind of a relationship
1:25:26because it has identified but let me
1:25:28double click on this and show you on the
1:25:31popup also on the right hand side in the
1:25:33properties pane which I have already
1:25:35open you can see what this relationship
1:25:37is but let me double click and show you
1:25:39in the popup in this popup we can also
1:25:42change the relationship column if
1:25:44required the sales table is on the top
1:25:46and the customer ID is selected the
1:25:48customer table is at the bottom and the
1:25:50customer ID is selected there and it is
1:25:52many to one what does this kind of
1:25:54relationship means many to one means the
1:25:57first table is having on the man side it
1:26:00means the customer IDs can repeat there
1:26:02the customer table is on the one side it
1:26:05means the IDS are not going to repeat
1:26:08there in case in the future it repeats
1:26:10it may error out it may not also work if
1:26:13you have blank value in the customer ID
1:26:16of the customer table it is fine you can
1:26:19have the blank on the sales site the
1:26:21relationship Direction is single it
1:26:24means means the customer table the table
1:26:26on the one side is going to filter the
1:26:28table on the many side you're going to
1:26:30create one relationship as both
1:26:33understand that what are the other kind
1:26:35of relationship one to one means both
1:26:37the tables are having the data at the
1:26:39same level it means I join customer
1:26:41table with a table let's say customer 2
1:26:44which both is having customer ideas
1:26:46unique in that case I will have a one to
1:26:49one relationship one to many means if I
1:26:52have the customer table above and the
1:26:54sales table below it would be one to
1:26:56many it is just reverse of what we
1:26:57currently have many to many means just
1:27:00like sales table we have another table
1:27:02where the customer ID is not unique both
1:27:05the side there are multiple values we
1:27:07create many to many relationship though
1:27:09we avoid many to many relationship in
1:27:12most of the cases they're especially
1:27:14useful in few of the use cases and one
1:27:16of such use cases is RO level security
1:27:19so while we try to avoid many to many
1:27:22relationship it is also helpful and
1:27:24powerbi handles many to many
1:27:27relationship pretty well so let me click
1:27:30on okay after using that and make
1:27:32relationship active means this
1:27:34relationship is going to be active in
1:27:37powerbi you cannot select more than one
1:27:40colum so if I try to click on this using
1:27:42control or shift I will not be able to
1:27:44do it it means we create a single column
1:27:47relationship but to create multiple
1:27:50column relationship you can create a
1:27:53concatenate
1:27:55column to create such a relationship in
1:27:58case of direct query you have been
1:28:00provided a function which you can use
1:28:03which is combine values to create such a
1:28:06concatenated column you can create more
1:28:09than one relationship and one
1:28:12relationship can be inactive between the
1:28:15two tables and we can use a function use
1:28:19relationship to activate such
1:28:22relationship let me press that's okay
1:28:25now the second relationship I want to
1:28:28create from a different option the
1:28:31option is in the middle of the screen
1:28:33which is manage relationship under the
1:28:35Home
1:28:37tab let me click on the manage
1:28:39relationship and here you see a popup
1:28:42providing me all the options one of the
1:28:45option which I have here is new and I'm
1:28:48going to use that to create my
1:28:50relationship let me click on new and let
1:28:53me select the table this time I'm going
1:28:55to select
1:28:57my item table as the first
1:29:01table then I will select sales table now
1:29:04it has automatically detected item id
1:29:06versus Item ID I don't need to even
1:29:09click and check those it is one too many
1:29:12single directional relationship this is
1:29:13what I want the table having the unique
1:29:16values of the item ID is on the top so
1:29:18that is why it is one too many again I
1:29:21want this relationship to be active but
1:29:24I'm going to make this relationship as
1:29:25bir directional both let me click on
1:29:28okay let me close it the third
1:29:31relationship easy I'm going to drag City
1:29:33ID to City ID to create it and on the
1:29:36right hand side properties you can see
1:29:38in case you want to change something you
1:29:40can even change the relationship let's
1:29:42say some other column if needed but as
1:29:45we know the relationship is correct City
1:29:47ID to City ID and this is single
1:29:50directional and we want an active
1:29:53relationship so we will say apply
1:29:57changes you can also open the
1:29:59relationship editor by clicking on the
1:30:02button
1:30:05below let me press cancel so my model is
1:30:10ready as a next step I would like to
1:30:13understand the difference between a
1:30:16single directional join and a bir
1:30:18directional
1:30:20join and we would also like to
1:30:23understand what happen happens when
1:30:25there is a missing
1:30:27relationship for two those two example
1:30:31let's go ahead and try that out our
1:30:33powerbi model is ready and here we want
1:30:35to understand the difference between a
1:30:39one directional relation and bir
1:30:41directional relation to understand this
1:30:44let's go ahead and create few table
1:30:46visuals
1:30:48now to do that first of all we have to
1:30:51go to the report view on the left hand
1:30:56side the first button is report view
1:30:58here because I have already enabled the
1:31:00build
1:31:01visual I'm able to see
1:31:04this otherwise on the Home tab you will
1:31:06see these options in case you don't see
1:31:09build a visual you can go to the view
1:31:13and enable that from here build a
1:31:17visual now let me click on the table
1:31:20visual inside build a visual
1:31:28once I click on that I'll get a table
1:31:30visual I'm going to copy this visual
1:31:32three times and put them
1:31:35separately now let's look back at our
1:31:39relationship so item is bir directional
1:31:41and geography is single directional
1:31:43customer is also single directional I
1:31:46create one visual using CTI ID only City
1:31:50ID I'm bringing in the second visual I
1:31:54am bringing
1:31:55in Item
1:31:58ID and in the third visual I am bringing
1:32:02in City ID from sales table
1:32:08and item id also from sales table so
1:32:11first table there is a city ID from
1:32:14geography table in the second visual I
1:32:19have Item ID from the item table and in
1:32:23the third visual ual I have City ID and
1:32:26item ID from the sales table I have
1:32:29knowingly kept it on the ID so that you
1:32:31can easily understand what's happening
1:32:33here so let me click on the item ID in
1:32:36the second table and as you can see it
1:32:39has filtered the third table there's no
1:32:41impact on the other dimension table let
1:32:43me click on the city ID and as you can
1:32:46see the city ID also filtering the table
1:32:50visual as I've not pressed Control Plus
1:32:53click the moment I clicked on other
1:32:55visual it take out the filter from the
1:33:00second Visual and it applies The Zone
1:33:02filter let me go ahead and click on City
1:33:04ID again it will remove the filter so I
1:33:06will have all the cities and I have all
1:33:08the item id let me click on the first
1:33:10row of the visual which is coming from
1:33:12the sales table what you can see here is
1:33:15while the city ID from the city table
1:33:18has no impact but Item ID is getting
1:33:21filtered here when I'm fil ing this this
1:33:24is because the joint is bir directional
1:33:27a bir directional joint
1:33:29means
1:33:32fact can filter Dimension and dimension
1:33:36can also filter fact or both side of the
1:33:41relationship can filter each other while
1:33:44in a single directional relationship the
1:33:46table on the one side which is dimension
1:33:49can filter the many side table
1:33:54in fact now let's try to understand what
1:33:57happens when there is no join or how do
1:33:59we identify there is no join let me
1:34:02delete all these visuals on
1:34:05this and let me bring in another table
1:34:08Visual and this time in the table visual
1:34:11I would like to bring in item brand so
1:34:14the way to bring in is that
1:34:16I once the table is selected I can click
1:34:19on that it will bring in and then I'll
1:34:23bring inant quantity by default it
1:34:25should take aggregation as you can see
1:34:27it is using sum of
1:34:30quantity so numeric values are by
1:34:34default aggregated you have to
1:34:37understand in powerbi the data is either
1:34:41distinct or group by and aggregated so
1:34:47even though my item IDs are repeating in
1:34:49my sales table but if I put it from the
1:34:51sales table they will not repeat here
1:34:53they will just create a distinct
1:34:55combination or group by and then if I
1:34:58put a aggregated mejor or a numeric
1:35:00majure that can aggregate that will
1:35:02aggregate along with that group by as
1:35:05you can see these values are different
1:35:07and this is actually my
1:35:09total and now let me go ahead and do one
1:35:11thing which will tell you how do you
1:35:13identify a missing relationship what I
1:35:16will do is I will go to my model
1:35:19view and inside the model view I can
1:35:22delete this join between item and sales
1:35:25table or I can deactivate it by using
1:35:30make this relationship active I
1:35:33can uncheck that and it will become
1:35:36inactive and use apply this is as good
1:35:40as not having a filation and once I go
1:35:43back to the report
1:35:46view you will see that the all the rows
1:35:49have the same data when all the rows
1:35:52start showing the same data as grand
1:35:54total there are chances that we have in
1:35:56active relationship or the relationship
1:35:59itself is not
1:36:01there the good thing with the inactive
1:36:04relationship which is logical inactive
1:36:06relationship or inactive relationship
1:36:09which is not created because of loop we
1:36:11can activate it using use relationship
1:36:13Dex function in this manner you now
1:36:16learn how to use bir directional
1:36:19relationship and how you can find out
1:36:23when there is an inactive joint now is
1:36:25bir directional relationship is a good
1:36:27thing so when should we use bir
1:36:29directional joint and when we should not
1:36:31use bir Direction so bir directional
1:36:35joints are especially helpful if you
1:36:37want the dimensions to get filtered uh
1:36:41when your fact data is getting
1:36:43filtered but when you start using more
1:36:46than one fact so in case you have more
1:36:49than one facts it can create Loops for
1:36:52multiple paths what would happen you
1:36:55will be able to reach a fact from more
1:36:58than one place let's say you create go
1:37:00to Dimension to fact by directional
1:37:02another fact is again bir directional
1:37:04then there are multiple paths available
1:37:06in such cases you start creating
1:37:07inactive relationship we should try to
1:37:10avoid this is one more place where you
1:37:11should avoid is basically when you are
1:37:13using direct query now what happens in
1:37:15case of direct
1:37:18query there are queries which are
1:37:21generated and sent to the source now
1:37:23when you have have bod directional joint
1:37:24it will generate more number of queries
1:37:26and in that will put lot of strain on
1:37:29your Source database so to optimize the
1:37:32performance in a direct query mode we
1:37:34try to avoid bir directional
1:37:37relation so bir directional relationship
1:37:40should only be
1:37:42used if that is the only way you can
1:37:47solve the purpose if there is no other
1:37:50way to achieve the same thing like I
1:37:52want to
1:37:54filter the dimension data using fact we
1:37:56can actually use in the slicer a measure
1:37:59from the fact and check its value as is
1:38:02not blank to filter the
1:38:05slicers to reduce the slicers values
1:38:08what has been used in fact that is
1:38:10another alternative but if there is no
1:38:13other
1:38:14alternative by directional joint is only
1:38:16fit for the purpose then only we should
1:38:18use it now before I go to the next step
1:38:21let me go ahead and activate this
1:38:24relationship and apply
1:38:27changes so that our model is correct as
1:38:31you can see once I have activated the
1:38:35join again I'm able to see the correct
1:38:39Data before I take the next tab let's do
1:38:43one thing let's add an image to this
1:38:46first
1:38:47page the image of this series and then
1:38:51save this file because we have not saved
1:38:53this file so in case the system crashes
1:38:56or something goes off the changes might
1:38:59not be fully recoverable though we have
1:39:01used an option auto backup that may be
1:39:05able to provide
1:39:06us autosaved version which we can use I
1:39:10click on this empty page let me click on
1:39:12the format option and enable the format
1:39:15pane once I get the format pane in the
1:39:18Page
1:39:20information I can scroll down
1:39:24and in the canvas background I can
1:39:26browse an
1:39:28image I can take the image which I
1:39:30recently download
1:39:33it and reduce the transparency to zero
1:39:38image fit is normal I can use a fit so
1:39:41that it fits in and in this manner I get
1:39:45my homepage with the image which is
1:39:50my image of the series
1:39:53now you might be seeing this build
1:39:55visual is still there now Prov that what
1:39:57I can do is I can add something really
1:40:00small in this page so I can go to insert
1:40:03and then I can let's say insert a shape
1:40:06let's bring in a
1:40:07rectangle and
1:40:10let's do one thing go to
1:40:14the
1:40:16style fill off border
1:40:20off and come outside now you don't know
1:40:24there is a rectangle and you get the
1:40:26image so let's save it contrl s give it
1:40:30a new name uh it's going to save on a
1:40:32default location and if you want to
1:40:34change that click on the more options
1:40:37below once you click on the more option
1:40:40it will open and now it is showing me
1:40:43documents on the top but if you go on
1:40:45the left hand side little bit below you
1:40:47will see browse this device let me click
1:40:50on browse this device now it opens up
1:40:53option and as you know that we save all
1:40:56our files in data but not this time
1:40:58we're going to save the file in our end
1:41:01to end and I'll also create a new folder
1:41:04for that right click in that new folder
1:41:07we going to call it
1:41:10data we don't have a data here but we
1:41:12have a PB file and I'll give it a name
1:41:15as n to and and what would happen during
1:41:20this series there would be movements
1:41:22where I I need to stop and start a new
1:41:24file maybe I don't want to use it or I
1:41:27want to save it a particular place
1:41:29because I want to modify certain other
1:41:30things or it is too busy file at that
1:41:33moment I may like to shift it especially
1:41:35when we are going to go to the power
1:41:39query learning we might not use these
1:41:41tables when we try to create the final
1:41:43dashboard we might not require it so at
1:41:47that time we might create a one more
1:41:50version of this file so to do to create
1:41:53the scope for that I'll call it n to and
1:41:56one file and let me save it now for
1:41:59saving now I have three options PB which
1:42:02is power ba file pbit which is the
1:42:06template file which was also available
1:42:07previously to create the template and
1:42:10powerbi project file which is a new
1:42:12option available with the GitHub
1:42:14integration this is one of the most
1:42:16suitable options you have but we will
1:42:18continue to save it as a PBX and save it
1:42:21so now over powerbi file is
1:42:25saved before we go into the depth of
1:42:29calculated column and
1:42:31major one of the reason we say is that
1:42:34you know when we want to do role level
1:42:36calculation we can prefer columns to you
1:42:40know make sure that it increase the load
1:42:42time and if the data is pretty large the
1:42:45runtime calculation at the row level
1:42:47could actually proven be costly but if
1:42:51it is not costly then go ahead and
1:42:52create a
1:42:54now what is this Ro level calculation
1:42:57and when would I use Ro level
1:43:00calculation and when I should not use Ro
1:43:02level
1:43:03calculation there are few places where
1:43:06you can simply take this decision that I
1:43:07need a ro level calculation whether at
1:43:10the new calculated column level or major
1:43:12level or whether I don't need it there
1:43:15is a place where I should not do ro
1:43:17level calculation I should create a
1:43:19mejor or what is that kind of scenario
1:43:22so when whenever we have to multiply we
1:43:24have to use the row level calculation
1:43:26whether we use calculated column or a
1:43:28measure but when it's a
1:43:31division the division should always be
1:43:35first Aggregate and then divide it it
1:43:37means it should be a measure let me give
1:43:39you one example for that so I have these
1:43:42items I have quantity and price now what
1:43:47is gross quantity multip by price is
1:43:50basically this formula so this is 50 70
1:43:5380 and
1:43:5590 now so I'm multiplying at each row
1:43:57level and then finally I'm summing it up
1:44:00here as
1:44:01290 is this is correct or should I
1:44:04simply sum of the quantities average of
1:44:07the price I definitely know if I Su of
1:44:10the price it's not the correct so it's
1:44:12going to
1:44:13be 70 * by
1:44:174.75 which is 3325 so which one is
1:44:20correct we know here two 2 990 is the
1:44:25correct
1:44:26answer it's not
1:44:2833 2.5 that's not the correct answer
1:44:33whenever there is a multiplication we
1:44:35should do it at the row level and then
1:44:37we should add which actually we call it
1:44:40sum of a multi by
1:44:44b means false you multiply now in
1:44:47database we can do this sum of a * by B
1:44:53inside the sum function that is not true
1:44:56in power bi when we creating a major and
1:44:59major is one where we do have
1:45:01aggregation built in there we need to
1:45:06use expression function to do a mtip by
1:45:08b or we can create a calculated column
1:45:11which contain a multip by b means in
1:45:13this case cross and later can create a
1:45:16measure on top of it now there is a
1:45:18reverse case the reverse case is when I
1:45:21want to find out price using gross and
1:45:23quantity so how do I find price so
1:45:25simply I'll divide Cross by quantity so
1:45:28I got five I got seven I got four I got
1:45:32three what's my average price my average
1:45:35price is nothing but the total of gross
1:45:38divide by total of quantity it is not
1:45:41the simple average of these four which
1:45:43is
1:45:444.75 which is a simple average of these
1:45:47four it's not 4.75 390 / by 70 is 4
1:45:53.14 this is my correct
1:45:57data it means whenever you need to
1:46:00divide you first need to aggregate means
1:46:04sum of
1:46:05a divide by sum of
1:46:12B
1:46:13so what does this means is in case of
1:46:16division it should be sum of a divide by
1:46:20sum of B is first you aggregate
1:46:23and then you divide so in such cases we
1:46:26should only use measure because
1:46:30calculated column is going to do the
1:46:32calculation at row level and post that
1:46:34the aggregation can happen in a measure
1:46:38but in case of measure we can aggregate
1:46:41them separately and then divide or in
1:46:43the same measure we can say sum of a
1:46:46divide by sum of B table and
1:46:49column in this manner in some of the
1:46:52cases we can take a call where should we
1:46:54use a measure or where should we use a
1:46:57calculated column remember on a smaller
1:47:00data where the roow level calculations
1:47:02can be done in a major and not making
1:47:04much impact we can still use major for
1:47:07RO level calculation but yes there would
1:47:10be some time because of the performance
1:47:12region we will prefer half of the
1:47:15calculation in calculated column and
1:47:17then use
1:47:18measures need to create calculations and
1:47:22these calcul ations are divided into two
1:47:24parts calculated columns and measures
1:47:28now calculated columns do the
1:47:30calculation at the row level
1:47:33and they are
1:47:37stored in
1:47:39the data set semantic model or the file
1:47:44all the calculation you are going to do
1:47:46you will be able to see what new values
1:47:48are getting calculated into the table
1:47:50View and you will also be able to see
1:47:53that when we save the file the size of
1:47:55the file
1:47:56increase on the other hand the
1:47:58calculation done using the measures are
1:48:00only definition and getting executed at
1:48:03the run time the calculated column which
1:48:05we would like to create right now are
1:48:08gross
1:48:09amount which is nothing but sales
1:48:12quantity multipli by sales
1:48:14price the second one which we want to
1:48:17create is Discount amount which is
1:48:21nothing but sales gross amount which we
1:48:24already calculated multiply by the
1:48:26discount percentage now discount
1:48:28percentage here is an absolute value so
1:48:30we have to divide it by 100 gross amount
1:48:33multiply by discount percentage divide
1:48:35by 100 and one more column which we
1:48:37wanted to create is cogs amount which is
1:48:40nothing but sales quantity multipli by
1:48:43sales
1:48:44cost once we reach the measure I'll
1:48:47explain you what all measures we
1:48:49need I on the powerbi desktop and from
1:48:52this Itself by going to the data view I
1:48:57can create new column so I can click on
1:49:00the sales table and in the table tools I
1:49:03will have option for new
1:49:07column
1:49:10but but I have an intention that when I
1:49:13create calculated columns calculated
1:49:15columns are getting added up to the
1:49:18tables and will be saved along with that
1:49:20table so I would like to see the values
1:49:25getting generated and that is why I'm
1:49:27going to use
1:49:30the table view to do that so let me go
1:49:34to the table
1:49:35View and before I start
1:49:40creating my new columns I would like to
1:49:43note down the size of my file so that at
1:49:46the end I will able to tell that the
1:49:48calculated columns are getting saved
1:49:51along with the data table and they are
1:49:55adding up to the
1:49:57table size and majors are not going to
1:50:01add the size they are just definitions
1:50:03so let's note down the size right now we
1:50:07have
1:50:091,623 KB size for this file and after
1:50:14some time you're going to come back and
1:50:16check this after we have created our
1:50:18calculated column and saved the
1:50:20file so now let's start creating new
1:50:23calculated column I have told you about
1:50:26the table tools once you click on a
1:50:27table you get table tool new column
1:50:29option but the option is also available
1:50:32in the column tool if you click on any
1:50:34of the column you will get column tools
1:50:36and in column tools also you have option
1:50:38for new column or right click on any of
1:50:41the table the second option is new
1:50:43column right click on any column third
1:50:46option is a new column using any of
1:50:49these options go ahead and create a new
1:50:51column
1:50:53in the formula bar above you can see the
1:50:56column
1:50:58creation so you can see now the formula
1:51:00bar where we can create the new column
1:51:03let me go ahead and increase its size I
1:51:06have press control and used the rolling
1:51:08of the middle Mouse button to increase
1:51:10the size now I got the column it has two
1:51:13parts left hand side is where we I'm
1:51:15going to give the name and right hand
1:51:17side where I'm going to give the formula
1:51:19these line numbers are not going to play
1:51:20any role powerbi is going to
1:51:22automatically add that so the First
1:51:24Column I want to create is gross amount
1:51:28and what is gross amount it is
1:51:32quantity and it starts suggesting you
1:51:34can use that it's always better that you
1:51:36take complete table name column name so
1:51:38let me type down the table name sales
1:51:41quantity star
1:51:44sales price so we should always take
1:51:48fully qualified names when we are
1:51:50creating the columns so sales quantity
1:51:52multip by sales price is the cross
1:51:57amount as you can see in each and every
1:52:00Row the data has been created and the
1:52:04column values are visible in the table
1:52:08view you can also see this column added
1:52:11on the right hand side into the table
1:52:15with an icon which is showing this is a
1:52:17calculated
1:52:20column now let's press commit here or
1:52:24enter it will come out now let's go
1:52:27ahead and create a new column you know
1:52:29all the four options I can see column
1:52:31tools open in front of me and I'll click
1:52:33on new column there and add another
1:52:36column the next column I want to add is
1:52:40cogs
1:52:43amount and cogs amount is nothing but
1:52:50say is
1:52:53quantity multip by
1:52:56sales
1:52:57cost now finding out a cost of item is a
1:53:03really big challenge for some of the
1:53:06organization if an organization can
1:53:08achieve a cost measure nothing like that
1:53:10and Cog is not just purchase price it's
1:53:13purchase price plus rate plus inventory
1:53:16carrying cost and any other cost you
1:53:18wanted to load on the purchase price to
1:53:23get the cost of the item various
1:53:27organization develop various kind of
1:53:29methods to arrive at the cost of the
1:53:33item and that's from that we are
1:53:35calculating cogs so that we can get
1:53:37margin I would like to create another
1:53:40column and again I'm going to use new
1:53:42column from the column tool and that is
1:53:45Discount amount now discount amount
1:53:49column needs the calculated column gross
1:53:53amount and I can type sales gross amount
1:53:56to get the gross amount so table name
1:53:59shown as a table name and sometime you
1:54:00will show see the table name is coming
1:54:02in single codes if the table name
1:54:04contain white spaces or a reserved name
1:54:06it will come in the single codes
1:54:10otherwise it can come simply as a table
1:54:11name and in the square bracket we have
1:54:14the column name multiply it by sales
1:54:19discount percentage and as the discount
1:54:22percentage is absolute I need to divide
1:54:24it by 100 it should become decimal
1:54:27number so as you can see the data type
1:54:29and let's talk about the column tool now
1:54:32here in the column tool we can see the
1:54:37name the data type the decimal number
1:54:40the format which is generic and then we
1:54:43can say it's amount we can use dollar
1:54:46symbol or any other symbol percentage
1:54:48comma separated we can change the
1:54:50decimal place and number of decimal
1:54:53place right now is auto similarly we can
1:54:56use the summarization which is by
1:54:58default sum for the numeric column if
1:55:00you don't want to summarize it by
1:55:02default we can use tone
1:55:05summarize data category data category is
1:55:07especially important when we use
1:55:10geographical data I'll go ahead and show
1:55:12it to you s by column is required when
1:55:16let's say if I have column like month
1:55:18here and I want to sort it on something
1:55:20else I can use sort by column which is
1:55:22not needed right now we will use it when
1:55:25we create the date table before I go
1:55:27ahead and create my Majors I would like
1:55:31that if there is any renaming required
1:55:34of the tables and column I should go
1:55:36ahead and do that so as you can see in
1:55:39the customer table there is no renaming
1:55:41required geography table there is no
1:55:42renaming required item table there is no
1:55:44renaming required and sales table also
1:55:46there is no renaming required but
1:55:49for you
1:55:52to explain it to you let me go ahead and
1:55:55rename this column Quant Qi and I
1:55:57already created calculated column on
1:55:59that now I want it to rename so I can
1:56:02double click and rename or I can right
1:56:05click cck or rename let me call it q u a
1:56:10n t t y
1:56:14quantity and let me check the new
1:56:16columns which I've created have they
1:56:18taken up the correct column name or not
1:56:21so the gross amount column has already
1:56:23taken up the correct name same way I can
1:56:26rename
1:56:28my tables geography item and customer if
1:56:31required column tool is the one place
1:56:34where we can change these property the
1:56:36another place where we can change the
1:56:37properties is the model view and inside
1:56:40the model view the properties we can
1:56:43also change the properties and here we
1:56:46can see the
1:56:48properties like name we here we can I
1:56:50can change the name then snow names
1:56:53hidden if I want to hide data type
1:56:55percentage format thousand separator yes
1:56:58and no decimal places and in advance it
1:57:01will show me sought by column name data
1:57:03category and Su now I would like to
1:57:06change the data categories would like to
1:57:08show you example of data categories I
1:57:11will go to City column I'll scroll down
1:57:14and show you the data category and here
1:57:16I'm going to call it as
1:57:18City same way for State I will go ahead
1:57:21and I will Define the data category as
1:57:24state or Province it is not that this is
1:57:26available here if you go to the report
1:57:28view or the table view also you can go
1:57:32to the state and inside the data
1:57:34category of column tools also you can
1:57:36Define the data
1:57:38categories now we are done with the
1:57:41renaming and the column creation we have
1:57:44created our columns I would like to save
1:57:46this file and see is there any
1:57:48difference in the
1:57:50size of our file so let me drag back the
1:57:55folder and as you can see the size of
1:57:58the file has
1:58:01increased in this manner we can conclude
1:58:04that calculated columns
1:58:06are going to become part of the table
1:58:09data they will be calculated at the load
1:58:12time and will be saved inside the file
1:58:15and going to increase the size of the
1:58:16file they're also going to increase the
1:58:19load time now we will understand the
1:58:21major majors and then look at the
1:58:25difference between majors and calculated
1:58:29column the time has come that we should
1:58:31go ahead and create Majors let me tell
1:58:35you the definitions of the majors which
1:58:37I plan to create the first major I want
1:58:39to create is gross which is sum of gross
1:58:43sales amount from the sales table second
1:58:47major which I want to create is the cogs
1:58:49sum of sales tables cogs amount another
1:58:54major discount sum of sales tables
1:58:57discount
1:58:58amount then I'm going to use the
1:59:01measures which are already created to
1:59:03calculate net which is nothing but cross
1:59:06minus
1:59:07discount same way I'm going to create
1:59:10margin which is nothing but net minus
1:59:13cogs I will create two majors which
1:59:18should be Majors only because they are
1:59:21percentage measur
1:59:22and they need to be calculated using
1:59:25divide function which handles the divide
1:59:28by
1:59:29zero discount percentage equals to
1:59:32divide discount by
1:59:35gross and margin percentage equals to
1:59:38divide margin by net so these are all
1:59:41the measures I'm going to create so
1:59:43let's go to the powerbi and create
1:59:47these so now let's go ahead and quickly
1:59:49create the measures and to create the
1:59:52measures uh let me first go to the table
1:59:55View and try to create a measure and can
1:59:58I see the
2:00:00calculation just like calculated column
2:00:03in the table view so let me create my
2:00:06first major to create that again I can
2:00:09take the help from the table tool I have
2:00:11an option for new
2:00:14major also I have the same option in the
2:00:17Home tab for new major also on the right
2:00:21click of
2:00:22a table or a right click of a column
2:00:26similarly once you create a measure you
2:00:28will also have an option to create a
2:00:31major right now I'm going ahead with the
2:00:33right click on a table and new
2:00:37measure again in the case of measure we
2:00:40will get this formula bar where left
2:00:44hand side is the name and the right hand
2:00:46side is the
2:00:49formula this is what we call a measure
2:00:52or a Dax measure because we are going to
2:00:54use data analytics expression here to
2:00:58create our measures so first measure
2:01:01which we are going to create is
2:01:04cross in the cross measure I'm going to
2:01:07use the Dex function some some functions
2:01:10can take one column name and the column
2:01:13name which I want you to take here is
2:01:16sales gross amount and this is the
2:01:19reason I was adding amount at the end
2:01:21because finally when I create a major it
2:01:23should show me name only as
2:01:27gross as you can see the gross major is
2:01:30created in the sales table and I can see
2:01:33the major icon but when I scroll into
2:01:37the table it's not appearing inside the
2:01:39table so Majors will not appear in the
2:01:43table like calculated column second
2:01:46thing is even if I click on the item
2:01:49table and I I go ahead and
2:01:52use new major and this time I'm using it
2:01:54from table tool it would be able to
2:01:57create a major so this time I'm going to
2:01:59create C and CA equals to sum
2:02:04of
2:02:07tailes cogs
2:02:10amount so I'm creating a major cogs
2:02:13which is nothing but sum of cogs
2:02:15amount and as you can see I'm able to
2:02:17create this measure inside the item
2:02:21table does it make any difference for me
2:02:24let me go back to the report
2:02:26view in the report View From The Bottom
2:02:29near to the page one there is a plus
2:02:31button I'm going to press that plus
2:02:33button and add another page and in this
2:02:37page and in this page from build a
2:02:39visual let me add a table Visual and
2:02:42check out what I'm getting to do that I
2:02:45created a table visual enlarge it and
2:02:48let me bring in brand from the item
2:02:51table dragon drop onto this
2:02:53visualization and bring in
2:02:56Gross and
2:02:59cogs and you can see both of them
2:03:02working fine now without going back to
2:03:05the table view I can continue to create
2:03:09my Majors here so the next major which
2:03:12I'm going to create is Discount major so
2:03:16click on any of the table and say use
2:03:18new measure from the table tool and name
2:03:22is and let me enlarge
2:03:25it
2:03:27discount which is nothing but sum of
2:03:32sales discount
2:03:35amount the next major I would like to
2:03:38create is net and then in the net majure
2:03:42I would like to
2:03:44create from the two existing Majors so
2:03:47left hand side the name right hand side
2:03:49cross the major and I don't need to
2:03:51table name ideally speaking you should
2:03:54not use table name when you are using
2:03:57major because we can change the home
2:04:01table of the majors and I'm going to
2:04:03explain you that in a little bit of time
2:04:06and then I can separate the discount and
2:04:08I created a major which is net in the
2:04:11same manner I can create a major margin
2:04:15Again by clicking on new
2:04:19major and you can press and enter or you
2:04:22can press this commit button to commit
2:04:24this formula the moment you click
2:04:26outside it get automatically
2:04:30saved now we would like to create two
2:04:33measures which are division type and now
2:04:35discount percentage which
2:04:37is Discount divided by gross and margin
2:04:40which is margin divided by net which is
2:04:43actually the net margin are the division
2:04:45type formulas and they cannot be created
2:04:50as column as we have discussed when
2:04:52taking our example division should
2:04:55always be a measure now before I do that
2:04:59let me show you how can I add that these
2:05:01to the table so click on the table and
2:05:03just simply click on the check boxes and
2:05:07those will be added to the visualization
2:05:09now let's create one more new major
2:05:11again now I'm able to see the major tool
2:05:13because right now the major is selected
2:05:16and the major tool is canot
2:05:18only do a job of
2:05:22creation of a new major but it can do
2:05:24the formatting also and right now right
2:05:27now you can see the formatting is not
2:05:29there but what I'm going to do is I want
2:05:30to format multiple measures together
2:05:32definitely I'm going to show you because
2:05:34the formatting going to be compulsory
2:05:36for the discount percentage from the
2:05:37major tool but we will go to the data
2:05:41model view and from there we will use
2:05:43the properties to change them in one go
2:05:46so let me click on a new major
2:05:48again and this time I'll create a major
2:05:51discount
2:05:56percentage and I'm going to use a
2:05:59function divide divide functions takes
2:06:02three argument numerator denominator and
2:06:04Alternate result so numerator is
2:06:07Discount amount which is Discount major
2:06:10I can directly use a major here and when
2:06:13I'm using major it means sum of discount
2:06:15amount denominator is gross which is sum
2:06:17of gross amount so I'm using aggregated
2:06:19one I don't want to use alternate result
2:06:22what is the benefit of using this divide
2:06:24function divide function will handle
2:06:27divide by 0er so I don't have to bother
2:06:29about it let me press enter or commit
2:06:33and this will be committed and I can add
2:06:35this to table user as you can see this
2:06:38is coming as a ratio not as a percentage
2:06:41just like your Excel you might have used
2:06:44or if those of you not used go to the
2:06:45major tool when you click on a major
2:06:47major tool should be open and from there
2:06:51you can mark it as a percentage column
2:06:54by clicking on this percent icon it
2:06:56should show a boundary here and this
2:06:58boundary means it has been
2:07:01selected as you can see we are able to
2:07:03see percentage and now what I'm going to
2:07:06do is a quick Copy pcee for creating the
2:07:08margin percentage
2:07:10major I can go here again click on item
2:07:14or sales and from the table tools or
2:07:17from the major tool whichever is visible
2:07:19I can create new major and this time I'm
2:07:22just going to paste the definition
2:07:23margin percentage is equal to divide
2:07:26margin by net enter and my Majors is
2:07:29created so my base set of
2:07:32measure using which I can explain you
2:07:35the visualizations are created but as
2:07:38you can see these measures are created
2:07:40across various
2:07:41tables and some of them are not
2:07:44formatted what I'm going to do for that
2:07:47so first let me solve the
2:07:49formatting I have to indiv do if I go
2:07:52here I have to individually do I can
2:07:53can't select with the shift more than
2:07:56one so for that I'll tell you go to the
2:07:58model view and inside the model view
2:08:01with the shift or control you can select
2:08:03multiple measures so I'm selecting all
2:08:07those amount kind of a
2:08:09measures and let me uncheck the margin
2:08:12percentage all the amount kind of
2:08:14measures are selected first of all I can
2:08:17change their home table right now I'm
2:08:18not changing it I'll tell you the reason
2:08:20later but
2:08:22I will go here in the format and I can
2:08:25call them general or currency let me
2:08:27keep it General let me keep it thousand
2:08:30separator and decimal places let me keep
2:08:34it one for all of
2:08:37them Advance uncategorized everything
2:08:40should remain uncategorized let's go
2:08:43ahead and check what is the difference
2:08:45this action has made in the report view
2:08:48so I'll click on the report view left
2:08:50side and as you can see all of them got
2:08:53formatted pretty well
2:08:56here now left out is margin percentage
2:09:00we can go back and do it from model view
2:09:02or we can also do it from column tools
2:09:05so we click on the margin
2:09:07percentage and we can mark it as a
2:09:10percentage format column from here now
2:09:13it has become a percentage format two
2:09:14decimal place by default we can change
2:09:16it if required go back to the report
2:09:19view add this into the
2:09:22visualization and check out what we are
2:09:24getting so we are getting a two decimal
2:09:26place percentage
2:09:28number so in this manner we can
2:09:32modify the major properties using Major
2:09:36Tool or the property pan in the data
2:09:40model
2:09:41view you might have noticed that the
2:09:44till
2:09:45now I
2:09:48have increased the font when I was
2:09:50creating the formulas of the formula
2:09:53pane but I never changed the size of the
2:09:57font of the table though it's a really
2:09:59small font for recording and the reason
2:10:02I was not doing is because I want to
2:10:04handle it using
2:10:06the
2:10:08theme utilizing report themes allows for
2:10:12comprehensive design alteration across
2:10:14the
2:10:16report this include adoption of color
2:10:19schemes it's an implementation of fresh
2:10:21visual Styles once a report theme is
2:10:24applied it sets all default formatting
2:10:26for every visual in your report ensuring
2:10:29consistent and unified experience we
2:10:31want to get a unified corporate
2:10:33experience and the reason why I don't
2:10:36prefer to change any font or color
2:10:38without using a theme because once we
2:10:40change it sometime it is really
2:10:42difficult to apply themes on that and
2:10:44that is the reason why in spite of
2:10:47having a small font I have not changed
2:10:49it now the theme which I'm going to
2:10:51create is more suitable for the video
2:10:56purpose but what you should do is if
2:10:59you're doing a customer project or your
2:11:01organizational project find out top 10
2:11:04organizational
2:11:06colors and using those top 10
2:11:09organizational color and your
2:11:11organizational font you should create
2:11:14your theme let me tell you how to do
2:11:17that go to the view tab on the top
2:11:24and inside the view you have these
2:11:26default
2:11:27themes you can choose a starting point
2:11:31like darker or
2:11:33lighter based on your organization
2:11:36preferences which is most nearest or you
2:11:38can start with anyone let me choose this
2:11:40third one once I choose that you can see
2:11:43the fonts are still forther smaller I
2:11:46can play around choose one which suits
2:11:49best so I think this this accessable
2:11:52city park is something which is more
2:11:54suited to me and now I'm going to go
2:11:57ahead and modify this if I further
2:12:00scroll below I have options like browse
2:12:04themes where I can browse the theme
2:12:06theme Gallery I can go to the theme G
2:12:08customize current theme to customize the
2:12:10current theme which I'm going to use now
2:12:12save the current theme to save it with a
2:12:14name so that later on I can browse it
2:12:18and how to create theme to go to the
2:12:20documentation
2:12:22so let me use customized current theme
2:12:24option as of now and in this customized
2:12:27current theme the first option which I
2:12:29get is the name and the color where I
2:12:31have the color now this team as a name I
2:12:34can change this name if I want or I can
2:12:37go ahead and choose some little bit
2:12:38different colors so what I'm going to do
2:12:40here is I'm going to choose a little bit
2:12:41darker green for the first bar and let
2:12:45me change this yellow color a little
2:12:48bit there color seem fine negative
2:12:51positive and neutral I'm seeing an
2:12:53opportunity to change it little bit so
2:12:54let me change the red green seems fine
2:12:57neutral let me make it a little bit
2:12:59different
2:13:04blue and Divergent color I am fine with
2:13:07that I go to the Advance now this is
2:13:09really
2:13:10important choose the
2:13:13different elements of your visual like
2:13:15XIs grid line text box color font what
2:13:19are those in each categories for that
2:13:22click on this learn
2:13:23more and it's going to open a page for
2:13:27you and in this page this is basically
2:13:30the theme page which I'm also going to
2:13:32provide to you if you scroll down little
2:13:34bit below it is going to tell you if you
2:13:36change the first level what is going to
2:13:38change label background color trend line
2:13:41color text box default color table and
2:13:43Matrix values and total color data bar
2:13:48access color card data labels these is
2:13:50going to second level is going to change
2:13:53light secondary level text classes label
2:13:56color Legend label color exis label
2:13:58color third level X is grid line cover
2:14:02color table and Matrix grid color slicer
2:14:05and header background color multi row
2:14:08card outline color Etc fourth row legent
2:14:11dimed color card category label color
2:14:14multi- row card category label color
2:14:17then background is going to change the
2:14:18background color secondary background
2:14:20color and table
2:14:22accent there is more information also
2:14:25given here how to set up themes and what
2:14:29are the different components of that you
2:14:32can take advantage of this particular
2:14:34article I will also share the link of
2:14:38this into the description let's go back
2:14:41I don't want to change any of these as
2:14:43of now I'll go to the next item which is
2:14:46text and here I'm interested in so
2:14:49everywhere I see a font I'm going to
2:14:51increase It by Five Points now I don't
2:14:54want to change the font family but I
2:14:55have options to change it similarly I
2:14:57can change the font color which I'm
2:14:59currently not doing for title again I'm
2:15:02going to make it little
2:15:03bit larger 17 and let me change the
2:15:07title color let me make it
2:15:09blue make it a little bit darker blue
2:15:12which is going to be very near to
2:15:14Black cards and kpi again card is 45 is
2:15:18to already pretty big so I'm not going
2:15:20to change it tab headress I'm going to
2:15:22make it as 70 and the reason I'm
2:15:24increasing it by 5 pixel you might not
2:15:25have to do that much is because I'm
2:15:28recording a video and in that video I
2:15:30would like these things to be visible
2:15:33visuals background I don't want to
2:15:35change if I want I can increase
2:15:36transparency to
2:15:38100% of the visual background so that
2:15:40they take the background color it is
2:15:41mostly useful when you have a background
2:15:44which is of darker color so that you
2:15:46make all your backgrounds as transparent
2:15:48so that they can come on that particular
2:15:50back ground and you don't have to set a
2:15:52background for the visual but if you
2:15:54don't want that transparency keep it 0%
2:15:56borders borders are off but if you want
2:15:59borders by default on the visualization
2:16:01you can switch it on I don't want that
2:16:03by default so I'm keeping it as off and
2:16:05if you switch it on you can change the
2:16:07color and you can also decide the
2:16:09radius header header background color
2:16:12border color
2:16:13transparency uh if you want 100%
2:16:16transparency you can use icon colors I'm
2:16:18not going to change that I'm going to
2:16:20keep it as is tool tip is the label text
2:16:24color label text value drill text icon
2:16:28and background color this is something
2:16:30which these days we are going to use
2:16:31white but if you remember earlier we
2:16:33used to use little bit yellowish color
2:16:35so I'm going to make the tool tip little
2:16:37bit
2:16:39yellowish page wallpaper transparency I
2:16:43think I already changed transparency at
2:16:44one place but I'm going to keep it as is
2:16:46similarly P background transparency is
2:16:48100% if you want you can make
2:16:50transparency is zero so that it takes
2:16:52the whatever is there on the background
2:16:55let me leave it default as is filter
2:16:58pane the filter pane which is being
2:17:00given on the page on these things these
2:17:02are going to apply the filter pane the
2:17:04background color the transparency the
2:17:06font and the icon colors the title font
2:17:09I'm going to increase it to 17 header
2:17:11font size I'm going to make it as
2:17:1514 checkbox apply Color when you apply
2:17:19something on checkbox you want to CH
2:17:21that color it's right now the teal color
2:17:23I'll continue with that available filter
2:17:25cards color format filter cards haven't
2:17:28been applied yet background is white
2:17:30transparency is
2:17:310% font and color icon color it same and
2:17:36I'm going to make it 14 in the font
2:17:39filter applied card again I'm not going
2:17:41to change anything there I'm just going
2:17:42to change the
2:17:44font size so I'm done with my changes
2:17:48and let me apply and the moment I apply
2:17:50it you can see the font size have
2:17:52increased if I need further bigger font
2:17:54I can go ahead and do it but it seems
2:17:57good enough for me to use it as of
2:18:03now now the next step is saving this
2:18:06theme we will go back to the view again
2:18:08open this theme portion go down and
2:18:11press on save current
2:18:13theme and let's call it as or
2:18:19theme one
2:18:22so the theme is saved how do we test
2:18:25this so let me go ahead to the
2:18:28files
2:18:30open and I have saved one
2:18:33file other than this end to end click on
2:18:37it in the versions I'll open this end to
2:18:40endend version till columns in this file
2:18:42I'll add a visual and in that I'll try
2:18:44to apply this theme so let me create a
2:18:47visual quickly here
2:18:53and let me go ahead and put a theme so
2:18:55how do we do that go to
2:18:58view down arrow key on the theme browse
2:19:01the theme this time this time I'm
2:19:03browsing the
2:19:06theme in the data I have a theme 1. Json
2:19:09I'm going to select that once I come
2:19:12back and this theme is applied I get a
2:19:15message
2:19:16file successfully added I can press got
2:19:20it and as you you can see the theme has
2:19:23changed the font size and other things
2:19:27would have also changed now as we
2:19:28progress further into the visualization
2:19:30we'll see impact of
2:19:33those now we will learn how to enable
2:19:36the dark mode we are going to look at
2:19:38the settings to enable the dark mode
2:19:41which has made its way to September 2024
2:19:45release so let's jump on to the release
2:19:47note first and this is powerbi set
2:19:50September 2024 feature summary and if
2:19:53you scroll down one of the first
2:19:56announcement which you can see is that
2:19:59you can now choose from a variety of
2:20:01themes powerb desktop including the most
2:20:04requested Dark theme you can personalize
2:20:07your data visualization experience to
2:20:09match your preferences and working
2:20:11environment if you further scroll down
2:20:13you will see IND the content in the
2:20:15journal by popular demand dark mode is
2:20:18now available on powerb desktop
2:20:21and when you click on this you will see
2:20:23how to enable it so you have to go to
2:20:26options and settings Global reporting
2:20:30setting and personalization so let me
2:20:32showcase you that and while showcasing
2:20:36we will take two kinds of file one which
2:20:38is using a dark theme on the
2:20:41visualization and one which is using
2:20:43lighter theme in the visualization so
2:20:45let me showcase my file to you this is
2:20:47my first file which is using a white
2:20:49theme
2:20:51and this is my second file which is
2:20:52using the darker theme and these are the
2:20:56powerbi report themes now we would like
2:20:59to change the overall desktop theme so
2:21:01for that I'll go to file options and
2:21:05settings below
2:21:08options and click on options options
2:21:12popup will open inside the options popup
2:21:15inside the global go to report settings
2:21:19and inside the report settings come down
2:21:22inside the
2:21:23personalization you have option dark
2:21:26light use system setting so I'm going to
2:21:29use dark here click on okay as you can
2:21:33observe all the menu items the right
2:21:36hand side data Pan the left hand side
2:21:38pan everything is now using Dark theme
2:21:41my model viewer is also showing the
2:21:43darker theme now if I go to this file
2:21:46now because I have applied on that file
2:21:49maybe I have to open this file again let
2:21:51me open this file again and this file is
2:21:53already open but what I can do is
2:21:55basically uh I can open it and you will
2:21:56see this power bi desktop Opening screen
2:22:00itself has changed now this file is
2:22:03opening again and it has open on the
2:22:05different window it will bring it in and
2:22:08as you can observe that your powerbi
2:22:10desktop is in the dark theme now
2:22:13everything which belongs to power VA
2:22:15desktop other than your reporting canvas
2:22:17area which can have its own reporting
2:22:19theme every everything is using do theme
2:22:23so do theme has been applied here on all
2:22:26the files globally you can look at the
2:22:28data view all your tables all your icons
2:22:31have changed these are your icons these
2:22:33this is your table data view model view
2:22:36already shown you Dex query view
2:22:38Everything Has Changed to darker
2:22:41them I opened a new file with the dark
2:22:45one I have closed all my power ba
2:22:47instances which were running before I
2:22:49applied the Dark theme and I have opened
2:22:52a blank new file with a dark theme where
2:22:55I'm now going to open a blank report let
2:22:58me click on the blank report and now
2:23:01here I would like to get the data and I
2:23:03can use a powerbi semantic model for
2:23:06that let me bring in one semantic model
2:23:09and we can use this calculation group
2:23:11semantic model which I was using for
2:23:13quite some time so the semantic model
2:23:16has loaded into the powerbi and as you
2:23:18can see all the UI you can observe they
2:23:21have been adjusted with reference to
2:23:23dark mode the model view is in the dark
2:23:26mode the Dex squarey view is in the dark
2:23:28mode and we can see all the uis are
2:23:31perfectly fine with the dark mode so you
2:23:33have seen that we have chosen the dark
2:23:35mode and the impact of the dark mode is
2:23:37mostly on the menu items it is not
2:23:40related to your report theme if you want
2:23:42to change your report theme basically
2:23:45powerbi report you have to still have to
2:23:47go to view and there you can go ahead
2:23:49and choose use a dark theme and then
2:23:52your report canvas will also use a
2:23:55darker theme or whatever theme you have
2:23:57selected so you can have your report
2:23:59canvas theme or report theme which is
2:24:01separate from your powerbi desktop
2:24:04darker theme that is different from this
2:24:06one so you can choose whatever theme you
2:24:09still want for your reporting canvas or
2:24:12your powerbi report so go ahead and
2:24:15explore this dark mode we would like to
2:24:19learn now how to create a table visual
2:24:21before that let me tell you how to
2:24:23rename a page so the page name is here
2:24:26in the
2:24:28bottom you can double click on that and
2:24:31you can change it so I'm calling it as a
2:24:33main page now near to that there is a
2:24:35plus button and I'm going to create a
2:24:37new page using that one so I'll click on
2:24:41that and this is a new page and let me
2:24:43double click on this one also and call
2:24:45it as table because I'm going to create
2:24:46a table visual on that to create a table
2:24:49visual either from the Home tab insert
2:24:52visualization I can use it or I have
2:24:54already enabled the build visual in case
2:24:56you are not seeing it you can enable it
2:24:58using the view and then further by
2:25:01clicking here on the build a visual so
2:25:05you should be able to see this pain from
2:25:07any of these places you can use the
2:25:09table visual so in the build a visual
2:25:11I'm going to click on the table
2:25:14Visual and it will add a visual on the
2:25:19page which which I'll click on the
2:25:21visual and drag it down and make it
2:25:23little bit
2:25:25bigger once I've done that if I have
2:25:28clicked on it I can see the check boxes
2:25:31on the data pane which I can click to
2:25:34bring in the data or if it is not
2:25:39selected then I can drag and drop so let
2:25:42me drag item brand either on the visual
2:25:46that's First Option then let me drag
2:25:49category inside the columns which is is
2:25:52below the Builder visual
2:25:55visuals and third option is because now
2:25:58this visual is selected I can actually
2:26:00go ahead and add some major by simply
2:26:03clicking on them so you can drag it on
2:26:06visual you can drag it on the columns or
2:26:10you can check the check boxes and add
2:26:12certain
2:26:13things now what are the options
2:26:16available here with the table visual so
2:26:18let's have a look at the options of the
2:26:19table visual ual so first we would like
2:26:22to see the options inside the three dot
2:26:24so in the three dot we have export data
2:26:26option using which you can export the
2:26:28data into a CSV
2:26:31format on the three dots we have another
2:26:34option to us table which is pretty much
2:26:36applicable for all the visuals and it
2:26:40will show as it as a table in case of
2:26:43table visual it is already a table so
2:26:46we'll continue to show it like that and
2:26:48there is a button back to report which
2:26:50which we can use come back to the report
2:26:52this especially helpful when you have
2:26:54multiple Visual and you want it to see
2:26:56in table then the next one is remove we
2:26:59can remove this which we don't want to
2:27:00do automatically find cluster is an AI
2:27:04option which we are going to explore
2:27:05later then we have option Spotlight sort
2:27:09by we can choose a sort by column like
2:27:11brand category and cogs and the format
2:27:14option right now you can already see the
2:27:16format pin is open because this is how I
2:27:20have set up my panes because of which
2:27:23it's open if it is not open you can use
2:27:25that option now let's go back to the
2:27:27swort option let me say sort on brand
2:27:30now you can see that it has been sort in
2:27:33on brand on descending now I can go
2:27:35ahead here again I will see the option
2:27:38for ascending and descending and I can
2:27:39click on sort
2:27:42ascending right now it is sort
2:27:47descending now table visual is one VIs
2:27:50ual where we can have multiple sorts so
2:27:52now it is already sorted if you want to
2:27:54change here from here also you can click
2:27:57and
2:27:59change if you click
2:28:02on the name of the brand you can see the
2:28:05Sorting is changing now press the shift
2:28:08button and now you can sort the category
2:28:11but I don't want to sort category by
2:28:13name I want to sort the category by
2:28:15cross and let me click on it so what
2:28:18does it do is by default for number it
2:28:20sort by descending so it is sorted on
2:28:24column one's brand and sort descending
2:28:28on
2:28:31Gross so first sorting was on brand and
2:28:34second sorting is on the gross so double
2:28:36sorting is possible you can have
2:28:38multiple sorting using the shift button
2:28:40now when you click on this because of
2:28:41the on object interaction it is start
2:28:44showing which property you can change if
2:28:47I click here which property can change
2:28:49if I click here
2:28:50if I click on the header it started
2:28:52showing the column header text so in
2:28:54this manner the on object interactions
2:28:57allow you to change the particular
2:28:59Properties by clicking on that
2:29:01particular set now let me click on the
2:29:04table and let me take you through all
2:29:06the visual properties one by one for the
2:29:08table visual size and style is the first
2:29:11property now you can see the height and
2:29:13width is based on what I've created and
2:29:17then the lock aspect ratio in case if I
2:29:19use use the lock aspect ratio if I
2:29:22resize the table it will maintain the
2:29:23same ratio which I've taken currently
2:29:26which I'm not not planning to do right
2:29:27now horizontal and vertical is the
2:29:29position it will change the moment I
2:29:31move the table up and
2:29:33down next comes the padding the padding
2:29:36is from the top bottom so this is the
2:29:38padding I can reduce it as per need
2:29:41background right now the background is
2:29:43on and there is a color I can go ahead
2:29:46and change this
2:29:47color and because the transparency is is
2:29:50100% I have to reduce the transparency
2:29:52to see the background color so the
2:29:53background color is the color which is
2:29:56behind the table I can increase little
2:29:59bit of transparency to keep
2:30:01it if I switch off the background
2:30:04color there will be no background and I
2:30:06will be able to see the page background
2:30:09color I enable it again the next option
2:30:12is visual border right now it is
2:30:14disabled I can I can switch it on you
2:30:16will be able to see a border now if you
2:30:18click outside let me click inside it
2:30:20and let me go ahead and and change the
2:30:22rounded corner so that you can
2:30:24understand what's happening there so now
2:30:27you can see the rounded corners for this
2:30:30table you can see a border as well as
2:30:32the rounded
2:30:35Corners in case you want a shadow you
2:30:37can switch it on and it will start
2:30:39showing the shadow you can decide the
2:30:41shadow color and you can decide whether
2:30:43it should be inside or outside and where
2:30:45it should be it should be bottom bottom
2:30:47right bottom left various options have
2:30:50given which you can choose I would like
2:30:52to keep it bottom right only that's the
2:30:54most suitable option for a
2:30:57shadow right now there is no title but I
2:30:59can enable the title so let me enable
2:31:01the title and I can double click here
2:31:03and give the title so there are two
2:31:05places where I can do it I can give a
2:31:08title from here or I can double click
2:31:10here in the title itself and I can give
2:31:12a title so let me call it as
2:31:16table
2:31:17Visual and as you can see whatever I'm
2:31:21typing here it is also appearing here in
2:31:23the text the FX means I can use a majure
2:31:26here so if I need a dynamic title I can
2:31:28create a mejor and I can use inside it
2:31:31right now it is using heading three I
2:31:33can changes as per
2:31:36need similarly I can use bold italic and
2:31:39underline for it I can use a color
2:31:43background color is right now nothing I
2:31:44can choose it again I can use FX means
2:31:47function means I can use measure and let
2:31:50me showcase you at one place so if I
2:31:51click FX here I I'm able to see field
2:31:54value and I can choose what major I want
2:31:56to display
2:31:59here now there is a subtitle option
2:32:02right now there is no subtitle which has
2:32:04been used I can enable the subtitle and
2:32:07now I get a subtitle option here again
2:32:10either I can type it here or I can use a
2:32:13majure using FX or I can type directly
2:32:15here we prefer on object interaction we
2:32:18like to write on the visual so let's
2:32:21say
2:32:24information for brand
2:32:30and
2:32:36category for subtitles again we can
2:32:38choose text colors now right now this
2:32:41text color is not matching so I'm going
2:32:42to change it out then you can choose the
2:32:46horizontal alignment right now it is
2:32:48left aligned this one is little bit
2:32:50darker I can make it middle align so it
2:32:52will go into the middle and to match it
2:32:55also I'll make the title also middle
2:32:57align so both title and the subtitles
2:32:59are now middle aligned text wrap if
2:33:02there is a larger text we can use text
2:33:04wrap so that it get into the next line
2:33:06instead of cutting it
2:33:08down then we have divider which is right
2:33:10now not off I can enable it and you will
2:33:13start seeing a divider between the
2:33:15header and
2:33:17the table area it is solid one pixel we
2:33:21can increase the pixel to understand it
2:33:23better ignore padding is on you if you
2:33:26want you can disable that next is
2:33:28spacing spacing is customize spacing is
2:33:32off if you want you can customize the
2:33:34spacing switch it on and let me reduce
2:33:37the spacing and as I'm reducing the
2:33:39spacing you can see the impact between
2:33:41the below area and of the above area
2:33:44next is style
2:33:47resets now right now the style is
2:33:49different fa and which is the Shaded
2:33:52style if I choose none you can see the
2:33:54difference what is happening in this
2:33:56table and I'm going to use few of these
2:33:59Styles and showcase you what all they
2:34:00can do border header this is one style
2:34:04which actually I'm liking a lot
2:34:05alternating rows this also seems good
2:34:09contrast alternating
2:34:12rows flashy
2:34:14colors border and flashy
2:34:17colors bold and flashy
2:34:20colors
2:34:22bars
2:34:25condensed I'll keep it to default right
2:34:28now and based on this when you go to
2:34:31some of the features like especially
2:34:32when you want to color the rows you will
2:34:34get that option of alternating colors
2:34:37right now because it is by default
2:34:38alternating color and you go to grid so
2:34:40right now the horizontal grid lines are
2:34:42on so these are the grid lines which you
2:34:44could make a note of
2:34:47it these are hor onal and these are
2:34:50vertical so let me off and on let me
2:34:55increase the size little bit you will be
2:34:57able to differentiate similarly vertical
2:35:00are off I can on it and if I increase
2:35:03the size you can use grid lines vertical
2:35:06and horizontal it's not looking so great
2:35:08right now but to explain to you I have
2:35:10to do those changes now I may choose a
2:35:13different color also
2:35:20next one is border and let me showcase
2:35:23you right now if you notice there is no
2:35:25border for this particular section of
2:35:26the table but let me enable it me enable
2:35:30top you can see the border on the top
2:35:34here same way
2:35:36bottom left right and let me increase
2:35:40the width a little bit you will be able
2:35:42to observe B on all the
2:35:46sides next one is options there is a
2:35:49rope adding which you can increase which
2:35:51will increase the padding between the
2:35:53lines I'm going to decrease that to zero
2:35:57and Global font if you want to increase
2:35:58the font but we don't want to disturb
2:36:00the font we would like to continue with
2:36:03the font from the
2:36:07theme now comes the important which is
2:36:10values now we want to play around the
2:36:12values values is typically these these
2:36:15These are called as
2:36:17values now you can see that I have the
2:36:21text color and the background color
2:36:22alternate text color and Alternate
2:36:24background color and this is because our
2:36:26theme is alternating color and just to
2:36:28explain it to you let me change the
2:36:32color so that you're able to make sense
2:36:36out of
2:36:37it and then alternating text color let's
2:36:40only change the the background
2:36:46color let's change the text color now
2:36:52again rep text in case the text taking
2:36:55more place we can use rep text in of
2:36:58cutting
2:36:59down so these are the values which has
2:37:01changed next comes the column
2:37:04header in the column header again this
2:37:07is the area which is going to be
2:37:08impacted because of the column header
2:37:10let's make the column header as bold
2:37:13metallic and underline color I'm fine
2:37:16with that background color white is also
2:37:18fine and do I want to make them left
2:37:22align or centrer align as this is a
2:37:24generic one I don't want to use there
2:37:26are better options available to handle
2:37:28it based on each column so we are going
2:37:31to use that option right now let's leave
2:37:33it let's go to the next option Auto size
2:37:37width now what happens
2:37:39is if you can go ahead and resize these
2:37:42columns but what would happen if you do
2:37:45certain
2:37:46changes this may get back to its
2:37:48original size
2:37:50because of the auto size width so let's
2:37:53say you use a filter or a slicer and
2:37:56this may come back to its original size
2:37:58if I don't want it to come to original
2:38:00size then what I'll do is I'll switch it
2:38:04off so that once I fix this width it
2:38:07should not resize and that's where we
2:38:09can use Auto size width
2:38:13off then the next option is for totals
2:38:18total we have value
2:38:20values and we can switch off the totals
2:38:23we don't want the totals and if you
2:38:25switch it on now do I want to call it
2:38:28total or do you want to call it grand
2:38:30total again static in
2:38:33nature uh you don't have an option for
2:38:36FX text color you can Define and
2:38:38background color you can Define then
2:38:41comes the most powerful option specific
2:38:43columns now here what you can do is you
2:38:47can choose each column and for that you
2:38:48want to decide you want to change
2:38:51something which should apply to header
2:38:53apply to total or apply to values like
2:38:56this is one common question which you
2:38:58ask that for the discount column I want
2:39:01everything to be same I would like to
2:39:03apply to header apply to total and apply
2:39:06to values what I want to do here is I
2:39:08want a text color let's
2:39:11say
2:39:14orange and I want the alignment as left
2:39:18so for the entire category
2:39:21column you can see the text color is
2:39:25orange and the alignment is left and
2:39:28even for the alternate color it has
2:39:30changed so this is when you want it to
2:39:34do it for complete column there is no
2:39:36background color we can actually go
2:39:38ahead and give a background color and
2:39:39you now you can see because we I have
2:39:41given a background color it is not
2:39:43following that
2:39:46alternative so in this manner in case
2:39:49case there is a
2:39:52requirement that you wanted to have one
2:39:55single column from top to bottom
2:39:57following something you can do that or
2:39:59you may would like to say now don't
2:40:01apply it to values I'm fine with
2:40:02alternating colors I'm now only applying
2:40:05it to header and
2:40:08total next comes the option of cell
2:40:13elements now cell elements provide us
2:40:16opportunities for conditional formatting
2:40:19the advantage in the table visual is
2:40:21that we can do it on all the
2:40:24columns we have something known as
2:40:26Matrix visual where we will not be able
2:40:27to do it on rows and columns we don't
2:40:31have a concept of rows and columns here
2:40:32everything is a column here so we can do
2:40:34it on all each and every column and just
2:40:37for the Showcase purpose I'll show you
2:40:39one conditional formatting on the
2:40:41background but later on we will come
2:40:43back and do a deep dip on the
2:40:46conditional formatting let me explain
2:40:47you how to use conditional formatting
2:40:49with one base example so I'll click on
2:40:51the background color and it
2:40:53automatically opens a popup which we
2:40:55call the conditional formatting popup it
2:40:58has three Styles gradient Rule and field
2:41:01value base I'm going to use the gradient
2:41:04style as of now that's the easiest one
2:41:06value only values and total means it
2:41:09will apply to total total only it will
2:41:11only happen to Total I'll use values
2:41:12only right now count of brand typically
2:41:15it needs a measure or a calculated
2:41:17column so I'll prefer a measure which is
2:41:19net here I'll choose that and it is from
2:41:23lowest value red and highest value is
2:41:25green I can add a middle color but those
2:41:28things we will explore later and right
2:41:31now I'm going to press okay
2:41:33button to apply this and as you can see
2:41:37the conditional formatting has been
2:41:39applied here and we can see different
2:41:41different background colors depending on
2:41:43the net value we can explore font
2:41:45condition formatting which will happen
2:41:46on the font icon which will show icons
2:41:50web URL which will show web
2:41:54URL the next one is URL icon for this
2:41:57you need to have a column which is
2:41:59having URL and you can convert it into
2:42:01icon it should not show the URL so we
2:42:04will use this inside the Matrix visual
2:42:08for that we are going to add a URL in
2:42:10our item table image size in case you
2:42:12are using an image then you can use the
2:42:15image height and width the image size
2:42:18will only be app cable when I have the
2:42:20image right now I don't have image so we
2:42:22will take back these URL icon and image
2:42:24icon later we have certain images which
2:42:26we wanted to show IND visuals and we'll
2:42:29take this up later accessibility refer
2:42:31to row non select brand category you can
2:42:35use these options so these are the table
2:42:38specific properties which we
2:42:41have there are generic properties which
2:42:43apply to each and every visual like
2:42:46header icons so header icons are these
2:42:48icons which you are seeing can disable
2:42:50these header icons but they will not get
2:42:52disabled here these icons will get
2:42:54disabled in powerbi service so even if
2:42:56you disable here these header icon
2:42:58you'll continue to see they will get
2:43:00disabled once you publish the file you
2:43:02can decide the color for these icon
2:43:04border Etc now you can decide what icon
2:43:07you want like visual information visual
2:43:09warning visual error drill down drop
2:43:12down drill up these are generic options
2:43:14right now you're not seeing all of these
2:43:16options whatever is applicable for this
2:43:18visual at that particular moment you are
2:43:19seeing it
2:43:21but again if you uncheck some of these
2:43:24options like filter option if I uncheck
2:43:26you will see that still the filter
2:43:28option is there again this will be
2:43:31hidden once we publish the
2:43:34file you can use reset to default this
2:43:37option is available at many places helps
2:43:39you to get to reset to default tool tip
2:43:42right now you're not able to see the
2:43:44tool tip if you enable it you will start
2:43:46seeing a tool tip here
2:43:49and if you disable it the tool tip would
2:43:51be completely
2:43:52off alternate text while loading what
2:43:55alternate text you wanted to show you
2:43:57can also use FX option for that advanced
2:44:00option is basically responsiveness and
2:44:03maintain layer order which is off right
2:44:05now these are the properties used by
2:44:08table Visual and as you see we have done
2:44:11quite a lot around it what we can do is
2:44:14some of these things we can say reset to
2:44:16default so one of the property I've done
2:44:18is basically
2:44:19the grid I have reset to default
2:44:22similarly style preset reset to default
2:44:25title is fine sizing and style is
2:44:29fine reset to default the text
2:44:33colors column headers reset to
2:44:37default values reset to default specific
2:44:41column reset to default and as you now
2:44:45observe we are almost at the very
2:44:47starting stage yes I'm leaving
2:44:49ahead what I've have done as a
2:44:50background color and the headers so I'm
2:44:53keeping them as is but in this manner
2:44:55you can revert few of the things to
2:44:57deset to default it helps you for
2:44:59experiment and come back to the initial
2:45:04position so we have now learned how to
2:45:07create a table visual to multiple
2:45:09sorting and do various kind of
2:45:11formatting on table
2:45:14visual let's start creating a matrix
2:45:16visual so I'll add another page for that
2:45:19using the plus button at the bottom plus
2:45:22button let me double click and rename
2:45:26Matrix you can also right click and
2:45:28rename if you want to delete you can
2:45:30delete duplicate you can duplicate if
2:45:32you want to hide now when you hide it
2:45:34here it doesn't mean that it's going to
2:45:36hide here it's just going to show you uh
2:45:38that it will be hidden but it will be
2:45:40hidden only in powerbi service in the
2:45:43viewing mode now to add a matrix visual
2:45:46again we can have option either for from
2:45:50build a visual which I enabled from here
2:45:52which was not visible or you from the
2:45:55Home tab you have the insert
2:45:57option The Matrix visual is lying
2:46:02here if you can notice and in case of
2:46:05the top it's lying here one of the two
2:46:07places you can use I'll click on the
2:46:09Matrix visual here on the build of
2:46:12visual Pane and bring it little bit down
2:46:17and and make it little a little bit
2:46:20bigger now unlike table visual we have
2:46:24some different options like row columns
2:46:26and values and once we add that you will
2:46:29be able to understand what I'm talking
2:46:31about and metrix visual has quite a lot
2:46:33of option for display also so first we
2:46:36focus on the display related options and
2:46:39then we go through the other properties
2:46:42of the Matrix visual um quite a few
2:46:45properties of the Matrix visual is
2:46:48similar to table visual but this one
2:46:50property which you will find missing
2:46:52here is basically sorting on multiple
2:46:55columns that's not available here the
2:46:57Sorting automatically get adjusted when
2:47:00you have multiple
2:47:03rows either on the value or on the
2:47:06categories so let me start creating a
2:47:08matrix visual a very simple Matrix
2:47:10visual I'll drag a brand it will group
2:47:12The everything by brand and then I'll
2:47:15bring in the major
2:47:19the
2:47:21values I can actually also bring a
2:47:23quantity
2:47:27column and as you can see there's a sum
2:47:29of quantity but if I try to remove the
2:47:32aggregation I don't have any
2:47:34option but if you go to a table
2:47:37Visual and you try to add a quantity
2:47:40column let's say inside a table visual
2:47:42as a column you you do have option of
2:47:45aggregation don't summarize it means you
2:47:48can group it by quantity but the option
2:47:51is not available in Matrix values the
2:47:54values has to be aggregated so that is
2:47:58why there is no option for no
2:48:00aggregation
2:48:02here don't aggregate is not an
2:48:05option let me cross
2:48:08that now you can add multiple Majors if
2:48:11you
2:48:14like I check that
2:48:20you have one row you can have multiple
2:48:21rows the moment you have the multiple
2:48:23rows you will start seeing the plus
2:48:26button now it depends on you how you
2:48:28want to use that the moment you have
2:48:31more than one you start seeing the drill
2:48:33icons you start seeing these buttons
2:48:36also if you press a button it will only
2:48:40explode that particular brand and it
2:48:43will make it
2:48:46bold and if you want to go up you can
2:48:48close these
2:48:51buttons or in even in the Open Stage you
2:48:55can use this button which is known as
2:48:57drill
2:49:03up the second button and right now
2:49:06because it's only the row where we have
2:49:08the multiple columns that's why you are
2:49:09seeing is later on we'll see that when
2:49:12columns have multiple we can do the same
2:49:13stuff on the columns also now the second
2:49:16button is drill down now what does drill
2:49:18down down button does is let's say right
2:49:20now if I click on the brand one it
2:49:22doesn't do anything the moment I press
2:49:25this click on drill down and now if I
2:49:27click here on the brand one you can see
2:49:29the brand one is getting
2:49:32filtered let
2:49:34me use drill up and uncheck this option
2:49:38the next one is next hery level what
2:49:41does it do it doesn't drill down it
2:49:44simply take me to the next hierachy
2:49:46levels and as you can see the totals are
2:49:48same what we had previously it means we
2:49:51are just seeing the next level come back
2:49:54to the top level you can use drill up if
2:49:56there are more than one level same thing
2:49:58you have to use multiple
2:50:00times while the next level take us to
2:50:03the next level means it's take us to the
2:50:06next available level which is basically
2:50:08in this case the next level is like
2:50:11this going
2:50:13down the expand adds the next
2:50:16level if I right now I have only one
2:50:19level but if I have more than one level
2:50:21I have to use expand multiple times it
2:50:24starts showing both of them and that's
2:50:27the place new Option comes in so now you
2:50:31have expanded it the display is like
2:50:34this this display is known as stabbed
2:50:39layout the options in The Matrix visual
2:50:43has changed so once the metric visual
2:50:45will finish I will showcase you the new
2:50:48options which has come very
2:50:53recently you go on the visual format now
2:50:56I have already have a format pane open
2:50:58if you don't have again you can enable
2:51:01if it is visible here you have an option
2:51:03here on the three dots for the format
2:51:05Pane and again in the view tab you can
2:51:08enable it if you scroll down inside the
2:51:11row
2:51:13headers if you scroll down the options
2:51:16you will see stabbed layout now right
2:51:18now it is on you can increase the
2:51:20indentation
2:51:23here
2:51:26okay now the second option or the layout
2:51:29which is if you switch it off the
2:51:31stepped layout if you switch it
2:51:34off then it will give you this kind of
2:51:37look and
2:51:39feel so this is non sted layout and
2:51:43sometime we use this now there are plus
2:51:46and minus icons you have option for that
2:51:48one is definitely you can change the
2:51:49color you can make them little bit
2:51:51bigger if they are looking small and one
2:51:54more thing you can switch them
2:51:57off now we had a pretty good Advantage
2:51:59when they have we could have pressed
2:52:01this plus button and open it let's go up
2:52:03and see what happens now if I click here
2:52:05I don't have button I can't go there I
2:52:08have to use the next level by either
2:52:11using the drill down or by
2:52:14expand now let's further play around
2:52:18with the Matrix
2:52:22visual before I go ahead and make it
2:52:25little bit complex by adding column I
2:52:27would like to show you one property
2:52:29which actually will become little bit
2:52:31complex once I have the columns and from
2:52:34using that only I would like to switch
2:52:37how would we add columns to this Matrix
2:52:39visual so let me remove even categories
2:52:42from
2:52:44here now if I go to the values scroll
2:52:48down
2:52:48[Music]
2:52:50I have this option switch values on row
2:52:54group rather than
2:52:56columns if you this is right now off if
2:52:59you switch it on you start seeing your
2:53:02measures on the row previously they were
2:53:04on the column
2:53:08here now I can completely
2:53:12remove any kind of row and
2:53:16column to have a kpi
2:53:20look you've seen the row look or I can
2:53:24only bring in data on
2:53:27columns to have Majors on the
2:53:30row and the data on
2:53:34columns again I can have multiple things
2:53:37on my
2:53:39column and once I have more than one
2:53:41thing I have options like drill down if
2:53:46I click I'll go there drill
2:53:50up go to the next
2:53:53level drill up expand both of them are
2:53:57available in case of expand here in the
2:54:00column we don't have a stepped layout
2:54:03it's always going to be like
2:54:05that so now you have seen rows
2:54:08separately you have seen column
2:54:10separately and you have seen Majors on
2:54:13the row time to bring Majors back on the
2:54:15column because we are going to create a
2:54:18pwot table kind of a structure by moving
2:54:22the
2:54:23brand here and I'll tell you a new
2:54:26option to add the data I'll click add
2:54:27data here and now I'm not dragging it
2:54:30from the data pane I'm simply going it
2:54:33and adding it from here only so now we
2:54:36have a pwat structure where we have
2:54:39brands on the row and
2:54:42categories on the column and the majors
2:54:46are also on the column and you can play
2:54:49around take the measures on the
2:54:53row I can further complicate it and to
2:54:57do that complication let me bring
2:55:00in
2:55:02brand here and let me dra categories
2:55:05little bit below and knowingly I've
2:55:07taken brand and category columns here
2:55:09because they have lesser number of
2:55:10values number of headers are limited now
2:55:13I'll go and add state in the
2:55:16row and see also in the
2:55:19row now you will notice a difference
2:55:23here the difference is drill down now is
2:55:26asking where you want to drill down on
2:55:28columns or on
2:55:30rows if I use column and I expand it
2:55:33I'll see brand and category together if
2:55:37I change it to
2:55:40rows and I expand it now rows are
2:55:43expanded in this manner I can create
2:55:46really complex structure
2:55:49using the Matrix visual let me add
2:55:55customer name to the
2:55:59rows and if I now further expand it has
2:56:02a pretty complex
2:56:06stru but you can see there are too many
2:56:08totals out here I don't want so many
2:56:13totals how do we control the totals you
2:56:17have multiple totals on the columns
2:56:20multiple totals on the
2:56:21row so what we are going to do here is
2:56:24now we go to the row sub
2:56:27totals we can disable them if we disable
2:56:30everything is disabled including the
2:56:33grand
2:56:35total and let me to check that out let's
2:56:38drill up little bit let's make our task
2:56:43easy we don't have a grand total also
2:56:46let me enable
2:56:47it we have a grand
2:56:51total now what I'm going to do is I'm
2:56:53going to enable par rle level and it's
2:56:56all right now all are there now I can
2:56:59choose
2:57:03State further expand it now state is the
2:57:07first
2:57:08level States control your grand
2:57:11total is the totals of state that's the
2:57:14highest one isn't it after that if your
2:57:15total is grand total
2:57:18City controls the total which you look
2:57:20at the state
2:57:22level and names customer names will show
2:57:26you the totals which you see at the city
2:57:28level I can go
2:57:31ahead and decide which sub total I want
2:57:35to see so I can choose the RO level I
2:57:37say state if I don't want to see grand
2:57:39total I can
2:57:41off and let's look at the impact by
2:57:45going up you don't see it that let me
2:57:49bend it now the city level is added and
2:57:52I'll switch off the grand total at the
2:57:54city level you don't see the state
2:57:57subtotals coming out here now it's only
2:58:00this one there's no State sub tootal
2:58:01what happens if you will up we still see
2:58:04it but when we expand it we don't see
2:58:07the state sub total in this manner you
2:58:09can control not only you can control
2:58:11let's say you want to have the sub
2:58:13totals you can give the sub total some
2:58:16name I can call it
2:58:21and where I want it bottom or top I
2:58:24don't have a control at the individual
2:58:26role level but if I go to all I do have
2:58:29a control first what I want to call
2:58:32Total as and I can use top it means
2:58:35first the subtotals will come and then
2:58:38the individual split will come we can't
2:58:41change that at the individual
2:58:44level if I expand further I do get an
2:58:47option to control things at the name
2:58:49level or the customer name
2:58:51level so this is the manner you control
2:58:54the row
2:58:57subtotals now let's try to control the
2:58:59column
2:59:01subtotals little bit up the column we
2:59:04right now have only two of them and we
2:59:07can completely switch off the totals you
2:59:09will get rid of all the totals here
2:59:12including the grand total we may like to
2:59:15have grand total not others so again we
2:59:18can switch it on we say per column level
2:59:21first of all let's look at the all level
2:59:23what options we have so at all level we
2:59:25have total we can rename it uh we have
2:59:27the values option and if I go to the
2:59:32Brand level I definitely will end up
2:59:36disabling the ground total which I don't
2:59:38want I want go to the category level and
2:59:39there I disable it I can give a
2:59:40different name also if I want so let me
2:59:43disable it now there is no sub totals
2:59:45you will only see a grand total at the
2:59:47end
2:59:49values is disabled at the individual
2:59:51level we have options for column grand
2:59:54total for colors and row ground totals
2:59:56for colors and
2:59:58font Now quickly have a look at the
3:00:01properties of the Matrix which which we
3:00:03can use so as usual the generic
3:00:05properties of the header icons whatever
3:00:07you want want to disable and as I
3:00:10explained earlier these properties will
3:00:12apply to powerbi service than here but
3:00:16just for an example let's change the
3:00:18color of the background so that you can
3:00:20see where it can be border color is
3:00:22white I'll going to make it black you
3:00:24see the Border also transparency then
3:00:27icons whatever icons we need again if I
3:00:30uncheck it the impact would be there on
3:00:33service right now there's no tool tip I
3:00:35can enable it tool tip is of default or
3:00:39report page right now report page is
3:00:41auto means it's automatically creating
3:00:43that but we can have a report page which
3:00:46we will learn later
3:00:48in the tool tip you can control the text
3:00:51size label color Etc as per need
3:00:53similarly the background color if you
3:00:55would have remember we have set up this
3:00:57background
3:00:59color when we have done changes in
3:01:02theme alternative text and advanced
3:01:05options are very similar at the visual
3:01:08level let's look at all the options
3:01:10Styles and size and style very similar
3:01:13to table visual padding again how how
3:01:17much padding we want background we would
3:01:20we can switch it off we don't need a
3:01:22background visual border we don't need
3:01:24Shadow we don't need if you want we can
3:01:27have a
3:01:28shadow title we can add a title we can
3:01:31added a title and then we can add either
3:01:34from here or on the top we can call it
3:01:36as Matrix
3:01:42visual
3:01:44enter font color background color
3:01:46alignment center alignment a subtitle we
3:01:50would don't not like here divider I
3:01:51don't think we like here same as the
3:01:54table visual spacing again we can
3:01:56increase the spacing same as table
3:01:58visual style presets same as table
3:02:00visual we can have different like bold
3:02:03header and all those but I think I would
3:02:05like to stay with
3:02:06default again grid horizontal grid
3:02:08vertical grid border and options
3:02:11whatever we want to change same as table
3:02:13visual values very similar because we
3:02:17have alternating colors we have two
3:02:18options just like table visual to have
3:02:21multiple colors options switch values on
3:02:24row we have already experimented but
3:02:26here how does it look like you can see
3:02:28it looks allog together
3:02:32different now column header is something
3:02:35which is basically for the column
3:02:37headers and to make it bold and italic
3:02:40to differentiate you can see these
3:02:42things are getting chap
3:02:46here then we can do the alignment right
3:02:49now I'm going to leave that options Auto
3:02:51size width again whenever we do some
3:02:54kind of filtering we don't want to
3:02:55change it and if you have specifically
3:02:57go ahead and done something you don't
3:02:58want it to change switch it off so that
3:03:00it doesn't change when you do the
3:03:04filtering of data row headers these are
3:03:07our row headers again make them bold and
3:03:10italic so that we can see it now when
3:03:14you go up still they remain bold
3:03:20when you go to the next level they are
3:03:21bold and when you expand them they are
3:03:23still the bold because now we have
3:03:25forcefully made them
3:03:29bold plus icon we have removed it let's
3:03:31switch it on so that we get
3:03:35collapsible property at the end options
3:03:37we have already used the step layout and
3:03:39non step layout lets now switch on the
3:03:41step play out so you can see the
3:03:44difference again column subtotals and
3:03:47row sub total we've experiment column
3:03:49grand total you can't control the grand
3:03:51total enabling disabling you can only
3:03:54change the color and the font R grand
3:03:56total again font and colors or
3:03:59background no control on enable disable
3:04:01now specific column here what you will
3:04:04see is when we talk about specific
3:04:06column we are only talking about values
3:04:10we are no more talking about row and
3:04:11columns unlike table visual where we
3:04:13talk about each and every column when
3:04:16you talk about specific column you are
3:04:18only talking about net but there are few
3:04:20additional options here header subtotals
3:04:24totals and values means they can apply
3:04:26to subtotals and values so you can
3:04:28change the properties like I can say
3:04:31apply to header apply to total and I
3:04:34just want to change one property which
3:04:35is basically alignment let's say for the
3:04:40net value and I want to make it right
3:04:41align so you can observe that the net
3:04:45has been aligned right
3:04:51decimal place I can change the decimal
3:04:53place at visual level let me make it
3:04:55zero so now n don't show any decimal
3:04:58place at the visual level same way
3:05:01display unit can be for formatted at the
3:05:03visual level I can show it in thousands
3:05:06and when I show it in Thousand I may
3:05:08like to have decimal places in this
3:05:10manner at the visual level I can control
3:05:12the display
3:05:14units next it's cell elements it is
3:05:17forther condition formatting and one of
3:05:19the limitations of the conditional
3:05:20formatting which we have in the Matrix
3:05:22visual that it doesn't apply to rows and
3:05:27columns we have an additional option
3:05:29here for data bar and the data bar
3:05:32option actually is there on the table
3:05:34visual also but it only come for the
3:05:36values when we go ahead and explore
3:05:40the conditional formatting in details we
3:05:42will see this option
3:05:44also again URL icon we need to have some
3:05:47data URL to use this and if the URL has
3:05:50been used in column headers or rows then
3:05:54also we can have an icon for that again
3:05:57image size we once we add some images we
3:06:00will be able to see this for that we
3:06:02will need image
3:06:06URL so these are the various properties
3:06:09in The Matrix Visual and one of the most
3:06:12powerful display which is available with
3:06:15us is Matrix visual
3:06:19while it doesn't have the double sorting
3:06:21but when you sort on now this is one
3:06:24question which is basically on the
3:06:26sorting and this is
3:06:28little topic which typically
3:06:30misunderstood by Manny so when you do
3:06:32the Sorting on state it will
3:06:34automatically sort the category and
3:06:36subcategory in the same order but you
3:06:38can go ahead and sort it on City and
3:06:40then based on the city sorting
3:06:43automatically the state sorting would
3:06:45happen but when you sort it by net which
3:06:48net it is sorting it's the column ground
3:06:50total because we have used the column so
3:06:51it will going to sort on the column
3:06:53ground total but if you don't have the
3:06:55columns definitely it would be that
3:06:58particular column sorting so if I go to
3:07:00the visual level and remove my columns
3:07:04and now if I'm doing the net sorting it
3:07:05is actually sorting on net I can go
3:07:07ahead and sort on margin and cross but
3:07:09if I have columns they are sorting on
3:07:11the ground total of the
3:07:13column so let me bring only category so
3:07:16that you can see see that grand totals
3:07:20you can go and sort the grand totals you
3:07:22can either sort on the columns which are
3:07:24there on the rows or you can sort it on
3:07:27the ground totals of the
3:07:29values and then you have the sort
3:07:31ascending and descending option which
3:07:33you can
3:07:34use same options in the three dots as
3:07:37other visual export show data as table
3:07:40remove
3:07:43Spotlight this is Matrix visual for you
3:07:47power ba is ever changing and every
3:07:50month it keeps on giving you new and new
3:07:52featur and same thing has happened
3:07:54before I could have released the video
3:07:56or the series we got few new features
3:07:58some of them are already covered as part
3:08:00of this video or the series and I would
3:08:02like to Showcase you couple of features
3:08:04which has been added into the Matrix
3:08:06visual so let me go back to the file
3:08:08where we have the Matrix Visual and this
3:08:09was The Matrix visual we have created in
3:08:11the past let me open the properties of
3:08:14this Matrix visual I have already
3:08:15clicked on the right hand side format
3:08:17and because of that the format pan is
3:08:19already open and I already have the
3:08:21properties open in the properties under
3:08:23the layout and style preset now we got
3:08:25few more layout the layout which we used
3:08:27to know as stabbed layout is now become
3:08:30your compact layout so if you see right
3:08:32now it is the compact layout and I can
3:08:34extend it further and you can see the
3:08:36values are stepped out and there you
3:08:39have the indentation which has been
3:08:42given so basically in the compact layout
3:08:45you have indentation using that
3:08:46indentation you can move around the
3:08:48things little bit and this is the format
3:08:50what we use to call as St layout other
3:08:52than that also couple of formats have
3:08:54been added so first format which is
3:08:56outline format if you look at the
3:08:57outline format and there you have this
3:09:00like a format which is sted layout off
3:09:03and the total is above you see the state
3:09:05total the total is here at this place
3:09:07and then you have these detail level
3:09:09data totals first the subtotals and then
3:09:12we have the data now in this layout you
3:09:15have an additional option that is repeat
3:09:17r
3:09:17and this was the one of the feature
3:09:19which you are asking for long we want
3:09:22these values to repeat like a table
3:09:23visual we don't want them like a pyot
3:09:26table where the values are non-
3:09:27repeating we want the repeating values
3:09:29and here the values are repeating as you
3:09:32can scroll down and see all the values
3:09:34are repeating now totals on the top and
3:09:37values are
3:09:39repeating now let's go ahead and change
3:09:42the format to next format which is
3:09:44tabular in the tabular format you have
3:09:47have the same option repeat row headers
3:09:50which is right now on and you are seeing
3:09:51that the headers are repeating and the
3:09:53totals have actually moved down if you
3:09:56scroll down wherever something is ending
3:09:58then you get the
3:10:00totals and here in the total also the
3:10:02names are repeating now if you want to
3:10:04close that repetition repeat row header
3:10:07you can switch it off once you switch it
3:10:08off it is very similar layout which we
3:10:11used to get in tabbed layout off so now
3:10:14these are the couple of layouts which
3:10:15has been added one is very similar
3:10:17similar to the old one which is compact
3:10:19layout which is very similar to the step
3:10:20layout and non-step layout we got
3:10:22tabular format as well as the outline
3:10:24format now the changes did not stop here
3:10:26we got something known as blank rows
3:10:29what happens let's look at this data now
3:10:31let me go one step up here so that you
3:10:34can easily understand that and let me
3:10:36click on add blank row after these
3:10:39subtotals you got a break you got a
3:10:41blank row and this is something you were
3:10:43asking for long that you know give us
3:10:45some place where we have this break
3:10:47where we have some separation between
3:10:49the parent and child there should be
3:10:51some empty rows which we wanted to
3:10:53insert and that the same feature has
3:10:54been given now there is a color which
3:10:56you can also apply here so use the color
3:10:58on that particular row so that you can
3:11:00enhance the visibility of your visual so
3:11:02now this visual will give you a
3:11:04different look because you have a color
3:11:05now in the color you can also use
3:11:07transparency you want it a little bit
3:11:09transparent so increase the transparency
3:11:11then there is an option for Border also
3:11:13here so click and then you will get a
3:11:15border now you have a border position
3:11:17like top then you have bottom only at
3:11:19the top only at the bottom or you have
3:11:21top and bottom both so right now it is
3:11:23like to both top and bottom so we parall
3:11:24lines then the color definitely you want
3:11:26to have the color to that so you that
3:11:28color of the Border then transparency of
3:11:30the Border can also be there next is
3:11:32width in case you want to have little
3:11:33bit wider width you can use that in that
3:11:36manner you will have different kind of
3:11:37visual experience now you can see this
3:11:39visual the same Matrix visual is now
3:11:41looking a little bit different and this
3:11:43is because of these new changes which
3:11:45has been provided to us which is giving
3:11:47us much better look and feel and right
3:11:49now powerbi is fusing a lot on providing
3:11:52you such a new feature your visual
3:11:54experience so these are couple of
3:11:56features which has been added in Matrix
3:11:58visual very recently enhance your visual
3:12:00experience the visual we want to learn
3:12:02now is the bar visual so let me add
3:12:05another page by using the new page
3:12:07button at the bottom and I will use the
3:12:11bar the bar visual is actually known as
3:12:14clustered column bar or clustered bar
3:12:17chart both are available in
3:12:20the build a visual and in the Home tab
3:12:25in
3:12:26the insert option so let me start with
3:12:30the clustered bar chart which
3:12:34is also known as horizontal bar
3:12:37chart let me start that now the options
3:12:41you have here and some of you might be
3:12:43surprised why I'm not getting a add
3:12:46button here because after the December
3:12:49customization I've choose for build a
3:12:51visual and because of that the on object
3:12:55interaction option of having the columns
3:12:57here has shifted to this place which is
3:13:01more classic look but I like that more
3:13:04so I have opted for that now let's skip
3:13:07the y axis now and in the y axis as I
3:13:11can add the data directly I will go
3:13:13ahead and add item
3:13:15brand now
3:13:18now second is x-axis where I will go
3:13:23ahead and add a measure now here in case
3:13:27of
3:13:28the clustered bar chart the Y AIS is
3:13:32basically categorical axis and XIs is
3:13:35basically a numerical axis so here we
3:13:39are getting the values on x-axis which
3:13:43is
3:13:45this and we are getting the categorical
3:13:48values here on the Y AIS it can use
3:13:51continuous values we will see example
3:13:53when we put across a date column then it
3:13:56can use continuous
3:13:59values now let me duplicate this and
3:14:02I'll also tell you how can you change a
3:14:04chart type so when you click on this now
3:14:08what you can do is you can go to Builder
3:14:09visuals and you can click
3:14:13on cluster column chart which is not
3:14:16selected right now and it will become a
3:14:20cluster column bar now in cluster column
3:14:22bar the x-axis is brand because you are
3:14:24seeing the branch on the horizontal axis
3:14:27and you are seeing the numbers on y
3:14:30AIS now let's further explore it what
3:14:33else we can do now before I go to the
3:14:35properties let me tell you few things
3:14:37about this visual so we can have more
3:14:40than one AIS similarly we can also have
3:14:42Legends and we can also use small
3:14:44multiples and Tool tip on this now tool
3:14:47tip you can add additional column by
3:14:49default you can see the tool tip is
3:14:51on I can click on the format and start
3:14:55seeing that now before I change any
3:14:57properties let me show you one thing
3:14:59which is column and under the column you
3:15:02see the color and in the color this FX
3:15:04option is there which means conditional
3:15:06formatting is available and you have to
3:15:07keep noting that down for what all cases
3:15:10the conditional formatting is available
3:15:11or not let me bring in one additional
3:15:13major here which is other than net I'm
3:15:16also taking in cross as you can see
3:15:19inside the color now there is no
3:15:21conditional formatting option which is
3:15:23available in the columns we have each
3:15:26series and for each series you can give
3:15:28color but we don't have any option for
3:15:30conditional formatting like if I go for
3:15:32net I don't have FX option now same way
3:15:36here you can see the conditional
3:15:38formatting option but if I add a measure
3:15:40I don't see a conditional formatting
3:15:42option also here so conditional
3:15:44formatting only along with one major now
3:15:47let me remove the majure or even without
3:15:50removing the mejor let me see can I put
3:15:52a legend so I expand the item and from
3:15:56there I try to drag Legend category as a
3:15:58legend I'm not able to do so with two
3:16:01measures you can't have Legend so let me
3:16:03remove the
3:16:05gross and let me now drag category so I
3:16:08can
3:16:09have the legend with one single major
3:16:13only so if you have only one major then
3:16:16only you can use leg Legend you cannot
3:16:18have both couple of measur and legend in
3:16:20the standard bar visuals it is
3:16:22applicable for both bar and column bar
3:16:26again you can see that I am not able to
3:16:27see the FX option if I go to category
3:16:30one you will be able to see that I'm not
3:16:32getting an option for conditional
3:16:36formatting now instead of bringing this
3:16:39category onto the
3:16:41legend I can also bring this category on
3:16:44the x-axis
3:16:47when you bring bring on this on
3:16:50x-axis as you can see it is broken down
3:16:54by brand and then by categories this
3:16:57option where it start breaking down and
3:17:00you can individually work with each bar
3:17:03we need a little bit bigger visual for
3:17:06that so let me adjust these two
3:17:08visuals to have more
3:17:12space now you can see brand little bit
3:17:15better so brand category and Brand C we
3:17:17have and this is coming because of one
3:17:19of the properties and for that it's
3:17:21already showing exclamation signs that
3:17:23you have to reduce the font so if I
3:17:25reduce the font of xaxis I can get the
3:17:28better data here now you see this is
3:17:31concatenated label off so by default is
3:17:34this concatenated label off but if you
3:17:38switch it on you will see that the brand
3:17:40and the category are concatenated
3:17:42together so if you want them to
3:17:43concatenate together then you need that
3:17:46option you can off for concatenated
3:17:48label off that's a better option here
3:17:50you can see this is the
3:17:53default ordering which we
3:17:55have brand one and then categories are
3:18:00ordered now this will work only when you
3:18:03have sorted it on
3:18:05AIS brand and category if you sort it on
3:18:08net this is not going to work out in the
3:18:11same manner okay so now you can see the
3:18:15brands have started repeating so this
3:18:17from the three dots always use brand and
3:18:20access and concatenated label off if you
3:18:23need that now this option was previously
3:18:26not available here but now this option
3:18:29is also available here and I can go here
3:18:31and pull in
3:18:35category and why I'm not seeing it let
3:18:37me expand it and you can see the same
3:18:40option concatenated label off is
3:18:43available here but as you can see the
3:18:45data is pretty small it's not visible
3:18:48now labels which are we are getting on
3:18:51the y axis right now there is no option
3:18:53here to other than reducing the font
3:18:55size I can do making them horizontal and
3:18:58again it is you know showing me the
3:19:00message that it
3:19:03is too bigger in the size not able to
3:19:05display the complete
3:19:07value
3:19:10now let's focus on one of these charts
3:19:14for other properties now when we learn
3:19:17the conditional formatting in some time
3:19:19what we going to do is we are going to
3:19:20give one single color for a brand or if
3:19:23you have a category below we will try to
3:19:24give one single color for the category
3:19:26and you can have multiple categories
3:19:28means you can have multiple levels also
3:19:30and it is not that uh you have to show
3:19:32all these levels in one go just like we
3:19:34have shown with the concatenated level
3:19:36off you can do the same way drill up you
3:19:38can do and then you can say Okay expand
3:19:41or you can also use the drill down
3:19:43option you can enable and you brand 10
3:19:45and you drill down with the filter of
3:19:47brand T now you might have feel that the
3:19:49other visual is also getting filtered
3:19:51and this happens because of interaction
3:19:53between the visual every visual interact
3:19:56with another visual unless we stop it so
3:19:58we will learn that art little bit
3:20:01later now this is our Visual and in this
3:20:05visual we can either expand and have the
3:20:07labels together or we can have one level
3:20:10and then we can go to the next level
3:20:11same way as Matrix we can go simply to
3:20:13the next level come back up we can
3:20:16expand have them together or we can use
3:20:17the drill down functionality when we
3:20:19click on the bar it goes to the next
3:20:21level now let's look at the
3:20:24properties size and style properties
3:20:26under the size position we know because
3:20:29of the size it is coming height and
3:20:31width then from where we are starting
3:20:33lock aspect ratio if I lock it if I
3:20:36change the size then it will keep the
3:20:37aspect ratio see I'm whatever I'm trying
3:20:40it is keeping the aspect
3:20:42ratio now padding uh padding is
3:20:46basically the outside right now I think
3:20:48one of the side it is zero so that's why
3:20:50there is no padding coming
3:20:52in but we can change it
3:20:55like see net is just now look at where
3:20:59the net
3:21:02is okay so 6 pixel 10 5 pixel 2 pixel
3:21:06the differences similarly the right hand
3:21:08bar if I give the right hand side
3:21:09padding so how much padding is going to
3:21:11be how much padding on the top so we
3:21:13almost end up utilizing background is
3:21:15the background color so you can have
3:21:17some color if you want on the background
3:21:19and then you have to reduce the
3:21:20transparency to see that
3:21:24color visual borders again same as table
3:21:27we are not going to experiment with this
3:21:28Shadow same as a metrix and table we are
3:21:31not going to experiment it title we have
3:21:32already explored and by default it gives
3:21:35a title and um then FX means we can give
3:21:39a major in the title which we will learn
3:21:41a little bit later we can make the title
3:21:43Center and then also in inside the we
3:21:46have subtitles if you want to give it
3:21:48again subtitles you have the FX option
3:21:51means you can use the measure
3:21:54there divider uh between the title
3:21:57subtitle and the rest of the area you
3:22:00can use
3:22:01divider now x-axis we have experimented
3:22:04in the title there is something which
3:22:06you might like to use you might want to
3:22:07switch off the title so if in xaxis if
3:22:09you see now there's no brand written
3:22:12here
3:22:14now let me go ahead and switch it on on
3:22:16and you will notice now there is a brand
3:22:18written if you switch off the title
3:22:20again you can play around with the
3:22:21properties of this one and the color now
3:22:24the color of this one is how is it going
3:22:27to change is it going to change on the
3:22:28grand total value or is it on the brand
3:22:31value each brand value that we will
3:22:33experiment and see usually it only check
3:22:35the grand total value again FX color
3:22:37means I can use a conditional formatting
3:22:39measure for that once we learn that we
3:22:41will try to use that now we'll go to the
3:22:43layout now minimum category width you
3:22:46can play around and as you can see the
3:22:48moment I increase the minimum category
3:22:51width the bars are little bit
3:22:54wider now we can go to the y- axis and
3:22:57in the y- axis you have this option of
3:23:01minimum and maximum so you can change
3:23:03the range and you can also use measures
3:23:07here means I can have a measure which
3:23:09will decide my you know Min and Max so
3:23:12right now you it is automatically
3:23:14deciding it's starting from zero and and
3:23:16it is going to 1 million so basically
3:23:19the range is in millions okay but you
3:23:22can decide from where it should start
3:23:24and where it should end you can devise
3:23:26Sun kind majors and the tip is when you
3:23:28create such mejor find out the minimum
3:23:29value of for the brand whatever you are
3:23:33using here take just some 10% less than
3:23:36that and same for the high value 5% 10%
3:23:39above the value here less than the value
3:23:41and here above than the value now
3:23:43sometime what happens you have values
3:23:45which are pretty small compared to other
3:23:48values which are pretty large so you may
3:23:50want to use logarithmic AIS so as you
3:23:52can see these numbers now see almost
3:23:55same this actually helps when you know
3:23:58one value is pretty large and another
3:24:00one is pretty small you can use logic
3:24:03scale inot range again you want to move
3:24:06that on the top the now we have the
3:24:10smaller value on the top and the larger
3:24:13value
3:24:14below so smaller to bigger on the invert
3:24:20site now comes the values for the
3:24:25values you can see the y-axis values are
3:24:27switch on and switch off pay
3:24:31attention you can use FX means you can
3:24:33use conditional formatting uh
3:24:36display uh Auto right now I can use none
3:24:40no formatting now you can see the
3:24:42absolute value you can say Auto it means
3:24:44it will follow the auto atically what it
3:24:47get best million forcefully million
3:24:49thousand forcefully thousand I Leave It
3:24:52To None or I can even leave it to Auto
3:24:54let it decide usually it is better to
3:24:56keep Auto which axis position now Y axis
3:24:59can come on the secondary y-axis side or
3:25:02on the what you call as right hand side
3:25:05title now you want to give a
3:25:08title to
3:25:10the Y axis now right now the title is
3:25:14net let's give something else net
3:25:16net value so now we have title as net
3:25:20value again you can use the color using
3:25:23conditional formatting uh show style
3:25:26show units only show title only show
3:25:29both so units is in millions show both
3:25:32so we can say net value is in millions
3:25:35and that is much better option if you
3:25:36wanted to try out because what happens
3:25:38in case you are using this Auto it is
3:25:41always good that it shows you you know
3:25:43if it is showing the values in K and
3:25:45millions that's a good idea to have now
3:25:48Legends are off right now but when we
3:25:49use Legends we can play around with
3:25:51small multiple again when we use small
3:25:52multiple we'll use now grid lines is
3:25:55something it is showing that you know we
3:25:56have the horizontal grid line but
3:25:58because of the color you might not be
3:25:59able to see so let me make make it a
3:26:01little bit darker now you can see the
3:26:02horizontal grid now they are dotted you
3:26:05can make them solid or you can make them
3:26:07dashed what you want width you can
3:26:09increase or decrease depending on the
3:26:12require so this is you know a horizontal
3:26:15grid
3:26:17now Zoom slider is something uh which is
3:26:19really important especially when you
3:26:21have large number of rows or huge data
3:26:24then it will help now let's invert the
3:26:26AIS before we understand
3:26:30that so both we bought on the same place
3:26:33it's not that it's not going to work
3:26:34with that but
3:26:36by we usually have a habit of seeing the
3:26:39things in a particular Manner and it is
3:26:40helpful in that so on the y axis as you
3:26:43can see there is a scrawler
3:26:46and if I bring it down it is bringing in
3:26:49the Valu so especially if you have huge
3:26:51number of data points and some of the
3:26:52data points you are not able to see the
3:26:53values this can help now slider can have
3:26:56a label slider label so once you on the
3:26:57slider label you have a label on this
3:26:59side so one is fixed label and one is
3:27:01changing label now the one label is
3:27:03changing and one is fixed so that is the
3:27:05advantage slider tool tip so once you
3:27:07scroll down now it will have a tool tip
3:27:09also how it is moving down so these are
3:27:12few things you can play around with the
3:27:14slider again it depends on what kind of
3:27:16use case you have now columns we are
3:27:19seeing multiple categories but instead
3:27:21of color still we are able to see FX now
3:27:27always instead of having Legend always
3:27:31try to have the
3:27:33AIS multiple AES now you will ask now
3:27:37even if if I expand I I see all of them
3:27:39in the same color isn't it when I expand
3:27:42you see all the categories or brand in
3:27:44the same color but when I was using
3:27:46Legend they come in multiple color so if
3:27:48this category is in the legend you will
3:27:50see them into multiple colors so I can
3:27:52have color for category one Category 2
3:27:53category three but I can't you switch
3:27:56this color with my own choice of color
3:27:58manually I can switch but I can't keep
3:28:00it controlled means the movement you
3:28:02doing some kind of filtering or there
3:28:03are additional values this category one
3:28:05may get a different color or category
3:28:07two may get a different color or based
3:28:09on the other operation it may change but
3:28:12if you keep it here because this
3:28:15conditional formatting is enabled and
3:28:17also you can see it is little bit better
3:28:20where it occupies the space and we will
3:28:23be able to use conditional formatting to
3:28:24color that so once we learn the
3:28:27conditional formatting we'll color them
3:28:28in different one and you'll find this is
3:28:29a better option than using Legend
3:28:31wherever you can avoid the Legend So use
3:28:33multiple axis expanded concatenate label
3:28:37of whenever you can avoid the legend we
3:28:41will understand that little bit more
3:28:43border as you can see the borders if you
3:28:45have have the border for
3:28:48the I change the Border color a little
3:28:50bit so that we understand where the
3:28:52color coming in so you can see the bars
3:28:54of borders and you can have transparency
3:28:56for the borders there are few features
3:28:59which has been very recently added and
3:29:01one of the feature is basically this
3:29:03transparency so and I waited for the
3:29:06border to come because when I make this
3:29:08transparency is 100% you can see that
3:29:10there is nothing visible and now if I go
3:29:14ahead and check this match the column
3:29:15color
3:29:18it gives the matching color okay the
3:29:20color was actually green it gives me
3:29:22matching color but that is actually
3:29:23transparent and what I can do is I can
3:29:26make it also 100% transparent so right
3:29:28now there are bars but they are not
3:29:30visible see I can see the tool tip
3:29:32because of the bar but I don't see now
3:29:34because of that there are multiple
3:29:36things you can create so moment I think
3:29:37I use the transparency a little bit I
3:29:40will be able to see the bar similarly
3:29:42for this one I can use a little bit of
3:29:43transparency to give that transparency
3:29:46kind of effect now the inner bar is
3:29:48little bit transparent and the border
3:29:50is border is not at all transparent
3:29:53gives a different kind of look now both
3:29:54are completely not transparent they look
3:29:57into the this one so these kind of
3:30:00combinations of having the
3:30:04transparency and having this border
3:30:06match color or border of its own color
3:30:09can give you this combination you can
3:30:10hide it so purpose of transparency we
3:30:14can decide based on the what we are
3:30:16going to do but anyway the transparency
3:30:17if you look at it and but let's do one
3:30:19thing let's call it as uh bar
3:30:23one let's duplicate this page right
3:30:25click and duplicate because this is a
3:30:28newly released features and let's have a
3:30:31look at it so now you can able to see in
3:30:35a much better manner how does uh this
3:30:37behave
3:30:41so this transparency and Border um you
3:30:45can see the advantage of those things
3:30:47here now similarly you have the layout
3:30:50now in the layout when you went here the
3:30:52reverse order sought by value and
3:30:54spacing between the category now spacing
3:30:56between the categories is something if
3:30:58you increase that as you can see is
3:31:01increasing and so max width has one play
3:31:06with us Max width was there uh which was
3:31:09actually allowing you to do something
3:31:11now again this is the second one where
3:31:13space between the categories is allowing
3:31:15you you know have smaller
3:31:17bars now this reverse order and sort by
3:31:20value is something which is not
3:31:22applicable on this this is actually for
3:31:24stagged bar chart and this is really
3:31:26good property when I come to the stagged
3:31:27bar chart I'll explain you so let me
3:31:31increase a little bit width because
3:31:33that's too
3:31:34small and also I'm going to make this
3:31:37border as none because I want the bar to
3:31:39take the WID but I'm telling you with
3:31:41bother it was looking much better I can
3:31:43make it as a one pixel
3:31:46okay now let's come down now data label
3:31:48again something got added in December
3:31:50data label is there for a few months now
3:31:52but in December we have some enhancement
3:31:55inside the data label so first of all
3:31:57the position is horizontal I can make it
3:31:59vertical so now this is one thing
3:32:02overflow text I allow it means if even
3:32:04if there is a chances we need to
3:32:06overflow the text means overflow of text
3:32:08means if it is not sufficiently coming
3:32:10let's say if I do the position as right
3:32:12now the position is AO I say inside and
3:32:14now bar is very small See This Bar is
3:32:16very small then it is Overflow now if I
3:32:19switch off the Overflow if I highlight
3:32:21here you can see the values are not
3:32:22appearing here because right now what I
3:32:24have done here is I have switch off the
3:32:25Overflow text but if I enable this
3:32:27overflow text you will be able to see
3:32:29this value so this is the advantage of
3:32:30overflow but keep it auto that it takes
3:32:33some place right now it is outside but
3:32:35if you want there are need like I really
3:32:37want it outside only and optimize label
3:32:40display is another thing where you know
3:32:42you can have if you check that you have
3:32:44the maximum width which you wanted to
3:32:46give you can control that now new thing
3:32:49which is now inside the data label which
3:32:53allows me to now show
3:32:55the title now what is this title the
3:32:59title is basically the net and where the
3:33:02title should come same as series name or
3:33:04custom I want to give some other title
3:33:07then I can add a title and You by adding
3:33:10this title maybe I want to add the
3:33:12category as a title let's let me drag
3:33:14the category as a title
3:33:16showing first category let me do one
3:33:19thing let me go ahead go to x-axis and
3:33:22completely disable
3:33:25ex okay now I have a category and value
3:33:29and you will say this is looking too
3:33:31busy and let me only make it as a
3:33:32category
3:33:34visual so now what's happening there's a
3:33:36category and there's a
3:33:38value
3:33:39so now let's go to the position we can
3:33:42see
3:33:43now so now we only I removed the brand
3:33:46now only we have a category and the
3:33:48value first category now first category
3:33:52or last category doesn't matter because
3:33:53because of the row context going to come
3:33:55that we have transparencies means we can
3:33:57make it little bit transparent we have
3:33:59the color we can choose a color means I
3:34:01can have a different color for the
3:34:03category and the different this one so
3:34:05now what is happening there is nothing
3:34:07written here on the x-axis everything is
3:34:08written there and now position is
3:34:10something which we can decide where you
3:34:12know the opt we can say okay inside and
3:34:16or we can say inside base now everything
3:34:19is written here inside base and because
3:34:21I have chosen a color black that's why
3:34:23it is coming so now we are getting title
3:34:26along with this one
3:34:29furthermore when you go down this is the
3:34:32actual value the net value which is
3:34:33getting displayed in the label what all
3:34:36I wanted to play around with that and if
3:34:38I go down here we have the display unit
3:34:40which I can control I can say none so it
3:34:42start showing the value now I even don't
3:34:44need the y- axis actually
3:34:46now I can go ahead and completely switch
3:34:48off my ixis because I have the values
3:34:51display unit decimal place Auto Show
3:34:53blank as zero or show blank as hyphen
3:34:56like if there is a blank value I can say
3:34:58here show as hyphen which is previously
3:35:00not possible now these are the
3:35:01enhancement which has came recently and
3:35:04some of them came as recent as December
3:35:05now detail label is something which came
3:35:07very recently in December 20 23 now I
3:35:11can add one more label so I'm already
3:35:13using category and net with that
3:35:16and let me bring in Gross value also
3:35:18here in this one so now I'm seeing gross
3:35:21along with
3:35:23that and then I can decide the font I
3:35:26can decide the color you say okay let's
3:35:28differentiate it with a different little
3:35:29bit different color maybe this is my
3:35:31gross transparency and formatting is
3:35:34none decimal place Auto we want to give
3:35:37a background to this switch on the
3:35:39background and then we can decide what
3:35:41one want the color and what is the
3:35:42transparency we want
3:35:49let's go to the layout
3:35:52multi-line single line when I go to the
3:35:56single line what I can do here is let I
3:35:58don't want details to be there let me
3:36:00switch off the detail now look it's
3:36:03looking
3:36:04much cleaner approach to have this and
3:36:07and definitely we can play around with
3:36:08the colors so now what is happening this
3:36:10is something you would have wanted in
3:36:13the past that you have the
3:36:17categories and their label and I'm going
3:36:20to convert this into all to a different
3:36:23visual now let me go up and we we we
3:36:27were playing around with the colors if
3:36:30you remember let me create the
3:36:33transparency now this is only Inside the
3:36:36Box me switch off the
3:36:38borders I'm only displaying the
3:36:41values let me bring in the brand
3:36:43back brand is low
3:36:47okay now here in the label we can't
3:36:52direct two we can't direct to otherwise
3:36:55we could have done the brand but in this
3:36:57case now what we can have here
3:37:01is we can go ahead and enable
3:37:07our
3:37:09values so I have done few adjustment and
3:37:12you can see the values now you may white
3:37:14like to have you you know both brand and
3:37:16category then how would you get that
3:37:18brand and category values to you might
3:37:20have that question in your mind like you
3:37:22know when I'm adding this U title giving
3:37:26me first category I'll tell you a very
3:37:27simple mejor so I'll go to the item
3:37:30Dimension I click on it and I create a
3:37:32major and this major is going to work
3:37:35when you have both of them together okay
3:37:37so we'll call it brand at
3:37:41label and this is nothing but Max of
3:37:44item brand if you remember we were
3:37:46taking first category item
3:37:48brand then we say m per to give us space
3:37:51m% space m per Max of item category what
3:37:56would happen because item and category
3:37:58are already in the AIS actually we don't
3:38:01want to display them and I let me give
3:38:03additional space Also here and maybe I
3:38:06can give a hyph because I know I'm going
3:38:07to display the value now I can instead
3:38:10of this one I can bring in this
3:38:13one what kind of label I created brand
3:38:16category label Max of item brand and Max
3:38:18of item category you will see how will
3:38:20it work see item when the brand one is
3:38:23in the my context brand one can only be
3:38:26the maximum value and category one is in
3:38:28the this row context so category one can
3:38:30also be the maximum value in this manner
3:38:32you can get these values and now you can
3:38:35play around all these values and
3:38:36everything now it can create all
3:38:38together a different kind of visual
3:38:39where you are only displaying the
3:38:40visuals like values like this so these
3:38:43are all the experiment which you can do
3:38:45or I can reduce the little bit of
3:38:47transparency to see these values and I
3:38:49can play around with so lot of
3:38:51combinations are possible just because
3:38:53of this properties of transparency and
3:38:57the data label customization which has
3:39:00been enhanced over last few months so
3:39:03you have lot of flexibility how you want
3:39:06to display your bar visual stagged
3:39:08visual wherever this is applicable now
3:39:11plot and area background if you want to
3:39:12image in the background then you can use
3:39:15it then again you can decide the image
3:39:16fit and transparency reference line is
3:39:19something really important now what
3:39:20happens sometime is basically you want
3:39:23to plot a reference
3:39:25line basically a line which is going to
3:39:28give you a reference so I can add a line
3:39:30now it asks me to choose a line so right
3:39:32now I would I can choose a constant line
3:39:36or I can simply choose an average line
3:39:37so I prefer to choose an average line as
3:39:39you can see this is my average across
3:39:41all the values based on what net because
3:39:44right now I'm only using using net now
3:39:46the line properties you can change color
3:39:48let me make it
3:39:51black and transparency is transparency
3:39:540% so that is visible instead of Dash
3:39:58let me make it solid position in front
3:40:00or behind sometime you want it behind so
3:40:02that it does not cross the bar from the
3:40:04top
3:40:06now focus on this location you are able
3:40:10to see that white color iPhone above it
3:40:13now I'll go and move it in front and now
3:40:17you will observe
3:40:19that that when it is in front you will
3:40:22not be able to see that quite
3:40:24complete what I've have done is I have
3:40:26reset my data labels to default by using
3:40:29the default reset to default and now so
3:40:32that I can show you the reference line
3:40:34and uh because there are too many
3:40:36overlapping labels it was not able to
3:40:38show and the one thing which I enabled
3:40:39is now I've enabled the data label now
3:40:42it is showing where should I show left
3:40:43or right I can decide the position
3:40:45whether I should show it here or here I
3:40:47can decide the
3:40:49position above or below under or below
3:40:52again
3:40:56positioning a style name or both data
3:41:00value name or both I both average line
3:41:03value display unit I can set to none and
3:41:07decimal places auto before I take the
3:41:09next step let me do one thing let me uh
3:41:13remove some of the features which are
3:41:14not required right now let me rename
3:41:16this page to Bar two let me now explore
3:41:18error
3:41:20bars now error bar is on the series is
3:41:24net right now error bar enabled by field
3:41:27or by percentage so I used by percentage
3:41:31and upper and lower bound I can set now
3:41:33bars on or off I can use but definitely
3:41:36I want the bars I can set the bar color
3:41:38I can increase the width it little bit
3:41:40uh marker shape I can
3:41:43decide marker size size I can decide
3:41:46border and color I can decide error
3:41:48labels if I want I can enable the error
3:41:50labels so it will show me how much error
3:41:53label it is label from absolute or
3:41:55relative numeric position or relative
3:41:57percentage relative numeric we can do or
3:41:59we can try relative
3:42:03percentage and then finally we have a
3:42:05tool tip right now which is on the tool
3:42:08tip here what we are talking about is
3:42:09the error bar tool tip if you switch it
3:42:11off it will not show the error bar
3:42:14information but this is not the overall
3:42:17tool tip so basically if you go here now
3:42:19it is showing the error Bar upper and
3:42:21lower bound if you switch it off it will
3:42:23not show it but this is only related to
3:42:26the error bar the it is not the overall
3:42:28tool tip the overall tool tip is
3:42:29available under the property
3:42:33pin now I'll switch off the error
3:42:36bars so now we are done with our
3:42:38properties now we can go to the generic
3:42:40properties header icon same as other
3:42:43visuals tool tip we right now able to
3:42:45see the tool tip we can switch it off
3:42:48there would be no tool
3:42:50tip alternative text and alternative
3:42:54options responsive and there is so much
3:42:57you have for the clustered bar and same
3:42:58can also be applied for the bar
3:43:01visual there are multiple options
3:43:03possible to display this chart using you
3:43:05know xais y AIS Legends a small multiple
3:43:09you can also add additional item on the
3:43:11tool tip if you want let's say I want to
3:43:13add gross I want to add discount for
3:43:15that the tool tip need to be enabled so
3:43:17if the tool tip is off you will not be
3:43:18able to see but once you enable it you
3:43:20will be able to see the tool tip now the
3:43:23next thing what we wanted to do is we
3:43:25would like to
3:43:27explore few more Visual and then we
3:43:30would like to come back to the small
3:43:33multiple so let's try to create a
3:43:35stagged bar visual now for that again
3:43:38I'm adding a new page let me call it as
3:43:41stagged we have two kind of stagged bar
3:43:43visual one is known as stag bar chart
3:43:46second one is known as stack column
3:43:47chart I'll start with the stack column
3:43:50chart and then later on I'll show you by
3:43:52changing it to the bar chart properties
3:43:54would always remain same now the stagged
3:43:57bar chart the it will become a stagged
3:44:00only when you use the legend before
3:44:02using Legend it is going to be acting as
3:44:04a single bar now once we use the legend
3:44:07uh there is no option for having
3:44:09conditional formatting um so as of now
3:44:13when I'm recording this video there's no
3:44:14option of doing a conditional formatting
3:44:16and forcing is even by using alter rate
3:44:19now in few visuals we will see once we
3:44:21Deep dive into the conditional
3:44:23formatting we will see that there are
3:44:25alternatives where we can get little bit
3:44:26of conditional formatting in some visual
3:44:28but this visual is where we will not get
3:44:29it means you can manually change the bar
3:44:31color but not conditionally me you can't
3:44:34have a major which can change your color
3:44:35based on let's say this category should
3:44:37look always red so that kind of stuff
3:44:39you'll not be able to do so let's start
3:44:41with it and there are a few new feature
3:44:42which came in December 2023 and we'll
3:44:44expl explore that and they are the
3:44:46feature you were looking for it and I'll
3:44:47tell you the advantage of some of those
3:44:49so we'll start with brand which is on we
3:44:51are going to put on the xaxis and then
3:44:54we can have the y axis where we can have
3:44:56value and I'm going to take net for that
3:44:58and then we can have the category on the
3:45:00legend this constitute
3:45:03our te chart now while rest of the
3:45:06property like size title xxs will remain
3:45:10same and this concatenate label we have
3:45:12seen in the bar visual how to use that
3:45:15means
3:45:16uh when you have more than one thing on
3:45:19x-axis you can use it title layout Y
3:45:21axis all these properties are going to
3:45:24remain same you have the values of
3:45:27display title Legends is compulsory for
3:45:30you now because we the Legends are
3:45:32compulsory in this one so let's
3:45:34understand the legend positioning so
3:45:36right now there are legends are on the
3:45:38top left here this position we are
3:45:40having here we can say it is top Center
3:45:43they have changed the position to the
3:45:44center top Center position now we can
3:45:47move it around with let's say top
3:45:50right and the one which I wanted to show
3:45:53is center right comes here now depending
3:45:56on the need we can place it but I think
3:45:59as of now
3:46:02either bottom center or top Center is a
3:46:05better choice for us because we have
3:46:077even eight values and we would like the
3:46:09width to be given now small multiples is
3:46:13something which we are going to play
3:46:14around little bit later grid lines if
3:46:16you want to show the grid lines you can
3:46:17have the grid lines on uh right now I
3:46:20can the only thing I can do is I can
3:46:22increase the grid Lines by a little bit
3:46:24width and I can give them different
3:46:26color so it's visible so I can have the
3:46:28grid lines a zoom slider I already
3:46:30explained you if you enable it you will
3:46:32be able to zoom on the
3:46:34excess so what I want to play around is
3:46:36in the columns and in the columns as
3:46:39usual the series is has to be um as
3:46:43because it's um stacked bar chart using
3:46:45Legend So individually you can change
3:46:47the color of the series there is no FX
3:46:49button right now you can use but there
3:46:51are a few new feature came in here also
3:46:53now one is transparency I can increase
3:46:55the transparency here now I can have a
3:46:57border I I kept I'll keep really thin
3:47:00border here match the color I'll use
3:47:01here uh transparency of the Border I'll
3:47:04not keep very high let let it be there
3:47:07and withd I would like to keep little
3:47:09bit finer width only let me have two
3:47:11pixels so that you can observe it now
3:47:14before I explain you this reverse order
3:47:16and sought by I'll tell you what was the
3:47:18disadvantage previously what we have and
3:47:21what it actually addressed here before
3:47:23that let me show you spacing between the
3:47:25categories so as you can see the width
3:47:28of the bar is getting changed when I'm
3:47:29doing that and the spacing between the
3:47:32series now now this is something really
3:47:34important it only happened between the
3:47:37Legends so as you can see the moment I'm
3:47:40increasing it is changing the width
3:47:43between the
3:47:46serieses so right now it is 3 pixel Max
3:47:49I can have 5 pixel and then series
3:47:51explosion note down what is happening
3:47:53right now look at the
3:47:55chart this is my area and what
3:47:59happens it actually removes your y-axis
3:48:03and allow it to go beyond the values
3:48:06what it had now if you do such kind of
3:48:08stuff definitely the labels is only
3:48:10going to be the saor and yes powerbi has
3:48:12enounced the label also again in
3:48:14December
3:48:15we the labels have been in us but right
3:48:17now what I'm going to do is I'm going to
3:48:18decrease the space between the series
3:48:21I'll keep it minimal I'll also remove
3:48:23the series
3:48:24explosion now let me explain you what
3:48:27this reverse order and sort by order
3:48:29let's first understand what kind of
3:48:31sorting we have in the dots three dots
3:48:34so I made the adj just little chart so
3:48:36if you go on the sort AIS you can either
3:48:38sort on brand on N it's already sorted
3:48:40on net I can maximum do is s on brand
3:48:46now I sorted it on brand and then
3:48:48internally it is sorted on category but
3:48:50what you are asking for long is this
3:48:53sorting you also want it based on the
3:48:57values so this is the Sorting option you
3:48:59have now they are sorted on values you
3:49:01can see this is smaller this is bigger
3:49:04this is smaller this is this is smaller
3:49:05bigger bigger biger now if I say reverse
3:49:08order the bigger would be down and the
3:49:10smaller would be
3:49:11up I'll further go down and what I'll do
3:49:14is I'll go and say sort XIs on
3:49:17net so now this is what you always
3:49:20wanted from powerbi and now after
3:49:22December 2023 it has been enabled the
3:49:25value this value is the greatest value
3:49:28largest
3:49:29value so this is the largest value and
3:49:32the values are again s descending inside
3:49:35the stagged bar visual data label again
3:49:39going to play a role because data label
3:49:41we have seen in the bar how new
3:49:42enhancement is going to help us out but
3:49:44the moment I enabled you get this one
3:49:46part of it now horizontal or vertical
3:49:49I'll can make it vertical here overflow
3:49:52text I can allow so that I can have more
3:49:55I can add the title so I'll add the
3:49:57categories here and overflow text is
3:49:59helping me out here I can have series
3:50:01name or custom if I want to have a label
3:50:03let me keep it as series name now next
3:50:06is value which I would like to keep net
3:50:08though I have an option to change that
3:50:10also I can go and make a gross value to
3:50:13appear here
3:50:15but I don't want that isn't it or let me
3:50:17show you some percentage value let's say
3:50:19margin percentage I'm showing a margin
3:50:20percentage here and the formatting is
3:50:23going to play the role so I'm not going
3:50:24to say none so that I see the correct
3:50:27value okay because otherwise it will
3:50:28take the format of the original major so
3:50:31let me go back to the net
3:50:34value and I'll say Auto format because
3:50:37otherwise the too much data here now
3:50:41decimal place is Auto Now details is
3:50:43something where I can add and this would
3:50:45be especially helpful for those of you
3:50:47want to like to show the percentage of
3:50:51subtotal
3:50:52here now right now you don't know how to
3:50:55create that percentage of subtotal or
3:50:57percentage of total I'm going to give
3:51:00you a major and and we're going to
3:51:01achieve that because the moment I enable
3:51:04it it allows me to have that
3:51:07gross and I can see that another measure
3:51:09but I I don't need that measure I
3:51:11actually want the percentage of
3:51:15sub total now percentage of sub tootal
3:51:19is something which I have not taught you
3:51:20till now but what I'm going to do is I'm
3:51:22going to give you a quick major here and
3:51:24I'll tell you how to create that major
3:51:25later so let me click on the majors
3:51:27which is Drive majors and on that top of
3:51:31that I'll click measure and create a
3:51:32measure here which is percent
3:51:37of brand what is my percentage of brand
3:51:40is
3:51:41divide net and when I want to divide the
3:51:45net I want to calculate the net again
3:51:48and this I'm going to explain you later
3:51:50when we will show you how to create the
3:51:52measur I want to calculate the net again
3:51:55but this time when I'm calculating the
3:51:57net I don't want to consider the filter
3:52:00of category I want to consider the
3:52:02filter of brand but I don't want to
3:52:03consider so there is something known as
3:52:04remove filters item category I'm saying
3:52:08the remove the filter of the category so
3:52:09what would happen while the net is for
3:52:12that brand category
3:52:15the denominator would not have the
3:52:18category filter now this is a percentage
3:52:21column so I have to mark it as a
3:52:22percentage
3:52:23also now I got a measure which is
3:52:26percentage of brand and let me place
3:52:30that and I have to go ahead and change
3:52:33its data type as none and as you can see
3:52:36this is 78% this is 16% now font is
3:52:40something which we have to really play
3:52:41around so and it's not only the one font
3:52:45which I have to do I I'll make it
3:52:47smaller for all of
3:52:49them let me make it smaller for title
3:52:52also so now you can
3:52:54see uh that uh we have all these and now
3:52:57you have the transparency and all those
3:53:00play around with everything show blank
3:53:02value as
3:53:03Hyun then colors of each of these you
3:53:06can
3:53:07control if you want a background you
3:53:09will have a background also and
3:53:12background transparency you can decide
3:53:13how much transp you want but the moment
3:53:15you put background it because it take
3:53:17additional space so some of the values
3:53:19may go away and definitely you need to
3:53:22make sure that um overflow is there so
3:53:25that whatever maximum it can accumulate
3:53:27it can accumulate and now I can make it
3:53:29horizontal also sometime it may actually
3:53:31look now depend if I don't want to use
3:53:35title series name may be horizontal
3:53:38looks much better so I think in this
3:53:40case if I don't want to have those
3:53:42titles and definitely because category I
3:53:44already have a label I know which
3:53:46category it is so in this manner I can
3:53:50have it now the next thing which is
3:53:52which I go down
3:53:54here the layout which is multi-line I
3:53:56can have a single line now I'll tell you
3:53:58where you need single line so let me
3:54:00duplicate this page and tell you where
3:54:01you'll need it so let me duplicate and
3:54:03let me call it
3:54:05tagged
3:54:07one and let me click on the visual and
3:54:10make
3:54:12it tagged bar now here if I
3:54:16go I go down to the labels and this is
3:54:20the place where I need it as single
3:54:23line instead of multi-line I'll make it
3:54:26a single line there is definitely
3:54:27there's a difference which is very less
3:54:30which you can adjust by giving different
3:54:32colors or making it bold or italic so it
3:54:35shows the differentiation between them
3:54:38but this is something so the
3:54:43sorting and the absolute value as well
3:54:46as the percentage value is something
3:54:47which was missing
3:54:49altoe and which has been enabled in the
3:54:52latest version of powerbi which is
3:54:55December 2023 on which I'm recording and
3:54:58now you can see how much difference it
3:55:00creates now this visual is lock looking
3:55:03all together different Visual and those
3:55:05of you who has watched my video on
3:55:08stagged bar in the past in the beginner
3:55:11series those of you who has watched it
3:55:13in the last here's full video go ahead
3:55:16and compare that how much
3:55:18differentiation it is created
3:55:21so these are the property of the stagged
3:55:24bar which we have played around so I'm
3:55:25coming back to the first one again let
3:55:27me click on it and let's see if we want
3:55:30to explore some other properties also so
3:55:32total labels is something again we want
3:55:34to switch it on now total label is
3:55:37basically the total which is and now we
3:55:41have two more kind of stacked bar which
3:55:43is 100% in the 100% it doesn't matter
3:55:46okay the total only matters in this one
3:55:48because how much is this total and how
3:55:50much I'm percentage so 1.1 million is my
3:55:52total and of that 1.1 million I am
3:55:55around 68 million which is around 62
3:56:00percentage and then again there are few
3:56:02properties like you would like to have
3:56:04you know color or a
3:56:07background I switched on the background
3:56:09then you can have a background color and
3:56:12transparency right now it is auto
3:56:13display you can say none if you want to
3:56:15show the complete value or
3:56:19thousands and split positive and
3:56:22negative this one more option has been
3:56:23given here so these are various
3:56:26formatting options which can make it U
3:56:28you know really look amazing and then we
3:56:31have the if want image then we can have
3:56:32plot background area and again you can
3:56:34add reference lines plus button
3:56:36reference line the only reference line
3:56:38option we have in the stack bar is a
3:56:40constant line so you can add a constant
3:56:41line you can give a value now based on
3:56:43the fil filtering the value will change
3:56:45so better you use this FX button and
3:56:47give a
3:56:49major but right now just for our
3:56:51understanding purpose I will give
3:56:53it let's say
3:56:56500,000 I got a line at 500,000 and I
3:56:59can give a color and all those so
3:57:02various reference lines are available
3:57:03and we can use those now depending on
3:57:05the visual these reference line keep on
3:57:06changing those who are on the last
3:57:09year's version those who have not opted
3:57:12for these new changes there used to be a
3:57:15separate section analytical pain and
3:57:17inside that these options would be there
3:57:19now these has been merged analytical
3:57:21pain options have been merged inside the
3:57:23visual properties only and then you have
3:57:25the generic properties as usual they are
3:57:27there as there are no differences I
3:57:30would just leave them as is uh there is
3:57:33nothing specific with the visual other
3:57:34than you know you can switch in on or
3:57:36switch off the tool tipe but a beautiful
3:57:39tagged chart Visual and even the cluster
3:57:42bar visual can be created ated with the
3:57:45latest version of powerbi you have
3:57:47learned about this stagged bar Visual
3:57:49and it's 100% stagged bar visual there
3:57:50is one more way these bar visuals can be
3:57:53created so let me tell you so what we
3:57:55can do is basically let's start with a
3:57:58that column bar let me bring in brand
3:58:01here on the
3:58:02x-axis now what I can do here is and
3:58:05what I said that you know staged is not
3:58:07an staged unless you use Legend but
3:58:09there is another possibility and what
3:58:12that possibility is I can bring in
3:58:15net as one of the major and I can bring
3:58:19in margin so what is my net and margin
3:58:20is my gross so this is basically my
3:58:22gross and in this manner also I can
3:58:24create a tagged bar
3:58:26visual now definitely I can enable the
3:58:29data label where I can get the values
3:58:31and now if you have your margin
3:58:33percentage and uh the net percentage
3:58:36that could be another way to add few
3:58:38more labels here but a stagged bar
3:58:40visual can be created on two majors also
3:58:42so if you don't want to use Legend
3:58:44then you can create it on multiple
3:58:47measures so either you can have multiple
3:58:48measures or you can have Legend the
3:58:50thing to remember here also is when you
3:58:52use multiple measure also there is no
3:58:53conditional formatting possible so in
3:58:55case of staged you will not be able to
3:58:57do the conditional formatting now one
3:59:00more thing which we can do here is if
3:59:01you want to make it 100% tagged column
3:59:04chart you go here and it will start
3:59:06showing you the percentage so these are
3:59:07actually the percentage how much of the
3:59:10gross the net is and how much the margin
3:59:13is so so how much percentage the margin
3:59:15is out of my gross and how much is net
3:59:17so there are two options you can create
3:59:19a stack B visual One is using the legend
3:59:21and one is using multiple measur now I
3:59:24can have more than one measure also so I
3:59:26can actually can bring in cogs when I
3:59:28bring in cogs basically net doesn't have
3:59:31a value in that case I should have cost
3:59:36discount and margin maybe these three
3:59:39will contribute to
3:59:41that in this manner I can bring in my
3:59:44100% column stagged bar visual or tagged
3:59:46column bar visual or tagged bar visual
3:59:50or 100%
3:59:52stagged bar Vis do so in this manner I
3:59:56can have multiple such combinations with
3:59:58more than one major also we would also
4:00:01like to explore the 100% staged bar
4:00:04visual so let me add a new page and let
4:00:06me say 100p tag now again there would be
4:00:10two versions one is basically the 100%
4:00:14stack bar chart and 100% stack column
4:00:17chart bar as well as column let me use
4:00:20the
4:00:21column and on the x-axis my favorite
4:00:24brand on the y axis net and definitely
4:00:28no stack is completed without a legend
4:00:31need to add a legend and let me add as
4:00:34category now rest of the things are same
4:00:36but let's just quickly have a look at
4:00:38xaxis do we have something additional no
4:00:41Y axis do we have something additional
4:00:42no Legend as usual the positions uh
4:00:46small multiples we are not exploring
4:00:48right now grid lines column let's comes
4:00:49to the column and in the column we have
4:00:51all the serieses where we can choose the
4:00:53color border if you want to switch in on
4:00:55the borders then we have the
4:00:57layout and again this layout would be
4:01:00more suitable we want it to have s by
4:01:01values and reverse order we want the
4:01:04highest value at the bottom and the
4:01:06lowest value at the top space between
4:01:08the
4:01:09categories uh and space between the
4:01:11series is something we are more
4:01:12interested in it looks much
4:01:14more flexible and maybe a little bit of
4:01:18transparency in the color let's go down
4:01:20to the data label again let's see what
4:01:22all we have now so first thing is
4:01:26series uh horizontal or vertical here we
4:01:29can have it vertical uh position is auto
4:01:32I prefer that overflow text let's allow
4:01:35it so we can have I think horizontal
4:01:37would be better here isn't it we could
4:01:39get a value I was more worried about
4:01:40this value which will go away in the
4:01:42vertical horizontal is much better
4:01:44option here I want to add a title and I
4:01:46while I can showcase you what happens
4:01:47when I add the title but this something
4:01:49I'm not interested in as long as I have
4:01:51the legend label but yeah value now here
4:01:54it is always already a percentage so I
4:01:57can add the
4:01:58net now once I add the net it is
4:02:00something which is uh not looking great
4:02:03so let me go ahead and choose something
4:02:05here I remove the decimal places and let
4:02:07me make it a little bit smaller so now I
4:02:09can see the net value here so net value
4:02:11and how much percentage it is and what
4:02:14is happening here seems like detail and
4:02:15this value are changing automatically
4:02:17along together they should have been
4:02:20separate but seems like some issue and I
4:02:21can make it tyun when it is not
4:02:24zero let's give a little bit of
4:02:26background so now what is happening both
4:02:29the visuals the 100% stacked bar visual
4:02:32as well as the stack visual can show you
4:02:33percentage as well as the value now it's
4:02:36your choice which one you wanted to use
4:02:38you want to choose the 100% stack bar
4:02:41visual or you want to choose the
4:02:44normal bar Visual and then want to show
4:02:45percentage I told you how to get a
4:02:47measure for that which we will learn
4:02:50when we go to the percentage of total
4:02:52later and then multi-line or single line
4:02:55have single line but if you make it
4:02:56single line then make it vertical that's
4:02:59look much better but it's going to take
4:03:00a lot of space so I'm going to make it
4:03:01horizontal and multi-line that is much
4:03:03better in this
4:03:05one now if we duplicate
4:03:09this on this and we change it to
4:03:12100% tag bar chart there we can go ahead
4:03:16and make this data label out as instead
4:03:18of multi-line we can make it single line
4:03:20now it looks better
4:03:22here plot area and background same thing
4:03:24again reference line same thing we want
4:03:26to add then we have only one option
4:03:29constant line we can add constant line
4:03:31if you want a value let's say 0.5 50% is
4:03:34the one where I wanted the value to be
4:03:37appearing and in this manner we can 100%
4:03:40stack bar visual again the uses of the
4:03:42stack bar visual will depend on your us
4:03:45whether you need 100% stacked bar visual
4:03:47or simple stacked bar now going to
4:03:49create the pi visual so let me add
4:03:51another page and in this page uh from
4:03:54the build visual I'm going to add the P
4:03:57Visual and we have a very similar visual
4:03:59donut visual also so at the end I'll
4:04:01just show you the donut visual so let me
4:04:04click on the pi visual now when you have
4:04:07the pi visual the options you have is
4:04:09the legend value details and Tool tip a
4:04:13pi visual can be created with a set of
4:04:15Majors or Legend plus major so I'll tell
4:04:19you first how to create a pi visual only
4:04:22with measures this is something which
4:04:24you might need I'll create with the
4:04:28cogs
4:04:31discount and
4:04:33margin
4:04:35okay the cost of goods sold discount and
4:04:38margin I've have taken three Majors so
4:04:40basically what I can do is I can take
4:04:45net discount and
4:04:49margin in this manner I can create a p
4:04:52visual which can tell me how much each
4:04:54of these things are getting contributed
4:04:57and you are getting percentage so only
4:04:58with the help of major I can create this
4:05:01is one way of creating a p visual let me
4:05:04move it aside let me add another P
4:05:06visual now we can have another Pi visual
4:05:09which basically I'm going to use Legend
4:05:11This Time so let me use Cate as a legend
4:05:14and ideally speaking because there's no
4:05:17scrolling you can have in the pi visual
4:05:19you should use only Pi to 10 categories
4:05:22Max 15 categories in the pi visual more
4:05:24than that it's overloading of Pi so I
4:05:27drag the category and now I can drag a
4:05:30majure now values you should avoid using
4:05:33percentage column in this one because it
4:05:35is further going to calculate percentage
4:05:37of total of that so that's not a great
4:05:39idea to
4:05:40have so Pi visual has been created with
4:05:43Legend uh can we have more than one
4:05:44Legend so let me also drag brand on top
4:05:46of it and as soon as I add brand the one
4:05:49is the drill down structure has came now
4:05:52I can go to the next level it is brand
4:05:54wise come up I can expand both brand and
4:05:57category would be available here so this
4:05:59is one manner second is this brand
4:06:01instead of having it in the legend I can
4:06:05have the brand in the details I can
4:06:06click on add data instead of dragging
4:06:07and dropping
4:06:09it and I can have it here now in this
4:06:11case you can see they are not getting uh
4:06:13different colors there is a distribution
4:06:15of brand is coming inside the same color
4:06:17of the category in this manner also you
4:06:19can create it so this is one way and
4:06:21let's keep them side by side so that you
4:06:24can differentiate so this is one way
4:06:26where and I'm where you have it and let
4:06:28me duplicate it so and this is the
4:06:30second way where we actually have the
4:06:34brand as the second legent and we expand
4:06:41it and you have this and you expand it
4:06:45so these are the two meths here
4:06:46everything is going to get different
4:06:47color and here we have the same color in
4:06:49which the brand split is there and when
4:06:51you use the tool tip you'll be able to
4:06:53see now let's play with the label now so
4:06:56if you see by by default the detail
4:06:58label is on and if you see the detail
4:07:00label right now it is showing data value
4:07:02and percentage this is same true for
4:07:03here but if you go here you can say all
4:07:05the labels and here you will be able to
4:07:07get the brand name also so which brand
4:07:10is there so within the category which
4:07:12brand is there now
4:07:14a same way if you go here and if you
4:07:15enable all labels then you will also get
4:07:18the the name major name and the value
4:07:21and the
4:07:22percentage now we'll keep the simple
4:07:25visual let's me create one more copy and
4:07:27here let
4:07:28me remove the brand here and as you can
4:07:32see we can get category the value and
4:07:34the percentage value and we have the
4:07:36various options like only data value
4:07:38only percentage of total value or only
4:07:41category level or all the details and
4:07:43then right now it is outside you can say
4:07:45inside and now everything can come
4:07:47inside so you can always use prefer
4:07:49inside or prefer outside so you can say
4:07:50prefer inside or you can say prefer
4:07:52outside so it will try to adjust some of
4:07:55the things to get more values now this
4:07:57is the detail label and inside the
4:07:59values again you have the font you have
4:08:01the color which you want to use
4:08:03background is auto if you want on or off
4:08:05you can say background is
4:08:08on then display units is auto you can
4:08:10say use none now this is for the value
4:08:13so basic Bally then you have the value
4:08:14decimal places because if the value is
4:08:16an auto format about how many decimal
4:08:17places it need to have then percentage
4:08:19decimal place value also you can control
4:08:21now it is one decimal it is two decimal
4:08:23so all those you can control now
4:08:24depending on the space the label may
4:08:27come little bit less or more and then
4:08:29dot dot dot might start coming then
4:08:31there is something which is also known
4:08:32as rotation now rotation is basically if
4:08:34you see right now it's starting from
4:08:36this position let me highlight that for
4:08:38you right now it is starting from this
4:08:40position now if I do the rotation here
4:08:43here the position starting position is
4:08:45changing now you can see that it is
4:08:47starting from here
4:08:49now same way I can completely rotate it
4:08:51and if I rotate it 360 it will come at
4:08:53the same place so this SK can be helpful
4:08:56from where you are starting now let's
4:08:58look at the other properties uh we
4:09:00similarly we have a size and this
4:09:03horizontal position property padding is
4:09:05something how much padding we have in
4:09:07the space which is available inside the
4:09:09chart background on or off we can switch
4:09:11it on and off or if you need background
4:09:13we can change the color or we can change
4:09:15the transparency if we have the color we
4:09:18can increase or decrease the
4:09:20transparency based on that is visual
4:09:22border if you want a border now if I
4:09:23come out none of them has border only
4:09:25this one has a
4:09:28border Shadow if you need Title the
4:09:31title is already there we can have a
4:09:33title and then we can have a subtitle
4:09:35then divider and spacing as usual same
4:09:38as other visual Legends again we can
4:09:40have the position top right top left and
4:09:42Center depending on the place you have
4:09:44you can adjust it because right now I
4:09:46created a little bit rectangular so I do
4:09:48have a position in the center left or
4:09:50center right that I can use then the
4:09:52title again the title is right now
4:09:55category you can change it to whatever
4:09:57you want or or you can disable the title
4:09:59here then slices for each slices you
4:10:01have the color again the P visual use
4:10:04Legend So in the slices you have the
4:10:08color which you can choose you can
4:10:09manually go ahead and change it uh
4:10:11conditional formatting is not supported
4:10:13but I will tell you later that you know
4:10:15there is a work around to support
4:10:16initial formatting in pi visual now
4:10:19detailed labels we only option we have
4:10:21is the label is detailed label and we
4:10:23have certain set of options which we can
4:10:25use then value and percentage formatting
4:10:28we have done so this is py visual for
4:10:30you so uh you can create it with Majors
4:10:32you can create with Majors Legends
4:10:35multiple Legends Legends and details all
4:10:37those thing you can try out and finally
4:10:40you can also have a donut instead of
4:10:42this one so you can have the donut
4:10:45instead of having the pi Visual and the
4:10:49properties are almost similar so we have
4:10:51title Legends inside that we have
4:10:53options slices detail label we can have
4:10:57rotation now sometime what we do we keep
4:11:00this as a transparent and behind that we
4:11:03keep a value in a card Visual and we
4:11:05start showing that value so it start
4:11:06showing like there is a value in the
4:11:08middle that we can do and if you want to
4:11:11add something additional on the tool tip
4:11:12let's say margin percentage you can add
4:11:14it and you will be able to
4:11:16see let's add margin percentage we have
4:11:19added margin margin percentage I'm
4:11:21adding so you can have n number of such
4:11:24uh things on the tool tip which you want
4:11:26and then as usual the generic properties
4:11:28you can switch off the tool tip and it
4:11:30will not show the tool
4:11:32tip let's experiment with a new visual
4:11:34the visual which I want to experiment is
4:11:36the three map visual so I'm going to add
4:11:38a new page and let me rename it as
4:11:41threee map some of the pages I'm
4:11:44renaming even after closing down the
4:11:47video for that particular visual so you
4:11:49might find that some of the pages has
4:11:51been
4:11:52renamed so I click on tree map now tree
4:11:54map is kind of a horizontal P the only
4:11:57thing is it doesn't show you the
4:11:59percentage so we have a category but
4:12:02unlike P we don't have a legend concept
4:12:04here we have the concept of category
4:12:06details and values so first let's start
4:12:09with category so we can say brand is my
4:12:11category and net is my
4:12:14value and then we can enable the data
4:12:17labels so it starts showing the values
4:12:19if you go down in the data labels it is
4:12:21showing what values it's showing so
4:12:23value display is Auto and you can see
4:12:25the values are out here can see these
4:12:28values you can not it down here now and
4:12:31make it none so that you can see it in
4:12:33the default format similarly you can
4:12:35play around with the other properties
4:12:38like font face bold italic underlying
4:12:43Etc to make the labels appear little bit
4:12:48differently now let's say in case I
4:12:50wanted to have more than one level I can
4:12:51go ahead and add category also and then
4:12:53we have that option like next level only
4:12:55on category or we can expand it so we
4:12:58have both brand and category and in this
4:13:00case you will get different different
4:13:01colors now going going to the color you
4:13:04have option like FX here so at least so
4:13:07whenever you are using the categories
4:13:08you can color it means you have the
4:13:10single category uh then you can have the
4:13:12brand colors using using the conditional
4:13:14formatting so you can control on that
4:13:17but definitely when I'm going to use
4:13:18detail will I get that option or not so
4:13:20let me remove category from here and let
4:13:21me add category on the
4:13:25details so once I add the category on
4:13:27the details now you can see the FX
4:13:29option is no more available for you to
4:13:33do the conditional formatting and the
4:13:36brand itself is cut down into multiple
4:13:38categories and I'm getting the option
4:13:40for categories and the values now here
4:13:42in this place because I have now place
4:13:44where you know a lot of values are there
4:13:46so it's better to have a you know Auto
4:13:48display so that you know the display
4:13:50becomes smaller or maybe we can reduce
4:13:52the font also and category labels are
4:13:55also there these are the category labels
4:13:56and we can reduce the font of the
4:13:57category label also so the uh category
4:14:00as well as detail label will become a
4:14:02little bit smaller if we use the
4:14:04category label here that's controlled by
4:14:06here and then we can choose the color or
4:14:08we can leave it whatever it is so these
4:14:10are the various option again if you want
4:14:11to have additional information on tool
4:14:13tip you can add it on the tool
4:14:17tip then we have size title Legends as
4:14:20usual so Legends are off but you can add
4:14:22the Legends if like Legend is nothing
4:14:24but your category display so here you
4:14:26are seeing that but definitely the
4:14:28position seems to be very important here
4:14:30this not conveying much of the message
4:14:33so left center right is place where I
4:14:35can put it it taking little space but at
4:14:38least I'm able to see all the labels so
4:14:40legend legend have a title here
4:14:44if you want to switch off the title you
4:14:45can switch it off there's no title here
4:14:49now then we have data label which we
4:14:52already explained and the value label as
4:14:53well as the category label which we have
4:14:55already explained so this is our tree
4:14:57map visual let's now explore the line
4:15:00visual I'm adding a new page and let me
4:15:02rename it as
4:15:03line so line visual is given here in the
4:15:06build Visual and it is also available
4:15:08here on the top insert in the homepage
4:15:11from any of the place we can use it CLI
4:15:13click on the line visual it will give
4:15:15you a line visual let me make it a
4:15:16little bit
4:15:18larger we can have x-axis y AIS and
4:15:21secondary y-axis now we have not used
4:15:23the combo visual where we can have
4:15:25secondary yaxis but line visual has been
4:15:27enhanced in the past to have secondary
4:15:29yis but here now there are limitations
4:15:31like when you can use secondary yaxis
4:15:33but so when you have multiple measure
4:15:34you might not be able to use it when you
4:15:36have Legend you might not be able to use
4:15:37it so we have to explore that out first
4:15:39start with very simple visual now unlike
4:15:41some of the tools which doesn't allow
4:15:43you align the non-time series visuals
4:15:47means it's always need to be a Time
4:15:48series kind of a visual in power B
4:15:50there's no limitation in powerb I can
4:15:52create aine chart just like a bar chart
4:15:54so let's say I can have brand on my
4:15:56x-axis and I can bring in net on the Y
4:15:59AIS and I can have a line visual which
4:16:00is very simple and again if I need more
4:16:02than one line I can have that but line
4:16:04visual is definitely more suited for
4:16:06Trend so let's bring in date for that
4:16:08I'm removing that and from the sales
4:16:10table I'm bringing in date now as you
4:16:12can see right now date is showing an
4:16:14hierarchy and this is what we call Auto
4:16:15time intelligence because of the auto
4:16:17time intelligence thing showing the
4:16:19hierarchy so there was an option in the
4:16:21starting if you remember was Auto time
4:16:23intelligence which we have not disabled
4:16:25if you disable that that will not come
4:16:27also right now we have not created a
4:16:29date table but when I going to create a
4:16:31date table and I'm going to join these
4:16:32with date table if they are joining with
4:16:35a table which is having a date this
4:16:38column again going to join with a key
4:16:40column then it will lose the date
4:16:42hierarchy
4:16:43so in case you wanted to continue to use
4:16:45date hierarchy you can duplicate if this
4:16:48column you're planning to join so let me
4:16:50bring in that into the x-axis and as you
4:16:52can see it is showing me a date
4:16:53hierarchy now if I want to keep date
4:16:56hierarchy it's fine I I will see these
4:16:57options like you know drill up and drill
4:17:00down so it can start with ear and then I
4:17:02can you know further go down by press
4:17:06drill
4:17:07down by going like this or and drill
4:17:11up or I have option to
4:17:15expand and finally at Day level this is
4:17:18what I can do or I can click on this
4:17:20Arrow instead of date hierarchy I can
4:17:23use simply sve date when I use the sve
4:17:25date you will see you are still seeing
4:17:26the same value but now you don't have a
4:17:29drill up or drill down option so that
4:17:31option is not available with you you are
4:17:32getting is a continuous visual now what
4:17:35is this continuous visual now this
4:17:37continuous visual is possible both in
4:17:39case of bar as well as line now this
4:17:41continuous access is coming in x-axis we
4:17:44have a type continuous and categoric now
4:17:46when you have a date or you have a
4:17:48number you can get this option
4:17:50categorical and continuous access also
4:17:53get this minimum maximum range in terms
4:17:55of dates also which we have seen in the
4:17:57y axis in terms of value we have the
4:17:59minimum maximum range in terms of the
4:18:02date now I can make it categorical and
4:18:05now you can see all the dates and now we
4:18:07have to make the access a little bit
4:18:08bigger or we can change the format of
4:18:10the date so right now the format of the
4:18:12date is like such a big format I can
4:18:14make it as a short date now I can see
4:18:15each and every date and now because
4:18:17visual is too big powerb is
4:18:19automatically giving me scrolling it
4:18:22can't fit in you remember when it was
4:18:24continuous it do try to fit it into the
4:18:26single page I can make it continuous and
4:18:28categoric now the option of continuous
4:18:30categorical is limited to date and the
4:18:33numbers right now you're saying this is
4:18:35coming in the ascending order but you
4:18:36can use this invert AIS it will actually
4:18:38start it in ascending order actually
4:18:40when you have the continuous AIS you
4:18:42don't have an option option to sort it
4:18:43on the using the three dots so you can
4:18:45use this invert access option now you
4:18:48can go to the values inside the values
4:18:49the values are right now on on the
4:18:52x-axis if you want to hide those xaxis
4:18:54value you can use this now again the
4:18:56display is Auto and then you have a
4:18:58title you want to remove the x-axis
4:18:59title now you don't see any sales date
4:19:01here on the
4:19:04bottom now there's a sales date
4:19:06similarly for y axis you have minimum
4:19:07maximum range logarithmic axis if you
4:19:10need invert range if you want to invert
4:19:12the range on the top and 70k this case
4:19:15at the bottom the direction has
4:19:18changed let me invert it again again the
4:19:21values you want to show the values or
4:19:23not you can switch off the X's you can
4:19:25pay attention to the Y axis there's no
4:19:27values now again want to display unit
4:19:29and everything title again we have the Y
4:19:31AIS title we can disable the title
4:19:34secondary yaxis this is important now
4:19:36let's see we have two measures does it
4:19:38allow us the third measure on the
4:19:39secondary Y axis I try to drag the
4:19:41discount on the secondary axis
4:19:43and as you can see we have the discount
4:19:45on the secondary y-axis but when we have
4:19:49a legend let's say I try to bring in
4:19:51category now I can't bring category on
4:19:53the legend I remove the secondary yaxis
4:19:55and I try to bring category on the
4:19:57legend I can't bring it I can only have
4:19:59the category as a legend when I only
4:20:01have the one major let me try the
4:20:03category along with the one major I have
4:20:06the now categories at the legend but can
4:20:08I have a secondary y-axis when I'm using
4:20:11Legend so let me try to bring in Gross
4:20:14on the secondary axis I can't so the cas
4:20:17is when you are using a category you
4:20:20can't use the line on the secondary
4:20:23yaxis while if you're using a combo
4:20:25visual like clustered bar line visual or
4:20:28cluster stack bar visual you would be
4:20:30allowed a line in the secondary yaxis
4:20:32along with Legend but that's not allowed
4:20:34in the line visual so that's the
4:20:35limitation but yes if you have multiple
4:20:37measures uh you can still have one of
4:20:39them on the secondary Y axis let's bring
4:20:42in multiple measures and try to see what
4:20:43all secondary yaxis has to offer to us
4:20:46and I'm bringing in cogs on the
4:20:47secondary y axis and in case it doesn't
4:20:49show you the secondary ya axis sometime
4:20:51it happen that it might not show you so
4:20:54what you can do here is basically enable
4:20:56the values of the secondary yaxis so you
4:21:00I have added the secondary yaxis so you
4:21:02will be able to show usually what
4:21:03happens is we columns like margin
4:21:05percentage on the secondary Y axis which
4:21:07have all together different range so
4:21:09they create a different meaning now this
4:21:10could be a really complex chart if we do
4:21:12those things things we should try to
4:21:13keep them as simple as possible so I
4:21:15have removed one of them now again
4:21:18because this line AIS is continuous you
4:21:20have a lot of information out here then
4:21:22we have the Legends as I've shown you
4:21:25you can either use Legends or secondary
4:21:27ya Axis or multiple majors and then
4:21:29small multiples we'll check it later now
4:21:32in the Legends when you are showing uh
4:21:34the Legends can also be for the major
4:21:37display it's not only the legend we can
4:21:40check their change their position so
4:21:41right I moved them into the
4:21:44center then the text font you can change
4:21:47the title you can switch it on and
4:21:48switch it off like add Legend title I
4:21:51can say it's
4:21:53net by
4:21:57date small multiples options are not
4:22:00enabled because we are not using small
4:22:01multiples grid lines in case we wanted
4:22:04to have grid lines can increase the
4:22:05width of the grid lines as you can see
4:22:07now I think we need to use little bit
4:22:09darker color to make them visible
4:22:12we can have the vertical grid lines if
4:22:14we need again we need to have color
4:22:18darker color so we can have vertical
4:22:20grid lines also
4:22:21here Zoom slider to zoom your xaxis and
4:22:24y axis now these are both continuous
4:22:26axis so in both the axes you can have
4:22:28the zoom slider and as you go down you
4:22:30will be able to see
4:22:33the dates
4:22:36here so this is the advantage of Zoom
4:22:39slider especially in the continuous AIS
4:22:41you will be able to see the exactly
4:22:44going down to the drill down to the
4:22:46level and as we have already seen on the
4:22:48y-axis you actually goad and see the
4:22:50values on the y- axis by going
4:22:54down now secondary Y axis also if you
4:22:57need so Zoom slider I can have on the
4:22:59secondary yaxis also slicer label and
4:23:02Tool tip is few things which you can
4:23:04enable and based on that
4:23:06it's as you can see now there are two
4:23:09set of information one which I initially
4:23:11had and one which is is changing
4:23:13over so all these things you can use I
4:23:16going to disable the zoom slider as of
4:23:18now now for each lines you can have you
4:23:21know what color you want and everything
4:23:23again conditional formatting is not
4:23:25supported but uh uh if you go to the
4:23:27color you will see the margin and net
4:23:29you can have the colors even if you use
4:23:32the one major like right now I'm only
4:23:34using one major on Y axis still there is
4:23:36no conditional formatting enable but
4:23:38instead of conditional formatting you
4:23:39have a color dot which you can get and
4:23:42that you can get when you come back from
4:23:44the bar visual by doing the conditional
4:23:47formatting on bar visual which we'll see
4:23:49later now there is something really
4:23:50really interesting you can have the
4:23:52markers you can switch on the markers
4:23:53here and you will start seeing markers
4:23:56marker properties have been changed and
4:23:58once we are done with the line and the
4:24:00scatter visual I will showcase you those
4:24:04now you can play around with the size of
4:24:05the marker and you know the shape of the
4:24:07marker but there are more things which
4:24:09you can do here is basically what you
4:24:11can do is you can go to your line style
4:24:13and here like right now the line style
4:24:16because there's too much of data if I
4:24:17choose the line change the line style
4:24:19linear or smooth or stabbed stab
4:24:22actually you will not be able to
4:24:24actually see what means stab layout but
4:24:27what you can do here is you can decrease
4:24:28that width and ultimately you can
4:24:30actually make it zero it will become
4:24:32like a DOT chart now what you can do is
4:24:34instead of doing it for both the series
4:24:37what you can do here is you can go to
4:24:39let's say margin and margin I have a
4:24:41line and and I don't have a line for
4:24:43let's say net so there's no line for the
4:24:46net but there is a line for margin in
4:24:48this manner you can play around now you
4:24:50can make it completely dot visual or you
4:24:52can have a DOT and especially like if
4:24:54the majors are very nearby I can have
4:24:56line one of the line without marker so
4:24:58what we can do is marker right now is
4:25:00for all the series I can go to the
4:25:03margin now because I have the line in
4:25:04the margin and I can say show marker off
4:25:07so now what is happening here is the
4:25:09margin is only having the line and there
4:25:12are Net series which is only having the
4:25:14dot now this is the play around you can
4:25:17do and this is especially going to be a
4:25:19little bit helpful when you create the
4:25:20visual like line stack bar Visual and
4:25:23line clustered bar visual where you can
4:25:25make your line to
4:25:27disappear and you can leave just leave
4:25:29the
4:25:30markers so that can create more
4:25:32combination again the marker colors you
4:25:35can control and change the marker color
4:25:37depending on like right now I'm based on
4:25:39the series I can change but you have
4:25:41when you select all the it's not there
4:25:43one functionality which is there show
4:25:44all now if I switch it on on a
4:25:48particular date I can show a different
4:25:49color of marker that flexibility is
4:25:51there with
4:25:52us now this would be too many outside
4:25:55the dot now but on a smaller data it
4:25:56will do going to make a sense uh that we
4:25:59have a different
4:26:03color but let me switch it off but you
4:26:05have that kind of flexibility here on
4:26:07the smaller value then the data label we
4:26:09can switch in on the data label and the
4:26:11data label have all things like we can
4:26:13have title also along with the data
4:26:15label the values can be controlled we
4:26:17can have a different value basically in
4:26:19the label so I can have a different
4:26:21value of I'm not using gross here but I
4:26:24can use a gross in the value so the
4:26:28gross will get added in the label
4:26:30instead of net and then I can add a
4:26:32detail I can have another column in the
4:26:36detail it will start showing two values
4:26:39in this case we can have a complicated
4:26:41value display and then then again single
4:26:43line or multiple line I think in this
4:26:44case it's better to have multiple line
4:26:46because you have too much of information
4:26:48but again uh we have to control the
4:26:50density uh here because the line chart
4:26:52is too busy can duplicate
4:26:57this here let's go back to the
4:27:00visualization and make it
4:27:02as date
4:27:05hery and let's scoll down only one now
4:27:09this is the place where you can have you
4:27:11can play around much with the labels we
4:27:13have the gross value you have net value
4:27:15so we are displaying the net values then
4:27:17we can add the details in the details we
4:27:19can add
4:27:20the discount percentage value I'm adding
4:27:23a discount percentage also so I'm add
4:27:25adding these values and you can see
4:27:27these values
4:27:29here then we can have a background to
4:27:31these labels and now as you can see here
4:27:34when I see the margin the percentage
4:27:37seems better but not along with this one
4:27:39so let's go down and and we go to
4:27:41discount percentage p and we will say
4:27:42none so it will follow that format and
4:27:46if I go to the values again I can say
4:27:48none so it will follow the actual
4:27:51format this is net and discount net and
4:27:54margin this is net and discount
4:27:56percentage this is also net and discount
4:27:57percentage so the two labels are shown
4:28:01for both the serieses and if you want to
4:28:03control that in instead of each one you
4:28:05can choose one particular series for
4:28:07which you want to decide whether you
4:28:09want to have a title or not so like see
4:28:10I've added a title only for the below
4:28:13series now in the values do I want to
4:28:16have this net value or not and do I want
4:28:18to have details let's say I don't want
4:28:19to have details in the Net
4:28:21series I don't want to have background
4:28:24or I want to have background with a
4:28:25little bit different color in the Net
4:28:26series so that I can do I have a
4:28:28different color background or let me
4:28:30change it a little bit different so in
4:28:32this manner what's happening I can
4:28:34control the label of both the series
4:28:37separately and I can display different
4:28:39kind of information for each series now
4:28:42series labels if you want to switch it
4:28:44on so series label is something which is
4:28:46shown at the end of the line if you see
4:28:48here we have seeing margin and here we
4:28:50are seeing net now there is no line we
4:28:52have made the line width as zero that's
4:28:53why though the last value is appearing
4:28:55here so at the last value these series
4:28:57labels are shown now again you can
4:28:58control like you know what you wanted
4:29:00for the net value so you go to the net
4:29:03value what color you want and what do
4:29:06you want a background so I given a
4:29:07background on the net there is no
4:29:08background on the margin percentage
4:29:12so this is one thing basically when you
4:29:14have multiple lines at the end of the
4:29:16line you want it to show what the label
4:29:18of the line and you want toase the
4:29:20information
4:29:24there background again I have enabled
4:29:27and then you can change the transparency
4:29:29plot background area we have seen we can
4:29:30add the image here again reference lines
4:29:33there are multiple option now x-axis
4:29:36constant Line This Is Something xais
4:29:37constant line is going to appear when
4:29:39you have
4:29:40the number numbers or the dates and like
4:29:44on a particular date I wanted to have a
4:29:46line and I can add multiple such lines
4:29:49so this data is from 201819 so I can say
4:29:52Okay I want a March 1 March I wanted to
4:29:55have a line you can see there is a line
4:29:57on the 1 March I can get and then you
4:29:59want to have let's say one more line you
4:30:01can add one more line and now you can
4:30:03click and see this is my one line This
4:30:04is my another line here again I choose
4:30:07XX constant line then in the line I'll
4:30:10go ahead and give a value so
4:30:13I'll go to again 2019 let's say December
4:30:1731st I got another line so I can have
4:30:20these multiple kind of lines and then
4:30:22definitely color line font actually
4:30:24shaded area on so that particular line
4:30:28can have the area before that line is a
4:30:30shaded so what we can do is we go to the
4:30:33Shaded
4:30:34area and this is before or after I can
4:30:37do what I can do is I can make this
4:30:39color a little bit more transparent
4:30:42and now let me do one thing I click on
4:30:44this particular line the one before it
4:30:47now I again switch on the Shaded area
4:30:48now before and now you can see this is
4:30:51I'm able to differentiate between this
4:30:53area and this area just the way I have
4:30:56done the shading in this manner I'm able
4:30:58to loate and now what I can do is I can
4:31:00also change the color a little bit and I
4:31:03can increase the transparency also now
4:31:05you're able to see the two shaded areas
4:31:07so this can help us to give the Shaded
4:31:09area between the lines so you can
4:31:11utilize this this is especially useful
4:31:14when you are using the kind of visual
4:31:15where we have the x-axis constant line
4:31:18those which are on Dat date and those of
4:31:21which are on the number you should be
4:31:23able to get these now again you have the
4:31:25data label option here label is for the
4:31:27lines so you can have the so whenever
4:31:30these lines are there you can see there
4:31:32should be some data lab this is the data
4:31:33label the date which is appearing on
4:31:36which date actually it is there now
4:31:39right left above data Value Auto all
4:31:42these things are there so if I disable
4:31:44the data label you will see that now the
4:31:47line is not showing what date it is but
4:31:50I can have the data label
4:31:52enabled I can say right hand side have
4:31:55the one data label and this is for each
4:31:57line so I enabled for the one line and
4:31:59now I go back and enable the data label
4:32:01for another line for both the lines I
4:32:03have the data label then we have error
4:32:06bars we have already experimented with
4:32:07that if you want you can enable those
4:32:09error bars and then you have to choose
4:32:11up bound lower bound and all those and
4:32:14then finally you have find anomalies
4:32:17which is not enabled right now based on
4:32:19what our selections are we rename this
4:32:21as line one so these are the various
4:32:24stuff you can do with the line visual
4:32:26let's have a quick look at the area
4:32:28visual area visual is very similar to
4:32:30the line Visual and we have two kind of
4:32:33area visuals one is area chart like line
4:32:36visual with the Shaded and then we have
4:32:38a St DDI chart so let's explore these
4:32:40two so I'll click on area chart on the
4:32:44build a visual or I can click the same
4:32:47in the insert portion of the Home tab to
4:32:50get
4:32:52it I'll add brand from the item
4:32:58here and net major from the base
4:33:02majors and as you can see I got a chart
4:33:06where I have a shaded portion below
4:33:08again I can have multiple columns on
4:33:10x-axis I can have a secondary y- AIS I
4:33:14can have a legend and similar kind of
4:33:16limitations what we have seen on the
4:33:19line chart would apply also here so
4:33:21let's quickly see what happens when we
4:33:23put a legend when I put a legend here
4:33:25you will be able to see multiple line
4:33:27now usually when you create area visual
4:33:29with the date access then you will have
4:33:32continuous data even for categories and
4:33:34in such cases this visual will look much
4:33:37better because you will be able to see
4:33:40continuous lines for each categories now
4:33:43in this case because each brand does not
4:33:45hold every category you are seeing those
4:33:49discontinuous areas and it is not
4:33:52conveying the message you wanted to
4:33:54convey using this particular visual so
4:33:56in this case because not all brands have
4:33:59all the categories doesn't look so great
4:34:01we will take a example later now
4:34:03similarly I can also add a major on the
4:34:06secondary AIS and test it out so I go to
4:34:08drive measure and put margin percentage
4:34:10on the secondary AIS and now now you can
4:34:12see there are two area charts and one of
4:34:15them is appearing on the secondary
4:34:17axis I can also go ahead and enhance my
4:34:21x-axis by adding another category now
4:34:24moment I add the category the default
4:34:26option is concate label off which we
4:34:29have seen in the line visual also and
4:34:32sort ascending but we can go ahead and
4:34:36change the setting if
4:34:39required if you don't want this expanded
4:34:41we can actually use the drill up button
4:34:44and
4:34:46can go up to the hery we'll see only
4:34:50brand then we can either do drill down
4:34:53we can go to the next level by looking
4:34:54at category or we can have expanded mode
4:34:57like we got
4:34:59initially now I'm going to open the
4:35:02format pane on the the right hand side
4:35:04pane because of my settings I'm able to
4:35:06see format pain here and we can go ahead
4:35:10and look at what all options are
4:35:11available here size and style are the
4:35:14common options which we have padding of
4:35:16the visual uh inside this one how much
4:35:20we want like from top and bottom we want
4:35:22to reduce something we have background
4:35:25if you want a background I we can switch
4:35:27it off if there is transparency which we
4:35:30need which is 100% if you don't have
4:35:31background it will also act like a
4:35:33transparent one visual Border in case we
4:35:36need the Border shadow in case we need
4:35:38Shadow these options we have explored in
4:35:40other visual same as other visuals we
4:35:43have title again you can use a measure
4:35:45inside the title you can set headings
4:35:47font you can also have a subtitle you
4:35:51can use the divider to have a line
4:35:53between the title subtitle and the
4:35:56visual and you can change the spacing
4:35:59between the line and the label and you
4:36:02can customize spacing if required xais
4:36:05on x-axis you can disable the values if
4:36:08you want like I don't know to say
4:36:10whatever it is you can have visual like
4:36:12that you can enable that then you can
4:36:14only disable the x-axis title which is
4:36:16category is only missing if you pay
4:36:18attention here I'll enable it
4:36:21again same way for y-axis you have
4:36:25options like minim and Max where you can
4:36:27use measures because FX button is there
4:36:29you can give static values you can make
4:36:31it as a logarithmic scale if your values
4:36:33have too much of difference usually we
4:36:35use logarithmic scales let say one value
4:36:38is pretty large and another are pretty
4:36:40small then in such is logarithmic scale
4:36:42and give us a better fit visual which
4:36:45will be able to showcase the smaller
4:36:47values little bit larger because of
4:36:49logarithmic scale we can invert the AIS
4:36:51the smaller values on the top the larger
4:36:53value
4:36:54down then we have
4:36:56values which we can hide on the y axis
4:36:59if you can see now there is no values
4:37:01which is up here near to the net there's
4:37:03no values here again we have option for
4:37:07font color which we can
4:37:09change again color
4:37:12of the values can be based on a measure
4:37:15title if you want to disable the title
4:37:17you don't want to show the title you can
4:37:18do that secondary AIS if we have
4:37:20secondary AIS we can set up the
4:37:22properties for that if you're using
4:37:24Legend what position you want the legend
4:37:27then text of the legend you can have
4:37:29font title of the legend you can enable
4:37:31disable smart M multiple we'll try in
4:37:34little bit later grid lines in case you
4:37:37need grid lines you horizontal grid
4:37:39lines is enabled but if I vertical grid
4:37:41line again I have to make them little
4:37:43bit larger for you to
4:37:46see this is vertical grid line
4:37:50for the access have zoom slider which we
4:37:53have already explained in other visuals
4:37:55but we can have a zoom slider and once
4:37:58you have the zoom slider you will be
4:37:59able to zoom the
4:38:05values then we have line option again
4:38:07area chart is definitely an extension of
4:38:10line chart with the shade
4:38:11but you can go ahead and play with the
4:38:13Shaded area at transparency here as you
4:38:15can see I'm using margin and net again
4:38:18just like line visual I am not having
4:38:20any option to conditional format
4:38:23it and then again stroke which is
4:38:25something which you can play around you
4:38:27can make it zero so there would be no
4:38:29line in that case I have done it for
4:38:31both and then transparency you can
4:38:34increase or decrease or you can go ahead
4:38:37and choose individual line let's say if
4:38:40I choose net and and for net I can have
4:38:42line there is no shaded area option for
4:38:45individual it means the Shaded area
4:38:47transparency can only be handled at the
4:38:51all level not at the individual series
4:38:53level then we have markers just like
4:38:55line visual we can enable the markers
4:38:56we'll get dots in the above one as you
4:38:58can see we don't have the line but we
4:39:00still have the dots then we have the
4:39:03size of the dot which we can increase or
4:39:05decrease then color if we want to change
4:39:08the color from the default one data
4:39:10labels if you want to enable the data
4:39:12label this chart is having too many
4:39:14values it is looking busy so you can say
4:39:16okay I don't need it for all the cies
4:39:18you can disable it for one of the series
4:39:20position you can decide Auto above under
4:39:23then you have the leader lines we have
4:39:26concept of leader lines which we will
4:39:27explain you a little bit
4:39:29later under the data label we can enable
4:39:32or disable data label by margin so let's
4:39:34say for net I can disable the data label
4:39:37I for margin I can continue to have the
4:39:39data labels and there's some is really
4:39:41interesting that is leader lines so I
4:39:44can enable that to see those leader
4:39:46lines you have to at least give 25 to 30
4:39:48as a minimum offset then you will will
4:39:51get a noticeable lines so as you can see
4:39:54I have set the value at 35 and now I can
4:39:57see these lines and as you can see these
4:39:59lines move your values little bit up in
4:40:02case of the label and that's allows you
4:40:05to see these values in a much better way
4:40:09this feature actually creates a visual
4:40:11connection between the each data point
4:40:14and its corresponding labels and because
4:40:17of this feature you will have better
4:40:18experience as you can see values little
4:40:20bit away and then there is a connection
4:40:22you can have the values under and above
4:40:24as you want like if it is under then the
4:40:27leader lines will go down and if it is
4:40:29above the leader lines will go on the
4:40:32upside in case you want title on the
4:40:34label you can have title but in this
4:40:36case because I have too many values it's
4:40:38look busy but these are some of the new
4:40:40enhancement which has come where we can
4:40:42have title where we can have value and
4:40:46values could be a major
4:40:48driven Valu so though it is margin but
4:40:51actually I can go ahead and put discount
4:40:54percentage I'll start seeing discount
4:40:55percentage so these what we are called
4:40:57the major driven label then we have
4:41:00details if you want to add details you
4:41:02can add another major let's say I now
4:41:04along with margin I want to add discount
4:41:06I can add it and then I have formatting
4:41:09option transparency and all that and in
4:41:11the layout we can want to show them in
4:41:14single line or multiple line all those I
4:41:16can
4:41:16decide so right now I'll remove the
4:41:19details we don't need it for this
4:41:21particular visual similarly you have
4:41:23series label if we can enable the series
4:41:26label and as you can see the series
4:41:27labels are available at the end if you
4:41:30want you can disable particular series
4:41:32label let's say I want to disable net
4:41:34and as you notice now that there is no
4:41:37label for net there is only label for
4:41:39margin percentage you can can play
4:41:41around with the values you can play
4:41:43around with the background if needed
4:41:45then we have the plot area background
4:41:46where we can have image if needed and
4:41:49the reference lines as we have added in
4:41:51other visuals we can also have reference
4:41:52line here and those reference line could
4:41:55be of y-axis constant line Main Line MAX
4:41:58Line average line median line percentage
4:42:00line these lines keep on changing based
4:42:02on the visual you are using I've named
4:42:04it as area quickly create a stagged area
4:42:07visual I click on a new page and here
4:42:10I'll add this tagged area in this tagged
4:42:12area again there are two ways to create
4:42:14either I could have x-axis and legend or
4:42:17I can have multiple measures so let's
4:42:19say I wanted to have X brand on the
4:42:23x-axis and then I can have
4:42:27net on the y axis and along with I can
4:42:29have let's say
4:42:32margin let's say create an equalent of
4:42:35gross or in case I don't want it to have
4:42:39the double I can use Legend also to have
4:42:43this Ted area this will not look great
4:42:44again for this purpose I need to have
4:42:47something like date here for looking
4:42:49really good so let me go to the sales
4:42:51and let me bring in sales date here and
4:42:54once you have the trend you can see that
4:42:56it looks much better and let me remove
4:42:58and make it only a year quarter as you
4:43:00can see now it looks much better area
4:43:03visual again we have the similar kind of
4:43:05format properties which we can play
4:43:08around because I'm using the date Fe
4:43:11field I am getting the access as
4:43:12continuous option I can also choose for
4:43:14a categorical option where I get the
4:43:17categorical values I can change add
4:43:19remove titles on the y axis I can play
4:43:22around with the range I can in the text
4:43:25font title same way I can play around
4:43:28with Legends and red lines Etc same
4:43:31options are available for this visual
4:43:32also again because I'm using Legend you
4:43:35don't see any conditional formatting
4:43:36option anyway we don't have any
4:43:39conditional formatting option in the
4:43:40area visual
4:43:41later when we go to the conditional
4:43:43formatting I'll also let you know how
4:43:45can you color dots in case of line and
4:43:47area
4:43:48visuals and if there is a shade
4:43:50transparency you want to control you can
4:43:52do that we can little bit control it
4:43:54like this or little bit lighter you can
4:43:58increase the transparency or you can
4:44:00decrease the transparency manner you can
4:44:02create area and stacked area visuals or
4:44:09charts now let's discuss scatter visual
4:44:13in the scatter visual what we are going
4:44:15to do is we are going to discuss the
4:44:16scatter visual right now when we go to
4:44:19conditional formatting we will learn
4:44:20about the quadrant part of it and also
4:44:24regarding the markers what we are going
4:44:26to do is marker properties we have a
4:44:28separate video on marker properties
4:44:31there we are going to explore marker
4:44:32properties in detail so I'm going to add
4:44:35a new page and on that new page I will
4:44:39add this scatter visual scatter visual
4:44:41is available here in the middle click on
4:44:44that now scatter visual have many types
4:44:47the best way to create a scatter visual
4:44:49is having both x-axis and y axis as a
4:44:52measure but there's a possibility of
4:44:54having a scatter visual without having a
4:44:58measure on XA so let me first give you
4:45:01that example so I will take brand from
4:45:04item I put that on xaxis and then I take
4:45:07a measure let's say margin percentage
4:45:09and I put on y- axis this kind of become
4:45:11a DOT chart in line chart if you only
4:45:14have the markers and you don't have a
4:45:17line you will get something like that
4:45:20another Advantage which we will get over
4:45:22the line marker here is I can go ahead
4:45:24and have here a size for that what I can
4:45:27do here is I can put gross on the size
4:45:30so you can have smaller and larger
4:45:32bubbles so this is one way you can
4:45:35create it then I have play AIS tool tips
4:45:39now play acces might not applicable for
4:45:41the current scenario what we are going
4:45:43to do here before we move forward and
4:45:46move to the scenario where we have both
4:45:47xaxis and y axis on the major let's move
4:45:53them
4:45:53around now we have a CER visual on brand
4:45:57and margin percentage can we swep can we
4:45:59have brand also on Y axis so let's try
4:46:02that out let me remove the brand from
4:46:03the x-axis and margin from the Y AIS and
4:46:07let me see if I can have brand on the y-
4:46:10axis no I'm not able to have it so it
4:46:12means the possibility of me having a
4:46:15brand on the y- axis is not there let me
4:46:17remove the size again and try so brand
4:46:21on the Y AIS so that's not possible I'm
4:46:24not able to do now what I'm going to do
4:46:25is the next thing which I wanted to play
4:46:27around is having x-axis as a major let's
4:46:30say discount percentage Y axis as a
4:46:32major and that is margin percentage so
4:46:35we have the majors now major cannot give
4:46:38me a a dotted chart for that I need it's
4:46:41definitely something which gives me
4:46:43those series for series I can drag in
4:46:46City out here City on the values if I
4:46:49drag you will be able to see the dots
4:46:51again for size I can drag in Gross here
4:46:54onto the size and for size we have the
4:46:56format where we can you know play around
4:46:59and you know make the size smaller or
4:47:02larger so marker is that for that and
4:47:05usually when you have these kind of
4:47:07stuff I have find out that minus 27 28
4:47:10or - 30 is a little better suitable size
4:47:13so let me go to- 27 so now this is a
4:47:16little better size in terms of what we
4:47:18want it to have and then we have
4:47:20different kind of shapes which we can
4:47:21take in the marker so marker can control
4:47:24this size and the bubble and we can have
4:47:26different kind of bubbles also now do we
4:47:28want it for all categories or single
4:47:30category that also we can play around so
4:47:33that is with the size now you can also
4:47:36have the conditional formatting done on
4:47:39these Bubbles and for that you have the
4:47:42option available under markers only if
4:47:45you go to the marker color you can see
4:47:47the f sign here it means I can use a
4:47:49measure out here that we'll explore
4:47:51little later in the conditional
4:47:53formatting I can have a legend and once
4:47:55I have a legend then I will not be able
4:47:58to change the color of the marker using
4:48:01conditional formatting so let's say if I
4:48:03want to have a category as my
4:48:07Legend you can see for each category I
4:48:09have color but inside the color of the
4:48:12marker now you don't have any option to
4:48:15change the marker color dynamically
4:48:17using the conditional formatting but it
4:48:20allows you to have the both city as well
4:48:23as the category in one particular Visual
4:48:26and have the data at the city category
4:48:28level or you can have City Brand level
4:48:31State Brand level at that level you can
4:48:32have data so you can add more detail by
4:48:35using legend or you can also do let's
4:48:37say we drag the category inside the
4:48:40values
4:48:41only so I dragged it and then we can
4:48:44expand it the moment you have more than
4:48:47one value in the values again the same
4:48:49way you will get the expand option as
4:48:52you were getting previously in case of
4:48:54bar visual Pi visual or L visual so here
4:48:58expand is a better option for us we can
4:49:00definitely go to the next level or we
4:49:02can go do the drill down but let's go
4:49:05and expand this now you are seeing the
4:49:08city and category but is still the FX
4:49:11option is available as you can see the
4:49:14color of the marker is still available
4:49:17now with the FX option means I can do
4:49:19the conditional formatting I will be
4:49:22able to change these bubbles using the
4:49:25conditional formatting logic so that
4:49:27give me little flexibility to have more
4:49:30than one granularity and then I can use
4:49:32the color these are some of the play
4:49:35arounds you can do with the scatter
4:49:36visual now to take this neck forward
4:49:40let's see can we add a play access most
4:49:43suitable play access is basically a Time
4:49:46range but right now we don't have date
4:49:48table so but we would still like to see
4:49:51if we can put State on the play Axis I'm
4:49:54able to put that and let me play around
4:49:56so for each state now you can see that
4:49:59I'm able to see the data and you can do
4:50:02the same with the time ranges month here
4:50:05dates and everything and it will play
4:50:07for all the values one by one so I don't
4:50:09have to do anything I just to play we
4:50:12have created the visual we have seen how
4:50:15to add the play AIS now let's remove the
4:50:18play
4:50:20acces also remove the category just keep
4:50:23it on the city and let's start exploring
4:50:26the visual properties so we have size
4:50:28and style basically it is dependent on
4:50:30what size we have what location we have
4:50:33based on that this can be changed this
4:50:35is just the positioning which we have
4:50:37then the padding basically the space on
4:50:39the all four side s es background right
4:50:43now we have background on if you have a
4:50:45background off it will take the color
4:50:47from the background of the canvas right
4:50:50now when I when it is on it means the
4:50:53visual can have its own color and you
4:50:56have to reduce the transparency to see
4:50:58that color as you can see if I'm
4:51:00reducing the transparency I am able to
4:51:02see the color I can have the 100%
4:51:05transparency or I can switch it off even
4:51:08if I don't want to have along with the
4:51:10transparency
4:51:11then I have the visual Border in case I
4:51:12need a border for the visual so if you
4:51:15click outside the visual you will be
4:51:17able to see the border and then for
4:51:20Border you can have the rounded Corners
4:51:23if you want and you can have width if
4:51:25you want to increase the width of the
4:51:26Border I actually don't need a border so
4:51:28I'm going to switch it off then you have
4:51:31title as usual for every visual you can
4:51:33have a title the title can also come
4:51:35from a major so if needed we can have a
4:51:37from Major the headings from nor noral
4:51:40heading two heading six we can have any
4:51:43headings we can decide the font and the
4:51:46font size Bard italic and underlying for
4:51:49our titles we can decide the text color
4:51:52of our title let's say other than black
4:51:54if I want to have some other color I can
4:51:56have that I can have the background
4:51:58color also for the title means only
4:52:00title will have its own background color
4:52:02as you can see then we can align the T
4:52:05title left Center or right depending on
4:52:08the need and if the title is too long we
4:52:11can also use the word rep property by
4:52:13default it is on we'll keep it on we
4:52:15have seen this subtitle property now you
4:52:17can have a subtitle other than title the
4:52:20moment you enable it it create an
4:52:22additional row where you can have the
4:52:24subtitle you can have a text or you can
4:52:26use the FX function FX it means you can
4:52:29have the subtitle based on a measure you
4:52:33can have the heading normal H1 H2 H3 H4
4:52:36then you can have a heading two adding
4:52:38three heading four whatever heading you
4:52:39want on font size bold italic underline
4:52:43you can change the text color again
4:52:45alignment left center right or rap text
4:52:49I don't need a subtitle so I'm going to
4:52:51disable that then we have a divider
4:52:53divider if you remember is going to come
4:52:56between the title subtitle and the
4:52:58visual so title subtitle is one party
4:53:01and the visual is one party then we can
4:53:03have a color we can have the style and
4:53:05then we we can increase the width of the
4:53:07line so that we can see the divider
4:53:09between the Visual and the headers I'm
4:53:12reducing it now again I'm also going to
4:53:14remove the divider then x-axis
4:53:17properties because we going to use major
4:53:20so you can have minimum and maximum
4:53:21range you can have logarithmic scale you
4:53:24can invert the scale if you need inward
4:53:27scale means the numbers will come from
4:53:30bigger to smaller so if you can see now
4:53:3226% is before and then 24 then 22 and
4:53:36then 20 if I revert it it will start
4:53:39from 20 to 26 so that is possible here
4:53:43this is xaxis then we have the xaxis
4:53:45values where you can go on the font
4:53:48color now the color can again come from
4:53:50based on the conditional formatting we
4:53:52can bring in but we have to remember
4:53:54sometime the x-axis labels only work on
4:53:58grand total so we do have to check that
4:54:00out and then display is auto we can
4:54:02change the display as per me value
4:54:04decimal places because it is a major we
4:54:07can have value decimal places so blank
4:54:09values is off but if we need it we can
4:54:11add it title xais title if you want to
4:54:14disable x-axis title you will not see
4:54:16discount if I enable it you will be able
4:54:18to see discount so the play around is
4:54:20here for the
4:54:23title the discount is going and coming
4:54:26back same way Y axis again Y axis is a
4:54:29numeric axis so you have the minimum and
4:54:32maximum for the range logarithmic scale
4:54:34invert AIS again this AIS can also be
4:54:37inverted and this is going to be useful
4:54:39sometime when we specifically create the
4:54:42quadrant it could be really helpful when
4:54:44we actually want high and low to be on a
4:54:47particular quadrant then it could be of
4:54:49real help so margin as you can see now
4:54:52the scale is inverted we have from
4:54:55smaller to larger on the scale in a
4:54:57reverse manner same way we can play
4:55:00around with the value font font size
4:55:03bold italic underline we can use the
4:55:06function to color means we can use
4:55:08conditional formatting then we have have
4:55:10the value decimal place because it's a
4:55:12number then we have switch AIS position
4:55:15means we want primary AIS which is right
4:55:18now on the first y-axis margin is there
4:55:20I switch it now it is on the second
4:55:22y-axis you can see it on the right hand
4:55:24side back on the left hand side show
4:55:27blank values in case you want to show
4:55:29the blank values title again the title
4:55:32margin percentage you can observe it is
4:55:34written but if I disable it it is not
4:55:36there again enable it is there same way
4:55:39we can if you need it we can have grid
4:55:41lines right now horizontal grid lines
4:55:43are they are they're pretty light right
4:55:46now if we want we can increase its width
4:55:49and it will be made visible as you can
4:55:52see now but I'm not very found of that
4:55:55so I'm going to reduce it vertical is on
4:55:58again we need to increase the width to
4:56:00see them again not very intuitive in
4:56:04this case so I'm going to reduce it
4:56:06again so these are the properties of
4:56:08basically AES now let's move to the zoom
4:56:11slider Zoom slider will actually give
4:56:13the sliders on the axis you can have
4:56:15x-axis slider and y axis slider and then
4:56:18you can you know scroll them to get the
4:56:20values this is really helpful when you
4:56:23wanted to have the sliders then if you
4:56:26want to have the slider labels and Tool
4:56:27tip you can also have that we have
4:56:29played around with that in the past
4:56:31markers we have seen basic marker
4:56:33properties we have seen the marker type
4:56:36I can change it to different type of
4:56:38markers
4:56:40then we have uh range scaling Auto
4:56:44magnitude data range we can say Based on
4:56:47data range so you can see that you know
4:56:49the dots are little up from lower to
4:56:51higher that is more suitable actually
4:56:54compared to any other thing color by
4:56:56category on or off so that is marker
4:56:59property which has came new we'll
4:57:00discuss a little later then border for
4:57:02marker has also came we'll discuss that
4:57:04later now category labels is something
4:57:06which is label if you want to display
4:57:08basically the value labels and now we
4:57:10have city so we are seeing City label
4:57:12now when we have City category let's say
4:57:14what happened when we have the city
4:57:16category and we expand it what would
4:57:18happen there now you can see City and
4:57:20category label coming together we need
4:57:22to be very selective in case we wanted
4:57:24to enable the category label
4:57:26specifically on scatter visual which is
4:57:29having lot of values it may not be the
4:57:31best thing to have then you can have the
4:57:34category label can have background so
4:57:35that they look little different and once
4:57:38you have the background then you can
4:57:39have background color transparency Etc
4:57:42then you have the plot area background
4:57:45if you want to put an image you can do
4:57:47that then you have reference line and
4:57:49this is really important because that is
4:57:51where we want to create the quadrants
4:57:53here before I do that let me go ahead
4:57:55and disable the category labels
4:57:57quadrants basically we can create by
4:58:00using the average lines but I'll tell
4:58:03you the average lines are not most
4:58:05suitable so let me go ahead and add an
4:58:06average line and as you can see this
4:58:09average line comes in Middle but the
4:58:10best most most suitable would be the
4:58:13constant line and use the same measure
4:58:15but right now I added the average line
4:58:17and the series is discount percentage
4:58:19let me add one more average line and
4:58:22then this line is also going to be the
4:58:24average line and for this one let me
4:58:26choose the series as margin percentage
4:58:29as you can see both these serieses are
4:58:32available here but if you use the
4:58:34constant line you will find out the
4:58:36difference of to do that let's go ahead
4:58:38and do one thing let's remove the second
4:58:41average line and then keep for the first
4:58:43one on the discount and on the line is
4:58:45fine let's enable the data label for
4:58:48this line so we have option for data
4:58:50label so I got this data label and let
4:58:53me add one more line and this time I'm
4:58:56going to add a constant line so I select
4:58:59the second line I'll go here on the type
4:59:02and I'll select the x-axis constant line
4:59:04because it's on the ACC by default it
4:59:07will come on zero so I'll go to the line
4:59:09which is on
4:59:10values which is zero I'll go to the FX I
4:59:12don't want a constant line but this
4:59:14gives me an option to use conditional
4:59:16formatting UI which actually is the
4:59:20major selection UI for me and here I
4:59:22select discount percentage by default
4:59:25one major would be available for you to
4:59:27selection and usually it is the x-axis
4:59:29major or the major which you are going
4:59:31to select for first time so I've
4:59:33selected that line and constant line
4:59:36don't work together that's what my
4:59:37observation is so what I'm going to do
4:59:39here is I'll go to this average line now
4:59:42remember the value
4:59:4413.11 and I'll go to the constant line
4:59:47and let me enable the value first of all
4:59:49the data label we will see that value
4:59:51but this is right now not working even
4:59:53using FX I'm going to go ahead and
4:59:55delete this average line and the moment
4:59:58I deleted you are able to see the
4:59:59constant line using the mejor which is
5:00:01actually the correct average that's not
5:00:03the simple average in this manner I
5:00:05usually prefer this constant line let me
5:00:09keep this and then we have the
5:00:11properties like FX value the color so if
5:00:15you go to the reference line you have
5:00:17the constant lines then you have min max
5:00:20average median and percentile line which
5:00:22is most of them want to decide their
5:00:24values by themselves you don't have any
5:00:26intervention in between in constant line
5:00:28you have the flexibility to provide the
5:00:30measure then you can decide the color
5:00:33right now I am having a color which is
5:00:34matching with my marker color so I can
5:00:37change it transparency dashed line style
5:00:40is dashed solid dotted or custom I can
5:00:43have let's say custom then we can decide
5:00:46what kind of line we want then we have
5:00:48the width width of the line right now is
5:00:50solid and you can see width is three
5:00:52that's good enough positioning in front
5:00:55or back means is it should be in the
5:00:57front of your markers or back side of
5:01:00your marker that you can do data label
5:01:02we have already seen we have enabled it
5:01:05now the data label could be on the left
5:01:06hand side or right hand side vertical
5:01:09position is about or under so we have we
5:01:12have the horizontal position left and
5:01:14right and we have vertical position
5:01:16which is above and under depending on
5:01:17the need so if we put under here it will
5:01:19go through the down and the same things
5:01:22will look a little differently when we
5:01:23have the y axis constant line the styl
5:01:26is data value by name you want the name
5:01:29and both if I want name as well as value
5:01:33then display unit is auto I can change
5:01:35the display unit here so these are the
5:01:37various values around the reference
5:01:39lines and that is really important here
5:01:41now then we have the symmetrical shading
5:01:43if you want you can switch it on and you
5:01:45will have the symmetrical shading upper
5:01:47portion Shing lower portion heading
5:01:49upper shading lower shading or depends
5:01:52on the visual the it may have some part
5:01:54because in my visual right now the
5:01:56symmetric is coming this place the
5:01:58reason is both of them are not starting
5:02:00from zero if they start from the zero
5:02:02this will make sense but most of my data
5:02:05is in the middle starting around 20% so
5:02:08that is why this is not the and this
5:02:10maybe because I'm taking the data at
5:02:12City level if I take a little different
5:02:13level it may be a different case I'll
5:02:16switch off the symmetric shading right
5:02:18now then I have a ratio line I can
5:02:20switch it on you can see a ratio line
5:02:23now you want you can have a color
5:02:26transparency style width Etc to that so
5:02:30this is overall just a brief overview of
5:02:34scatter Visual and how you can design a
5:02:37scatter visual there are play arounds
5:02:39with the you know quadrant colors and
5:02:41all those that we are going to discuss
5:02:43in conditional
5:02:44form markers has been enhanced in
5:02:47October
5:02:482024 so let's have a look at what marker
5:02:52announcement has been
5:02:53done in this part we are going to
5:02:56discuss the marker enhancement which has
5:02:58been specifically done around the line
5:03:01Visual and the scatter visual Microsoft
5:03:04powerbi has done lot of enhancement in
5:03:06the visualization and some of those
5:03:08enhancements we have not discussed so
5:03:10far so what I'm going to do in today's
5:03:13video I'm going to take you through one
5:03:14of such enhancements on the markers in
5:03:17October 2024 so let's look at the
5:03:19release notes of October 2024 so this is
5:03:23October 2024 feature summary and if you
5:03:26scroll down here inside the content you
5:03:29will find out marker enhancements so let
5:03:33me click on the marker enhancements to
5:03:35go down and look into the details so
5:03:38let's look at the release notes in
5:03:39details marker enhancements reamping the
5:03:43rendering of column bars ribbons line
5:03:46area charts and marker is a top priority
5:03:50these element form the foundation of our
5:03:52core Visual and will eventually impact
5:03:55other areas by provisioning more control
5:03:57our report creators can enhance their
5:03:59storytelling and help users easily to
5:04:02interpret data in October 2024 update
5:04:05markers for line chart C chart and
5:04:08anomalies are Improv improved with this
5:04:10revamp this update introduced new
5:04:12options that offer greater customization
5:04:14and flexibility explore these new
5:04:17options and maximize their potential
5:04:19marker for line and cluster chart can be
5:04:21customized now in two ways categories me
5:04:24each and individual category like you
5:04:26have gen Fab Mar or brand one brand two
5:04:28brand three when you have only single
5:04:30series or basically you only have xaes
5:04:33let's say when your chart has no series
5:04:36The drop- down menu displays category
5:04:38you can customize each data points
5:04:40marker based on the selected x-axis
5:04:42category you only have the categories
5:04:45you don't have the legend or multiple
5:04:47majors in that scenario now series when
5:04:50the chart displays Legend the drop down
5:04:52menu displays the series The Legend
5:04:54series you can customize the marker for
5:04:56the complete set of data points within
5:04:59the selected C overall you can change
5:05:01there you can hide and show the marker
5:05:03for a specific data point category by
5:05:05toggling show for this category option
5:05:08please note the marker toggle has been
5:05:10moved under show for all series new
5:05:14format settings have been added to the
5:05:15marker for each line T catter chart and
5:05:18anomalies including shape shape of the
5:05:22marker continue to offer control over
5:05:24their type size additionally rotation is
5:05:27now available for all shapes and size
5:05:30except for the circle shape rotation
5:05:32shapes as the variety of shape type at
5:05:34your disposal which is particularly
5:05:36convenient when multiple lies are
5:05:38required unique shape
5:05:40color changing the color of the marker
5:05:42has been a convenient control now you
5:05:44can also modify the transparency of the
5:05:47marker for a specific category series or
5:05:49all markers border this is the new
5:05:51feature border for the marker has been
5:05:53introduced allowing you to add borders
5:05:56to specific marker category series for
5:05:58all markers Additionally you can fully
5:06:00customize the marker borders by
5:06:02adjusting their transparency and the
5:06:03width so these are the features which
5:06:05has been released some time back first
5:06:08of all let's look into the detail is
5:06:09what we are going to learn today so we
5:06:11will learn how to enable the marker how
5:06:14to do changes at categories or series
5:06:16level how to change color size and
5:06:19transparency of the marker how to change
5:06:21color size of transparency of the marker
5:06:23B and this can be done both at the
5:06:25series level or categorical level for
5:06:27both marker and marker border so that we
5:06:29are going to understand today in details
5:06:32so let's jump onto the powerbi and
5:06:34explore that out so I'm here on the
5:06:37powerbi desktop and I would like to add
5:06:39a new page to start exploring the
5:06:42markers so on this new page first of all
5:06:45I would like to add a line visual so
5:06:48item wise net so this is the visual I've
5:06:52created item wise net and let me enable
5:06:54the format if your format is not visible
5:06:57you can go to the view from there you
5:06:59can enable it after that on the if it is
5:07:02still not available here check out the
5:07:04rightmost side is it disabled from there
5:07:06or it has been minimized from there
5:07:09these are the places where you are to
5:07:11look
5:07:13for now once I go inside right now I
5:07:16have a single measure I have only one
5:07:19series I go down to the marker and here
5:07:22you can see that I have option for
5:07:24categories I can choose individual
5:07:25category or show for all categories let
5:07:27me enable show for all categories now I
5:07:29can choose the shape so let me choose a
5:07:31little different shape let me choose a
5:07:33triangular now I can increase the size I
5:07:36can change the rotation let me rotate it
5:07:38by 90° 92 let me write down 90 so I
5:07:43rotated it by 90 color I can change the
5:07:45color right now it's very similar to
5:07:47what I have on the line I change the
5:07:48color then I can go to the Border Swit
5:07:51on the border now you can see a small
5:07:52line uh match with the series color will
5:07:55start matching with the series color
5:07:57uncheck this and go ahead and change it
5:07:59manually so let's say something like
5:08:01this now transparency first of all let
5:08:04me increase the WID so that you can
5:08:05understand transparency
5:08:07later I think five point is good enough
5:08:09now look at the transparency when I
5:08:11decrease it you can see the transparency
5:08:14and I can completely wipe it off so
5:08:15there will be no bottle one way to hide
5:08:17is you completely make it transparent so
5:08:20it will go away so now what I have done
5:08:21here is I have done the transparency on
5:08:23the shape and zero transparency on the
5:08:25border so you are seeing like empty
5:08:27markers so this is one another way you
5:08:28can get like empty markers where you
5:08:30have no color inside or you have the
5:08:33transparency which is 100% for the
5:08:35inside this is for the overall category
5:08:38or overall the complete x-axis series
5:08:41but I can go to individual and I can
5:08:43check it let's say brand8 I can go and
5:08:44change it so right now it is showing the
5:08:46same properties but what I can do here
5:08:48is I can let's say choose a different
5:08:49marker there so instead of triangle let
5:08:51me choose a circle so you can see now
5:08:53there is one Circle which is available
5:08:55it is an empty circle because I have
5:08:57100% transparency at the marker level I
5:08:59can reduce it now only this point is
5:09:03having color because the transparency is
5:09:05not there so individually I'm
5:09:08controlling one particular category in
5:09:10this manner I can do this action let's
5:09:13see what happens in case we add another
5:09:15measure so let me add a gross measure
5:09:17now so this is a net measure now I add a
5:09:18gross me the moment I do it you see
5:09:21everything has been replicated for both
5:09:23the serieses gross as well as neet if
5:09:26you go here now you have the only
5:09:28control over gross on neet the category
5:09:30control is not in your hand but whatever
5:09:32you have done previously is there so it
5:09:34means in case you want individual things
5:09:36to be done at the start of the line or
5:09:38the end of the line now it is static in
5:09:41nature as of now but you can do that and
5:09:43then change your series or then add the
5:09:45series now here I can go ahead and let's
5:09:47say choose gross for gross I can go
5:09:49ahead and change the type to square
5:09:51everything is changed to square other
5:09:52than see look at this
5:09:54brand moving ahead I can go ahead and
5:09:57change the transparency for the gross to
5:10:00zero so that I will get color inside my
5:10:03squares each series have its own type
5:10:06and can have its own color also now I'm
5:10:08changing the individual one but brand
5:10:09Aid which we have changed previously
5:10:11using category is still remain so that's
5:10:13a good thing we can do it previously and
5:10:14then do it also go ahead and change the
5:10:17Border color so in this case I can
5:10:18choose different color and I can also
5:10:21change the width of the marker you got a
5:10:23different look and feel for your markers
5:10:26this will enhance the visual experience
5:10:28of your line now let me tell you one
5:10:31more trick for that we have to go and
5:10:33adjust the line width you can go ahead
5:10:36and reduce the line width to zero so
5:10:39that line disappears you will only see
5:10:41marker now this is for all the series
5:10:43you can choose individually which series
5:10:44you want what I can do is let me have
5:10:46the width three and let me go to let's
5:10:49say gross and make it zero there is no
5:10:52line for the gross there are only marker
5:10:54and it could be helpful sometime you
5:10:55just wanted to show the markers you
5:10:57don't want to show the line and then you
5:11:00can selectively enable data label also
5:11:02and go to the series let's say gross is
5:11:04on and net you can switch it off now
5:11:06you're only getting the labels for the
5:11:14gross what I would like to do here is I
5:11:16would like to play around with the
5:11:17legend means I would like to have not
5:11:20the major series I want to have the
5:11:22Legend series to do that let me add a
5:11:24new page and in this new page I'm going
5:11:26to add one more line Visual and this
5:11:29line visual I'm going to have it on
5:11:30month year xaxis is month year from item
5:11:33Dimension I'm going to take category as
5:11:34a legend and let me take a major as that
5:11:37on the y- axis now as you can can see
5:11:39for each series I have a line I can go
5:11:41to the markers and as you can see I have
5:11:43a series for each series I can have some
5:11:45kind of a marker or I can enable the
5:11:47marker for everything now I enable the
5:11:49marker for everything I go to the
5:11:51category one I disable the marker so
5:11:53there's no marker for category one now
5:11:54you can check it out here there's no
5:11:56marker so now let me go to category two
5:11:59and for category two let me change the
5:12:01markers as triangles and let me also
5:12:03make them little bigger same way I can
5:12:05go to category three and I can change
5:12:07the marker to square and and I can also
5:12:10make them little bigger can go to
5:12:12category 4 and choose X as a marker and
5:12:16make it little bigger also I can change
5:12:20color for some of them if required let's
5:12:22change the color for category 4 to the
5:12:24Violet for x and then I told you the
5:12:27trick you can hide some of the marker
5:12:28using transparency or you can hide using
5:12:31goow for that series there are few
5:12:32options and you can have border if
5:12:34required in this manner you can play
5:12:36around with this now what let's do one
5:12:38thing let's also experiment on the
5:12:40scatter visual that's one of the very
5:12:42common visual which we use so let me add
5:12:44a new page and in this new page I'm
5:12:46going to add the scatter visual let me
5:12:49add to access which is my discount
5:12:51percentage let me see the drive measures
5:12:53the discount percentage and the margin
5:12:56percentage on two x's let me add City
5:12:59from the geography table as values I
5:13:01have got a good number of cities scatter
5:13:03visual shows markers what we can do is
5:13:06we can change the marker completely for
5:13:09everything or we can change it for each
5:13:12category now as you can see I already
5:13:14have the marker open so for all the
5:13:15categories I can have you know something
5:13:17so first of all I would like to increase
5:13:19the size so I let me make them a little
5:13:21bigger now I can go to a particular City
5:13:23let's say I want to highlight a
5:13:24particular City so I can choose a
5:13:26particular City in the category so let
5:13:28me go to Los Angeles and let me choose
5:13:31different shape for Los Angeles I have
5:13:32choose it in a triangle now you can see
5:13:34one triangle into the
5:13:36middle let me do one more thing is
5:13:38basically uh right now the size is not
5:13:40govern by something so let me govern the
5:13:41size by gross so size is now govern by
5:13:44gross now this is too big for size so we
5:13:48need to reduce the size so we go to the
5:13:50all now you got to reduce the size here
5:13:52so we go to the size whenever I use
5:13:55gross I usually take any value between
5:13:58-25 to -30 depending on the need now
5:14:02let's go back to the Los Angeles now I
5:14:05what I'm going to do I've chosen the Los
5:14:07Angeles again and I'm going to
5:14:09change the border so border is switched
5:14:11on right now it's matching color so I
5:14:12switch off the matching color I want it
5:14:14little different color so that I can
5:14:15highlight it and let me increase the
5:14:16width now you can see the Los Angeles
5:14:19there with this one and color
5:14:21transparency let me reduce it to zero
5:14:24and I would also like to change its
5:14:26rotation so let me change its
5:14:28rotation I change the rotation to 97° so
5:14:31it's looking like Arrow right now here
5:14:33in this manner what can happen here is
5:14:35basically you can go ahead and do very
5:14:38special specific stuff on your markers
5:14:41you can change the shape for each
5:14:43category or series you can change the
5:14:46rotation color transparency of the color
5:14:49you can change the Border color
5:14:51transparency and width and these are the
5:14:54various features which has been released
5:14:55as part of October
5:14:582024 so why don't you go ahead and try
5:15:01them
5:15:02out the next visual which I want to
5:15:04discuss is be the funnel visual so let
5:15:06me add a new page for that funnel visual
5:15:08is especially use in case of sales when
5:15:10we have lead opportunities and
5:15:12conversions now again there are a couple
5:15:14of ways you can have it one is basically
5:15:16if you have multiple measures you can
5:15:17use the funnel visual in that let me
5:15:20drag
5:15:21cogs
5:15:24net
5:15:27gross we also drag margin here you can
5:15:31treat this as your opportunities leads
5:15:34conversions this you can treat like you
5:15:36know you know total leads you have how
5:15:38many of are opportunity how many are
5:15:40them of hot leads and finally how many
5:15:42are converted something like that in
5:15:44this manner you can get it now in case
5:15:46you don't want that you can have
5:15:47category let's say those opportunities
5:15:50are not in terms of the majors it is in
5:15:53terms of the values values in the rows
5:15:58let's say let's treat category as one of
5:16:01them and I bring in category here and as
5:16:03you can see now we have Category 2
5:16:05category 4 category 1 and it
5:16:07automatically you know adjust into that
5:16:10as that method otherwise what you can do
5:16:13is you can go to the set acces and you
5:16:14know you can say I want to certain
5:16:16category so it can give it but it's not
5:16:18going to make sense unless your
5:16:19categories are sorted in that particular
5:16:21manner like opportunity leads H leads
5:16:24and sales
5:16:25Etc if you are simply using numeric
5:16:28value should sort it in the best way and
5:16:30then you can have sort ascending and
5:16:31sort descending to make sure the kind of
5:16:34visual you want to get whether you want
5:16:35to get the funnel or you want to get a
5:16:38pyramid based on that you can take
5:16:40action on this visual again if you want
5:16:42to look at the property of this visual
5:16:44you have title subtitle divider spacing
5:16:48data labels on and off so you you can
5:16:51see the data into the middle of it you
5:16:53can switch it on and off you have inside
5:16:55Center and outside and as an
5:17:00option now you have data value
5:17:02percentage of first that is really
5:17:04important percentage of previous then we
5:17:08have data value and percentage of first
5:17:09and data value and percentage of
5:17:11previous these options are available I
5:17:14think percentage of first is something I
5:17:15want to keep and for that I would
5:17:18actually like to have it s
5:17:21descending this looks much better to me
5:17:24values a value font and color you can
5:17:27change decimal places you can control
5:17:29you can control the percentage decimal
5:17:31places in case you want to have
5:17:32background you can have a background I
5:17:35have a little bit lighter background
5:17:36there on the backand side now I made it
5:17:38it little bit more darker so you can see
5:17:40it now category labels the labels of
5:17:43category 1 2 3 4 here it is category but
5:17:46it could be anything else if you don't
5:17:47want that you can switch that off again
5:17:50I'm switching it on then we have display
5:17:52conversion label
5:17:54option that is the top and the bottom
5:17:57lines if you are seeing so basically
5:17:59this is 100% And it 24% got converted
5:18:03that's what this means is but if you
5:18:05don't want to display that you can
5:18:06disable that so this is for chart mostly
5:18:09useful in sales and finance based on the
5:18:13requirement you can use this visual to
5:18:15enhance your visual experience let me
5:18:17rename the page before
5:18:20I switch to the next
5:18:22visual the next is not a visual the set
5:18:25of visuals which is basically
5:18:28the maps which I wanted to explore and
5:18:32we have few Maps out here and some of
5:18:34them are dependent on settings and the
5:18:36login especially map and shape map
5:18:39visuals they are controlled by the
5:18:41preview settings and the security
5:18:42settings so let me showcase you the
5:18:44settings quickly once again so I'll go
5:18:47to file then I go to the options and
5:18:49setting and
5:18:54options and I have preview feature where
5:18:56I have the shape map visual if you can
5:18:58see which I have enabled then you have
5:19:01to go to the security settings and
5:19:03inside the security setting if you
5:19:04scroll down you have to enable RGS map
5:19:08and field m map visual now I have not
5:19:10logged in and if it gives a problem on
5:19:12my tenant settings you also need tenant
5:19:15settings to enable the map and when you
5:19:17are signed in it do create an impact so
5:19:20let me first start with the map visual I
5:19:22click on the map Visual and in the map
5:19:25visual I'll add State I have two options
5:19:28only state and city so let me start with
5:19:30the state state is part of my geography
5:19:32Dimension I drag it here and with that
5:19:35I'm going to drag
5:19:37net it creates bubble for me and the the
5:19:41moment I drag the net that controls the
5:19:43size of the bubble and then we can do
5:19:46little bit play around now because this
5:19:48visual have a legend and if I drag a
5:19:50legend it will also create a pie chart
5:19:52you can create a pie chart in case you
5:19:54need a pie chart and then let's look at
5:19:56the properties quickly we have the size
5:19:58properties then we have the background
5:20:00visual border Shadow title these are the
5:20:03same properties subtitles spacing
5:20:05Legends on and off in case you are using
5:20:08Legend if if you're not using Legend
5:20:10then that on and off option is not much
5:20:14useful then we go to Bubble and as you
5:20:17can see we have the size property which
5:20:19we can play around we can decrease or
5:20:21increase the size now depending on how
5:20:24much is your range you can choose this
5:20:26size then rendering is
5:20:31magnitude data range and auto there are
5:20:36small small differences in that then
5:20:37color now because because I used Legend
5:20:39I'll not get option for conditional
5:20:41formatting but if I remove the category
5:20:43from The Legend I have the option for FX
5:20:46means I can do conditional formatting or
5:20:48I can change the color manually also
5:20:51then if I go down we have category
5:20:53labels if I switch it on it will allow
5:20:55me to show the state labels or the
5:20:57category labels I can have a background
5:21:00or I can switch off the background to if
5:21:01I want to show only names I can have
5:21:04color for the map now if you go if you
5:21:07want to have a heat map you again have
5:21:09options for heat map and you know
5:21:11gradient zero how should it look
5:21:14gradient 50% and gate 100% how should it
5:21:16look and then you can increase or
5:21:18decrease the radius to Showcase uh the
5:21:21heat map here this play in pixel you can
5:21:24attend meter and transparency all these
5:21:26things you can control I'll switch off
5:21:28the heat map there is something known as
5:21:30map setting so right now the map setting
5:21:32is road but I can have aial this is how
5:21:36it will look like dark
5:21:44light gray
5:21:46scale and
5:21:48Road and we have the option for show and
5:21:51off show label off label so you see the
5:21:54labels I'll let me highlight you which
5:21:56labels let look at these
5:21:58labels and if I switch it off you will
5:22:00not see the country
5:22:02labels then we have few controls like
5:22:04auto zoom which is enabled so if I go
5:22:07here I can zoom
5:22:09or it will what happen if there is some
5:22:11value get selected by some some slicers
5:22:13or something then also it will
5:22:15automatically Zoom so let me add a
5:22:17slicer externally and try to select
5:22:20something let me add it City slicer the
5:22:23moment I select a city because of that
5:22:25state got filtered and you can see that
5:22:27that got highlighted and this is because
5:22:29of the feature of auto zoom then if you
5:22:32want you can have zoom buttons if you
5:22:34click on Zoom buttons you'll get this
5:22:36plus and minus which you can use for
5:22:38zoom
5:22:40in and you can change the position if
5:22:43you want to zoom
5:22:49here then there is a lesso button if I
5:22:52enable lesso this is really interesting
5:22:53feature what does Leo select does is
5:22:56basically I can press the control button
5:22:58and then I can select multiple
5:23:01values and to what does it do for that
5:23:04what I'm going to do is basically let me
5:23:05click here on this visual make it as a
5:23:08table
5:23:10Visual and let me few cities here like
5:23:14using control and drag and as you can
5:23:18see the values are changing let me do it
5:23:19only on Hawai here you can see only this
5:23:22value if I click back in the any space
5:23:25it will go away I selected two of them
5:23:28again click on empty space it will go
5:23:30select few of them here on this side you
5:23:32can see the values are changing so this
5:23:34is the advantage of leso Select
5:23:36basically with the control you can do
5:23:37the selection you have to enable the
5:23:38lesso select and geoc coding is
5:23:41basically what kind of geoc coding you
5:23:42want if you want different cultures you
5:23:44can use
5:23:46those so this is what we call as map
5:23:49visual let me add another visual which
5:23:50is basically the Bui map visual now in
5:23:54the field map visual we have location
5:23:56Legend latitude longitude so in case you
5:23:59have latitude longitude you can use I
5:24:00don't have so I can use city or state
5:24:03but this is not a visual for City let's
5:24:06see can we get it I drag the value here
5:24:09for the shading no this is not the
5:24:10visual for that this is a visual more
5:24:12suitable for States so I can put State
5:24:15and I have already drag one major based
5:24:17on that it is giving me color it's going
5:24:18to give one tool tip but if you want to
5:24:20have the shading basically what you can
5:24:22do is you can go
5:24:25here in the fill color you can use the
5:24:28conditional formatting
5:24:31here you can use okay and you can get
5:24:34the conditional formatting here then
5:24:36this one and all those controls and
5:24:38everything is applied here now if you
5:24:40want you going to use a legend and if
5:24:42you use Legend you might not get the FX
5:24:43option in the color so let me use a
5:24:45legend of category here now this option
5:24:48might not be really useful you do have
5:24:50the color but it always end up showing
5:24:51you only one category we create
5:24:54something known as topper um first
5:24:57topper and second topper kind of where
5:24:58we can find out every category which is
5:25:01topper in each state and there we can
5:25:04use this filter that out that only top
5:25:07categories are there so we see rank one
5:25:10and then it would be more beneficial for
5:25:12us to have this kind of visual so this
5:25:15is the fill map visual for you next
5:25:17visual which you want to explore is the
5:25:18shape Visual and the shape map visual is
5:25:21one visual where you can also have your
5:25:24own shapes coming in so I'm bringing in
5:25:26state but if you go here into the map
5:25:28settings it is showing that it's a US
5:25:31state map but if you have these are the
5:25:33other state maps which are also
5:25:34available but you can also bring in your
5:25:37own Maps
5:25:39or you can browse the map type you can
5:25:41have your custom map and you can browse
5:25:43the map and you can use that so right
5:25:47now we are using the USA map St
5:25:51we but you can have your own map and we
5:25:54have similar kind of setting here but in
5:25:55this one you have the color saturation
5:25:57already available so one of the ways you
5:25:59use color saturation secondly you use
5:26:01the fill color so if you go to the fill
5:26:03color directly without using the color
5:26:05situation you can have FX button and in
5:26:07the F button you can use let's say
5:26:09gradient and you can click okay so it
5:26:12will give you the conditional
5:26:14formatting it will give you the gradient
5:26:16based on that and also you can use the
5:26:19conditional formatting like rule based
5:26:20conditional formatting or field value
5:26:21based conditional formatting here but
5:26:24what you can also do here is you can
5:26:26have color saturation you say no no I
5:26:28don't want to control it let power ba
5:26:30controls it you can put net into the
5:26:32color saturation the moment you do it
5:26:34you will not get that particular option
5:26:35means now you have the gradient which is
5:26:38you can choose the color and based on
5:26:40min max value it's very similar to the
5:26:41gradient what we have there but if you
5:26:43don't use the color s situation you more
5:26:46flexibility to use conditional
5:26:48formatting where we will also be able to
5:26:50use um rule based conditional formatting
5:26:52or measor based conditional formatting
5:26:54which is field value
5:26:56base then for the blank areas no blank
5:26:58areas on or off I use off then you don't
5:27:02see the blank areas here you this is
5:27:03white in color and otherwise you want to
5:27:05show it or you want to show it in black
5:27:07color you can decide how you want to
5:27:08show the blank areas if you want to use
5:27:10Legend again Legend would be not very
5:27:12useful if unless you plan to show the
5:27:15top ranker or second top ranker we need
5:27:17to take example of what does you mean by
5:27:19top ranker and second top ranker what we
5:27:21need to do is we need to create category
5:27:23ranks and then we need to filter the top
5:27:25rank and that we will do once we learn
5:27:28how to create rank index and then later
5:27:31on we'll come back to conditional
5:27:33formatting then we will learn how to use
5:27:36that so this is shap ape map Visual and
5:27:39really powerful in case you want your
5:27:41own custom shape you can go ahead and
5:27:43try that out the next one which I want
5:27:45to use is
5:27:47Azor Azor map visual has recently been
5:27:50enhanced and one of the thing which you
5:27:52must remember that it requires a sign in
5:27:54so now I need to sign in before I use
5:27:57and it need to be enabled at my tenant
5:27:58level so let me sign in
5:28:14I have signed in into my
5:28:17popup let's remove this and try to add
5:28:19it
5:28:21again it give me a disclaimer
5:28:23Also let's try to add some location to
5:28:26it those of you who used your map visual
5:28:29in the past or seen the past
5:28:31video the location is something which
5:28:33very recently got added so let me add a
5:28:35location here but this visual is coming
5:28:37out as one of the powerful visuals that
5:28:39we can have here then we have a size
5:28:42which we can bring in using net here by
5:28:44default it has given all the same size
5:28:46now I have the size so let me go into
5:28:48the property of this visual so you have
5:28:50the map setting where you have the style
5:28:51different kind of style like
5:28:55Road
5:28:58hybrid
5:29:02satellite
5:29:04gray scale light
5:29:10Tera
5:29:15blank lanks
5:29:19accessible high contrast
5:29:22dark high contrast
5:29:25light these are the Styles available let
5:29:28me keep it a road
5:29:29only then you have view auto zoom o on
5:29:34and you can have different options if
5:29:36you want to disable the auto zoom like
5:29:39you know you can observe the difference
5:29:41the moment I remove the auto zoom it
5:29:43actually comes in and then you have the
5:29:45buttons which can control it but I think
5:29:47auto zoom is a better option so I'm
5:29:49going to keep it but yes you will get
5:29:51the zoom buttons you will have the reset
5:29:53options up and down options and some of
5:29:56the options are available on the visual
5:29:58for users to change
5:30:02it then you have the controls so word RP
5:30:06can enable disable style picker so if
5:30:09you in the top if want to use see this
5:30:12is the your style
5:30:14picker and I I can disable it so you
5:30:17can't change it on the Fly Like if I
5:30:18give this you can change it on the fly
5:30:20but I'm going to disable that navigation
5:30:22buttons you
5:30:26have I disabled that selection and
5:30:29switch on and off selection button Geo
5:30:31coding is auto I'm going to keep then
5:30:33you have
5:30:34the layer settings which is minimum and
5:30:37maximum unselected disappear you can
5:30:40have Legends in case we are not using
5:30:42Legends as of now here uh we'll see the
5:30:45field
5:30:47map not applicable right now bubble
5:30:50layer is a category label so we have the
5:30:53heat map option in the heat map option
5:30:56we can play around with the radius and
5:30:58when heat map is enabled we can switch
5:31:01off the bubble layer so that we only get
5:31:03the heat map layer in this case there
5:31:06are multiple levels so we can disable
5:31:07this
5:31:09now we have the color option where we
5:31:12have the color of the gradient right now
5:31:15which is applicable in this case if we
5:31:17switch off the heat map then that color
5:31:19option will go bubble layer is on right
5:31:22now in the bubble layer you have the
5:31:23cluster bubble and then the color and
5:31:25then we have the size of the bubble
5:31:28which is minimum and a maximum we can
5:31:29say minimum is five and maximum we can
5:31:31also control so we'll have little
5:31:32smaller bubble range selected is data
5:31:34range or magnitude or Auto we can keep
5:31:37it data range your auto a shape
5:31:40transparency we can control inside the
5:31:41shape so I'll make it little bit
5:31:43transparent color you have the
5:31:44conditional formatting option we have
5:31:47conditional formatting options and we
5:31:49can do conditional formatting based on
5:31:51gradient color rule based or field value
5:31:53base let me try based on gradient as of
5:31:56now based on the margin percentage uh
5:31:59it's rule based right now I'll make it
5:32:00gradient based so that I can easily do
5:32:02it or I can say based on certain rules I
5:32:05can have those values so this is
5:32:07gradient BAS
5:32:09color so this is all all I'm doing for
5:32:11bubble then bubble can have border or
5:32:13not you can decide right switch on
5:32:16Border switch off border you have the
5:32:18zoom option then you have the options
5:32:20which is pitch alignment Viewpoint or
5:32:24map labels are below or above right now
5:32:27I don't think we are showing
5:32:32labels you can enable the category
5:32:34labels now you have the
5:32:36labels and labels can have background or
5:32:38cannot have background and you can add a
5:32:40heat map layer as we discussed now if we
5:32:43go here can put let's say Legend I'll
5:32:46put category as a
5:32:49legend the moment I put the legend you
5:32:51can see the pie charts the labels are
5:32:54too big we need to disable them I'm
5:32:56disabling the category labels you can
5:32:59see the pie chart better as soon as I
5:33:00add the legend you cannot have the color
5:33:03using conditional formatting so that is
5:33:05gone you have the border and the width
5:33:08of the Border if you want simply you
5:33:10know a totally covered P you can have
5:33:12the transparency if you want you can
5:33:13increase the transparency of the
5:33:16colors you can CH change the size again
5:33:19we can start with little bit smaller and
5:33:21going to a little bit
5:33:23larger you can control the size you can
5:33:25control the shape transparency again I
5:33:29want lesser transparency in this case so
5:33:31these are the various options you can
5:33:32also use with the Azor map visual map
5:33:36visual is coming as an stronger option
5:33:38compared to all other visuals and you're
5:33:40getting a lot of enhancement on that so
5:33:42start exploring that it may give you
5:33:44options which you have in other visuals
5:33:46so it could act as a replacement of
5:33:48those visuals the next uh visual which I
5:33:51want to discuss here is card visual very
5:33:54simple visual so let's add a new page
5:33:58and from the build a visual I'm opening
5:34:01the Builder visual pan this time I
5:34:02closed it so I opened it by clicking on
5:34:06build a visual
5:34:08and in the Builder visual we have this
5:34:10is card visual we also have a new card
5:34:12visual which we'll learn after we learn
5:34:14the major because we wanted to create an
5:34:16icon measure for this and this visual is
5:34:19also available here in the insert of the
5:34:21Home tab so let me click on the card
5:34:24visual we do do have a multi row card
5:34:27Visual and the new card visual but let's
5:34:29focus on this so in the card visual
5:34:32let's drag a major and you can have one
5:34:34mejor only at a time so I drag net then
5:34:37if I try to Dr margin and it will
5:34:39replace margin so I can have only one
5:34:41major so I'll have net here now I'll
5:34:44open the format by clicking on the
5:34:48format and we have the size and the
5:34:51position which is coming because we
5:34:52draged versus what we how much size we
5:34:55have given padding is for the top and
5:34:57bottom if we want a tight fit text then
5:35:00we can reduce the top and bottom spaces
5:35:04background we can switch off we don't
5:35:05need a background and in casee you need
5:35:07a back ground and along with the color
5:35:09like you want your background color to
5:35:10change let's say my margin is positive
5:35:12then it should be green and red then you
5:35:14can do it using that then we have visual
5:35:17borders uh in case you need it shadow in
5:35:20case you need a shadow on and off as
5:35:22usual we have tried out in the pass
5:35:24title now sometime you may like to have
5:35:27title or you know want to have a
5:35:30category label like let me switch off
5:35:32the category label so you can see the
5:35:34net is not available now here so there
5:35:36is no net value here when I switch off
5:35:38the category label so instead of that I
5:35:41may like to have a title which is known
5:35:43as
5:35:44net and I may would like to do it is
5:35:48Central align and then I can have my
5:35:51card visual like this now you have the
5:35:53title now you can have a subtitle here
5:35:54but I don't feel a need for giving but
5:35:56you have an option for that having a
5:35:58subtitle then divider in case you need a
5:36:01divider between subtitle and the value
5:36:04and then when I go to the call out value
5:36:06that's why I created a little bit of
5:36:08space because in the call out value I
5:36:10want to use none so I can change my
5:36:12format here and decimal place I'm also
5:36:15going to make it zero my major do have a
5:36:17decimal place but I can change the
5:36:18number of decimal place text WP in case
5:36:20it is bigger then we can have a text WP
5:36:23then category level as we switched off
5:36:25but if you want you can have category
5:36:26level then you need to give a space
5:36:27according to it I think both are not
5:36:29needed you can have the font italic
5:36:31underline in case you need that again uh
5:36:34we have FX like basically the name
5:36:36should change based on on the
5:36:38conditional formatting let's say if the
5:36:40net is passing some value we want to
5:36:42have the label have changing its color
5:36:45or call out value changing is color so
5:36:47you can see these FX option is there in
5:36:49the call out value this is there in the
5:36:51category value category label it is
5:36:53there and as well as in the background
5:36:55also this same thing is available title
5:36:58also it is
5:37:00available text color background color FX
5:37:04option and background also we have FX
5:37:07option in means all these we can use
5:37:09conditional formatting to change these
5:37:13color so what I'm going to do here is
5:37:15I'm going to disable again the category
5:37:17label this looks much better and what I
5:37:19can do is I can copy paste this and in
5:37:22this new one instead of net I'll bring
5:37:25in Gross and it has taken the same
5:37:27properties so this is a trick that you
5:37:30create a card Visual and set all the
5:37:33properties and then duplicate it for the
5:37:37s similar measures and use that in such
5:37:40cases you will require lesser changes in
5:37:44the new card visual which are coming in
5:37:47and you will be able to use same set of
5:37:50properties in multiple card visuals
5:37:53finally go ahead and change it and now I
5:37:56can use gross as a title here in this
5:37:59manner you will require lesser amount of
5:38:01work to format all your card visuals
5:38:03there are certain time we can do multi
5:38:05select some of the common properties are
5:38:06visible and you can change those so that
5:38:08is also you can do a faster formatting
5:38:11so this is the card visual for you the
5:38:13next visual which I want to discuss is
5:38:15the multi row card Visual and what I'm
5:38:20going to do is I'm going to add that on
5:38:22the my card visual page so I opened
5:38:24again my card visual page and this is
5:38:26the multirow card visual here in a
5:38:28builder Visual and it is appearing
5:38:33here I can make it little bit bigger now
5:38:36as the name suggest it's a multi row
5:38:38card visual so one thing which comes to
5:38:41my mind that I can have multiple
5:38:43measures okay so let me copy paste it
5:38:47duplicate it and let me see can I have
5:38:51brand or category also as one of the
5:38:56field I can have category 1 Category 2
5:38:59Category 3 category 4 these kind of
5:39:01values and so I can have a field as well
5:39:04as a measure along with that so let's
5:39:06start formatting the and see what all
5:39:08the formatting options we have the
5:39:10movement I used categorical field it
5:39:12seems like I'm getting only vertical
5:39:13here I was getting horizontal also so in
5:39:16the first one let's add few more and see
5:39:18is this is the the style or can we
5:39:21change it seems like it do can do some
5:39:24kind of adjustment but let's see how
5:39:26much control do we have I clicked on the
5:39:29first one and I'm going to change the
5:39:30properties of the first one again the
5:39:31background is something which I don't
5:39:33require visual border again we have
5:39:35learned in the past we don't require
5:39:37that shadow we don't require title is
5:39:39definitely you can if you required you
5:39:41can call it
5:39:43kpi
5:39:45kpi or
5:39:47kpis then again bold italic underline
5:39:50text color you can do subtitle if you
5:39:53require divider in case you need a line
5:39:56between
5:39:59these spacing then let's go to the card
5:40:03so card we have a style which is top
5:40:09bottom
5:40:12left right these are just alignments if
5:40:15you look at it so you have styles your
5:40:18background your padding padding between
5:40:20these things asent bar bar is something
5:40:22which is available here basically and
5:40:24want to remove that you can can remove
5:40:27it and let me do a little bit of
5:40:29adjustment here and that's where the new
5:40:32card visual is much better here compared
5:40:35to this one because as you can see not
5:40:37much options are under control on the
5:40:39design in case of uh the kpis and that's
5:40:43where the new card visual is going to be
5:40:44a better option which we discuss in
5:40:46sometime now let me go here uh in this
5:40:48one and as you we have size visual
5:40:51border Shadow title call out values then
5:40:54category labels is something which I
5:40:55would like to disable now if I disable I
5:40:57will not see gross and anyway here I I
5:40:59don't want to see gross again and again
5:41:02in this one but if you I want to have
5:41:03category label I can have conditional
5:41:05formatting that can change the color so
5:41:07here we have the conditional formatting
5:41:09options on call out values and call out
5:41:11value is nothing but your actual value
5:41:13so I can make it bold so that you
5:41:16understand this is what we call call out
5:41:17value category label youve seen this is
5:41:20what you call category
5:41:23label and we have conditional formatting
5:41:25available at the call out value level
5:41:27and category label label here I don't
5:41:28need the category label so I'm going to
5:41:30hide it but definitely we can use
5:41:32conditional formatting so we can go
5:41:34ahead and say okay we need the
5:41:36conditional formatting based on let's
5:41:37say discount percentage and we have
5:41:40discount from 0 to 25 maximum or 35
5:41:46maximum and we'll say okay and as you
5:41:48can see the text has color but all the
5:41:51colors are very nearby tell you a better
5:41:54way to know the range so go here and add
5:41:56the discount percentage so you can see
5:41:58the entire discount percentage is
5:42:00between 22.8 n and
5:42:0423.4 so what I've done basically I set
5:42:07up the value between 225 and 235 and try
5:42:11to keep it but as our values are pretty
5:42:14nearby you will see that you know most
5:42:16of the values are having color which is
5:42:19very near to each other because these
5:42:21values are very nearby or we could have
5:42:24actually done what on the margin
5:42:25percentage if you take margin percentage
5:42:27basically uh you have we have a little
5:42:29bit bigger range but for categories we
5:42:31don't have so these kind of challenges
5:42:33can come if your ranges are very nearby
5:42:35so in such cases you can use use field
5:42:38value base or rule based and call out
5:42:40explicit color which can differentiate
5:42:42that we will learn little bit later as
5:42:45you might have seen that I added
5:42:46discount percentage and margin
5:42:48percentage also I can add here at this
5:42:51moment it is really important to know
5:42:52what category label it is and I have to
5:42:55now enable the category label if I want
5:42:56to show it so in the previous case the
5:42:59category label was not uh required when
5:43:01I only have the one value but now
5:43:02because I have multiple of them it is
5:43:05required that I have the category level
5:43:07multiple purpose so some of those
5:43:08purpose may not be easily served by the
5:43:11new card Visual and one of those purpose
5:43:12is this purpose where I have a category
5:43:14and I then I display these multiple
5:43:16Majors below it and this kind of display
5:43:18is something very specific to the
5:43:20multirow card this is multi card visual
5:43:23for you so the next thing I want to
5:43:25discuss uh filter pan with you and
5:43:28before going to the next visualization
5:43:30which is basically slicer I would like
5:43:32to discuss filter pain with you because
5:43:35how filter pain applies and house slicer
5:43:37is going to be a little bit different
5:43:39from that this is something I want to
5:43:40explain what I've done here is basically
5:43:42from different pages which we already
5:43:43created this is Matrix visual this is
5:43:46the tagged bar visual this is p Visual
5:43:48and this is table visual these are the
5:43:49same visual which we have created in the
5:43:51past some time back in the other pages
5:43:53and from there I copy paste it and
5:43:54resize it let me open the filter pan now
5:43:57now let's try to understand what is this
5:43:59so now when the no visual is selected
5:44:00you see filter on this page and filter
5:44:02on all page and you don't see any value
5:44:04inside it but if I click on a particular
5:44:06visual in this case when I clicked on
5:44:08the pi visual you do see category margin
5:44:10margin percentage as the filters which
5:44:13is available means
5:44:15both categorical variable and the
5:44:18numerical variable which is basically
5:44:20the majors Majors as well as the fields
5:44:22or the columns are available for
5:44:24filtering when I click on the table
5:44:25visual you see what is be added so
5:44:28typically what has been added is by
5:44:29default available in the filters of that
5:44:31particular visual we can definitely go
5:44:33ahead and add a few more values now let
5:44:36me come to this particular visual in the
5:44:38category Visual and if I want to filter
5:44:40something I go ahead and filter this now
5:44:42as you can see there is no impact on the
5:44:44other
5:44:45visuals I'm filtering a value and there
5:44:47is no impact on the other visual when
5:44:49I'm filtering from the visual level
5:44:50filter so visual level filter only
5:44:52impact a particular visual then the
5:44:55second thing I'm seeing some Majors also
5:44:57like margin margin percentage here in
5:45:00this visualization so let me go to this
5:45:02column
5:45:03net and let me say the value is
5:45:07what are the options I have so in the
5:45:09net I have option is less than is more
5:45:11than is blank Etc so what I'm going to
5:45:15say here is basically if you see I have
5:45:18values which is basically 1.3 million
5:45:201.7 million 1.8 million 2.5 million so
5:45:24let me say value is greater than and I'm
5:45:27going to write down 1.5
5:45:29million so this is 1.5 million value
5:45:32basically and I say apply filter so now
5:45:34you can see the it is getting filtered
5:45:37based on the value one most important
5:45:39thing which you have to remember that
5:45:41you can only use major filter the filter
5:45:45on a measure in the visual level filter
5:45:48only so you can only filter measure at
5:45:51the visual level now there is one more
5:45:55which you can use here and for that what
5:45:57let me do is let me simplify this table
5:45:59visual I go to the table Visual and open
5:46:01it build and from there I'm going to
5:46:02remove category I'm trying to simplify
5:46:04it and when I go to brand
5:46:08actually instead of basic filtering I
5:46:10can do the advanced filtering just like
5:46:13I have done in the text majure where I
5:46:15used Advanced filtering not the basic
5:46:16filtering so the basic filtering is
5:46:18basically the values I can select brand
5:46:21one and I can also select brand 10 Brand
5:46:2411 that's my basic filtering the values
5:46:27filtering then you need Advanced
5:46:29filtering so in advanced filing I can
5:46:31have contain uh does not contain but I
5:46:34have very similar so I can say Okay
5:46:35contain one and apply all those which
5:46:38contain one will come
5:46:41now as you can see in the contain I can
5:46:43have contain this or this there are only
5:46:45two options but if you need multiple
5:46:47contain what you need to do so in case
5:46:50you need more than one values in the
5:46:51advanced filtering what you do is go to
5:46:54the basic filtering let's say I need
5:46:55three conditions so check out three here
5:46:57and then go and say advanc filtering so
5:47:01you will get three conditions there and
5:47:02now you can say is and does not start
5:47:05with or start with so and and or
5:47:08combinations you can create so we can
5:47:10say is brand one or is brand 10 or is
5:47:13Brand 11 that's the three values
5:47:14basically in or multiple selection means
5:47:17that add otherwise we can say
5:47:22or contains or start with we say or
5:47:26contains let's say
5:47:28two either it is brand one or brand 10
5:47:31or it contains two we got a different
5:47:33combination in this manner you can have
5:47:35multiple conditions and and with the
5:47:37Eraser with the help of the Eraser here
5:47:39you can actually remove it so now you
5:47:42understand the basic filtering selection
5:47:43of values Advanced filtering you have
5:47:45lot of options and the options would
5:47:47change based on whether it's a number or
5:47:49whether it's aing data type you can have
5:47:51like contains does not contain is not
5:47:53blank blank is really important because
5:47:56is blank or is not blank or empty values
5:47:58when you don't have the values it is
5:47:59going to help you out now the Third Kind
5:48:01of filtering which we wanted to discuss
5:48:03is the top end and the that is because
5:48:06of which I actually I also removed the
5:48:08category because I want to explain you
5:48:10this easily so you have something known
5:48:11as top end filter in the top end you can
5:48:14specify I need five now five based on
5:48:17what let's say cogs discount margin
5:48:19margin percentage let's say net I'll
5:48:20bring in net here now remember right now
5:48:23you are not do net here but I still
5:48:26based on the net I want to filter and
5:48:28I'll say apply I ask for top five and
5:48:32you might be surprised why it is not G
5:48:34toet price the reason for that is this
5:48:35quantity because the sales quantity is
5:48:38unsummon summarize so I'm going to
5:48:40remove it and now you're only going to
5:48:42see five properties I don't have net
5:48:44inside this visual but still I can do it
5:48:46so this is top five based on net I can
5:48:49change it based on margin percentage or
5:48:52this percentage that percent I can only
5:48:54have one one such thing because if you
5:48:57say I want let's say State also here you
5:49:00can add a state as a visual level filter
5:49:02but if you now wanted to do let's say
5:49:04top end you can only apply one top end
5:49:06filter so you can't apply more than one
5:49:08top end filter if you want that kind of
5:49:10stuff where you have more than one top
5:49:11end filter then you have to go ahead and
5:49:13write down a top and major or you have
5:49:16to write down a rank and then you to
5:49:17filter it so top end and the major
5:49:20filters are visual level filter
5:49:22properties so visual level is something
5:49:24which only filters that particular
5:49:25visual see anything I'm doing on this
5:49:27visual is not impacting any other visual
5:49:29you might have seen the entire exercise
5:49:31which we have done there's nothing
5:49:33changing in other visual now what we're
5:49:35going to do is let's go ahead and
5:49:37continue with this these visuals will
5:49:39keep as is so this is filtering on
5:49:41category this is filtering on brand and
5:49:44what we going to do is on the page level
5:49:46filter now I'll go to the page level
5:49:48filter and let me bring in a brand on
5:49:51the page level filter this is Page level
5:49:53filter and I select brand one now
5:49:55there's no brand one here we don't know
5:49:57which whether in this category brand one
5:49:59are appears or not we definitely no
5:50:00brand appearance here and their Valu
5:50:02should change I click on brand one now
5:50:05the brand one does does not appear in
5:50:07that particular set of categories so it
5:50:09disappeared here brand one why you're
5:50:12getting brand one here the reason is the
5:50:14moment I filter the page
5:50:16data my top five got adjusted to that
5:50:19and because I only selected brand one I
5:50:21can get top five in that when I add
5:50:22let's say Brand 11 brand 12 brand 13
5:50:25brand 10 brand two I get a new top five
5:50:29based on my selection so that's where
5:50:32the top end filter is working and that's
5:50:33why we have brand still there and you
5:50:35can see other places we have more values
5:50:37and these values continue to change
5:50:39anything which you apply on the page
5:50:40level is going to filter all the content
5:50:42of the page now one of the limitation
5:50:45which the filters have and that's where
5:50:47we are going to have slicer that I I
5:50:50can't stop the filtering of this visual
5:50:54when I apply the page level filter so
5:50:56either I do visual level filter which
5:50:58filters the visual or I filter all the
5:50:59visual I cannot stop my filter to
5:51:03interact or stop the interaction between
5:51:06a filter
5:51:07of the page level or filter at the all
5:51:10page level which is below I cannot stop
5:51:12its interaction with any of my visual
5:51:15which is available in my page now at the
5:51:17page level filter we have basic
5:51:18filtering and advanced filtering in
5:51:20advanced filtering because I selected
5:51:21multiple values it's giving me this
5:51:23option but I can erase it again based on
5:51:25what I select I selected this on brand
5:51:27so I can have contained is not blank is
5:51:29not blank is empty does not contain so
5:51:31let's say do not start with b and we
5:51:34don't have any brand which which is
5:51:36doesn't start with B all the brands
5:51:38start with B so we will not have any
5:51:40value we'll do one thing we'll remove
5:51:42this filter all together on the brand
5:51:45and let's bring in state from the
5:51:48geography at the page level filter and
5:51:50here Advanced filtering is little bit
5:51:52interesting because then here we can say
5:51:54let's say start with n New York
5:51:59NE you can say we got New York as the
5:52:02state level and then there are few more
5:52:03State like New Jersey and New Mexico
5:52:06which start with new so it's also
5:52:08possible that the categories are not
5:52:10having that kind of data so they are not
5:52:12getting the values so we are able to
5:52:14filter the values so not now what I'm
5:52:16going to do is I'm going to erase these
5:52:17values and let's go to the all page
5:52:19level what's the difference between this
5:52:21page level and all page level so we
5:52:22understood that visual level is only at
5:52:24visual page level is going to filter all
5:52:26the visuals on the page but if I bring
5:52:29something at state
5:52:31level and let's say I select laska it's
5:52:33filtered the everything in this one go
5:52:35to other page
5:52:37this page is also
5:52:38filtered what this page this page is
5:52:41also filtered so everything is Alaska
5:52:43here we said no no no how do I make sure
5:52:45that it's only the multiple page level
5:52:48which filing so we filter Arizona here
5:52:50and then we go back to the filter pane
5:52:53page and Arizona is filtered here you
5:52:56say it may possible that the page level
5:52:59is filtering also on all the pages not
5:53:02this one so let's experiment let's go to
5:53:04the page level filter again this is
5:53:05filter on this page and let's go to the
5:53:08basic filtering and let try to filter
5:53:10let's say Alaska and Arizona now this
5:53:12page is Alaska and Arizona but if I go
5:53:14to this Azor map and you can still see
5:53:16all the values okay you say very good
5:53:19all the and you don't have a page level
5:53:20filter also here you can you can see
5:53:22this there is no page level filter this
5:53:24all page level is all fine okay let me
5:53:26go ahead and un check this and let's
5:53:28select Alaska I select Alaska come back
5:53:30to the filter pan and I see only alasa
5:53:33value here remember we have two values
5:53:35selected Alaska Arizona but the all page
5:53:37level filter is restricting it to Alaska
5:53:39so we are only getting the value of
5:53:40Alaska and the cities of
5:53:43Alaska in this manner what is happening
5:53:45is basically we are able to filter at
5:53:48different level visual level page level
5:53:50and all page
5:53:51level with this now we will go ahead and
5:53:55learn
5:53:56slicers now slicers are at the page
5:53:59level but there is a feature sync slicer
5:54:01which can make them available on
5:54:04multiple pages so we have to learn that
5:54:06we will now explore slicers what I've
5:54:09done basically is I already created a
5:54:10page where I
5:54:12have taken the visuals from the older
5:54:15page and when we was doing the filter
5:54:17pan these are the same set of visual
5:54:19which were there I removed visual level
5:54:22filter from the category uh pie chart
5:54:27and I kept visual level filter as you
5:54:29can see top five brand on the table
5:54:30level and I created a little bit of
5:54:32space here so that you know we can use
5:54:34the slicers now with we will use one
5:54:37property interaction here which I'm
5:54:38going to Deep dive into the details
5:54:40later but we will be able to understand
5:54:44the slicer functionality better if we
5:54:46understand that how the
5:54:48slicer Behavior can be changed using
5:54:51interaction to add the slicer we have
5:54:54two slicer options both available in
5:54:57Builder visual as well as homage insert
5:55:01so we will open the homepage insert and
5:55:04if we scroll down we will be able to see
5:55:05both the the slices the new slicer and
5:55:11the old slicer as of now we'll start
5:55:14with the old slicer and then we are
5:55:16going to go to the new slicer also if I
5:55:19enable the build visual region again we
5:55:21have the new new slicer here and we have
5:55:25the old slicer here they are not at this
5:55:27nearby place they're little bit far away
5:55:30but you have the two of them here the
5:55:32first thing which you want to do is we
5:55:33want to use this old slicer and so if
5:55:37you click on empty space and click on
5:55:39the new slicer you'll get it in empty I
5:55:42would start by filtering the brand so I
5:55:46can simply drag in a slicer and then I
5:55:48can drag in a value field value here and
5:55:51I can get a simple like this one and
5:55:55this is basically categorical because of
5:55:57that the slicer has come like this and I
5:55:59can actually select values like this if
5:56:02I click on another value it's going to
5:56:04remove the previous value and select the
5:56:06next value now if I want to select
5:56:08multiple I can click with control we can
5:56:11change this
5:56:13Behavior with control I can select
5:56:15multiple values control again control is
5:56:17present right now when I'm doing all
5:56:19these so this is the first look now
5:56:24there are tons of format available with
5:56:26this one also and then we can create the
5:56:28hierarchical sler also so basically
5:56:31let's look at the properties and then we
5:56:32have to do multiple versions of this
5:56:34slice survey so this is size and style
5:56:36and padding which is very common
5:56:37background we have seen visual border
5:56:39and Shadow these are the things we are
5:56:40not bothered about title is something
5:56:42which if you want you can add it now
5:56:44brand already is available as a slicer
5:56:47header which I can remove if I want
5:56:48title Now understand there is something
5:56:51known as slicer header the moment I give
5:56:52it it comes as a brand here and then
5:56:54there is a set of properties for that if
5:56:56I don't need I can create a title which
5:56:58is separate than slicer and the title
5:57:01can also be a function driven okay so I
5:57:04can write down brand and then I can get
5:57:07it based on a major and then there's a
5:57:10conditional formatting also available
5:57:12let's say in this one I want to write
5:57:15down the set of selected values on the
5:57:17title so I can do that we will once we
5:57:19learn little bit more about the majors
5:57:21we will be able to create that kind of a
5:57:24function which can give all the values
5:57:26on the title then we have the slicer
5:57:28setting now this is really important
5:57:29this is something which we right now
5:57:31seeing we call it as a vertical list you
5:57:34have tiles basically the tile will
5:57:36comeing something like this and that's
5:57:37why I kept little bit space here and
5:57:39make it so you have the tiles here and
5:57:42then if there are more values there
5:57:43would can be horizontal scale we have
5:57:46the horizontal one so this is style
5:57:49previously this was known as orientation
5:57:51horizontal this is style and if I click
5:57:53here as usual it's going to filter the
5:57:55values and with control I can click on
5:57:57multiple
5:57:58Val so this was previously known as and
5:58:01if you watched the last year video this
5:58:03is known as orientation horizontal then
5:58:06we have a drop down we can again adjust
5:58:09it so drop down is something which you
5:58:11will not see the values as Styles as
5:58:14well as the vertical you will have a
5:58:16drop down and when you open it you will
5:58:17be able to see the values you can create
5:58:20Slicer in any of such ways so let me do
5:58:22one thing let me duplicate this
5:58:26one and I'll change it to
5:58:30category so instead of brand let me go
5:58:33ahead and and this is really good
5:58:34feature you go to the arrow and then you
5:58:36go ahead and change it it get changed
5:58:38and this one we can I'll keep it as a
5:58:40tile okay so smaller value tile is
5:58:43better option let's look at the
5:58:46selection option so we have a single
5:58:47select means if you make it as a single
5:58:49select single select here is not going
5:58:51to make any difference but the only
5:58:52thing is even if I press with control
5:58:53it's going to keep the single value but
5:58:56if you go ahead and do a single select
5:58:57here let's say on the this kind of
5:58:59visual which is drop down or tile what
5:59:01would happen so what we let's do one
5:59:03thing let's have one more here make it a
5:59:06littleit small let's adjust the brand
5:59:09here and let me do one thing let's
5:59:11create little bit more space deleting
5:59:13this
5:59:14visual your brand let's duplicate this
5:59:17copy paste and let's create a little bit
5:59:20bigger visual here and this I'm going to
5:59:22bring in from other dimension so let me
5:59:24bring in state here I removed everything
5:59:26and now I'm going to drag State and
5:59:29definitely because the previous property
5:59:30it retained it dropped down I'm going to
5:59:32change it to Vertical list what happens
5:59:34when I make them single select what is
5:59:35the difference so here we don't see any
5:59:37difference because even if we click with
5:59:39control click the only thing is
5:59:40selecting one value the look and feel is
5:59:42having no difference when I go to drop
5:59:44down so this is right now my drop down
5:59:46and if I go to the selection and make it
5:59:48as single select on you can see it
5:59:52becomes radio buttons it becomes radio
5:59:54button and there is only one value you
5:59:57can uh select so if you want to select
5:59:59mult all and single select brand then
6:00:02you can watch my video Single select
6:00:03with all that will help now what I'm
6:00:05going to do is I'm going to switch off
6:00:07the single select and I'll go to the
6:00:10brand Visual and now here I'll make it
6:00:12as a single select as on and once I make
6:00:15the single select on you can see that
6:00:17this is how it looks like so the
6:00:18vertical list and
6:00:21the drop down has similar kind of
6:00:23feature we I'm again going to make it as
6:00:25a toggle of the single select off and
6:00:28these properties have changed over a
6:00:30period of time in last one year so those
6:00:32of you are watching the older videos and
6:00:33maybe think it's l bit different yes in
6:00:362023 we have lot of these UI changes lot
6:00:39of renaming has happened with the new
6:00:41format pan with the on object
6:00:43interactions the consolidation of the
6:00:45properties has happened in the different
6:00:46places so that's why you will see all
6:00:48these things with a little bit different
6:00:50name like we have this single select
6:00:51option now if I toggle this option I
6:00:53will not be able to see multi select
6:00:55option and select all option these are
6:00:57few of the changes which we have got as
6:01:00part of the
6:01:012023 before I tell you more about multi
6:01:04select let me case you how to use select
6:01:07all so I can enable the select all and
6:01:09in this state visual you can see now I
6:01:11have the select all option and once I
6:01:13click on the select to I will get all
6:01:16the values selected what I can also do
6:01:19is I can click on select all and it will
6:01:22uncheck all the
6:01:24values in the same manner I can go to
6:01:27the brand slicer and again there I will
6:01:29be enabling to select all once I enable
6:01:33the select all it will be start showing
6:01:36me select all option inside the brand
6:01:39and I can check and uncheck all the
6:01:42values using the select
6:01:44all
6:01:46and how do I erase the values so let me
6:01:49make it a little bit bigger so if you
6:01:51are not using slicer header then you
6:01:53will not get this erase option see if I
6:01:56want to erase if I have slicer header
6:01:58then I'll get so the disadvantage of not
6:02:01having this slicer header is that you
6:02:02will not get it title is not going to be
6:02:04a great option for us header seems to be
6:02:06better option because we got a eraser
6:02:08button we know the title is not a better
6:02:09option so I remove the title and now I
6:02:11if I select more than one values with
6:02:13control and then I can erase it so I can
6:02:16clear it off so that's the advantage of
6:02:18having the slicer header there is one
6:02:20option which we have not discussed and
6:02:21that was multi select with control and
6:02:25this is not visible completely so I can
6:02:26make it a little bit larger so you can
6:02:28see this so multi select with control is
6:02:30the property which um if I disable it
6:02:34which is right now on then what would
6:02:36happen is basically if I now select I'm
6:02:38not I have not pressed control but still
6:02:40I'm able to do multiple selection if I
6:02:42don't want to select anything then I
6:02:45have to either press select all and
6:02:46unselect all or when I selected multiple
6:02:49venue I can use eraser
6:02:50button come back and erase all the
6:02:53values so same way you can have this
6:02:56multi select here again we have to
6:02:58enable the slicer header if you need the
6:03:00Eraser so I enabled the slicer header
6:03:03and then I can enable this one and I and
6:03:05disable the title now I can select
6:03:09multiple values without pressing control
6:03:10and use the Eraser button to remove all
6:03:12the
6:03:14values but otherwise if you select let's
6:03:16say if I selected these three values now
6:03:18if I press control I continue to select
6:03:21the same number of value so I click
6:03:23again on that value to uncheck it so in
6:03:25powerb typically the selection is when
6:03:27you click first time it get checked and
6:03:29when you click on second time it get
6:03:30unchecked so in this manner you will be
6:03:34able to check uncheck value and had
6:03:35different kind of styles options on the
6:03:39slicer now let's look at the other
6:03:41properties like you have the Border
6:03:42background padding icons all those
6:03:44things you have adding icons and
6:03:46background and values so now let's go to
6:03:48the values let's check what options we
6:03:50have in the values by clicking on this
6:03:51state so that everything is we have a
6:03:53bold value we have italic we have
6:03:54underline if you want those we can
6:03:56change the color but I do usually don't
6:03:58prefer it because I would prefer these
6:04:00things to change by theme uh there's a
6:04:02border option so you can have a border
6:04:04top bottom right if you want you know
6:04:07values to have a border then you can
6:04:09have it top you want you can on the top
6:04:11left you want you can have that right
6:04:13you want you can have or you can have
6:04:14all of them then you can choose the
6:04:16color for the border and then you can
6:04:17have background right now there's no
6:04:18background but I can go ahead and put a
6:04:20background if you need it or we can
6:04:23simply give a white background or we can
6:04:26say reset to default so it will go back
6:04:28to the original value now this is what
6:04:31we had when we have one value let me go
6:04:34back and bring in the build a visual we
6:04:37can have this slicer having more than
6:04:39one Fields also let me bring in city
6:04:43that's where we start calling it heral
6:04:45slicer so now you have the hierarchy and
6:04:49you can open it and you can see the
6:04:50multiple values now I can either select
6:04:53the complete State like this or I can
6:04:55open like the California I can open and
6:04:58then I can select individual value from
6:04:59the California so both is possible and
6:05:01based on that it will work now remember
6:05:03we
6:05:04have check the option select with
6:05:06control so that is why the moment I'm
6:05:08clicking it is selecting multiple values
6:05:10and this is useful when you have the
6:05:13related values and you say okay if I
6:05:14select state I want to select all the
6:05:16cities this gives you flexibility to
6:05:18have more than one into one slicer
6:05:20instead of having dependent slicer you
6:05:22can have this so typically what happens
6:05:24is usually people say I want slicer one
6:05:26to filter slicers to definitely if they
6:05:29are from the same Dimension slicer one
6:05:31do filter the slicer 2 but in this case
6:05:34you have the values inside the the
6:05:35second one so you have a better control
6:05:37over it let me show you that example
6:05:39where slicer one will the slicer 2 so
6:05:41contrl C control V copy pasted it and
6:05:44I'm going to remove state from this
6:05:46slicer and let me go ahead here check
6:05:51all and let me click only on Alaska so
6:05:53City slicer is getting filtered by the
6:05:55state slicer which is city state and I
6:05:57can remove City from here now you see
6:06:00only Alaska is selected and Alaska do
6:06:02filtering the cities which we have now
6:06:04Arizona is also giving Arizona City here
6:06:06so slicer do filter each other when they
6:06:08belong from the same table but if you
6:06:10want that I I want one values inside
6:06:13another one like a hery then you can
6:06:15drag both of them into the one Visual
6:06:17and then you have that kind of a tap
6:06:19down selection which you can do and you
6:06:21can select the complete state or you can
6:06:22select single cities and pretty useful
6:06:24especially when you have the month year
6:06:27quarter all those things it is really
6:06:29useful now what we have seen till now in
6:06:33the slices was only the categorical
6:06:36slicer let now let me remove this city
6:06:38slicer and let me make space for the
6:06:41date slicers I go to the sales table I
6:06:44bring in sales date here and it created
6:06:47a table visual automatically let me
6:06:49click on the slicer the moment I click
6:06:51on the slicer because this is date is
6:06:54having the her is created the Hier
6:06:56slicer for me and as usual I can you
6:06:59know do those kind of selection which is
6:07:01month year quarter and I can either
6:07:03select let's say quarter q1 2018 I don't
6:07:05have data I have data in Q4 of 2018 so I
6:07:08can click there and can get some data
6:07:11now here we know date because right now
6:07:14it's getting hery and once we connect it
6:07:15with date table it will not get later on
6:07:18but we have an option where instead of
6:07:20date hery we can actually go ahead and
6:07:21say that we don't want to use the date
6:07:24hery we actually want to use the sales
6:07:26date itself it created this list visual
6:07:29but there are more options now so I'll
6:07:31open the format now again and let me
6:07:34close few of them so it's still remain
6:07:36bigger now if I go to the slicer
6:07:38settings you have vertical list tile but
6:07:42there are new options like between can
6:07:44have date range
6:07:45between we can have before before this
6:07:48date so anything before three 0 2020 now
6:07:53I have all the data before that but what
6:07:55I can do here is basically I can go
6:07:56ahead and ose this data and as you can
6:07:58see little bit change in the data is
6:08:00there there and if I scroll the more the
6:08:03lesser the values are coming
6:08:07similarly I have the after
6:08:09slicer we have the drop down we the very
6:08:12important thing which we have the date
6:08:14other than the drop down is relative
6:08:16date slicer you can say last one day
6:08:20month year now my data is ending in
6:08:232020 so if even if I say one year it's
6:08:25not going to come out and it is always
6:08:27run based on today so I let I have to
6:08:28say use three years in last 3 years I
6:08:31don't have anything in last 3 years also
6:08:33four years I have something last 4 years
6:08:36from and look at the date based on the
6:08:39date it calculated those last four years
6:08:42the relative date so relative when you
6:08:44go to this relative slicer when you
6:08:46drill down to the year then there is an
6:08:48option relative year or the calendar
6:08:50year so now when I say calendar year you
6:08:52can see the complete 2019 is coming when
6:08:54I said relative it actually the rolling
6:08:56four years which has come so in this
6:08:58manner you can use relative date slices
6:09:00also so you have option for days weeks
6:09:03months quarter year and all those so
6:09:05definitely it can help you like when you
6:09:07say I need month calendar rolling four
6:09:10months for the calendar or let's say
6:09:12last 1
6:09:13month now this is last one month but you
6:09:16have option here next the next one month
6:09:19and then you have this when you use this
6:09:22there is a little bit different option
6:09:23from next because you don't have the
6:09:24calendar and this one differently this
6:09:27is the reality so we only have the month
6:09:30or day so this day this week this month
6:09:32this quarter this year so you you can
6:09:34use this and this is one of the best
6:09:36options you can have in the date slicer
6:09:38remember one of the problem with the
6:09:41slicers that we cannot
6:09:44default it based on a function means if
6:09:47you ask me can you default it on today I
6:09:49can't do
6:09:50it there's no option actually can you
6:09:54default it on the first value no I don't
6:09:56have any option you have seen the
6:09:57properties we don't have any option
6:09:58let's go to the values even we don't
6:09:59have an option here we do have an anchor
6:10:02date option here we we don't have an
6:10:04option here also in the values where it
6:10:06can default using some major or a
6:10:10function so relative date slicer can
6:10:12help it you can initialize it on last
6:10:15one month this month last week this day
6:10:17this year this is one way and it will
6:10:20automatically keep on changing and this
6:10:21is really helpful but if you want to
6:10:24save it on Max month on Max this and
6:10:26that that's not good so best way in case
6:10:30you wanted to save it on the this month
6:10:33last month this year last year calendar
6:10:35year or relative year you have to use
6:10:38relative date slicer that's going to
6:10:39give you that flexibility to save it if
6:10:42you don't want to use it then we have to
6:10:44create a column which is going to give
6:10:47us values like today this month next
6:10:49month and using that we have to
6:10:50initialize which we will learn little
6:10:52bit later when we create the date table
6:10:55so you have the
6:10:56slicers you know the different kind of
6:10:58slicer and also you know the challenges
6:11:01with default value and how relative date
6:11:03can help here now there there are
6:11:05certain time when you will have
6:11:06challenges when you select certain value
6:11:08and the value is not there can you
6:11:10select the first value no it doesn't
6:11:12happen like that so first value
6:11:14selection last value selection little
6:11:16bit more Dynamic default value selection
6:11:19for the slicer is not available as of
6:11:21now we may see these kind of future very
6:11:23soon for the number slicers if you want
6:11:25to create a number slicer you also will
6:11:27get a between and all those options so
6:11:29let me quickly show you a number slicer
6:11:32and so let me go here and and bring in I
6:11:36have quantities which are only three in
6:11:39number and not
6:11:41getting okay and let me create make it
6:11:44as a slicer so I go to build a visual I
6:11:46make it slicer I have only three values
6:11:48It Is by default created a between
6:11:50slicer then I can have the less than
6:11:52quantity or equal to quantity greater
6:11:54than quantity so I can say Quantity
6:11:56greater than one I can say consider only
6:11:59those rows where quantity is greater
6:12:00than two the values are changing so we
6:12:02have between before and after for this
6:12:04one
6:12:06so number slicer date range slicer
6:12:08categorical slicer same slicer going to
6:12:12work for all of them you just need to
6:12:13change few
6:12:15property we will now discuss the uh new
6:12:22slicer so new slicer is available either
6:12:24in the insert
6:12:26menu under the slicer option or in the
6:12:30build visual it is also
6:12:33available I have enabled the build
6:12:35visual now it was not uh enabled so I
6:12:38enabled the build Visual and inside the
6:12:39build visual this is the ler new new
6:12:43slicer which we are going to explore
6:12:46powerbi has changed a lot over last one
6:12:49year the new slicer has been renamed as
6:12:53tile slicer over the course of time you
6:12:58can find it along with other new slices
6:13:02on the build window you will see tile
6:13:05slicer text slicer and the list slicer
6:13:09text slicer and list slicer are added
6:13:12little later after this video has been
6:13:15recorded but we will cover them little
6:13:18later so let me add a new page let me
6:13:22close the reasons which are not
6:13:27needed and in this visual first of all
6:13:30I'll add the new
6:13:31slicer now in the new slicer I'll need
6:13:34the column so I can go to
6:13:37the add data I can press the button add
6:13:40in the add data and I can
6:13:42add want to add
6:13:44brand and the moment I add the brand it
6:13:47gives me buttons for the brands like
6:13:50this now by default it's giv me a 3X3
6:13:54kind of a matrix I can
6:13:57goer by clicking on
6:14:00the format more options I can play
6:14:03around with size as you already played
6:14:05around padding border visual border and
6:14:08Shadow are common one we can give a
6:14:10title if
6:14:11needed so title is already available as
6:14:14a brand and then we have the conditional
6:14:16formatting available for color and
6:14:18background title can be aligned we can
6:14:21have a subtitle divider and spacing this
6:14:23is same for all those and we go to the
6:14:25slicer setting we have option for single
6:14:27select select all option you want to
6:14:29select all option that is also available
6:14:31here so those options are available
6:14:33we'll see when we want to use the select
6:14:35all option and in the shape we right now
6:14:37it's a rectangular shape but we can have
6:14:39rounded rectangular shape like this so
6:14:42they are now rounded rounded
6:14:44rectangles then rounded Corner we can
6:14:47remove the little bit of rounding by
6:14:49making it less or you can have custom
6:14:50style means you will be able to decide
6:14:53how much the top corner should be like
6:14:55if I make top Corner round little bit
6:14:58you can observe
6:15:00here then this is top left corner then I
6:15:04can have top right
6:15:05corner now you can observe here in this
6:15:08manner I can control but actually I
6:15:10don't want to do individually so I'll
6:15:12keep it like customize option off and
6:15:15I'll keep rounded rectangle and then we
6:15:18have the tab both top all those options
6:15:20are available we can play around with
6:15:22that now we go to the layout this is
6:15:24important one right why we are seeing
6:15:26this 3x3 because we have three rows and
6:15:28three columns the max number which you
6:15:30can give here is 10 so you can have 10
6:15:33rows
6:15:35or you can have 10
6:15:37columns what I'm going to do is I'm
6:15:39going to say row is
6:15:40one I'll have columns as 10 now let me
6:15:44try because I have 13 Brands so can I
6:15:46give let's say 15 you can't give 15
6:15:48let's try 11 you can't give 11 so you
6:15:51can maximum have 10 after 10 there would
6:15:53be a pagination for overflow so you can
6:15:55have continuous scroll means you can
6:15:57have a scroll or you can have the
6:16:00paginated I will make it
6:16:02paginated you want vertical means this
6:16:05Arrow would be here you can see there is
6:16:07an arrow here I when I went down and if
6:16:10I went up there's a
6:16:13down so I can keep it horizontal because
6:16:16I'm keeping it like this then I can make
6:16:18it little bit smaller like this
6:16:21now brand header look title looks little
6:16:25bit bigger so we can make it little
6:16:27smaller now usually I don't change the
6:16:29font as I told you in the past but in
6:16:32this case I'm manually changing it or
6:16:35maybe I'll just switch off the title I
6:16:37don't need a title actually so I'm I
6:16:40have removed my title so now these this
6:16:41is my brand now what I can do is let's
6:16:44create a visual and we can copy paste
6:16:46one visual from the other pages so we go
6:16:48to the slicer page and from there we
6:16:51copy this visual contrl C come to this
6:16:53page contrl V now if I filter brand one
6:16:56I'll get brand one you can click on any
6:16:59of the brands now let's go to the lier
6:17:03setting and single select is by default
6:17:05on I'm going to switch it off and I'll
6:17:07also add show all so now with the
6:17:09control click I'm able to select
6:17:11multiple and I can say select all also I
6:17:15say select all it is all selection is
6:17:17there and in this visual we have lot of
6:17:19settings around you know H selection and
6:17:21all those so when you go to the buttons
6:17:23here way down you have the default
6:17:26setting you have the H setting you have
6:17:28the Press setting you the selected
6:17:29settings so you have so many settings
6:17:30out here we we can do those settings
6:17:33then you have the call out value Val so
6:17:35call out values is by default default
6:17:37I'll change the color so that you can
6:17:39know which what one what is call this is
6:17:41the call out value the value which is in
6:17:43the middle is the call out value I'll
6:17:46and the best way to do is and then I can
6:17:48make it middle align so you can again
6:17:49see the difference here let me do the
6:17:51alignment little bit here so that you
6:17:53are able to
6:17:54differentiate now pay attention the
6:17:56small small adjustment are there when I
6:17:57change the alignment unit of display I'm
6:18:00keeping as whatever it is and then show
6:18:02blank as hyphen iph there is a blank
6:18:05value and then there is a label option I
6:18:07can switch it on and I can add another
6:18:09column let's say I want to add
6:18:12category so you can have little bit more
6:18:16information in these buttons you can
6:18:17have additional values so this is one
6:18:21option now we will remove this option
6:18:24label right now we don't want a label
6:18:26and I switch it off so that it doesn't
6:18:28take even a space now the option which I
6:18:31want to explore is images the default
6:18:34stage over stage selected stage we can
6:18:36have different different places where we
6:18:37can do this we can say add images field
6:18:41here we can use a field for images now I
6:18:43need to build a field because I don't
6:18:45have but what I've done for this is
6:18:46basically I have created few Mage which
6:18:49Ive loaded to my GitHub account I won't
6:18:50like to show you that
6:18:54first so in my GitHub account I have
6:18:56this icon folder where I've created few
6:18:58icons which is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6:19:02the these are just numbers and I also
6:19:04created few images here so I have brand
6:19:07images which is from B1 to
6:19:10B16 then I have category images which is
6:19:1213 then I have few human images also
6:19:16which are faces we can use for customer
6:19:18so I'm give you the link and you will be
6:19:20able to use it so what I'm going to do
6:19:22here is I will go to brand and this is
6:19:24known as B1 B2 B3 so I can go to any one
6:19:26of these you can copy this and replace
6:19:29the blob with the raw go here and you
6:19:32replace blob with the draw and if you
6:19:36open the you will still be able to see
6:19:37the image I want to use this but
6:19:40understand one thing I want to make this
6:19:41little bit Dynamic so I'll tell you how
6:19:42to create such a column so I I'll go
6:19:46back to my powerbi and in powerbi I'll
6:19:48go to the table View and inside the
6:19:51table view I click on the item table the
6:19:54item table is already open I'll click on
6:19:56that and you have this option for new
6:19:58column under the table tool when you
6:20:01click on the table you get the table
6:20:02tool and inside that one you have an
6:20:04option new column I'll click on the new
6:20:07column and I'll call this column as
6:20:09brand
6:20:12URL now in the brand URL I'll give this
6:20:14URL but it would be same I want the
6:20:17after B the changes should happen so I
6:20:19close my string at after
6:20:21B now I don't want this one coming from
6:20:25my image I want it Dynamic so between
6:20:28the two strings I can concatenate by
6:20:31them M perent but from where I'll get 1
6:20:332 3 4 5 6 I put 2 m% and between the 2
6:20:36m% I can again create one more and I'll
6:20:39here I'll take brand ID so what would
6:20:41happen with B without space brand ID
6:20:44ment again concatenating the string ment
6:20:46concatenate the strings do PNG now let's
6:20:50see what we get so we got a URL here and
6:20:54this URL should work similarly I can
6:20:57create a category URL we have category
6:20:59C1 C2 C3 and the folder name is also
6:21:01different there but let me go ahead and
6:21:03add a new
6:21:05column paste this and let me call
6:21:08it category
6:21:12URL I'll do some changes here first of
6:21:16all this is not brand this is category
6:21:18and this is
6:21:19C same way I can develop a logic for
6:21:22human for customer I only have 20 images
6:21:26so you may have to develop some logic
6:21:27that you keep on using those 20 images
6:21:30these cannot be brand ID here I need to
6:21:33put category ID
6:21:36so these are my two URLs so now this is
6:21:39category C1 C2 C3 C4 and this is brand
6:21:42URL now for both these column what we
6:21:44have to do is click on the column in the
6:21:46data category you have to call it as
6:21:48image
6:21:50URL this is image URL okay same way for
6:21:54category click on category Ur and into
6:21:56the column tools you should get column
6:21:58tools and inside the column tools go
6:22:00ahead and change this data category to
6:22:03image UR
6:22:05both of them are now image Ur now let's
6:22:07go back to our visualization we got the
6:22:08images inside the image field I'll click
6:22:10on add
6:22:12data item and I'll click on brand URL
6:22:17now you can see images here now we need
6:22:19to do a little bit of adjustment I'll
6:22:21I'll make I made it little bit larger
6:22:23but I can go ahead and decide the
6:22:26transparency saturation blur
6:22:29position position could be
6:22:32left position could be right
6:22:35and we need a different kind of slicer
6:22:37for that so this we will keep top or
6:22:39bottom only set as background we can set
6:22:41it as a background so this is setting
6:22:43for the default one you can change the
6:22:45setting for the hover pressed or
6:22:48selected you can change those things
6:22:50settings but I'll keep it default what I
6:22:52would like to do now is I would like to
6:22:54add another slicer so I'll add a new
6:22:56slicer here and in this slicer the new
6:22:59slicer I'll make it little bit vertical
6:23:01after I add the column so in this one
6:23:03I'm going to use add data I'll go to
6:23:07item and I'll add
6:23:09category I have the categories the
6:23:11settings which I want here is basically
6:23:13I'll go to the slicer settings uh I
6:23:15don't want single select I want multiple
6:23:17select I don't want show all option and
6:23:18I'll let you know why I don't want the
6:23:20show all option I go to the shapes I
6:23:23would like it little bit rounded so
6:23:24rounded rectangles and I'll I'll reduce
6:23:27it to it's say 15 I don't want to round
6:23:30it one also no custom option layout I'll
6:23:33go in here I'll say five rows and I
6:23:36don't want too many columns I only want
6:23:38one column space between the card I'm
6:23:40going to reduce little
6:23:42bit then overflow is continuous scroll
6:23:45no I want pagination and vertical
6:23:47pagination or horizontal let's keep it
6:23:50horizontal so right now we don't have
6:23:54any kind of overflow so we can keep it
6:23:56scroll also continuous scroll there's no
6:23:58need basically we have given the five
6:24:01now we'll go to the call out values
6:24:02we'll keep call out values as is as of
6:24:04now let's go down and in
6:24:07label if you want the label we can
6:24:10enable but label what happens you can
6:24:12add additional field which we don't want
6:24:13here we don't want subcategory or
6:24:15something like that I'll go to images
6:24:17and here I want to add an image so I'll
6:24:19use
6:24:20add data and inside the data I'll go to
6:24:24item and I'll use category now I got the
6:24:26categories here this is first category
6:24:28why it is first C we actually need a
6:24:29major but we are using a column so we
6:24:32can only use First
6:24:34I'll do a little bit of adjustment and
6:24:36now what could happen basically here is
6:24:38actually might not need values like
6:24:40category 1 2 3 4 5 in your organization
6:24:43it might be possible but looking at the
6:24:44color of the brand or let's looking at
6:24:46the logo you are able to decide and that
6:24:48is the use case I want here so I
6:24:50actually want to switch off the values
6:24:52now there are only icon this is category
6:24:541 this is Category 2 Category 3 this is
6:24:56category 4 Category 5 this is what I
6:25:00want so I with the logo itself I'm able
6:25:04to to decide I'll go down the button
6:25:06properties now let's look at button
6:25:07properties fault H pressed and selected
6:25:10values we can do different different
6:25:11settings right I I'll keep it on default
6:25:14padding you want white padding narrow
6:25:16padding we can use narrow paddings
6:25:18border I don't like but border on this
6:25:20button at least I don't want a border so
6:25:22I'll remove border these images are good
6:25:23enough we come to Shadow let's have a
6:25:25little bit of Shadow here but the
6:25:28challenge with the shadow if you want to
6:25:30have Shadow here it takes a lot of space
6:25:32and then you have outside or inside
6:25:34Shadow based on that it is going to give
6:25:36you the shadow so while the option is
6:25:39pretty good but because I need a lot of
6:25:41space I'm not going to use the shadow
6:25:42option glow is another the Shadow and
6:25:44glow options are something which
6:25:46actually require a little bit of space
6:25:48and then you need to go ahead and you
6:25:50know choose the colors and all those
6:25:53so for that outside and inside is the
6:25:57option Center bottom center right top
6:26:00right and all those options are there
6:26:01for the glow disable that as ENT bar is
6:26:04one option where you will have a bar in
6:26:06front of it so every line you can see
6:26:09there's a bar this bar if you need then
6:26:11you can enable the ascent bar which
6:26:13which also I don't need and let me say
6:26:15reset to default so I I have reset it to
6:26:17default the only thing which I don't
6:26:18need is the Border in this manner now
6:26:20you can see that we have a different
6:26:22visual experience here we don't have
6:26:24even names and in this case we have the
6:26:29names and the selection is highlighting
6:26:31you might have this is actually multiple
6:26:34select we have to check and uncheck we
6:26:36can have select all it's all selected
6:26:37and deselect all and in this case you
6:26:39can only see a boundary basically very
6:26:42so when you use these kind of stuff
6:26:44maybe we would like to change more
6:26:46properties when it is selected so what
6:26:49you can do is here it is default when it
6:26:51is pressed do you want to do something
6:26:54okay so want to increase the
6:26:57transparency or you saturation something
6:27:00you want to do when it is press so let
6:27:02me increase the transparency and press
6:27:04now let me go ahead and press
6:27:08it then when it is selected so I'll go
6:27:11ahead and say saturation is less and
6:27:13then transparency is more saturation is
6:27:16less these are the seating in this press
6:27:18so now when it is pressed it looks
6:27:20little bit different so these kind of
6:27:21stuff can help you now when I'm
6:27:23selecting you can see the
6:27:25difference so these things especially
6:27:28when you are only dealing with the image
6:27:29you need that because so when it is text
6:27:32you will be able to identify because of
6:27:34the text highlighting but you need it
6:27:36when it is only image you need some kind
6:27:38of change in the Highlight as well as
6:27:41the saturation so that you can identify
6:27:45that there is a difference when we are
6:27:47selecting or pressing it so this new
6:27:50slicer allowing you to give a visual
6:27:53appealing experience and as you can see
6:27:56we can use images to make it be more
6:27:59intuitive let us now discuss the newly
6:28:01released feature of tech slicer Tech X
6:28:04slicer was released in November
6:28:072024 so let's jump onto the release
6:28:11notes this is the powerbi November 2024
6:28:15feature summary and then we scroll
6:28:18little down you will find inside the
6:28:21content we have a new visual the visual
6:28:24is texer and it came as a
6:28:27perview now let me click on that and
6:28:30we'll reach to the notes these are the
6:28:33notes of the new visual the text slicer
6:28:35introducing the new text slicer now
6:28:38available in our core visual Gallery
6:28:41this oneth brings the arrival of the new
6:28:43text Slicer in powerbi offering new
6:28:46possibilities for both users and
6:28:49organization how to enable you have to
6:28:52go to the options and setting options
6:28:54preview features and text slicer visual
6:28:57you have to enable it using that I'm
6:29:00going to Showcase you that setting the
6:29:02Tex slicer works by allowing user to
6:29:05input specific text that act as a filter
6:29:08targeting a design data feed by entering
6:29:11the design text into the slicer input
6:29:14box the slicer effectively Narrows down
6:29:16the data set to display only relevant
6:29:19information that contains the enter text
6:29:23the functionality is particularly
6:29:25helpful for handling large data set
6:29:27where quick and precise filtering is
6:29:30essential for Effective data analysis
6:29:32and presentation
6:29:34now how to create you will get this new
6:29:36text slice and you can drag it to the
6:29:38canvas to filter the data set add a
6:29:41field from the data model to the to the
6:29:43Field Val to establish the text slicer
6:29:46functionality allowing it to filter the
6:29:48data set based on the user input simply
6:29:51add text to the slicer input box select
6:29:54apply icon or press enter the slicer
6:29:57immediately filters the data had
6:29:59displaying the visual results the new
6:30:01text slicer introduced powerful
6:30:03customization filtering tool for powerbi
6:30:06improved user experience and unmatch
6:30:09customization so let's jump onto the
6:30:11powerbi to explore this feature out I'm
6:30:15here on the powerbi and before I explore
6:30:18that feature of text slicer let me
6:30:20showcase you how to enable this feature
6:30:23go to file options and setting options
6:30:28it will open a popup inside the preview
6:30:31feature when you scroll down you will
6:30:33see new text slicer visual feature you
6:30:35have to enable that click on okay if
6:30:38you're enabling it for first time as I
6:30:40already enabled I'm going to click on
6:30:42cancel you might have to open a new file
6:30:45or close and open the file to get this
6:30:48slicer inside your
6:30:51visualization I'm back onto the powerbi
6:30:54report View and let me add a page to use
6:30:57this visual so let me click on the plus
6:31:00button and here what I'm going to do is
6:31:02first of all let me create a a visual
6:31:04want to create a table visual brand wise
6:31:08net brand wise
6:31:11net let me converted into a table visual
6:31:15now I would like to add the text
6:31:18slicer here in the text lizer let me add
6:31:22the brand from the item into the fields
6:31:25by bringing the into the
6:31:27fields here let me type one and press
6:31:30enter and as you can see all the branch
6:31:33that contains one has been
6:31:37filtered I clicked inside and I'm now
6:31:40entering 11 and let me press enter now I
6:31:43am getting data only for Brand 11 or
6:31:46everything which contains 11 again go
6:31:49back and let's say WR 10 and let me
6:31:51click on this Arrow which is apply
6:31:54button I'm getting everything which
6:31:56contains 10 and in this case it is only
6:31:59brand 10 and we use nine and arrow
6:32:04apply I got brand n same way I can
6:32:07filter other things on the three dots
6:32:11you have the options like export data
6:32:13show as table Spotlight sorted sending
6:32:15descending and format you have a clear
6:32:18button to clear the selection you will
6:32:20get all the values now I would like to
6:32:23create a dependent slicer on this text
6:32:27slicer which will get filtered and based
6:32:30on that slicer I'm going to filter the
6:32:33table visual ual or other visuals let me
6:32:36add one more
6:32:38slicer let me add brand to the slicer
6:32:41and make it as a list
6:32:43slicer if I go ahead and try to filter
6:32:46one in the text slicer it will filter
6:32:50both cable visual as well as the brand
6:32:53list slicer but I only want it to filter
6:32:56the brand list slicer and based on that
6:32:58I want to filter the table visual for
6:33:01that we have to use edit interaction and
6:33:04feature or click on the any of the
6:33:06visuals and go to format enable edit
6:33:10interaction this case we have to disable
6:33:13brand text slicers interaction with all
6:33:16other visuals other than the brand list
6:33:21Slicer in this case there are only two
6:33:24but let me add few more so that you
6:33:26understand it better let me control C
6:33:28control V I create two visuals now this
6:33:31visual is filtering let me Al so change
6:33:34this visual to
6:33:36category let me disable B text slicers
6:33:39interaction with this new visual also
6:33:42brand Tex slicer as of now is only
6:33:45interacting with the brand list slicer
6:33:49and it is not interacting with any other
6:33:52visual on the page as of now so let me
6:33:56start playing around with this let me
6:33:58end two the TX slicer as of now is only
6:34:01filtering the brand list slicer and when
6:34:04I filter the value in the brand list
6:34:06slicer it is going to filter the other
6:34:08visuals in this manner I am able to
6:34:11create a dependency of a search on a
6:34:14slicer and then I'm able to use that
6:34:16particular slicer which is filtered by
6:34:19the search to filter my other visuals in
6:34:21this manner I able to create a search
6:34:24experience along with the list
6:34:28experience let me enter a value one and
6:34:31click on apply and once I do that I will
6:34:34only be seeing value which contains one
6:34:37in my brand values and using those
6:34:41values let's say I can select brand 10
6:34:43and 11 and that will filter my
6:34:45visualization so what is happening here
6:34:47is I am able to create of dependent
6:34:51slicer on my text slicer and then I'm
6:34:54able to use that dependent slicer to
6:34:57filter my values of all other visuals TX
6:35:00slicer as of now support only one f
6:35:04means either I can have brand or I can
6:35:06let's say drag category and once I drag
6:35:09category it will only filter category it
6:35:12cannot filter brand and category
6:35:14together so I can have one at a time in
6:35:17the past on the similar situation when I
6:35:19use the text filter which is a very
6:35:21similar slicer to the text slicer we
6:35:25have concatenated the values of all the
6:35:28columns of a table into one column and
6:35:31then we have used that particular column
6:35:33to fill filter the values I'll go to the
6:35:36table view I go to the item table and
6:35:38here I'll create a new column click on
6:35:41any of the column and you will get the
6:35:44column tools and inside the column tools
6:35:47click on new column once you click on
6:35:49the new column in this new column we can
6:35:52append multiple Columns of the item
6:35:55table into one column and then we can
6:35:59use that for filter so let's create an
6:36:02column appended
6:36:05column and here we can have
6:36:09brand
6:36:11m% is m%
6:36:15category
6:36:17m% is m per a now we got a combined
6:36:23string I could have added all the
6:36:25columns but right now just for
6:36:26Simplicity I added only few columns now
6:36:30let's go back and inside this text
6:36:33slicer instead of brand let's add that
6:36:36appended
6:36:40column and let me do one thing now let
6:36:42me enable the interaction this visual
6:36:45let me start filtering out now as you
6:36:48can see with the category one what it is
6:36:50all fitting I have added this new column
6:36:53A pend column Here and Now what I've
6:36:56also done is I have enabled the
6:36:58filtering on both the visuals and I'm
6:37:00going to remove this visual now I don't
6:37:02need this additional for understanding
6:37:04of this so let me remove this now let me
6:37:07start filtering let's say I enter a
6:37:09value let's say 10 when I enter 10 I see
6:37:13both brand 10 as well as brand 2 I'm
6:37:16seeing brand two because 10 can be
6:37:19anywhere it can be in brand it can be in
6:37:21item so in this case it is coming
6:37:23because of item we can add a new visual
6:37:26on item name and we can see that these
6:37:30are the items which are getting filtered
6:37:32because of 10 it may be anywhere in the
6:37:35string broad category or name
6:37:40anywhere in this manner you can work on
6:37:42multiple columns but that's still a work
6:37:44around hopefully I get supported with
6:37:48multiple columns will be able to use
6:37:50that so this is all about the new text
6:37:54prer why don't you go ahead and try that
6:37:57out
6:38:03now we will discuss about the list
6:38:05slicer the list slicer was released in
6:38:09October
6:38:112024 so first of all let's have a look
6:38:13at the release notes of October 2024 so
6:38:17I'm here on October 2024 release
6:38:23notes and if I scroll a little down I
6:38:26can see one of the feature is new list
6:38:29slicer and this is under
6:38:32preview so let's click on that and we'll
6:38:35reach to the feature so first of all we
6:38:38have to enable it so to enable it go to
6:38:41options and setting option preview
6:38:43feature and list slicer visual we have
6:38:45to enable it let's look at the release
6:38:48notes major enhancements are upcoming in
6:38:51the image support label additional
6:38:54conditional formatting option and
6:38:56improve default style specifically
6:38:58designed for erical layouts please note
6:39:02new visual is in the early development
6:39:05and we won't recommend using it in the
6:39:07production permanently however this is
6:39:10excellent opportunity to experience the
6:39:12capability of this new slicer provide us
6:39:15the feedback for the further Improvement
6:39:17so it is still in the preview feature
6:39:20the new list slicer can become hcal when
6:39:23more than one field is driv into the
6:39:25field data well this action will
6:39:28activate additional formatting settings
6:39:31specific to antical data some of the
6:39:34advanced new slicer level customization
6:39:37offering are selection shape layout
6:39:40overflow St style selection icon expand
6:39:44collaps icon and button style these are
6:39:47the few attributes which has been
6:39:49released with the new list slicer so why
6:39:52don't we go ahead and explore it out and
6:39:55for that I'm going to use N2 n12 file so
6:40:00I'm here on the N2 n12 file and I'm
6:40:03going to add a new page to explore this
6:40:05visual so the new slicer I have already
6:40:08added but let me tell you how I added it
6:40:11go to file options and
6:40:14setting
6:40:16options options and setting popup has
6:40:18now opened up inside that preview
6:40:20features and inside the preview feature
6:40:23you have to enable the list
6:40:26slicer and then you can click on okay so
6:40:30that you can use it some of the feature
6:40:32require restart so you might have to
6:40:34close and open your file again as I've
6:40:37already added I'm pressing on cancel so
6:40:40I'm back on my layout let me add the
6:40:43list slicer it looks like very similar
6:40:46to the normal slicer so let me doag item
6:40:49R and you can see there is a single
6:40:52select list which has been created here
6:40:55now let me do one thing before I go
6:40:57ahead and add certain additional stuff
6:41:00let me enable the format for it in case
6:41:02you are not able to see the format
6:41:04option on the right hand side to enable
6:41:06the format page you can get it from the
6:41:09view view
6:41:12format and then on the right hand side
6:41:14you have another format option once you
6:41:16click that you should be able to see the
6:41:18format page once you see the format pen
6:41:21you can start working on the properties
6:41:23if you're visually selected so we know
6:41:25the size and style very simple based on
6:41:28your location and the size they can
6:41:30change
6:41:34then we have the padding padding uh
6:41:37right now I would like to keep as is I
6:41:39don't want to change it background in
6:41:41case we want it to have a background
6:41:43color we can change it and if you change
6:41:45the color we need to make it a little
6:41:47less transparent so that we can see it
6:41:49but right now I don't need any
6:41:51background color so I'm going to disable
6:41:53it visual Border in case you need a
6:41:55border and if you want to have the
6:41:57Border you need to increase the light
6:41:59and come out of the visual there you can
6:42:02see the visual border
6:42:04again I don't need visual border so I'm
6:42:05disabling it in case you need Shadow for
6:42:08the visual you can enable it you can
6:42:10observe the
6:42:11shadow below the visual and then for the
6:42:14shadow we have various option like
6:42:16outside and outside where bottom right
6:42:19bottom bottom left right Etc again I
6:42:23don't need Shadow as of now so I'm going
6:42:25to disable it title we already have a
6:42:28title as brand but we can use a major in
6:42:31the title we can have different headings
6:42:34like heading 2 3 4 on normal right now I
6:42:37keep it as is we can have font color we
6:42:40can have font name size Bard italic
6:42:44underline and the text color for the
6:42:47title we can also have a background
6:42:49color for the title and the alignment we
6:42:51can keep it let's say cental align or
6:42:53the right align or left align Tex rep in
6:42:56case there is a bigger title it should
6:42:58wrap out every visual now can have a
6:43:00subtitle so we can have a subtitle if
6:43:03needed if we enable it we'll get
6:43:05additional space for subtitle then we
6:43:07can have a divider between the visual
6:43:09and the title subtitle right now I'm
6:43:12going to disable that also spacing
6:43:15customize spacing if you want to
6:43:17customize the spacing between the titter
6:43:19and the divider but right now I don't
6:43:23want to change it I can even reduce it
6:43:25further to save some space now comes the
6:43:28important slicer setting it is a single
6:43:30select slicer you can see the radio
6:43:32buttons I can make it multi- select by
6:43:35unchecking the single select and now I
6:43:37can select more than
6:43:40one now importantly this visualiz a show
6:43:43all so you will say that is there with
6:43:46the slicer when we have the multi select
6:43:49but even if I enable the single select I
6:43:52have the select all is this property
6:43:55only specific to this one or added to
6:43:57normal slicer let's check that out right
6:43:59away let's bring in the additional
6:44:01slicer the normal slicer put Brown
6:44:03inside it and let us see is that
6:44:06property also changed for this visual we
6:44:08go here to the slicer setting and we use
6:44:11select all and then we enable single
6:44:14select so you can see in the single
6:44:16select we don't see select all in the
6:44:19normal slicer but in the list slicer we
6:44:22have single select along with the select
6:44:24all so let me remove this normal slicer
6:44:27or the old slicer and we can now enjoy
6:44:30select all but does it work work to
6:44:34check that out let me create a visual
6:44:35brand
6:44:37wise net
6:44:39major now let me do select all
6:44:42everything is working let me deselect
6:44:44all brand one brand 10 Brand 11 brand 12
6:44:49one more thing which you might have
6:44:50noticed if I do select all and if I
6:44:52uncheck brand one only one is getting
6:44:54unselected so we have one deselection
6:44:57feature also here so these are some of
6:44:59the properties so let's go back to the
6:45:02format pan again of this
6:45:05slicer we are on the slicer settings so
6:45:08we have played around with that now we
6:45:10are very happy with the select all
6:45:12option also then here the shape
6:45:15rectangle shape rounded rectangle snip
6:45:18uh snip tab both these are the shapes
6:45:20which are available so I'm going to
6:45:22leave them as is I'm not want to chck
6:45:25but I would like to go to the layout
6:45:27layout is fixed number of button is on
6:45:30number of button sh is it and I can
6:45:32uncheck that it it creates a little
6:45:35compact UI space between the button if
6:45:38you want to increase the button space
6:45:39between the button you can do that but I
6:45:41think right now it is fine indentation
6:45:43now reverse
6:45:45indentation now this will play a little
6:45:47better role when we have more than one
6:45:50intend the butter container that also
6:45:52will play a little better role when we
6:45:54have more than one when we create the
6:45:56hercal slicer call out values the values
6:45:59which we have if you disable the call
6:46:01out value you not see anything we need
6:46:03to have the call out value it means
6:46:05these are the color for the values like
6:46:06brand one brand 10 so font size bold
6:46:11italic underline color transparency
6:46:14alignment like we can make them right
6:46:16align penter align left align all these
6:46:19properties are display unit is Auto and
6:46:22show values as blink and then we have
6:46:24the layout vertical
6:46:27alignments also there then we have a
6:46:29selection icon which we can enable or
6:46:31disable definitely we need the selection
6:46:34icon what happens if we don't have
6:46:35selection iton I click click on Brand 11
6:46:38Brand 11 selected brand 12 but I'm not
6:46:40able to see so better to have a
6:46:42selection icon then I have buttons this
6:46:45is also little important because the
6:46:48buttons are not visible unless you start
6:46:50grading a Bott once you have bot you can
6:46:52see the you know buttons then you can
6:46:55have fill or don't fill you can have a
6:46:58shadow you can have blow you can have
6:47:00Ascent bar on the buttons so with this
6:47:03property you can create a button land of
6:47:04a UI but definitely if you want to make
6:47:06it as a button then you need little more
6:47:08space for each one of
6:47:11them so if I want to let's say have
6:47:14Shadow now you can see if I made give it
6:47:17little more space then I can have the
6:47:19Shadow or you reduce the number of
6:47:21buttons then you can also have these
6:47:24things so I will disable that but these
6:47:26are the various property you can play
6:47:28around now let's take the next step by
6:47:31bringing in one more
6:47:33field to the slizer and let me bring in
6:47:36category once I bring in category you
6:47:38can see that I can open the arrow there
6:47:41will be nothing on the select on but for
6:47:43each brand I can have next level and I
6:47:46can do the right now it is single select
6:47:48we can switch off the single select to
6:47:50make it multi select that's one more
6:47:51change which has came in last one year
6:47:54where if you uncheck the single select
6:47:55it become multi- select so in this
6:47:57manner you have these properties and now
6:48:00you can play around the little more
6:48:01properties here on the layout and on the
6:48:05icon so especially expand icon now if I
6:48:08go here and play around expand icon I
6:48:12can go to the layout look at where is
6:48:14expand icon right now it is on left look
6:48:17at that Arrow now it is going to
6:48:21WR look at the icon
6:48:24here same way alignment we can play
6:48:27around THS and the spacing all these
6:48:32things we can play around with this list
6:48:35license some important properties have
6:48:37come in and powerbi is paying a lot of
6:48:40attention to the visual property so here
6:48:44what we are going to get is basically a
6:48:46new visual experience which with lot of
6:48:49properties which we can play around and
6:48:51make it suitable for our use case now we
6:48:54have quite a few kind of slicer we have
6:48:55a normal slicer the we have the list
6:48:58slicer which is previously known as the
6:49:00new slicer or the button slicer then we
6:49:03have text slicer and we also have the
6:49:06list slicer so why don't you go ahead
6:49:08and try the list slicer out we have
6:49:11learned slicers and we saw slicer apply
6:49:13on a page but in case of filter we do
6:49:15had an option where it can work on all
6:49:17the page and we have something very
6:49:19simiz sync slicer is a process in which
6:49:23we can sync a slicer on one page with a
6:49:27slicer on another page now usually We
6:49:31sync the slicer
6:49:33which is having the same name or the
6:49:35same table on the other page at little
6:49:38bit later I'll also show you a way where
6:49:41you can sync the slicer which do not
6:49:43belong to one table means the slicers
6:49:47are coming from two different tables and
6:49:49they can have two different names also
6:49:52but they are of same type like
6:49:55City so let me add this page and here
6:49:58there are certain slicer which are
6:49:59applied and I have this visual copy this
6:50:01visual need page two so can I can I get
6:50:04the category slic can I go ahead have a
6:50:06category slicer and if I filter
6:50:08something here can it do filter there on
6:50:11this first of all this is a single
6:50:12select kind of a slicer can I do that
6:50:14there's something known as s slicer
6:50:16there would be limitations what is
6:50:17happening on that select category two
6:50:19and if I go to this page is it going to
6:50:21be
6:50:22category so there are couple of ways to
6:50:25achieve syn slicer I'm going to tell you
6:50:28both of them so one of the way is from
6:50:31menu options where you go to the the
6:50:32menu and use the view Tab and there you
6:50:36have the syn slicer option that you can
6:50:38use and the second option is when you
6:50:40copy paste the slicer you do get an
6:50:43option to sync you have to click that
6:50:46option to sync and then it will get
6:50:48synced automatically so let's start with
6:50:50the first option and then there is a
6:50:52known as we have insert and in the
6:50:54insert we have we have View and inside
6:50:56view we have sync slicer so if I select
6:50:58this slicer it is telling me that I can
6:51:01sync it in the slicer and the page two
6:51:03we have View and inside view we have
6:51:05sync slicer so if I select this slicer
6:51:07it is telling me that I can sync it in
6:51:10the slicer and the page two let me do
6:51:12that so one option is think and second
6:51:15is visible I've done that now I go back
6:51:17to the Category 3 category 4 I come back
6:51:19on the page two I see only category 4
6:51:21enlarge it the slicer are getting other
6:51:23way and easier way to do this thing
6:51:25slicer is copy it contrl C and crl V it
6:51:28asked for saying slicer you I want now
6:51:30you can see that I select brand one I go
6:51:33here it is I'm able to sync the slicer
6:51:35Pages this is sync this is the old
6:51:37slicer and the copy paste or using the
6:51:40sync slicer paint which is available in
6:51:42the view we can do that but can we do it
6:51:45on the model new slicer where is our new
6:51:46slicer our new slicer and I do the same
6:51:48let me contrl c go to the page contrl V
6:51:51is asking for slicer brand 10 I filter a
6:51:54brand 10 here I go to the other slicer
6:51:56it should show brand 10 because they
6:51:57belong to the same table if I go to the
6:51:58new slicer page is also brand 10 so both
6:52:01the old slicer and the new slicer can be
6:52:05you think either by copy paste or using
6:52:07view think slicer only thing you have to
6:52:10do is click on a slicer know where it
6:52:12should be visible so in this manner can
6:52:14sync the slicer and then they can filter
6:52:16the data across the
6:52:18pages so now we would like to discuss a
6:52:21use case which is syn slicer across
6:52:24different fields and these different
6:52:27fields could be across two different
6:52:29tables columns so typically the SN
6:52:31slicer is for the same field so let's
6:52:34say if I have geography City on page one
6:52:36I have a geography City on page two I
6:52:38want to sync them but this case is a
6:52:41little different I want to sync the
6:52:43slicer which is across two tables let's
6:52:45say customer City and geography City I
6:52:48want to sync them they may not have even
6:52:50name a city they could be little
6:52:52different name so we want to sync slicer
6:52:55across two different field that's what
6:52:57the main objective is for this one what
6:52:59has happened that I have used a little
6:53:01different file that's very common file
6:53:04which I use for abstract thesis series
6:53:06the file at GitHub which you can also
6:53:09get from my GitHub account the file
6:53:12follows the same model which we are
6:53:13following in the learn power ba series
6:53:17you will be able to relate with the
6:53:19fields which I'm using in this art of
6:53:22the video also so how can we do that so
6:53:26to do that let's try that out on power
6:53:29ba file so let me open my power ba file
6:53:32so I'm here in my power ba file and I'm
6:53:36using the generic model which I'm using
6:53:38in most of my other videos so here I'm
6:53:41using my common sales model which I'm
6:53:44using for most of my videos and this
6:53:47model contains a sales table join with
6:53:50the date item customer and geography
6:53:53table one to many single directional
6:53:55join from Dimension to fact the same
6:53:58model we are going to continue here and
6:54:00here what we wanted to try out is is
6:54:03basically I would like to add let's say
6:54:06from the customer Dimension I have a
6:54:11city and let me convert this into a
6:54:16slicer I have a customer slicer City and
6:54:20I also would like to add a slicer from
6:54:23geography table which is city let me
6:54:26change this also to a
6:54:28slices so I have two slices which are
6:54:30basically on City on different one one
6:54:32is on geography City another one is on
6:54:35customer City so if I select one of them
6:54:37as you can see there is no impact on
6:54:40each other but if I go down and add
6:54:43let's say some Visual and in that visual
6:54:45I'll take data from item brand and and
6:54:50take a measure like
6:54:52net now if I select something let's say
6:54:56I select one of the city from here you
6:54:57can see the data is changing if I select
6:54:59another one from here you can see
6:55:01changes I select from both of them may
6:55:04not get any data because mostly these
6:55:06cities are kind of similar kind of City
6:55:09whether this is this page or let's say
6:55:11if I even duplicate this page they are
6:55:13on this page I would like to have sync
6:55:16slicer so I want to sync the slicer
6:55:19either on within the page or across the
6:55:22pages so how do I do that because if I
6:55:25select a value there is no way I can you
6:55:27know think with this and if I go to
6:55:30let's say View and if I I go to sync
6:55:33slicers as you can see I have do have
6:55:35option where I can sync it with other
6:55:37page but I don't seems to have an option
6:55:40where I can sync these different one
6:55:42with this as you can see I can see the
6:55:45slicer here there are two slicers which
6:55:47I can see across different pages which
6:55:49is visible this one city customer city
6:55:52as you can see it is highlighting that
6:55:54customer city is available in those
6:55:56pages and I can sync them by clicking on
6:55:59the value so if I do
6:56:01this if I sync it across the pages if I
6:56:04clicked on let's say Atlanta here and if
6:56:06I go to the duplicate page you can see
6:56:08that Atlanta
6:56:10values but how do I sync these two SES
6:56:14on the same page which are from
6:56:16different dimension let's look at the
6:56:19details of the sync slicers
6:56:21again in the syn slicer what I'm going
6:56:23to do here is I'm going to go to the
6:56:26Advance option I've unchecked the
6:56:27syncing right now I go to the advance so
6:56:30let me give it as a name City
6:56:32Dy so I've given it as a name c Dy and
6:56:36let me come to this slicer and also give
6:56:38it as a name c Dy now this is cdy and
6:56:42this is also cdy let me select one of
6:56:45these now you can see whatever values
6:56:47I'm selecting is also getting selected
6:56:50on the other
6:56:52slicer so now you can see that whatever
6:56:55value I'm selecting here on the first
6:56:57slicer is also getting selected on the
6:57:00second slicer so there from different
6:57:02dimension but I able to sync them now
6:57:05can I sync them across the page so what
6:57:07for that what we have to do is let's say
6:57:09this is the slicer here I go and here I
6:57:12so if I give the name as tore Dy it will
6:57:16also get sync so let's say if I select a
6:57:19value here check this value let me
6:57:21select a value Austin here go back to
6:57:23the first page you can see all these
6:57:26three slicer are now showing the atin
6:57:28value so I'm able to sync across page
6:57:32which I was able to do previously but
6:57:34across different dimension table or
6:57:37across different table columns I'm able
6:57:40to sync using syn slicer so the property
6:57:43is lying in the advance once you rename
6:57:45and give them a common name that is
6:57:48where you have an opportunity that you
6:57:50can syn slicer across tables with
6:57:53columns coming from two different tables
6:57:56so why don't you go ahead and try this
6:57:58out we will now try to create combo
6:58:01visuals combo visuals are the visual
6:58:03where we
6:58:04have basically either bar and line
6:58:07together or stagged bar and line
6:58:10together so couple of combo visuals are
6:58:12there uh they can be found here in the
6:58:15build visuals region or you can find
6:58:17them here now line visual we have
6:58:19already seen the secondary axis now the
6:58:22thing which you are going to get here is
6:58:24the secondary AIS and I'm going to start
6:58:25with the cluster column
6:58:28chart I bring in the cluster column
6:58:30chart and here on the xaxis let me bring
6:58:33in brand and on the y- axis let me bring
6:58:36in
6:58:40net now there is a line axis line Y axis
6:58:45now what I'm going to do first time I'm
6:58:46going to bring in Gross here
6:58:50and you will find that the there's a
6:58:52line y- axis but I did not get in a
6:58:55secondary Y axis if you see both of them
6:58:58get adjust yis there's no secondary y
6:59:01axis
6:59:02now this happens when you take the two
6:59:06variables which are having the similar
6:59:07kind of stuff it automatically put them
6:59:09on the same one now what happens if you
6:59:12need the secondary AIS I actually want
6:59:14it to have so you go to the visual
6:59:16format which is right now available here
6:59:18otherwise go and click on the three dots
6:59:20and format to get it in case you are not
6:59:22getting it now you are not getting a
6:59:24secondary Y axis we do see the property
6:59:26of the secondary Y axis here and you go
6:59:29and enable the values the moment you
6:59:31enable the the values start showing the
6:59:34secondary y AIS now because of kind of
6:59:37values you have there was no need of
6:59:38secondary ya axis it was not showing but
6:59:40you can enable it let me disable it and
6:59:42let me do one thing instead of gross let
6:59:44me try to bring in
6:59:46margin on the second line
6:59:50AIS now the moment I bring in margin
6:59:53percentage because I manually switched
6:59:55it off it's not showing me so I will
6:59:58switch it on and do but usually what
7:00:00happens is basically when you have the
7:00:03majors which are not of the same kind of
7:00:06a range it will show you the secondary
7:00:10yaxis automatically now what I'm going
7:00:12to do here is I'll going to play around
7:00:15few things and tell you what all you can
7:00:16do now this is one thing which you can
7:00:18have similarly you can even have a
7:00:22legend and along with the legend also it
7:00:24will work but Legend do not work for the
7:00:26line so if you want multiple lines you
7:00:29need to have multiple measures so like I
7:00:31have I have margin on the line axis I
7:00:33can have discount but the legend is not
7:00:36going to work if you're looking for a
7:00:38legend then it's not going to work on
7:00:41the secondary y AIS it is true across
7:00:44line
7:00:45chart line clustered column chart and
7:00:48line
7:00:49tagged column chart it's through across
7:00:52that so I'm going to remove it again
7:00:54same thing we have one more thing which
7:00:55we have done in the past instead of
7:00:57having it as a legend we can have it
7:01:00second AIS more than one and
7:01:02both are them in the expanded manner
7:01:04then also we can have it but again we
7:01:06have the lines based on the majors we
7:01:08know can't use legend for that now you
7:01:11have the lines U then again you can use
7:01:13different kind of formattings what we
7:01:15are going to do here is first of all um
7:01:18we will go to
7:01:19the below and the there is section for
7:01:22columns where we can do the formatting
7:01:23for the columns and then there is a
7:01:25section for the line where we can do the
7:01:26formatting for the line now because we
7:01:29are using only one to xais or we are not
7:01:32using any Legend there is only one major
7:01:34we get the FX option so that is again
7:01:38the what you are showing on the primary
7:01:40AIS even if you're showing the line on
7:01:41the primary AIS still if ideally there
7:01:44is this column contains one there's no
7:01:47Legend then you will be able to get the
7:01:49FX option means you can do conditional
7:01:51formatting now if you want border we can
7:01:53have the Border here I like to increase
7:01:56little bit transparency this is too
7:01:57darker so I actually wanted to increase
7:01:59a little bit transparency to look look
7:02:01and match the column color is something
7:02:03which I want to use I also want to
7:02:04increase the Border width so that it is
7:02:06little bit wider so these are some of
7:02:09the things we have done in the others
7:02:10also and then if required you can
7:02:13increase the space between categories so
7:02:14that they are little thinner bar you can
7:02:17use reset to default for a particular
7:02:19category to make it now series is we are
7:02:21talking about margin all or discount so
7:02:23if all what are the options you have is
7:02:25you can decide for both the lines
7:02:27whether you want solid or dotted now
7:02:28here I'm going to CH show you this line
7:02:32smooth and sted so now I'm going to make
7:02:33it smooth you see this is the smooth
7:02:35line and this is the property I've not
7:02:37shown you in the line visual because we
7:02:38had too many values there then you have
7:02:41the sted layout which is basically the
7:02:42step one so let's do one thing uh
7:02:44instead of all the series let's go to
7:02:46the margin percentage we have the margin
7:02:48percentage as the smooth
7:02:50line so we have one smooth line and when
7:02:52we have stepped line now width right now
7:02:55is three but I'm going to do one thing
7:02:57I'm going to go to markers enable it now
7:02:59both the lines are markers what I'm
7:03:01going to do here is I go to the margin
7:03:02percentage and let me see do I need
7:03:05disable no I need margin I need marker
7:03:07for margin percentage I don't need
7:03:09marker for the one the step layout so I
7:03:13removed
7:03:14the marker for the discount percentage
7:03:16so there is no marker for the discount
7:03:18percentage let me change it to margin
7:03:20percentage I keep the marker and I can
7:03:23have different kind of marker let me
7:03:24take a different kind of marker this
7:03:25time make it little bit bigger color I
7:03:28am fine with whatever color it has but
7:03:31what I'm going to do here is I will go
7:03:32up and right now already in the series I
7:03:35have margin
7:03:36percentage I go to the line and I make
7:03:40St as
7:03:41zero all the value is there now what we
7:03:44can do here is basically when we go to
7:03:46the data label and enable
7:03:48it now we have enabled for everything
7:03:52now one thing is that only for this dot
7:03:55this values is coming this percentage
7:03:57value is only for this dot you see
7:04:00carefully that for this dot the values
7:04:01is coming I can completely remove the
7:04:03marker also and keep the values also
7:04:05sometime we do that kind of hiding off
7:04:07line and just keeping the value let's
7:04:09say I'm showing net and I want to show
7:04:10the value of gross and I put a line of
7:04:13gross and then I just keep the values of
7:04:15gross and don't show anything on but I
7:04:18can see the de values and all the data
7:04:20level properties like title value this
7:04:22is basically major driven so basically
7:04:25what I happening these labels are major
7:04:27driven labels now everything which you
7:04:30want to do you can have a major me for
7:04:32title you can have measure for Value you
7:04:33can have measure for details so three
7:04:36things you can have like not everywhere
7:04:37I want to have titles so what I can do
7:04:39here is basically when I go to data
7:04:41label I can for the margin
7:04:43percentage I wanted to have a title also
7:04:48for margin percentage I have title in
7:04:50the single line right now it is there if
7:04:52you remember the property we have here
7:04:54is when we go Below in the layout we can
7:04:58decide whether it's a single line or
7:04:59multi-line I can make it multi-line
7:05:02uh now I'm as of now I'm only doing it
7:05:04for Discount I can do it for all of them
7:05:07in this manner we can do those changes
7:05:09so this is our bar and line let me call
7:05:13it with the simpler
7:05:15name and let me duplicate
7:05:17this same way what I can do is I can
7:05:20click on this and convert it into staged
7:05:23bar and line now when I convert it you
7:05:26will might see only small difference
7:05:28nothing much has changed but the things
7:05:30will change the moment I bring in
7:05:31category
7:05:33here once I bring in the legend now you
7:05:36can see the Legends also here and then
7:05:40as usual on the column values you have
7:05:43this thought order
7:05:46reversal and you can have the space
7:05:49between the
7:05:50serieses now for line we
7:05:54have markers and everything so you can
7:05:57play around with the data label if you
7:05:59want and then we have the series label
7:06:02when we go down we have the CDs discount
7:06:03and margin the labels are shown here
7:06:07basically if I enable it now you can
7:06:09decide for each series what you want the
7:06:12position on right or left you want and
7:06:14the value and the series color whatever
7:06:16you want and word r if the series name
7:06:18is pretty long you can have that you
7:06:20want to have background so I enabled the
7:06:22background but both the series color and
7:06:24the background color uh need to be a
7:06:26little bit different so let me change
7:06:27the background color to different
7:06:32you can see transparency I can
7:06:36increase total labels again because it's
7:06:38a stagged visual so you can have the
7:06:39total label but it will look too busy if
7:06:42I have that and then we have the error
7:06:45bar options and where you can use
7:06:47various stuff in this manner um I have
7:06:50this tagged and line
7:06:52visual as you can see that with the new
7:06:55major driven labels and with the help
7:06:57from the data label enhancement and the
7:07:00enhancement which has been done for the
7:07:03bar WID for the transparency and the
7:07:07Sorting of the bar we got a new era in
7:07:11the visualization of the tagged Visual
7:07:13and the clustered column bar visual to
7:07:15take them to the next level and as you
7:07:17can see those of you have watched the
7:07:19series in the last year you will see a
7:07:21lot of difference in terms of what we
7:07:23are creating here versus what we have
7:07:25created last year visual level format
7:07:29sting has been released in August 2024
7:07:32and now we are going to discuss those
7:07:35this part of the video I'm using a
7:07:37little different file not the same file
7:07:39which we are using for learn power ba
7:07:40series I'm using the abstract thesis
7:07:43data file but I'm using the same model
7:07:46so you will be able to relate with what
7:07:48I doing using the same fields which are
7:07:51available in your learn powerbi files
7:07:54which I have shared with you on the
7:07:56GitHub so let me quickly jump onto the
7:07:58August 2024 notes and in August 2024
7:08:02notes if you scroll a little bit down
7:08:03you get this new feature which is visual
7:08:06level format things now you might be
7:08:09knowing that visual level and
7:08:10calculations have came few days back and
7:08:13you would like to format those strings
7:08:15and there was this challenge how do we
7:08:16format how this option has came and
7:08:19there are various things which has been
7:08:21supported now so it is not only
7:08:23supporting at the visual level but it
7:08:25has been done in a manner that you can
7:08:27do it at the model level visual level
7:08:29and and the element level so let's
7:08:31understand this feature first of all let
7:08:32me click on that SC down for visual
7:08:35level format strings let's understand
7:08:37this feature visual level format thingss
7:08:39are here providing you with the more
7:08:41options configure matting and configure
7:08:43the formatting originally bu for visual
7:08:45calculation this has been actually bu
7:08:46for the visual calculation the core
7:08:48ability that the visual level format
7:08:50strings provide is the ability to format
7:08:52visual calculation basically it allows
7:08:54you to format the visual calculation
7:08:56which is basically when you create these
7:08:57new visual calculation or visual level
7:08:59calculation or me visual calculation are
7:09:02not in the water you cannot format them
7:09:04unless you are using them in data labels
7:09:07or a specific part of the card and new
7:09:09slicer manual basically what happens is
7:09:11because we were formatting our measures
7:09:13at the model level and then if you want
7:09:16to format them further we were
7:09:17formatting them in the data labels and
7:09:19few places in the card which were nicer
7:09:21other than that we were not able to
7:09:22format and if you want to format your
7:09:24visual calculation that's the option we
7:09:26were using now we would like to go
7:09:28beyond that and we would like to them at
7:09:30the visual level with visual level
7:09:32formatting string you can do that so
7:09:34means you will be able to format the
7:09:36visual calculations for visual level
7:09:38format string however are useful even
7:09:40without visual without visual
7:09:42calculation they are also useful what
7:09:44are the three levels now we can do it
7:09:45model level we format this model level
7:09:48you can set the format for columns and
7:09:50measures in the model anywhere you can
7:09:52use that column or measure the
7:09:53formatting of the apply unless over
7:09:55written by a visual calculation element
7:09:57level form what is the visual level then
7:10:00this is what is introducing here or
7:10:02introduced today with with this release
7:10:04notes you can set the format of the
7:10:06string any column or a major or a visual
7:10:08calculation that is on your visual even
7:10:10they already had a format string in
7:10:12cases the model level format string were
7:10:14written visual level format string would
7:10:16be used because this visual level will
7:10:19have higher priority over the model
7:10:20level now next come the element level
7:10:23you can set the format for data labels
7:10:25and specific elements of the new card
7:10:28and new slicer visual this will be
7:10:30pended including much more in the future
7:10:33any format string you set here will
7:10:36override the format string on the visual
7:10:38add the model so now you will explain
7:10:41you element level selected element on a
7:10:43selected visual measures or column and
7:10:45visual calculation both it applied
7:10:47visual selected visual applies to measor
7:10:49and columns and visual calculations
7:10:51model it applies to all the pages and
7:10:54the reports on the same model and which
7:10:57one will impact it has been given here
7:10:59so first is model level if you have the
7:11:01visual level the visual level will apply
7:11:03if you have the element level then the
7:11:05element level settings will apply it has
7:11:06been explained from where you can get
7:11:08the model level so model L you can set
7:11:10from the major tool or the column tool
7:11:13or you have these properties under the
7:11:15modeling from where you can apply the
7:11:17model level setting for visual level you
7:11:19can find it under the data format once
7:11:21you open and select the visual when you
7:11:23further go down you let's say you want
7:11:25to set up the data label inside the data
7:11:28label further you can go ahead and
7:11:30change the formatting of your measure
7:11:34using the format strings so this example
7:11:37is been given now the total is shown as
7:11:39scientific notation but only in the data
7:11:41label not in other places such as tool
7:11:44tip as shown below notice how the
7:11:46element level formatting is used in the
7:11:48data label but visual level model format
7:11:51thing is still used for the other
7:11:53elements in the same visual now we have
7:11:56understood this feature detailed time
7:11:58has come that we go to powerb desktop
7:12:00and explore this feature out so let's
7:12:03move to the power ba desktop and here
7:12:05I'm going to add a new page and in this
7:12:07new page I'm going to add a table visual
7:12:11in this table visual let me bring in BR
7:12:13let me also bring in and let me
7:12:16duplicate it a bar visual because not
7:12:19every property applies everywhere in the
7:12:21bar visual let me go ahead and enable
7:12:22the data labels also I'll open up the
7:12:24property Pane and I will enable now the
7:12:26data labels as you can see data is now
7:12:29displayed in millions and this happens
7:12:31because of the data label properties so
7:12:34go to data
7:12:35labels go down and then open values and
7:12:39inside the values you will see the
7:12:41display format is Auto and you can
7:12:43change it as per your requirement so now
7:12:46let's go ahead and custom on look at the
7:12:48formatting of the major this click on
7:12:50the major under the major tool you will
7:12:51be able to see the formatting of the
7:12:54major right now the formatting is joural
7:12:57and all other values are set to the
7:12:58default values so let's start by by
7:13:01changing the format so I can click on
7:13:03the format and start writing down my own
7:13:06format so I would like to write down a
7:13:09format hash comma hash HH hash and I'll
7:13:12not give any decimal place or zeros
7:13:15after that now if you see the other
7:13:17things were disabled and if you look at
7:13:19my net menue here now net has no decimal
7:13:22place it has been formatted using the
7:13:24million format let's look at the bar
7:13:26Visual and in the bar visual on the tool
7:13:28tip you will see it is following the
7:13:30model format
7:13:31we have to now discuss the label format
7:13:34but before that let's experiment with
7:13:36the properties of table visual I can go
7:13:38to properties and under which I can
7:13:40found data format I don't want to set up
7:13:42for brand but I would like to set up it
7:13:43for net which is auto as of now
7:13:45following the model level formatting I
7:13:48can click into the format and replace it
7:13:50with a million format of hash comma hhhh
7:13:54do0 so I will now get one decimal place
7:13:57press enter to commit and now go back to
7:13:59the table visual where we have done this
7:14:01you can see one decimal place is coming
7:14:04which is the visual level format
7:14:06different from the model level now to
7:14:08explore the additional properties what
7:14:10we are going to do is we are going to go
7:14:12to the bar Visual and try to set up some
7:14:14visual level and elements level
7:14:15formatting I go to the bar visual here
7:14:18and in the bar visual I go to the
7:14:19property and I have data format and I
7:14:21want to give a data format now the
7:14:22format which I given for the table
7:14:23visual definitely not going to apply
7:14:25here we will give the same format here
7:14:27hash comma Hash Hash has do0 it means
7:14:30one decimal cas you will observe no
7:14:32difference in the data label but when
7:14:33you go to the tool tip you see it is one
7:14:35decimal place in the million format and
7:14:37that is what we wanted so now my visual
7:14:39is following the visual level format but
7:14:41I'm missing a visual with a global
7:14:43format so what I'm going to do here is
7:14:45I'm going to add one additional visual
7:14:47here so let me add a bar visual here and
7:14:50inside this bar visual I will go ahead
7:14:53and add net and brand from the item
7:14:56table and now if you look at this visual
7:14:59you have the global format now we would
7:15:01like to go ahead and experiment with the
7:15:03element level formatting so let me click
7:15:05on the first bar visual which I've
7:15:07created and go to the data labels in the
7:15:11data label let's scroll down to the
7:15:13values and inside the values we have
7:15:16display unit you can select the display
7:15:18unit as null and you will observe that
7:15:21now the labels are also following visual
7:15:23level format in display unit you can
7:15:26also choose any other formats like
7:15:29thousands
7:15:31million
7:15:32billion Etc you can prefer to choose
7:15:35Auto format Auto is the one of the most
7:15:37common format we use and once you are
7:15:40using Auto format you can decide the
7:15:42number of decimal places let's say you
7:15:44can change it to one or two now I would
7:15:46like to give a custom format the moment
7:15:48I choose it it shows me the visual level
7:15:50format let's start writing down now hash
7:15:52comma Hash Hash Hash the million format
7:15:56d0 and0 means you have to show two
7:15:59decimal places in place of 0 0 if I
7:16:03would have used Hash Hash it means the
7:16:05digits are optional it means if there is
7:16:07a one digit it will show one digit not
7:16:10two digit after the decimal so let's
7:16:12look at this line where we have 7.0 if I
7:16:14would have used Hash Hash after the
7:16:17decimal it would have only shown 7 not
7:16:1970 dou 0 makes it compulsory to have two
7:16:22decimal places we are now using three
7:16:25different formatting for this measure
7:16:27net so if I click on this measure net
7:16:30you will see at the model level we don't
7:16:32have any decimal places and if you go to
7:16:35the tool tip of the second bar visual
7:16:37you don't see any tool tip on the table
7:16:39visual you see the visual level format
7:16:41with one decimal place on the first bar
7:16:43visual you see on the data label the two
7:16:46decimal places means the element level
7:16:49formatting and in the tool tip you see
7:16:51the visual level formatting now we have
7:16:53explored the format string feature at
7:16:55Major level visual level and the element
7:16:58level but the visual level format
7:17:01feature has came for the visual
7:17:02calculation so let's go ahead and
7:17:04explore one visual calculation too let
7:17:06me add a visual calculation on the table
7:17:08visual the calculation I want to add
7:17:10here is next next of the net I want it
7:17:13means it's going to give me the next row
7:17:15let me press enter and it is giving me a
7:17:18calculation which is giving me Nest but
7:17:20the formatting is not following any of
7:17:22the format which we have done at the
7:17:24model or the visual level we need to
7:17:26change the format and to change the
7:17:28format we'll go to the format pan format
7:17:31pain properties and inside this we will
7:17:32choose this calculation and now here we
7:17:35can give a format what we want hash
7:17:37comma Hash Hash has the million format
7:17:40and as you can see the calculation is
7:17:42showing without any decimal place but
7:17:44net is following its own format which is
7:17:47basically having one decimal place now
7:17:50you have seen how to format a visual
7:17:52calculation at the visual level we have
7:17:56now learned how to format at element
7:17:59level visual level and mod level so why
7:18:02would you go ahead and try out visual
7:18:03level format
7:18:05strings let's understand what is Dax and
7:18:08what I'm going to do is I'm going to use
7:18:10the definitions which has been provided
7:18:12on Microsoft Larn site so that we are
7:18:15you know very near to what Microsoft has
7:18:17given so Dex is data analysis expression
7:18:21is a Formula expression language used in
7:18:24analysis services powerbi and power
7:18:27power in Excel Dex formula include
7:18:29functions op ators and values to perform
7:18:33Advanced calculation and queries on the
7:18:35data in related tables and columns in
7:18:39the tabular data model so in all these
7:18:42analysis Services power VI power pivot
7:18:45we use tabular data model so in the
7:18:47table of data model to create the
7:18:49formulas or the calculation we use Tex
7:18:52and this is what we are going to use now
7:18:54onwards a lot when we are going to learn
7:18:57the formulas The Columns the calculated
7:19:00column Majors tables RLS Etc so Dex is
7:19:05used in Dex calculations Dex formulas
7:19:08are used in Majors calculated column
7:19:11calculated tables visual calculations
7:19:14and Ru of security these are the places
7:19:16where Dex calculations are used so first
7:19:19of all what is Dex measure measures are
7:19:21Dynamic calculation formulas where the
7:19:24result change depending on the context
7:19:27means if the your filter context is
7:19:28changing then the results will change
7:19:31majors are used in reporting that
7:19:34support combining filtering model data
7:19:38by using multiple attributes such as
7:19:40power V report or Excel pivot table or
7:19:43pivot chart measur are created by using
7:19:45Dex formula bar in the model designers
7:19:48and we'll go to the power VI desktop
7:19:50this is where we are going to learn the
7:19:52Dex measures we have the option to
7:19:55create the measures we have it in under
7:19:58the Home tab we will also get it in to
7:20:00the table tools that's calculated column
7:20:03the calculated column is a Col column
7:20:06that you add to an existing table in the
7:20:09model designer and then create a Tex
7:20:12formula that defines that column's value
7:20:15when a calculated column contains a
7:20:17valid Dex formula the values are
7:20:20calculated for each rows as soon as the
7:20:23formula is entered the values are then
7:20:25stored in the inmemory data model so
7:20:28basically the Dex calculated columns
7:20:32will be calculated and will be stored in
7:20:34the model while the measures are
7:20:36basically runtime which is going to be
7:20:39executed when we actually use them onto
7:20:42the visualization T calculated tables
7:20:45calculated table is computed objects
7:20:49based on the formula expression DED from
7:20:52all or part of the other tables in the
7:20:55same model instead of querying and
7:20:57loading the values into your new table
7:21:00column from a data source a de formula
7:21:03defines the tables value so basically
7:21:06you are not getting it from The Source
7:21:07you are actually calculating it based on
7:21:10the other data which is coming from
7:21:14source so basically it can be based on
7:21:16other table or time we may create tables
7:21:19like calendar table which is actually
7:21:21driven by completely by the formula only
7:21:23calculated table support relationship
7:21:26with other tables means yes do you are
7:21:28calculating a table but still it can
7:21:30have relationship with our tables
7:21:32calculated tables are recalculated if
7:21:34any of the table it pulls data from our
7:21:38refreshed or updated so if it is taking
7:21:41data from any table and that table's
7:21:43data get refreshed it will also get
7:21:45refreshed and updated visual calculation
7:21:48the Dex visual calculation has been very
7:21:50decently added to powerb a visual
7:21:53calculation is a DEX calculation that
7:21:55defined and executed directly on a
7:21:58visual so it is only at the visual level
7:22:00not beyond that so the scope of visual
7:22:02calculation is visual visual
7:22:04calculations make it easier to create
7:22:07calculations that are previously hard to
7:22:10create getting a simpler decks easier to
7:22:12maintain and better performance so the
7:22:15reason for giving this is basically you
7:22:17want to have a simpler Dex like looking
7:22:19into previous no R next Row first row
7:22:23last row or even creating the running
7:22:25sum all these are going to be really
7:22:27easy if you use Dex visual calculations
7:22:30Dex queries Dex queries can be created
7:22:33and run in Dex query view of power ba
7:22:36desktop and open source tools like Dex
7:22:38Studio unlike the calculation formulas
7:22:41which can be only created in a tabular
7:22:44model Dex query can also be run against
7:22:47analysis service multi-dimensional model
7:22:49Dex queries are often easier to write
7:22:51and more efficient than the
7:22:53multi-dimensional data expression MDF
7:22:55queries so those of you who have used
7:22:57the multi-dimensional models you might
7:22:59know that the m DX query is used and it
7:23:01is real now Dex is easier again the Dex
7:23:04query is basically we are trying to do
7:23:07what we are doing in the sequel to write
7:23:09down the select query here we are
7:23:10writing down Dex queries now the Dex
7:23:12query when you wanted to write down in
7:23:14Dex query view or Dex Studio you need to
7:23:17make sure that it returns a table and
7:23:19you can also use evaluate function to
7:23:21evaluate these queries just like select
7:23:24does the job for you in the SQL World
7:23:26evaluate is going to do the job for you
7:23:28so to run the Dex queries you need to
7:23:30use evaluate one should make sure that
7:23:32the query should return return a table
7:23:34so if it returns a table then it's going
7:23:36to be displayed in the Dex query view or
7:23:38the de view you can also use order by
7:23:41index queries which we do not use in the
7:23:43visual explicitely because what happens
7:23:45in the visual we have a option to sort
7:23:47on a particular column and we use that
7:23:50option to sort we we do need to mention
7:23:53that okay order by this column that has
7:23:55been taken care by the visual features
7:23:58data type what all data types de support
7:24:00you can import data into a model from
7:24:03many different data sources that might
7:24:06support different data types when you
7:24:08import data into a model the data is
7:24:10converted to one of the tabular model
7:24:13data types and these are the data types
7:24:16it will be converted whole number
7:24:18basically the number without a decimal
7:24:21place so this is very similar to
7:24:23integers decimal numbers Boolean text
7:24:26date date and time valid dates are all
7:24:29dates after March 1 1900 so if you have
7:24:32a date before that then it might not
7:24:34work currency and a blank these are the
7:24:36various data types which you which are
7:24:39supported on the Dex and you when you
7:24:41are going to use that you will realize
7:24:43that these are sufficient for our
7:24:45calculations and you know working on the
7:24:49so Dex variable you can create variable
7:24:52within an expression using where so you
7:24:54can create a variable variable is
7:24:56technically not a function it's not a
7:24:58function it is a keyword to store the
7:25:01results of an expression as named
7:25:03variable so basically you are going to
7:25:05have an expression and that expression
7:25:08will be saved as a variable it will be
7:25:11given a name and that name can be used
7:25:13further that variable can be passed as
7:25:15an argument to another as an argument to
7:25:18other major expression for example major
7:25:21equal to where Max of Max State and then
7:25:23you'll use the written statement and
7:25:25then you're going to use it again like
7:25:27in this case we are using calculate sum
7:25:29of say gross am out filter all date date
7:25:32of date equal to Max so I'm using the
7:25:34variable and it is really important
7:25:36whenever you are using a variable
7:25:38whether you are using in a measure or
7:25:39whether you are using it in a column you
7:25:41need to use the written statement
7:25:43written statement is only needed when
7:25:45you are using variable if you are not
7:25:47having a variable you could have used
7:25:49simply let's say major equal to sum of
7:25:50gross amount that will also work when
7:25:52you're using Dex variable so you need to
7:25:54make sure when you're are using Dex
7:25:56variables you should use a written
7:25:57statement to complete your measure or a
7:25:59calculator column so these are the
7:26:02various definitions I wanted you to know
7:26:05before we move into the depth of the
7:26:07deex now we will now go ahead and
7:26:09discuss context there are various kind
7:26:11of context in Dex and it is really
7:26:14important to understand that now some
7:26:16time when we are using these context we
7:26:19may use only the word context or a
7:26:21visual context or a row context we'll
7:26:24also try to understand that so let's
7:26:27understand the different kind of
7:26:28contexts which are available in power ba
7:26:31or in the tax so what is context context
7:26:34is an important concept to understand
7:26:37when creating the Dex formula context
7:26:39enables you to perform Dynamic analysis
7:26:42as the result of a formula change to
7:26:45reflect the current row or the cell
7:26:48selection and also any related data
7:26:51understanding context and using context
7:26:53efficiently are critical for building
7:26:55High performing Dynamic analysis and for
7:26:58troubleshooting the problems in the
7:27:00formula so basically context is applying
7:27:02everywhere and we need to understand
7:27:04what are the different kind of context
7:27:06and which context is applying back
7:27:08formulas in the table or model can be
7:27:10evaluated in different context depending
7:27:13on other design elements what are those
7:27:15Design Elements filter applied in a
7:27:17pivot table or a report filter defined
7:27:20within a formula relationship is
7:27:22specified by special functions using
7:27:25formula there are different type of
7:27:26contexts B context query context and
7:27:29filter cont context now let's understand
7:27:32row context row context can be thought
7:27:35as row context can be thought of as the
7:27:38current row if you create a formula in
7:27:41the calculated column the row context
7:27:43for the formula is include the value
7:27:46from all the columns in the current row
7:27:49if the table is related to another table
7:27:51the content is also included all the
7:27:54values from other tables that are
7:27:57related to the current row is basically
7:27:59every row it will get executed and every
7:28:02row has a context that is where the row
7:28:05context comes in place for example
7:28:07support you create a calculated column
7:28:09quantity 1 plus quantity 2 let's add the
7:28:12values from two columns quantity one and
7:28:14quantity 2 from the same table this
7:28:17formula automatically gets only the
7:28:19value from the current Row in the
7:28:21specified column so it's only getting
7:28:23one row it is not getting more than that
7:28:25so that is where the row context is
7:28:27applied the row context also follows any
7:28:30relationship that has been defined
7:28:32between the tables including
7:28:33relationship defined with the a
7:28:36calculated column by using Dex formulas
7:28:39to determine which Row in the related
7:28:41tables are associated with the current
7:28:43row related function can fetch a related
7:28:46table based on the relation so basically
7:28:49you you can say Quantity plus related
7:28:51tables quantity so it is going to fetch
7:28:54row by row that values so all these
7:28:56places is row context so basically your
7:28:59row itself is a filter of data it is not
7:29:02going beyond that particular rows
7:29:04calculation so it's not that if I say
7:29:06Quantity 1 plus quantity 2 it going to
7:29:08sum up all the quantities in the table
7:29:10that's not going to happen we will take
7:29:12example when it's going to happen but
7:29:14that's not going to happen with the row
7:29:16context is in place so Dex is multiple
7:29:19row context Dex include function that
7:29:21iterates calculation over a table these
7:29:24functions can have multiple current rows
7:29:27which each with its own content T in a
7:29:30sense these function let you create the
7:29:33formula that perform operation
7:29:35recursively over an inner and outer loop
7:29:37so basically you are executing on more
7:29:40than one rules for example suppose your
7:29:43model contains product table and sales
7:29:45table user might want to go through
7:29:47entire Sal table which is full of
7:29:50transaction involving multiple products
7:29:52and find the largest quantity order for
7:29:54each product for any one of these
7:29:56transac this is one example when you
7:29:59want to calculate multiple rows of the
7:30:02sales table against the each product
7:30:03that's where you are using multiple row
7:30:05contacts with the Dex you can build a
7:30:07single formula that Returns the correct
7:30:09value and results are automatically
7:30:12updated at the time user adds the data
7:30:14to a table so the Dex will take care of
7:30:18the execution and you will get the
7:30:20correct formula so one of the example
7:30:22using earlier is like I want to find out
7:30:24the first sales State when the customer
7:30:26came to me for first time so this is
7:30:28minx filter sales custom customer ID
7:30:30equals to earlier customer ID so it's
7:30:32going to look at for all the customers
7:30:34in that table and go to find out the
7:30:36minimum save date to summarize the
7:30:38earlier function store the row context
7:30:41from the operation that precedes the
7:30:43current operation so basically it's a
7:30:45multiple row context which is coming
7:30:47into play in this case so let's
7:30:49understand query context query context
7:30:52refers to the subset of the data that is
7:30:54implicitly retrieved from a formula for
7:30:57example when a user places a measure or
7:31:00the field into the report the engine
7:31:02examines the row and the column headers
7:31:05slicers and Report filter to determine
7:31:07the context the necessary query then
7:31:09runs against the model data to get the
7:31:12correct subset of the data makes
7:31:15calculation defined by the formula and
7:31:18populate the values in the report so
7:31:19basically what happens when you create a
7:31:21visual so it has it might be getting
7:31:23slies it might be creating filters it
7:31:26might have the columns row columns or
7:31:29column head
7:31:30based on all those a query context is
7:31:33formed and then you get the result so
7:31:35this is what the query context is
7:31:37because the context changes depending on
7:31:39where you place the formula the result
7:31:41of the formula can also change for
7:31:44example suppose you create a formula
7:31:46that sums the value in gross amount
7:31:48column of the sales table let's say sum
7:31:50of gross amount if you use this in a
7:31:53calculated column within a sales table
7:31:55the result of the formula will also be
7:31:58same as the entire table because the
7:32:00query context of the formula is always
7:32:02the entire data set of the c table the
7:32:05results will have gross amount for all
7:32:07regions all products all years and so on
7:32:10so if use the sum of gross sales amount
7:32:13in a calculated column versus a major
7:32:15your expectation of result should be
7:32:17different in case of a mejor it is based
7:32:20on the query context of what is present
7:32:22in the visual in column headers Ru
7:32:25headers or what is coming because of
7:32:27filters and slices but in case of the
7:32:29calculated column is going to take the
7:32:31complete Sal table and go to calculate
7:32:34however user typically don't want to see
7:32:36the same results hundreds of time but
7:32:39instead of instead of want to get profit
7:32:42of a particular year a particular
7:32:44country or a particular product or
7:32:46combination of these to get the grand
7:32:48total so this is what we want we
7:32:50actually wanted to group the data this
7:32:52is what we do in a powerb visual we
7:32:54wanted to have the grouping of the data
7:32:56based on particular year country Etc in
7:32:58a report the context is changed by
7:33:00filtering or adding or removing the
7:33:02fields and using the slices for each
7:33:05change the query context in the measure
7:33:07is evaluated therefore the same formula
7:33:10used in a measure is evaluated in
7:33:12different query context for each cell so
7:33:14basically your visual may have different
7:33:16set of columns different set of filter
7:33:18filters and slices and based on that it
7:33:20is going to be evaluated in different
7:33:22query context let's come to now filter
7:33:25context filter context is a set of
7:33:28values allowed in each column or in the
7:33:31values retrieved from a related table
7:33:33filter can be applied to the column in
7:33:36the designer or presentation layer
7:33:38reports or pivot table filters can also
7:33:41be defined explicitly by filter
7:33:44expression in the formula so we have
7:33:45filters and slices we also have you know
7:33:48filter expression in which we can use in
7:33:51calculate or the expression function
7:33:53that also can give us the filter context
7:33:56filter context is added when you specify
7:33:58filter filter con States on a set of
7:34:01values allowed in a column or a table
7:34:03using the arguments to the formula
7:34:06filter context applies on the top of
7:34:09other contexts such as row context or
7:34:11query context so filter context is going
7:34:13to apply on on top of the other context
7:34:16such as row context and query context
7:34:17that we to remember in tabular model
7:34:20there are many ways to create the filter
7:34:22context within the context of client
7:34:25that can consume the model such as
7:34:27powerb reports user can create filter on
7:34:30the Fly by adding slicers or report
7:34:32filters on the row or column headings
7:34:34you can also specify filter expression
7:34:37directly within the formula to specify
7:34:40related values to filter tables that are
7:34:43used as inputs or to dynamically get the
7:34:46context of the values that are used in
7:34:48the calculation you can completely clear
7:34:51or selectively clear the filter of a
7:34:54particular column this is very useful
7:34:56while creating the formulas that
7:34:58calculates Grant to so what would happen
7:35:00now there is a filter context which is
7:35:02applying and because the visual is
7:35:04getting executed the visual rowes is
7:35:07actually having a particular value
7:35:10getting filtered now you don't want that
7:35:12kind of filter happening because of the
7:35:14visual Ro so there are functions like
7:35:16all all selected using which you can you
7:35:19know go beyond your context you can
7:35:22completely clear or selectively clear
7:35:24those particular columns filter context
7:35:27and get a formulas which will help you
7:35:29to get Grand totals so this is what we
7:35:32understood about different context not
7:35:34what you're going to do is you're going
7:35:35to explicitly look at this row context
7:35:38and filter context and when we go to the
7:35:40visualization quite a few time we are
7:35:42only going to talk about filter context
7:35:45but by the definition you might see that
7:35:47it is applicable on a larger context or
7:35:49some other context but we'll try to
7:35:51limit ourself to use few terms and I'm
7:35:55going to explain you what are the terms
7:35:56which we are going to use when we are
7:35:58going to look at these context in the
7:36:01visuals let's understand the difference
7:36:04between the row context and the filter
7:36:07context and also look at the powera file
7:36:10to understand the different kind of
7:36:12context we have understood few minutes
7:36:14back so let me take you through uh the
7:36:17next slide let's have a look at the
7:36:19differences so basically the row context
7:36:21as we have understood already is a
7:36:23physical row of the table so basically
7:36:25when you're doing a calculated column
7:36:27then what essentially you're doing is
7:36:29every row by row that calculation is
7:36:31happening or basically row filtering is
7:36:34applying on every row so you are only
7:36:36limited by the data of that particular
7:36:38row that is where we say row context is
7:36:41applied now similarly when you use
7:36:42iterator functions like filter sumx
7:36:45average X add columns you can also
7:36:48access the row context so like say if
7:36:50you use in the sumx you use the sales
7:36:52table then you're also creating a row
7:36:55context because at that time you are at
7:36:57the row of the table and you can do that
7:36:59while creating a major also now row
7:37:01context applies to one row at a time not
7:37:04more than one row because we have multi-
7:37:06row context if you remember for that a
7:37:08filter context if you apply how can it
7:37:10come it come can come because of the
7:37:12slicers or the filter which are
7:37:13available on the page it may come
7:37:15because of the visual so visual has
7:37:17every row and it row has a column or row
7:37:20because of which the values are coming
7:37:22and they are coming as a filter context
7:37:24Dex calculations like when we use
7:37:27calculate function we are giving filter
7:37:29expression and those are also acting as
7:37:31a filter context and filter context
7:37:33usually applies to a set of rows now
7:37:35let's jump out the power be file and try
7:37:38to understand the row context first of
7:37:41all if I go to my sales table in the
7:37:44table view if you remember we have done
7:37:46certain calculations and one of the
7:37:48calculation which we have done here is
7:37:50the gross amount when you look at the
7:37:52gross amount what is this calculation
7:37:54sales quantity multiply by price now
7:37:56this is a calculated column there is no
7:37:58aggregation here and this calculation is
7:38:01going to be done row by row so here row
7:38:04context is applying and you're only
7:38:06getting a data of a row you're not
7:38:08getting beyond that same way we have
7:38:10cogs calculation which is again the row
7:38:13by row calculation discount amount is
7:38:15again row by row calculation but if I
7:38:17come to sum of gross sales if you
7:38:19remember we discussed in the query
7:38:22context now here what is happening the
7:38:24entire table is available when we are
7:38:26doing this kind of operation and what
7:38:28are the other Contex text apply now when
7:38:31we are on a visual the other context may
7:38:33come because of able visual or the bar
7:38:36visual or because of the grouping they
7:38:38are providing in the visual now here
7:38:40there is nothing which is coming in for
7:38:42that and that is why you are getting the
7:38:44full total and that that is why you will
7:38:46find that I am keep on mentioning this
7:38:48whenever you are using aggregate
7:38:50function in a colum it gives you full
7:38:52table so you have access to full table
7:38:55and to reduce that you have to use some
7:38:57kind of a filter function or something
7:38:59like we have seen the example of earlier
7:39:01in multi row context so same example we
7:39:04have here the first change date where we
7:39:06are using this filter function and
7:39:08earlier a multi row context so here we
7:39:11are having this multi row context
7:39:13basically what is happening your
7:39:15customer ID equals to customer ID in the
7:39:17full sales table we're finding out the
7:39:20subset of the rows which are satisfying
7:39:23these conditions in the sales table
7:39:25where current rules customer ID is
7:39:28equals to the customer ID of the sales
7:39:30table and that subset of row you're
7:39:33using to find out the minimum sales
7:39:35state which is becoming your first sales
7:39:37dates same way we have also calculated
7:39:40the last sales date so these are you
7:39:43know the calculation which is coming
7:39:45from multirow Context now let's go back
7:39:48to the
7:39:50visualization and in the visualization
7:39:52if you look at this visual this visual
7:39:55is having row if you look at this row it
7:39:57is filtering the data for that Row for
7:39:59category one but also if you look at the
7:40:02gross column this particular row it is
7:40:05not giving this total like what we are
7:40:07getting in the column because here the
7:40:09categories filter context is applying on
7:40:12this visual row and restricting the data
7:40:14to category one so basically what you
7:40:16call the data is getting grouped so data
7:40:19is getting filtered for category one for
7:40:22this particular visual row so here we
7:40:25can say that you know each row is
7:40:28getting a filter context of category so
7:40:30when there is a category or there's a
7:40:32brand each row will get the filter
7:40:35context of those UNS sumarized column or
7:40:38group by columns and because of that you
7:40:40are getting that particular value for
7:40:43each row so filter context is passing
7:40:46now additional filter context can be
7:40:48added from filters from slicers and then
7:40:51that will further reduce your data for a
7:40:54row so different kind of filter contexts
7:40:57are getting applied on this one so now
7:40:59what could happen you could go ahead and
7:41:01add a filter or a slicer and can apply
7:41:04to this particular Visual and that will
7:41:06also give you the context so what
7:41:08happens let's say I can go here and put
7:41:10a brand let's say I mly put a filter as
7:41:13a page and I can select brand one now
7:41:15what you are seeing is this filter is
7:41:17also getting passed to this Visual and
7:41:19your result or your query context has
7:41:22changed to get the results so now we are
7:41:25getting data of brand one for this
7:41:28Visual and in inside this visual every
7:41:30rule like category one is getting data
7:41:32for category one category four is
7:41:34getting data for the category four so
7:41:36the context is getting applied to each
7:41:39and every row so now you might have got
7:41:42a little bit of idea of different kind
7:41:44of context and what would happen that
7:41:46you know when we are going to go ahead
7:41:49and look at various calculation we will
7:41:51talk about that context and sometime we
7:41:53might simply use the generic term
7:41:56context but looking at whether we are
7:41:58talking at the visual level or whether
7:41:59we are talking in a calculation the
7:42:02calculation could be in the major
7:42:04formula you will be able to identify
7:42:08that which context we are talking about
7:42:10here which context is going to apply
7:42:12when we use that particular kind of
7:42:13calculation or when we are talking about
7:42:16visual which context we are talking so
7:42:18let's understand how we are going to use
7:42:21various terms so whenever there is a
7:42:23slicer or filter which is passing the
7:42:25filter context we may simply use the
7:42:28term okay the it is getting filtered or
7:42:30it is getting filter context similarly
7:42:32the visual may also pass the filter
7:42:35context so we can say use the term
7:42:37context filter context visual row filter
7:42:40context or row filter context means when
7:42:43the visual have let's say category or
7:42:45brand and it is filtering the data for
7:42:48that also there is a filter context
7:42:50which is passing but we will K may use
7:42:52to explain you better like okay this is
7:42:54visual rows filter context is passing
7:42:57now when we use Dex formula and we have
7:43:00the filter because of that we may say it
7:43:02is Formula filter context or simply the
7:43:04context so this is how we are going to
7:43:06use the terms uh in the upcoming videos
7:43:09based on that it will be helpful for you
7:43:12to identify which context we are talking
7:43:14about so now we will understand Dex
7:43:16query View and first of all what we are
7:43:18going to do is we are going to go and
7:43:19look at the release note of Dex query
7:43:21view to understand it little bit in
7:43:23details and we are just starting with
7:43:25the Dex journey I might not be able to
7:43:28give you complete
7:43:29overview of what all Dex query view can
7:43:32do so what we will do is first let's
7:43:35understand the basic of what de query
7:43:36view can do and later on we will come
7:43:39back and explore Dex query view in
7:43:41little bit details so let's start the
7:43:43journey with the blog in November 2023
7:43:46the feature of Dex query view has been
7:43:48released an additional tab on the left
7:43:52hand pan has been added for Dex query
7:43:54View and this feature will allow you to
7:43:58run Dex qu directly from Power VI
7:44:02desktop you don't need external Studios
7:44:05for that release notes of November 2023
7:44:08talks about this feature but very
7:44:10recently a detailed article has been
7:44:12given on blog. powerbi.com or powerbi
7:44:18microsoft.com
7:44:20slus blog we are going to look into the
7:44:23article as well as we are going to play
7:44:25around with the Dex query view in powerb
7:44:29desktops let's quickly have a look at
7:44:31the blog as you can see as a first thing
7:44:34the various components have been
7:44:36explained so we have the data pane here
7:44:39we have the quick measures option we
7:44:42have the command bar here ribbon Dex
7:44:45query view access via the fourth view
7:44:47option the fourth view option which we
7:44:49are going to check out in some time Dex
7:44:52query
7:44:55editor which is this portion and the
7:44:58result grade which is the this
7:45:00particular section and then we can have
7:45:03query tabs we can have multiple
7:45:07queries how Dex query view is going to
7:45:10help us out H has been described in this
7:45:12blog quick queries from the data Paine
7:45:15to make it easy to create Dex queries
7:45:18direct model author can use Dex query
7:45:21view new measure authoring workflow we
7:45:24will see how can we create new measures
7:45:26directly from here CeX query of the
7:45:29visuals create your own Dex
7:45:32query now those of who who are from the
7:45:35powerbi world and never used deck studio
7:45:38uh you might not have seen the use of
7:45:41evaluate now what happens when you want
7:45:43to
7:45:44evaluate a query in the Dex view or in
7:45:49the Dex Studio you require evaluate and
7:45:51then you write down evaluate and a query
7:45:54a DEX query typically should return a
7:45:55table so all every time we trying to
7:45:58bring in uh xquery we try to return a
7:46:02table and then you say evaluate and the
7:46:04expression which return returns as a
7:46:06table and that's how you get it now if
7:46:08you want to create something new or you
7:46:10want to Define Majors then you use the
7:46:12Define keyword where you can Define the
7:46:14majors now these measures are defined in
7:46:17the context of that particular query so
7:46:21let's read out the definition from here
7:46:23evaluate evaluate which is required that
7:46:27specific what data you want to see
7:46:30Define which is optional that can
7:46:33specify a measure or named Dex formula
7:46:36to use in the Dex query this measure can
7:46:39already be in the model or not if
7:46:42already exists you can make changes that
7:46:45only apply to the Dex query to try them
7:46:48out you can also have the option to
7:46:51update the model with these mejor which
7:46:53we will get into more details later in
7:46:56this blog so in this blog they have
7:46:58shown you how can you save the changes
7:47:01in the major and we are going to
7:47:02experiment with that
7:47:05also when we are going to take the
7:47:07Practical examples now one example has
7:47:11been given for a de query summarized
7:47:12column is one thing which
7:47:15returns table and that is how we can use
7:47:17it if you go down more examples have
7:47:19been given also equalent sqls have been
7:47:21provided in this blog so that you can
7:47:24understand what's happening out
7:47:27here as you you can see the queries are
7:47:29run using evaluate
7:47:33expression select column is another
7:47:35function which can return return you a
7:47:36table with the selection of columns what
7:47:39you want and we order by something which
7:47:43we don't frequently use in powerbi
7:47:46because we use the visual sorting and
7:47:49visual sorting internally applies that
7:47:51order by but here you can explicitly
7:47:53call order by
7:47:55function then show data preview in the
7:47:58quick measure then it will generate a
7:48:01query for you Dex query and you can run
7:48:06that few more
7:48:12examples then you have uh Define with
7:48:16the references if you have a major and
7:48:18you want to Define its references then
7:48:19you have an option when you are running
7:48:21the query you can see the def references
7:48:24has been defined you can change the
7:48:25definition a little bit while uh doing
7:48:29the evaluation of that particular major
7:48:33in the Dex view so as you can see some
7:48:36of the majors have been changed and it
7:48:37is asking do you want to update or
7:48:39override those measures I may or may not
7:48:42want that I'm just experimenting it here
7:48:44by changing it what would happen so you
7:48:46have a place where you can experiment
7:48:48how your different measures or different
7:48:51combination of the defination is going
7:48:54to result in the data and then few more
7:48:57things have been explained
7:48:59here we have learned now quite a few
7:49:02visuals and there are still few visuals
7:49:04which are left out and we will take up
7:49:07those visuals once we are able to learn
7:49:11T and able to create more complex M once
7:49:14we are done with that we will come back
7:49:16and we will learn how to use conditional
7:49:19formatting and how can we create some
7:49:22other visuals and in those visuals we
7:49:24need few calculations which are
7:49:26dependent on some decks this time when
7:49:29we are going to learn creation of new
7:49:31major just like we created the majors
7:49:33initially uh we can take help of a new
7:49:35major which is available on the top
7:49:37under the major tool or table tool or
7:49:40Home tab but we are also going to take
7:49:43help of this new feature which has came
7:49:45in 2023 which is Dax query view view in
7:49:48the Dex query view we will be able to
7:49:51put the definition of an existing major
7:49:53modify it and get a new major or we
7:49:57simply Define a new major and and we
7:49:59will be able to use it so Dex query view
7:50:02is something very similar to those who
7:50:04have learned SQL it's like in a SQL
7:50:06editor or SQL Developer where you write
7:50:09down the SQL statement and execute them
7:50:12to get the query result so these are the
7:50:13Dex queries which we are going to write
7:50:15down here and you will get the results
7:50:16so before we Deep dive into the majors
7:50:21we're going to learn little bit about
7:50:23this Tex query View and as I already
7:50:25opened it you can see that there is
7:50:27already in a statement top top and 100
7:50:29customer we do have a table with that
7:50:31name I'll explain you what this so
7:50:33whenever we are going to do anything in
7:50:35a visualization we are not going to use
7:50:37this valuate function at the max I will
7:50:39do this top and 100 now top end is a
7:50:41function which can give top values 100
7:50:44is the number of values and customer is
7:50:46the expression or the table which I've
7:50:48given so it's giving me of 100 customers
7:50:50important thing which we have to
7:50:52remember when we are in the Dex query
7:50:54view is that whatever we are writing
7:50:56down here when we are to evaluate it
7:50:58should give us a table and there are
7:51:00many ways we can get table we will learn
7:51:02them as we go move forward now if we
7:51:04look at what all options we have on the
7:51:07top of the Dex query view we have
7:51:09something known as format query so if
7:51:10you write down a complex query and if
7:51:12you want to format it let's say can we
7:51:13format it further yes this is how it
7:51:15will get formatted you want to comment
7:51:17you want to write down something let's
7:51:18say we have written I will learn Dex you
7:51:22can go and comment it here you want to
7:51:23uncomment you can uncomment or these
7:51:25three lines are I want to uncomment I
7:51:27can go ahead and uncomment in one go
7:51:29comment then we want to find something
7:51:31we can use find and find it here inside
7:51:33this one you want to replace something
7:51:35and then you have a command pet where
7:51:37you know above the cursor below the
7:51:38cursor you want to search something that
7:51:40can help you I want to execute a major
7:51:42how do I execute a major or get its
7:51:44value in the de can remove this and you
7:51:46can have multiple queries you have tabs
7:51:48below to M run the multiple queries so
7:51:51what I can do here is I can go to one of
7:51:53the existing major and I can right click
7:51:56and say quick queries I have evaluated
7:51:58Define and evaluate Define with
7:52:01reference and evaluate Define all
7:52:03measures in this model now evaluate
7:52:05means simply it will give me evaluate
7:52:07expression Define and evaluate will give
7:52:09me definition how it defined now so let
7:52:11me add the Define and evaluate so it's
7:52:14giving me a function summarize column
7:52:16I'll explain you what this summarize
7:52:17column means so let me evaluate this
7:52:19first of all I can also evaluate this
7:52:22without so basically what happens in Dex
7:52:24query view that we need to evaluate and
7:52:26then we need a table expression this is
7:52:28how it works so summarize columns is
7:52:30also going to give us table expression
7:52:31what it does is you can have the name
7:52:34and then you can have expression name
7:52:35expression name expression you can also
7:52:37add filters this is how summarized
7:52:39column works now if the major is in the
7:52:41schema or the model you can use it but
7:52:43let's say I want to change this
7:52:45definition of the major how does we
7:52:46Define a major first of all let's
7:52:48understand now this one so we first we
7:52:50say Define mejor the table and the mejor
7:52:52name the new major name or the major
7:52:54name which you want and the definition
7:52:56the expression basically so this is our
7:52:58expression part this is the left hand
7:53:00side measure name part this is how you
7:53:02define it now can I have the two
7:53:04definitions here yes I what I can do is
7:53:06I can say multiply by two and I can keep
7:53:08a bracket to give the preference
7:53:10multiplication any way is going to take
7:53:12a preference I can run this now you can
7:53:14see that it takes the new definition the
7:53:16local definition local definition would
7:53:18be given a priority you can simply say
7:53:19evaluate then you see the old definition
7:53:21now let us say I want to Define my own
7:53:23new major so what I can do is I can copy
7:53:26and I'll say gross one what is my gross
7:53:28one what was my gross actually my gross
7:53:30was sum of sales gross amount this was
7:53:33my gross so what I need to do is now I
7:53:35need to add this measure and before I
7:53:37tell you I I'll even tell you one single
7:53:39function which is row what row function
7:53:41can do is row function can actually take
7:53:44a name expression name expression name
7:53:46expression and it only gives me one row
7:53:48summarize column is even more powerful
7:53:50it can have a group buse also we have
7:53:51not added the group by there so so let
7:53:54me execute it first of all evaluate for
7:53:57first time evaluated with net original
7:53:59definition of net because we have not
7:54:00used Define what I can do here is
7:54:02basically I can add a column name static
7:54:04column and I'll call this as grand total
7:54:07because row is giving me only one row it
7:54:10typically used also to create one row of
7:54:12data row again but it gives me a table
7:54:14name so expression name expression name
7:54:17expression this is what the syntax is
7:54:19name expression name expression keep on
7:54:20going like this now third one is gross
7:54:22we created here I'm not calling it gross
7:54:24one I'm simply using gross and then I'll
7:54:26use my gross one and gross one is only
7:54:29local it's not being created till now so
7:54:31I got it but what do You observe here
7:54:33other than you know it's giving me the
7:54:35data is update the model override the
7:54:38measure update the model add new measure
7:54:40these are the two new options which are
7:54:42coming in it means if I want I can add
7:54:45this measor but right now what I'm doing
7:54:47I'm testing it so no need to do now we
7:54:49have learned about this thing something
7:54:50known as sum you already know this same
7:54:52way as sum we have min max count count
7:54:56majors are there now let's go ahead and
7:54:59do this now I'm going to create it and
7:55:00then we are going to use it there also
7:55:02so let me say what is Max here and let
7:55:05me call it as gross two then gross three
7:55:08this is Min Min of gross amount then we
7:55:10can have one more which is Count now I
7:55:12don't want to count the see gross amount
7:55:15I want to count let's say order number
7:55:17and remember my order numbers are unique
7:55:19so when I go to new function which is
7:55:21distinct count which is going to count
7:55:23the distinct values I'm not going to use
7:55:26order number I'm going to use sales City
7:55:28ID so what is my sum of gross amount
7:55:30what is my Max of gross amount Min of
7:55:32gross amount count of order numbers and
7:55:35what are the distinct number of CI in
7:55:36this and I need to add all of them into
7:55:38my row also it cannot happen that I I
7:55:41just get it and here I can use this
7:55:43formatting now let's all this formatting
7:55:45every row we get this and now you can I
7:55:47can do that copy paste let me put a
7:55:49comma also here and then start doing the
7:55:51copy paste we need gross I'm I'm giving
7:55:53a different name here okay gr Min is two
7:55:56Ross three is a Max also not following
7:55:59the order and if you remember I am not
7:56:01given name here this is gross 4 so let's
7:56:04call now gross 4 was there so we will
7:56:06say count orders and this way will say
7:56:09distinct cities distinct cities distinct
7:56:11cities so correctly the name now let's
7:56:13run it now you getting this now some of
7:56:15those we can create a as a major so
7:56:18let's say I want this update as a new
7:56:20major and it is asking this change can
7:56:22not be undone means once I create I
7:56:24can't undo means I have to manually go
7:56:26and delete it you can't use control Z
7:56:28means is going to update the model we
7:56:29are fine with that isn't it okay fine
7:56:31again I say update so I used update
7:56:33again let me create Min of gross also
7:56:35and Max up and some we already have so
7:56:38we don't need it actually we will learn
7:56:39the sux function now in some time then
7:56:42we will try to create it from here we
7:56:44know a easier way here copy paste copy
7:56:46paste and do it I would like now let's
7:56:48take an example of this visual here data
7:56:50is grouped by category so how can we get
7:56:53similar kind of example in Dex query
7:56:56view how can we get the group data we
7:56:58will use summarize columns or summarize
7:57:01now these two functions have the ability
7:57:04to have group wise as well as aggregated
7:57:06column together and using that you can
7:57:08create a table which will give you
7:57:10aggregated columns as well as Group by
7:57:12columns so let's go ahead and try that
7:57:14out so if you remember when we came
7:57:16initially here we have been given a
7:57:18function which was summarize columns now
7:57:20look at the definition of summarize
7:57:21column what does it says you can give
7:57:23group bu you can give filter then name
7:57:25expression name we already using name
7:57:26expression name expression why don't we
7:57:28go ahead and give a group buy how do we
7:57:30give a group buy we need item category I
7:57:32given a group buy then I have name
7:57:34expression name expression and let's try
7:57:35out evaluate this now I can't evaluate
7:57:38it alone I need to have the Define also
7:57:40because there are few things which is
7:57:41not created as measur and we are getting
7:57:43the similar kind of results here we
7:57:45created additional measure there is
7:57:47average gross if I want to add it and
7:57:49without even defining I can put a comma
7:57:50at the end and I can say average cross
7:57:53comma and if I use that start suggesting
7:57:55me the majors then I can use average
7:57:58cross it suggest me as soon as I type it
7:58:00let me run it oh my God in this manner
7:58:02this summarize column everything which
7:58:04you want to use here should finally the
7:58:05valuate should return table say what
7:58:07happens I'm asking about return table
7:58:09return table what happens if I don't do
7:58:11that let's say I simply write down
7:58:12evaluate this average gross now it is
7:58:13already available isn't it let's select
7:58:15an execute it doesn't so it needs table
7:58:17and start renaming it also let's say we
7:58:20call this table one we call the first
7:58:22one is test there's nothing there what
7:58:24we're going to do is every time and
7:58:26again we going to go here and create the
7:58:29majors by just copy pasting by doing
7:58:31little bit faster stuff and
7:58:33understanding those things so now we
7:58:34have understood Dex query views and we
7:58:36also understood the basic functions
7:58:38available with us what we are going to
7:58:39do here is basically uh is there are too
7:58:41many visuals in this file so at this
7:58:43stage we're going to remove all these
7:58:45Pages I'll remove them one by one and
7:58:47now we'll start learning Dex with almost
7:58:50an empty file
7:59:13so what we have done is now we
7:59:15completely created the mt5 by deleting
7:59:17the page we'll save this file and we
7:59:19will also now do a save as and in this
7:59:22save as this time we are going to give
7:59:23it as a n22 name also but we are going
7:59:25to say this is the second file so that
7:59:27you can different that's where we
7:59:28started learning the data analytics
7:59:30expression and interchangeably we might
7:59:33use Query view as well as the new major
7:59:35functionality here whenever we want to
7:59:37use that we would like to learn about
7:59:39these conditional statement if and
7:59:40switch so while these can be used in
7:59:42column and measure so initial example
7:59:45what we are going to take is here to
7:59:46learn these basics of these statement we
7:59:48are going to use them in column but they
7:59:49can be used in major when we'll do
7:59:51conditional formatting we will come
7:59:53across a situation where we would be
7:59:54needing the if or the switch state so
7:59:56let me showcase you the syntax and then
7:59:58we can apply it anywhere so I'm here on
8:00:00my table View and inside the table view
8:00:03the item table is already opened I would
8:00:05like to Showcase you that statement here
8:00:06both the statements so if a statement
8:00:08and what I would like to do very simple
8:00:10thing I have five categories I want
8:00:11category one and two in group one
8:00:13category three and four in group two and
8:00:15the last category in group three that's
8:00:17what I want so let's start creating
8:00:18group using the if statement in a new
8:00:20column so again you clicked on a column
8:00:22then you will have a column tool if you
8:00:24clicked on the table you will have table
8:00:25tool in both you have new column click
8:00:27on the new column let me start calling
8:00:30this column new column is group
8:00:32one and I'll start with if statement if
8:00:36what is my condition if category because
8:00:38I'm creating a column I can simply use
8:00:40the column name belongs to the table
8:00:41without using the table name but ideal
8:00:43situation is use table name column in
8:00:45why I'm using in because I have more
8:00:46than one value or I can use R statement
8:00:48in what and in we give here in the curly
8:00:51brace
8:00:52category 1 comma double quotes category
8:00:56two close so what what is the if
8:00:58statement logical test what is the true
8:01:00value and what is the false value now
8:01:02because I have already created a True
8:01:03Value I need to have another if in the
8:01:06false value so I want to call this as
8:01:07group one but for remaining values I
8:01:10don't have else I again need a if what
8:01:13if I need is I need to Loop the if so
8:01:15here what I'm going to do is if category
8:01:18is three and four then it is group two
8:01:22so this is in the else of the first now
8:01:24what is the else of the second if I'm
8:01:25looping the if inside it so the false
8:01:27state when it is false what is that
8:01:29group
8:01:30three I close this if is close but right
8:01:33now let's focus only on this if so we
8:01:35have a condition when that is true what
8:01:38is the outcome when that is false what
8:01:40is the outcome this is one now look at
8:01:42the bigger if this is the condition when
8:01:44it is true what is the outcome and when
8:01:46it is false what is the outcome so true
8:01:48false outcomes I'm closing the first St
8:01:50enter I found there is some uh spelling
8:01:53mistake so let me correct
8:01:55those now this is correct Category 2 is
8:01:57in group one Category 5 is in group
8:02:00three Category
8:02:013 is in group two category 4 is in group
8:02:05two Category 3 is in group two category
8:02:071 is in group one Category 2 itself is
8:02:10in group one and below that category 5
8:02:12is in group three everything is correct
8:02:14now we use this group see this was only
8:02:18two if what happens if you have so many
8:02:20multiple ifs then it will become a real
8:02:22big challenge isn't it to Loop such
8:02:24things so we need something known as
8:02:26case statement we typically know know in
8:02:28the SQL very equivalent of that one and
8:02:30we have something known as switch here
8:02:32switch which is equivalent of case
8:02:33statement now switch can be used in two
8:02:35maners so first we will learn switch
8:02:37where we can give a column and we can
8:02:39handle each and every value of that
8:02:40column so the first we will learn the
8:02:42switch where we can give the switch
8:02:43statement with a column or with a major
8:02:46now here we have a column so we going to
8:02:47give a column and handle each and every
8:02:49value and then we will learn the another
8:02:51version which is switch true where we
8:02:52can give conditions like we have given
8:02:54in if so let me start by creating
8:02:55another new column and let me call that
8:02:57as group two now here what is going to
8:02:59happen is I'm will use switch now the
8:03:02switch I can have expression expression
8:03:03can be true then I have value result
8:03:06value result combination but it can also
8:03:08be a column or a measure so I'll use
8:03:09category as a column now when because I
8:03:11used a column or I used a variable which
8:03:14is having value not true false I need to
8:03:16now specify each and every value so
8:03:18category one what is the outcome of that
8:03:20group one now in this manner I have to
8:03:23now repeat this combination so let me do
8:03:25one thing let me move this comma from
8:03:27here to here here so that I can easily
8:03:28repeat it and let me remove it from here
8:03:30so now what I have to do is category 1
8:03:32group one Category 2 what should be the
8:03:35Category 3 category 4 last one we can
8:03:37leave for else which we can call as
8:03:40group three now here we need to change
8:03:42category two is one Category 3 is two
8:03:46group two four is group two again so
8:03:49this is switch statement with a column
8:03:52or a categorical value or something
8:03:54which is having a value not true and
8:03:56false so we have one three same groups
8:03:58should exist these values should match
8:04:00there should not be any difference and
8:04:01they are matching you can see so this is
8:04:04working now this means if I have
8:04:06thousands of value I need to write it
8:04:07down thousands of rows but what happens
8:04:09if I have a better matter to write it
8:04:10down can I use something which where I
8:04:12can give the conditions just like we
8:04:13have given in the case of if because
8:04:15think about numerical value where we
8:04:16have a range greater than equal to Z and
8:04:18less than5 or less than th000 will I
8:04:21write down 1 2,000 values no I don't
8:04:23want to I need something which gives me
8:04:25the that particular so for that we have
8:04:26a switch true version
8:04:28and to make it a little bit easier I'm
8:04:29going to copy this statement I'll click
8:04:32on any column and again create a new
8:04:34column we paste this statement I'll call
8:04:36this group three and let me move it down
8:04:39comment it double slash is for comment
8:04:43we'll use these things so we start a new
8:04:44Switch this switch is now this time with
8:04:46true we call this as switch true now
8:04:49what happens when you use switch true
8:04:51your expression should return true and
8:04:52false and then you have to use the value
8:04:54so what is my first statement my first
8:04:56statement is category in category 1 and
8:04:58two then group one I don't need to use
8:05:01if I simply need to use one statement
8:05:03which gives me true and false if it is
8:05:05true this is going to be my result so
8:05:07this statement should return true and
8:05:09when this return returns true it's going
8:05:10to give me this result if it returns
8:05:11false it goes to the next level so here
8:05:13I don't need another if looping simply I
8:05:16give the next statement and if this is
8:05:18true this is going to take the next
8:05:20result now after I give all these
8:05:22condition finally I can give one
8:05:25else and then I can close the switch
8:05:28statement so how switch true works you
8:05:30give a statement if it is true what is
8:05:32my value another statement if it is true
8:05:35what is my value and finally you given
8:05:37else value True Values True Values
8:05:40finally else values so if there are if
8:05:43if if if okay please remember in such
8:05:46situation the order is also really
8:05:47important now what happens sometime when
8:05:49you deal with numbers you have a choice
8:05:50of writing down between numbers or
8:05:52sometime you can simply say so let's say
8:05:53I say if it is greater than 80 I can
8:05:55give the next condition as greater than
8:05:5760 because greater than 80 is already
8:05:59covered in the first Cod and then I can
8:06:01give greater than 60 in that order so
8:06:02first is greater than 80 then 60 but if
8:06:05I put first greater than 60 it covers 80
8:06:08so it cannot you cannot have greater 80
8:06:10after that so the order of these
8:06:12conditions is also really important in
8:06:14some cases so you to take care how which
8:06:16order you are going to give it if I
8:06:17would have handled a multiple condition
8:06:19and there is some kind of um priority I
8:06:21need to give Whenever there is a
8:06:22priority which we need to give in switch
8:06:24statements it always need to come before
8:06:27remember that and based on that you will
8:06:29be successfully able to create switch
8:06:30statements enter another column created
8:06:33and we got the values here same as what
8:06:36we have got in the rest
8:06:38tool now let's create start creating
8:06:41some expression function and what I'm
8:06:43going to do I'm going to go to the major
8:06:45Table and there I'll create one of them
8:06:47and then we will learn more and more
8:06:51details on the expression function as we
8:06:53go move forward we will try with some
8:06:55basic expression functions first and
8:06:58then we will go little bit detail into
8:07:01this one but as we progress further into
8:07:04the deck create more formulas you will
8:07:06learn that we can do more powerful
8:07:08things so let me create a table visual
8:07:10on a new page I'll start with something
8:07:12which we discussed initially but we have
8:07:14not done if if you remember we have this
8:07:16column if you remember we had this
8:07:19column gross amount is nothing but
8:07:21quantity multip by sales price we also
8:07:24created a mejor on that and why this is
8:07:27able to give a result got as usual we
8:07:29are using sum of gross amount so result
8:07:31inan and this is creating an implicit
8:07:34measure gross is an explicit some of
8:07:36gross implicit and we when we will learn
8:07:39the calculation groups later it will not
8:07:42allow implicit measur so we'll only need
8:07:44to use explicit measure and that's why
8:07:46I'm creating explicit measure so at some
8:07:48stage you need to use calculation group
8:07:49you always have the measures which are
8:07:51explicitly soit measure and explicit me
8:07:54do I need to create a column first and
8:07:56then need to do so this is is not needed
8:07:58that is where the expression fun and
8:08:00expression function can be used both for
8:08:02column and measure we learn how to use
8:08:04that in a column also so first of all
8:08:07I'm going to create a new major and in
8:08:09this major I'll call it
8:08:11as Pro level th X now when I put this
8:08:15any expression function sum X main x max
8:08:17X count X there is nothing for distinct
8:08:20count as of now there's no expression
8:08:22function for that for these is this is a
8:08:24table expression now this table can be
8:08:26as simple as table name it could be a
8:08:28filter with Filter expression is going
8:08:30to give table then there could be
8:08:32complex table Expressions which will
8:08:34include functions like summarize all all
8:08:38selected all these kind of stuff would
8:08:40be there and then we have an expression
8:08:42the calculation or a major already
8:08:44existing Majors could be there or we can
8:08:46Define here now when you use Simple
8:08:48table it's fine you can use set of
8:08:49column and calculation inside that but
8:08:51when you we are going to do the complex
8:08:53measures when we have the table
8:08:55expression itself is in complex then we
8:08:57might have to use calculate few places
8:09:00inside the sumx itself in the expression
8:09:02portion that we will learn little bit
8:09:04later so let's start with very simple
8:09:06expression function here sales and we
8:09:08are going to use sales in the table part
8:09:12of the expression and in the expression
8:09:14we will say sales price multip by sales
8:09:19quantity it means I'm trying to create a
8:09:22roow level calculation so what's
8:09:23happening here this is my level and as
8:09:26I've given the complete table the
8:09:28table's row level is my row level so
8:09:30this expression has to execute at the
8:09:33each row level and and that's going to
8:09:35be little bit costlier calculation that
8:09:37compared to the simple gross which was
8:09:40simply a sum and that is where we might
8:09:42have to take a call should I create a
8:09:43calculated column and then majure or I
8:09:46simply create a mejor it's a really
8:09:48small data so it doesn't matter much
8:09:49here in this case it's going to give you
8:09:50same kind of performance on a larger
8:09:52data you might have to take that call
8:09:54and if you look at the numbers all these
8:09:56three numbers are same the than the
8:09:57formatting we have done formatting on
8:09:59the gross we can do on the gross row
8:10:02also the results are same the ground
8:10:05total is also
8:10:06same grand total is also same now we
8:10:09have used sux same way let's if you
8:10:12remember we done Min of gross and Max of
8:10:14gross we not don't want to take
8:10:16everything so this was gross two was Max
8:10:19if I want to achieve the same Max using
8:10:22this one can I achieve so I copy gross
8:10:25row Max and I can use max X here instead
8:10:29of and Max X also having the similar
8:10:35syntax and then we have a variant thir
8:10:38argument Returns the largest numeric
8:10:41value or largest string result from
8:10:46evaluating expression from each row of
8:10:49the table so you have this values which
8:10:51right now I don't want to use simply use
8:10:54this and let me add it to visualization
8:10:57it's giving the same result same way M
8:11:00so this is the simplest way to start
8:11:02with the expression fun expression
8:11:03function can be used as the col column
8:11:05level also but we will that little later
8:11:08so now let's create little bit different
8:11:10version of expression function so what
8:11:13I'm going to do here is now I'll create
8:11:15a new
8:11:16major and in this new
8:11:18mejor I will use a filter I'll say
8:11:22brand one
8:11:25Ross and we keep on coming back to this
8:11:29then I can use filter here filter
8:11:31function I'm using filter now
8:11:35the let me try to use item here I use
8:11:40item I say item brand equals to Brand
8:11:45one question close can I use sales here
8:11:49I'm not able to use sales the moment I
8:11:50use a different
8:11:52table other than my table which is item
8:11:55I can take anything from item here
8:11:57I can I can count the item I can count
8:11:59the brand I'm not able to get that so
8:12:02what I can use here is I can use the
8:12:04gross here major I can use a measure
8:12:05here this portion I use a filter which
8:12:09does not belongs to the table on which
8:12:11I'm using the filter in the table region
8:12:14if I in the expression if I use a filter
8:12:16which is on a table on which final my
8:12:18column is not there I want to do the
8:12:20calculation then what I have to do here
8:12:21is the major expression can be a major
8:12:24Al and as you can see this is giving the
8:12:26correct value but there's one more way
8:12:28now not for the brand one let's say I
8:12:30want to filter something as quantity or
8:12:33something on the sales table itself if I
8:12:34want to filter something on sales table
8:12:36let's say
8:12:41gross
8:12:43sales
8:12:45one
8:12:47THX filter I can use
8:12:51sales
8:12:53item sales sales Item ID equals to one
8:12:58close the filter and then I can use
8:12:59sales quantity I can sum the sales
8:13:01quantity or maybe because we are using
8:13:03gross so we for us to know
8:13:08price I got brand the item one is
8:13:11falling in this category so I'm getting
8:13:13this now not only filter I can give this
8:13:15single value I can also make do a little
8:13:18bit more complex stuff so the filter
8:13:21expression could be really complex I can
8:13:22have multiple conditions I can use in or
8:13:25all those stuff I can do
8:13:27we that we'll learn when we are doing
8:13:29calculate but one thing I would like to
8:13:30tell you before we move ahead with the
8:13:33more complex functions is that I can
8:13:36here I can say let's say sales
8:13:40qy quantity sales
8:13:43quantity greater than let me call it as
8:13:45gross sales so now it's going to sum
8:13:48everything which is greater than two you
8:13:50remember we have done some kind of
8:13:52visual level filter for that now there's
8:13:53no need of visual filter I have actually
8:13:56made it part of the EXP function so this
8:13:58is very basic start of the expression
8:14:00function do and as we progress further
8:14:03we will learn more complex which we can
8:14:07do so let's Now understand the
8:14:10difference between filtering a data in
8:14:13calculate with and without filter
8:14:15function so let's say we want to give a
8:14:17filter expression in the calculate
8:14:21without using a filter function how
8:14:23would we give let's say calculate net
8:14:25item brand equal to Brand one we want to
8:14:27use filter function how would we give
8:14:29we'll give calculate net filter item
8:14:32item brand equal to Brand one now when
8:14:35the visual will contain brand into the
8:14:38visualization you will see a difference
8:14:40you might not see difference when when
8:14:42item brand is not in the visual context
8:14:45so you may not be able to see that
8:14:47difference if we are having the visual
8:14:50on category because at that time the
8:14:52visual filter context is not filtering
8:14:55brand it is filter ing category so you
8:14:58might not see the difference so what's
8:15:00the basic difference when we do this so
8:15:02the calculate function without a filter
8:15:05function you directly apply the filter
8:15:07to specific column with the calculation
8:15:10this modifies the filter context and
8:15:13effect how the expression is evaluated
8:15:15the calculate without a filter
8:15:17expression applies filter directly to
8:15:20the column altering the filter context
8:15:23and impacting the calculation so it's
8:15:25alter the filter context and later on
8:15:27you will understand that it is basically
8:15:29what it is doing it it is removing the
8:15:32item Brands filter context in the visual
8:15:35so is basically it is saying like all
8:15:37item brand and then brand equal to Brand
8:15:40one so your row of the visual which is
8:15:44actually showing you brand 1 2 3 4 that
8:15:48filter context of visual is not getting
8:15:51honored and you are still getting the
8:15:54data of brand one but it is going to
8:15:56display played against all the brands
8:15:59this is what is happening so I'll
8:16:01explain you when we go to the power VI
8:16:04that in such scenarios what this first
8:16:07statement is equivalent of Now using
8:16:10filter function with calculators allows
8:16:12you to create a filtered table based on
8:16:15specific condition so basically the data
8:16:17is getting filtered this offers a more
8:16:20flexible approach of defining the filter
8:16:23context and customizing the calculation
8:16:26in interacts with the data calculate
8:16:29with a filter expression construct a
8:16:31custom filter context by creating a
8:16:34filter table based on specific criteria
8:16:37and Returns value based on that so
8:16:39basically your data itself is getting
8:16:41reduced so basically what happens when
8:16:44you use this filter function and let say
8:16:46you use with the brand because the data
8:16:48is already getting filtered you only
8:16:50have the brands one data you're going to
8:16:51see only brand once row so these are the
8:16:54main differences and we have to
8:16:57understand that with the example now we
8:16:59will understand this calculate functions
8:17:01little bit more in detail then we don't
8:17:05use filter and simply try to filter the
8:17:07data what happens then so we will bring
8:17:10in our calculate page from here and in
8:17:14this one had major bring this visual
8:17:17copy paste now in this one I'm I only
8:17:21right now bothered about how do we
8:17:24calculated this brand one net that's
8:17:27understand brand one net was so brand
8:17:30one net was
8:17:31calculate net we use a filter so when we
8:17:35are simply using the filter function it
8:17:37is filtering the brand one's data and
8:17:39that is what you are able to see here
8:17:41that you're only seeing the row which
8:17:43contains the brand word data so the data
8:17:45has been filtered to give us only data
8:17:48for brand one in this case let's try a
8:17:52different
8:17:54way actually
8:17:56we can also do we don't need a
8:18:00filter without using the filter fun item
8:18:03brand one it's call it
8:18:06BR in the first case what was happening
8:18:09when you use the filter the data was
8:18:12like second
8:18:15case and if I would have removed this
8:18:17one and this one it's
8:18:19actually only going to give me brand one
8:18:22in this case if I bring in it's first is
8:18:25going to bring all the brand so here
8:18:27brand columns is filtering brand one
8:18:30which means the filter is applied to all
8:18:32the rows and there is no filter to the
8:18:34table filter retains and interacts with
8:18:37the initial filter context while filter
8:18:39expression directly in calculate ignores
8:18:42it it means that filter contexts on the
8:18:44brand one overrides the other filters
8:18:47which are inside the visual specific
8:18:49especially visual rle as well as outside
8:18:51the visual let me do one more variation
8:18:54of this
8:18:57I
8:18:58go and put here category instead of
8:19:02brand then there's no difference only
8:19:05when I view it by brand when it is brand
8:19:09uses a
8:19:10filter without filter function it's
8:19:13giving me the brand one value everywhere
8:19:16this is something really useful when you
8:19:17want want to use only brand one's value
8:19:20or whatever you filter that value you
8:19:21want to use across the values understand
8:19:23this thing the filter of brand one has
8:19:25been applied on the row every row is
8:19:28only giving you brand one so what's
8:19:30happening in this case is basically the
8:19:32brand one is getting filtered and that
8:19:34particular value is available now for
8:19:37all the rows of the brands so whether it
8:19:39is brand 2 brand three Brand 4 all the
8:19:41brands are going to show you only brand
8:19:44one's value so we have the brand one
8:19:46value displayed against all the brands
8:19:49because the column has been filtered for
8:19:52the brand one now how can we achieve
8:19:55otherwise in what it is equivalent of
8:19:58can we understand it better to
8:20:00understand it better let me tell
8:20:03you equalent of which which will help
8:20:06you to understand let's go back to this
8:20:10one calculate
8:20:12again what it is equivalent now we
8:20:15already understood the all you
8:20:18understand if I use all item brand here
8:20:21what would
8:20:22happen it would remove the context so
8:20:26when when we are using this all item
8:20:28brand what it is going to do it's going
8:20:29to remove the filter context of item
8:20:32brand means if you filter the data for
8:20:34brand it will not apply neither it will
8:20:37apply the Brand's context in the visual
8:20:40so in the visual row if you have a brand
8:20:41three brand four brand five that is not
8:20:43going to be applied so this has been
8:20:45entirely removed so what should I have
8:20:47given if I simply say all item brand
8:20:49grand total but now what I'm saying
8:20:50after that is now let's put the filter
8:20:52of item brand equal to Brand one what is
8:20:54happening now you have all the item
8:20:56Brands out of which you are only
8:20:58bringing in brand one now what we going
8:21:00to do here is we'll bring this
8:21:06in let's bring it inside the
8:21:09visual it's same as this one so what's
8:21:12happening now that in the visualization
8:21:14when you going to see the each row which
8:21:16is talking about a brand it is not
8:21:18filtering the brand because of all item
8:21:20brand but it is getting the value of
8:21:23brand one because what we have said all
8:21:24item brand then filter the item brand
8:21:27equal to Brand one so it is only getting
8:21:28the value of brand one for each rows so
8:21:31the filter context has been removed and
8:21:34especially when it is displayed in the
8:21:36visual so especially when the brand
8:21:38itself is appearing in the visual the
8:21:40visuals filter context of the row is
8:21:42also getting removed and based on the
8:21:44value which we have filtered here in our
8:21:46measure based on that only we are
8:21:48getting the value displayed so sometime
8:21:51what would happen if you think that I'll
8:21:53just simply say item brand equal to
8:21:54Brand one or item brand equal to brand
8:21:56one brand two brand three or I use the
8:21:58or statement it's going to be same as
8:22:00what I use in filter that's not it's not
8:22:02same so calculate with Filter function
8:22:05and without filter function are not same
8:22:07remember this when you are doing your
8:22:09calculation now we would discuss the
8:22:12differences between all and all selected
8:22:14let's look at the very simple syntax of
8:22:17all and all selected so now this is net
8:22:20all means net calculate net and all and
8:22:23in all I can specify a column here and
8:22:25table here this is without specifying
8:22:27anything similarly net all using
8:22:29calculate net all selected now what is
8:22:31the difference in between these two so
8:22:33basically what happens as we have
8:22:34learned in the past we have something
8:22:36known as filter context now filter
8:22:38context may come because of slicers
8:22:40filters or maybe because of the visual
8:22:42visual row is Alo going to put a filter
8:22:44context on the data now all is going to
8:22:47remove everything we'll learn this with
8:22:49an example all disregards the filter on
8:22:51a specific column or a table to retrieve
8:22:53unfiltered data for the calculation for
8:22:55the every value it's going to that on
8:22:57particular column or a table whatever we
8:22:59have used there now all selected
8:23:01preserve the user selection of filter so
8:23:03user selection of filter that you have
8:23:05done that filter context would be
8:23:07preserved in the specified column while
8:23:09removing the filter from the other
8:23:11column allowing The Selective adjustment
8:23:13so this is going to happen in the all
8:23:14selected so what is in short we can say
8:23:16that all ignores the filter context
8:23:19including the filter and the the visual
8:23:21filter row context means the visual row
8:23:23which is going to put a filter context
8:23:24that is also going to be removed but on
8:23:26the other hand all selected is only
8:23:28going to ignore the visuals filter
8:23:30context which is basically because of
8:23:32the row of the visual so let's
8:23:34understand with an example let me come
8:23:36up with brand net
8:23:40visual make it as a table visual
8:23:43duplicate
8:23:44this create a little smaller visual with
8:23:47category I'm adjusting the sizes in the
8:23:51second visual I'm clicking on the brand
8:23:53arrow and then I'll make it cut I need
8:23:56like sers also and I'm going to use
8:23:57Simple slicer here I'll use brand
8:24:01slicer copy paste let me change this
8:24:05with category
8:24:07slicer copy paste and state
8:24:11slicer I added three slices in this one
8:24:14I'll use
8:24:16State I have three slices let me convert
8:24:19this one into drop
8:24:22down instead of net I've taken margin
8:24:25here so let me correct that
8:24:28clearly here
8:24:30net net is the measure we are going to
8:24:32use predominantly in all of calculation
8:24:34but let me sort it descending here now
8:24:36what I want here is I want a grand do I
8:24:39get a grand total we'll take help of
8:24:41calculator let's create a new major for
8:24:43the grand total click can click on any
8:24:45of the major and get a Major
8:24:48Tool and here we will go ahead and say
8:24:53total net brand so we'll say calculate
8:24:58this calculate we can use the Expression
8:25:00also but we'll start with net now there
8:25:02is function all which can help us what
8:25:05does all can take all can take all can
8:25:07take table or a column name what is
8:25:09there in this column is let's why don't
8:25:11we start with the column name that we
8:25:14use item
8:25:16brand I drag it here and here you can
8:25:19see I'm seeing grand total let me put it
8:25:21to other visual in other visual where
8:25:24there is a category I am not seeing that
8:25:27grand total on each row why it is
8:25:29happening because here in the case of
8:25:32brand I am saying all item brand and it
8:25:35should remove the filter context of all
8:25:38item brand so the filter context of item
8:25:41brand has been removed and that is why
8:25:45each row of the brand is giving me the
8:25:48grand total but we have not told that to
8:25:51remove the filter context of category
8:25:53and that is why what You observe that
8:25:55the filter cont context of the category
8:25:57is not getting removed in the visual
8:25:59rows so visual rows are still applying
8:26:03the filter context of categories but the
8:26:07grand total is not getting that filter
8:26:09because in the grand total now again we
8:26:11are able to ignore the filter context
8:26:14now when I select brand 3 now what is
8:26:17happening here is you are only able to
8:26:18see brand 3's value when you see brand
8:26:213's value you will observe that in case
8:26:23of the brand visual we are able to see
8:26:26the grand total value external filter or
8:26:28the filter which is coming is going to
8:26:30reduce the visual to only brand three
8:26:33but the context of the filter has been
8:26:37removed from the visual Row the context
8:26:40of the visual and the context of the
8:26:42slicer filter has been removed and we
8:26:45are getting ground total both in the row
8:26:48where I'm getting brand three as well as
8:26:50grand total while in case of the
8:26:52category visual we are getting two
8:26:54categories now we are getting two
8:26:56categories because of the brand 3 again
8:26:57because brand 3 contain two categories
8:26:59but for those category the category
8:27:01filter is still applying so because of
8:27:05that category filter I'm getting the
8:27:08data for those rows based on the
8:27:11category but the grand total again I'm
8:27:13able to ignore item brand I'm getting
8:27:15the total one now if I add brand two and
8:27:17brand three as you can see in the brand
8:27:20visual I am getting both the rows I'm
8:27:23getting the grand total which is is
8:27:26ignoring the visual as well as the
8:27:29slicer filter context and as you can see
8:27:31in the category visual as expected it is
8:27:34able to use the category filter context
8:27:38in the visual but the grand total again
8:27:40it is ignoring all the filter contexts
8:27:43because in the grand total anyway
8:27:44category is not available and I am able
8:27:46to get grand total so we got total
8:27:49Network what happen need both case of
8:27:51category and item intr category and item
8:27:53belongs to same table is it what I can
8:27:55do here is I can go ahead and create
8:27:58this majure again and this time instead
8:28:01of item brand I simply use item what
8:28:04happens I'll call it total net
8:28:07item I'll bring in into the first visual
8:28:10I'll bring it second visual now in this
8:28:11case what you are observing that both
8:28:14the visuals are showing the grand total
8:28:17even the categories uh filter context
8:28:20and the bran filter context from the
8:28:22visual has been removed the reason for
8:28:25that is basically basically that we are
8:28:27using the item table so any which we are
8:28:30using from the item table in the visual
8:28:32will not be able to force a context
8:28:34similarly the slices will not be able to
8:28:36force a context and the visuals will not
8:28:38be able to force the contact even if I
8:28:40remove those brand two and brand three
8:28:43now you will see all the values and in
8:28:45case of all the values again we are
8:28:46going to get the total for all the rows
8:28:49because the the filter context of all
8:28:52the brand and category has been removed
8:28:54from each row and we are getting grand
8:28:56total in the each of the visual but what
8:28:58happens when I put the state filter
8:29:00let's say I put the state filter on
8:29:02Alaska now you are seeing that the
8:29:04filter context is applied but the visual
8:29:07Rose filter is not getting applied we
8:29:09are getting the Alaska gr R why it is
8:29:11because again the filter was on item for
8:29:13the specifically for the second column
8:29:15so it is ignoring the items uh filter
8:29:18context but it can't ignore the states
8:29:19filter context because we have not
8:29:21talked about the state into our formula
8:29:24so because we have not talked about the
8:29:26State into our formula it cannot ignore
8:29:29the filter context or the filter of
8:29:31State in the visualization so
8:29:33visualization will get filtered for the
8:29:35state but it will remove the context of
8:29:39brand and category because we have said
8:29:42all item what can I do here here comes
8:29:45my third all
8:29:47formula and the third all formula is
8:29:50when where we going to remove everything
8:29:52now all can have multiple columns if you
8:29:55want I can say sales or I don't say
8:29:57anything one of the two things I can do
8:29:59I'll have this two formulas in one go so
8:30:03I'll say total net Els one major I can
8:30:07have one more version of this one
8:30:10without this one now because all the
8:30:12dimensions are getting applied at the S
8:30:14so most of the time these may end up
8:30:16giving us the same result I'll bring in
8:30:18net and let's not add it to the second
8:30:21one there's no need of that now as you
8:30:23can see when we have bought this total
8:30:26net and total net sales where we have
8:30:28used the sales table it is also start
8:30:31ignoring the states context why it has
8:30:34been started ignoring the states filter
8:30:36context because the all has been applied
8:30:38on the sales table so anything passing
8:30:39to the sales table is getting ignored if
8:30:42you apply the filters now if you apply
8:30:43let's say brand filter your values will
8:30:45reduce because this is going to reduce
8:30:49the values in the filter but the rows
8:30:51which are still remaining for that the
8:30:55filter context the way all is removing
8:30:58will still apply same way if you filter
8:31:01category again you will get the data of
8:31:04brand and category based on your
8:31:06filter only that much categories or that
8:31:09much brand but yes in the for the
8:31:11individual row of the visual the filter
8:31:14context would be removed complete filter
8:31:16context would be removed but what does
8:31:19it gives us it gives us the gr to this
8:31:21is all for us let's learn about all
8:31:24select for that what I'm going to do is
8:31:26I'm going to duplicate it want to keep
8:31:28everything as is removing the
8:31:30filter and let me do one thing I'll keep
8:31:33only this one because rest of the
8:31:35behavior in case of all selected is
8:31:38going to be same what's the major
8:31:39difference between all and all let's
8:31:42start now let me create this measure
8:31:45with the all selected so what's the
8:31:46difference between this all and all
8:31:48selected so in case of all selected what
8:31:50would happen here is basically all
8:31:53selected is going to honor the filters
8:31:55which we apply
8:31:56but it is not going to honor the visuals
8:31:59rows which are putting the visual filter
8:32:01the visuals rows filter contexts would
8:32:03be ignored but the filters filter cannot
8:32:06be ignored so let's say if I put filter
8:32:08on brand 12 you can see that the all
8:32:12selected is showing me only the brand
8:32:1312's value it is not showing me overall
8:32:16value why because it is going to honor
8:32:19the external filters or the slicer which
8:32:21has been applied in within that boundary
8:32:23it will show me the total so if I select
8:32:25let's say brand 12 13 and 2 now it is
8:32:29showing me total of these three for all
8:32:32selected one so it is ignoring the
8:32:35visual row filter context now let me
8:32:38modify the other visual the same job
8:32:40what I'm going to do is I'm to change
8:32:42this instead of category I'll bring in
8:32:45state here from the geography
8:32:48Dimension let me go ahead and remove
8:32:51these two and bring in
8:32:54total a little bit more WID for this
8:32:56what do you see so what you are doing
8:32:58here is you are saying the ignore the
8:33:00filter context of item not of state and
8:33:04because you are not ignoring the filter
8:33:07context of State the state values are
8:33:10still filtering your visual rows and you
8:33:13are getting the state level data I do do
8:33:15this we go and ignore the context of
8:33:17Sals table itself Sal item n it's all
8:33:21selected I'm saying ignore all the
8:33:23context which is coming to this this
8:33:25I'll add this the first table I'll add
8:33:26this table and we require a lot of
8:33:30overlap now when I use the sales now
8:33:32what happened the all selected applies
8:33:35on these sales all selected now is going
8:33:38to ignore anything which is coming to
8:33:40the sales table and because of that now
8:33:42you are going to get the total which is
8:33:45of my selected values and it will be
8:33:48displayed for each rows now in case you
8:33:50apply a state filter it will honor that
8:33:52also now so whatever filters you apply
8:33:54that will be honored
8:33:57irrespective of what dimension they are
8:33:59coming so your grand total will depend
8:34:01on the filter selection in case of all
8:34:03selected and based on that particular
8:34:06set of filters it is going to give you
8:34:08the grand total you can have an all
8:34:10selected without the sales table this
8:34:13case we to give almost similar kind of
8:34:15results because the sales table is the
8:34:18base table where we applied or the base
8:34:20back table where we applied so now you
8:34:22have understood the difference between
8:34:24all and all selected so there would be
8:34:27times when we are going to use these
8:34:29especially in time intelligence let's
8:34:31say I want to create a PRI previous
8:34:33period you might not select a previous
8:34:35period because previous period might not
8:34:37be in my filter criteria so let's say I
8:34:40selected current one now when I selected
8:34:41current month I need previous month I
8:34:43need to ignore date tables filter
8:34:46context completely and then bring in the
8:34:49previous month's value so in that case
8:34:50I'm going to use all but if the values
8:34:52are available within my filter context
8:34:55and I want to play around then in that
8:34:56case what I can use I can use all
8:34:58selected so let's say I want percentage
8:35:00of total irrespective of my selection
8:35:03then I'll use all or I need percentage
8:35:05of total based on my selection I'll use
8:35:07all selected I use I want my rank rank
8:35:10based on the original values without
8:35:13considering any filter I'll use all I
8:35:15want rank based on my selection I'll use
8:35:18all selected so these are the some
8:35:19places where you will use all or all
8:35:22selected depending on what exactly you
8:35:25wanted to a a let's learn about remove
8:35:28filters let me bring in state and city
8:35:31here create it as a table Visual and add
8:35:34a net Also let's have a filter MD space
8:35:38click on filter we'll get it here
8:35:40control C control V second dimension
8:35:43take one from geography Dimension that
8:35:45is State take one from item Dimension
8:35:47that is brand we got our visual we have
8:35:49certain values and let's make it as a
8:35:51matrix in The Matrix visual build visual
8:35:55we have the to now create a major net
8:35:59all what would happen calculate net
8:36:04all geography City
8:36:08it we bring it here what we seeing that
8:36:12look at this the state filter is not
8:36:14getting ignored only the city filter is
8:36:16getting if you apply some filter that
8:36:20filter is
8:36:21obeyed and if you're applying some
8:36:23filter which is on state that is getting
8:36:26obeyed because we said all of City not
8:36:28of state or not of
8:36:29geography take this and now we use
8:36:33remove
8:36:34fi this is something which we are also
8:36:36trying which is also known as
8:36:39exclude exclude level of details so we
8:36:43are trying here is excluding the level
8:36:45of details so the city is present but we
8:36:47are trying to ignore that but we got the
8:36:50remove filters now what is the syntax of
8:36:52remove filters remove filters table or
8:36:54column name so in this case we want to
8:36:56use column names you can have more than
8:36:58one column names we can have geography
8:37:00City here to ignore this one
8:37:05remove so same results we are getting
8:37:07it's almost same I filter brand one the
8:37:09results are same the brand one is going
8:37:11to pass the remove cities here again the
8:37:14state filter is going to pass to check
8:37:16the cities filter what happens when we
8:37:18apply cities it's almost behaving like
8:37:21your all filter removing the contract
8:37:24it's easy to remember that okay I'm
8:37:25removing something now let's bring in
8:37:28city as a
8:37:29filter drag City here create it as a
8:37:33slicer as you can see this is net number
8:37:36is smaller and the all number and remove
8:37:39filter number is bigger basically the
8:37:41filter context of C
8:37:59and we can have multiple columns as per
8:38:01requirement so we can in the remove
8:38:02filters we can use multiple columns if I
8:38:05want to add State here I can add State
8:38:06they are all from same table this is
8:38:10what we call exclude level of detail
8:38:13which can be achieved using remove
8:38:15filters let's learn about all except all
8:38:18except is something like you know means
8:38:20ignore everything other
8:38:23than all except so I copied a visual
8:38:27from the other one and let me remove few
8:38:30of things
8:38:33here let me bring in
8:38:37net so let's say I want to remove all
8:38:40the filter other than it let's bring in
8:38:43the filters
8:38:50also I name the pages I want to create a
8:38:54major which should IGN know everything
8:38:56other than geography St we create a
8:39:00major net
8:39:03eight let say calculate calculate can
8:39:06take various things now you might have
8:39:08learned till now all except what does
8:39:12all accept does it takes a table and the
8:39:15column name table and the set of column
8:39:17names so table name could be the table
8:39:19for which you are going to give the
8:39:21column and the beauty of this function
8:39:23is it can take a fact table and related
8:39:25Dimension the one side tables can also
8:39:27be but we will start with geography
8:39:30table is compulsory here and then we'll
8:39:33see geography 8 what we are seeing you
8:39:37only obey geography 8 no other filter
8:39:40now we bring in here and as you can see
8:39:44that it ignored the city filter in the
8:39:48visualization okay very good it ignored
8:39:51the CD
8:39:52filter but what happens if I put a
8:39:55filter of
8:39:56brand filter of the brand coming from
8:39:59other dimension is not getting ignored
8:40:02what happens if I selectricity
8:40:05here this filter is applied but the
8:40:09state is getting filtered because of
8:40:11this city the Texas is the only data
8:40:14which I'm getting at the row level and
8:40:16there it's ignoring the city filters but
8:40:20overall it is Texas only and we know
8:40:22anytime we apply a filter but in the
8:40:25ground totally ignoring everything so
8:40:27whenever we apply a filter or what we
8:40:29can call external filter or slicer it is
8:40:32going to reduce the value in the
8:40:34visualization means your categories your
8:40:37cities your city state category brand
8:40:40subcategory are going to reduce on based
8:40:42on what you have selected but now within
8:40:45that selection further we can ignore the
8:40:48filters even the filter which we have
8:40:50applied externally its value can be
8:40:53ignored while showing the value like I
8:40:55will still be able to show grand total
8:40:56or a total of a state or a total of a
8:40:58city ignoring that filter but I can't go
8:41:01beyond the set of values which is
8:41:04defined by my slicer or filter you to
8:41:06remember
8:41:08that that's also fine so what does it
8:41:11means that the filter from the other
8:41:13dimension continue to pour in further
8:41:16let's duplicate
8:41:18this and here in this visual now me open
8:41:22the build instead of C I want to bring
8:41:24in I
8:41:26category I want let's say use
8:41:29category what do we see here there is no
8:41:33total all except state it is still
8:41:36considering the category it's not
8:41:38removing that it's not removing category
8:41:40so it's not the state total it State
8:41:43total is only coming at the state level
8:41:46in this visual but in this visual if you
8:41:49would have the state total was coming in
8:41:53why is it so because what we have said
8:41:55here is that in the geography table you
8:41:58only obey a filter now that's what it
8:42:01was doing it worked for geography
8:42:04Dimension state and city but it is not
8:42:06working for the item Dimensions category
8:42:08because our formula was only talking
8:42:11about geography Dimension and geography
8:42:13Dimension State there was no mention of
8:42:15item category Dimension and and that is
8:42:17why when the major we have used there
8:42:19with the category is not able to ignore
8:42:22the category filter in our visual ual
8:42:25and is still giving the category level
8:42:27data filtered based on the
8:42:30categories proc is not how do I do that
8:42:33and that is something which is famously
8:42:35also known as fixed level of detail I
8:42:38want fix it I only want that one how do
8:42:42I achieve fixed level of detail in this
8:42:46major let's go ahead and try that out
8:42:49copy this and new
8:42:52major and can all accept give me me a
8:42:55fixed level of details I use sales here
8:42:59sales and after that geography State and
8:43:02that's what I told you also that all
8:43:04except function you can give the central
8:43:06fact table and then you can use one side
8:43:08of the table in the
8:43:10relationship you'll call it all
8:43:13accept net all
8:43:17accept let me bring in
8:43:20this no
8:43:23differences but when when I put the
8:43:25brand filter you notice one thing that
8:43:29my state totals are now ignoring the
8:43:32brand filter filters are no more
8:43:35considered look at this
8:43:38total when I put the filter the
8:43:43same let me go to the second
8:43:47page let me put this here net all
8:43:52Exel and now you see that this
8:43:58portal is same and it ignored the
8:44:01category
8:44:03also it is like fixed level of details
8:44:07so level of detail has been fixed at the
8:44:10state level it's giving me the state
8:44:13value and definitely state is in the
8:44:15context that's really
8:44:17important so in this manner all except
8:44:20can help us ignoring filter now now you
8:44:24can have multiple of them like in this
8:44:26case if I simply would have wanted
8:44:29category and it I could have done
8:44:32that because it uses a central table
8:44:37it's not like all or all selected where
8:44:39you can't have from the related table
8:44:43here you can
8:44:44have item
8:44:52category and you can get the result same
8:44:54as this
8:44:55one
8:44:58why because it's going to obey the two
8:45:01filters it's going to obey State and
8:45:03category now it's obing the two filters
8:45:05State and
8:45:06category this is going to remain same
8:45:09now let me filter the
8:45:11brand now when you look at here this
8:45:15total is different from this
8:45:19one this is 90 these all are 90 these
8:45:24are the my category 1 and category 4
8:45:27total so remember 24,000 and
8:45:2916,000 let me go back and remove the
8:45:33filter of brand one you are having this
8:45:35is category 1
8:45:3724,000 category 16,000 these values
8:45:42remain intact when I any filter now if I
8:45:46add one more child
8:45:49here this visual I'll go ahead and add
8:45:52let's
8:45:53say it
8:45:56and explore that the next
8:46:00level what you will see here is look at
8:46:04this this category a total is still
8:46:08intact because of all except category
8:46:12state
8:46:13level is it at the state
8:46:15level city is getting ignore this is how
8:46:20you use all accept so let's Now
8:46:23understand the difference between
8:46:25filtering a data in calculate with and
8:46:28without filter function so let's say we
8:46:31want to give a filter expression in the
8:46:34calculate without using a filter
8:46:36function how would we give let's say
8:46:38calculate net item brand equal to Brand
8:46:40one when we want to use filter function
8:46:42how would we give we give calculate net
8:46:45filter item item brand equal to Brand
8:46:48one now when the visual will contain
8:46:50brand into the visualization you will
8:46:53see a difference you might not see
8:46:55difference when when item brand is not
8:46:57in the visual context so you may not be
8:47:01able to see that difference if we are
8:47:03having the visual on category because at
8:47:06that time the visual filter context is
8:47:09not filtering brand it is filtering
8:47:11category so you might not see the
8:47:13difference so what is the basic
8:47:15difference when we do this so the
8:47:16calculate function without a filter
8:47:19function you directly apply the filter
8:47:21to specific column with the calculation
8:47:24this this modifies the filter context
8:47:26and effect how the expression is
8:47:29evaluated the calculate without a filter
8:47:32expression applies filter directly to
8:47:34the column altering the filter context
8:47:37and impacting the calculation so it's
8:47:39alter the filter context and later on
8:47:41you will understand that it is basically
8:47:43what it is doing it it is removing the
8:47:46item brand filter context in the visual
8:47:49so basically it is saying like all item
8:47:52brand and then brand equal to brand so
8:47:55your row of the visual which is actually
8:47:59showing you brand 1 2 3 4 that filter
8:48:02context of visual is not getting honored
8:48:06and you are still getting the data of
8:48:08brand one but it is going displayed
8:48:11against all the brands this is what is
8:48:14happening so I'll explain you when we go
8:48:17to the power VI that in such scenarios
8:48:20what this first statement is equivalent
8:48:23of Now using filter function with
8:48:25calculators allows you to create a
8:48:27filtered table based on specific
8:48:30condition so basically the data is
8:48:31getting filtered this offers a more
8:48:34flexible approach of defining the filter
8:48:37context and
8:49:13now we will understand this calculate
8:49:16functions little bit more in detail then
8:49:19we don't use filter and simply try to
8:49:22filter the data what happens then so
8:49:24we'll bring in our calculate page from
8:49:28here and in this one add measure bring
8:49:31this visual copy paste now in this one I
8:49:36only right now bother about how do we
8:49:39calculated this one one net let's
8:49:42understood brand one net was brand one
8:49:45net was
8:49:46calculate n we use a filter so when we
8:49:50are simply using the filter function it
8:49:52is filtering the brand bu data and that
8:49:55is what you are able to see here that
8:49:56you're only seeing the row which
8:49:58contains the brand word data so the data
8:50:01has been filtered to give us only data
8:50:04for brand one in this case let's try a
8:50:07different
8:50:09way
8:50:11actually we can also do we don't need a
8:50:15filter without using the filter fun item
8:50:18brand one let's call it
8:50:22brand in the first case what was
8:50:24happening when you use the filter the
8:50:26data
8:50:27was second
8:50:30case and if I would have removed this
8:50:32one and this one
8:50:34actually only going to give me brand one
8:50:38in this case if I bring in it's first is
8:50:40going to bring all the brands so here
8:50:43brand columns is filtering brand one
8:50:45which means the filter is applied to all
8:50:47the rows and there is no filter to the
8:50:49table filter retains and interacts with
8:50:52the initial filter context while filter
8:50:54expression directly in calculate ignores
8:50:57it it means that filter context on the
8:50:59brand one overwrites the other filters
8:51:02which are inside the visual specific
8:51:04especially visual rule as well as
8:51:06outside the visual let me do one more
8:51:09variation of
8:51:11this I
8:51:13go and put here category instead of
8:51:17brand then there's no difference only
8:51:20when I view it by brand when it is brand
8:51:24uses the
8:51:26filter without filter function it's
8:51:28giving me the brand one value everywhere
8:51:31this is something really useful when you
8:51:32want to want to use only brand one's
8:51:35value whatever you filtered that value
8:51:36you want to use across the values
8:51:38understand this thing the filter of
8:51:40brand one has been applied on the row
8:51:43every row is only giving you brand one
8:51:45so what's happening in this case is
8:51:46basically the brand one is getting
8:51:48filtered and that particular value is
8:51:51available now for all the rows of the
8:51:53brands whether it is brand two brand
8:51:55three brand four all the brands are
8:51:57going to show you only brand one's value
8:51:59so we have the brand one value displayed
8:52:02against all the brands because the
8:52:05column has been filtered for the brand
8:52:07one now how can we achieve otherwise and
8:52:11what it is equivalent of and we
8:52:14understand it better to understand it
8:52:16better let me tell
8:52:18you equivalent of which which will help
8:52:21you to understand let's go back to this
8:52:24one
8:52:26calculate
8:52:27again what it is equalent now we already
8:52:30understood the all you understand if I
8:52:33use all item brand here what would
8:52:37happen it will remove the context so
8:52:41when we are using this all item brand
8:52:43what it is going to do it's going to
8:52:45remove the filter context of item brand
8:52:47means if you filter the data for a brand
8:52:50it will not apply neither it will apply
8:52:52the Brand's context in the visual so in
8:52:55the visual row if you have a brand three
8:52:57brand four brand five that is not going
8:52:58to be applied so this has been entirely
8:53:00removed so what should I have given if I
8:53:02simply say all item brand grand total
8:53:04but now what I'm seeing after that is
8:53:06now let's put the filter of item brand
8:53:08equal to Brand one what is happening now
8:53:10you have all the item Brands out of
8:53:12which you are only bringing in brand one
8:53:14now what you're going to do here is
8:53:16you'll bring this
8:53:21in let's bring it inside the vi
8:53:25it's same as this one so what's
8:53:27happening now that in the visualization
8:53:29when you going to see the each row which
8:53:31is talking about a brand it is not
8:53:33filtering the brand because of all item
8:53:36brand but it is getting the value of
8:53:38brand one because but said all item
8:53:40brand then filter the item brand equal
8:53:42to Brand one so it is only getting the
8:53:44value of brand one for each row so the
8:53:47filter context has been removed and
8:53:50especially when it is displayed in the
8:53:51visual so especially when the brand self
8:53:53is appearing in the visual the visual
8:53:56filter context of the row is also
8:53:58getting removed and based on the value
8:54:00which we have filtered here in our
8:54:01measure based on that only we are
8:54:03getting the value displayed so sometime
8:54:06what would happen if you think that I'll
8:54:08just simply say item brand equal to
8:54:09Brand one or item brand equal to Brand
8:54:11one brand two brand three or I use the
8:54:13or statement it's going to be same as
8:54:15what I use in filter that's not it's not
8:54:17same so calculate with Filter function
8:54:20and without filter function are not same
8:54:22remember this when you are the
8:54:25calculation now let's learn earlier
8:54:27function this function will allows us to
8:54:31get the current row value so as you have
8:54:33learned when we create a calculated
8:54:34column and we do let's say sum of that
8:54:36column it gives us the total of that
8:54:38column but we always don't need it so
8:54:40definitely we require filters now while
8:54:43doing that filter we need the current
8:54:45row value let's say I want to get the
8:54:47customer first sales days or purchase
8:54:50date for the same customer I wanted to
8:54:52find out in the entire table what is my
8:54:54first purchase dat so there earlier can
8:54:56help us to check that out what we I'm
8:54:57going to do is I'm going to go to table
8:54:59View and inside table view I'll go to
8:55:01the sales table by clicking on that now
8:55:03I able to see my sales table now in the
8:55:05past I have shown you when I done sux
8:55:07sales gross amount it has given me the
8:55:09total amount what I would like to do is
8:55:11I would like to create a new column now
8:55:13which I can do by clicking on column
8:55:14tool because I already clicked on a
8:55:16column so column tool is visible and
8:55:18inside column tool I have a new
8:55:20column let me make F little bit larger
8:55:23control and middle Mouse button scroll
8:55:25now the column which I want to create is
8:55:27the first sales date basically what does
8:55:30need I have a sales date in this row and
8:55:32I have a customer ID but for that
8:55:34particular customer ID this might not be
8:55:35the first sales date I want to find out
8:55:37what is my first sales date for that
8:55:39customer ID there are couple of options
8:55:41I can use but I would like to use Minx I
8:55:43want to find out the minimum date filter
8:55:45I want to filter the table how do I want
8:55:47to filter this table sales table I want
8:55:49to filter now complete sales table is
8:55:51available as you know the this is a
8:55:53column at the moment I say sales table
8:55:54complete sales table available what I
8:55:56want is I I want to look say sales
8:55:58customer ID equals to what customer ID
8:56:01so one way is I take the customer ID
8:56:04value in a variable if I don't want to
8:56:05do that then there I can use function
8:56:08earlier if I use earlier I can again
8:56:10give sales customer ID this means
8:56:14current row customer ID the customer see
8:56:18understand in the filter when I say
8:56:19sales table the complete sales table is
8:56:21available when I say sales table
8:56:23customer ID complete tables customer ID
8:56:25is available now I'm saying current rows
8:56:28customer ID so I got the current rows
8:56:30customer ID now the table only contains
8:56:32the current Rose customer ID and from
8:56:34that I want the sales tables sales date
8:56:37minimum sales date so for this
8:56:39particular customer the table is getting
8:56:41only that portion of the table which is
8:56:43equivalent of the current customer you
8:56:44can see that particular partition of the
8:56:46table I'm getting now and then I'll get
8:56:49my minimum sales date from that
8:56:51particular partition so let's do one
8:56:53thing let's see is this date equal to
8:56:56the current date because if this date is
8:56:58equal then this might be the first
8:56:59record we are in search where this is
8:57:01not equal so this is not equal so we can
8:57:03filter on this customer so the customer
8:57:05ID 2954 we can filter on 2954 so number
8:57:10filter equals
8:57:132954 and there are so many records and
8:57:16if I now go ahead and sort a sending
8:57:19I've done a sort ascending here or this
8:57:21particular customer ID now let's look is
8:57:23this date available for all these yes
8:57:26the 1119 date is available for all the
8:57:29rows that's the first now with earlier
8:57:32you can have little more complex
8:57:35calculations also it's not that you can
8:57:37have the simpler calculation like this
8:57:38let me clear out and take one more
8:57:40example let's say you want to find out
8:57:42what is my last sales date you know for
8:57:44this customer this is my first sales
8:57:46date but I may like to know what is my
8:57:48last sales date isn't it what is my last
8:57:51sales date now the last sales date
8:57:53becomes a little bit more more tricky
8:57:54and we need to add more conditions how
8:57:56so let's add a new column and try to
8:57:57understand what is my last Sal date now
8:57:59look at this column first so in this
8:58:01case what is happening when I'm
8:58:02comparing customer to customer and I'm
8:58:04taking minimum then I'll get the first
8:58:05date next thing what I need to do I also
8:58:08need to consider the sales date I want
8:58:09to know that sales date which is before
8:58:11current row sales date means sales date
8:58:13is strictly less than the earlier sales
8:58:15date and then I need maximum out of it
8:58:18so customer is equal to the customer Sal
8:58:20state is less than the sales state in
8:58:22the current row and what ever data you
8:58:24are getting from that data get the max
8:58:26dat so let's copy this formula so we'll
8:58:28get last sales or last purchase not the
8:58:31overall last last is date and here let's
8:58:35start writing down again so explain you
8:58:37once more Maxx remember this thumb rule
8:58:40when you go into the future typically
8:58:42you will require the minimum so somebody
8:58:44says what is my next sales date the
8:58:46typical formula would have been Minx
8:58:48greater than this
8:58:50date I need Max but less than current in
8:58:54that case it would be I need the last
8:58:56date the last date is less than the
8:58:58current row date but it is Max out of
8:59:00all those so filter sales sales customer
8:59:04ID equals to earlier customer ID means
8:59:07current rows customer ID and sales
8:59:11date is strictly less than earlier sales
8:59:16Sal date now I got a partition where all
8:59:19the dates are less than the current date
8:59:21for the same customer now let's get the
8:59:23max out out of those sales date so now
8:59:26we got our formula for the current
8:59:29customer the sales date Which is less
8:59:31than the sales date at the max out of
8:59:34that enter you can press enter or click
8:59:37click on this button commit button you
8:59:39will get this answer for few of the rows
8:59:41you might not get it but for few rows
8:59:42you'll get it so let's filter 2954 once
8:59:45more equals
8:59:492954 now sort ascending on the date
8:59:52already sort ascending now row was 19 so
8:59:55we are getting 19 here and let me do one
8:59:57thing we make it little bit smaller so
8:59:59let me compare the dates now well so
9:00:021912 to 17 1912 to 17 Trail by one row
9:00:07what we have done here basically we got
9:00:09the data which is trailed by one row
9:00:12here this is basically previous date or
9:00:14the last in this manner you can use
9:00:15earlier now there's one alternative
9:00:18which I should also tell you that in
9:00:20case sometime what would happen I'll
9:00:22tell you when you want to use earlier
9:00:24function you cannot use any calculation
9:00:26here like I want last month or something
9:00:28we need a EO mon function so on earlier
9:00:31function doesn't allow you to do that in
9:00:32such scenario I'll give you the
9:00:34alternate of this one only by clicking
9:00:36on again new column I'll tell you how
9:00:39can you achieve this and in that case
9:00:41I'm going to create a variable so
9:00:42variable uncore cust means customer
9:00:45equals to no need of earlier here simply
9:00:47give customer ID and then you can give
9:00:50underscore C and remember that whenever
9:00:53I create a variable I used underscore so
9:00:55that I can differentiate then you give
9:00:58variable where where means what happens
9:00:59in a formula or in a measure when we use
9:01:02variable so this is the syntax let me
9:01:04explain you so you used variable then
9:01:07you use the variable name and then you
9:01:08use the column in case of column it
9:01:10should be column in case of major it
9:01:12should be a major or it can be a filter
9:01:14condition we will learn when we do now
9:01:16second one is I want date so simply I
9:01:18current rows date and then I can use
9:01:20that as underscore sales say date now
9:01:23when when you use variable you need to
9:01:25write down a return statement so how my
9:01:27formula is the name equals to variable
9:01:31variable name and the variable formula
9:01:33written statement and the formula after
9:01:35the written statement again I don't need
9:01:37earlier here I need underscore date now
9:01:40Dex is not case sensitive so whatever
9:01:42you small or uppercase combination you
9:01:44can mix and match and do it and let me
9:01:46press enter uh we have the same name we
9:01:49it will not let me rename this as a date
9:01:51one press enter or you can press the
9:01:53commit button now we got the same
9:01:55results that we had previously there is
9:01:57no difference in this one you can use
9:02:00function earlier so you have learned how
9:02:01to achieve the same result with and
9:02:03without earlier the advantage of these
9:02:04variables is that let's say I want to
9:02:06get the date in the last month I could
9:02:08have used here F function EO month and
9:02:11got the last month end date and I could
9:02:12have compared with that with the last
9:02:14month end date that is little bit more
9:02:16flexibility I will get if I use
9:02:18variables depending on the need you can
9:02:20use earlier or you can use variable so
9:02:22let's start learning the search function
9:02:24so let me go to the table View and
9:02:26inside the table view I'll open the
9:02:28geography table so search function can
9:02:31be used both in a column or a major so
9:02:34first we will take the example of a new
9:02:37column and then I'll also tell you how
9:02:39can you use it in a major so let me
9:02:42click on a column and I'll get a column
9:02:44tool and inside the column tool I can
9:02:46press new column create a new column and
9:02:49in this column I would like to search
9:02:51City I can use function search SE what
9:02:54what search function does for us it
9:02:56takes a text means the text which I want
9:02:58you to search within the text it can be
9:03:01another text or it can be a column in
9:03:03which I want to search start position if
9:03:05I don't want to start from the first
9:03:07position I can give the from which
9:03:09position I want to start the search and
9:03:10not found value if I don't find a value
9:03:13what should I return so basically it's
9:03:15going to return return the index of the
9:03:17first letter so let's say you search for
9:03:19new and it find new starting from fifth
9:03:22position so it's going to return return
9:03:23five so what if it doesn't find you can
9:03:26return return a not found value if you
9:03:28don't want to return let's say zero or
9:03:30something you can return return blank
9:03:32but prefer to return return a value what
9:03:34I want to search I want to search new
9:03:36Now search is not case sensitive and
9:03:38because search is not case sensitive
9:03:40what I can do is I can write down new as
9:03:43NW all cap then I can give a column name
9:03:46I could have given a string where I
9:03:47wanted to search this but here I'll give
9:03:49a column name start position I want to
9:03:51start from the starting so I can leave
9:03:52it empty if I does doesn't find I want
9:03:54to return zero it means I'm going to
9:03:56return a position zero if it is not
9:03:59found so that I can identify it is not
9:04:00found but I can do here is I can go
9:04:02ahead and do sort descending here and
9:04:05sort descending means it will sort the
9:04:07column on higher Value First there are
9:04:10only three values which contains new so
9:04:12these are the three values which
9:04:14contains new and they are coming on top
9:04:16now so this is how you use basically the
9:04:19search function now what you have to do
9:04:21to use it in a measure so simply what I
9:04:23can do is I can search this and I can
9:04:25use that as a result in my filter so let
9:04:28me give you a quick example of a measure
9:04:30I'll create a new page and in this new
9:04:32page I'll bring in city and I'll force
9:04:35this to become a table visual so once
9:04:37you click on a visual and then you press
9:04:39another visual type powerb automatically
9:04:41changes it into that particular visual
9:04:43now I need a measure so I need the count
9:04:46of the Cities which contain new this is
9:04:48my simple very simple requirement I need
9:04:50count of the Cities which contains new
9:04:53so cck click on a new major available on
9:04:55the Home tab and major name is Count new
9:04:58cities or cities which contain new but
9:05:00to just to keep the measor them little
9:05:02bit short I'm doing this calculate so
9:05:05I'm saying I want to calculate count
9:05:08geography cities I would like to count
9:05:10the geography City filter the geography
9:05:12table search what I want to search new I
9:05:15can give in any case because it is not
9:05:18case sensitive in what column geography
9:05:21City column
9:05:23and let me write down geography City
9:05:25because I have City in the customer
9:05:27table also so just want to confirm I
9:05:29have used filter in the filter I used
9:05:31geography is going to take geography
9:05:32City but just for the clarity I'm
9:05:35putting it here I don't want to give a
9:05:37start position zero and I can say
9:05:39greater than zero now there could be few
9:05:40versions I'll tell you there's a
9:05:42function count rows also available with
9:05:44us so you can do it like this or I'll
9:05:46tell you one more function which you can
9:05:48achieve it easily let me create a new
9:05:50major and instead of all these I can use
9:05:53found rows and inside that I can give a
9:05:56filter condition and I can create
9:05:58another measure let me rename it as one
9:06:00now you might be surprised why I'm
9:06:01getting only three rows I'll tell you
9:06:03the reason also what happens is any row
9:06:06which is getting filtered by the filter
9:06:09clause for which we are not getting a
9:06:10result means the value for that is blank
9:06:14and blank is not zero okay for value for
9:06:16which is blank it will not appear in the
9:06:18visual both the measures right now in
9:06:20the visual is only giving value for
9:06:22these three City
9:06:24it is always the super set let's say if
9:06:26I put net now and net has value for all
9:06:28the cities so all the cities will appear
9:06:30and we will get blank values for
9:07:00so these are the quick example how can
9:07:02you use a search in a major or in a new
9:07:06column so let's now learn find we will
9:07:08go to the table View and inside the
9:07:10table view in the geography table we
9:07:13will try to use it we have already used
9:07:15search here the search and the find have
9:07:17the same syntax the difference is the
9:07:20find is case sensitive and also you
9:07:24cannot use Wild Card characters in The
9:07:28say search you can use Wild Card
9:07:30characters but in find you cannot use it
9:07:33again find is case 10 set so let me copy
9:07:38this because I clicked on a column I'll
9:07:41have the column tool available with me
9:07:42and inside that I have new column which
9:07:44I'm going to click and paste this and
9:07:46I'm going to change this find and the
9:07:49Syntax for the find is same let's
9:07:51discuss that find and let me start the
9:07:54parenthesis once I start the parenthesis
9:07:56I got the synex find text the text which
9:07:58I wanted to find within text I can give
9:08:01a text or I can give a column name in
9:08:04fact I can give a major when I'm
9:08:05creating a major start position the
9:08:08position from which I should start and
9:08:09not found position if I do not found
9:08:12what I wanted to return I can also
9:08:14return a blank if need I use
9:08:17this you can see I'm not able to find
9:08:21any cities with new why because any W
9:08:24new is capital new inside the city start
9:08:29with the default position return zero if
9:08:32not found is returning me zero because
9:08:34any W is not available in any of them so
9:08:37let's try n capital
9:08:41ew now we will get the first three
9:08:43values as 11 one because we are able to
9:08:46find out new on the first position okay
9:08:51so this is how we use find we will take
9:08:54a quick example of a major also so I'll
9:08:56go here on my report view I already
9:08:59create page where I use search let me
9:09:02call it search and find now and let me
9:09:05add a quick major I'll click on the
9:09:07major table and I'll get a table tool
9:09:10because I clicked on the table this time
9:09:12and inside that we have option for new
9:09:13major I click on that and I'll quickly
9:09:17write down a major find city find new
9:09:21city let's say
9:09:24and we'll use count
9:09:26rows
9:09:28filter
9:09:30geography geography comma find what I
9:09:34want to find new new should be in title
9:09:37case where I want to find it in
9:09:39geography
9:09:40City starting position if not found zero
9:09:44greater than zero it should always be
9:09:46greater than
9:09:47zero same result but if I make it an ew
9:09:51capital or I change anything let not
9:09:54even this I make n
9:09:57small it will return all blank because
9:09:59I've used filter and when filter doesn't
9:10:03find that value it's going to return a
9:10:04blank for that so these are the quick
9:10:07examples of a new majure as well as a
9:10:09new column now let's learn contains
9:10:12string function contains string is
9:10:15function which is not case sensitive
9:10:17means whatever you want it to search
9:10:19that's not going to be case sensitive it
9:10:22cannot search for card anyways it's very
9:10:25similar to the functionality what search
9:10:27and find provides it but actually it
9:10:29returns true and false it doesn't return
9:10:31a position to you so let me start a new
9:10:34column I already clicked on a column so
9:10:36in the column tool I have new
9:10:38column and let
9:10:41me let me search
9:10:43contain new I'll use
9:10:47contains
9:10:48string within text so first we have to
9:10:51give which within what text I can give a
9:10:53column or I can give a text I'll give
9:10:55city as a column and what I want you to
9:10:58find out I want you to find out new I'm
9:11:00going to give it in all caps to check
9:11:01whether it is case sensitive or not it
9:11:04is actually not case sensitive as is
9:11:06given in the description it's going to
9:11:07return true and false whether it finds
9:11:09it or
9:11:11not it returns me
9:11:13true for first three cities where
9:11:17previously find and search for giving me
9:11:20111 which is position so we can can use
9:11:23whenever we need true false results
9:11:25let's take an example in the report view
9:11:27for major so I'll go ahead and copy this
9:11:31major and try to simplify this I'll
9:11:34create a new major I'm in Major Tool so
9:11:36I can use new major and I'll now say
9:11:44contains
9:11:46new and here let's change
9:11:49it simply let me try to write down
9:11:53contains string first is within a string
9:11:57so we need to
9:11:58give geography
9:12:02City
9:12:07new so what we have done is basically
9:12:09filter table geography and simply
9:12:12checked true and false here and this is
9:12:15what we need in the filter every
9:12:16condition in the filter should return
9:12:17return a true and false so this one
9:12:20satisfi that condition so I don't need
9:12:21to check equal to true or false that I
9:12:24don't need it's simply written true and
9:12:25false to me in this manner you can
9:12:28create quick major and a new column on
9:12:32contain string let's check out function
9:12:35contains string exact now contain is
9:12:37string exact is going to check for case
9:12:41sensitivity the syntax is very similar
9:12:43to contains string so let me copy this
9:12:46contains string column I clicked on a
9:12:48column and if it has a formula it will
9:12:50start showing it in the formula bar
9:12:53as I clicked on a new column I will also
9:12:55get a new column option I can simply
9:12:57click on that and cop and create a new
9:13:00column let me paste this and let me call
9:13:02it
9:13:03contain exact
9:13:06new and let me change this contain
9:13:10string exact so I removed G so it's
9:13:12starting suggesting me the syntax is
9:13:14very similar within string find a string
9:13:17returns through the string contains
9:13:19another string contains string exact is
9:13:22case sensitive it is Cas sensitive so
9:13:25when I give new in capital it might not
9:13:28return return any
9:13:29true Everything Is false because new is
9:13:33not present any W new in capital is not
9:13:36present title case new is present in
9:13:39first three so I'm changing that right
9:13:40now in my
9:13:43formula making it a little bit bigger
9:13:45for you enter and now I'm going to get
9:13:50true let me use this in the
9:13:53report view by creating a major so I'll
9:13:57copy this contains new major and because
9:14:00I clicked on a major I do have major
9:14:01tools available with me click on a new
9:14:03major to get a new major contains
9:14:07new contains
9:14:09new exact and here instead of contain
9:14:13string we'll use contain string exact
9:14:16we'll keep it capital as of now all new
9:14:18as all
9:14:21caps and we'll not get any value so now
9:14:24we will change it to title
9:14:25Case press enter and we get the values
9:14:29as three because there are three cities
9:14:33only which contain any W in title case
9:14:36in this manner we can create major and
9:14:39column for contains thing exact now
9:14:43let's have a look at three more Dex
9:14:45function which is right mid and left and
9:14:47to do that what I'm going to do is I
9:14:49will go to this table date Auto I'll
9:14:52going to create first a column and what
9:14:54column I'm going to create here is
9:14:55basically create a date which is in ddmm
9:14:59and YY y format so I'll use format
9:15:03function format date which is there in
9:15:05this table
9:15:07comma DD iy mm iy YY y y format now my
9:15:14objective here is to extract out date
9:15:17from this column and put it into date
9:15:19function what I want to do is I want to
9:15:22use the date function date function
9:15:23require year month and date I want to
9:15:26extract this and during the extraction
9:15:28of this we will be able to use all three
9:15:30functions left right and mid so let's
9:15:33start again with a new column I already
9:15:35clicked on a column so column tools
9:15:37going to enable us or a new column me
9:15:39quickly click on new column and in this
9:15:42new column I would like to create a new
9:15:45date again I'm creating a date just
9:15:47giving a name new date I'll start with
9:15:48the date function now date function
9:15:50requires first what it require year
9:15:52where is the year here in this date here
9:15:54is last four characters of this and to
9:15:56get the last four characters we use
9:15:58right right is the function which you're
9:16:00going to use what WR going to take is
9:16:02going to take a text and number of
9:16:04characters Returns the specific number
9:16:06of characters from the end of the WR
9:16:08returns from the end how many characters
9:16:09I need from the end I need from the end
9:16:13four characters the four characters
9:16:15represent ear now Dex is pretty flexible
9:16:19sometime when you return return text and
9:16:20it use it as a number unless youate
9:16:22creates an error it does do that autoc
9:16:25conversion now month where is month
9:16:27lying here so here in this string the
9:16:29month is lying in the middle let's check
9:16:31the number so this is the first position
9:16:33second position third position third
9:16:35position doesn't have month number
9:16:37fourth and fifth position has the month
9:16:39number I need four comma 5 okay or I
9:16:42need four and two characters let's look
9:16:44at the mid function which is going to
9:16:45help us out so we need mid function here
9:16:49let's look at the syntax of mid function
9:16:51it has three arguments is requires first
9:16:53argument is text in which we are giving
9:16:55a column you can give a text also means
9:16:57you could have given a hardcoded date
9:16:59here then the start position start
9:17:01position in our case is fourth character
9:17:03it's not the third character it's not
9:17:05starting with zero it's the exact fourth
9:17:07character when you count from one 2 3 4
9:17:09and then the number of characters how
9:17:11many number of characters we need so we
9:17:13need two characters so we'll use State
9:17:16DD YY from the fourth I need two
9:17:19character it should return a month now I
9:17:21finally need day and day is present as
9:17:24first two characters and first two
9:17:26characters there is a function which can
9:17:28help us that function is left what is
9:17:30the syntax of left left function the
9:17:33text we can give a column or a text and
9:17:35number of characters we need how many
9:17:37number of characters we need from the
9:17:39starting of the string we
9:18:00mmdd y y y y and there's a Tim stamp
9:18:03also I can remove the time stamp I
9:18:05clicked on the column I can go to the
9:18:07format and I can choose a format I want
9:18:10I can choose a short date so in this
9:18:12manner you can use these three functions
9:18:15right mid and left definitely you can
9:18:17use them into a measure also and you
9:18:20will be able to create the required
9:18:23calculation using these one more thing
9:18:25which we can do with this we can use the
9:18:28Left Right function along with the sear
9:18:30function to create the first name and
9:18:33the last name now what we are going to
9:18:35do for that is we'll go to our geography
9:18:38table so in the geography table there
9:18:40are only few cities which contains the
9:18:43PO names like New Orleans new Las Vegas
9:18:46and JY City for only few cities where we
9:18:49have first name last what we'll do ins
9:18:51whenever I contain one should only show
9:18:53me first name whenever I have two it
9:18:56should show me first name and last name
9:18:58so last name would be empty in case I
9:19:01have one word City so let's take out the
9:19:04first name what's the rule for the first
9:19:07name so the first name should come till
9:19:09the place where we have the B as a
9:19:11character so what we can do is we can
9:19:14use the left function we use left and on
9:19:17the city column and till what place
9:19:20first few characters we should go we'll
9:19:21say search and in the search we will say
9:19:24the find the position uh so the position
9:19:27of what position of space the moment we
9:19:29get the space then within the text which
9:19:31is City start position we are not going
9:19:34to mention now I'm not going to mention
9:19:36not find Value as zero because what
9:19:38would happen if I press not found value
9:19:40is zero let's understand this because
9:19:42when we don't find the space it's not
9:19:43going to give me the first name that's
9:19:45what I don't want like in the new ark
9:19:48I'm not getting any name but I need the
9:19:50name because that's the first name this
9:19:52is only name
9:19:53what we say in such case is we use one
9:19:55more function and we learn now a new
9:19:57function which gives me length of the
9:19:59text and I'm going to use the length of
9:20:01the text so what I'm saying here is in
9:20:04case you don't find it actually written
9:20:07the length so what would happen you will
9:20:09go till the last letter of that thing
9:20:14and you are now getting that particular
9:20:16City where we only have the first name
9:20:18so first name is all sorted now we need
9:20:21to work on the
9:20:33so I want to use right what is the text
9:20:35in the right I want to give I want to
9:20:36give the city and I want to give the
9:20:39number of characters so now number of
9:20:41characters is from the end but when I
9:20:43use the search function that's going to
9:20:44give me the position from the starting
9:20:46isn't it so if I say space comma space
9:20:49within text City
9:20:52starting position and let's say zero is
9:20:55the not found position right now what
9:20:57would happen the space is the starting
9:21:00position is not going to work for me
9:21:03because space is at the fourth position
9:21:05is going to give me last four character
9:21:06so what I need exactly I need length
9:21:12minus the position of the space so what
9:21:15happens when I do that now what happens
9:21:18because if I'm returning a zero or the
9:21:21city is where it has the for the cities
9:21:24where it doesn't have the space it's
9:21:25going to give me the last name also as
9:21:27first name which I don't want so why
9:21:29don't we return length there of the
9:21:33city what we are saying is we are going
9:21:35to return the length of the city in the
9:21:37search when we don't find anything so it
9:21:39will take us to the last characters so
9:21:42length minus the last character is again
9:21:44the length is zero so let's see what
9:21:45happens in that so the last name goes
9:21:48away so see it's almost the similar
9:21:50search which we have used there now
9:21:53definitely because we want the last
9:21:55character so we use length so from here
9:21:57we do and other thing what you could
9:21:58have done you could have used mid
9:22:00starting from the space and use the mid
9:22:03and the length is number of characters
9:22:05what you need but again that would have
9:22:07number of characters again you to find
9:22:08out using the length and the search so
9:22:10right is the best choice in sear case so
9:22:13this is just an implementation of you
9:22:15know search and right and left together
9:22:19so these kind of combinations will keep
9:22:21on coming to you when you do your actual
9:22:24project you can do similar kind of
9:22:26exercise in Majors also this is combined
9:22:29version of two thing functions let's
9:22:32understand the function select columns
9:22:35select columns function can be used to
9:22:37create a calculated table with the
9:22:40column renames and it can also be used
9:22:43as a table expression inside a major
9:22:46calculation I clicked on a table and
9:22:49inside the table tool I have this new
9:22:51table op option which I'm going to
9:22:54click and I'll use select columns select
9:22:57columns now the most important thing
9:23:01which this select column does is it can
9:23:03select a set of columns me you can t
9:23:06filter the table vertically you can
9:23:08reduce the number of columns which you
9:23:09want so let's understand the syntax of
9:23:12Select column select column takes a
9:23:15table and then it takes the pair of name
9:23:18expression name expression name
9:23:20expression and it finally returns you to
9:23:22a table so this name expression pair
9:23:26means one is you can rename the column
9:23:29so basically you can have a name of a
9:23:31column and then you can give a column
9:23:33you can give the same column multiple
9:23:35time the name expression also means that
9:23:37you can give formulas for a column so
9:23:39let's say you want to say A+ B A multip
9:23:43by B Cas which is statement or something
9:23:46that also you can do means you will be
9:23:48able to perform low level calculation
9:23:51while you are writing down the
9:23:53expression in select column and select
9:23:55column is not going to group by or
9:23:58filter it is just going to give you a
9:24:00table with the set of expression renamed
9:24:04as per your requirement now inside the
9:24:07table expression you can use filter if
9:24:09you want or after the select column
9:24:12again you can use filter or summarize
9:24:15whatever you want in this manner you can
9:24:17use select column for various purpose so
9:24:20let's say I want to bring in table now I
9:24:23want to call brand with some some other
9:24:25name let's say I want to call brand
9:24:28name again let's say I want brand with
9:24:31some other name brand two let's say
9:24:35brand only I can do that then I want
9:24:38Item ID I can give a new name item
9:24:42identifier and I can use item id now I
9:24:45selected three columns let's assume that
9:24:48I only need these three columns so now I
9:24:51got the item table my item table used to
9:24:53have 55 rows I again got the 55 rows see
9:24:56it's not summarizing or it's not
9:24:59filtering here select column is not
9:25:01filtering you can use filter inside the
9:25:03table expression instead of item you can
9:25:06use filter something there you can use
9:25:08calculate table if needed but whatever
9:25:10columns I'm getting I'm able to rename
9:25:13that so what I would like to do now is I
9:25:15would like to add some expression here
9:25:18I'm making it a little bit large so that
9:25:20you can see the table expression clearly
9:25:23you would have remembered that some time
9:25:24back we added some calculated column in
9:25:27our item table so I clicked on the item
9:25:29table and if you look at this group two
9:25:32this is something which I wanted to add
9:25:34there is a switch statement which is
9:25:36categorizing the category into various
9:25:38groups and let me go back to the select
9:25:41column table calculated Table and there
9:25:44what I would like to do is now I would
9:25:46like to add another column which I would
9:25:48like to call as group so I have given a
9:25:51name and and now let me give the
9:25:53expression the same expression which I
9:25:55have given there now after giving that
9:25:57expression let me come out and press
9:25:59enter am I able to get that so as you
9:26:02can see every role the calculation has
9:26:05been done and I able to get group one
9:26:07group two group three so you can see
9:26:09that the category one is lying in the
9:26:11group one but we don't have a category
9:26:13but it is still calculated because it
9:26:15was part of the original table so let's
9:26:17add the category to understand that so
9:26:20just before that now I am adding C
9:26:22category and the category column from
9:26:24item table while I have given a table
9:26:26name in the table expression so I might
9:26:29not require the table but it is always
9:26:32better to use table and the column name
9:26:34the fully qualified name and now you
9:26:36will be able to see the category column
9:26:38so you can see the category column and
9:26:40you can see that the category 2 is part
9:26:43of the group one Category 5 is part of
9:26:45the group three now can I do some
9:26:48calculation like multiplication or
9:26:50something let's say I want to add let's
9:26:52say item by brand I want to do very
9:26:56simple stuff here is I want to multiply
9:26:58the item ID by brand ID for our
9:27:01reference purpose let's do that and let
9:27:04me enter now again or I can press this
9:27:07commit button and now you can see that
9:27:09the item ID and the brand IDs are
9:27:12getting multiplied actually the item
9:27:14identifier is one in this row and the
9:27:16brand ID would be 10 for the brand 10 so
9:27:19I'm getting a value 1 * by 10 is 10 so
9:27:23in this manner you can see that we are
9:27:25able to rename a set of columns and we
9:27:28are also able to write down name
9:27:31expression name expression and enhance
9:27:34our calculated table at the same row
9:27:37level where the original table was and
9:27:39able to get the data so still have the
9:27:4255 rows but we have the additional
9:27:44column in a new table using select
9:27:47columns now sometime this helps there
9:27:49are operation where you may be using in
9:27:52the same table or maybe we need to
9:27:54rename the column before we use it and
9:27:58in such cases select column is pretty
9:28:01useful especially when you do cross join
9:28:04or you use generate function and the two
9:28:06tables have the same column then you can
9:28:08use select column to rename such columns
9:28:12so in this manner you can use select
9:28:14column to create a table which is cut
9:28:17vertically it can be combined with
9:28:19calculate table and filter to get a
9:28:22horizontally filtered table or the table
9:28:26which where the rows are also filtered
9:28:28here columns are filtered let's learn
9:28:30the next function which is summarize the
9:28:32summarize function can be used to create
9:28:35a new calculated table where we can get
9:28:38the aggregated data it is heavily used
9:28:40in measures to you know handle the
9:28:42grouped data sometime to correct the
9:28:44grand totals creating intermediate table
9:28:47which can be further used for analysis
9:28:50so let's learn first of all how can we
9:28:52use summarize in a new calculated table
9:28:55so let's understand what that function
9:28:56is so first I'll go to table tool new
9:28:59table I want to create an aggregated
9:29:01what I want in my aggregated table is I
9:29:03want the sum of items net sales item
9:29:06wise brand wise category wise or let's
9:29:09say City wise take two different
9:29:11dimensions so we would like to create
9:29:13brand wise net sales and gross Sal how
9:29:15do we do that so summarize it we have a
9:29:17function summarized what does summarize
9:29:19function does first it takes an table
9:29:21then it takes the group Group by
9:29:22expression the group by expression
9:29:23doesn't require a rename you cannot do a
9:29:25rename and then name and the expression
9:29:27means expression means the some the
9:29:29column where we are going to use some
9:29:31kind of aggregation for that you can use
9:29:32an rename again in the table expression
9:29:35you can use add columns select columns
9:29:37calculated table filter whatever you
9:29:39want you can do that so here what I want
9:29:41is I want to summarize the sales data
9:29:43what I'm going to use I'm going to use a
9:29:45center table sales table because if I
9:29:47use the dimension table I might not get
9:29:49an access to the many side of the table
9:29:51I'm trying to use a table which is fact
9:29:53which is a central container and it is
9:29:56related with tables like item and
9:29:58customer and as you can see it is
9:29:59started showing that so from geography I
9:30:01would like to bring in state so I would
9:30:04like to summarize my data on state item
9:30:06brand State and brand and then I want to
9:30:08calculate net net is already a measure
9:30:10let me call it as and I can rename I
9:30:13usually what I do whenever I create some
9:30:15columns by myself I usually rename that
9:30:17underscore to differentiate and I can
9:30:19use a net major now I'm using net major
9:30:22it doesn't mean that it's going to
9:30:23filter with my slices value it's not
9:30:24going to change it's going to be the
9:30:26static value and if there is some
9:30:39row and let's use the major gross then
9:30:43can I on the Fly do a sum of quantity or
9:30:46something so let's try underscore QT y
9:30:49comma sum of sales quantity I want to do
9:30:53on the Fly sum and now I want to create
9:30:54this table so I'm getting 442 rows and
9:30:57I'm getting these values so for New York
9:30:59I have net quantity as 24,000
9:31:02approximately gross 29,000 and quantity
9:31:05as 84 it has no impact of filters and
9:31:07slicer and this is true with all the
9:31:09tables so let me go here in the filter
9:31:11region here let me use something on all
9:31:14pages isn't it so let's go to a name and
9:31:16basic filtering customer one it's going
9:31:18to filter on all the page customer one
9:31:20but if I go to the table view there's no
9:31:22change still you can see the value is
9:31:24same 24,000 29,000 and 84 there is no
9:31:29difference calulated column has no
9:31:33difference when a filter or a slicer get
9:31:36applied on the page it has no
9:31:39relationship it is precalculated even
9:31:42the measures if you are using in such
9:31:44tables get calculated and evaluated at
9:31:49the load time so they are static in
9:31:52nature calculated table and columns are
9:31:56static in nature so don't expect their
9:31:59data to change using filters and slicer
9:32:03as of now that is not possible so we
9:32:06have used summarize here in a calculated
9:32:08table there could be n number of things
9:32:10you can do with using this you can have
9:32:12some permutation combination with other
9:32:14calculated table functions like
9:32:16calculate table filter Etc and it could
9:32:19be used in major and major we can can
9:32:22drive few things so we will go ahead and
9:32:24take a major case little bit later let
9:32:27us learn a set function which is Union
9:32:30and for that what I wanted to do is I
9:32:32want you to bring in a new file from the
9:32:35GitHub and that is the file which we are
9:32:37going to use for few more operations set
9:32:40operations
9:32:43so the file name is upend and summarize
9:32:47Group by and we are going to use in few
9:32:49more operation as I said earlier we're
9:32:52going to use this in few more operations
9:32:54I'll right click on the raw copy link
9:32:57and as we have done in the past we will
9:32:59go ahead and use that inside our powerbi
9:33:02get data
9:33:04web and inside the web you going to give
9:33:06this URL click on okay it should suggest
9:33:09us two table data one and data
9:33:13two data 1 and data two two Excel sheets
9:33:15are there I'm taking both of them and
9:33:18right now I don't want to do any kind of
9:33:20transformation of data so I'll directly
9:33:22load these
9:33:27tables the tables are loaded
9:33:30now I want to create a union of these
9:33:32two tables whatever data they have so
9:33:34data one has three rows item one item
9:33:36two item three and data two has item one
9:33:39item two and item four okay and they
9:33:41have different quantities so because
9:33:43they have different data I want a union
9:33:44all usually the Dex function Union does
9:33:46a union all so how would we do that we
9:33:48want a new table again Union function
9:33:51can be used to create a new calculated
9:33:53table as well as it can be used in
9:33:55measures as per requirement and in the
9:33:58new table let me go ahead and
9:34:01do rename as Union
9:34:05table and we'll call Union table one
9:34:08which is data 1 comma data
9:34:112 so we got a union where all the values
9:34:14have been just added up so this is how
9:34:16you can use Union function and we will
9:34:19see more use case of this little bit
9:34:21later let us now learn set function
9:34:24intersect it can be used to calculate
9:34:27calculated table and it can also be used
9:34:29in Majors I'll go to the table view I
9:34:32have two table data one which is having
9:34:34item one two and three with some values
9:34:37and table two which is again having item
9:34:39one and two and also a new item item
9:34:41four which is having a value eight and
9:34:44these values are not matching items are
9:34:46matching but the values are not I'm
9:34:48doing intersect operation which gives me
9:34:49common values is it going to give me
9:34:51anything
9:34:52let's go ahead and check it out so I'll
9:34:54click on any of the table and go ahead
9:34:56and do intersect operation under the
9:34:58home table I can see new table I'll
9:35:01click on the new table and I'm creating
9:35:03a new table here but this can also be
9:35:06used inside the major I'm creating a new
9:35:09datable data 4 why not data 3 why data 4
9:35:13I'll let you know intersect left table
9:35:15and right table only two arguments it
9:35:17can
9:35:18take so let's give a table which is data
9:35:22one and the second table right table
9:35:24data two let's see what these two tables
9:35:26have
9:35:28common there's nothing common zero rows
9:35:30are returning how do I check whether
9:35:32it's going to work or not so let me do
9:35:34one thing very one quick thing right
9:35:36click on this table data one and copy
9:35:39the
9:35:40table then go to enter data under the
9:35:42Home tab once it opens up paste it you
9:35:46will get the same table it just got
9:35:47duplicated I'm going to change the value
9:35:49for item three and I'm going to call it
9:35:51data 3 now you got your data 3 and press
9:35:55enter or I can press load button now I
9:35:58got a table data 3 which is having
9:36:01something in common with data 1 the
9:36:03first two rows of the data one is common
9:36:07with the first two rows of data three
9:36:10data 1 and data 3 has two rows common
9:36:13now I'll go to data 4 and instead of
9:36:16data 2 I'll use data 3 and press
9:36:18enter and as you can see I got a table
9:36:22item one as one item two as two these
9:36:25are the exact common set of values
9:36:29please remember the complete row set
9:36:31need to match we also have functions
9:36:33like distinct values and summarize which
9:36:37can help us to get distinct values for a
9:36:39single column or summarize for multiple
9:36:42columns and that can also be used in
9:36:45such cases to create a combination of a
9:36:47column set before we use intersect so as
9:36:50per your need you can can use it in a
9:36:52table or in a measure let us learn the
9:36:54set function minus don't have a minus
9:36:58here we have accept and what the accept
9:37:00does is something which is present in a
9:37:02table and not present in the second
9:37:04table so something which is present in a
9:37:06not present in B I need that kind of
9:37:09data now to do that what we are going to
9:37:11choose here is data one which contains
9:37:14one item one 2 and three with three item
9:37:17three having value three data table
9:37:19three where item three has a little bit
9:37:21different value now let's start by
9:37:23creating a new table as of now we can
9:37:25see new table option under the Home tab
9:37:29let's click on
9:37:30that this table can be named as except
9:37:33let's use the function except except
9:37:36requir two tables left table and the
9:37:39right table and it's going to give the
9:37:41data which is present in left table
9:37:43which is not present in the right table
9:37:45Returns the row of the left hand side
9:37:47which is not present in the right hand
9:37:49side table this can be used for
9:37:50calculated table table or measures take
9:37:52an example later how to use this in a
9:37:54measure so let's use the data one as a
9:37:57left table and data three as the right
9:38:00table we should get the item three row
9:38:03with the value three because that is the
9:38:05one which was there in data 1 table
9:38:08which was not present in data 3 table
9:38:11what happens when I change the position
9:38:13now I should get the item three but with
9:38:15the value six because that is the row
9:38:17which is present in data 3 but not
9:38:20present in data one one in this manner
9:38:22you can use accept function this can
9:38:25also be used to find out sometime when
9:38:27you come across the cases when you need
9:38:28a major something which is present in
9:38:31particular situation and not present in
9:38:33particular situations in such cases you
9:38:35can use that accept function will help
9:38:37in measures Also let's learn distinct
9:38:39function and values function there are
9:38:41two functions let's learn how they
9:38:43behave what they give us so I'll go to
9:38:45the table View and inside the table view
9:38:47I have this item table and in this item
9:38:49table I have branch and the branch are
9:38:50only 13 but they're repeating in all
9:38:52rows 55 rows similarly categories are
9:38:54only five repeating in all I want to
9:38:56know what are the distinct values I have
9:38:57for the brand and item and I may want to
9:39:00repeat that so let's go ahead and try
9:39:02that out so I'll go ahead and create a
9:39:04new
9:39:05table and let me give it as a name as
9:39:07Brands which is nothing but distinct
9:39:09item brand it's give me distinct item
9:39:11Brands can it give me distinct of a
9:39:13table also yes it can give but for that
9:39:15we need a table with repeating values
9:39:17we'll take that example but before that
9:39:19let's look at one more function which is
9:39:20values again from the Home tab we'll go
9:39:22to the new table function and create
9:39:25categories category table and we'll use
9:39:28values item category it can take a table
9:39:31or a column name that's one of the two
9:39:33things it can take when a column name is
9:39:35given it return returns a single column
9:39:37table with unique values when a table
9:39:39name is given it Returns the table name
9:39:41with the same column we have functions
9:39:43can give us distinct values you use the
9:39:45column example can I do with a table I
9:39:47have two tables data one which is having
9:39:49two rows which is common with the table
9:39:51data three what I want to do here is I
9:39:53want to see can I combine them Union I
9:39:56have was able to do a union of those and
9:39:58can I get a distinct so let's try to
9:39:59have a union distinct table which is
9:40:02actually the SQL Union can I have the
9:40:04SQL Union let's go to a new table again
9:40:07from the Home tab this time and we want
9:40:09the union the SQL Union which is not
9:40:11Union all usually the Dex Union is Union
9:40:13all so we'll say Union of data one and
9:40:18data three what is giving us it's giving
9:40:21us the data which the duplicate rows
9:40:23let's see can we use the function
9:40:25distinct and the moment we give distinct
9:40:28what does distinct function con take
9:40:29distinct function so distinct can take
9:40:31column name or table expression return
9:40:33one column table that contains the
9:40:35distinct values in a column for a column
9:40:38argument or multiple column with
9:40:40distinct unit combination of values for
9:40:42a table expression argument table
9:40:44expression argument we want to give
9:40:45Union data 1 and data 3 let's see what
9:40:47happens so now we have item one and item
9:40:50two repetition on item three is having
9:40:52one value as three and one value as six
9:40:54and that is why both of them are coming
9:40:56so with the distinct we are able to do
9:40:58it can we also do it using values let's
9:41:00do one thing let me tell you one quick
9:41:02thing I can make it this one as a
9:41:04comment copy so we remember both and use
9:41:07values here now okay values function
9:41:09except a column reference expression or
9:41:12a table expression as argument one okay
9:41:15it's not taking this one can it take
9:41:17already existing table let's do one
9:41:19thing so we have Union equal and let me
9:41:22make it as only Union the union SQL
9:41:24table we have still have the duplicates
9:41:26now let's create one more new table we
9:41:28have one physical table and now we are
9:41:30going to use that another physical table
9:41:32is distinct SQL as values Union equal
9:41:37table so understand this thing when we
9:41:40use the table expression it doesn't give
9:41:42us the unique values so first you are
9:41:45not able to use values with a variable
9:41:46table and second it's not going to give
9:41:48you distinct values for a table so for a
9:41:50table distinct values we have to use
9:41:52distinct but for a single column we can
9:41:55still use values function for a table
9:41:56it's not going to do it it has a
9:41:57different purpose so in this manner you
9:41:59can use values and distinct function as
9:42:02per your requirement and you have
9:42:03learned some of the differences we have
9:42:05another function which can group the
9:42:07values and that is known as Group by we
9:42:08will learn a use case where Group by is
9:42:11going to behave better than summarized
9:42:13but to do this use case let me tell you
9:42:14what use case I want so in this use case
9:42:16what I want to do is I want to create a
9:42:18new table using data 1 and data 2 and
9:42:20without creating a third variable using
9:42:22that inside a variable I want to
9:42:24summarize the data I want to sum the
9:42:26values so as you can see they have some
9:42:27common rows with items is item one item
9:42:30two are common in those so I want to
9:42:31summarize that value I don't want that
9:42:33to repeat Union function will repeat it
9:42:35it's not going to aggregate that let me
9:42:37click and create a new table and the
9:42:39first time I'm going to attempt it with
9:42:41suiz summarize Group by so let me create
9:42:43a variable where underscore Tab and this
9:42:45is a very simple table which I'm going
9:42:47to create using Union data van first
9:42:49argument it can take multiple tables so
9:42:51data one and data two only two arguments
9:42:53I want to give as you can see in the
9:42:55syntax I can give multiple tables but
9:42:56I'm only giving two tables here I have
9:42:58two tables then shift enter return what
9:43:00I want in return is summarize how many
9:43:02columns I have two two columns isn't it
9:43:04so what is my variable table and from
9:43:06that table one column is Group by which
9:43:08is item so I can use item comma I want
9:43:10the sum so underscore sum of what sum of
9:43:13underscore I can't use sum so I need to
9:43:15use sumx underscore Tab and comma values
9:43:18column and let me I got a sum column I I
9:43:21got a group by column and let me press
9:43:22enter what are you observing here it is
9:43:24actually 22 it is actually the sum of
9:43:27the complete column this table in the
9:43:30sumx is not taking the row context it's
9:43:33taking it as a complete column the
9:43:35current row context is not available
9:43:38while I'm doing the summarizes some same
9:43:39as creating a calculated column it takes
9:43:42the complete value of the column but
9:43:44that's what I don't want what should I
9:43:45do in such case so let's copy this code
9:43:48and create one more table again under
9:43:49the Home tab new table is appearing I'll
9:43:51click on that and let me paste this so
9:43:54this is Group by Group by so again the
9:43:56table with Union but let's start with a
9:43:58different function in the return and the
9:44:00function which we are going to use is
9:44:01Group by what does Group by takes it
9:44:03takes a table expression Group by column
9:44:05names name and expression for expression
9:44:08so whatever number of Expressions you
9:44:10have you need to use a name for all such
9:44:12expression you need to rename the
9:44:13expression where you going to have the
9:44:15aggregate data same is true for
9:44:17summarize also what is our table name
9:44:18underscore tab gr by the column name is
9:44:22item want Group by item comma I want to
9:44:24do sum underscore sum comma sumx the
9:44:27function I want to use and here instead
9:44:29of table name I'll use current group
9:44:31function and then I'll use the value
9:44:33column and let me close this and try out
9:44:35and now you can see the item data is
9:44:38grouped properly because of this current
9:44:41group functionality available with the
9:44:44group by function which allows us to
9:44:46group the data which is applicable for
9:44:49the current Group by in the context so
9:44:51in this manner you have observed there
9:44:53is a difference between summarize
9:44:55function and the group by function let's
9:44:58now learn a function which is known as
9:45:00generate series generate series function
9:45:02can generate a table with a sequence of
9:45:05numbers so let me click on any of the
9:45:07table and from the table tool I'll click
9:45:10on new
9:45:12table I would like to generate the
9:45:14numbers sequences from let's say 1 to
9:45:18100 the function is generate series
9:45:21what is start value start value is one I
9:45:24can give I can give zero also end value
9:45:26is 100 and increment by
9:45:29one so in this manner I'm able to get a
9:45:32table which is generating sequences for
9:45:35me and it is giving me 1 to 100 now in
9:45:40case you want to generate odd number
9:45:42series you can just give it two here
9:45:45because it's starting from one it will
9:45:47generate a OD number series
9:45:51it will have 50 values only because till
9:45:53100 we have 50 only now if I want a even
9:45:56number I can either start from zero or
9:45:58two so that will create a even number
9:46:01series now let me tell you I can create
9:46:04a date table also along let me use
9:46:06generate series the first argument start
9:46:08value the second argument let me
9:46:10generate it for 365 days and the third
9:46:13argument as one again it's going to
9:46:15create for 365 days I'll go and use now
9:46:18add columns now add columns is is only
9:46:21getting what the values column with 365
9:46:23values comma name I'm create going to
9:46:26create a column which is known as date
9:46:28and what I'm going to date there is a
9:46:30beauty about the date Dex date there's a
9:46:32beautiful thing which we have learned
9:46:34about Dex date that we can simply add
9:46:35the numbers by using the plus sign and
9:46:37it will keep on giving us the dates
9:46:39added by that number so let me start
9:46:41with 2018 comma 01 comma
9:46:4401 and let me add plus now the generate
9:46:49series is returning me the value column
9:46:51which now I can use in this add column
9:46:54expression after the
9:46:56name and let me press enter and as you
9:47:00can see we getting the dates generated
9:47:02but there's a problem we are not getting
9:47:04the first gener because it's going to
9:47:05add the one also from zero to
9:47:08364 days now we got all the dates what
9:47:11we need in this manner you can use
9:47:14generate series function you can use it
9:47:16in table you can also use it in measure
9:47:19there could be use cases where you you
9:47:20need to generate a sequence inside a
9:47:23measure and that is where you can use
9:47:25the generate series function to generate
9:47:28sequence of numbers and that can be
9:47:30further used through some complex
9:47:32calculations let's learn two more Dex
9:47:34function generate and cross joint both
9:47:36the functions can generate a table which
9:47:39can be used in a calculated table or a
9:47:41measure which basically do the cartisian
9:47:43product is going to create the complete
9:47:46combination of the values to take this
9:47:48first example for Generate cion what I'm
9:47:51going to do is let me show you item
9:47:53table now item table has 13 Brands and
9:47:57five categories so total combination is
9:47:5965 but we are getting 55 rows here it
9:48:02means there are some combinations which
9:48:03are missing so first of all I want to
9:48:05generate all those combination and the
9:48:07second thing could be that what is the
9:48:09combination that is missing out of these
9:48:10are the things which we can do so let's
9:48:12go ahead and find that out for that what
9:48:14I'm going to do is I'm going to create a
9:48:15new table and for that I'll go to table
9:48:17tools and new
9:48:19table and how do I create that distinct
9:48:21combination of values so for that I need
9:48:24to use the distinct function also so let
9:48:27me use
9:48:29generate function first of all what does
9:48:31generate function do generate function
9:48:32takes table one and table
9:48:34two the second table expression will be
9:48:37evaluated for the each row of the first
9:48:40table returning the cross joint of the
9:48:42first table with these results now this
9:48:45evaluated for each row as a real big
9:48:47important for that we have to take a
9:48:48separate use case but we will take
9:48:50distinct item brand as the first table
9:48:54and I could have taken a bigger table
9:48:56but because I want to create that
9:48:58combination I'm taking a single column
9:48:59table but definitely you can have a
9:49:01table which is having more than one
9:49:02column can also work out and then we
9:49:04will use item
9:49:08category we will use distinct item
9:49:10category as second
9:49:12table
9:49:14so so now we have got 65 rows as you can
9:49:18see it means these are the possible
9:49:20combination now how do we find out what
9:49:22is missing combination we have learned
9:49:25one function
9:49:28accept now except function gives us
9:49:31something which is present in a not in B
9:49:33so how do I get the distinct values I
9:49:35can select all the values or I can do
9:49:37very simple thing I can go and use the
9:49:40summarized function what does summarize
9:49:41function take it takes a table as an
9:49:43argument first of all and then we can
9:49:46give all the group by columns and then
9:49:48the name and the expression for the
9:49:50aggregated column but here we only need
9:49:52the group by column that is item
9:49:55brand and item category so these are the
9:49:59distinct combination which is present
9:50:01with us so now you can see there are 29
9:50:04such combinations are missing so
9:50:06basically it is not that 55 rows has all
9:50:08distinct combination there are 29 such
9:50:11combinations which were missing in this
9:50:14case and let's sort it on particular
9:50:16category sort ascending so for category
9:50:19one it is saying there is no brand 12
9:50:20and 2 so let's go to the item table and
9:50:23validate that so we go to the item table
9:50:25we select category
9:50:281 and you can see there is no brand 2
9:50:31and 12 here it means we are getting the
9:50:33correct
9:50:34results we have done this using generate
9:50:37so we see what generate does and what it
9:50:39can do the same operation can also be
9:50:41done using cross joint so we'll again
9:50:44create a new table table tool is visible
9:50:45so let's utilize the new table under
9:50:47that and this new table would be cross
9:50:50joint
9:50:51again we can use this into our Majors
9:50:54also by generating some tables so cross
9:50:57join what cross joint required return
9:50:59returns a table that is in cross joint
9:51:02with the specified tables here you can
9:51:04have multiple set of table the returns
9:51:06the table that is in cross joint with
9:51:08the specified tables now it is not
9:51:10talking about the row that's very
9:51:11important okay so we will use
9:51:14distinct
9:51:16item brand comma distinct
9:51:22item
9:51:25categories and we have got the distinct
9:51:2865 combination
9:51:29again again I can use that accept code
9:51:32to find out what is the combination
9:51:35which is missing so this is a cartisian
9:51:37product which has happened 13 distinct
9:51:39value five distinct value cartisian
9:51:40product has been done by cross joint now
9:51:43we'll complete that step and then
9:51:45discuss what is the
9:51:47difference
9:51:48except and what I've done is I copied a
9:51:51part of it let me use that again
9:51:54summarize item item brand and category
9:51:56is going to give me distinct combination
9:51:59which I have done just a minute back I'm
9:52:01bringing in that and I should get 29
9:52:03rows same 29 rows I'm expecting here so
9:52:07it means we are able to do cross joint
9:52:09we are able to do summarize to get the
9:52:11distinct value of more than one column
9:52:13and then we are able to find out what is
9:52:16missing in a particular combination the
9:52:18same could have been done in a major now
9:52:21what's the difference between two when
9:52:22should I use cross joint and when should
9:52:24I use generate whenever you need a
9:52:27filtering mechanism you should prefer
9:52:29generate and the reason for that is that
9:52:32generate can work on the row Value Cross
9:52:34join is not so let's take a new file and
9:52:37I have loaded a new file for this
9:52:40purpose so let me go ahead and bring in
9:52:42one file so we'll use this file cross
9:52:44joint versus generate it is employee
9:52:46data you could have used the employee
9:52:48file but I created a smaller version of
9:52:50that so that we can easily use it and
9:52:53understand that so let me click on that
9:52:55we'll right click on the raw copy link
9:52:58go back to the powerbi and in powerbi
9:53:01we'll go to the Home tab get data
9:53:06web paste the URL click on okay one
9:53:10Excel
9:53:11sheet with the name employee I'll press
9:53:14the load
9:53:18button employee table has has been
9:53:20loaded
9:53:22here so what I basically want is
9:53:24basically I have a start date and end
9:53:27date and I want to generate all the
9:53:29dates between these so 1st to 15
9:53:31February 1st January to 31st January 1st
9:53:34January to 31st January 15 January to
9:53:3631st January these are the dates I want
9:53:39to generate all the dates between that
9:53:41so let me try out this thing first using
9:53:44generate Home tab new table visible
9:53:48click on that what we need to do here is
9:53:51basically
9:53:53employee days dates one employee dates
9:53:57one what we
9:54:00generate generate function what is the
9:54:02first table very simple employee
9:54:05table what the second table the second
9:54:07table is I need a calendar I need to
9:54:10generate the dates between the start
9:54:12date and end date can I get the start
9:54:15date of employee table seems like I'm
9:54:17getting end date of the employee table
9:54:21T seems like I'm getting that and let me
9:54:25after doing this let me
9:54:28try let me press
9:54:31enter and as you can see the data here
9:54:34for the employee one we getting all the
9:54:36dates in
9:54:38January also we are getting dates till
9:54:4015th of
9:54:42February but for employee 2 the data is
9:54:45ending on January for employee 3 it is
9:54:49just 15 days of
9:54:51data only those dates are getting
9:54:54generated now how to do the same thing
9:54:56in the cross join okay let's try again
9:54:59click on the new table under the Home
9:55:01tab is still
9:55:03visible let's call this table as
9:55:07imploy date
9:55:10to cross
9:55:13join employee table comma
9:55:18calendar I try to get start date I I'm
9:55:21not getting any suggestion so maybe I'll
9:55:24forcefully write down so I copied that
9:55:25code at that time it is showing me error
9:55:28so seems like it's not going to give me
9:55:30and yes I don't have a row context
9:55:32available so I'm not able to use so what
9:55:33I'm going to do here is I'll use Min
9:55:36of employee start date and I'm taking
9:55:39the complete table column now okay and
9:55:42Max of employee end date what ex it is
9:55:45doing is basically is giving me the
9:55:48minimum of the start date and the
9:55:49maximum of the end and
9:55:51date and because of that let me sort it
9:55:53on the
9:55:54employees What's Happening Here is look
9:55:56at the employee
9:55:59second you will see the employee second
9:56:02has the data in February
9:56:04also employee 3 is having the January
9:56:07data from 1
9:56:09January and having the data in the
9:56:11February
9:56:12also which is not correct in such cases
9:56:16what we need to do once we get this and
9:56:18assuming you don't have common column
9:56:19name otherwise you have to use the
9:56:21select columns you have to use filter
9:56:24here now the date column calendar
9:56:26generate a date column so we have a date
9:56:27column is greater than and equal to the
9:56:30start date and date is less than and
9:56:34equal to and date the dates which is
9:56:37available in this table you're going to
9:56:39use a filter function and the rows has
9:56:41reduced from 130 plus 294 and in this
9:56:46case you will see that the employ two is
9:56:50no
9:56:51more getting data in February same is
9:56:54true for employe 3 very limited data so
9:56:57youve seen that cross joint is going to
9:57:00create a much larger data set in such
9:57:02case and think about you have a very
9:57:04large date range it can explore the data
9:57:06and then we filter it which is really
9:57:08not effective and think about that we
9:57:10may have to do this as a major and in
9:57:13case of major what happens is uh we
9:57:15typically use a disjoint table and using
9:57:17the disjoint table join also we can
9:57:20actually for such filter we may or may
9:57:22not always use generate and cross join
9:57:26used there but yes as per requirement
9:57:29and use them so what I've done that when
9:57:31I was doing all those table operations I
9:57:34actually saved the file as N2 and 3 and
9:57:36I have kept that file aside now and I
9:57:39came back to N2 and 4 for rest of our
9:57:43operations which are typically related
9:57:45to measures and now what we wanted to do
9:57:48we want to learn few more me measures
9:57:50and for that we need the help of some of
9:57:53these table calculations and that's why
9:57:56we learned so now what we are going to
9:57:57learn is some of the use cases where we
9:57:59need to use summarize and values they
9:58:01can help us to change the level of
9:58:04detail calculation like some of averages
9:58:06or average of sum so basically what
9:58:08happens you do a operation till a
9:58:10particular level and after that you
9:58:11change the aggregation so it was doing
9:58:13sum and then I do the average same way
9:58:15sometime what happens is we are using a
9:58:17filter context of visual row and I'll
9:58:19give you an example of what we mean by
9:58:21use context we reuse a filter context in
9:58:24the calculation and the grand total is
9:58:26not going to be correct in such case on
9:58:28also in such cases we can use summarize
9:58:31and value sometime the way I'm telling
9:58:34you may not work in such cases what you
9:58:36have to do is you have to basically go
9:58:38ahead and create a mejor first and then
9:58:41create another mejor on top of that to
9:58:43make it work so let's jump onto the
9:58:45first use case where we are going to do
9:58:47it I want to create average of so let me
9:58:50create a matrix Visual and in this
9:58:53Matrix visual I'm going to bring in from
9:58:55geography table state and city I'm also
9:58:59going to bring in a net measure as a
9:59:02value let me expand it very simple you
9:59:05have certain cities for which the values
9:59:07is getting aggregated and that the same
9:59:09sum is shown here but I don't want sum
9:59:12at the state level I want an average how
9:59:14I'm going to do that so let me start
9:59:16with a new major and this new major is
9:59:19going to be aage average of city net
9:59:22this city I want to do some post that I
9:59:24want to do average what I have to do
9:59:26here is basically average X I can use
9:59:29values or summarize let me use values as
9:59:31of now to begin with values then let's
9:59:35use geography City till this level you
9:59:37have to do whatever aggregation I'm
9:59:39going to do in the expression net and
9:59:42then I'll complete this code and let me
9:59:45bring in this new major as you can
9:59:48observe here value is no more a sum it
9:59:52is an average I would like to take one
9:59:55more example here now we have a major
9:59:58known as gross amount isn't it so let me
10:00:01do one thing let me first create a major
10:00:04with the help of values only and let me
10:00:07call it as gross so average gross same
10:00:09calculation what I've done for net and
10:00:12you can see the average is happening I
10:00:14would like to do the same calculation
10:00:16now but with the help of a column where
10:00:18I want to aggregate it into the
10:00:20expression part of the average X
10:00:22function so let me create a new major
10:00:23again I'm going to take help from Major
10:00:25Tool which is visible right now let me
10:00:28paste this gross calculation and make it
10:00:30gross fun and here instead of gross I'll
10:00:33use sum of sales gross amount very
10:00:36simple instead of measure I am going to
10:00:38use the sum of gross amount expecting
10:00:41the same result pay attention the result
10:00:44is not same not same as this one and let
10:00:46me bring in Gross for your reference
10:00:50and this is the behavior of expression
10:00:52function which I want you to note down
10:00:54and to correct this behavior let's use
10:00:57calculate inside this
10:00:59calculation in the expression if you
10:01:02need to do an aggregation if you are
10:01:04giving a table expression table
10:01:07expression and you are using aggregation
10:01:09on the column then you have to use
10:01:11calculate in the expression you cannot
10:01:14do it without that let me do it right
10:01:16now and now you can see the values are
10:01:19are
10:01:20matching that's great can we do the
10:01:23similar kind of calculation with
10:01:24summarize because values will allow us
10:01:26only one summarize can allow us multiple
10:01:28so let's say I want after two the
10:01:31average should happen or after three
10:01:33average should happen or the calculation
10:01:35which are done which need a grand total
10:01:37sub total correction might require
10:01:39multiple columns then what should I do
10:01:41so now let's try the same thing can we
10:01:43do it using the summarized function we
10:01:45have already used the value function let
10:01:47me do one go ahead and copy one of the
10:01:49calculat I'll copy this gross
10:01:51calculation and I'll modify this so just
10:01:53for my reference I'm copying it and two
10:01:56and let's put this into the commands and
10:01:59try to replicate the same the first one
10:02:01we are going to do is aage X summarize
10:02:05taes this is the center table geography
10:02:08City till City I need the sum and then I
10:02:11simply use the gross measure and let me
10:02:14check the calculation out and as you can
10:02:17see and let me move the gross
10:02:20maybe at the start along with the net
10:02:23now you can see this calculation is same
10:02:25as this one so mean summarize can also
10:02:28help us and summarize can take multiple
10:02:30columns you give the center table the
10:02:31reason I given the center table is that
10:02:33if you are working across two tables
10:02:35like item and geography then still you
10:02:38will be able to do such calculation
10:02:39let's say you need it after two columns
10:02:41so there is a level of detail which you
10:02:44have you know used it and post that you
10:02:46have done it and it is not that if even
10:02:48if I go let's say one step ahead and
10:02:50let's look at this let me go up one
10:02:52level now in this case right now there
10:02:54is no City present in the calculation
10:02:57the level of detail has been included to
10:02:59take the average so if some of you
10:03:01wanted to have a level of detail include
10:03:04this is something how you do level of
10:03:06detail include you have learned remove
10:03:08filters that is exclude now this is
10:03:10include now let's play around further
10:03:12with this so what I'm going to do here
10:03:14is can I do a sum of gross amount here
10:03:16and is it going to be a little bit
10:03:17different so we say sum of sales gross
10:03:20so just like values do I need to use the
10:03:22calculate function or summarize can do a
10:03:24better job for me no I need to use
10:03:27calculate so let me use calculate here
10:03:30and I'm not creating multiple Majors
10:03:31here you for your reference you can go
10:03:33ahead and create it this is one but yes
10:03:36I'm going to do one more version of this
10:03:37one let me copy this and let me create a
10:03:40new measure of another version which I
10:03:43can create with summarizes actually
10:03:45summarize can also include a calculation
10:03:47inside the table so we have the Group by
10:03:50columns and after that the expression
10:03:52says that you can have name and
10:03:53expression here what does that mean for
10:03:56us you can have underscore one or I can
10:03:59give underscore gross for your reference
10:04:01and name and here I'm not using
10:04:03calculate let me use sum and here uh
10:04:07this is sum is ending this is uh
10:04:10summarize ending comma underscore gross
10:04:13and I knowingly give these whenever I
10:04:15use such variables or such calculated
10:04:18column which is inside the table
10:04:20expression or as a variable or a where I
10:04:23usually give them underscore so that you
10:04:25are able to differentiate that I'm doing
10:04:27something different and let me do this
10:04:29is two is already available let me
10:04:31rename it and press enter let me add it
10:04:34to the visualization and our calculation
10:04:37remains same what we wanted in this
10:04:40manner you can use summarize also to get
10:04:43these average of sum you can do same
10:04:45thing with sum of averages or when you
10:04:48want to use include level of details
10:04:51this is what you can do so another
10:04:52example which I wanted to do here is
10:04:54basically where we use the filter
10:04:57context of visual Road and our grand
10:04:59totals are not correct and we wanted to
10:05:00correct again values and summaries
10:05:02depending on the requirement can be used
10:05:04sometime they can be used like just like
10:05:06what example I've given here and
10:05:08sometime you may have to use the measure
10:05:10inside another measure where you use
10:05:12values and summarize so you begin let me
10:05:14rename this as average of sum and let's
10:05:17begin a new tab and this time what I'm
10:05:19I'm going to do here is let me bring in
10:05:21brand from item and let me create
10:05:24something which uses the filter context
10:05:26of visual row I'll bring in that create
10:05:29a table visual so if you created a
10:05:31visual and you want to change it just
10:05:33click on that Visual and click on the
10:05:35another visual type inside the insert or
10:05:38inside the visualization Pane and you
10:05:39will get that kind of visual now I want
10:05:41to create a visual which use context and
10:05:43how do you use context this is how you
10:05:45use the context because after some time
10:05:47we will have some time intelligence
10:05:49measure which is also going to use that
10:05:50so I want sum of brand one and I'm not
10:05:54going to use filter here I will use if
10:05:56Max of item brand now this Max of item
10:06:00brand what's Max is going to take in a
10:06:02row see in the row brand 8 itself is
10:06:05available let's say there is a brand8
10:06:07available and I'm using category so row
10:06:09only contain brand8 and then I'm using
10:06:11category then it can bring the within
10:06:12brand8 whatever is maximum category is
10:06:14going to bring in that but here brand
10:06:16eight itself is present the max of brand
10:06:18eight what it is actually it is brand 8
10:06:20in the first row so in this row it is
10:06:22going to be brand 8 the brand 13 that's
10:06:25the only value available yeah if I use
10:06:27category definitely there are more
10:06:28values available then it can take a Max
10:06:30and I'll call it as it is equal to Brand
10:06:32one comma what value I want to return
10:06:34net otherwise I don't want to return
10:06:35return a value let me try this out I got
10:06:38a major tons of major now we have you
10:06:40see the value for the brand one is
10:06:42correct but there's no grand total here
10:06:44and this is what we call the
10:06:46calculations error because of filter
10:06:48context context have you used now this
10:06:50is one example you may have many other
10:06:52such calculations where context is
10:06:54causing your grand total either not to
10:06:57appear or to appear wrong because
10:06:59remember the grand totals are calculated
10:07:01again when you calculated the grand
10:07:03total again there was no item brand
10:07:05available and when the item brand is not
10:07:07available you blank value how do we
10:07:09correct that so let's try with sux
10:07:12values item
10:07:14brand comma if
10:07:17calculation did not work out did not
10:07:20work out let's use
10:07:22calculate so the moment we added the
10:07:25calculate the results have started
10:07:28coming out so as you aware that when you
10:07:30use calculate is going to appear and let
10:07:32me remove the calculator and showcase
10:07:33you again whenever you are doing some
10:07:35kind of a calculation inside the
10:07:37Aggregates make sure the calculate is
10:07:40used and once you use the calculate you
10:07:42will get your calculation and you know
10:07:44the alternative is summarized and which
10:07:46you can also use to correct such
10:07:48calculations so we have learned how can
10:07:50we use summarize and values to get
10:07:52include level of details and how can we
10:07:55use it to correct our grand totals let
10:07:57me just copy paste for your reference
10:08:00and add summarize here so that you have
10:08:02an example to refer when I share these
10:08:05files with you we'll use a
10:08:08summarize sales comma item
10:08:10brand and this is sum of brand one
10:08:13though I'm calling it brand two so we
10:08:15have both the measures available with
10:08:17help from values and summarize we
10:08:19continue with one more use case where we
10:08:21can use suiz and values and the place
10:08:24where we need is basically when we need
10:08:26to count the distinct values B so how do
10:08:29we get the distinct count of anything so
10:08:32in the sales table items are basically
10:08:34made not going to be more than so how
10:08:36many distinct items I have in my item
10:08:39basically what I can do here is I can
10:08:40bring in item here and I can use a build
10:08:45a visual Pane and change its aggregation
10:08:48I will get a 55 is the count I'm getting
10:08:50there's a function distinct count I can
10:08:51use so let me try to create a major
10:08:54first major
10:08:56is this
10:08:59count and we use the function distinct
10:09:01count sales item
10:09:06id let me bring it here this is 55 on a
10:09:11larger data the distin count might not
10:09:13give you the desired performance I'll
10:09:14tell you couple of ways which could give
10:09:17you a little bit better
10:09:19distinct count we are going to use
10:09:23again in this distinct count I'm not
10:09:26going to use function distinct what I'm
10:09:27going to use I'll use count
10:09:32rows values now single column I can use
10:09:34values we have learned that in the past
10:09:37get the distinct values you can use
10:09:40values let me bring in here get it okay
10:09:46so you're getting the same values now
10:09:47let's learn one more way which which you
10:09:49can actually use on multiple column
10:09:51somebody ask you what is the distinct
10:09:53combination of city and item you have in
10:09:55the how do you do that and in fact
10:09:57somebody can ask that brand and state
10:09:59combination how do we do that what we
10:10:02are going to do here is we are going to
10:10:03use
10:10:04summarize so first let me give you this
10:10:07one listing count of item only and then
10:10:10we will create a little complex case so
10:10:13here we got this now we would like to
10:10:15know the brand and the state combination
10:10:17now state is also not at the role level
10:10:20and brand is also not at the role level
10:10:22what is that distinct combination
10:10:23present with us for that now let's go
10:10:26ahead and try that out and this time let
10:10:28me explain you I quickly changed in the
10:10:30case of summarize we have done few more
10:10:32examples already now this time what I'm
10:10:35going to do is let me explain you the
10:10:36complete calculation count rows let me
10:10:39use count rows this can also be used
10:10:41when you have a visualization with few
10:10:43group buys and few Majors you can take
10:10:45the complete combination of those majors
10:10:47and group Buys in the summarize and can
10:10:49count it so count rows summarize what
10:10:52summarize needs table so Central table
10:10:55I'm going to give geography state I'm
10:10:57going to take and from item I'm going to
10:11:00take brand remember the combination is
10:11:03not available in the say table it is
10:11:05available in the related table and I'm
10:11:07bringing in the count for those distinct
10:11:10count is not going to work the alone
10:11:13values cannot help me out so summarize
10:11:15can help in such cases so you can get
10:11:18distinct count counts using summarize
10:11:20function and count rows let us now learn
10:11:23how can we get percentage of total we
10:11:25start a new visual let me create a
10:11:28matrix visual first of all and in this
10:11:30Matrix visual I would like to bring in
10:11:32state and city from geography table so
10:11:34state city and my favorite major bring
10:11:37city under the state now when you do
10:11:39that when you go to this major and right
10:11:41click you see an option percentage of
10:11:44Grant total percentage of row total
10:11:46percentage of column total let's look
10:11:48what is percentage of GR total let's
10:11:50look at the other option right
10:11:52click show value as percentage of column
10:11:55total no difference again it is 100% no
10:11:58value is percentage of there's no row
10:11:59total right now there is a no row so
10:12:01100% so basically they are just giving
10:12:02me percentage of Grant total so now let
10:12:05me go ahead and show show values but
10:12:08what happens sometime I might require
10:12:09certain calculation where I actually
10:12:11need percentage how do I do that we have
10:12:13learned few function in the past and
10:12:14they are going to help us out calculate
10:12:16percent of DT net grand total of net I
10:12:20want to use the divide function because
10:12:22I want to divide the current calculation
10:12:24by the total grand total I'll tell you
10:12:26how to get the grand total so divide
10:12:28functions make sure that divide by 0 is
10:12:30handle okay if to divide by 0 so net
10:12:32what is available in the current now I
10:12:34need a grand total the grand total
10:12:36should violate or should not have any
10:12:38filter consideration and to do that we
10:12:41have something first of all I'll use
10:12:43calculate net now I can use all or all
10:12:45selected now if you want to honor the
10:12:47filters use all select you should don't
10:12:49even want to the filter context use all
10:12:51I want to use all selected let me not
10:12:54give any table name or it independent of
10:12:56the tables so typically it will apply on
10:12:58your C you will say it was showing 5%
10:13:01something because when you use
10:13:03percentage basically right now A Rao and
10:13:05to convert to the percentage you click
10:13:07on this you will get the percentage and
10:13:10now you are saying I need sub toal how
10:13:12do I get for sub total Alaska it would
10:13:14be like 100% because Alaska only have
10:13:16one Arizona has more a couple of ways
10:13:19let start with first way so the first
10:13:20way which I'm going to use here in I'm
10:13:22going to use divide and I'll call it St
10:13:26sub tootal one and there are few ways so
10:13:28first way is in the second calculator
10:13:30which is the sub total which I want I
10:13:32can use remove filters of city now there
10:13:35are only two levels so I can say remove
10:13:36filter of City geography City what
10:13:39happens when I remove the filter of
10:13:40geography City or when I use all
10:13:42geography City th will be removed from
10:13:44the context so this is exclude level of
10:13:48details I mean excluding a level of
10:13:50detail again I need to make it as a
10:13:51percentage and as you can see now this
10:13:55is 100% this is 100% only one city and
10:13:57this combination is 100% and definitely
10:13:59at a state level we are going to have
10:14:00100% so this is one way so we have
10:14:03excluded the de there is one more way
10:14:04which we can use for that we'll go
10:14:07little bit more changes here again the
10:14:10half of the formula will remain same so
10:14:12the first part the role remains same the
10:14:14calculate remains same here what I'm
10:14:16going to do is filter all all selected
10:14:20geography I'm going to bring in
10:14:21geography table and then I'll say
10:14:24geography state I'm trying to bring in
10:14:26the filter context of visual row
10:14:28geography State equals to the max of
10:14:33geography state I'm trying to bring in
10:14:36the filter context of visual row here
10:14:38whatever state is in the context that
10:14:41only should be considered as a filter
10:14:43you take the complete geography table
10:14:44ignore everything on the geography table
10:14:47but state is equal to Max space so
10:14:48whatever state is there in the row that
10:14:50is the only thing you to consider I
10:14:52calculated another subtotal and let me
10:14:54go ahead and make it as a percentage
10:14:56column and you will see similar results
10:14:58a little bit different approach but what
10:14:59we have there done here is filtering the
10:15:02complete geography table for the row so
10:15:05I considered the complete geography
10:15:06table for every row filter is applied
10:15:08filter context of visual row been
10:15:10ignored because of that on the context
10:15:11has been ignored but we are saying the
10:15:12geography state in this complete table
10:15:15should be equal to the max of geography
10:15:16State and what is this Max of geography
10:15:18State the state which is available in
10:15:19this particular Row in this row though
10:15:21I'm seeing City but I'm Arizona is the
10:15:23state present here in the row context so
10:15:25geography State complete table I'm
10:15:28filtering for the current date and
10:15:30that's how it is getting calculated and
10:15:31we got the percentage of sub total in
10:15:34this manner you can calculate percentage
10:15:35of up total let's discuss how can we
10:15:39create a rank now rank we might need as
10:15:41a major we might need as a column now we
10:15:44have few functions to do rank we have
10:15:47rank X only Rank and rank rank. EQ there
10:15:50is function for that all now the
10:15:52function which we are going to discuss
10:15:53right now is rank X and we are going to
10:15:55discuss the rank function later when we
10:15:57will discuss the functions which are
10:16:00very similar to SQL window fun they are
10:16:02not same as SQL window function but in
10:16:04few aspect they are very similar to that
10:16:06so when we are going to discuss that's
10:16:08where we are going to discuss the ram
10:16:09function first of all let me go ahead to
10:16:12my table View and in the date table I
10:16:14would like to create a rank this rank
10:16:16would be used later when we will do the
10:16:18time intelligence what I want to do here
10:16:20is I have this column Week start date I
10:16:23want to create a rank on week start date
10:16:26and the reason for that is typically
10:16:28whenever you want to do time
10:16:30intelligence if we don't have the
10:16:32extended time intelligence function we
10:16:34actually use the rank function start of
10:16:36the week is one column on which I want
10:16:38to create a rank I want to create a new
10:16:40rank column let me click on new column
10:16:42column tools is visible because I
10:16:44already clicked on a column and let me
10:16:46use this week start date column and
10:16:48create a rank so I'll use I'll give the
10:16:50name as Peak rank make it a little bit
10:16:53bigger so that you can see it Rank and
10:16:55you can see rank. EQ rank X and rank
10:16:57three functions are there I'm going to
10:16:59use rank X now the rank X function have
10:17:01few arguments which are required the
10:17:03first argument is table in case of
10:17:05column it's going to be a table or you
10:17:07can use filter function to return return
10:17:09a table which can restrict it when we
10:17:11create like rank subcategory rank if you
10:17:13want to create you can have use the
10:17:14filter function expression this is going
10:17:16to be our column third we are going to
10:17:18leave fourth is order by default it is
10:17:20descending rank x is by default
10:17:22descending and ties is Skip and dens by
10:17:25default is Skip I'll explain you the
10:17:27meaning of skip and dense in a moment so
10:17:29we're going to use dense and Skip here
10:17:31one by one and I'll explain the meaning
10:17:32so let me showcase you so I'll start
10:17:34with rankx table name is date table and
10:17:37I'm creating it as in a column not
10:17:39adding to the script we can add it to
10:17:41the script later and then the column I'm
10:17:43going to use is Week start date and I'll
10:17:46leave it as only two arguments I'm
10:17:47supplying right and let me do one thing
10:17:49let me sort the dates on ascending order
10:17:52we understand the meaning of ascending
10:17:54and let me close date we have a pretty
10:17:56big date skpt let me close that now
10:17:58let's look at it so what's happening
10:18:00here definitely we are why we are
10:18:02getting the highest rank first of all
10:18:03because it's a descending Rank by
10:18:05default we actually wanted as sending
10:18:07rank so whenever we create a rank for
10:18:09the date column we actually need as
10:18:10sending rank second I opened all the
10:18:13distinct values and you can see the rank
10:18:15has jumped this is because it is a skip
10:18:17rank what happens in case of skip rank
10:18:19let's understand this let me sort it
10:18:21ascending here so for 7 days I have this
10:18:24rank so the next rank is not two it's
10:18:26eight so it's a skip the ranks which are
10:18:29actually they repeating if it is one one
10:18:32then next is three it's a skip if it is
10:18:35one one and next is two then it is 10 so
10:18:37two things I need to change here is
10:18:39first I need the rank as ascending rank
10:18:41so I need to give an argument by default
10:18:43it is descending and ties We Know by
10:18:45default it is Skip so I need to create a
10:18:47dance Rank and let me press now you can
10:18:49see on my calendar the minimum date is
10:18:52having rank one and in spite of rank
10:18:55repeating twice I don't have the rank as
10:18:57three I still have it as two so dance
10:19:00rank is a continuous rank the rank
10:19:02numbers will be one to three in spite of
10:19:06repetition that is what we call dance
10:19:08rank so we have created a dance rank
10:19:11here and we have created ascending so
10:19:13rank X function is something we have
10:19:15used to create a new column now let's go
10:19:18ahead and create a rank magic so I'll
10:19:20add a new page for that so let me create
10:19:22a visual brand the table visual I'm
10:19:24bringing in brand and net converting it
10:19:27to table I want to create rank already
10:19:29it is sort in descending I want to
10:19:30create a rank on the same order what I
10:19:32can do here is basically new major I'll
10:19:35click on new major and I'll call it rank
10:19:38net I'm going to use rank X all selected
10:19:42now what is the difference between all
10:19:43and all selected I'll showcase you in in
10:19:45a short file all selected item bran and
10:19:49net now I can give the other argument so
10:19:51I can have in the table I need to have
10:19:53all selected all all except something I
10:19:56need here expression here need to be
10:19:57major values we are going to leave order
10:20:00I'm going to use descending because
10:20:02mostly we all to create descending Rank
10:20:04and ties I'm going to use Den here so I
10:20:07can leave any argument after this one
10:20:09descending by default it is descending
10:20:11so I can could have skipped that and den
10:20:14so it's giving you r 1 2 3 4 5 what's
10:20:16the difference between all and all
10:20:18selected for that let me do one thing
10:20:19let me also bring in a slicer on brand
10:20:22and let me build it as a multi- select
10:20:25and show so I'll do select all as you
10:20:28can see that the moment I am removing
10:20:30something the rank is getting adjusted
10:20:32if you see now the rank is still one 2 3
10:20:344 5 6 7 8 9 10 this is because all
10:20:37selected it is considering only the data
10:20:39on which the rank is getting created but
10:20:42if you don't want that you say no no
10:20:44even though I remove the data from my
10:20:46context I still want my rank to honor
10:20:49the initial data then I can use all now
10:20:51you can see that the rank is having
10:20:54jumps so we have number six this is
10:20:57missing because we have unselected that
10:20:59we have number nine which is missing
10:21:00okay we have number three which is also
10:21:02missing so this is how all work now
10:21:04let's come to a really interesting
10:21:06feature of the rank and let me explain
10:21:08you for that first of all I'm going to
10:21:10bring from the brand table the brand ID
10:21:12into the
10:21:13visualization and let me enable the
10:21:15build a visual for that I right on the
10:21:18right hand side there was an option I
10:21:19enabled that and I'm going to bring the
10:21:21brand ID why did all the rank became
10:21:28one for reason for that is and to
10:21:31understand that reason let's change it
10:21:32little bit let me remove brand ID and
10:21:34let me bring in actually category and
10:21:36then you will be able to understand
10:21:38better let me sort first on category
10:21:40shift and sort on rank now you can see
10:21:43inside the category all the ranks are
10:21:46for the brand so the category is is
10:21:48acting as a partition and inside that we
10:21:51are getting the rank so the rank get
10:21:54redistributed or partition on the column
10:21:57which is not present in the rank measure
10:22:01when I created my measure whatever
10:22:03columns are not present if they are used
10:22:05in the visualization the rank will
10:22:07redistribute inside that you know
10:22:09partition itself into that and because
10:22:12of the same reason because brand ID and
10:22:14brand are at the same level now category
10:22:16has different different brand but where
10:22:18bring in now again the brand ID each
10:22:21brand ID has only having one brand and
10:22:24that is why the rank is coming as one
10:22:25one one one then how do we handle such
10:22:28scenario one of the easiest ways and
10:22:30because they're belonging from one table
10:22:32you can simply bring in brand ID also
10:22:35inside this one now in this case I
10:22:37cannot use item table typically I take
10:22:40an example of City ID and City there I
10:22:42am able to use the geography table
10:22:44because they are at the lowest level
10:22:46brand is not at the lowest level so I
10:22:48have to specifically call Brand ID item
10:22:50brand now you can see the rank is again
10:22:53correct both are participa but what
10:22:55happens when you read rank on multiple
10:22:58columns which are not part of the same
10:23:00table so let me bring in brand again
10:23:02into a new table and let me also bring
10:23:04in state I'm bringing the state column
10:23:06so let me do one thing let me first
10:23:08bring in state here I'm doing a little
10:23:11bit change and then brand and net now
10:23:13what happens when I put that rank column
10:23:15let me again make it as a table visual
10:23:19again you can see the brand getting
10:23:21distributed the brand ID is not present
10:23:23brand is present it's getting
10:23:24redistributed inside I can sort on the
10:23:27state and then I can shift and sort on
10:23:29the net and you will see the rank
10:23:31getting adjusted but I need a continuous
10:23:33rank so anytime I create a state rank it
10:23:35will get distributed into brand rank if
10:23:37I create a brand rank it will get
10:23:39redistributed or partition on state I
10:23:41need a combined rank they are from two
10:23:43different tables so then how do I do
10:23:45that so let's again create a major and
10:23:47in this major which is rank net St and
10:23:51brand eight and brand I'll use rank X
10:23:54all selected now you know the difference
10:23:56between those I can't use all selected
10:23:57the reason are all because the moment I
10:24:00do that I use geography State comma item
10:24:03brand and you need to be careful because
10:24:05I have state available in geography and
10:24:07customer if I don't use the correct one
10:24:09uh it's going to not work again
10:24:11redistribution will happen inside that
10:24:13and I'll try this out and this this is
10:24:16giving an error because you can't use
10:24:17this different TBL so to overcome that
10:24:20what I'm going to use is I'll use
10:24:21summarize function summarize all
10:24:23selected on sales table sales so the
10:24:27table which I'm giving in the summarize
10:24:28is sales and as I'm giving a central
10:24:30table then I can take the dimensions
10:24:32table geography and item into that
10:24:35summarize so here it is summarize and
10:24:37all selected is compulsory here and then
10:24:39net and then I can use the other two
10:24:41parameter this sending and dense now let
10:24:43me add this to the visualization now
10:24:46here you will see the rank is again
10:24:48distributed why because we have taken
10:24:50customer that's what I was telling
10:24:52because I'm taking the geography State
10:24:53and I'm use this then it will create a
10:24:55problem so let me go ahead and change
10:24:57this State field from customer to
10:25:00geography and now you can see the rank
10:25:02is continuous okay in this manner you
10:25:05will get a continuous rank across
10:25:07multiple table column in sometime we
10:25:10will discuss rank function rank function
10:25:11is also better equipped than rank X
10:25:14function for handling the ties now there
10:25:16is a ways to handle ties in rank X but
10:25:19that's really challenging so we will
10:25:21keep that for rank function let's
10:25:24discuss top end function now when we
10:25:25want to get the top end there are a
10:25:27couple of options we have one is
10:25:29definitely we have a top end function
10:25:30which won't give us and the second
10:25:32option is basically at the visual level
10:25:34itself let me bring in brand and net
10:25:38into a visualization now as converting
10:25:41to table visual assume you want top five
10:25:43Brands by net what you will do simply go
10:25:45to the brand into the visual level
10:25:47filter and this happens in the visual
10:25:49level filter you can go here and use top
10:25:51and I need top five base is what I have
10:25:54net in the visual but I can get in based
10:25:56on margin percentage anything which I
10:25:58want but right now I definitely want
10:25:59base on the net so you drag the value
10:26:02here and you use apply please drag a
10:26:04measure and you get the top five values
10:26:06very easy so whenever we need it we can
10:26:08use that but we do have a function which
10:26:10is known as top end and let me explain
10:26:12you that function step by step I'm going
10:26:14to use the new major for that so let me
10:26:17click on the new major in the table tool
10:26:19and the major I'm going to create is top
10:26:2110 net and the function is top n Now
10:26:23what is my n value n value is 10 so I
10:26:26need n value I need table expression and
10:26:28here table expression will be all or all
10:26:30selected order by expression order
10:26:33ascending or descending and this kind of
10:26:35information is so let's start with I
10:26:36need top here we already have so big so
10:26:3913 values but I need only 10 values out
10:26:41of that all selected item brand comma
10:26:45order by expression order on net and
10:26:47what I want descending and right now
10:26:49I'll keep it only this one what happens
10:26:51here is basically the top end function
10:26:53actually returns a table the moment I
10:26:55put it here it start giving me error H
10:26:58you get an error calculation error
10:27:00measure custom table of multiple value
10:27:02it's basically table so what I can do is
10:27:05I can use this as a filter in the
10:27:07calculate so I'll use calculate net
10:27:10first argument and then we will have
10:27:12this top nend and press enter this seems
10:27:15to be some challenge isn't it the value
10:27:17top n and Branch seems like very similar
10:27:20to the grand total isn't it it doesn't
10:27:22seems to be filtering top end values
10:27:25either okay let me do one thing in this
10:27:27visual let me remove that's the first
10:27:29reason after I remove the F filter now
10:27:31again there is some challenge here this
10:27:33value is not same as grand total I can
10:27:35understand there a top maybe some of the
10:27:37top 10 values and different now because
10:27:39previously the top five filter was there
10:27:41this is a sum of top 10 not the top 10
10:27:43and nor it is filtering it for that what
10:27:45I'm going to do I can keep values inside
10:27:48this one or key filters so let me show
10:27:50you both of them one by one let me use
10:27:52values item brand first way reduce it to
10:27:56top 10 and if I remove the net it will
10:27:58actually keep it top 10 only and that's
10:28:00the total for that if you don't want to
10:28:01use values you have an option which is
10:28:04if filters can take this filter argument
10:28:07and basically keep the filter and apply
10:28:09the values automatically in this case
10:28:11and this will to give me the same result
10:28:13so in a scenario when you have the
10:28:15filter and you want to have the values
10:28:16impact also you can use keep filters
10:28:18keep filters can work for you I got now
10:28:20top 10 net by using a major I can use
10:28:23top end and I can get whatever top I
10:28:25want but what happens in case I need
10:28:27this as a dynamic is that if I choose
10:28:30one give me one if I choose two give me
10:28:32two if I choose three give me three how
10:28:34can I create Dynamic top n for that what
10:28:38we have to do is we have to take help
10:28:40from the modeling Tab and in modeling
10:28:42tab we have new parameter now we have
10:28:44two kind of new parameters one of them
10:28:46is a numeric range and another one is
10:28:48field parameter now field parameter is
10:28:50we're going to discuss after some time
10:28:52numeric parameter was previously also
10:28:54known as what if parameter so numeric
10:28:56range I'm going to create it's going to
10:28:57create a new table for me using the
10:28:59generate series it's going to give me
10:29:01the number so I can create a series of
10:29:03numeric or field I can give it a name so
10:29:06name is top and number I want it to give
10:29:08minimum 0 Max 20 increment by one
10:29:12default is five I keep this as checked I
10:29:15want to add a slicer I don't want it to
10:29:17leave for later and the advantage of
10:29:19this one is basically is give me a
10:29:21slicer where I can enter one single
10:29:24select box so let me go ahead and create
10:29:26that now what is going to do is actually
10:29:28it's going to create a table for me
10:29:29using the generate Series has created a
10:29:32table using generate series and it gives
10:29:34me this parameters basically coming from
10:29:36them this is the column which is coming
10:29:38from that it also create by default a
10:29:40major for you which you can use in your
10:29:43calculations and this table is a
10:29:45disconnected table so whatever values we
10:29:47are have going to have we need to use
10:29:49that in our measure then only they going
10:29:51to have you can use that various places
10:29:53but what I'm going to do is without
10:29:54disturbing this slicer right now I'm
10:29:56going to place this value inside our
10:29:59measure in the top and in place of this
10:30:0110 now I'll use that top and major which
10:30:04is already been created for me the
10:30:06moment I do it you will see I only have
10:30:08the five values because the default
10:30:10value was five how did it get it so
10:30:12there is something known as whenever you
10:30:14wanted to get a value which is selected
10:30:16you use the functions selected value and
10:30:19the selected value is going to give you
10:30:20the selected value it doesn't get you
10:30:22can default it so selected value
10:30:24function have being used here which is
10:30:26returning us this value and definitely
10:30:28whenever we need we can use this
10:30:30function Al selected value functions
10:30:32give us the selected value in the slicer
10:30:34but it only gives one value if you have
10:30:35more than one value then we need a
10:30:38different operation usually we use
10:30:40values or something we can handle in
10:30:42multiple ways basically whatever is
10:30:43selected is only available whatever is
10:30:45not selected if you need you need to PR
10:30:47fix to get that data so now I will go
10:30:50ahead and change it to top let's say one
10:30:52I only got the top one value what I can
10:30:54do is basically I can remove net from my
10:30:56visualization I click here I'll bring in
10:30:59the build a visual and you take out net
10:31:02from here now I only got one value three
10:31:04top three top five top 10 in this manner
10:31:08my visual will now respond to the top
10:31:10end values Now understand one thing that
10:31:13there is one more thing which you should
10:31:14do now what happens like when we use the
10:31:16top end here it's do you filter and if
10:31:19you there are multiple measures all
10:31:20those measure will get filtered based on
10:31:22the top end of one particular C now
10:31:24let's say you need top end of gross but
10:31:27based on net or top end of margin
10:31:29percentage still based on net in that
10:31:32case you're not going to change the
10:31:33second part of it and the reason I'm
10:31:35telling you sometime what happens is I
10:31:37have the top I have the top 10 items of
10:31:39this year I want value of the prior ear
10:31:42based on that so there's a prior measor
10:31:44I have and I need the value for that so
10:31:47see my top top n is still calculating
10:31:49based on that but based on that top end
10:31:51I am bringing in margin percentage now
10:31:54margin percentage may or may not be the
10:31:56top 10 in this case let me rename this
10:31:59major margin percentage and bring this
10:32:02into my
10:32:03visualization and I would also like to
10:32:06bring in margin percent and I change the
10:32:09formatting percentage for margin top 10
10:32:12margin percentage now I would like to
10:32:14sort this visual on margin percentage
10:32:17this is not not the top 10 margin
10:32:19percentage the top 10 based on net
10:32:22whatever I'm going to use here is what
10:32:25going to decide my top it is not the
10:32:28major which is going to decide so in
10:32:29this manner I can get a major which is
10:32:32basically top and off some other major
10:32:34so this is topend function and dynamic
10:32:37top end for you so let's look at is
10:32:40filtered and has one value understand
10:32:42that let's create a new page and in this
10:32:44new page I would like to bring in brand
10:32:47and category and in both the visuals we
10:32:49will add few new majors and those Majors
10:32:51I'm going to create I'm not adding any
10:32:52other major because we want to
10:32:54understand those two new major how to
10:32:56understand that measure we also need a
10:32:57slicer and that slicer I'm going to
10:32:59create on brand I dragged the brand and
10:33:01I clicked on slicer which is coming from
10:33:03build my visual at this moment I can
10:33:05also take it from the insert of the Home
10:33:07tab do a little bit more adjustment here
10:33:10now let's first discuss is filtered so
10:33:12I'll create a new mejor using is
10:33:14filtered is filter me basically is it
10:33:15filtered or not in what condition is
10:33:17filtered work is filtered so is filtered
10:33:21item brand is item brand is filtered you
10:33:24simply wanted to check this condition is
10:33:26item brand filtered we got this measure
10:33:28is filtered let me bring it here it's
10:33:30giving true true true on all the rows
10:33:33and it's going to give false false false
10:33:35on all the rows of category so here it
10:33:36is giving all true right now there is no
10:33:39value coming from slicer it is still
10:33:41coming from for True when the brand is
10:33:43in the context is giving false when
10:33:45brand is not in the context so basic
10:33:47basically the filter is filtered is true
10:33:51when the brand is in the context or the
10:33:54brand is in the filter it is in the
10:33:55context that it is true but look the
10:33:57total is false it means it is not coming
10:34:00from Filter total will be dependent on
10:34:01filter so let me filter one brand the
10:34:03moment I filter a brand this is coming
10:34:05true this is coming because of context
10:34:08and this is because of filter all the
10:34:09values are coming here is coming true
10:34:11because of the filter context but
10:34:13sometime what would happen is if I don't
10:34:15have filter I don't want this filter I
10:34:16want to take a decision whether the
10:34:18brand has been filtered or not I want to
10:34:19display a value based on whether it is
10:34:21filtered or not and that filter is not
10:34:23the row filtering that filtering is the
10:34:25filtering which is happening on the
10:34:26filter so how do I ensure that I'm only
10:34:29considering is filtered is filter from
10:34:31the filter contexts of visual row is
10:34:33filter is filter from the filter not
10:34:36filter context of visual Row for that
10:34:38I'm going to tell you one solution what
10:34:39you have to do is you have to create a
10:34:41new measure and we going to call it it's
10:34:43filtered one and you can use calculate
10:34:46all selected don't use all about
10:34:47selected values and let's bring in this
10:34:50mejor is filtered one now you can see is
10:34:53filtered is false for row and it is not
10:34:55obing the context let's bring in another
10:34:57visual expected is false now let's
10:34:59filter any value it is filtering and now
10:35:01it is giving true and that is expected
10:35:03if even if I select multiple values it's
10:35:05going to be true so is filtered is able
10:35:07to tell us yes it is only coming true
10:35:10when something is getting filtered so
10:35:12the second function which we wanted to
10:35:13discuss is has one value right now what
10:35:15happened if you remember when I clicked
10:35:17more than one I'm getting through still
10:35:18but I don't want I only want let's say
10:35:20currency we only want to select one
10:35:22currency if one currency is selected or
10:35:24one country is selected then I will show
10:35:26the data in that particular currency so
10:35:28if let's say we are showing data of USA
10:35:31India together I have to show in one of
10:35:33the currency Global Currency so one of
10:35:35the currency I'll call Global Currency
10:35:36and when both India and USA are selected
10:35:38I'll show it in the Global Currency but
10:35:40when India is selected I'll want to show
10:35:41the local currency which is rupee when
10:35:43only USA is selected I want to show in
10:35:45USD let's say Global Currency we have
10:35:47decided Euro so when both are selected
10:35:49we are going to show them in Euro so in
10:35:50that case I also wanted to know that one
10:35:53value is selected so I want to know has
10:35:55one value so let me create a new major
10:35:58and check has one value so has one value
10:36:01first of all has one value item brand
10:36:05does item brand has one value first of
10:36:07all we wanted to check so it's running
10:36:10true so it means context is playing a
10:36:12role and the filter is also playing a
10:36:15role so the filter context because of
10:36:16that is coming false here it's true here
10:36:18now let me filter a brand and because of
10:36:21the interaction it's going to filter all
10:36:22the values are still true the grand
10:36:24total is false and most of these
10:36:26categories have more than one brand let
10:36:29me select one brand here everything here
10:36:30is true because one brand is
10:36:33selected let me select one more brand
10:36:36now look at the data here this is still
10:36:39coming true because the row only has one
10:36:42brand this is false now here category
10:36:44one has two brand so it's coming fine
10:36:46both brand belongs to this this is
10:36:47coming coming true because only one of
10:36:48the brand appears this is coming false
10:36:50because more than one brand are
10:36:51applicable here this is coming true
10:36:53because only one brand is applicable
10:36:55here what's happening depending on this
10:36:57number of values availability this is
10:36:59also behaving so one value or more than
10:37:01one value so now we will bring in the
10:37:03measure just like we have done in the
10:37:05case of is filtered using the has one
10:37:08value all selected so okay fine we'll
10:37:10take a decision based on has one value
10:37:13one and we'll use calculate comma all
10:37:16selected we'll say we only want the
10:37:19filter to be honored we don't want R to
10:37:21be honored and let's bring in this new
10:37:23measure
10:37:24also now what's happening here because
10:37:26two values are selected it's giving
10:37:28false
10:37:30everywhere so now as one value is
10:37:33behaving based on the total selection so
10:37:35total is one then it is true nothing
10:37:38false and more than one also false
10:37:40everywhere it is false so in this manner
10:37:43you will be able to take decisions based
10:37:45on is filtered and has one value what to
10:37:47use what not to use but remember one
10:37:50thing that use has one value and is
10:37:52filtered only if it is most necessary
10:37:55I've seen sometime people unnecessary
10:37:56check is filtered and has one value we
10:37:58don't have to add a condition when it is
10:38:00not needed it is going to unnecessary
10:38:02add a calculation to it so like in the
10:38:05row we know the things are in context we
10:38:06don't need to check is has one value I
10:38:09know the row is going to have a value so
10:38:10you don't need to check we only need to
10:38:12check when we want to change our
10:38:13calculation in case of grand total let's
10:38:15say the grand total we can use is filter
10:38:17sometime we can also use is in scope
10:38:19which we learn sometime later so is
10:38:21filtered has on value find out is it
10:38:24selected is it in the context in powerbi
10:38:26you will find us always talking about a
10:38:28date table and a calendar table why date
10:38:31table or a calendar table a table with A
10:38:33continuous dates is so important it is
10:38:35because all the powerbi time
10:38:37intelligence functions require
10:38:39continuous dates these functions include
10:38:41date add dates MTD dates qtd total MTD
10:38:44total YTD and many other functions which
10:38:47require continuous States and a calendar
10:38:50table or a day table can ensure
10:38:52continuous States we have also need to
10:38:54make sure that we mark them as a date
10:38:56table that will ensure that we have
10:38:59continuous dates to generate a calendar
10:39:02we are primarily going to use calendar
10:39:04Auto or calendar function as we move
10:39:06forward we will discuss the differences
10:39:08between the two to start creating the
10:39:10calendar let's first start with calendar
10:39:12Auto calendar Auto is a very versatile
10:39:14function it can automatically generate a
10:39:17calendar based on the dates available in
10:39:20your powerbi schema it also provides you
10:39:23a parameter using which you can set your
10:39:27financial calendar so let's understand
10:39:29calendar Auto in more details and to do
10:39:32that I'm going to use the table View and
10:39:35I'll click on the table View and go
10:39:36inside the table View and here what I'm
10:39:38going to do is I'll click on any of the
10:39:40tabl so that I have the table tool
10:39:42visible to me and inside the table tool
10:39:44I have option for new table calendar
10:39:46Auto is a DEX function which can give us
10:39:48a table now what I'm going to do is I'm
10:39:50going to click on the new table I'm
10:39:51going to give this name to this table is
10:39:53date
10:39:55Auto and I'll use calendar Auto for
10:39:58calendar Auto will take this one
10:39:59argument this calendar is going to
10:40:01return us so calendar Auto is going to
10:40:03return as a table table of continuous
10:40:06States so it was automatically taken the
10:40:07start date automatically taken the end
10:40:09date based on the your financial year or
10:40:11your calendar year and it's going to
10:40:13return the continuous dates and
10:40:15continuous dates are really important
10:40:16for
10:40:17for doing time intelligence because most
10:40:19of the time intelligence functions in
10:40:21powerbi requires continuous States and
10:40:23we will learn when we add the columns
10:40:25also like some of the function like
10:40:27start of year end of year which we will
10:40:29be used to create start date and end
10:40:30date would also require continuous date
10:40:32calendar aut of function you only needs
10:40:35one argument which is basically the
10:40:37physical month and date in case you want
10:40:40to give a physical month and date in my
10:40:42case I don't want to give because I want
10:40:43to create a standard calendar month so
10:40:45it's going to do that so and what also
10:40:48calendar Auto does it based on all the
10:40:50dates available in the model is going to
10:40:52find out the minimum date and take the
10:40:54start of the year now if you want
10:40:56Financial year let's say Financial year
10:40:58end is third month then it will start
10:40:59the calendar from April it is 12 month
10:41:02it will start January from January so
10:41:04based on that minimum date less than or
10:41:06equal to that date is going to find out
10:41:07the year start date similarly go to the
10:41:09max date and maximum across all the
10:41:11dates and goe find out using that date
10:41:14we'll find out either a date which is
10:41:16greater than or equal to that particular
10:41:19end date is the year end date now if
10:41:21it's is a physical year let's say you
10:41:22shoot March then 31st March is going to
10:41:25find out and first aprile is the start
10:41:27date based on which is going to be
10:41:29calculated now here we don't want to so
10:41:31we can simply say
10:41:32calendar so calendar Auto will give you
10:41:35all the dates and you can create a
10:41:37calendar using calendar AO now this is
10:41:38the first way let me sort a sending and
10:41:40show you what date I'm getting here this
10:41:42is the first date as you know my data is
10:41:44it from the October 2018 and I'm getting
10:41:47a calendar which is from 1st January
10:41:482018 my data lasts till 2020 so if I do
10:41:52sort descending you will see that it is
10:41:54going till 31st December 2020 let me do
10:41:56one thing because my data is starting in
10:41:57October let's say and ending in October
10:42:00again let's say if I want to start my
10:42:02calendar with October Financial year
10:42:05what what is my financial year and month
10:42:08which is nine so what happens when I
10:42:09start with nine you press enter
10:42:11definitely because my data has started
10:42:13after the October 2018 it's still
10:42:15starting from 10th 2018 but
10:42:18interestingly where does it is ending
10:42:20it's ending in 2021 because remember I
10:42:22do have data in October
10:42:252020 so when I have data in October 2020
10:42:28so that complete Financial year has to
10:42:29be taken so and that's why it has
10:42:31claimed till the end of this now post
10:42:33that if you want to create additional
10:42:35column you can create here or you can
10:42:37use a function which is known as add
10:42:39columns now we will create a date table
10:42:41or a calendar table using the calendar
10:42:43function now for that I will go to table
10:42:46View
10:42:47uh previously we created using calendar
10:42:49Auto unlike calendar Auto where you only
10:42:51need um the month and and it
10:42:53automatically identify date the calendar
10:42:56function cannot do it you have to supply
10:42:58the dates let me click on any of the
10:43:01table and I'll get a table tool and
10:43:03inside the table tool let me click on
10:43:06the new
10:43:09table I click on the new table I'll give
10:43:12this table name as a date
10:43:14table and then I can write down the
10:43:17function which is calendar now the
10:43:18calendar function requires two argument
10:43:20the first argument is a date and the
10:43:22second argument is also date start date
10:43:24to end date now it means we can start
10:43:25with any date we can end with any date
10:43:27it will not force us to go to the start
10:43:29of the year it will not force us to go
10:43:30to the end of the year but usually when
10:43:32we start when we create we'll take care
10:43:34of these things now sometime what
10:43:36happens is we can find out with the set
10:43:38of dates let's say there are few dates
10:43:40only which are available then with that
10:43:42set of dates we can also start so I'll
10:43:45give you example of that so calendar
10:43:46function takes these two argument but
10:43:48what does calendar function gives so
10:43:50calendar functions return returns as a
10:43:52table and that table is a sequence of
10:43:54dates and these dates are continuous
10:43:57dates the remember that we require
10:44:00continuous dates for most of the time
10:44:01intelligence function and that is why
10:44:03having a date and calendar table is also
10:44:05really important which provides us all
10:44:07the possible date between the set of
10:44:10dates or the continuous set of date
10:44:13which is comprising of all the dates
10:44:16from the minimum minimum date and the
10:44:17maximum date which is needed for our
10:44:20data it is really necessary to have
10:44:23include all the dates and have the
10:44:25continuous States now in the calendar
10:44:28table we don't include the time so in
10:44:30case you require time also sometime we
10:44:32create a separate
10:44:34timetable so calendar function taking
10:44:38two arguments and returning a table of
10:44:41continuous states which we would be
10:44:45needing to create create our date table
10:44:48having the continuous dates so let's
10:44:50start with the first date now to give a
10:44:54date I can use a date function now date
10:44:55function requires three argument first
10:44:57is year second is month and third is day
10:45:01three arguments which is required so I
10:45:02want to start from 2018 my data is
10:45:04starting from October but I'll start
10:45:06from 01 first month
10:45:1001 then this is my start date again I
10:45:13need another date for the end date so
10:45:15end date I can give again year month so
10:45:18my data is still 2020 October so I'll
10:45:20use 2020 12 and
10:45:231 so I did not edit one parenthesis at
10:45:28the end but Dex do take care if you are
10:45:30missing at the end it do end I can click
10:45:33on the submit or press enter now you can
10:45:36see I got a calendar I can use sort as
10:45:38sending to see what all dates I have and
10:45:40sort dat sending to see what end date I
10:45:42have start date and end date we are able
10:45:44to know now this the first very simple
10:45:48way when you can create sometime what
10:45:50happens you say no no I want to add end
10:45:52it where you want to end it let's say I
10:45:54want to add it today my calendar should
10:45:57go till today so we can use the function
10:45:59today so every time we refresh the today
10:46:01will change and it can end on today's
10:46:04date when I'm recording this is 1st
10:46:06January 2024 so it will end on 1st
10:46:09January 2024 it can end on any other
10:46:11date sometime you might want to end it
10:46:13on last date you can use this this one
10:46:18or last month's end date let's say this
10:46:19is this is something different then I
10:46:21want to add last month end date for that
10:46:24to get the end date of a month we have a
10:46:26very good function which is known as EO
10:46:27month EO month function doesn't require
10:46:30continuous date remember uh other
10:46:32function there is a end of month
10:46:33function which require continuous date
10:46:35but EO month function doesn't require it
10:46:36just require which months and date you
10:46:38need so today is the today's date and I
10:46:41need today is month end then I can use
10:46:42zero let me show you
10:46:44that so this is the current month ended
10:46:47but minus one gives me last month ended
10:46:49plus one gives me next month's ended so
10:46:52I can use these kind of stuff I may also
10:46:55like that you know like to start from
10:46:57the start month of the minimum
10:47:00date and assume right now for Simplicity
10:47:02I have only two dates which is the sales
10:47:06date in the sales table so I have one
10:47:07sales date where I can find out the
10:47:10minimum
10:47:11sales date I have delivery date maybe
10:47:15ideally speaking delivery date can
10:47:16cannot be less than the sales date but
10:47:18assume it could be then how do I take
10:47:19minimum of two so for that what you can
10:47:21do is minimum of minimum sales date and
10:47:25comma
10:47:26minimum delivery
10:47:32date okay so double minimum so minimum
10:47:37of sales first minimum of delivery and
10:47:39for both we can take minimum so minimum
10:47:41function this is another behavior of
10:47:43minimum function where it can take two
10:47:44arguments so typical Behavior was
10:47:47minimum function will take only one
10:47:49argument one column but here it can take
10:47:51Min of Min okay this will start from the
10:47:53minimum date probably from the middle of
10:47:55some month let's go ahead and check it
10:47:58out from here now what I can do this is
10:48:00two heavy formula so let me go go
10:48:02outside this one and see if I can create
10:48:05a variable go here I'll create a
10:48:09variable Vore minimum so this will give
10:48:12me minimum date which is 13th October
10:48:14and I can create another variable or
10:48:17I can come here and write down EO
10:48:20month now you will say for the start of
10:48:22month why you're using EO month I'll
10:48:23tell you EO there's no function like s
10:48:25so month or St month EO month is a
10:48:28function which which I have with me so
10:48:30if I give minimum and minus one is means
10:48:33it is going to give me last month's end
10:48:35date but the beautiful thing with the
10:48:37Dex date is if you do plus one simply
10:48:40you do the plus one it adds the days so
10:48:43plus any number is number of days you
10:48:45want to add so I got last months 10 a
10:48:47and I do plus one which is going to
10:48:48start from the current month you will
10:48:51see start from the 1st October 2018 in
10:48:53this manner so these are the various
10:48:55combinations basically which you can use
10:48:57to get this now I'll tell you one very
10:48:59quick combination now this is going to
10:49:02give you start of the year so minus one
10:49:05St month of the
10:49:09date so you
10:49:11subtract the month in the negative
10:49:15number so multiply your month for the
10:49:17date by minus one and do plus one you
10:49:20will always restart of the
10:49:22calendar basically what happens in the
10:49:2410th month if you do minus 10 so Min -
10:49:26one is 9 and Min - 10 would be last year
10:49:29December and then you had plus one means
10:49:31you this year January in this manner
10:49:34depending on the requirements we can
10:49:36create different different dates okay
10:49:40now we need to go ahead and add new
10:49:43columns to this calendar or date table
10:49:47and then we also need to join it with
10:49:49our T table so what I'm going to do
10:49:51first is we are going to add the
10:49:53calendar months date and then we are
10:49:55going to add some Financial months so
10:49:57first we are going to add calendar
10:49:59months like uh start of year end of year
10:50:01start of month end of month start of
10:50:03quarter end of quarter all those and
10:50:06then we will go and do the same thing
10:50:08for financial Financial we limit ourself
10:50:11to financial year and financial quarter
10:50:14ET we would like to announce our
10:50:16calendar table or the date table and the
10:50:20first set of columns which we want to
10:50:23add is basically the month name the
10:50:26quarter number the year these are the
10:50:29columns which want
10:50:30to now to start with that I would like
10:50:33to add the columns so one of the ways to
10:50:36add a column is that what we have
10:50:37learned so far is click on the table or
10:50:40the
10:50:41column and then you use this new column
10:50:45from the column tools of the table tools
10:50:48but that's not extendable because deck
10:50:50scripts are not the script which you can
10:50:53you know find out and take if you create
10:50:55columns if I need to take this table to
10:50:57the another file I actually need to
10:51:00create those columns again or to
10:51:02overcome this we can use something known
10:51:04as add columns function now first of all
10:51:07all we need to understand what this add
10:51:09column function is ADD column functions
10:51:12allows you to add the column to existing
10:51:14table which takes the first argument as
10:51:16a table then you can give name and the
10:51:19expression expression is the expression
10:51:22which you want to generate your column
10:51:24it could be a calculation it could be a
10:51:25static value whatever you want it could
10:51:28table and the name and the expression
10:51:31another thing which you should remember
10:51:32this expression if it is using some
10:51:35column it is limited by the table which
10:51:38you have provided in this case in the
10:51:41add columns I'm going to provide the
10:51:42calendar and calendar is returning me
10:51:45only one column date
10:51:47it means all my calculations would be
10:51:50dependent on date any column which I'm
10:51:53adding new column which I'm adding to
10:51:55this table let's say I say column let's
10:51:58say month year I added a month year
10:52:00column that column cannot participate in
10:52:03the next column calculation only the
10:52:05tables column it means I created column
10:52:07one and now in the column two column one
10:52:10can participate that cannot happen when
10:52:12we are writing down add column script so
10:52:15let's begin this Journey so add columns
10:52:17the first argument of add column is a
10:52:19table and then we are giving a table and
10:52:22then we going to add new columns and
10:52:24this is also finally going to return as
10:52:27a table add columns return as a enhanced
10:52:30table which will contain more
10:52:33columns so and to get additional rows
10:52:36I'll press shift
10:52:38enter or Alt Enter now I may have to
10:52:42make it little bit smaller here so that
10:52:44I can show you more columns or we will
10:52:46use scrolling so one pixel
10:52:49smaller now First Column which I would
10:52:51like to add here is ear which ear I
10:52:54belongs to very simple I have a year
10:52:57function which can give me year of the
10:52:58date and basically because I'm talking
10:53:02about calendar here so it's easy for me
10:53:04only column which I have here is date I
10:53:06cannot give a table name here I need to
10:53:09use date so I got my year then I want a
10:53:14next column so then I need to give a
10:53:15comma at the the end of this or what we
10:53:18can do is here is sometime this is
10:53:20little bit better let me remove this
10:53:22colum comma also we give the comma at
10:53:25the start of the line easy to comment
10:53:27such
10:53:28lines month number how do I get the
10:53:30month
10:53:32number so we have a
10:53:34function month which will give us we
10:53:39take only one argument date so I got
10:53:42year I got month quarter I need quarter
10:53:46quarter number basically this you
10:53:48instead of month you can call it as a
10:53:49month
10:53:50number maybe we want to use month is Mon
10:53:53and quarter
10:53:55number so how do I get quarter number we
10:53:57have function quarter and we'll give a
10:53:59date only one argument it is requires
10:54:02only one argument date it gives us
10:54:05quarter
10:54:06number and before we go forward let's
10:54:10close this add columns by giving a
10:54:13parenthesis at the end so
10:54:18able
10:54:20name
10:54:21expression name expression
10:54:26name expression finally close
10:54:31parenthesis this is going to give us a
10:54:33new table with the inas
10:54:35number we got year number month number
10:54:38quarter number here we simply calling it
10:54:42C I need let's say month name and month
10:54:46here we create that so I pr press my
10:54:51cursor shift enter shift enter shift
10:54:54enter now only challenge with this is
10:54:56that this will keep on moving down so we
10:54:58will have lesser things to see but we'll
10:55:01do so First Column double quotes I want
10:55:04to give the name name is
10:55:07month and here I want it in the one like
10:55:11Jan Fab March for that first time I'm
10:55:14using a function which is known as
10:55:15format
10:55:17a format functions take can take three
10:55:20argument value the value could be number
10:55:23value could be date format which we can
10:55:25give in Double C the format There are
10:55:27rules for giving this format what means
10:55:30what in case of number in case of date
10:55:33that you can find out on the
10:55:34documentation local name sometime we use
10:55:37like uh is
10:55:38it us or it is Great Britain English or
10:55:42something like that that can also decide
10:55:44what format you want especially useful
10:55:46in case of date now we go to format and
10:55:50first argument is the value and here my
10:55:52first argument is
10:55:54date now you can go ahead and now this
10:55:59give the format and the format which I
10:56:00want to give is M mm 3 m means month
10:56:04name like Jan Fab March and 4 m means
10:56:07complete January February March close
10:56:10press enter and you get here January
10:56:13February March you can see below
10:56:20now if I give 4 M we will give January
10:56:23February
10:56:25March now this is a text column and
10:56:28power ba we have a problem the text
10:56:30column cannot sort by its name by I can
10:56:34simply call it some month column will
10:56:36sort automatically we will discuss the
10:56:38solution for that problem little bit
10:56:40later but before I solve that problem I
10:56:43want to come to the next one double I'll
10:56:46give double quotes double
10:56:48quotes and here I'll give month
10:56:54here now month year I want the column
10:56:57month
10:56:59year what is the calculation I again
10:57:01want to use format
10:57:03function and
10:57:07date I would like to give here the
10:57:09format as M mm hyph y y y y 4 y
10:57:17month Jan Fab March April May three
10:57:20digit and 4 y means year four year and I
10:57:24press enter Because my last parentheses
10:57:27already there now it gives me January
10:57:29February March I got my month month year
10:57:33also now this is my calendar and the
10:57:39next column which I need basically is
10:57:40the quarter 2 TR quarter we already have
10:57:44a quarter number so I'm simply calling
10:57:46it as quarter and this time what I'm
10:57:48going to do is the format which I need
10:57:51so here what I'm going to do format
10:57:53function and the first argument is date
10:57:58in the second argument I would actually
10:58:01like my names to be y y y I want Q to be
10:58:06written but if I give Q it will give me
10:58:08quarter number I'll tell you if I simply
10:58:10give Q
10:58:12here it give me quarter number so how do
10:58:15I get a q so I can use back SL Q means
10:58:20ignore if I want hyphen in between let
10:58:22me use hyphen and see hyph is not a
10:58:26letter which format is going to identify
10:58:28so it's leave as it is to identify Q so
10:58:31I use back SL Q to ignore the Q and
10:58:34treat it as a normal letter q and next
10:58:37second Q I leave it as is so for every Q
10:58:40you let's say you want to write quarter
10:58:42then let's say T and R doesn't have a
10:58:44meaning then you can give and if the T
10:58:47and R has a meaning then you have to
10:58:48give with every letter like
10:58:52this but q and R doesn't have meaning so
10:58:54I can leave it as
10:58:56is now the format why have knowingly
10:58:59taken this format this format is a
10:59:01sortable
10:59:02format the previous mon format is not
10:59:05sortable what do you mean by sortable
10:59:06format if I give y y y y and then give
10:59:09quarter number every time I put it
10:59:11automatically get sorted even if it is a
10:59:13text now let's go to the visual level
10:59:17and understand that so let me add a new
10:59:19page and in this
10:59:22page let me now create a table using
10:59:26month here simply drag month here and it
10:59:28will create a table let me drag quarter
10:59:32here and as you can see the quarter here
10:59:35which is only called quarter it seems
10:59:37like an sorted position q1 Q2 Q Q4 q1 Q2
10:59:42but monthier is not how do I sort month
10:59:45here mon is not in a sortable format in
10:59:49power ba we don't have a way to tell
10:59:53system that this is month here and sort
10:59:54it like date no we need something known
10:59:57as sort column so I'm going to create a
10:59:59new column here which I'll call as month
11:00:03year
11:00:05sort how can we get sort the one way is
11:00:08I create y y y mm using the format which
11:00:11is a sortable format so y y y 4 Y and mm
11:00:15is always a sort table format for month
11:00:17year or I'll tell you one more way which
11:00:20I want it numerical so I say Year I'll
11:00:23use I'll use function year year
11:00:27date multiply it by 100
11:00:31plus month
11:00:33of date what does that will do
11:00:37if this itself is a sortable whenever
11:00:40you put it will got SED but how will
11:00:44this month here sort will sort month
11:00:47year so for that what you have to do is
11:00:49me make it a little bit smaller click on
11:00:51month year column either here in the
11:00:56table view or here in the data
11:00:59view click on that column you will get
11:01:02the column tools and the column tools
11:01:03should show your column which you want
11:01:05to sort go to sort by column in the
11:01:09middle click down and choose the column
11:01:13on which you want to sort this column
11:01:16you are going to choose the column which
11:01:18you are going to choose is going to sort
11:01:20your column now so monthe sort follow
11:01:22the Sorting of monthier sort so monthier
11:01:25sort is a column which can sort my
11:01:28column
11:01:30correctly it is done now if I go back to
11:01:33the
11:01:34visualization you will see that the
11:01:37columns are sorted
11:01:40correctly now we would like also like to
11:01:43have one more column which is year week
11:01:46and week of the year and then again
11:01:49we'll add year week or we can only call
11:01:53it week number but I would like here to
11:01:57be ear week for that what I'm going to
11:01:59use is ear
11:02:01function on the
11:02:03date again multiplied by
11:02:07100 plus there is a function week number
11:02:11date requir second argument also in the
11:02:15week number the second argument can be
11:02:17one means starting from Sunday it can be
11:02:20two means starting from Monday again we
11:02:22have argument from 11 to 17 from Monday
11:02:26Tuesday Wednesday and so on 17 means
11:02:29starting from Sunday and 21 is for ISO
11:02:33so these are some of the arguments which
11:02:36you can give the similar kind of
11:02:37arguments also available for week day
11:02:41and some of them might not be in
11:02:44documented format means you will not be
11:02:46able to see that these arguments are
11:02:47available but you will be able to use
11:02:50and when we will do Week start date and
11:02:52week end date we will let you know right
11:02:55now I'll keep it two so that I'll have a
11:02:58Monday Week
11:03:00start let me add week days here how do I
11:03:04add weekday here and then we will
11:03:07discuss whether our week number is
11:03:09correct or not so how do we add weekday
11:03:11there's a function known as week day but
11:03:14it's going to give me numeric
11:03:16here I don't need 1 2 3 4 5 I actually
11:03:18need the names again week day have an
11:03:21argument like uh 1 and two so I'll use
11:03:26format on the
11:03:28date and if you give date three times it
11:03:32is m o and Monday Tuesday in the short
11:03:35form four it is going to give complete
11:03:38so I'm going to use 3 days now DDD in
11:03:41the format function to get weekday name
11:03:44and the reason why I r that let me let
11:03:47you know that the first week this
11:03:50calendar itself start on a Monday so
11:03:52starting on a Monday and if the first
11:03:55week goes till Sunday it means this is
11:04:00Monday Sunday week and this is week
11:04:05number
11:04:06one then we have week number two again
11:04:09from Monday to Sunday so week number is
11:04:14using Monday to Sunday week and weekday
11:04:18is verifying that well very first level
11:04:21of our calendar is ready let us start
11:04:24adding the new column like start of
11:04:27month end of month start of quarter end
11:04:29of quarter start of year end of year now
11:04:32all these will depend on whether your
11:04:34year is a financial year or calendar
11:04:35year first We'll add for calendar year
11:04:37and then we'll try to create our own
11:04:40Logic for the financial year we have few
11:04:42functions which can do this for us but
11:04:44they have a limitation how to understand
11:04:46that limitation what I'm going to do is
11:04:47I'm going to change this calendar
11:04:49statement a little bit so let me command
11:04:51this particular line and put it again
11:04:53now in I will not use EO month here and
11:04:56I'll tell you why I'm doing so I'll use
11:04:58minimum and then I'll it till today so
11:05:01let me commit this change and you will
11:05:03see my calendar is now starting on
11:05:05October 13th let me check where it is
11:05:07ending it should end on ending on 1st
11:05:09January 2024 now let's try to use the
11:05:12start of the month function now start of
11:05:14the month function will not work in the
11:05:16add columns start of month basically I
11:05:19need a date on which this month has
11:05:20started and I'll give date it is not
11:05:23taking it so parameters is not correct
11:05:25type so it basically need table name
11:05:27column name we say okay fine it's not
11:05:29working here that let me go ahead and
11:05:31directly add it as of now the quickest
11:05:33way is to directly go and write down a
11:05:35new column and the new column will be
11:05:38month start start of month function so
11:05:41we as you can see we have start of month
11:05:42start of quarter start of year start of
11:05:44month I'm using it require only one
11:05:46column The Continuous dates and I'll
11:05:48give the eight date table and let me
11:05:50press enter now ignore the first one if
11:05:53I go to the November month it is showing
11:05:55me the correct start date if I go down
11:05:57any date after the October month it is
11:05:59showing me correct dates if I go here
11:06:01also you will see that it is showing me
11:06:03the correct start dates of every month
11:06:05except the first month why is it that
11:06:07behavior so the reason behind this one
11:06:10is that card of month require continuous
11:06:13stes and it cannot go beyond the
11:06:16boundaries of the date which is
11:06:18contained in the column which has been
11:06:19supplied so what happens if the month
11:06:21start date is not available it will take
11:06:23the minimum date available in that table
11:06:25so because of that the start of the
11:06:27month is happening at the 13th of
11:06:29October same way when I take start of
11:06:31quarter now start of quarter again has
11:06:33the same problem for the first quarter
11:06:35instead of from first October which is
11:06:37the quarter start it will start from
11:06:39October 13 again because it doesn't find
11:06:41the 1 October minimum date whatever it
11:06:43find before that it's taking that if I
11:06:46use start of year you will see the same
11:06:48issue again no 1 January it's October
11:06:5013th which is the minimum date available
11:06:53continuous
11:07:07state from month start to month end and
11:07:10let me use the function end of end of
11:07:14month what happens now very happy first
11:07:16month is coming correct but let's go to
11:07:17the last value January doesn't end on
11:07:19first isn't it doesn't end on first it
11:07:22ends on 31st January not able to find
11:07:24because there's no date which is
11:07:25available after that so it's going to
11:07:27end there okay what happens to the end
11:07:30of
11:07:31quarter you will see the same issue with
11:07:33the end of quarter the last date what I
11:07:35can do is s descending it will come on
11:07:38the top as you can see the month is
11:07:40ending on the last year same way for the
11:07:42year if you try again the year will also
11:07:45end on the 1st January so it cannot go
11:07:47beyond the date it has to stop there and
11:07:50because of this reason we are unable to
11:07:52use start of month end of month if we
11:07:55are not using a standard calendar
11:07:57specifically if the calendars are not
11:08:00starting and ending on the standard
11:08:02month start date and month end date then
11:08:04we cannot use it if your calendar is
11:08:06starting on standard month start date
11:08:08and ending on standard month ended you
11:08:10can use these functions without any
11:08:13doubt but I need to tell you the
11:08:15Alternatives what I'm going to do is I'm
11:08:17going to delete these things and I'll
11:08:18tell you how to create it without using
11:08:21these functions now you learned these
11:08:23functions only one argument these
11:08:25function required other than the end of
11:08:26year and end of quarter end of year and
11:08:29end of quarter start of year year
11:08:31function and end of year function can
11:08:32take another argument which is basically
11:08:35year anded which can also be supplied to
11:08:37get the financial again the limitation
11:08:39is if you want to create the financial
11:08:41year the calendar should start from the
11:08:42financial month start date and should
11:08:44end on the Financial month end date
11:08:46otherwise the end dates would not be
11:08:48correct so what is the alternate so I'll
11:08:50tell you here so let me create start of
11:08:53month and new column in the add column
11:08:55I'll continue to add the column in this
11:08:57add column and the what is the date I
11:09:00want want start of the month and we'll
11:09:01use function e month now e month gives
11:09:03end of month and for the row in the date
11:09:06if I give zero it will give current
11:09:07abundant date so what we do is we go to
11:09:09last month end date which is minus one
11:09:11means last month end date plus one so
11:09:13two argument it takes EO month first
11:09:15argument is date second argument is
11:09:18which month and date so minus one means
11:09:19last month and date and then I'm doing
11:09:21plus one in Dex you can simply add
11:09:24numbers to a date to travel number of
11:09:27days you want then we press enter and
11:09:29now we got the start of the month and as
11:09:31you can see this is correct but let's go
11:09:34start ascending and you can see though
11:09:36the calendar has not started on the
11:09:38first date there still getting the
11:09:39correct start of the month now end of
11:09:41the month is simple we know that this
11:09:43there is a function which actually
11:09:45actually is for there for end of the
11:09:46month let me write down that one end of
11:09:49month EO month which months and date I
11:09:52need I need the current month end dat it
11:09:54is very simple for us just give a zero
11:09:56enter and we got the end dat now we have
11:09:58to check it for the largest statee we
11:10:00have S this ending and if as you can see
11:10:02here it gives us the correct month and
11:10:05date though the month and date is not
11:10:06present in the calendar or the date
11:10:09table or the dates which are available
11:10:11in the table which is we are using here
11:10:14the date column itself doesn't contain
11:10:16the dates which we require before I'll
11:10:17go to the quarter because quarter
11:10:19require a little bit of logic I'll show
11:10:21you how easily we can achieve the start
11:10:23of year and end of year now start of
11:10:25year I'm showing you the calendar later
11:10:27on we'll come and develop the logic
11:10:29shift enter shift enter start of year
11:10:31how do we start the year now we will use
11:10:33the same function this one only Now
11:10:35understand when I subtracted one month
11:10:37from October when where did you went
11:10:38September If I subtract two then August
11:10:41what happens so if I subtract one you
11:10:43are 1 month less so if I subract nine
11:10:45where would you reach you would reach
11:10:47January but if I subtract 10 where would
11:10:49you reach you will reach December so if
11:10:51I subtract 10 then you will reach end of
11:10:53the month December and then plus month
11:10:55will give you January so how do I know
11:10:57the month of the date so I can use month
11:10:59function and there I can give date as an
11:11:01argument so what I'm saying here is
11:11:04basically from the date you have to go
11:11:06minus one star number of months which
11:11:08you had so you will reach 10 months
11:11:10behind in this case for October minus
11:11:12one is September minus 2 is August and
11:11:14same way you will reach - 10 means last
11:11:16December and plus one means you will
11:11:18reach the start of the year and as you
11:11:20can see we are getting the correct start
11:11:22of the Year date here and let's sort
11:11:24ascending and check it out we are also
11:11:26getting it so start date is correct now
11:11:28end date how do I reach end it now how
11:11:30do I identify how many months I need to
11:11:32add because months are changing January
11:11:34is different February is no to reach 12
11:11:37we need to reach 12 month isn't it what
11:11:39would happen when we give zero October
11:11:40when we give two what will be happen
11:11:42November when we'll give two it would be
11:11:44December December is 12 what is the
11:11:46current month 10 12 - 10 is 2 we need to
11:11:49reach 2 months if we are in September if
11:11:52you give zero September 1 October 2
11:11:54November 3 December 12 - 9 is 3 it means
11:11:58if we subtract the month from the 12 we
11:12:00will exactly get how many number of
11:12:03month we should go ahead so what we are
11:12:05going to do here is we copy paste this
11:12:06one we don't need to add the plus one
11:12:09now simply go ahead and say end of year
11:12:11EO month 12 minus the number of months
11:12:14which is is already passed me that
11:12:16include the current one and we should
11:12:18get end of year date so start of year we
11:12:21got using the month number end of year
11:12:23we are also getting using the month
11:12:25number enter and let's look at the date
11:12:27perfect end of year date 2018 thought
11:12:30descending check what we are getting for
11:12:32the 1 of January 2024 31st of December
11:12:352024 we are able to get it now we comes
11:12:38to the logic of quarter quarter is not
11:12:41very simple because what happens is we
11:12:43have these quarter which are ending
11:12:44every 3 months we are right now
11:12:46preparing for the calendar it's easy for
11:12:48us because they are we can use division
11:12:51by three as a criteria actually even if
11:12:54the month start from a common date and
11:12:56the quarters then there are couple of
11:12:58ways one way is
11:13:19for January what we can do month is one
11:13:22so I subtract - 1 month from E month
11:13:25I'll read December and then I can add
11:13:27plus one to get the 1 January similarly
11:13:30for February u monthus 2 31st December
11:13:33Plus 1 day we'll reach January for March
11:13:35minus 3 and plus one day we will reach 1
11:13:40January but for April the formula little
11:13:42bit need to change because now I need to
11:13:44only say Min - one then -2 then minus 3
11:13:47they say okay fine what we can do is we
11:13:49can find out their remainder by dividing
11:13:51by three but the challenge with the
11:13:53remainder is when we take it from
11:13:55January it is fine one means one
11:13:57remainder is one for February remainder
11:13:59is two for March remainder is not three
11:14:01the remainder is zero so we say fine we
11:14:04can adjust it so we use start of qtr and
11:14:07you might have to actually think about
11:14:09this logic little bit I have done quite
11:14:12a few video and few people uh do get
11:14:14this mathem ma matical equation how I'm
11:14:16changing it so just pay attention you
11:14:18might have to rebuild your own Logic on
11:14:20that first is very simple if mod mod is
11:14:24a function which gives me remainder so
11:14:26it takes a number Division and gives the
11:14:28remainder so we are learning a
11:14:30mathematical function mod here mod
11:14:32functions give us the remainder what is
11:14:34the number we need for which we we need
11:14:36the month number so month of date and I
11:14:39could have used this inside a variable
11:14:41so let me do one thing where underscore
11:14:44r equals and I'll tell you when you
11:14:47inside the add function when you use
11:14:50variable how to use that now if the mod
11:14:52of the month from 3 equals to 0er then
11:14:55three if it is becoming zero it means if
11:14:58it is third month the mod is coming zero
11:15:00it means it is three otherwise it should
11:15:02be same as mod or it could be same as
11:15:04the it should be same as mod because for
11:15:05four you can't say no no it is a month
11:15:08number no in case of four I need one and
11:15:10if you want to avoid this calculation
11:15:12twice you could have created a variable
11:15:14on this first and then used it so now I
11:15:16got my calculation this is this is what
11:15:18is going to give me 1 2 and 0 1 2 and 0
11:15:211 2 and 0 and then what it will convert
11:15:23it the if statement will convert it into
11:15:2512 1231 123 shift enter tab tab just and
11:15:29I'm pressing tab so that you know you're
11:15:31able to understand the code the code is
11:15:33aligned better now I'll so when you use
11:15:35variable you need to write down written
11:15:36statement and in this case also you can
11:15:38do this but and I'm going to write down
11:15:40in the same line so now it is very
11:15:42simple for us EO month of the date Min
11:15:44-1 star this remainder what we got
11:15:47underscore remainder and then add the +
11:15:50one add the plus one to date now let's
11:15:52look are we getting the correct one this
11:15:54is start of quarter for descending let's
11:15:57s it ascending let's sort it ascending
11:15:59October after that we got January and
11:16:01this is what we are getting on the 1
11:16:03January seems correct let's look at
11:16:05April and then we can go and simply
11:16:07check the start dates this is quarter
11:16:09number so don't go by this look at here
11:16:111 January so this is 1 April that's fine
11:16:13and we can look at all the quarter start
11:16:15dates all quarter start date seems
11:16:16correct quarter end dat now if I so what
11:16:19happens for January I need to go 2
11:16:21months ahead February I need to go 1
11:16:23month ahead and March I don't need to go
11:16:25so there
11:16:43are so what we will in this Cas is we
11:16:45will say let's write down the formula
11:16:47for this one I erased it EO month date 3
11:16:51minus the remainder and we will reach
11:16:53the end of month so we don't need
11:16:55anything for that let's Commit This and
11:16:58let me go down you can see this is
11:17:00ending on 31st December end of quarter
11:17:03let's scroll a little bit down and then
11:17:06this one you can see a change of date
11:17:08here on this line in the January let's
11:17:10look at all the quarter end dates seems
11:17:12correct and not dependent on the dates
11:17:14which which are available on the
11:17:15calendar so now we are able to get the
11:17:18month start date year start date quarter
11:17:20start date month end date year end date
11:17:22quarter end next most important thing is
11:17:24Week start date week end date so now we
11:17:26would like to add the column start of
11:17:29week and end of week I'm going to do is
11:17:32while we can add in this table but this
11:17:34table has too many columns one of the
11:17:35ways that I remove some of the columns
11:17:38or I add at the start but what I'm going
11:17:40to do is I'm going to add those column
11:17:41in date Auto where we only have couple
11:17:43of columns and and now because it's a
11:17:46script we can come back and add the
11:17:48columns into the date table we're going
11:17:50to do at the end so start of week end of
11:17:53week no standard function we have to
11:17:55create it now the logic the way we have
11:17:57to drive it let's say Monday is your
11:18:00start of week so Monday means you to go
11:18:02zero behind Tuesday means you to go one
11:18:03day behind Wednesday means you to go 2
11:18:05days behind Thursday means 3 days behind
11:18:07Min subtract simple number subtraction
11:18:09will there is a function weekday
11:18:11function also which can give us for
11:18:12Monday 1 Tuesday 2 so every week which
11:18:15you want to start first of all you need
11:18:16to have a week day for that kind kind of
11:18:18start so if I want a Monday start or if
11:18:20I want a Sunday start what I'm going to
11:18:22do is there is are arguments which can
11:18:24help you and these are other than one
11:18:25and two and let's try those out today so
11:18:28to start with let me first of all start
11:18:31by add column and I would like to add
11:18:33here a weekday okay so and not weekday
11:18:36number I would like to add a weekday
11:18:38name here weekday name how do we add
11:18:40weekday name we have learned just few
11:18:42minutes before is that we can use for
11:18:44format function for that format date
11:18:47again calendar Auto also gives us a date
11:18:50let's use DD d d four times give us the
11:18:52complete one Alt Enter Alt Enter so we
11:18:55got Monday Tuesday and S ascending is
11:18:57the date so this start so any Monday
11:18:59week cover the first week as a full one
11:19:01now let's play around with one argument
11:19:03here where I want to have a new column
11:19:05which is nothing but week day as a
11:19:07number and week day is a number week day
11:19:10date first argument column return return
11:19:12type 1 2 3 try 11 though it's showing an
11:19:16error but as you can see here it is
11:19:19giving 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 so
11:19:23Monday is day one let's try the argument
11:19:2512 so in case of 12 Tuesday is 1 and
11:19:29then
11:19:42mon other than that we have 1 and two
11:19:44also as an argument one means Sunday and
11:19:47two means Monday and one means Sunday
11:19:49start so I'll tell you the formula and
11:19:51you can use those argument as you
11:19:53require so let's say I need I actually
11:19:55need the Monday so I can use 2 or 11 so
11:19:58date it's a very simple formula date
11:20:00minus weekday we'll reach a day before
11:20:02not reach Monday we'll reach Sunday
11:20:04because on Monday I'll subract one day
11:20:06I'll reach Sunday in Tuesday I'll
11:20:07subract two days I'll reach a Sunday so
11:20:09we'll say okay after that just add plus
11:20:11one so this is nothing but Week start
11:20:14dat what we got here is Monday as Week
11:20:17start date then again the next Monday is
11:20:19again the week start date and you can
11:20:20check what is the date on the Monday now
11:20:22if you need Tuesday is the week start
11:20:23dat what you need to do no change in the
11:20:25formula only Chang in this parameter
11:20:28just do that commit come out Week start
11:20:30date becomes the Tuesday start date same
11:20:33way you can work for Wednesday this is
11:20:35Tuesday this is next Tuesday this is the
11:20:38entire week so get it we'll keep it
11:20:40Monday you can keep it 2 or 11: what is
11:20:43week and date week and date is six day
11:20:45ahead of the Week start date I want to
11:20:47add six more so I can simply go ahead
11:20:49and add plus seven here and sometime
11:20:52what we is 7 + 7 minus week day both are
11:20:55going to give you same result so either
11:20:57you do plus 7 here or you do plus 7 here
11:21:00both in same and we cannot have to
11:21:02column name with the week start date you
11:21:04need to week end date press enter and
11:21:06you get the end date now the start date
11:21:09and that's your end date you're ending
11:21:10on 7th which is a Sunday then you ending
11:21:13another on Sunday this is this so now
11:21:15any calculation you know 11 12 13 14 15
11:21:1816 17 are what we are looking at so now
11:21:21you understood the calculation I can
11:21:23copy this and this is why I prefer this
11:21:25manner I can go to the date table just
11:21:27shift enter or Alt Enter back space
11:21:29backspace back space in this case and
11:21:32then I simply press enter here at the
11:21:34end and I have Week start date and week
11:21:36dat end date also available here and as
11:21:39this is not starting from 1 January so
11:21:41that's why you have the weeks which are
11:21:43starting from The Middle of the month as
11:21:45this is starting from 13th of October
11:21:47based on that our weeks are coming
11:21:50here now I want to create Financial year
11:21:53start and financial year end now because
11:21:55my months are standard months so the
11:21:57calculation for the month start date and
11:21:58month end date is not going to change
11:22:00but the year month calculation will
11:22:03change because let's say if my year
11:22:04starts on April the April is the first
11:22:06month and let's consider that case only
11:22:08when April is the first month so again
11:22:11my date table has a lot of columns as we
11:22:13have done in the p we are going to
11:22:15create these here and then we'll take
11:22:17them to the other scpt now let we start
11:22:20with the start of start of FY let's call
11:22:22it Financial year started start of fi
11:22:24where do here start the year starts in 1
11:22:27of April years end on 31st March any
11:22:30month like January February March they
11:22:32have their year started in the last year
11:22:34month which are after April which is 4
11:22:36to 12 the month the year started in the
11:22:39same year so this is the logic which we
11:22:41are going to use and for that we are
11:22:43going to use an statement so what I'm
11:22:46going to do is I'm going to create a
11:22:47date tape date using the date function
11:22:50but and remember four and one are
11:22:52constant right now the only thing we are
11:22:54doing is keeping a little bit of hard
11:22:56coding we say month number is four and
11:22:58day is one that is constant here is
11:23:00something which we need to change if the
11:23:03month of the date is in the row now is
11:23:07less than four then the year of the date
11:23:11is not starting this year it's starting
11:23:13in the last year so whatever year you
11:23:15have it's minus one otherwise you can
11:23:18continue with the year you had because
11:23:21your ear is going to start in this year
11:23:22only what we are saying is the in the
11:23:25year part of this one is basically that
11:23:28if the month of the date is less than
11:23:30four the true condition then year is in
11:23:33the last year the Year start and if it
11:23:35is greater than or equal to then year is
11:23:38starting this year and after that we can
11:23:40simply hardcode 4A 1 what we got first
11:23:43uppl as our start date now this is
11:23:45starting in October so it will have that
11:23:48now we have to travel till 31st March
11:23:50and 1st April to see is there a change
11:23:53happening so these are the two rows we
11:23:55are looking forward and look at the
11:23:59years so the years are changing in the
11:24:02month of April now end date again we
11:24:05will keep very simple Logic for the end
11:24:08date but here what is happening if it is
11:24:10before April it's ending in the same
11:24:12year after April it isend ending next
11:24:15year the Year doesn't end on this year
11:24:18shift enter past this end of FY and if
11:24:21it is less than then it's ending this
11:24:24year if it is more then it's going to
11:24:26end next year plus one either it ends
11:24:28this year or it ends next
11:24:31year where does it end it doesn't end on
11:24:34April it ends on 331st we have to do the
11:24:37adjustment and then enter or commit and
11:24:40we got the date of 31st March as the end
11:24:43of year and if you you can scroll down
11:24:45again to the same place
11:24:49March look at these rows March
11:24:52April end of year is
11:24:54changing so we got our financial year
11:24:57now to get the month number and the
11:24:59quarter number the formulas which I
11:25:01wanted to use need start of the year
11:25:03start of F5 now the challenge with us
11:25:06here is basically that this table which
11:25:08the current Table of the add columns
11:25:10doesn't have that because they are
11:25:12calculated in this table itself we
11:25:13cannot use use them so now what to do
11:25:15what I'm going to do is I'm going to put
11:25:16this entire table into a variable that
11:25:18we call that where underscore tab equals
11:25:22and then what I'm going to do is I'm
11:25:23going to go down it's a variable so I
11:25:25need to return something I'll return
11:25:26this table return underscore tab let's
11:25:29do a little bit of alignment change you
11:25:32better understand that enter nothing is
11:25:34changed this the same table now what
11:25:36happens is this new tab which is coming
11:25:39down which is in the return have all the
11:25:40columns what we need and now we can use
11:25:43start of fi and end of f the reference
11:25:45point now it is available in that table
11:25:47so if I now add add column on this tab
11:25:50here at this place if I add add column
11:25:53it will have these two columns start of
11:25:56FY and end of FY and using that we are
11:25:59going to drive out our now our month
11:26:01number Financial month number and
11:26:03quarter start date and quarter end date
11:26:04one of the most important thing in any
11:26:07data analytics or business intelligence
11:26:09analytics project is time intelligence
11:26:11time intelligence is critical to compare
11:26:13data Against Time you want to compare
11:26:15this month versus last month this month
11:26:17till date versus last month till date
11:26:18this month versus last year same month
11:26:20this year versus last year quarter
11:26:22versus quarter QQ y y week on week these
11:26:25are the kind of comparison you wanted to
11:26:27these comparisons are really important
11:26:29to understand are we doing good or bad
11:26:32powera provide you huge list of time
11:26:34intelligence functions and sometime you
11:26:36have more than one option to achieve one
11:26:37thing now there are ways and means you
11:26:39can write down your own time
11:26:40intelligence function using the other
11:26:42functions or you can get the value let's
11:26:45say MTD using the standard MTD functions
11:26:47and then you can also get that using
11:26:49let's say date between or maybe using
11:26:51the filter function now for everything
11:26:53there is a fit for purpose it is really
11:26:54important to understand all these time
11:26:56intelligence functions in powerb to make
11:26:58sure the time intelligence works for us
11:26:59the first step is to make sure the six
11:27:01step which I'm going to tell you you
11:27:03ensure that these six steps are done in
11:27:05your powerbi setup or your schema is
11:27:07following those six step or six rules
11:27:09poose that we are going to check in our
11:27:11own file that yes we are right now
11:27:13following these six step while we are
11:27:15going to do this time intelligence
11:27:16journey in powerbi there are six rules
11:27:19one must follow to make sure the time
11:27:21intelligence work in powerbi if you
11:27:23don't follow these rules the time
11:27:25intelligence May Fail or may not give
11:27:27the desired results so these six points
11:27:30or rules are use date table you have to
11:27:32always create a date table and use it
11:27:34and you have to join the date of your
11:27:36fact with the date of the date table the
11:27:38date table is marked as a date table now
11:27:41once you mark date table as a date table
11:27:42or calendar table as a date table it is
11:27:45going to ensure that you have continuous
11:27:46dat continuous States is really
11:27:48important for all powerbi time
11:27:51intelligence functions use columns from
11:27:53the date table when we will use the
11:27:55visualization in powerbi you must
11:27:57remember that you have to use the
11:27:59columns from the date table like date
11:28:01month year Etc into visualization into
11:28:04slicer into filter and into measure all
11:28:07these places the column should come from
11:28:10the date table to make sure the time
11:28:11intelligence work properly the date does
11:28:14not have a time stamp now your fact
11:28:16table date might have a time stamp and
11:28:18sometime because you have just taken the
11:28:20data type as date you might not be able
11:28:23to see it so the best practice is to
11:28:25change the data type as date time and
11:28:27then choose a format where you can see
11:28:30the time and then see you don't have any
11:28:33time other than 00 hours or 12:00 a.m.
11:28:36you must not have any time other than 00
11:28:39hours or 12 a.m if that's how your date
11:28:41is looking then you can use that if
11:28:44there is any other time other than 00
11:28:46hours or 12:00 a.m. like 2: a.m. 2: p.m.
11:28:481:00 a.m. 1 p.m. Etc then you should
11:28:51create a date column that you can do in
11:28:54power query you can change the data type
11:28:55as date and if you change it in power
11:28:57query it will lose the Tim stamp and if
11:28:59you want to do it in Dex you can create
11:29:00a new column using date value once you
11:29:02have ensured that your date doesn't have
11:29:04a Tim stamp you can join it with the
11:29:06date of the date table and because we
11:29:08are going to create date table using
11:29:10calendar and calendar Auto function that
11:29:12is going to ensure that your date table
11:29:14will not have a time stamp in the date
11:29:16column you have also need to make sure
11:29:18that your date table has all the dates
11:29:20because if your date table doesn't have
11:29:22all the dates your time intelligence may
11:29:23not work correctly if you are using a
11:29:26date from the date table and you are
11:29:28putting any measure from the fact and it
11:29:30is started showing blank in the date
11:29:32column then it means you don't have all
11:29:34the dates when you're using calendar
11:29:35Auto function it can make sure that you
11:29:38have full coverage of date coming from
11:29:39various other tables but when you're
11:29:41using calendar function you have to make
11:29:43sure that you do the full coverage this
11:29:44is another important point you should
11:29:46remember avoid bidirectional join if you
11:29:49have a bidirectional join your fact
11:29:51table will filter the date table what do
11:29:53it essentially means is if there is a
11:29:55date missing in the fact table because
11:29:57it is missing in the fact table or
11:29:59because you have applied some filter and
11:30:01now the dates are less it may actually
11:30:03reduce the date in the date table which
11:30:05you are using in a Time intelligence
11:30:07function and once there are not and once
11:30:10the and once continuous dates are not
11:30:12available your time intelligence May
11:30:14error out or may not work properly if
11:30:16you take
11:30:18care so these are the six rules and if
11:30:20you take care of these six rules your
11:30:22time intelligence should work
11:30:24properly we want to start time
11:30:26intelligence now let's make sure all the
11:30:28six rules has been followed or not let
11:30:30start that with the model view do we
11:30:32have a date table yes we have a date
11:30:33table is date table marked as a date
11:30:35table to ensure that we have continuous
11:30:37dates right click Mark date table Mark
11:30:40as date table select a date column the
11:30:43date column should should be the one
11:30:44which is a primary key or which is the
11:30:46main date column it may be coming from
11:30:48your sources it's not necessary you need
11:30:50to create it in powerbi you can create
11:30:52it at the source you can create it in
11:30:54power query you can create it in Dex
11:30:56make sure the dates are continuous so
11:30:57the validation is successful press okay
11:30:59and the moment you do the first thing
11:31:02which will change here is it will now be
11:31:04a key it will no more be a date and
11:31:07there will be no more autod date
11:31:08hierarchy Auto date time intelligence is
11:31:10gone is it joined with our table no it
11:31:12is not joined look at again this date
11:31:15sales date and if I scroll down here
11:31:16sales date will have a hierarchy so we
11:31:19have a sales date with which I want to
11:31:21join let me drag the date of the date
11:31:23table on the sales date and the
11:31:25relationship is created now I need to
11:31:27make sure the two things which I should
11:31:29have checked before one is the date the
11:31:32say date doesn't have a time stamp I
11:31:34need to make sure that and second is the
11:31:36date table covering all the dates now
11:31:38I'll go to the table View and inside the
11:31:40table view let me go to the sales table
11:31:43and here I have my sales date how do I
11:31:45ensure that there is no time stamp so
11:31:47usually what I do for that is I change
11:31:49the data type to date time and I take a
11:31:52format where I can see a time stamp all
11:31:54the dates should have a time stamp of
11:31:5612:00 a.m. all the date in my case have
11:31:59a time stamp of 12:00 a.m. any date
11:32:01having time stamp other than 12:00 a.m.
11:32:04it means the join will not be successful
11:32:07that is there I can change it format
11:32:09back to date and I can keep it in the
11:32:11short format so column TOS help Us in
11:32:14that now let's go ahead and check do we
11:32:17have the complete set of dates now we
11:32:19may have multiple tables so the one of
11:32:21the ways is that you take the Min and
11:32:23Max of the dates and check it out one of
11:32:26the easiest way to do that is create a
11:32:28page bring date or some from the date
11:32:31table a bring a measure or some
11:32:33aggregated column from your facts one or
11:32:37more fact the moment I bring in let's
11:32:39create a table visual you should not see
11:32:41any null date sending s dat I'm not
11:32:43seeing Al date it means all the dates
11:32:45are joined and I'll tell you one example
11:32:47where if the dates are not complete what
11:32:49would happen so let's go to our date
11:32:51table and we are using the Min date here
11:32:54let me use a date which is 2019 01 01
11:32:59now I have data from October 2018 but if
11:33:01I make it 2019 what would happen I'll
11:33:04start getting a blank so this blank
11:33:06means the dates are missing or there is
11:33:09a time stamp join problem there's a date
11:33:11time if you see this check out those two
11:33:13things now let me complete my date table
11:33:15I can make it from the starting of 2018
11:33:18the moment I cover all the dates you
11:33:20will see I do not have blank date when
11:33:24there is no empty date or blank date it
11:33:26means we are fully covered you may have
11:33:28more than one fact add all of them and
11:33:30check it out so time intelligence setup
11:33:32is correct one more thing which we need
11:33:34to ensure is going to come when we
11:33:36create a Time intelligence major when we
11:33:39create a Time intelligence major and we
11:33:41want to use it we need to ensure the
11:33:43major should use the columns from the
11:33:45date table or the period the visual
11:33:48right now you can see the visual is
11:33:49using date from the date table and the
11:33:52slices and filter should also be on the
11:33:54date tape that's the way when it's going
11:33:56to work best which we are going to check
11:33:58after our first time intelligence before
11:34:00I do that once again I'll click on the
11:34:03date go to the column format change its
11:34:05format to date and we'll also change it
11:34:07to short format so that whenever I'm
11:34:09creating visualization I get little bit
11:34:11of space when I'm doing some work so
11:34:13let's start with time intelligence now
11:34:16as part of our journey we are going to
11:34:18learn MTD MTD means month till date
11:34:21means from the start of the month till
11:34:23the date which we have selected or the
11:34:25till the date which is available in the
11:34:27context qtd quarter till date from the
11:34:30start of the quarter till the date we
11:34:32have selected or in the context and the
11:34:35quarter start date would be decided on
11:34:36based on the date which you have
11:34:38selected also the quarter start date
11:34:40will be dependent on your financial year
11:34:41start date if your financial year is not
11:34:44starting from the standard quarter
11:34:45months like Jan April July and October
11:34:48you might have a different quarter start
11:34:50date than what you have for the standard
11:34:52quarter similarly year till date YTD YTD
11:34:55means year till date year till date
11:34:57typically we call it when we are using
11:34:59from standard calendar start date so
11:35:02standard calendar year start date till
11:35:05date from the start of the calendar year
11:35:06till date is yd but in case of a
11:35:09financial year the Year may start on
11:35:11let's say 1st April then it is from the
11:35:13finan year start date till date so let's
11:35:15try to understand these till date when
11:35:17we say MTD qtd YTD what does this means
11:35:20month till date quarter till date year
11:35:21till date assume my date is 15th of
11:35:24September 2024 so for 15th of September
11:35:272024 what is going to be my MTD my MTD
11:35:30is going to be from the start of the
11:35:31month which is from 1st of September
11:35:332024 to 15th of September 2024 my qtd is
11:35:37going to be from the start of the
11:35:39quarter which is 1st of July 2024 to
11:35:4215th of September 202 4 my YTD would be
11:35:45from the start of the year in this case
11:35:47the calendar year which is from 1st
11:35:49January 2024 to 15th of September 2024
11:35:53what happens when my year start from the
11:35:551st April now again 1st April is going
11:35:57to have all the standard quarters so
11:35:59it's not going to change anything for
11:36:00quarter same way it is standard month
11:36:02start so it's not going to change
11:36:03anything for the month also so MTD would
11:36:06be from 1st of September 2024 to 15th of
11:36:09September 2024 QD would be from 1st of
11:36:12July 2024 to 15th of September 2024 YTD
11:36:16would be from 1st of April 2024 to 15th
11:36:20of September 2024 this is because our
11:36:23financial year is starting from the 1
11:36:25April it is not starting from the
11:36:27calendar year so that is why the start
11:36:29date of YTD has changed and sometime we
11:36:31call this as fytd Financial year till
11:36:34date let us start with our first time
11:36:36intelligence measure and the first time
11:36:38intelligence major is MTD month till
11:36:40date means from start of the month till
11:36:43the date which is being selected or
11:36:45present in the context the date could
11:36:47have been selected in the slicer or
11:36:49available in the row context based on
11:36:51that date it should give us the data for
11:36:53that for MTD there are many ways you can
11:36:55achieve it but first of all we will
11:36:57learn dates MTD and total MTD functions
11:37:00Tes MTD function need to be used in a
11:37:03calculate function total MTD function
11:37:06might not require a calculate because it
11:37:08can take a measure as well as the date
11:37:10to give you the total MTD there are two
11:37:13fun functions and later on when we
11:37:14progress when we go to quarter till date
11:37:16and year till date we will only start
11:37:18using one of them so the function is
11:37:20total MTD and dates MTD I'll start with
11:37:23total MTD which is basically a
11:37:24self-sufficient function it doesn't
11:37:26require calculate let me click on the
11:37:28measure table and I can see the table
11:37:30tool as of now and inside the table tool
11:37:32I have a new major option which I'm
11:37:34going to use in this case let me click
11:37:35on new major and here I'm going to
11:37:38create my first time intelligence major
11:37:40that is MTD net and I'm going to use
11:37:42total MTD total MTD requires an
11:37:45expression date and filter it can have a
11:37:47filter and if you need more than one
11:37:49filter then you can again use calculate
11:37:51on top of total MTD otherwise total MTD
11:37:54doesn't require calcul what is the
11:37:55expression so expression date filter
11:37:58what is the expression expression is
11:38:00Major dates is the sequential date where
11:38:02we are going to give the date column
11:38:03from the date table and filter as of now
11:38:05I'll not give I'll give my major net for
11:38:07which I want the MTD then I'll give date
11:38:10from the date table and no requirement
11:38:12of filter as of now so I'll continue
11:38:14with this I created my first time
11:38:16intelligence major MTD net and let me
11:38:18bring in here now it is from the start
11:38:20of the month now on the month of October
11:38:222018 we don't have the data which is
11:38:24starting from the first date is 13th
11:38:26October 2018 and that's the date from
11:38:28where the aggregation of the data would
11:38:30start and till the last date of the
11:38:32month you will see the data is keep on
11:38:34adding as you can see these two dates
11:38:36are getting added on the next so we got
11:38:3836 on 3 days now it is 73 3 days getting
11:38:41added and it keep on increasing till 30
11:38:431 which is the last date of this month
11:38:45and on the 1 November the first date of
11:38:48November you see there is a reset and
11:38:50this is what we call MTD start point you
11:38:53start MTD from the start date of the
11:38:54month so the value of the that day and
11:38:57MTD would be equal but on the next day
11:38:59it will start increasing so on the
11:39:01second you have sum of first two days on
11:39:02third you have first 3 days fourth you
11:39:04have sum of first 4 days and keep on
11:39:06going till the month and date and you
11:39:08will see another reset happening on the
11:39:101st of December till 31st is going to
11:39:12end on first there would be a reset now
11:39:15MTD Works based on the date in the
11:39:17context now date here in the context is
11:39:20basically the date in the row there is
11:39:22nothing coming from Filter context let
11:39:23me bring in month here in another visual
11:39:26I'll drag it into empty space sorting is
11:39:28correct and let me drag in MTD major
11:39:31there in this case when we use month
11:39:33here the MTD major is going to give us
11:39:35the last dates value and it will act
11:39:38like a monthly value if you're using at
11:39:40the month level the MTD will act like a
11:39:43monthly value at the month level From
11:39:44First to Last that's the monthly value
11:39:46it's a current month the month in the
11:39:47context we have not talked about the
11:39:48filter as now how does it behave with
11:39:51respect to filters what happens when we
11:39:53apply a filter so now the case when the
11:39:56date is available in the row context and
11:39:57even if you apply filter let's say I
11:39:59apply the November filter now we know
11:40:00the other visual can also act as a
11:40:01filter when we apply you can see only
11:40:04November month data we can't get more
11:40:05than November month data unless we
11:40:07follow the tricks and the data will
11:40:09start aggregating for that you may have
11:40:11a date filter specific very specific
11:40:12date filter on that date filter how much
11:40:14data will I get on that day's data or
11:40:16the MTD data so let me bring in a slicer
11:40:18for the date I'll bring the date in
11:40:20between convert it into a slicer and let
11:40:23me go ahead and change this slicer
11:40:25setting using the format which is
11:40:27available on the right hand side and
11:40:29slicer I would like a drop down and when
11:40:32I drop down I would drop down actually
11:40:35go a little bit down I would like to
11:40:36select something in November so let me
11:40:38select fourth November so as you can see
11:40:40the MTD value is for the 4th November
11:40:42till from first to Fourth even if the
11:40:44date is not selected you can remove the
11:40:47fourth number context okay but the date
11:40:49from first second and third no is not
11:40:50selected but still it is going to get
11:40:52that and give you the MTD value if the
11:40:54value are available in your data the
11:40:56fourth number is going to give me that
11:40:57value now we understand that if you
11:40:59select a month the dates in the context
11:41:01is going to control that we selected
11:41:03more than if we select a single date
11:41:05that date is going to play what happens
11:41:07and both filter and slicer context are
11:41:09missing so let's make sure there is no
11:41:10filter context and there's no slicer
11:41:12context right now now there is nothing
11:41:14selected on the slicer nothing select on
11:41:16the visualization and we remove the
11:41:18filter and the slicer context and now we
11:41:20will bring in MTD into a card visual why
11:41:23we are seeing a blank what is the date
11:41:25is getting for us what happens these
11:41:27total MTD and even the dates MTD
11:41:29function going to follow soon it takes
11:41:31the last date available in the context
11:41:34of what the date which is supplied here
11:41:36and what is the last date available in
11:41:37the date column please remember it's
11:41:39only for TD functions for the previous
11:41:41they take the first date if you go to
11:41:43our date table the last date is today I
11:41:46don't have any data for today and for
11:41:48even for today's month my data ends in
11:41:492020 we are in 2024 I don't have any
11:41:52data for the current month what date
11:41:53range exactly it is taking for that I'm
11:41:55going to give you an example and let's
11:41:57try to use dates MTD let me do a little
11:42:00bit of visual adjustments
11:42:04here so I'm going to create my second
11:42:07major time intelligence major it's again
11:42:09going to be the MTD major so this time
11:42:11I've clicked on a major so Major Tool is
11:42:12visible and from the major tool I'm
11:42:14going to create a new major and the
11:42:17major is MTD net1 and this time I need
11:42:21to use calculate calculate net I'm going
11:42:23to use a function dates
11:42:25MTD dates MTD actually required only one
11:42:29argument which is dates this is also
11:42:31true with the next function which we are
11:42:33going to use is dates qtd definitely
11:42:35dates YTD we can have two arguments it
11:42:37do cover the year and date which we'll
11:42:40see later only one date and the date
11:42:43date which you provide it's going to
11:42:44pick up the last date from that and
11:42:46based on that the last date so what it
11:42:49is going to do is it's going to pick up
11:42:50the last date from the context now the
11:42:52context could be the filter context or
11:42:54could be the row context or if there is
11:42:56no context available it's going to go
11:42:58till the last date of the calendar dates
11:43:00which you are supplying here and going
11:43:02to take that out dates MTD actually
11:43:04return return me a table of dates or a
11:43:07sequence of dates based on the date in
11:43:09the context is going to return me from
11:43:11the start of the month till that date is
11:43:13sequence of date it's going to come up
11:43:14set of dates month up to current date
11:43:16date of date and never most of the
11:43:18people understand it in the context of
11:43:20today today you cannot pass first of all
11:43:22it needs sequence of date you can't pass
11:43:23today to a date 7 and date where what is
11:43:26there is defined by the context so we
11:43:28given date of date what is filter
11:43:30context or what is row context otherwise
11:43:32what is the last date in case of MTD it
11:43:34could be first date in case of previous
11:43:35functions so and this function will also
11:43:38help us in understanding what we are
11:43:40getting so again the same results so
11:43:41dates MTD and total MTD their uses is a
11:43:44little bit different but they're going
11:43:45to give us the same result again we are
11:43:47getting the month till date data using
11:43:49this one and the same behavior at the
11:43:51month level there's no difference so it
11:43:52gives you sequence of date from the
11:43:54first date of the month till that
11:43:55particular date the set of date and to
11:43:57understand that what we are getting and
11:43:59what we are getting why we are getting
11:44:00this blank and let me bring in the other
11:44:02one also as a card visual let's create a
11:44:04table and see what dates we are getting
11:44:06so let's click on any of the table and
11:44:08create a new table and in that table we
11:44:10will see what dates we have using dates
11:44:13MTD date of date now because cable is
11:44:16static in nature it is pre-calculated
11:44:18the only thing it can do is go ahead and
11:44:20get the last date because it's not going
11:44:22to follow any filter context any row
11:44:24context is going to get the last date in
11:44:26the calendar based on that is going to
11:44:27calculate that and let's go to the table
11:44:29view now and check what does this table
11:44:31contains for us and as you can see the
11:44:33dates table contains the date of the
11:44:35current month from the start date and
11:44:37this is because the calendar is editing
11:44:38at today now let me change my calendar
11:44:41don't think that it gives from today let
11:44:43me change my calendar I'm changing my
11:44:45calendar and now it is no more going to
11:44:47end on today let me end my calendar on
11:44:50date 202 1231 again have data till
11:44:54October I'm ending it the 12th month and
11:44:56now let me go to the dates table again
11:44:58you see the data is from December 2020
11:45:02and all the dates 31 dates are available
11:45:04the reason for that it taken that last
11:45:06date available in the calendar and
11:45:09calculated it so these are the date
11:45:11applicable and because of that you get
11:45:14these blank values now you understand
11:45:15now you know how to play around with how
11:45:17to control that so this is what we have
11:45:19to continue so now we have learned MTD
11:45:21let me rename this qtd total qtd are the
11:45:24functions to achieve quarter till date
11:45:26you have understood by now that the
11:45:28total qtd function is one which might
11:45:31not require calculate while dates qtd is
11:45:33going to require calculate to do the
11:45:35calculation let's start with qtd
11:45:37functions again total qtd dates qtd two
11:45:40options are available I'll go to quickly
11:45:42create that so let me add a visual here
11:45:44date and this time I'm going to add date
11:45:47because we know it Behavior how it's
11:45:48going to behave after this one so we'll
11:45:50quickly create the two majors and the
11:45:52two major which I'm going to create here
11:45:55is qtd Majors so qtd net first of all
11:45:59with total
11:46:00qtd again three arguments expression
11:46:03dates and filter we are going to pass
11:46:06only two as of now expression is net
11:46:08dates is date of dates that's all
11:46:13let me also add one more major based on
11:46:17the UTD net 2 and here I'm going to use
11:46:22dates QD is going to give me the set of
11:46:25dates date of date two majors going to
11:46:29return me the same results just
11:46:30implementation difference what does it
11:46:33this do start from the first date of the
11:46:34quarter the first date is not available
11:46:36first available date of the quarter and
11:46:38go till the last date of the quarter the
11:46:39last date of this quarter is 31st
11:46:41December and it's continuously
11:46:43increasing in this direction values you
11:46:45can see the daily values are increasing
11:46:47where they will reset they will reset on
11:46:49the first date of the quarter so you can
11:46:51see the November has started till the
11:46:52values are increasing let's go on 31st
11:46:55December and we have 31st December and
11:46:571st January together now you can see
11:46:59it's increasing till this date and post
11:47:01that it is changing now to understand
11:47:03this increase let's also bring in net
11:47:05into the visualization and as you can
11:47:07see on the first date of the quarter the
11:47:09values is same as that day's value and
11:47:12this is going to be true prove with
11:47:13every start of the quarter not start of
11:47:15the month now if I go to February there
11:47:17is no more a reset at the month's start
11:47:20the value is not same as the value on
11:47:22that day for the second month because
11:47:24it's a quarter till quarter and date it
11:47:25will keep on increasing so we got now
11:47:28qtd for YTD we are going to use States
11:47:30YTD and total YTD total
11:47:33YTD might not require the calculate
11:47:36because it to have a capability to take
11:47:39a measure and provides you total YTD
11:47:42along with the date column
11:47:44provided for financial year in both
11:47:47States YTD and total YTD we can provide
11:47:49a financial year end date and they can
11:47:51calculate the financial year till date
11:47:53values now let's bring in YTD we are
11:47:56going to bring it into the same visual
11:47:58for that again two majors and you will
11:48:00notice one difference this time when we
11:48:02calculate YTD so YTD net let me start
11:48:05with total YTD total ydd again we
11:48:08require expression dates filter but
11:48:10there is a year and date year and date
11:48:13means if your financial year is not
11:48:14ending on 1231 you can give any date on
11:48:17which it is ending and based on that is
11:48:19going to start the year end date is only
11:48:21for the reference where it year ends can
11:48:23get the year starting point based on
11:48:25that and can calculate your YTD based on
11:48:27that so here again for the first
11:48:30starting I can avoid the year and
11:48:32argument and I'm going to do that and
11:48:34let me calculate total YTD and that's
11:48:37going to give me YTD let me bring in the
11:48:40YTD using dates YTD so net
11:48:43YTD net 1 equal to calculate net dates
11:48:46YTD and dates YTD required dates and
11:48:49year and date it's required two
11:48:51argument so date of date and second
11:48:54argument I'm leaving let me add it to
11:48:56the visual if the visual is selected I
11:48:58can simply click on that I got the YTD
11:49:00value now where would the reset happen
11:49:01see because we are starting in a last
11:49:04quarter so we will see the reset on the
11:49:06first January itself here the quarter
11:49:08value and the year value same doesn't
11:49:09mean that it's going to be always the
11:49:10case and there is only a reset happening
11:49:12at this start of the year now in the
11:49:14entire year you will see the
11:49:15continuously values are increasing till
11:49:17the time we reach the end of 2019 and
11:49:19you can see here the max value reached
11:49:21here and there is a reset which is
11:49:23happening on 1st January 20 so whyd get
11:49:26reset on that day now because it was
11:49:28asking end date it does mean that we can
11:49:30change where it should reset so let's
11:49:32say you want a financial year ending on
11:49:34331st we can do that so let's create a
11:49:36YTD for FY and we can call it FY YTD net
11:49:40and I'm only going to use one function
11:49:42for that as of now both the functions
11:49:43can do the same job for us and here in
11:49:46the dates YTD we are going to use the
11:49:47second argument now is year and date and
11:49:50this is not available with other TDS
11:49:51month and quarter only available with
11:49:54YTD function and let me add this now
11:49:56let's look the value looks same but we
11:49:58have to pay attention on 1st January
11:50:00because on the 1st January this YTD is
11:50:02not going to reset so this this is
11:50:05resetting this is resetting this is not
11:50:07resetting because it will reset on 1st
11:50:09April when we cross the year on 31st
11:50:12first March so when we cross year it is
11:50:15getting a reset and the value is same as
11:50:17the start of the the quarter in this
11:50:19manner we can create Financial year till
11:50:22date from the start of the Year till the
11:50:24that particular date now let's learn how
11:50:27can we get the previous month value
11:50:28previous month till date and previous
11:50:30month why I'm talking about two things
11:50:31I'll tell you in a short file let me
11:50:33duplicate this page after I duplicate
11:50:35I'll remove one one major from here I
11:50:37don't need two TDS one TD is sufficient
11:50:39for me now I would like to bring in the
11:50:42last year month till date so definitely
11:50:44I need MTD function for that but other
11:50:46than MTD I need to make sure that I go
11:50:49one month back and to go one month back
11:50:51I'm going to use a function which is
11:50:53known as date add function the date add
11:50:56function is going to help again date add
11:50:58function require continuous set of dates
11:51:00so let me go ahead and create a measure
11:51:02and tell you how do I let me add a new
11:51:04measure from the table tool and this
11:51:07measure I want is lmtd last month till
11:51:10date so I want lmtd net calculate net
11:51:15that's the same thing I'm doing now here
11:51:17comes the
11:51:18difference dates MTD that's same but
11:51:22inside the dates MDD I want the entire
11:51:25dates to move a month back I'm going to
11:51:27use a function date add and please
11:51:30remember the understanding of date head
11:51:32that date head also require continuous
11:51:34for dates please watch date as dated
11:51:37video on my channel for that so dates
11:51:39require the first arguments is dates
11:51:41date of date this the second argument is
11:51:43interval how many intervals I want to go
11:51:45to last month so minus one plus one for
11:51:48next month interval day month quarter
11:51:50year I need month here what I've done
11:51:53here is basically the continuous
11:51:55argument which date argument which I
11:51:57passed to my MTD has been moved a month
11:52:00behind it is still the continuous date
11:52:02but a month behind let me press and
11:52:04enter here my major is created let me
11:52:07bring it inside the visualization one
11:52:09here and one on the month here so I
11:52:11bought the MTD in the table which I have
11:52:14dates and you can see exactly after the
11:52:161 month the MTD has started and it
11:52:19increasing in the similar fashion now go
11:52:21down and pay attention on 30th what
11:52:24value we are getting on 30th I'm getting
11:52:26the value not of the last day of the
11:52:2830th October 7 547 K 547 is on 30th
11:52:33October not 31st when I'm using date by
11:52:36date it take the 30th value but look at
11:52:38here what is happening at the month
11:52:40level at the month level it takes the
11:52:42complete value so MTD used with a
11:52:46trailing date using date ad is going to
11:52:49give me the last month value when I use
11:52:50the full month value and corresponding
11:52:53days MTD month till date of the last
11:52:56month on that date whatever date I have
11:52:58on that days of the last month what was
11:53:00my value it's going to give me that so
11:53:03this is MTD for me now I will tell you
11:53:05one more function that function is going
11:53:08to give us previous meth and the
11:53:09function which I'm going to use is name
11:53:11itself is previous month so let me
11:53:13create a new majure meure tool is open
11:53:15as of now I'll click on new
11:53:19measure
11:53:22calculate net and the function I'm going
11:53:24to use is previous month previous month
11:53:27required only one argument that is date
11:53:29again when we use year it will require
11:53:31more than one argument you can decide
11:53:33the year and date date of date I'm
11:53:36supplying and I'm completing this let me
11:53:38bring in this observe the difference
11:53:40which we are going to get here and you
11:53:42might have realized the moment I dragged
11:53:44it in the visual which contains only
11:53:46date is actually not the single day
11:53:50value it's the complete last month even
11:53:52for each date the next month while on
11:53:55the month level I'm fine with having a
11:53:58value which is month and date value it
11:54:01is not suitable for MTD and definitely
11:54:04this is not a function for MTD this is a
11:54:06function for previous month it gives you
11:54:08complete previous month so now you
11:54:10understand how the MTD trade triling can
11:54:12be done and how can we use previous
11:54:14month I would like to bring in something
11:54:16here now let me bring in lmtd here and
11:54:19as expected it is blank let me add thee
11:54:22also
11:54:23here both are blank you that's expected
11:54:25isn't it should be blank let me go to
11:54:28the last available month is October and
11:54:31if I click on October what should happen
11:54:32should give me the September value isn't
11:54:34it yes it is giving me value this is my
11:54:37value of the SE number that's fine now
11:54:39let me do one thing let me play play
11:54:42around with my date calend I go to my
11:54:44data in my date calendar I will go ahead
11:54:47now I don't want to pass a filter or a
11:54:49filter context just want to go ahead and
11:54:52change this date to Uber and as you know
11:54:54I have data enough now there is no
11:54:56filter there is no filter context and
11:54:58the date is ending at the last month
11:55:01where I have the data see I have the
11:55:03data for October that was the last
11:55:05available data and this is my previous
11:55:06month data and I'm getting a previous
11:55:08month also in my visual make it a little
11:55:10bit bigger overlapping as you can see
11:55:12see here I'm still getting the previous
11:55:13month values both with the lmtd and B
11:55:16previous but look at the the card is not
11:55:18getting a filter because I have not
11:55:19clicked on any of the values nor I have
11:55:22used my slicer so there's no filter
11:55:24context there is no row filter context
11:55:26there's filter context here available
11:55:28with this visual which is containing
11:55:30month here so there is no filter context
11:55:32for the card visual there is no filter
11:55:34why it is giving blank why not September
11:55:36because lmtd is giving me September MTD
11:55:39is giving me value why previous month is
11:55:41not giving the reason for that that
11:55:43previous month and all the previous
11:55:44function which we are going to use
11:55:45whether it is previous quarter and
11:55:47previous year they use first date into
11:55:49context they don't use last context and
11:55:52to understand that let me give you one
11:55:55example here that it is using the first
11:55:57date I'm going to bring in month year as
11:56:00a slicer here and in this month year
11:56:03slicer I'm going to go down and select 2
11:56:07months January febrary January 2019
11:56:10febrary 2019 the ones which I selected
11:56:13what are you expecting January to get
11:56:16the December value seems like it is
11:56:17getting and February to get the like it
11:56:19is getting what what value what value is
11:56:21this lmtd is giving me January and
11:56:24previous month is giving me
11:56:30de this is because in the context there
11:56:32are 2 months right now and the lmtd is
11:56:36picking up from the maximum available
11:56:39because of MTD and previous month is
11:56:41picking up the first date available
11:56:43because there is no filter context only
11:56:45filter is available and filter is giving
11:56:462 months you need to be really careful
11:56:49if you are designing a previous month or
11:56:52the last month and you're using these
11:56:54function and you select a range which is
11:56:57crossing a month you're not using any
11:57:01context then the behavior of these
11:57:04functions can change so keeping in that
11:57:06mind you should create these majors and
11:57:09use them appropriately
11:57:12the next thing which we want to learn in
11:57:14the time intelligence is week or week
11:57:17for week or week the challenge with us
11:57:19is basically that there is no standard
11:57:22function for that we need couple of
11:57:24things in our date table so let me go to
11:57:27the table View and in the date table let
11:57:30me tell you what we need so in the date
11:57:32table we will need a date rank which we
11:57:35have created as a column here and the
11:57:38date rank should be the ascending Rank
11:57:40and it should be dance means after one
11:57:43we should get two I have created that on
11:57:46week start date you can also create that
11:57:48on year week YY y ww second thing which
11:57:51we need is the we need a week day as a
11:57:54number and the week day when we use the
11:57:57weekday as a number that should follow
11:57:59the same week which start date is
11:58:01falling so we don't have a week day as a
11:58:04number so let me add weekday as a number
11:58:07here I'm going to enter here let me call
11:58:10it week day number and weekday number
11:58:13should follow the same weekday which
11:58:15start date is following so what start
11:58:17date is following I'll let you know Week
11:58:19start date is following this one so same
11:58:22I will follow for weekday usually for
11:58:25the Monday start what do you want so two
11:58:27is for Monday 11 is also for Monday so
11:58:30Monday weekday number one for Monday and
11:58:33I'm starting let me sort this for
11:58:37sending 1st January 2018 was a Monday so
11:58:41that's correct and and we have a week
11:58:43rank of one for that 1st January 2018 is
11:58:46a Monday and it should be first week
11:58:48also both the informations are correct
11:58:51so now using this we will do our time
11:58:54intelligence so let me add a new page
11:58:57and what I can do is directly I can
11:58:59start with first we will do week over
11:59:02week and then later we'll do wtd week
11:59:05till date so for that from the date
11:59:07table let me bring in week start date
11:59:10and using that only I'm going to bring
11:59:12in my week or week so what is going to
11:59:15be my formula so here I'm going to take
11:59:17the help from the row context so this
11:59:20week is the major which I'm creating
11:59:23calculate net then I'll start my filter
11:59:26now in the filter I'll use all now for
11:59:29this week I can use all selected
11:59:31assumption is that this week would
11:59:33always be present but it's Finly
11:59:35possible that I select a date and I need
11:59:38the complete week then that's why I need
11:59:40all so in all I can give table or column
11:59:42name I'm going to give table name here
11:59:45because I want to ignore all the filters
11:59:47whether it's a day month year quarter
11:59:50and then I want to use date of date
11:59:53tables week rank equals to Max of week
11:59:58rank now what does that means is when we
12:00:01use the max of weak rank in the context
12:00:05whatever week is available or a date is
12:00:08available for that is going to find out
12:00:10let's say even month is available aable
12:00:12then it would be the last week of that
12:00:14month here is available last week and if
12:00:16the there's no context available last
12:00:18week available in the date table it
12:00:20would be picked up so this is how this
12:00:22is going to behave and it's going to
12:00:24give me this week measure and let me
12:00:27bring it inside the visual and convert
12:00:30it into date table and you can see that
12:00:33the values have started from the very
12:00:35first week the first week started on 13
12:00:38so the week of 8th contain the 13 only
12:00:41two days of data and then we have the
12:00:42week of 15th and the week of 22 for
12:00:45which we have the data and I can
12:00:47showcase you it with along with the date
12:00:49also so let me bring in another visual
12:00:51with date and this
12:00:55week value will repeat for a week
12:00:57because we are doing this kind of
12:00:59calculation now last week calculation is
12:01:01very simple we have to use this week's
12:01:04calculation but when so calculate net
12:01:07filter all the date means ignore all the
12:01:10filters on the date we rank should be
12:01:12equal to the max of weak rank but minus
12:01:15one it should be minus one and because
12:01:17the entire date context is available
12:01:19entire date table is available we'll be
12:01:21able to have the last week also last
12:01:24week the only difference is this minus
12:01:27one let me bring last week also here and
12:01:30as you can see the last week values are
12:01:32now av la so we have learned this week
12:01:35and last week how do we get week till
12:01:37date for week till date remember you
12:01:39have to use week number don't use date
12:01:42you will use the same formula as this
12:01:44week with the difference copy the same
12:01:46formula of this week create a new
12:01:48measure Major Tool is open new measure
12:01:51is available there and now we are going
12:01:53to create what we call as wtd be till
12:01:56date again no standard power ba function
12:01:59is available so we'll filter the date
12:02:01table all the dates week rank equals to
12:02:03the max of weak rank means whatever is
12:02:06available in the context and weekday
12:02:10number equal equals to Max of weekday
12:02:15number so whatever is the weekday number
12:02:17it should be equal to that number that
12:02:20is what we are going to have in the
12:02:21filter Clause week is equal to week and
12:02:23weekday number is also equal to the
12:02:25weekday number but that's going to give
12:02:27me the week day I need to use less than
12:02:30equal to so now it is start accumulating
12:02:33so all the week days we have to consider
12:02:36and let me add this this will give me
12:02:39wtd and you see that the two days are
12:02:42adding and this was the value for the
12:02:44first week then there is a reset which
12:02:46is happening let me bring in net and
12:02:48when I bring in net you will understand
12:02:50that these two days are adding here and
12:02:52this was the same value which we got for
12:02:55current week also then for the next week
12:02:58these values are adding till this place
12:03:01and this was the value which we were
12:03:02getting these values are C for the week
12:03:05is getting added so we got wtd now what
12:03:08we need to do for last week till date
12:03:10very simple this is the same last week
12:03:12formula you need so I can copy the wtd
12:03:15formula actually that's much easier I
12:03:18copy this wtd formula create a new
12:03:20measure measure tool is available new
12:03:22measure is available there paste this
12:03:25formula call it as last week till date
12:03:28and the only difference is only where
12:03:31the weak rank is there you just say weak
12:03:33rank minus one and press enter you got
12:03:36last week till date and what would
12:03:39happen here is when you add this to the
12:03:41visualization you will see after a week
12:03:43we got on 13th so on 20th you will get a
12:03:47value on 21st the next accumulated value
12:03:50will come and whenever there is a reset
12:03:54there would be a reset Whenever there is
12:03:55increase there would be in now next day
12:03:57is again Monday so you will see the same
12:04:00value as the week start which is coming
12:04:03and so on it will keep on adding post
12:04:05that so now in spite of not having a
12:04:08function we able to get week till date
12:04:11and this week versus last week any
12:04:14custom month whether it is half year
12:04:17whether the month is 28 days whether the
12:04:21month is starting from 15th of a month
12:04:24as long as you are able to create a weak
12:04:26Rank and day of period or day of month
12:04:31the same mechanism will apply for period
12:04:35versus last period month versus last
12:04:38month and MTD versus last month MTD or
12:04:43ptd versus last ptd so till now we have
12:04:46learned you know we have MTD how get to
12:04:48get last month till date you have
12:04:50complete month data how to get the last
12:04:52month complete month data similarly we
12:04:54have done for quarter year and then we
12:04:56created some custom formulas for week we
12:04:58have not discussed very simple thing
12:05:00what happens when I want last days data
12:05:02what was my data 7 days before what my
12:05:05what was my data a year before or a week
12:05:07year before week year means 364 days
12:05:10today's Monday what was my my data same
12:05:13Monday last year how can I achieve this
12:05:16so for that what we are going to use we
12:05:17going to use the date add function and
12:05:20we are going to create certain trailing
12:05:21formula the name trailing is coming
12:05:23because they are behind by certain days
12:05:25or days behind formula as you can see so
12:05:27I already a new page and in this new
12:05:30page I'll add date from the date table
12:05:33and this time I don't want aggregation
12:05:35above the date level means I don't want
12:05:37to aggregate for TDS till date I just
12:05:39want this is my net what is my net for
12:05:42last day before 7 days before a year
12:05:45even it could be before a month so let's
12:05:47quickly create some Majors so on the
12:05:50Home tab new major is visible as of now
12:05:52and I'm going to click on that and let
12:05:54me create last date so this is going to
12:05:56be a date add which I'm going to use for
12:05:58last day but we do have a previous day
12:06:01function which is available so here I'm
12:06:03going to use calculate net date ad and
12:06:07in the date ad there are three arguments
12:06:09required the first argument is date of
12:06:11dat second is minus one and third one is
12:06:13day so it is going to trail by a day I
12:06:16got last day values are just a day
12:06:18behind now let's create last week last
12:06:21week is basically 7 days behind last day
12:06:25last week same day which is a week
12:06:27behind so it's going to be behind by 7
12:06:30days so Monday to Monday Tuesday to
12:06:32Tuesday Wednesday to Wednesday
12:06:33comparison we and let me add this into
12:06:35the visualization and as you can see the
12:06:38values are a week behind so this is 20th
12:06:42this was 13th same way 21st 14th a week
12:06:45behind now how do I get a month behind
12:06:47value simple create a new measure and
12:06:49instead of day use month and minus one
12:06:52minus one month behind and same last
12:06:56month same day you will see on 13th of
12:07:00November I'll get my value on 14th of
12:07:02November I'll get my 14th of October
12:07:04value I getting a month behind value
12:07:07same day I can do for quarter but I
12:07:08would like go for year and last year
12:07:11same day so basically what happens is
12:07:13every year typically we end up adding
12:07:16one additional day so if it is 13th next
12:07:19year it is 12th if it is not a leap year
12:07:21next year it is going to be the 12th
12:07:23October which is going to have the same
12:07:26weekday 364 is the combination which
12:07:29fits in the proper division of weeks so
12:07:31365 add one additional day so because of
12:07:34that same week day last year if I need
12:07:37so last year same week day I'm going to
12:07:40call I'm not going to call same day I'm
12:07:42going to call same week day and here
12:07:44instead of subtracting a year I'll
12:07:46subtract minus 364 days and usually on
12:07:51the non-leap year you will find it is a
12:07:53day difference when the actual data
12:07:55comes in in case of leap year it could
12:07:57be 2 days so remember the value for the
12:07:5913th of October and 14th of October and
12:08:02when I go to the
12:08:042019 I will start getting values from
12:08:0612th of October and the reason behind is
12:08:09the day and let's bring in week day into
12:08:12the picture now now let's look at what
12:08:15it is Saturday what this is Sunday let's
12:08:18scroll up and see what we had initially
12:08:20Saturday and Sunday now you understood
12:08:22why we have done that now last year same
12:08:24day basically it is 13th October I need
12:08:2713th October isn't it in that case I am
12:08:29not going to use - 365 I'm going to
12:08:32Simply use -1 year don't use 365 or 366
12:08:37nothing like that just subtract one year
12:08:40and we will get last year and when we
12:08:41scroll down you will see the data is
12:08:43actually started coming from 13th of
12:08:46October Sunday every year the date will
12:08:48change so this year it was Saturday next
12:08:50year it was Sunday this is how it is
12:08:52going to happen so this is how you
12:08:53create trailing formulas now these
12:08:55formulas are a day behind again sometime
12:08:58what would happen like if you have too
12:09:00many dates available your grand total
12:09:02may actually not be a year behind so if
12:09:05you don't have a year in the context
12:09:06then what would happen is let's say I
12:09:08have a calendar which is still 2021 so
12:09:10what happen my calendar is actually
12:09:13Trail let's say for minus one year
12:09:14formula my calendar even get trailed by
12:09:16one year when no date is in the context
12:09:19I reach 2020 and I have data till 2020
12:09:21so my values could be same for the
12:09:24trailing as well as this one and that
12:09:26you will see for the last day the grand
12:09:28totals are same because I have
12:09:30additional day available for the same
12:09:32week day it is again same for month
12:09:34definitely because we ended on October
12:09:36so that is why we have a little bit less
12:09:38value but if I increase my calendar
12:09:40dates you will you will see these dates
12:09:42are you will see if I move it by to
12:09:45December or let's say October 2021 you
12:09:48will see that the values of grand total
12:09:51is now same and the reason behind that
12:09:53that when the context is not available
12:09:56or the filter context is not available
12:09:58it moved the day a year behind or a
12:10:00month behind or a quarter behind but
12:10:03still it has covered all the dates which
12:10:04are available in such cases if you're
12:10:06using make sure either the context or
12:10:09the filter or slicer is adding a ear to
12:10:12the page or to the visualization so that
12:10:15we get correct values otherwise you end
12:10:17up getting incorrect values in powerbi
12:10:21we have many Dex function but starting
12:10:23from December 2022 we got a series of
12:10:27functions which are very similar to SQL
12:10:29Windows function now the reason we call
12:10:32them very similar to SQL Windows
12:10:34function that they do also provide us
12:10:36something known as order by and
12:10:38Partition by and based on that we can do
12:10:40certain calcul which were previously
12:10:42difficult to do and now they are very
12:10:45easy if we use these functions so what
12:10:47are these functions let's have a look at
12:10:49it in December 2022 we got three
12:10:52function offset windows and index
12:10:54followed by two more functions in April
12:10:572023 those are Rank and row number all
12:10:59these functions are on very similar
12:11:02basis they all have order by they all
12:11:04have Partition by and they also support
12:11:07access and reset now what are the key
12:11:10highlights of these text functions so
12:11:12these Tex function as I already told you
12:11:13are very similar to SQL Windows function
12:11:16performing performing calculations
12:11:18across related table rows based on Dex
12:11:21evaluation context but unlike Windows
12:11:23function these Dex function do not
12:11:25return a single value but a set of row
12:11:28which can be used with the functions
12:11:30like calculate and sumx to compute the
12:11:32values means they are not going to
12:11:33return single value so we have to go
12:11:35ahead and use different function like
12:11:37calculate or sumx to make sure in our
12:11:39measures we are able to get single value
12:11:41so these function execute in Dex engine
12:11:45rather than being pushed to the data
12:11:46source offering improved performance
12:11:48particularly when sarting by
12:11:49non-continuous columns so basically what
12:11:51happens is their execution happens as
12:11:53the Dex engine level so they will be
12:11:55able to provide you better performance
12:11:56so these functions are different and
12:11:59they are executed differently to give
12:12:01you performance gains key highlights as
12:12:03I already told you these functions use
12:12:05order by Partition by access and reset
12:12:07typically they are used in pair order by
12:12:10and Partition by one pair access and
12:12:12reset access and reset are usually used
12:12:15in visual level calculations so let us
12:12:17start with the offset function offset
12:12:19function is one of the functions which
12:12:21has been released in December 2022 and
12:12:25it's very similar to Windows function
12:12:27and now we're going to use that so let
12:12:29me start first by creating a visual on
12:12:31category and I will take along with the
12:12:34category
12:12:36net let me convert this into a table
12:12:38visual now here I would like to know
12:12:40what is the value of previous category
12:12:42now based on what based on the category
12:12:44sequence or based on the net sequence
12:12:46okay so in this manner we can comparison
12:12:48means based on the last one which and
12:12:50that's where the offset comes in play
12:12:52where we can actually go up and down now
12:12:54offset is not a table function where it
12:12:56goes for a table row it still need the
12:12:58context means by which you are it needs
12:13:01that row or group by for which you are
12:13:03going to move up and down inside the
12:13:05calculation so let me add a new measure
12:13:08and this measure is I'm going to call
12:13:10offset one
12:13:13calculate net offset now what are the
12:13:16things we require for offset Delta
12:13:18plusus one what is relation this should
12:13:20contain the columns for order by and
12:13:21Partition by with the enhancement you
12:13:24don't need to add Majors now so if you
12:13:26want to use a major into the order by
12:13:28you don't need to add it then you have
12:13:29order by blanks most of the time we are
12:13:31leaving that blanks Partition by where
12:13:33you can means let's say if I want to
12:13:35partition inside category or brand see
12:13:39the operation should happen within a
12:13:40partition we can do do that then we have
12:13:42Concepts like match by and reset which
12:13:44can also be used now let's start with
12:13:46minus one offset and we will use all
12:13:49selected now all selected and all
12:13:51depending on whether the data which is
12:13:53present based on that we want to take a
12:13:55decision or data which is also not
12:13:56present but present in the values want
12:13:59to take decision based on that I would
12:14:00like to take based on the data which is
12:14:02present so item category order by now
12:14:05order by let's first start with item
12:14:06category itself isn't it that what is
12:14:08the value for the last category 1 2 3 4
12:14:105 rest I don't need I don't need Val
12:14:12blanks Partition by match by and resets
12:14:14so let's close the offset and let's
12:14:16close the net by default here order is
12:14:19ascending now in powerbi those of you
12:14:21who have seen rank you know that the by
12:14:23default order is descending but for all
12:14:25the windows function the by default
12:14:27order by is ascending so let's add this
12:14:29mejor offset inside our our
12:14:32visualization and let me sort it on
12:14:34category because that's is how I've done
12:14:35it so as you can see here the net is
12:14:38trailing by one one values because I
12:14:40given offset one same way you can give
12:14:42offset 2 3 this is minus one okay now
12:14:45either I can make it plus one or I can
12:14:46change the order that is one of the two
12:14:48things I can do so let me do one thing
12:14:50let me go here in order by and let me
12:14:52use descending what would happen instead
12:14:55of trail by one now it is lead by one so
12:14:58Category 2 is coming in category one so
12:15:00next now same thing you could have
12:15:01achieved by ascending by using plus one
12:15:03so I removed the descending and let me
12:15:05remove the minus one also so same result
12:15:07I got so in this manner offset works now
12:15:10this is one way variation of offset now
12:15:12let's run on the second variation of
12:15:14offset where now I don't want to sort on
12:15:16categorical values now this would be
12:15:17really useful when we do month-on-month
12:15:19comparison but let's look for the
12:15:21comparison which is basically for net so
12:15:23I want to travel by net my top category
12:15:26I should differentiate with second top
12:15:28second top with third top now comparison
12:15:29is happening between the top ranks then
12:15:32how do I do that so then what would be
12:15:33my order by in case of this new major
12:15:35which I'm going to call offset new I
12:15:37don't want to do by the categories I
12:15:39want to do by net major and see I have
12:15:41not added the major inside my all
12:15:43selected in relation it is not added and
12:15:45let me use descending and let now let me
12:15:48bring this inside now I need to sort it
12:15:50on net to understand this so category
12:15:53now why I'm getting in category 4
12:15:54because I used plus one I said in
12:15:56descending order plus one but in
12:15:57descending out what I need minus one so
12:15:59now the topper would be trailed so
12:16:01second topper will get the first topper
12:16:03in this value so now whether you need
12:16:05second with first or first with second
12:16:06you can decide now this is really
12:16:08helpful the offset is going to be really
12:16:10helpful in month on month comparison
12:16:12quarter on quarter comparison and year
12:16:14on year comparison now let me do one
12:16:16thing let me bring in a new visual for
12:16:17you and in this visual what I'm going to
12:16:19do here is I'm going to do a little bit
12:16:21of trick so what I'm going to do here is
12:16:23I will bring in year I will bring in
12:16:26quarter I will bring in month and I'll
12:16:29bring in
12:16:32net and let me instead of month number
12:16:34let me bring in month
12:16:36here what I want here first of all I
12:16:38want month on month so how do you get
12:16:40off offet of month on month very simple
12:16:42challenge month on month is a text it's
12:16:44not going to work easily so I would like
12:16:46M and offset month on month offset how
12:16:48do I get calculate net offset what is
12:16:52Delta minus one what is relation all
12:16:55selected now here comes the challenge
12:16:57month is a text and it s order is not
12:17:00correct so how do I take this so here
12:17:02what I'm going to do is date table month
12:17:05year I need to take month year as well
12:17:07as I'll take month year sort so let's
12:17:10take both of them month year and month
12:17:12year sort both we have taken now we will
12:17:14go and so relationship is done how do I
12:17:17sort I need to sort on or order by on
12:17:19month year
12:17:22sort do I need to partition as of now I
12:17:25don't seem I need a partitioning but we
12:17:27may or
12:17:28may let's bring this m offset inside the
12:17:31visualization so what we see here is
12:17:33basically that we're able to get this
12:17:35month or month and let's not look at the
12:17:37quarter and this one because quarter
12:17:39offset doesn't seem like this TW first
12:17:41of all I should not have got anything
12:17:43here in the Q4 I'm getting something so
12:17:44we are not looking but here in the month
12:17:46things seems to be correct but there is
12:17:48a challenge I'm not getting this one for
12:17:50first month so let me change this visual
12:17:52a little bit and let me duplicate this
12:17:54for this so Ive duplicated it and let me
12:17:56delete this first visual I don't need
12:17:58but if I use here this visual I
12:18:00duplicated it and let me remove ear and
12:18:02quarter from here you can see that this
12:18:05measure has properly worked isn't it for
12:18:07every month I able to get an offset
12:18:08minus one offset easily m is working
12:18:11perfectly fine why not here and this is
12:18:13what we call the inclusion of all the
12:18:15participant in the formula so what's
12:18:18happening here is basically the quarter
12:18:20and year are also the participants which
12:18:22are not been considered so even though
12:18:24we have not done the partitioning inside
12:18:26the quarter and year Auto partitioning
12:18:28is happening and that is something you
12:18:29might have seen in the rank function
12:18:30also so now what we are going to do is
12:18:32we are going to include that so we'll
12:18:33say Okay include the quarter also so
12:18:35date quarter and include the year also
12:18:38date year and the Sorting don't need to
12:18:40change because the Sorting month year is
12:18:42still valid across these month year sort
12:18:46we have taken month year sort it is not
12:18:48month sort now what you seeing here what
12:18:50we see here is okay this is fine this
12:18:52was previously also happing now this is
12:18:53also Happening Now across year and
12:18:56quarter we are able to get M and the
12:18:58month year actually only month year
12:19:00visual also retaining the same so in
12:19:02both cases it is working now you might
12:19:04have understood how I want to get the
12:19:05quarter very simple I'll keep quarter
12:19:07year and change the Sorting of quarter
12:19:09year now quarter Year is already in
12:19:10sortable format so I don't need a
12:19:12sortable quarter here here is easy but
12:19:14tell me will I take three measures and
12:19:16then how would I ensure the quarter is
12:19:17going to be at quarter's position and
12:19:18month is going to be a month position
12:19:20and so what I'm going to do is I'm going
12:19:21to create little bit complex measure
12:19:23this time around so you understood how
12:19:25offset
12:19:26work and now let me take this
12:19:29calculation here and I'm going to take
12:19:31this use this calculation inside a new
12:19:33measure which is basically po period on
12:19:36period what I'm going to do is in Period
12:19:37of period I'll create a switch statement
12:19:39switch true and in switch true I'm going
12:19:42to use is in Scope when we use is in
12:19:45scope we have to remember that the one
12:19:47which is at the bottom of the Hier so
12:19:49let's consider this Matrix in this
12:19:51Matrix visual at the bottom of the H is
12:19:54month here when we look at the row
12:19:56columns followed by quarter and year ear
12:19:59is on the top month is on the lowest
12:20:01whenever you use is in scope you should
12:20:04handle the lowest one first because
12:20:06understand ear is always in scope other
12:20:09than grand total quarter is in always in
12:20:12scope other than the year total month is
12:20:15only in scope for month column so here
12:20:18year is in scope here as well as here as
12:20:20well as here here is only not in scope
12:20:23in grand total we can decide what we
12:20:24want in grand total when nothing is in
12:20:26scope so now we know our Scopes so is in
12:20:29scope what should be the first one month
12:20:32year and the column which has been taken
12:20:34in the visual is really important so
12:20:35month has been taken in the visual and
12:20:37at that time which formula I'm going to
12:20:38use I already copied that formula so
12:20:40this formula is going to work now second
12:20:42is is in scope which should be second is
12:20:44in scope
12:20:45quarter so date quarter is in scope what
12:20:48formula you need I need almost similar
12:20:50formula but I need this for quarter so
12:20:51let's start changing offset minus one
12:20:53all selected I don't need monthier
12:20:55columns quarter and year what should it
12:20:57order by it should be order by quarter
12:20:59see start giving the error if you're not
12:21:01using so minus one is my Delta my
12:21:03relationship is all selected quarter
12:21:06year and year everything which is
12:21:07applicable to this particular row okay
12:21:09relation order by water here I don't
12:21:12want partition within here I want it to
12:21:13go across here and that's why I'm not
12:21:15taking Partition by and that's why I'm
12:21:16including the complete combination so
12:21:18that it can go across so very good you
12:21:20can copy this formula now now you can
12:21:22take a decision whether you want to
12:21:23write down is in scope ear because if
12:21:24you write down is in scope ear you have
12:21:26a flexibility to write it down the grand
12:21:28total also but right now I don't not
12:21:30much interested in handling the grand
12:21:32total but this is one of the way you can
12:21:33handle the grand total okay now think
12:21:35about it when we are comparing month on
12:21:37month quarter on quarter year and on
12:21:38what I'm going to compare on the grand
12:21:39to do I really want to compare something
12:21:41or not that is the decision you have to
12:21:42take based on that you decide and
12:21:43there's nothing in the context of the
12:21:44grand total there's no year there
12:21:46there's no quarter here so what is going
12:21:47to trail that is also an important
12:21:49question okay so what we saying
12:21:50calculate now ear is in the scope or gr
12:21:52R is in the so assume the year is in the
12:21:54scope so I only need ear I don't need
12:21:55quarter I don't need month and what it
12:21:57should be order by Year my year is
12:21:59number which is sortable so I handled
12:22:01all three conditions so what we have
12:22:02done is we have used this season scope
12:22:04and using this scope we have now created
12:22:06a calculations which is going across
12:22:08month quarter and year and three
12:22:10different level it is handling in three
12:22:12different manner now we need to
12:22:13understand these calculations so let's
12:22:15pull in this measor inside this
12:22:16visualization now you can see for the
12:22:18first year quarter and month there is no
12:22:20value it shouldn't be because I I don't
12:22:21have anything before that isn't it month
12:22:23we already tested let's look at the
12:22:25quarters so this value matches with this
12:22:27value of 2018 here quarter matches with
12:22:30quarter now when I go to Q2 the value
12:22:33matches with previous quarter I to
12:22:34scroll down little bit or make this
12:22:36visual bigger or what I can do is I can
12:22:38move up so month is removed now I can
12:22:40compare year also again easily at the
12:22:42year values so we're able to now compare
12:22:45month on month quarter on quarter year
12:22:46on year in the same visual same Matrix
12:22:48visual we are able to do is in scope has
12:22:50helped us offset has helped so this is
12:22:52how powerful offset function is and
12:22:54there could be many things which you can
12:22:55do with this it makes your travel easy
12:22:57across the rows based on categorical
12:22:59data or a major so go ahead and try that
12:23:01out one of the most interesting function
12:23:05in these functions offset window index
12:23:09rank and row number is window function
12:23:12itself now very similar to SQL Windows
12:23:15functions but window function is really
12:23:17interesting it allows you to create so
12:23:19many things running total rolling totals
12:23:23MTD qtd YTD lot of possibilities are
12:23:28there all the function offers different
12:23:30kind of possibilities but Windows
12:23:32function has so many things which you
12:23:34can do and it is because it provides you
12:23:38those two arguments where basically you
12:23:40can decide the position of traveling so
12:23:43let's look at this function so let me
12:23:45add a new page and in this new page I
12:23:48will start with month here this time
12:23:51because while we can do traveling on the
12:23:54categorical variable other than the time
12:23:56not going to make much sense unless we
12:23:58have very specific example and time is a
12:24:00very good example month year and along
12:24:03with that let's have net table visual
12:24:05first thing is I want a rolling so how
12:24:07do we do rolling we have formulas in the
12:24:09past so let me tell you the first of all
12:24:11rolling formula without Windows how you
12:24:14let me create a new measure so let's say
12:24:16I want rolling two and rolling two is
12:24:18easy to understand so usually we do
12:24:20rolling tool like usually calculate net
12:24:23dates in period is something we use in
12:24:25dates in Period what we want a date
12:24:27column basically the first argument is a
12:24:30date column start date number of
12:24:32interval and intervals so what we do is
12:24:35let's say we give have end dat here so
12:24:37we start giving intervals in negative
12:24:39and then inter well basically month
12:24:41quarter year what you can get this is
12:24:43the date in Period so what first thing I
12:24:45will use is a date column so date of
12:24:47date second is start date so we usually
12:24:50use max of date of date means whatever
12:24:53is current Max date you take that then
12:24:55I'll use minus 2 because I want 2 months
12:24:58rolling usually we do 12 months rolling
12:25:00but 2 months is easy to understand we
12:25:02can easily compare the total so this is
12:25:04rolling two okay we got rolling two let
12:25:07me bring in Rolling two here now as you
12:25:10can understand the first one is same
12:25:12because there is no previous month now
12:25:14this is total of these two the second
12:25:16row November then December is total of
12:25:18November and December you and see the
12:25:21number which is 18 68 which is very
12:25:24similar to some of these and similarly
12:25:26you can see because if it's more then it
12:25:28would not have survived if it is too
12:25:30high then it would not have been 2
12:25:32months total it is more than that so now
12:25:34we understand that it is only totally
12:25:36for 2 months so rolling is there second
12:25:38formula which Windows also easily is
12:25:40cumulative now today how do we do
12:25:42cumulative without using Windows so
12:25:44again I'll create a new measure and give
12:25:46you an example of cumulative so if I
12:25:48have to do a cumulative measure let's
12:25:50say cumulative sales how do I do I'll do
12:25:53calculate net filter all of date so we
12:25:57have to ignore everything which is
12:25:58coming on the date and then we say and
12:26:00the reason is I I don't want to say that
12:26:02if you have taken the filter of the year
12:26:05then I'll not give cumulative if you
12:26:06taken filter of the date I'll not take
12:26:08give you a cumulative or if you have
12:26:09taken filter of month I not so that's
12:26:11why we are ignoring all the filters on
12:26:12the date and then we say date of date
12:26:15and this works even for month quarter
12:26:16end that's why we start with the basic
12:26:18unit of date that I'm doing cumulative
12:26:20for each date and then it will roll up
12:26:22to month quarter and Year date of date
12:26:24is less than equal to Max of date of
12:26:27date so in the context whatever Max date
12:26:30is available I will take less than equal
12:26:33that so max of date of date and then we
12:26:35close filter and the calculate we got a
12:26:38new mejor which is cumula sales let me
12:26:41bring in this let me also bring in this
12:26:43inside the now in this one you see the
12:26:45total is continuously increasing until
12:26:47the end of time it will keep on
12:26:49increasing and even if you don't have
12:26:51the data because your normal measures
12:26:53will stop as soon as you get blank but
12:26:56this will not stop because it's still
12:26:57getting the data from the past from the
12:26:59beginning of the date you want to
12:27:01control then you have to give additional
12:27:02filter so now we understand that you
12:27:04know the basic way of doing these things
12:27:07before the windows function now how to
12:27:09do this using window function so let me
12:27:12duplicate this Visual and remove
12:27:14additional stuff now again we'll start
12:27:16with rolling again new major Home tab is
12:27:19open we can click on new major there and
12:27:21the major this time again I'm going to
12:27:23create rolling two but this time the
12:27:26rolling to would be created from Windows
12:27:28function so let's understand this
12:27:30function so first calculate net and now
12:27:33I'll use the window function in the
12:27:35window function let's understand the
12:27:36argument from offset type of offset two
12:27:40offset type of offset then we have the
12:27:43normal one relation order by blanks
12:27:47Partition by match by and reset from
12:27:51number type absolute or relative whether
12:27:54it's absolute or relative What's happen
12:27:57in case of rolling rolling is basically
12:28:00relative minus one to0 two rows and what
12:28:03is cumulative cumulative is partially
12:28:06absolute partially relative from the
12:28:08absolute Z row to relative zero relative
12:28:11zero is current row so what happens in
12:28:14this case is the relative position is
12:28:16with respect to current row so my
12:28:18current row is let's say December then
12:28:21November is minus1 and January is + one
12:28:25so now let's start creating this
12:28:27function so -1 why not Min -2 because
12:28:30from -1 to 0 two only we are considering
12:28:34which position relative position
12:28:36relative to the current one then what is
12:28:39the next one I want zero what is this
12:28:42zero this is zero is also relative
12:28:44relative position the current rows
12:28:47relative zero position comma all
12:28:50selected or all we use all because even
12:28:53if the data is not present I want to
12:28:54some all month year so what we'll use in
12:28:57inside this one all month year but month
12:29:00year cannot sort so we'll use all month
12:29:02year sort this is the relation we want
12:29:05then what is the next order by order by
12:29:08what we can order by only only month
12:29:10year sort then that is why in the
12:29:13relation we have month year sort do I
12:29:16need anything else no I don't need
12:29:18anything else rename this one and commit
12:29:21it rolling to by window function let me
12:29:24drag this inside the visualization you
12:29:27can see very similar results here same
12:29:30rolling to results so rolling to from
12:29:33Windows and rolling to from the
12:29:35traditional mathod whenever we can use
12:29:37Windows function we prefer the way of
12:29:39calc ation is a little bit different so
12:29:42it should give us the advantage now we
12:29:44want to create cumulative and this
12:29:46cumulative measure is going to become
12:29:48base of many other measures let's see so
12:29:51how do we create cumulative in case of
12:29:53window so let's begin a new measure
12:29:54first of all measure tool is open and
12:29:57under that I have new measure and I will
12:29:59now create a measure cative net using
12:30:02Windows calculate net window function
12:30:06from where I should start from or one
12:30:09one absolute till which place I should
12:30:12go to zero of relative I want to go zero
12:30:16relative position what is my relation
12:30:18here I can give all data I want to
12:30:20include the complete date table then
12:30:23order by order by and because I have
12:30:25included the table it should allow me
12:30:27the order by date do I need anything
12:30:29else I don't think I need anything else
12:30:31right now I should be able to get a
12:30:33cumulative net using the window function
12:30:37let me add this to visualization and as
12:30:39you can see see it is also showing the
12:30:42cumulative results continuously
12:30:44increasing and should give me the same
12:30:47total at the end so on the last month
12:30:50the total is same as grand total and it
12:30:52will continue even if you don't have
12:30:54data so similar behavior of cumulative
12:30:57net with cumulative sales from the
12:30:59traditional method so both traditional
12:31:01method and the window method for
12:31:04cumulative giving same results now what
12:31:06we are going to do interesting thing is
12:31:08we'll take this cumulative method keep
12:31:10on partitioning it month quarter and
12:31:12year and we'll get MTD qtd and YTD very
12:31:15simple just set Partition by you get MTD
12:31:18qtd YTD how so let me rename and
12:31:21duplicate this window one duplicate
12:31:25window 2 now let's remove something
12:31:28which we don't need I don't think even I
12:31:30need the first visual we have learned
12:31:31using time intelligence how to do MTD
12:31:34qtd andt I'll only going to keep
12:31:36cumulative here in the visual and let me
12:31:38copy this formula using the major to new
12:31:40major let me duplicate
12:31:42it net MTD window function remain same 1
12:31:47absolute 0o relative All Dates order by
12:31:50date but now we will add after the order
12:31:52by leave the blanks Partition by what I
12:31:55want partition I want to partition it on
12:31:58date month here so MTD function is ready
12:32:02by just partitioning the cumulative
12:32:05Windows code on month does it won't work
12:32:09seems like month total isn't it seems
12:32:11very similar to month total how do I
12:32:13differentiate and to do that actually we
12:32:15need to bring in one visual with the
12:32:17dates at least for MTD we need dates and
12:32:20I'll replace the month here by date so
12:32:23in the first visual now you can see that
12:32:25the data is getting added up till the
12:32:28end of the month and there is a reset
12:32:30which is happening at the start of the
12:32:32month same way when you and another
12:32:34month totaling up till the end of the
12:32:36month and reset happening at start of
12:32:39theth month MTD behavior let's do for
12:32:42qtd copy this formula again new major
12:32:45from the Major Tool and just we need to
12:32:48change qtd and Partition by what quarter
12:32:52it should be quarter here actually and
12:32:54my quarter is actually quarter here
12:32:56let's add this to visualization and now
12:32:59you can see the reset is happening after
12:33:02the quarter so the first month value is
12:33:04same and if I look at the day level also
12:33:06you will see that on the 1st January
12:33:08only the reset is happen happening if I
12:33:11go to first FA there is no reset for
12:33:13quarter now you would have understood
12:33:15ear is really simple same formula Major
12:33:18Tool is open new major just go ahead and
12:33:22change the name and the Partition by add
12:33:26this to visualization as you can see
12:33:29reset only happen once a year Windows
12:33:32function giving us MTD qtd YTD running
12:33:36total ruling total there could be there
12:33:38could be n number number of such things
12:33:40which you can do using Windows functions
12:33:42so keep on exploring let's start with
12:33:45the index function the index function
12:33:47can be used to identify top bottom
12:33:50performer top first performer second
12:33:52performer by value and name so let's
12:33:54begin our journey by bringing in
12:33:57category in a visual along with the
12:33:59category I would like to bring in net
12:34:02inside this
12:34:05visualization table
12:34:07visual now let me create a majure which
12:34:10is going to give me the top category Top
12:34:13by what top by the category names or top
12:34:16by the net I need it by net isn't it so
12:34:20top one cat and I'm going to use the
12:34:23function which is known as
12:34:25index index which position first thing
12:34:29is
12:34:30position then relation order by blanks
12:34:36Partition by if you need the within
12:34:39let's say within brand what is the top
12:34:41category or within the year which is the
12:34:43top month match by I need the topper one
12:34:48what is the relation all item
12:34:52category what is next order by order by
12:34:55what net but ascending or descending
12:34:58topper means
12:35:00descending in case of net topper means
12:35:03descending I don't need to give next of
12:35:05the argument so let me bring this inside
12:35:08the visualization
12:35:10it's giving me the name of the top
12:35:12category and as you can see the top
12:35:14category is Category 2 so this would
12:35:16remind you of a function top n which can
12:35:18also give you the top category but the
12:35:20challenge with the top end function is
12:35:22if you say top n 2 N is two in top and
12:35:27it's going to give you two categories
12:35:28not one I want the second topper how do
12:35:31I get that very simple here in the index
12:35:38function uh to Second category and just
12:35:41change index by
12:35:43two you got the second topper category 4
12:35:47is the second topper you need bottom
12:35:50performer use minus one or ascending you
12:35:55will get it if you even put this on the
12:35:57card visual you will get the
12:36:00results now you may be asking why this
12:36:03is repeating can we control it and I'll
12:36:06tell you how to control it let's use
12:36:11calculate max
12:36:13of item
12:36:16category comma then we will use keep
12:36:18filters we don't want it to repeat so we
12:36:20use keep filters on the index keep
12:36:23filters on the index and the expression
12:36:26will keep it as it is so this will work
12:36:28as values and
12:36:30filter and we will now close the key
12:36:32filters and calculate and bring that in
12:36:36and as you can see it can now filter the
12:36:38visual if require so we can duplicate
12:36:41remove the additional
12:36:44items and you will see the visual is
12:36:46getting filter and the reason I use this
12:36:49formula was a little bit different
12:36:51because I actually now want the topper
12:36:54value what is the value the topper had
12:36:56so I'll create another mejor and in this
12:36:59mejor I want the net value of
12:37:03topper and for that I'm going to replace
12:37:06this Max category by net so I want to
12:37:09keep the formulas almost similar and
12:37:11then index is
12:37:16one let's bring this inside the
12:37:18visualization this is the topper value
12:37:20but if you want to compare with the
12:37:22topper value how much percentage you are
12:37:25of the
12:37:26topper then what you can do is you can
12:37:29actually avoid using this keep filters
12:37:41if you Avid keep filters then this value
12:37:44will repeat for all the categories only
12:37:47when you are inside the category View
12:37:49and you can compare how much percentage
12:37:51you are of category similarly if you
12:37:53want to know bottom
12:37:56performer very
12:37:58easy either use minus one or sort by
12:38:01ascending one of the two thing will give
12:38:03you bottom performer so instead of top I
12:38:06now want bottom performer bottom first
12:38:09bottom second bottom third everything is
12:38:13possible just go ahead and change the
12:38:15number in the index function and you
12:38:18will get it so the bottom performer
12:38:21is Category 5 with the value of 615 K so
12:38:27offset function makes it really easy to
12:38:30find it you can use Partition by to find
12:38:32is it within inside a partition and this
12:38:35function opens New Opportunities while
12:38:38you're dealing with this in the
12:38:39visualization now let's understand rank
12:38:42function you already have a rank X which
12:38:44is very similar to this function but
12:38:46this function is different in its
12:38:48Behavior the way it is used and one of
12:38:51the biggest advantage of this function
12:38:53is it can be used to give a rank for a
12:38:55major by considering a column also and
12:38:58I'll give you that by an example so let
12:39:00me first of all find out what rank we
12:39:02already created so if you remember in
12:39:04the past we created rank on the net and
12:39:06it was created on brand let me bring
12:39:08that ins inside the visualization and
12:39:11let me bring in brand also this rank was
12:39:13created on net so let's add net into the
12:39:15visualiz thought on net so you can
12:39:17understand the rank patter so how did I
12:39:18get this rank so we use the rank X
12:39:20function now we use the another function
12:39:22for the rank which is rank function rank
12:39:25net one equals to rank ties first thing
12:39:29it ask for ties second thing it ask for
12:39:31relation which is something which I all
12:39:33or all selected item brand order by what
12:39:35order by you want to give blanks in case
12:39:37you have blanks Partition by in case you
12:39:39want to partition the rank within
12:39:41something match buy and reset these are
12:39:43the standard things which we have in the
12:39:45any window type of function it's not
12:39:48true SQL window it's type of that what
12:39:50is my ties ties is dance Dance means
12:39:52even if the rank repeat the next rank
12:39:54would be the continuous rank so 112 it's
12:39:57not 1 13 I can use all or all selected I
12:39:59let me use all selected item brand now
12:40:02order by something which has been
12:40:03enabled only major so you don't need to
12:40:05have it part of the relation I can
12:40:07simply give order by net ascending and
12:40:10rank X was by default descending rank is
12:40:14basically the series of function which
12:40:16uses these kind of order by and
12:40:18Partition by all of them is by default
12:40:20ascending so we have to use order by
12:40:22descending because we want the net to be
12:40:24sought by descending now this function
12:40:26is also better for handling ties the
12:40:29reason for that is basically in the
12:40:31order by I can simply use item brand now
12:40:33if I use the brand name it will
12:40:34immediately break the ties if I have the
12:40:36same number so breaking tie is really
12:40:38easy in this function fun well that was
12:40:40little bit complicated in case of rank
12:40:42so rank breaks T now I would like to
12:40:45take another case I go to my sales table
12:40:47first of all I go to my customer I bring
12:40:49in customer name t date and net IND
12:40:52visualization I first sort it on
12:40:54customer and second s with the shift
12:40:56button on sales date I want to know the
12:40:58first sale of the customer so here what
12:41:00I want to do is I want to rank the
12:41:02customer sales States I don't want to
12:41:04rank them by net I want to rank them by
12:41:06sales State can I do it in rank X in the
12:41:09r rank expression where we use the major
12:41:11you can't use a column if you are
12:41:13creating a rank major in a rank column
12:41:16you can do that but not in a rank major
12:41:18and that's where the rank function comes
12:41:21handy unlike rank X where you can use
12:41:24only a major in the expression of a
12:41:26measure rank functions allows you to use
12:41:29a column also how let's try that out new
12:41:31measure from the Home tab and I'll
12:41:33create rank customer date rank what I
12:41:37need ties then something is repeat
12:41:39use dance relation is really important
12:41:41here and I'm going to create this
12:41:43relation using summarize all selected
12:41:45sales because the things are coming from
12:41:48two different table customer which is a
12:41:51dimension to the sales and the sales
12:41:53date which is coming from the sales that
12:41:55is why I need and I need definitely the
12:41:57all selected or the all data and that's
12:42:00that is why I'm using all selected on
12:42:02the sales inside the sumarize from
12:42:03customer what I need I need name what
12:42:05else I need from the sales from the
12:42:07sales I need the sales date
12:42:10now comes the order bu in the order by
12:42:12what I need I need order byy of sales
12:42:15date ascending I need ascending rank
12:42:17blanks I can leave empty I need
12:42:19Partition by customer which is customer
12:42:22name Partition by customer name I don't
12:42:25need match by and reset I can leave it
12:42:27and let me bring in now this measure let
12:42:29me bring this inside the visualization
12:42:31now as you can see as you can see we
12:42:33have a rank of part the Sal State inside
12:42:36each customer
12:42:39this is something which is not possible
12:42:41using rank X function also you can
12:42:43easily break ties here by including
12:42:45additional parameter to order by let's
12:42:48start with the function row number now
12:42:50row number function can provide you the
12:42:53continuous sequence of the number or a
12:42:55visualiz now for quite a some time some
12:42:58of you are asking let's say I'm creating
12:43:00a table Visual and in that visual I
12:43:02would like to give you know sequence
12:43:04number how do I give that sequence so
12:43:06this function is going to enable that
12:43:07I'm going to take a little bit different
12:43:09example and measure so what I'm going to
12:43:11do here is basically I will bring item
12:43:14name from the item table and I would
12:43:17like to bring from the sales table the
12:43:19sales State Sal State and now I would
12:43:22like to bring one major NE now here I
12:43:24want to create a row number what would
12:43:27be row number based on row number can be
12:43:29based on any of my condition let's say I
12:43:31say first item and then order by sa
12:43:33State and then if really I can consider
12:43:36the net or it could be based on net of
12:43:39item and Sal state so we can decide the
12:43:41criteria the way we wanted to do it and
12:43:43based on that we can create so let's
12:43:45start a measure so I'll call this as row
12:43:48num and use the function row number now
12:43:51let's look at the syntax of row number
12:43:53first of all it is asking for a relation
12:43:55then for order by lengths Partition by
12:43:57match and reset so relation means it
12:43:59should include the columns which are
12:44:01there in the visualization which want to
12:44:03consider order byy how do we order that
12:44:05byy and blanks so now let's start with
12:44:08so I'll use all selected because I want
12:44:10the item and sales date whatever is
12:44:12available in the visualization to use it
12:44:14but the challenge is item and sales date
12:44:16are not from the sales table so for that
12:44:17I need to change this code little bit I
12:44:19need to use summarize function first
12:44:21summarize all selected sales I whenever
12:44:23we take the central table in the star
12:44:26schema we should be able to use the
12:44:28related Dimension item name comma is
12:44:31date this is what I need order by what
12:44:33so I'll use order by let's use that
12:44:35Partition by I don't need any kind of
12:44:37partition I want the continuous R number
12:44:39so let me add the r now you seeing the
12:44:41numbers definitely not making sense to
12:44:43us okay so let's sort on the net so when
12:44:46I done the sort ascending and because
12:44:48the sort is by default ascending you can
12:44:50see you are getting the r number now
12:44:52here we did not talk about TI Breakers
12:44:55it did not say order by net then item
12:44:58then sales dat no it's automatically
12:45:00broken those ties let me do instead of
12:45:03order by net can I use item item name we
12:45:06do that let me sort on the item then
12:45:08higher automatically breaken taken care
12:45:10it's acting as a WR number now let's
12:45:12take a case what happens if we forget
12:45:14something is there in the visualization
12:45:16let me bring in the ID inside the
12:45:18visualization you start seeing a
12:45:20repetition isn't it why are you seeing
12:45:22the repetition now the reason for that
12:45:24is that the city ID is not considered
12:45:27inside the relation so let's add the
12:45:29city ID also here Sal City ID whichever
12:45:32City ID you taken geography Sayes and
12:45:34immediately you see the row numbers are
12:45:36correct again and if you forgot some
12:45:38something it may not give the correct
12:45:41answer so whatever is participating in
12:45:44the table basically those which are
12:45:46getting grouped you need to use that now
12:45:48if you want this row number to reset
12:45:50let's say after partition let's say you
12:45:52want this row number to reset after
12:45:54every name then we can use Partition by
12:45:56name and let me remove the city because
12:45:58otherwise there are too many items on
12:46:00that and remove this city from the row
12:46:03number relation also order by and now
12:46:05let me use Partition by and it is item
12:46:08name name I Chang my formula now we need
12:46:11quickly scroll down the best way could
12:46:13have been we should have used Matrix and
12:46:16now you can see item 10 and item 10 you
12:46:18can see a reset happening in the rank
12:46:20because it's partition inside the item
12:46:22so row number is allowing you now it can
12:46:24give you continuous row numbers it can
12:46:26give you within a partition just give
12:46:28the combination and you will get it it's
12:46:30automatically breaks the ties you don't
12:46:32have to explicitly do it but yes if you
12:46:34want to do use order by to break in a
12:46:37particular order so another function set
12:46:39of five functions as of now which is
12:46:41offset Windows index Rank and row number
12:46:45which uses these order by Partition by
12:46:47very similar to Windows function of SQL
12:46:50not same that has a different objective
12:46:53it has different objective execution
12:46:55wise they are also a little bit
12:46:56different but they provide you whole lot
12:46:58of flexibility to create the Maes which
12:47:01are really difficult to create otherwise
12:47:03let me rename
12:47:06this before I could have completed the
12:47:09editing of my complete code February
12:47:122024 release has arrived and in February
12:47:152024 we have got visual calculations so
12:47:19we are going to have a deep dive into
12:47:21the visual calculations and going to
12:47:24look at the various functions available
12:47:27in the visual calculations these are the
12:47:29Dex function which we can use at the
12:47:32visual level to understand this we have
12:47:34to also look at the release notes of
12:47:37visual calculations of February 2024 so
12:47:40unlike other functions we have not taken
12:47:43you to the release node specifically for
12:47:45the visual calculation functions I'm
12:47:47going to take you through the
12:47:49documentation I am on the February
12:47:532024 release notes feature summary and
12:47:56if you scroll little bit down you will
12:47:59see all the features and one of the
12:48:01features which has been released in
12:48:04February 2024 is visual calculations let
12:48:08we click on that and go to the feature
12:48:11so let's read the release notes a new
12:48:13way of doing calculations has arrived
12:48:16you can now add the calculation directly
12:48:19on your visual using visual calculation
12:48:22which are Tex calculations remember
12:48:24these are T calculation that are defined
12:48:27and executed directly on visual a
12:48:30calculation can refer to any data in the
12:48:33visual including columns measures or
12:48:36other visual calculations means you can
12:48:39refer the other visual calculation also
12:48:41this approach removes complexity of the
12:48:44semantic model and simplify the process
12:48:47of writing Dax you can use visual
12:48:50calculation to complete common business
12:48:53calculations such as running sum moving
12:48:56average Etc visual calculations make it
12:48:59easy to do calculation where previous
12:49:02the very hard or almost impossible to do
12:49:05so very interesting feature how do you
12:49:08enable it you have to go to options and
12:49:10setting options preview feature select
12:49:13visual calculation and click on okay I'm
12:49:15going to Showcase you that and then
12:49:17there are certain examples have been
12:49:19given there has been a separate blog on
12:49:22the visual level calculations also on
12:49:25the blog. powerbi.com and it has been
12:49:28explained in detail along with all the
12:49:32visual level functions the documentation
12:49:35of the visual level function is also
12:49:37available and it has provided great
12:49:40details so let's read few part of this
12:49:44documentation to understand the visual
12:49:46level calculations better visual
12:49:49calculations is the tax calculation that
12:49:51defines and executed directly on your
12:49:54visual visual calculation make it easier
12:49:57to create calculation that are
12:49:59previously hard to create leading to
12:50:01simpler Dex and easier maintenance for
12:50:04better performance example of running
12:50:07sum has been given you need to Simply
12:50:09use running some sales
12:50:11amount visual calculation differ from
12:50:15other calculation index how visual
12:50:18calculation aren stored in the model
12:50:20instead are stored on the visual which
12:50:23means visual calculation can only refer
12:50:26to what's on the visual anything in the
12:50:28model must be added to the visual before
12:50:31visual calculation can refer it being
12:50:34visual calculation from being concerned
12:50:37with the complexity of filter context
12:50:40and model visual calculation combines
12:50:43the Simplicity of the context from the
12:50:45calculated columns with the on demand
12:50:49calculation flexibility from
12:50:51measure compare to measure visual
12:50:54calculation can operate on aggregated
12:50:56data instead of detailed level often
12:51:00leading to the performance benefit when
12:51:02the calculation can be achieved either
12:51:04by new measure or visual calculation
12:51:07later often leads to better performance
12:51:10it means in case you have an option to
12:51:13create a major versus a visual
12:51:15calculation you can opt for visual
12:51:18calculation for better performance
12:51:20because it is going to work on the
12:51:22aggregated data at the visual level not
12:51:25at the detailed data since visual
12:51:27calculations are part of the visual they
12:51:30can refer to the visual structure which
12:51:33leads to more flexibility there is one
12:51:35more article which you can refer to
12:51:37which tells the difference between
12:51:39custom column power query calculated
12:51:42column measure calculated table and
12:51:45visual calculations again how to enable
12:51:47visual level calculation and some
12:51:50examples has been given the first simple
12:51:52example was Sal amount minus total
12:51:55product cost then there are few things
12:51:58which has been explained here like you
12:52:00can hide the fields from the visual
12:52:02these options have been given now to you
12:52:05when you open the visual level
12:52:07calculation at that time you can hide
12:52:09Fields so let's read that out in visual
12:52:12calculation edit mode you can hide
12:52:15fields from the visual like you can hide
12:52:18column and table in modeling view for
12:52:21example if you wanted to show The Profit
12:52:23visual calculation you can hide sales
12:52:26amount and total profit cost from The
12:52:28View then there are using templates so
12:52:31there are already existing template
12:52:33which you can use which is running sum
12:52:35moving average percent of total percent
12:52:38of R total averages of CHS versus
12:52:41previous versus next versus first versus
12:52:44last what are these functions running
12:52:46sum moving average running sum you might
12:52:49have understood it is going to give you
12:52:51running totals or what you call as
12:52:54cumulative moving average calculates the
12:52:56average of the set of given values in a
12:53:00given window by dividing the sum of
12:53:02values by the size of the window
12:53:04percentage of parents calculates the
12:53:07percentage of value related to its
12:53:09parent uses collapse function percentage
12:53:12of grand total now become very easy
12:53:14calculate the percentage of value
12:53:17relative to its value using the collap
12:53:19Sol function averages of children you
12:53:22can use expand calculates the average
12:53:25value of set of values uses expand
12:53:28versus previous using previous means the
12:53:30preceding value next subsequent value is
12:53:34next first Value First value in the
12:53:36window or visual last value last value
12:53:40now there is something known as AIS many
12:53:43function have optional AIS parameter
12:53:45which can only be used in visual
12:53:47calculation X's influence how visual
12:53:50calculation traversing in the visual
12:53:53Matrix AIS parameter set to the first
12:53:56axis in the visual by default it's by
12:53:59default set to the first axis for many
12:54:01visual first axis is the row which means
12:54:05the visual calculations is evaluated row
12:54:07by row in the visual Matrix from top to
12:54:10bottom what are the different axes row
12:54:13calculates vertically across rows to
12:54:16perform top to bottom column calculate
12:54:19horizontally across column from right to
12:54:22left rows column calculate vertically
12:54:25across Row from top to bottom continuing
12:54:28column by left to right and column row
12:54:31means calculate horizontally across
12:54:34columns from left to right continuing
12:54:36row by Row from top to bottom then many
12:54:39functions will contain reset many
12:54:41function have optional reset parameter
12:54:43which is available individual
12:54:45calculations only reset influence if and
12:54:49when the function reset its value to
12:54:51zero or switches to the different scope
12:54:54while traversing the visual Matrix the
12:54:56reset parameter is set to none by
12:54:58default which means the visual
12:55:00calculation is never restarted reset
12:55:04accepts there to be multiple levels on
12:55:07the access so there to be multiple level
12:55:09on the access access means your bar
12:55:11visual can have like access like brand
12:55:13or category so that is what we means by
12:55:15access similarly when you are using year
12:55:18month and quarter they are your X's
12:55:20you're displaying a visual there you
12:55:21have year then you have quarter then you
12:55:23have month then you have days so these
12:55:24are your X's something on which we are
12:55:26grouping the data the categorical
12:55:28variable used in the visualization if
12:55:31there is only one level on the axis you
12:55:34can use Partition by the following list
12:55:36describe only valid values of reset
12:55:39parameter none highest parent lowest
12:55:41parent highest parent and lowest parent
12:55:44means the parent which is at highest
12:55:46example has been given like if you have
12:55:48year month and quarter highest parent is
12:55:50year and the lowest parent is quarter it
12:55:52means the the lowest most X's value is
12:55:56not participating as a parent it can
12:55:58also be used like values like one and
12:56:00two so in this case because there are
12:56:02only two so highest is one and lowest is
12:56:05two so if you want to restart like when
12:56:07we are doing run running sum now you
12:56:09want to transfer this running sum to
12:56:10let's say YTD so you can use running sum
12:56:14highest parent so it will reset at the
12:56:16ear level and you will get YTD AIS and
12:56:19reset versus order by and Partition by
12:56:21AIS reset order by and Partition by are
12:56:24four functions that can be used in pair
12:56:26together to influence how the
12:56:28calculation is evaluated they form two
12:56:30pairs that are often used together so
12:56:32AIS and reset on order by and Partition
12:56:34by so with AIS you can use reset and
12:56:36order by you can use partition by by and
12:56:39Partition by are the calculation you
12:56:40might have seen in the window function
12:56:43offset function index function rank
12:56:46function and row number function then
12:56:48this has been explained how to use this
12:56:51access and reset are only available
12:56:53function that can be used in visual
12:56:56level calculation and can only be used
12:56:59in visual level calculation as the
12:57:01reference to the visual structure order
12:57:04by and Partition by are the function
12:57:06that can be used in calculated column
12:57:09and measor and visual level calculation
12:57:11and can refer to the fields while they
12:57:14perform the same function they are
12:57:17different in the level of abstraction
12:57:20provided refering to the visual
12:57:22structure more flexible than explicit
12:57:26referencing Fields using order by and
12:57:28Partition by see in case of exis and
12:57:30reset you may not be really explicit and
12:57:33we will take this example when we do
12:57:35running sum that even if I change access
12:57:39it can still do the running sum so let's
12:57:41say if I'm having a visual at the
12:57:43category and if I change it to Brand the
12:57:45running sum will continue to do the
12:57:48calculation and that's the benefit of
12:57:49visual level calculation so let's say I
12:57:51have year month quarter and day and I
12:57:54use previous function so my expectation
12:57:56is that when I'm looking at the day
12:57:58level it should show me previous day
12:57:59when I look at the month level it should
12:58:01show me previous month when I look at
12:58:02the quarter level it should show me
12:58:04previous quarter and when I look at the
12:58:05year level it should show me previous
12:58:07year we have to check that at the visual
12:58:09level calculation but if you use the
12:58:11order by then order by is very explicit
12:58:14it is Day means it is J even if you
12:58:16change your visual details it is still
12:58:19order by day so order by is going to
12:58:21call explicit when you need explicit you
12:58:24can use order by Partition by when you
12:58:27don't need to be explicit you can use
12:58:29XIs and reset available functions you
12:58:32can use many existing Dex function in
12:58:34visual level calculations since visual
12:58:37level calculation can work with confin
12:58:40of the visual Matrix functions are rely
12:58:42on model relationship such as
12:58:44relationship related and related table
12:58:46aren't available these are the visual
12:58:48calculations available with you collapse
12:58:50collapse all expand expand all first
12:58:53last moving average next previous range
12:58:57running sum limitations not all visual
12:59:00types are supported the following visual
12:59:02types and visual properties have been
12:59:05tested and found not to work with visual
12:59:08level calculations or hidden Fields tree
12:59:10map map shape map Azure map slicer it
12:59:14means it's not going to work on slicer R
12:59:16visual python visual key influencer
12:59:18decomposition tree Q&A smart narrative
12:59:21matrices paginated report arjs map power
12:59:24app power automate small multiple visual
12:59:27calculation and hidden field can only be
12:59:29added and edited using powerbi desktop
12:59:33while you can publish the report
12:59:35containing visual level calculation to
12:59:37powerbi ser you can't edit visual level
12:59:39calculation or hidden field in power
12:59:41service so that's not available on the
12:59:43service as of now to edit it you can use
12:59:46it and publish it performance of this
12:59:49feature isn't representative of the end
12:59:52product as of now you should not be too
12:59:54much bothered about the performance part
12:59:56of it reuse of visual level calculation
12:59:59using copying and paste or other
13:00:01mechanism isn't available so you can't
13:00:03reuse them as of now you can't filter on
13:00:06visual level calculation visual level
13:00:08calculation can't refer to itself on the
13:00:11same or different detail level
13:00:14personalization of visual calcul or
13:00:16hidden field isn't available and there
13:00:18are many other which you can go through
13:00:20this article I will be sharing the link
13:00:23of this article also into the
13:00:25description I have added a new page
13:00:27visual calculation on this page I'm
13:00:30going to add a table Visual and
13:00:34start showcasing you visual calculations
13:00:38to start with that I will go down and
13:00:41from item I'm going to drag brand and
13:00:43create a table
13:00:46visual a table visual is ready and I've
13:00:48sorted it on the brand time to add a new
13:00:51visual calculation and the option is
13:00:54available under the Home tab new
13:00:58calculation let me click on that opens
13:01:02the window very similar to the focus
13:01:04mode window and there you have a pain
13:01:08where you can give your visual level
13:01:10calculation the FX pan or the formula
13:01:14pain now here the right now before I
13:01:17started the visual level calculation
13:01:19visual level calculation is hidden I can
13:01:21hide the measure if I need I can't hide
13:01:25the AIS or the group wise so let me
13:01:28create the first visual calculation
13:01:29nothing but running
13:01:35sum the function which I'm going to use
13:01:38is running some and I'm going to give
13:01:42net parameter I'm going to leave
13:01:44everything else and not going to give
13:01:46any value for
13:01:47those now I can use the
13:01:50commit to commit the calculation or I
13:01:53can also press enter I'm going to press
13:01:55enter in this case the calculation is
13:01:58added to the visual and as you can see
13:02:01the visual calculation which has been
13:02:03performed here it is adding up
13:02:08the previous value in each rows all the
13:02:10previous values if you look at here you
13:02:13can see all the rows is the sum of all
13:02:15the previous R if you want to edit the
13:02:18calculation you can click on the arrow
13:02:21and you have option to edit calculation
13:02:24so we have done a very simple
13:02:25calculation running sum and we have
13:02:27given net as an argument there let's go
13:02:30back to the
13:02:32report now what's the advantage I was
13:02:35doing that using majes okay maybe they
13:02:37are faster
13:02:38done on aggregated data but is there any
13:02:40other
13:02:41advantage to understand that let me do
13:02:44one thing let me go here on the brand
13:02:48and change it to
13:02:51category can you still see the running
13:02:54total working fine this would not have
13:02:57been the case in case I would have
13:03:00created this calculation by any of the
13:03:02traditional methods now I do have tested
13:03:06this with field parameters and as of now
13:03:08I was not able to add the field
13:03:10parameter to it but the moment the field
13:03:12parameter is supported it would be
13:03:14really amazing because the moment I'm
13:03:17changing my field in the calculation it
13:03:21is still keep on working now let's use
13:03:24another visual function and the function
13:03:26which I want to use is collapse all
13:03:30again new
13:03:32calculation and I'll use the function
13:03:34collapse all but that is total or gt
13:03:39grand
13:03:40total
13:03:42cpol what all cpol required expression
13:03:45and X's the expression is net and it is
13:03:49suggesting me to use the running sum
13:03:52also but I just wanted the net and how I
13:03:56want the direction rowwise down is the
13:03:58direction which I want and let me use
13:04:01collaps all and as you can see it has
13:04:03given me grand total now I can create
13:04:06two functions from here percentage of
13:04:09grand total and percentage of running
13:04:12total again they are going to be the
13:04:14visual level
13:04:16calculations so let me create couple
13:04:20more so one is percent of
13:04:26total which is nothing but
13:04:29divide
13:04:31net by TT
13:04:38now I got the percentage of total or I
13:04:41can add it and multiply it by 100
13:04:44100 I got percentage of total so easily
13:04:48no calculation worries just simply
13:04:51taking chy and use it on the measure how
13:04:54simple it is now let's go ahead and do
13:04:56one more which is percentage of running
13:05:00total so again click on the new
13:05:03calculation and here we are going to use
13:05:07the percent of running total and what
13:05:11I'm going to do for that is divide so we
13:05:13are going to use divide and we are using
13:05:16the regular Dex functions here divide is
13:05:19a regular Dex function by running some
13:05:22which is a visual calculation divide by
13:05:25another visual calculation which is
13:05:29GT completely based on visual
13:05:32calculations addit calculation multiply
13:05:35by 100 as of now
13:05:39so let's go back to the report and
13:05:41understand these so first row 22% you're
13:05:44fine because percentage of total in the
13:05:45first row is going to be the same in the
13:05:47second row the running total will add
13:05:50and I'm not doing a running total of
13:05:51percentage of total I'm simply have
13:05:53calculated it on running sum I could
13:05:55have done it on the percentage of total
13:05:57also that is another way to do it and
13:05:59then another 14% getting added another
13:06:0123% getting added and 100% so such a
13:06:06easy to do the these calculations now we
13:06:09have already seen two functions but
13:06:11there are many more so we'll continue to
13:06:13look at those so let's do next
13:06:15calculation and next calculation which I
13:06:18wanted to do is moving
13:06:20average so I go and clicked on the new
13:06:23calculation and let's call it as move
13:06:27AVG and the function which is available
13:06:30with us is moving
13:06:32average in the moving average I can give
13:06:34an expression expression is nothing but
13:06:36net
13:06:39so expression
13:06:41window do I want to include the current
13:06:44AIS row column blanks and where you want
13:06:47to reset so window is two I only want to
13:06:50do for last two I want to include the
13:06:53current as of now I want to include the
13:06:54current so I'll keep it otherwise you
13:06:56can have the values like true and
13:06:59false but let's start
13:07:02with only moving average so what it is
13:07:06doing right now so basically the first
13:07:07value is the self the second value is
13:07:10the sum of these two which is 43
13:07:13something and just you can see it is
13:07:14divide by two now next would be the sum
13:07:17of these two which is around 36 3.6
13:07:21million divide by 2 and you can see it's
13:07:231.8 million next one is going to be some
13:07:25of this which is going to be around 2.9
13:07:29Million divide by 2 which is 1.47
13:07:31million and again this is going to be
13:07:33some around 2.4 2.5 divide by 2 which is
13:07:372.22 3 so in this manner you can see we
13:07:41are getting moving average let's go
13:07:45back so we have got net we have got
13:07:49running sum we have got GT percentage of
13:07:51total moving
13:07:53average and as you can see we can go and
13:07:57change it the XIs to something else and
13:08:00this calculation is still holds true
13:08:03that's the beauty of these
13:08:06calculation why why don't we learn few
13:08:08more
13:08:09function I would now like to experiment
13:08:12with few more calculation and the
13:08:14calculation which I would like to now
13:08:16showcase is previous and next which is
13:08:19going to give us the value of the
13:08:20previous row and the next row so to
13:08:23begin that Home tab new calculations
13:08:27back to the visual
13:08:28calculations let me call it previous
13:08:31function which I'm going to use is also
13:08:33previous no previous month no previous
13:08:36quarter no previous
13:08:37here only previous and we have
13:08:41expression steps X's blank and reset and
13:08:46step means I can go beyond one so I want
13:08:50to compare with previous month that's
13:08:51fine I want to compare previous to
13:08:53previous then I can use steps and do it
13:08:55I want to go further down let's say 11
13:08:58month or 12 month down the line that
13:08:59also I can do by using these steps it
13:09:02could be month quarter year whatever you
13:09:04want to use based on the requirement and
13:09:07it is visual level so sometime if you
13:09:09have a disconnected data and you want to
13:09:10compare with the last available month
13:09:12think about how much big calculation we
13:09:14have to do this should resolve that out
13:09:17because it's just looking at previous
13:09:19it's just a visual row and what previous
13:09:22of what
13:09:24net anything else we want to give step
13:09:27yes definitely I want to give step one
13:09:28step and because we have function like
13:09:30previous and next it might not allow you
13:09:32the negative integer it is only the
13:09:34positive integer which has been allowed
13:09:36here it should would give me every time
13:09:38the previous row and the first row will
13:09:40not have any previous
13:09:42row because there is no previous for the
13:09:44first one and as expected the first one
13:09:47doesn't have a previous rest all as a
13:09:49previous look up here and based on these
13:09:52values you are able to see the previous
13:09:54values here going one
13:09:58down
13:10:02trailing previous well understood very
13:10:05simple let's do the next calcul
13:10:08next the function is very simple
13:10:13next
13:10:15net comma One Step done and we got the
13:10:19next calculation and this time it would
13:10:22be a one row ahead and as you can see
13:10:26the in this case the last row will not
13:10:28have it because we are going one row
13:10:30ahead we are looking into future values
13:10:32and there is no value for the last
13:10:35row in this manner
13:10:37we are able to
13:10:39do previous and next calculation let's
13:10:41go back to the report and check this out
13:10:43and as you can see we able to see the
13:10:45next and previous
13:10:48calculation and as usual if I change the
13:10:50AIS to
13:10:52category it's not going to make any
13:10:55difference I will get previous and next
13:10:57of the
13:10:59categories let's add couple more
13:11:01calculations the calculations which we
13:11:03want to do right now is basically first
13:11:07and last so before I do that let me
13:11:09again change the AIS
13:11:11to BR need a lot of values
13:11:15to look at the calculation that's how
13:11:18you know only five category first and
13:11:21last are just couple of steps away let's
13:11:24go ahead and try that out so again hom
13:11:26tab new
13:11:28calculation very simple
13:11:30first think about is how you're going to
13:11:32do it with the regular Dex index
13:11:36function it's easy but even that would
13:11:38require what is the order by and you
13:11:41need to mention an explicit column for
13:11:43that so function is
13:11:45first let's look at the arguments
13:11:48expression exis blank and reset we are
13:11:51only going to give one argument as of
13:11:53now net and that should be sufficient
13:11:55let's check that
13:11:57out calculation has been added and as
13:12:01expected it is just giving me the first
13:12:03row value for all the rows so I can now
13:12:06find out per percentage of first now
13:12:08let's calculate the last value again
13:12:11click on new calculation from the Home
13:12:13tab name is last and the function we are
13:12:17also going to use is last simple net
13:12:21only one argument but it can take
13:12:23expression xes blank and reset we are
13:12:28only going to give one argument as of
13:12:29now net and as expected it is showing
13:12:32the last value
13:12:38let's go back to the table and look at
13:12:39it now we have quite a few calculations
13:12:42as you can see we have first and last
13:12:44also but we have more visual
13:12:47calculations so we'll continue to
13:12:49explore
13:12:51those so the next function which we are
13:12:53going to check out is range and it's
13:12:56little bit different function and I'm
13:12:58going to tell you one different
13:12:59operation which you might not have seen
13:13:01till now in
13:13:03powerbi okay so let's jump on to the new
13:13:07calculations from the Home tab and I
13:13:11want to do a calculation which is range
13:13:13now range can give me moving average but
13:13:16I want a moving sum rolling sum and that
13:13:20rolling sum I'm going to do using the
13:13:22range so let me
13:13:24do rolling
13:13:26two and little bit different function so
13:13:29that's why I'm using
13:13:31calculate and I'm going to use net here
13:13:33but I'll tell you it might not work so
13:13:35we'll come back to that later and and
13:13:37I'm going to use function
13:13:39range the range function as you can see
13:13:42the arguments are step include current I
13:13:46want that yes AIS which is rows blanks
13:13:50reset the first argument step is minus
13:13:53one means one step only last one step
13:13:57include current I want yes that is
13:14:00true what is the next X's which is
13:14:03nothing but rows but when I give these
13:14:06arguments and I enter it gives me error
13:14:09and now to correct that I'm going to
13:14:11edit this
13:14:13calculation click down the arrow edit
13:14:15calculation and I'm going to do
13:14:16something which you don't do I'm going
13:14:18to put sum on a major it's a major and
13:14:21usually we don't put some on a majure we
13:14:23go ahead and use some X for that but
13:14:26here I'm doing that and immediately I
13:14:28get the correct calculation it means you
13:14:30will be able to use some average Etc on
13:14:34your measure to get those rolling the
13:14:37rolling averages and your life has been
13:14:40made further Easy by this let's
13:14:43understand these calculation are they
13:14:44correct or not first row is going to be
13:14:46the same the second row is going to be
13:14:47around a million the sum of these two
13:14:50the third row is going to be the sum of
13:14:52these two which is around 1.5 million so
13:14:54let's look at the calculations the
13:14:57rolling here is same here it is the two
13:15:00which is last two rows but this is 1
13:15:03million this is 1.5 million and
13:15:05similarly it is going to be 1 2 million
13:15:07it's coming from here these two on the
13:15:10top and you can relate just for your
13:15:12reference let me put the arrow
13:15:18here so now we have got rolling and you
13:15:22have done little bit different kind of
13:15:24calculation and let open up a all set of
13:15:29new calculations which you can do
13:15:31important function
13:15:32range so let's go back to the table and
13:15:36before we we move to the next set of
13:15:38calculation we need a different kind of
13:15:40a visual a visual where we at least need
13:15:43to have couple of access so let's begin
13:15:47the Journey of few more special
13:15:50calculations visual calculations where
13:15:53we are going to get few more detailed or
13:15:56few more easy calculations just by using
13:15:59these visual
13:16:02calculations now to explore further the
13:16:04visual calculation I have added a new
13:16:06page because the set of visual
13:16:09calculation I want to explore now is
13:16:11going to require me at least to have two
13:16:13levels so let me create a matrix visual
13:16:16for
13:16:17that and in that I'm going to add state
13:16:19and city on the
13:16:21row expand
13:16:23it going to add a major
13:16:26net and let's start the two calculation
13:16:29expand and expand all again from the
13:16:31Home tab new
13:16:33calculation let's look at the
13:16:35calculation
13:16:41expand expand and it require expression
13:16:43and XIs and basically expand is going to
13:16:47work at the next level in the context so
13:16:51the details would come from the next
13:16:53level and we have to understand that I'm
13:16:55going to have expand expand all and then
13:16:57I'm going to show you the differences
13:16:59and then you will understand how these
13:17:01calculations are performed so let's give
13:17:05here average
13:17:07I'm going to use average function and
13:17:08I'm using it on a major net this is what
13:17:11we you can do in the visual level
13:17:13calculation and the next thing which I
13:17:15compuls need is rows XIs is rows so
13:17:19expand and you might not see the
13:17:21difference but when you scroll down you
13:17:23will see an average happening at the
13:17:25state level and simply and at the grand
13:17:27total level this number doesn't seems
13:17:29like an average of cities because if you
13:17:32look at the number of the Cities the
13:17:35number cannot average to
13:17:382 100 K this is actually the average of
13:17:42state and that's what expand does it is
13:17:46average of a level
13:17:48below to explain this further let's also
13:17:51bring in expand
13:17:55all and expand all
13:17:58function also required to argument
13:18:01expression where I will be doing
13:18:05average of a major here again I'm doing
13:18:08an average of a major net and the second
13:18:11argument is X's which I'm going to use
13:18:15rows and here if you see you will see a
13:18:18little bit of difference in the averages
13:18:20yes it is the averages of City it is the
13:18:22average from the leaf level it is always
13:18:25calculating it from the leaf level not
13:18:27from the next level or the level below
13:18:30so let me go back to the report and try
13:18:32to explain you this if you look at these
13:18:35calculations
13:18:39look at how the averages is happening
13:18:41you should be very happy to see these
13:18:43averages happening at the state level
13:18:45from the city level no more those
13:18:48context plate defining what's below I
13:18:50can easily go ahead and change it and
13:18:53add another levels or replace these
13:18:55levels and they will continue to work
13:18:58but what's the difference in the grand
13:19:00total here to understand that let me
13:19:03collapse it I'll drill up one level
13:19:06right
13:19:07calculation here remains same but now
13:19:10you can understand looking at this data
13:19:12where I have a million here I have a
13:19:15400k here which are pushing up my
13:19:18calculations towards
13:19:20the
13:19:22232 as an average of the states if you
13:19:26further go down you do see some bigger
13:19:28values I can sort on the net so that you
13:19:31understand these values little bit
13:19:33better as you can see quite a few big
13:19:35values are there here
13:19:37I changeed sorting back to the
13:19:41state so expand is doing it from the
13:19:44leaf level to understand it
13:19:46further let me add one more level first
13:19:50of all I'm going to expand it and I'm
13:19:52going to add one more level which is
13:19:55brand from the
13:19:56item I have added brand from the item
13:19:59immediately What You observe that this
13:20:01number is not changed in the expand but
13:20:03the expand all number has changed and
13:20:05why even even if you look at the city
13:20:07level calculations those calculations
13:20:09are little bit different they are not
13:20:11same as what we previously had they were
13:20:13same when we didn't have the brand if
13:20:16you go down you will see these are
13:20:18nothing but the average coming from the
13:20:20Brand level and even on the level above
13:20:24it will continue to be from the leaf
13:20:26level so this expand all is doing the
13:20:30calculation at the leaf level expand is
13:20:33doing at the next level and what does
13:20:35that mean for you is
13:20:38basically when you see at the city level
13:20:40it is average of Brands when you see at
13:20:44the state level it is average of cities
13:20:45when you look at the grand total level
13:20:47it is average of states in this manner
13:20:50these two calculation expand and expand
13:20:52all works so this will help you to solve
13:20:55the common problem which we wanted to do
13:20:57average of sum or sum of averages very
13:21:00common problem and a very simple
13:21:03solution in visual calculation
13:21:07now we are going to look at the two
13:21:09function which is basically cpse and CPS
13:21:12I already shown you cpse all ones but
13:21:16the time has come that we again look
13:21:18those two things together I'll go to the
13:21:21new calculation and I'll first do here
13:21:27collapse and collapse requires
13:21:31expression x's and N it's basically give
13:21:35going to give you
13:21:38the grand total or the parents total is
13:21:42basically going to collapse it here I
13:21:44can use net
13:21:49comma
13:21:53rows and as you can
13:21:57see here is collapse is getting its
13:22:00ground
13:22:01total but the cities are getting the
13:22:04total of the
13:22:07state so to understand that look at the
13:22:10state total this is my state total the
13:22:13cities are getting the state total and
13:22:15if you further go down brands are going
13:22:18to take the city total collapsing from
13:22:23the parent to child so I'm getting the
13:22:26parents calculation at the child
13:22:29level so that is collapse but if I do
13:22:33collapse all which is going to bring a
13:22:35grand total for me so let me add a new
13:22:37calculation that is colol or I can call
13:22:40it as GT but let me call GT1 I can
13:22:42already calculated GT not in this visual
13:22:45I calculated another visual so I can
13:22:46have the same name
13:22:47but just use Now call appol and the call
13:22:52appol is going to do it all at the final
13:22:55parent level I can use net
13:22:58here and I can use
13:23:03rows and this is nothing but grand total
13:23:06so now you can easily calculate
13:23:08percentage of parent percentage of gland
13:23:09total again use them back into new
13:23:12calculation or you can edit the same
13:23:14calculation to get it percentage of
13:23:17total or percentage of Grant
13:23:19total cpse and CPS help help you to get
13:23:23the parent values now go back to the
13:23:26reports and let's understand these
13:23:27things so here we have already opened
13:23:30Arizona and we have open one of the city
13:23:33of Arizona and their Branch under it if
13:23:36you see here this is the total of the
13:23:39city and this is given at the Brand
13:23:42level now when the Arizona has been
13:23:45opened Arizona has a total of 471 look
13:23:50at the city totals all the cities are
13:23:52getting the Arizona
13:23:54total when you go to the states like
13:23:56Arizona you get the total the grand
13:23:59total which is above one level it
13:24:02collapse is collapsing one level at a
13:24:05time collapse all is collaps all the
13:24:06levels as you can see we are getting the
13:24:08ground total here for all the rows
13:24:10irrespective of whatever level we are
13:24:14at we already have a quick glance at
13:24:18these calculation but we do would like
13:24:20to explore the reset functionality I
13:24:23would like to see how would it work in
13:24:26case I want to create a running total
13:24:30which is not going across the leap level
13:24:33but can it reset itself to ear level so
13:24:37let me add another page and here I'm
13:24:38going to
13:24:39create a line Visual and in this line
13:24:43visual I'm going to bring in from the
13:24:47date table
13:24:49here I'm also going to bring in quarter
13:24:53and I would also like to bring
13:24:56in
13:25:00month and I would like to bring in a
13:25:03major
13:25:05net so I'm all set already with my
13:25:08visual this is my visual and how it's
13:25:12showcasing the values for last couple of
13:25:16years and let me do a sort on the AIS so
13:25:21I have my visual ready and here I want
13:25:23to have a running calculation let's
13:25:26first of all add a visual level
13:25:27calculation from the Home tab and the
13:25:30new calculation which I'm going to add
13:25:32using the Home tab new calculation is
13:25:35running
13:25:37some
13:25:41net and let's call it
13:25:44RT and as you can see the moment I take
13:25:47an RT RT is going up and if I go back to
13:25:51the report you can see it's continuously
13:25:54increasing I don't want to add another
13:25:56calculation I just want to go ahead and
13:25:58modify this so I click on this arrow and
13:26:00use edit calculation and now I would
13:26:03like to look at the other parameters of
13:26:05RT so
13:26:07AIS is definitely row
13:26:11only blanks and I want to reset I want
13:26:14to reset at what I want to reset at the
13:26:17highest
13:26:19parent so highest parent is here and I
13:26:21want to reset there let me try that out
13:26:25and what do you see immediately you see
13:26:27there is a fall happening in the month
13:26:29of January let's go back to the report
13:26:31and understand that as you can see here
13:26:34there is a reset happening
13:26:38and this means now I'm getting YTD no
13:26:41more I'm getting running total RT can I
13:26:45get it further down to the T number two
13:26:50which is quarter let's
13:26:52see as you can see now it is giving me
13:26:56qtd not YTD every quarter there is a
13:27:00reset so look at the January look at the
13:27:03April look at the July look at the
13:27:05October
13:27:08let's add more complication let's add
13:27:10date what
13:27:12happens now the reset would still happen
13:27:16at the level two the level two is still
13:27:19quarter so the reset is happening
13:27:22quarterly still and we do it and
13:27:26remember this quarter is in the middle
13:27:28and that's why knowingly I have added
13:27:30here two and I added one more level to
13:27:34Showcase you that the reset is is not
13:27:36happening month level so there are more
13:27:38levels available here and it has taken
13:27:40care this is the second level so 1 2 and
13:27:433 is it three or is it one let's go back
13:27:46edit calculation move the level to three
13:27:49and let's understand this calculation
13:27:51once more and now you can see the reset
13:27:54is happening at the month level the
13:27:56highest level is one the second highest
13:27:58is two then three four and keep on going
13:28:02we are not including the current level
13:28:04the current level is not part of the
13:28:05parent
13:28:06your parent as a year is one quarter is
13:28:10two and month is three and we have given
13:28:12three as of now you are seeing MTD in
13:28:15this particular Trend
13:28:18chart now you understand how easy these
13:28:21calculations are and how easily we can
13:28:26use visual level
13:28:29calculations to
13:28:31create those complicated calculations in
13:28:34a easy manner
13:28:36we are just working at the visual level
13:28:39the visual row is the row the visual
13:28:42level is the level and that makes our
13:28:45life easy it's just like Excel we are
13:28:47doing it those who likes the Excel
13:28:50calculation very much and very find it
13:28:53easy to do those kind of calculation
13:28:55this is one step near to that I have
13:28:58shown you quite a few visual
13:29:00calculations in detail but there is a
13:29:01quicker way to do some of these
13:29:03calculations using templates so where is
13:29:05those templates available for that let
13:29:08me add a new page and quickly add a
13:29:11table visual with item brand and
13:29:15net visual is ready and now let me add
13:29:19new calculation from the Home tab new
13:29:21calculation which is a visual
13:29:23calculation when you come to the visual
13:29:25calculation look at this FX
13:29:28icon when you click on this FX icon you
13:29:31get the options for some templates so
13:29:34without doing much of the effort you can
13:29:37simply get some of the calculation the
13:29:39only thing which you have to do is just
13:29:41click on any of these calculation let's
13:29:43say percentage of grand total and go
13:29:45ahead and add the required field now I'm
13:29:48going to replace it with
13:29:50net the field with the net another field
13:29:53also with the net and X is with
13:29:58rows so we immediately get percentage of
13:30:01total same way I can click on the FX
13:30:04icon again and use versus first again I
13:30:08need to replace the field where I can
13:30:10replace it by one of my major which is
13:30:12Nat which is also present in the same
13:30:15visual and I'm getting percentage diff
13:30:18with first same way you can utilize
13:30:20running sum moving average percentage of
13:30:24parent percentage of grand total average
13:30:27of children's versus previous versus
13:30:30next versus first and versus last so not
13:30:33only you can create these calcul ations
13:30:36by using the functions but you can also
13:30:38use some of these templates so go ahead
13:30:41and try those out visual calculations is
13:30:45not limited to the set of new functions
13:30:48which has came along with the visual
13:30:50calculation feature some of the existing
13:30:53functions can also be used in the visual
13:30:55calculation while we have lot of
13:30:58functions which we can use we will be
13:31:00focusing on few functions which are
13:31:02released some time back these functions
13:31:05are index offset Rank and row number
13:31:08these functions have been released
13:31:10during December 2022 and April 2023 now
13:31:14while all these functions may not work
13:31:17in visual calculations we will try to
13:31:19see how can we use them in visual
13:31:21calculation and what all functions are
13:31:23going to work there so in the upcoming
13:31:25videos we are going to explore visual
13:31:28calculations with these additional
13:31:30functions which are very similar to SQL
13:31:32Windows function which are index offset
13:31:35rank and row number those provide us
13:31:37order by and Partition by I would like
13:31:40to go ahead and see whether offset index
13:31:43window Rank and row number can work with
13:31:46Dynamic rows means xess so we need to
13:31:48check can these functions work in visual
13:31:51calculation and if they work can they
13:31:53work in the visual when we change AIS or
13:31:56row of the visual will they continue to
13:31:58work like the other visual calculations
13:32:00we have learned in the past like
13:32:01previous next running sum moving average
13:32:05Etc and why I'm thinking these functions
13:32:07can work in visual calculation is the
13:32:09part of the documentation which I'm
13:32:11going to Showcase you I want to perform
13:32:13them at visual level without using
13:32:15explicit table or relation by doing so
13:32:18we will be able to create more flexible
13:32:21calculation which can still work even if
13:32:23we change the AIS so friend with that
13:32:25objective I would like to first of all
13:32:27show you the two statements which were
13:32:29part of the documentation which
13:32:31motivates me to experiment this so one
13:32:33of the statement which we have looked
13:32:34last time is this exis and reset and
13:32:37order by and Partition by and they are
13:32:40pairs now the second pair is the one
13:32:42which is used by the five functions
13:32:44which we plan to discuss and usually
13:32:46these functions need explicit columns in
13:32:49spite of those explicit column can we
13:32:51make them little more Dynamic the second
13:32:53thing is when it talk about available
13:32:55function it do say you can use many
13:32:57existing Dex function IND visual
13:32:59calculations let's go ahead and try the
13:33:01existing Dex function and see whether
13:33:04they can fit in into the visual
13:33:06calculation the way we wanted the next
13:33:08visual calculation which we would like
13:33:10to explore is using the index function
13:33:13now I'll leave this page here and we'll
13:33:16further go to another page and there
13:33:18again I'm going to create the same
13:33:20visual what we have started with is
13:33:22brand and net and the function this time
13:33:24I would like to use is the index
13:33:27function so let me click on the visual
13:33:29and the new calculation and I'm going to
13:33:32call this function as
13:33:34index
13:33:36calculate
13:33:39net index what does index function
13:33:42require position relation order by
13:33:46blanks Partition by match by and reset
13:33:50so what we are going to do is index is
13:33:53first index I want the first one based
13:33:55on the relation which is nothing but
13:33:57rows what's the next thing I require is
13:34:00order by and here I'm going to use an
13:34:02order by explicit order by order by
13:34:07at
13:34:13descending and as you can see I got the
13:34:16first
13:34:19value I can go ahead and modify this
13:34:22calculation to have the second value
13:34:26also so second value as you can see it
13:34:28is the second
13:34:31value I can go ahead and use it as a
13:34:34third value also
13:34:40so this is the third
13:34:43topper same way I can use minus here
13:34:46which is not possible if you would have
13:34:48used the first and
13:34:50second so if you would have used the
13:34:53first function you cannot get all these
13:34:55but you can get with the offset and I
13:34:57can make it minus 3 which is actually
13:34:59going to give me the bottom third
13:35:06same way I can have another
13:35:09calculation
13:35:11index one where I can use
13:35:15calculate
13:35:18net
13:35:19index and here I can use position as one
13:35:24again and rows and I can leave the order
13:35:28by to take the default order by and as
13:35:30you can see it has taken brand one the
13:35:33first position
13:35:36because that's the default X's order by
13:35:40let me go back to the
13:35:43visualization and as you might have
13:35:46expected if I change it to category it
13:35:49still continue to
13:35:50work so this is my third topper by
13:35:55net and this is also the
13:35:58categorical first Total both are same
13:36:02here that's why the number is coming
13:36:03same but they are doing two different
13:36:05calculations
13:36:07same way I can add both of them together
13:36:09brand and
13:36:12category and calculations will still
13:36:15work so one of them would be on the
13:36:17bottom
13:36:20third and one of them would be based on
13:36:22the
13:36:24top next visual calculation which we
13:36:26wanted to explore is using the offet
13:36:29function so to start journey I will
13:36:32bring in brand from the item dimension
13:36:35and I'll also add net mejor I would like
13:36:39to do visual calculations so how do we
13:36:41do that from the Home
13:36:43tab new calculations click on new
13:36:46calculation and the function which I
13:36:48plan to use is offset what offset used
13:36:52to do for us we can go to the previous
13:36:54position or the next position by
13:36:56providing an offset just like we have
13:36:59got previous here now I'm going to use
13:37:03calculate net which is required with the
13:37:06offset function you can opt for other
13:37:08options also now I use the function
13:37:10offset what does offset function require
13:37:13it requires
13:37:15Delta relation order by blanks Partition
13:37:19by match and
13:37:22reset let's go ahead and try these out
13:37:24minus1 is the
13:37:28Delta then relation and here I'm doing
13:37:31the first change so instead of using all
13:37:34selected
13:37:36item brand or all item brand I'm using
13:37:39row and remember we are doing a visual
13:37:42calculation so getting data outside the
13:37:44visual might not be possible for us the
13:37:47next thing is order by and because order
13:37:50by might require a explicit column I'm
13:37:53as of now leaving that as is and because
13:37:56it's going to pick up the default order
13:37:59by or the first AIS I'm expecting it to
13:38:03sort on brand and as as you can see we
13:38:07are getting values which are one row
13:38:13behind the same as previous but what the
13:38:17difference is going to make in our life
13:38:20if I use rows instead of explicit table
13:38:24call or explicit relation call in the
13:38:27offset function let me go ahead and
13:38:29change this brand to
13:38:32category and you can see the calculation
13:38:35is still
13:38:36working it is still giving me the
13:38:39previous row value it means I am no more
13:38:43dependent on what is there on my Axis so
13:38:45I got rid of that it makes offset
13:38:48function much more powerful than what we
13:38:52have used it
13:38:54previously now let me change it back to
13:38:57brand and I would now like to go back
13:39:00and can I run this offset on net I will
13:39:02add another new calculation here and I'm
13:39:05going to call it offset one again
13:39:10calculate
13:39:11net
13:39:13offset minus
13:39:15one rows in the relation as we have
13:39:18given previously also and this time I'm
13:39:21going to use order by and order by is
13:39:23still looking for a explicit column here
13:39:27or can we give one and two we have to
13:39:29experiment so here I'm going to give
13:39:32explicit name net and if you remember
13:39:35the there has been a change done after
13:39:37this function has been released that in
13:39:39the order by we can use major which is
13:39:41not part of relation net is not part of
13:39:43the relation but we can still use it and
13:39:45how do we want to use it descending
13:39:49sort so I have pressed
13:39:52enter but after adding additional
13:39:55parenthesis and it has worked now to
13:39:58understand this we need to change the
13:39:59Sorting of the visual as I've sorted it
13:40:01on net you can
13:40:03see that now it is is trailed by
13:40:08net so I'm getting previous row based on
13:40:13net
13:40:15sorting it is not sorted on brand or the
13:40:18default
13:40:20access can you do that using
13:40:23previous try that out and do let me know
13:40:26in the comments can you do the same
13:40:28thing using previous function if not
13:40:31offset is your choice let's go back to
13:40:33the visual and understand these calcul a
13:40:35little bit so right now the Sorting is
13:40:37on net so you can see it Trail by a
13:40:41row but this function first offs
13:40:45set how it is working it is actually
13:40:49still working but it is trailed by the
13:40:52order of brand if you see brand one and
13:40:57after that if you go to the brand 10 you
13:40:59will see that value because the Sorting
13:41:02order is like
13:41:04this R 10 11 they're still working but
13:41:07they're working based on their own
13:41:09order the interesting thing we are able
13:41:12to use
13:41:13offset now I already experiment with the
13:41:15Partition by which did not work for me
13:41:19but let me showcase you that can we use
13:41:21the last reset option so I will use
13:41:25calculate net
13:41:33offset minus one
13:41:35one relation is
13:41:39rows order by I will leave blanks I will
13:41:42leave Partition by I will leave match I
13:41:44will leave and reset can I give highest
13:41:48parent here I'm giving highest parent
13:41:51here no order by has been
13:41:54used doesn't seems to have make any
13:41:58difference but we need more than one
13:42:01parent for such a reset isn't it so
13:42:04let's bring bring in more than one
13:42:06column
13:42:08here so let's bring in category also
13:42:12here and we would like to see the
13:42:14calculation of this offset versus this
13:42:16offset is it making any difference so if
13:42:18you see here it is already sorted on the
13:42:20brand which is the highest parent and
13:42:22pose that this is 1 4 so if you look at
13:42:27the first
13:42:29calculation the
13:42:33offset and you look look at the second
13:42:35calculation of the
13:42:39offset it same sounds like doing the
13:42:43same job isn't it now let's add one
13:42:49more do you see a change
13:42:52here to do that let's first of all bring
13:42:55in these two things
13:42:58together so I have the offset and the
13:43:00calculation
13:43:02together and I don't see any difference
13:43:05let me convert it into a
13:43:11matrix and now you can
13:43:14see the moment I have a visual like
13:43:17Matrix visual where the concept of the
13:43:19parent Works remember the concept of the
13:43:21parent has to work and the moment I am
13:43:24on a matrix visual where we have this
13:43:26concept of a parent because remember all
13:43:28three of them were on the same kind of
13:43:31axis in the table Visual and the concept
13:43:33of hery is not too much valid in case of
13:43:37table visual it is more valid in case of
13:43:41Matrix visual now here you will start
13:43:44seeing a difference so one of the
13:43:46difference which you are seeing here
13:43:47this is the first value if you remember
13:43:49this is my first value to this
13:43:51calculation this also get carried
13:43:53forward to the first calculation we are
13:43:54still in the brand one when I go to the
13:43:57brand 10 this is my boundary of the
13:43:59brand 10 and as you can see inside the
13:44:01brand 10 it is not getting the value for
13:44:05for the first
13:44:06category and to make it easier to
13:44:08understand let me first remove the
13:44:11subtotals so let me hide the
13:44:13subtotals now as I've hidden the
13:44:15subtotals what do you see between offset
13:44:18and the calculation what is the
13:44:20difference between the two so to observe
13:44:22that look at the brand 10 only inside
13:44:25the brand 10 inside the brand 10 what
13:44:27you are seeing here is here I'm getting
13:44:30both the values but only I'm getting
13:44:32here one because the reset at the one
13:44:34has
13:44:36applied so it means if you're not able
13:44:39to use Partition by you can still
13:44:43use reset so you have a reset option
13:44:46which can work in such scenarios so now
13:44:49we have understood that how we can use
13:44:52reset in offset function instead of
13:44:56Partition by and if you remember we do
13:44:59have the
13:45:01flexibility of using numbers here 1 2
13:45:04and 3
13:45:05depending on what parent we wanted to
13:45:07have reset we can also try to experiment
13:45:11with that but I'm not going to do that
13:45:13experiment as of now I'll leave it for
13:45:16you to go ahead and try that out the
13:45:19next visual calculation we wanted to
13:45:21explore is using the rank function and
13:45:24now I would like to use the next
13:45:26function which is nothing but rank new
13:45:29calculation rank function I'm going to
13:45:32use is rank not rank X this is the new
13:45:34function function came in April 2023
13:45:37what I want to use is ties which is
13:45:39nothing but dense and what does dense
13:45:42means dance means if you are using a
13:45:45rank and the rank getting duplicated
13:45:47like 1 one one one then the next rank
13:45:49would still be two it is not going to
13:45:51skip the rank so we'll get continuous
13:45:54rank what is relation
13:45:58rows do I want to do I order by yes I
13:46:01would like my ranks based on
13:46:03net but you know that you can do it
13:46:05without that
13:46:10also and the ranks are based on the net
13:46:14as you can see the moment I sorted it
13:46:16you are getting your correct
13:46:20ranks and if you want to do the rank
13:46:23based on the axis you can add another
13:46:25visual calculation click here and in the
13:46:27visual calculation give it rank
13:46:30one rank function
13:46:36dance
13:46:38Rose leave everything else it is based
13:46:41on the AIS as you can see
13:46:45here let's go back to the visualization
13:46:48what's the beauty as you know we can
13:46:50change
13:46:51it we can add additional one till the
13:46:55rank should work based on the
13:46:57net we have not explicitly called it for
13:47:00category you explicitly called it for
13:47:02net so that is what it is going to
13:47:03continue to work for the net when we do
13:47:06the visual calculation now the visual
13:47:08calculations are also limited to visual
13:47:11so whatever data is not present in the
13:47:13visual it is not going to do a ranking
13:47:16for that if you are looking for that all
13:47:18kind of a scenario you might not be able
13:47:21to replicate that here so you are able
13:47:23to use now rank also in the visual level
13:47:28calculation with the visual level
13:47:30arguments like row can we do a reset
13:47:34here
13:47:35of the rank and for that let me
13:47:38duplicate this page after
13:47:43renaming here let me change it to Matrix
13:47:47Visual and let me add
13:47:51brand disabl row sub totals and expand
13:47:56it as of now as you can see the ranks
13:47:59have changed their order a little bit
13:48:01because the thing is the moment I sorted
13:48:03it on net the net is actually sorted not
13:48:07for the brand and category it is first
13:48:10sorted on the top brand and then the
13:48:12second top brand and then inside that
13:48:14for the category and that is why you see
13:48:16this rank is not working in a particular
13:48:20descending order but on a table visual
13:48:21it is going to work as expected and but
13:48:24we would like to add a new calculation
13:48:26here which is nothing
13:48:29but rank three and here I would like to
13:48:32use rank
13:48:35ties is
13:48:38T relation is
13:48:43row order by
13:48:46is
13:48:50net order by is
13:48:52net
13:48:56descending I leave blanks I leave
13:48:58Partition by I leave match by and I want
13:49:00reset reset as right now I'll use lest
13:49:04parent but in this case lowest parent
13:49:05and highest parent are same so let's try
13:49:07that out so it is saying reset parameter
13:49:09cannot be used with the combination of
13:49:11order by and Partition by because I've
13:49:12used order by so it is not allowing me
13:49:14to use the reset so let's go ahead and
13:49:18edit this
13:49:19calculation and remove the order by does
13:49:22it
13:49:25work yes it does work as we have learned
13:49:28only the combinations can work exis and
13:49:31reset order by and Partition by let's go
13:49:35back to the visual and as you can see
13:49:37the we are able to partition it when we
13:49:40are using the default access you can now
13:49:43observe that the categories are ranked
13:49:46properly inside each brand so there is a
13:49:49reset happening for each brand and
13:49:51categories are ranked inside that so we
13:49:55know that the combination is there and
13:49:56that combination is applied on this
13:49:59visual the row and AIS and order by and
13:50:02Partition by but we don't never want it
13:50:04to to call it explicit so but still it
13:50:07is very good that we are able to change
13:50:09it for category and brand whenever the
13:50:11access is changing it's still it is
13:50:12working so that kind of rank is working
13:50:15for us the next visual calculation which
13:50:17we would like to explore is using the
13:50:19row number function now next thing which
13:50:22you want to experiment with is the row
13:50:25number with the row number I would like
13:50:27to create a table Visual and this time
13:50:29I'm going to bring in something which is
13:50:31having data at much granular level so
13:50:33I'm going to bring in order number
13:50:34number as non- summarized and I'm going
13:50:36to bring in sum of quantity I no don't
13:50:39have any measure here I would like to
13:50:41sort it on sum of quantity and now I
13:50:44would like to build a calculation which
13:50:47is row number I want to give the unique
13:50:48row number here in this visual to do
13:50:51that I will start a new visual
13:50:54calculation and I'll call it
13:50:56row num one and I'm going to use the
13:51:00function row number and in this row
13:51:02number function I'm going to use the
13:51:03relation which is
13:51:05row next thing is order by and in this
13:51:08order
13:51:10by I'm going to use the something which
13:51:13is we have in this visual sum of
13:51:15quantity see I'm not created a measure
13:51:16here I'm going to use sum of quantity in
13:51:19this visual calculation which is only
13:51:23present as a implicit measor not an
13:51:27explicit mejor defined by me with the
13:51:30help of that implicit one I'm using it
13:51:33and as you can see on on the first one
13:51:36you are able to see the row numbers
13:51:39getting from 1 2 3 4 let's go back to
13:51:41the report and you can see that we do
13:51:44have the row numbers here 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
13:51:478 9 10 can we create a multiple
13:51:49combination and can it still work out so
13:51:52let's go ahead and add City ID to the
13:51:55visualization yes it is working but
13:51:57order number is still giving the
13:51:59uniqueness and anyway we will we'll
13:52:01always get a unique combination so let
13:52:03me add an item ID also
13:52:05here Item ID and City ID still we are
13:52:08getting the numbers and let me change
13:52:10this combination now now it is based on
13:52:13the combination of item ID and City ID
13:52:17no more the combination is based on the
13:52:18unique order number so based on the
13:52:21unique combinations also it is working
13:52:23and we have
13:52:24not changed anything in our function the
13:52:27row number function like we have not
13:52:29done any explicit call here without any
13:52:31explicit call of the relation it is
13:52:34still working so that is what the
13:52:36advantage of visual calculation the next
13:52:39visual calculation which I want to try
13:52:40out is on the window function and it did
13:52:43not work out for me so let me showcase
13:52:45you what I tried out and what did not
13:52:47work for me but you can go ahead and try
13:52:49and experiment and let me know in case
13:52:51you are able to make it work so I went
13:52:54ahead and added
13:52:57brand along with net
13:53:04now I will go ahead and add the new
13:53:06visual calculation and this time I would
13:53:08like to use window function I've done
13:53:11few experiment none of them has given me
13:53:13the desired success so calculate net
13:53:16window as you know window require first
13:53:19to argument the window position
13:53:22something which we have experimented
13:53:23with the range so if the window doesn't
13:53:25work range is there with us to do all
13:53:28these calculation we can use that
13:53:31so from what from the minus one
13:53:36relative position
13:53:39to zero relative
13:53:42position and the next thing which I
13:53:44wanted to use is relation itself which I
13:53:46was trying to give
13:53:47rows and I don't want to give any order
13:53:52by right now and try to experiment with
13:53:54the window
13:53:55function and it did not work as I was
13:53:58expecting it to work because it is
13:54:01requiring a unique context which I'm not
13:54:03able to Pro here I went ahead and I said
13:54:07okay let me edit the calculation let me
13:54:09see if order by can help
13:54:12us I used order by
13:54:14net
13:54:19DEC and I again committed this
13:54:22calculation and it did not work out for
13:54:26me so seems like for the window function
13:54:29it is not working for me the other thing
13:54:31which I can do is absolute to Absolute
13:54:33this is something which
13:54:34can work for us zero
13:54:38absolute
13:54:42to minus1
13:54:45Absolute let's try from 1 absolute to
13:54:47minus one absolute and let's see does it
13:54:50work no it didn't so seems like we will
13:54:55not be able to use window function as of
13:54:57now in the visual level calculation
13:54:59using the
13:55:04rows as
13:55:07X's Ive even tried the experiment by
13:55:09giving here all
13:55:11selected brand and item
13:55:16brand so that calculation also doesn't
13:55:19work for me but this is experiment for
13:55:22you can you make the window function
13:55:25work in the visual level calculations go
13:55:27ahead and try that out but now we know
13:55:30that we have made quite a few functions
13:55:33working for
13:55:35the visual calculation that include
13:55:37offset index and rank noow number the
13:55:41four functions out of the five functions
13:55:43which are very similar to SQL window
13:55:45function which provides us order by and
13:55:47Partition by we are able to use in
13:55:49visual level calculations one of the
13:55:51most common function which you use very
13:55:54frequently is rank now can we use rank X
13:55:56in visual calculat because if we can use
13:55:58rank X in the visual calculation it will
13:56:00Pride a lot of flexibility when we are
13:56:02going to calculate the rank so so I'm
13:56:05going to go ahead and try out the rankx
13:56:06function in the visual calculation and
13:56:09explore how can it help us doing visual
13:56:11calculation and how our ranks will
13:56:13become more Dynamic when we use rank X
13:56:15in the visual calculation so I'm on the
13:56:17powerb file and here what I'm going to
13:56:19do is I'm going to add a new page and
13:56:20inside this new page I'm going to add
13:56:22brand and
13:56:25net make it a little bigger and convert
13:56:29it into a table visual also now here I
13:56:32want to add a rank so how do we use use
13:56:34a rankx function and do it but this time
13:56:37I don't want to use the rankx function
13:56:38as a measure I want to use it as a
13:56:39visual calculat let me click on the
13:56:41visual that's how the visual
13:56:42calculations are enabled go to the Home
13:56:45tab and there I'm going to click on the
13:56:47calculation new calculation is the
13:56:49option to do that I'll click on the new
13:56:51calculation visual calculations have
13:56:52been opened now here I'm going to write
13:56:54down a new calculation which is Rank and
13:56:56rank I'm going to use the rank X
13:56:59function rank X if you remember in the
13:57:02rank X the first thing which which we
13:57:04need to give is the table and that is
13:57:06where I'm going to use rows expression
13:57:08is basically our column where we are
13:57:11going to thought third item usually we
13:57:13keep empty fourth is order which is by
13:57:16default descending and dies is the fifth
13:57:18one which is by default so let me start
13:57:20giving that so here I'm going to use
13:57:22rows so I'm not going to use any like
13:57:25all selected table column I'm the second
13:57:28one is my net measure which I wanted to
13:57:30use and third one is the values column
13:57:32which I'm going to leave empty by
13:57:34default it is descending but I can give
13:57:36descending here and the dense because
13:57:38skip is default one dense here as my
13:57:40visual is already sorted on net you can
13:57:42see it is showing you the rank one for
13:57:45the maximum amount of net what we have
13:57:48now question which you may ask is how
13:57:50it's making a difference you would have
13:57:51done this rank X function all selected
13:57:53it would have behaved in the same manner
13:57:55isn't it so let's do one thing let's try
13:57:58to see if you already have a rank
13:57:59function I do have a rank net which is
13:58:02also on all selected item net descending
13:58:05dance very similar major also I have so
13:58:07I have a visual calculation I have a
13:58:09major and you can see this is visual
13:58:11calculation and this so while I have
13:58:14both and both are giving the same but
13:58:16let's we go ahead go to brand and click
13:58:19on this arrow and I change it to
13:58:20category the moment I change it to
13:58:22category the thing which you will notice
13:58:23here basically this rank got adjusted
13:58:25but this is the one which is not getting
13:58:27adjusted now why it is not getting
13:58:28adjusted because it is talking about
13:58:30item brand brand is not in the context
13:58:32and that is where it all brand is not
13:58:34get listed but here we are talking about
13:58:36rows so here it is changed from Brand to
13:58:39category and now it is able to adjust
13:58:42the second case which we can test out is
13:58:43basically let's convert this into a
13:58:45matrix now I have category and inside
13:58:47that let bring in brand inside the
13:58:49category I have brand I added the brand
13:58:52and I'm going to expand this Matrix
13:58:54visual let's see what do you see a
13:58:56difference here now here what is
13:58:57happening here is this brand is 1 to n
13:59:00so each brand is getting rank within the
13:59:03category so there's a partitioning which
13:59:04is happening but here when you see these
13:59:06things this is not getting same way
13:59:08partition there are different ranks and
13:59:10if you see there is a one two here and
13:59:11then there's a three here so remember
13:59:13category 4 Brand two is at number three
13:59:16and category two brand 8 and brand N9
13:59:18now to understand this let me convert
13:59:20this back into a table visual when I
13:59:23convert it into table Visual and I sort
13:59:25it on net which is right now the Sorting
13:59:27you can see that it is actually sorting
13:59:29it on the combination so in the second
13:59:32level the Brand level when I is seeing
13:59:34in The Matrix visual while the rank is
13:59:36partitioning it by category this one is
13:59:39not getting it partitioned now we we
13:59:41have like you know rules how do we
13:59:42partition and not partition in different
13:59:44functions like we have rank function
13:59:47where we can give Partition by and there
13:59:48we can deal with but in this scenario
13:59:50especially with the rank X function as
13:59:51you can see now when I'm adding two it
13:59:54is taking both of them as rows and you
13:59:55know it is giving the rank based on that
13:59:58now this is one of the challenge which
13:59:59you had in the past like because if I
14:00:01keep on adding how many ranks I'm going
14:00:03to create and this is where you know a
14:00:06visual calculations help helps us a lot
14:00:08that my rank is independent of what I
14:00:12have in the calculation I simply using
14:00:15row and it can change based on the
14:00:16visual so I don't have to specify a
14:00:18particular column I get that
14:00:20Independence that I can change my column
14:00:23inside my visual or I can change my
14:00:25group buys inside my visual and my rank
14:00:27can adjust to that while in major
14:00:29calculation that's not possible because
14:00:30they are tied to a particular column of
14:00:32field and they're going to behave in a
14:00:35manner they should behave when this
14:00:37column is tightly attached to that
14:00:38particular measure so this is the real
14:00:41benefit and now you would have
14:00:42understood that you know what benefit
14:00:43each one of them has now sometime I
14:00:45would like to have mejor because I have
14:00:47that kind of a scenario which is
14:00:48basically the rank should get partition
14:00:50as soon as I add something else and that
14:00:52is what the case is and sometime you
14:00:54know I have to explain that again and
14:00:56again in many videos I've done that the
14:00:57moment you add additional stuff the rank
14:01:00is inside that additional column which
14:01:02is not participating in the rank or get
14:01:04partitioned by that other column because
14:01:05we are limited by what column we have
14:01:07put it into the rank X function in a
14:01:09measure but that's not the case with the
14:01:10visual calculation visual calculation
14:01:13has been enounced in October 2024 so
14:01:16let's have a look at what all
14:01:18enhancements has been done into the
14:01:20visual calculations in October 2024
14:01:23there are few enhancements which has
14:01:25been rolled out on the visual
14:01:27calculation and one of them is using the
14:01:30field parameters along with visual
14:01:32calculations which we are going to
14:01:34explore today so let's jump on the
14:01:36release note look at what are the new
14:01:39features which has been given for visual
14:01:41calculations and we will explore them
14:01:43onto the powerbi desktop I'm here on the
14:01:46powerbi October 2024 feature summary and
14:01:50in this feature summary one of the
14:01:52feature which you will find under the
14:01:54content reporting is visual calculation
14:01:57update foreview once we click on that we
14:01:59go down it talks about combo charts are
14:02:02Now supported in theual visual
14:02:04calculation now the combo chart are
14:02:05supported so you can now use visual
14:02:07calculation in combo chart such as line
14:02:09and cluster column chart just you could
14:02:12in the other chart types here is an
14:02:14example of visual calculation reporting
14:02:16moving average for 34s so one example
14:02:19has been given for combo visual where we
14:02:21can see the moving average has been
14:02:22added on the line three quarters moving
14:02:25average has been used on the line of
14:02:28combo visual line clustered column chart
14:02:34and the another feature which we are
14:02:36looking forward mainly for today is
14:02:37field parameters are Now supported this
14:02:40month we have enabled the visual
14:02:42calculation with field parameters you
14:02:43can add visual calculation to the visual
14:02:45containing field parameter or vice versa
14:02:47field parameters can be used to quickly
14:02:49switch around what's shown in the visual
14:02:51for example you can create field
14:02:53parameter to enable your users to decide
14:02:56which attribute Dimension to show for
14:02:58example field parameter called Product
14:03:00attribute can be used to determine the
14:03:01percentage of grand total you have the
14:03:03percentage of grand total which is using
14:03:05rows and you can switch the AIS using
14:03:07the field parameter and it will continue
14:03:09to
14:03:11work another update is faster ways to
14:03:14add templated visual calculation you can
14:03:17now add templated visual calculation
14:03:19with fewer clicks by clicking on the
14:03:20button as part of new visual calculation
14:03:23previously to get the visual template
14:03:25you have to go to the visual calculation
14:03:27and there you have the option to choose
14:03:29the template from the calculation now
14:03:31the template option is available
14:03:33directly under the new visual
14:03:34calculation under the Home tab and you
14:03:36can use it from there you can also start
14:03:39new calculation without template using
14:03:41custom option so these are some of the
14:03:43updates let me jump onto a power VA file
14:03:46and showcase you these updates so I'm
14:03:49here on the powerbi file this is the
14:03:50file where I have already done some
14:03:52visual calculations in the past also I'm
14:03:54using the dark mode which is recently
14:03:56released so you can see that my uis of
14:03:58the powerbi are in the dark mode first
14:04:01of all I'm going to add a new page in to
14:04:03this UI and I will take you through the
14:04:06features one by one first of all let me
14:04:08add a table visual so I'm going to add a
14:04:10table Visual and inside the table visual
14:04:12let me bring in brand and the major net
14:04:15I have a visual brand with the net and
14:04:17let's say I want to add a visual
14:04:18calculation how do we add a visual
14:04:20calculation I to go to the Home
14:04:22tab and inside the Home tab I have new
14:04:24visual calculation and as you can see
14:04:26the new feature which is already been
14:04:28discussed that you have the access to
14:04:29the template quickly you don't have to
14:04:31go to the calculation and choose one of
14:04:33them so let's choose percentage of grand
14:04:36total as one of the calculations so
14:04:38using that template we have come here
14:04:39directly you can see we have percentage
14:04:41of ground total and I can use net as my
14:04:44major collapse all function is going to
14:04:46give me the grand total net again and
14:04:49xes is rows that remains Dynamic now I
14:04:53got my percentage of total now you are
14:04:55not seeing percentage and I'll tell you
14:04:56the new feature which will enable you to
14:04:58see it in the percentage format also
14:05:00that came very recently few months back
14:05:02let's go back now we would like to
14:05:05format this percentage of total click on
14:05:07this go to the format I opened the
14:05:09format now inside the format go to
14:05:12properties and inside the properties
14:05:14data format choose the percentage of
14:05:16grand total the data type is decimal the
14:05:18format is percentage once you choose the
14:05:21percentage format in the decimal data
14:05:23type you will be able to see in the
14:05:25percentage
14:05:27format we have saw one more feature and
14:05:30that the feature is it is supported on
14:05:32combo visual so let's make this chart as
14:05:34line cluster and let's try to move this
14:05:37percentage of grand total from the
14:05:39column of Y AIS line yis visual is now
14:05:41showing percentage of total along with
14:05:43the net what we can do now is we can
14:05:46sort this visual on brand and observe it
14:05:49again let's sort this on
14:05:52brand we can observe the visual again
14:05:55now we can see net as well as percentage
14:05:57of grand total together now to make it
14:06:00little more interesting where you can
14:06:02differentiate what line is doing this is
14:06:03what bar is doing let's convert this
14:06:06line into percentage of running total
14:06:08line so let's edit this calculation and
14:06:11how do we get running total so we have
14:06:13another template for running total but
14:06:15we do have a function running sum on the
14:06:18top I'll take running sum X is as rows
14:06:21so let's divide running Su by total and
14:06:23let me go back the report and let me
14:06:26sort this on the brand
14:06:29ascending and as you can see this is now
14:06:31showing me running percentage of total
14:06:33we are able to explore the second
14:06:35feature also let me convert this visual
14:06:38into table so we have a calculation net
14:06:41we have a percentage of grand total
14:06:43which is actually not percentage of
14:06:44grand total which is percentage of
14:06:46running total and I would also like to
14:06:49add one more function offset function or
14:06:51index function I'll add one more
14:06:53calculation here that calculation is
14:06:55last so what is there in the last so I
14:06:57can use offset function calculate we
14:06:59have previous here but I would like to
14:07:00use offset here net comma offset minus
14:07:05one relation is
14:07:07rows order by is net D actually I wanted
14:07:11to have specific order by and that is
14:07:13why I used this offset function for last
14:07:16row when I go back to the report now
14:07:18this function for that I need the
14:07:20Sorting on the net if you see if I do
14:07:22the Sorting on the net it's giving me
14:07:24the last two let's do one thing let's
14:07:26duplicate this visual CU they both need
14:07:29different sorting and now from the first
14:07:31visual I can remove the last row from
14:07:33the second visual I can remove percent
14:07:35of running total sort first visual on
14:07:37brand and second visual on net the
14:07:39reason for this change is because one of
14:07:41my visual calculation is working on the
14:07:43axis another one is working on the major
14:07:46sorting now what I would like to do is I
14:07:48would like to make both these visuals
14:07:49Dynamic by using field parameters so I
14:07:52would like to change the a/ row and see
14:07:55that the calculation is still holds true
14:07:57for that I would now like to create
14:07:59field parameter that is going to change
14:08:00my categorical variable or access to do
14:08:02that I will we go to modeling new
14:08:05parameters Fields I'm going to create
14:08:08access let me call it as access one and
14:08:11here I'm going to select from item table
14:08:13brand category subcategory from
14:08:15geography table I'll select state and
14:08:18city I will leave this option add slicer
14:08:21to this page as is I would like it to
14:08:23add and then I can now click on create
14:08:27to create my field parameter field
14:08:30parameter will add a table with a
14:08:31special syntax which enables us to use
14:08:33the field parameters this I have
14:08:35explained in the past also now we got
14:08:37the field parameter we also got a slicer
14:08:39we would like to utilize it let me first
14:08:42of all adjust it little
14:08:44bit now we have adjusted our visual but
14:08:46our visual are not following any access
14:08:48isn't
14:08:49it let's go ahead and change the visuals
14:08:53to use access I go to the first Visual
14:08:55and I will go to access drag XIs one and
14:08:58remove brand I will do the same in the
14:09:00second visual I'll click on the second
14:09:02visual drag access and remove brand
14:09:04visual is sorted on AIS or categorical
14:09:07variable and second one is sorted on the
14:09:09measor now let's change the access both
14:09:12the visuals should change if I change
14:09:13the access one I change it to category
14:09:16as you can observe in the first visual
14:09:17we are still getting the correct
14:09:20percentage of running total it is still
14:09:23rolling up to the
14:09:26100% so you can observe in the second
14:09:28vual that we are still getting the
14:09:30correct prior with the help of field
14:09:32parameters XIs has changed or the row
14:09:35has changed or the categorical variable
14:09:37has changed but still we are able to see
14:09:39the last row value based on visual
14:09:42calculation which we don't have to
14:09:43change let's look at State when we look
14:09:46at the state calculation again you can
14:09:48see my percentage of running total is
14:09:50still working as well as you can observe
14:09:53that the prior calculations are still
14:09:55working fine are still getting the
14:09:57previous row value in spite of change in
14:10:00the categorical variable /xs look at how
14:10:04simple and quick calculation we have
14:10:06done and those quick calculations have
14:10:09not only worked with what categorical
14:10:12variables or what axis or what row we
14:10:14had in that visual even when we changed
14:10:16it it continue to work and the last item
14:10:19before we conclude for today let's have
14:10:21more than one and does it continue to
14:10:23work as you can see calculations are
14:10:25still working and this is the beauty of
14:10:29visual calculation and we can say visual
14:10:31calculations are better to together with
14:10:34calculation group so why don't you go
14:10:35ahead and try this out so now let's dig
14:10:39deep into the conditional formatting
14:10:40details for doing that what I've done is
14:10:42I've already created few set of visuals
14:10:44where we are going to experiment with
14:10:45I'll also tell you where you will not be
14:10:47able to do the conditional formatting so
14:10:49what do I mean by conditional formatting
14:10:50so in every visual when you go to the
14:10:52visual format you have a color option
14:10:54now the color option under the bars in
14:10:56case of bar visual in case of column
14:10:58visual column in case of Matrix and
14:11:00table visual you will have the colors
14:11:02under same cell element various
14:11:04conditional formatting options are
14:11:05available table Visual and the Matrix
14:11:08visual have a lot of option they have on
14:11:09background font then they have datab
14:11:11bars icons web URL lot of options now
14:11:15let's start with first of all the
14:11:17conditional formatting on a table visual
14:11:19so conditional formatting has few
14:11:20limitations like in case of the Matrix
14:11:22visual when you click on the Matrix
14:11:24Visual and you want to do conditional
14:11:25formatting you go to series you will not
14:11:27see anything for the rows and the
14:11:29columns me you can't do conditional
14:11:30formatting on R feeds and column feeds
14:11:32on table visual on contary you will be
14:11:34able to do almost on everything on the
14:11:36visuals like bar and Etc you cannot do
14:11:40it if you have more than one major or if
14:11:42you have a legend in these kind of
14:11:43visual the the sign is basically you see
14:11:45this FX button and the moment you stop
14:11:47seeing this FX button you do any action
14:11:49and you don't see this FX button it
14:11:51means you will not be able to do the
14:11:52conditional formatting so let's say if I
14:11:53drag category on the legend you will no
14:11:55more see that okay so it means the
14:11:58option is not available you can see the
14:12:00color color for each series but you
14:12:02can't do a conditional form similarly
14:12:03when you use more than one major also
14:12:05you will not get that option you don't
14:12:07have the options for the conditional
14:12:08formatting the FX is not there in case
14:12:10you have a pi visual me create
14:12:12one you don't have conditional
14:12:14formatting options you go to the slice
14:12:16you don't have the option same way if
14:12:17you create a line visual you again don't
14:12:20have a conditional formatting option
14:12:21under the line so there is no option
14:12:23under the color and at few places we
14:12:25will be able to get this even without
14:12:27having those options at other places
14:12:29we'll not be able to get it so let's
14:12:30start with the conditional formatting
14:12:32and first of all I'll I'll quickly
14:12:33explain you the two conditional
14:12:35formattings options to you on the table
14:12:38visual so in the table visual I can do
14:12:40conditional formatting on any of these
14:12:42but let me bring in a major so margin
14:12:44major I want to do background
14:12:46conditional formatting of form or data
14:12:48bar or icon all are available here I can
14:12:50go to the background conditional
14:12:51formatting I click it you immediately
14:12:52start seeing because when you click on
14:12:54FX You Realize by default the gradient
14:12:56conditional formatting already been
14:12:57picked up in the gradient conditional
14:12:58formatting you can use a major and it is
14:13:00not necessary that when I use margin I
14:13:02need to use margin measure I can use any
14:13:04other measure then I can also I specify
14:13:07when what should I do for empty values
14:13:09don't summarize treat it as zero or
14:13:10specific color so this option is
14:13:12available in the gradient condition form
14:13:14I can use the minimum maximum color
14:13:16gradient and I can choose it now if it
14:13:18is a reverse like discount it should be
14:13:19reverse the minimum value is good
14:13:21actually I can have a middle color if I
14:13:23want and once I use the middle color uh
14:13:25it will give me a try color gradient and
14:13:27I can use any color in that manner I can
14:13:29actually build in my gradient
14:13:32conditional formatting it can apply to
14:13:33values and total and total only right
14:13:35now I'm keeping it only as values and
14:13:37I'll apply gradient conditional format
14:13:40the other options here are rule base and
14:13:42value base which we will explore in a
14:13:44while you are now getting gradient
14:13:46conditional formatting the same option
14:13:47would be available in all the visuals
14:13:48now here in the table visual we have
14:13:50more options like we have option for
14:13:51background we have option for uh font
14:13:54color datab bars Etc but this font and
14:13:56background color so this option would be
14:13:58available in in the color option of most
14:14:00of the visuals now cable visual is the
14:14:02only visual where you can actually
14:14:04create a row conditional formatting
14:14:06because if you can repeat this I can go
14:14:08ahead and you know I I chose my margin
14:14:10percentage I can go and repeat this on
14:14:13discount percentage repeat this on net
14:14:14repeat this on brand so I can actually
14:14:17create a complete row conditional for
14:14:18same conditions I have to repeat the
14:14:20same logic I have to repeat and it is
14:14:21not necessary then when I'm I'm doing
14:14:23conditional formatting on Brown it is
14:14:24not necessary when I do conditional
14:14:26formatting on discount percentage that I
14:14:27have to use discount percentage I can
14:14:29still go ahead and use margin percentage
14:14:31and I can still use the same logic so I
14:14:33will have similar kind of colors and if
14:14:34you repeat this you will get a color
14:14:35draw then comes the font formatting
14:14:38let's complete the different kind of
14:14:39formatting and then we will go to the
14:14:40rules and the field value in the font
14:14:42condition formatting you actually color
14:14:44the font so let me color the font this
14:14:45time based on the rule values only value
14:14:47gr total I want to Value usually what
14:14:49happens value rule based conditional
14:14:51formatting let me apply it on based on
14:14:53the I'm applying it on net but I will
14:14:55apply based on the margin percentage I
14:14:57should be knowing what are what is the
14:14:58values I have because values will change
14:15:00based on the group wise now even though
14:15:02I'm doing it on percentage column and
14:15:03this is something you should remember
14:15:05that even though I'm going to do it on
14:15:06percentage kind of a column it need to
14:15:08be done on number everything should be
14:15:09number and it it should be between 0 and
14:15:111 so these are basically. 13.13 .14 so I
14:15:15have 10% 11% 12% 133% 14% that's the max
14:15:19range I have so what I can do I can say
14:15:21okay it need to be red when it is
14:15:22between 0
14:15:24to12 okay everything should be number
14:15:26now because it is strictly less than
14:15:28here what I can do is I can go ahead and
14:15:31say greater than and equal to again
14:15:32point
14:15:33.12 and then not percentage I want a
14:15:36number and from there strictly less than
14:15:39.14 percentage 14 percentage and this
14:15:42color I can keep it as
14:15:45orange so again everything is number not
14:15:47percentage now let's add one more rule
14:15:50again we have given the last condition
14:15:51which is basically till
14:15:5514% 12% to 14% strictly less than 14 so
14:15:59now it could be greater than 14% .14 and
14:16:02it could go till one or it can whatever
14:16:04number you wanted to give the best way
14:16:05is to give it at one and here like if
14:16:09you have negative values the first value
14:16:11you can go ahead and change to let's say
14:16:13minus1 or - 100 whatever you want minus
14:16:15one could also do the job so what are my
14:16:18conditions now my condition is from
14:16:20negative to positive 12% number
14:16:23everything it's going to be red from 12
14:16:28to 14% it's going to be yellow and from
14:16:3014% now let's change this from 14% to
14:16:34anything which is till 100% should be
14:16:36green so we use green color so now this
14:16:39is the color what we want let's click on
14:16:41okay and see how does it apply and as
14:16:44you can see it has applied the color now
14:16:45the first color is not visible let's
14:16:47make it little bit bold so that we can
14:16:49see it so we can make the values bold if
14:16:51we want like this to look at the color
14:16:55so these are the condition now we have
14:16:56applied and now based on that condition
14:16:58the colors are coming I'm reverting back
14:17:00the Bold right as of now
14:17:03so this is Rule based conditional
14:17:04formatting the rule which you have to
14:17:06remember percentage means allocation
14:17:08based and number means you have the
14:17:11exact value which you are planed to use
14:17:12even if your column is a percentage
14:17:14column you need to use number because
14:17:18you are giving a range you are giving
14:17:20the exact number range and for that you
14:17:23need to use numbers not percentage so we
14:17:25are done with the font conditional
14:17:27formatting now what is this data bar so
14:17:29basically what happens when you click on
14:17:30the data bar I'll keep it on net it will
14:17:32add a bar The Filling of the bar if you
14:17:34go to the FX the option you have is the
14:17:36lowest value highest value which you can
14:17:38give you can get the values or by
14:17:39default it will decide by itself you
14:17:41have for positive bar and negative bar
14:17:43and X is color now there's no
14:17:45conditional formatting further on it you
14:17:47can choose left to right or right to
14:17:48left also you can choose it will start
14:17:51from the other direction also there's
14:17:53one option if you want to only want to
14:17:54show the bar you don't want to show the
14:17:57number you can choose that in that case
14:18:00you will only see the
14:18:01bar so these kind of stuff you can do
14:18:04now comes the icon conditional
14:18:05formatting in case of Icon conditional
14:18:07formatting you can click on FX and there
14:18:09are always a rule again when you are
14:18:11using the percentage base please
14:18:12remember this is
14:18:14allocation so allocation of net value
14:18:17from 0 to 30.3% 33 to 67% and 67 to 100%
14:18:22and that is why I was warning you that
14:18:24we are not going to use the percentage
14:18:26when it is actually percentage so here
14:18:29you can have based on the percentage and
14:18:30you can use different kind of icons
14:18:33and you can say
14:18:35okay I got conditional formatting I can
14:18:38also do that on the brand one not that I
14:18:40can't do it in brand I can also go ahead
14:18:42and do the icon conditional formatting
14:18:44on brand I can choose a major here or
14:18:46actually we have a support for a text
14:18:49now we can say is brand one is brand 2
14:18:54is brand three and we can choose
14:18:57different one okay let's choose the four
14:18:59one so brand one is this so we can do on
14:19:02the based on the text also brand one
14:19:04brand 2 brand three brand four brand
14:19:06five only we have five so will'll get
14:19:08five there's no option to add here but
14:19:10we can add more rules and more icons so
14:19:13add let's say is brand six so we can add
14:19:15more rules but let's stick with these
14:19:17things and as you can see whatever
14:19:18Brands we have given some icons we are
14:19:20getting those icons now other than that
14:19:22what you can do is you can create a
14:19:23unique a measure and then can you you
14:19:26can do conditional formatting on that
14:19:27that is another way to of doing a
14:19:29conditional form what is this web URL
14:19:30condition formatting for the web URL you
14:19:32need to have the URL basically so let's
14:19:34see do we have a URL I actually have the
14:19:36image URL but I'm trying to use that so
14:19:38if you use the URL then it will start
14:19:40showing you underline here you want to
14:19:42use the underline so if you do the web
14:19:44URL conditional formatting it will start
14:19:46showing you the URLs underly URL so if
14:19:48you want the underlying there is option
14:19:50for URL icon and what happens when do
14:19:52you use that for that let me take one
14:19:54example let me open a new page and in
14:19:57that page let me bring in brand and
14:19:59brand URL and now let me go to this icon
14:20:02value value for a moment I'll change
14:20:04this image URL as web URL and now you
14:20:07can see the URL here now I'll go to the
14:20:09brand URL apply setting and in the icon
14:20:11I'll click on the values and the moment
14:20:14I switch this on you start seeing this
14:20:16icon small icon and this is how you use
14:20:18this URL icon so you want to show that
14:20:20small icon when you have actually the
14:20:22URL field you can do that but as of I'll
14:20:24for a longer run I'll just revert it
14:20:26I'll just shown you how to use that this
14:20:27is actually a image URL and the moment I
14:20:29make it image URL it will actually turn
14:20:31back and then you can go ahead and play
14:20:33with the size of the image you can go
14:20:34ahead and say okay I want to have 250
14:20:36you can have that much image one the
14:20:38limit of 150 has been removed as of now
14:20:40you can have much higher size of image
14:20:42so now back to the conditional
14:20:43formatting so now we have understand
14:20:44different kind of conditional formatting
14:20:46now I would like to use the Third Kind
14:20:48of conditional formatting which is the
14:20:50value based conditional formatting which
14:20:52is the major based conditional
14:20:53formatting which we can use in the field
14:20:54value so let's say I want to color these
14:20:57things based on category or brand say
14:20:59okay we'll go rule based conditional
14:21:00formatting also these days allowed text
14:21:02values isn't you can do that what I want
14:21:04is a little bit different so I want to
14:21:06create two majors here brand color and
14:21:08there is a reason why I'm creating so I
14:21:10create a new major from the table tool
14:21:12so let me create first major brand color
14:21:15I will also create one more major which
14:21:16is category color so let me again click
14:21:18on new major this time from the Major
14:21:20Tool and this major I already created
14:21:23and let me explain you this major and
14:21:24same way I've created the brand major so
14:21:26I'm also creating one category color and
14:21:28now let me explain you both have created
14:21:30in the same manner by using the switch
14:21:32true instead of switch true I could have
14:21:34used switch Max of item category or Max
14:21:37of or selected item category so when it
14:21:39is category one I'm giving one color
14:21:41when it is category two I'm giving
14:21:42another color when it is category three
14:21:44I'm giving blue let's say category four
14:21:46yellow and category five orange so in
14:21:49this manner I'm getting colors and
14:21:50there's other instead of other I can
14:21:52make it let's say
14:21:54black there's no other category so I can
14:21:56keep it anything I want it should return
14:22:00color otherwise it will give error now
14:22:02this is a color Mage it returns a color
14:22:04you can also use the Hax code the six
14:22:05digigit Hax code if you remember with
14:22:07the hash sign so if you it may be hash
14:22:11ff00 something like that you can also
14:22:13use so right now I'm using the names now
14:22:17what I'll do here is I'll go to this
14:22:19brand by net visual I go to bar and
14:22:22inside the FX I can go ahead I can use
14:22:24the field value I can go to the major
14:22:28and I can search for the brand major I
14:22:30can search for brand color I can do a
14:22:33condition now you can see each brand has
14:22:34got its own color Okay so the color is
14:22:36basically by brand and this helps us
14:22:39when we want to keep the consistent
14:22:40color so we'll go to this category
14:22:41Visual and apply the category color to
14:22:43keep it
14:22:44consistent now in The Matrix visual I
14:22:46have option I can have the color by
14:22:48brand or by category so let's use by
14:22:50brand here so we want to do the
14:22:52background color
14:22:54FX field value by brand
14:22:58color and that's where your max is going
14:23:00to play a role now
14:23:05so let me use brand
14:23:07color and as you can see other than the
14:23:09not null values we getting color in that
14:23:12particular
14:23:14row and as of now the conditional
14:23:17formatting value based conditional
14:23:19formatting don't color the blank values
14:23:20you might have to handle the value
14:23:22itself to get the color now we will use
14:23:24the other one and this category one now
14:23:27you will ask how would you use it into
14:23:29the I visual there's no option I'll tell
14:23:31you the way first of all I'll convert it
14:23:33into cluster column
14:23:35chart or bar chart I go to the FX I go
14:23:39to field value I can do the gradient
14:23:41conditional formatting as well as rule
14:23:42base but the easier for me as of now to
14:23:45explain to you is field value I use the
14:23:48color I created the colors I'm going to
14:23:51convert it back remember the colors take
14:23:53the values because I'm going to do this
14:23:55now on this visual which is actually a
14:23:57column visual which where the
14:23:58conditional formatting is available so
14:23:59we done it on a column visual convert it
14:24:01into a pi now we are doing it on a
14:24:03column visual again field value we
14:24:05clicked on FX came here field value
14:24:08color category
14:24:11color now if you see the two visuals
14:24:13have the same
14:24:15colors what happens when we filter
14:24:17something so let me bring a page level
14:24:21filter brand one till category 4 and
14:24:25category one retained those colors till
14:24:27they are red and yellow and this is the
14:24:30thing which we can do using this one we
14:24:32we can have colors which retained it but
14:24:35only challenge is across multiple
14:24:37measures or with Legends it will not
14:24:39work also we can't color The Matrix head
14:24:42and row but how do we color line we
14:24:44can't color line only we can show
14:24:46additional colored marker and this is
14:24:48other than the marker color switch so
14:24:50what you can do here is again convert it
14:24:52into a cluster column
14:24:54bar go to the effects do whatever color
14:24:57you want I want to do field conditional
14:24:59formatting I can search the color major
14:25:02and
14:25:03colors and then I convert it back to the
14:25:06line I get these
14:25:09markers colored markers and these are
14:25:13not same as the marker which we have in
14:25:15the line so if I enable the marker now
14:25:17you will say no no it is looking like
14:25:18this let me showcase you let me make
14:25:20them bigger you can see the background
14:25:23the bigger markers are coming back so
14:25:25they are not same as the marker what we
14:25:27have they are different separate markers
14:25:30but yes definitely you can show theor
14:25:32you can't color the line but you can
14:25:33show the colors so you've seen the
14:25:35advantage of field conditional
14:25:37formatting now when we have the field
14:25:39conditional formatting let's say if I
14:25:40need to do it in table visual I can
14:25:41quickly replicate it in all the columns
14:25:43and you know the same kind of
14:25:44conditional formatting and I can get row
14:25:45colors now I have done it on the
14:25:48category and brand but it doesn't mean I
14:25:50can't do it on measure I can do it on
14:25:52measure and we'll take up that example
14:25:54now before I do that I'll go to this cd2
14:25:57and I knowingly created this because now
14:26:00the colors are going to give a different
14:26:02meanings to this visualization so if you
14:26:05remember I suggested you instead of
14:26:06using Legends use to access when I use
14:26:11twox I don't have two colors now we have
14:26:14because we are going to going to go to
14:26:15the conditional formatting and from the
14:26:18conditional formatting now this is the
14:26:20first one is brand I'm going to use
14:26:22field value and the brand
14:26:25colors brand color I'm going to
14:26:28use and you can see the different brands
14:26:30have different color now you could have
14:26:31used the category colors and different
14:26:33categories could have colors and you can
14:26:36use other table visually where you can
14:26:37only have the categories now where from
14:26:39where I will get the legend definitely
14:26:40you can't get a legend here what you can
14:26:43do is create a very small cable
14:26:45Visual and this is brand isn't it so
14:26:49I'll put brand
14:26:54here and you can put the colors to the
14:26:57brand background or font whatever you
14:26:59want I'll put the background color we
14:27:03value
14:27:06brand and you can say these are the
14:27:08color of the brand so there a color of
14:27:11brand one brand 10 on all those now
14:27:12definitely you make it as thin as
14:27:14possible you can hide the total all
14:27:17those things you can
14:27:21do now in the second visual I'm going to
14:27:24use it on category it's not going to
14:27:26make much difference but I just wanted
14:27:28to show you how different is going to
14:27:30look like
14:27:32you have the category color I could have
14:27:34used brand color here and each brand
14:27:36could have the same color so you can
14:27:38create these kind of visuals using field
14:27:40value conditional formatting also rules
14:27:42support the name colors you can use do
14:27:45do you can also use rule based
14:27:47conditional formatting that supports the
14:27:48color that also support text now now the
14:27:50final which I going to do here is based
14:27:53on a measure and for that I would like
14:27:55to have a scatter visual I'm going to
14:27:57create the scatter visual again so I'll
14:27:59add a scatter Visual and this scatter
14:28:01visual I will have on the x-axis
14:28:04discount
14:28:06percentage on the y axis I'm going to
14:28:08have margin
14:28:11percentage I will use city as my values
14:28:15remember I can't use
14:28:17Legend I got so many dots I'm going to
14:28:20switch the
14:28:24x-axis I will invert I want the lowest
14:28:27values on the this side because I want
14:28:28to create a fourth quadrant here which
14:28:30is low discount High margin which is
14:28:32green how to create the quadrant so go
14:28:35down you have the lines reference
14:28:38lines and here you going to add constant
14:28:41lines not the average
14:28:43line constant line xaxis constant line
14:28:47and in the XX is constant line you have
14:28:49this FX and in the FX use the measor
14:28:52what you
14:28:52want it switches then go to the add line
14:28:57again use the type as Y axis constant
14:28:59line and in the y axis constant line in
14:29:02the FX now choose margin
14:29:05percentage you have to use the major
14:29:06because major is automatically going to
14:29:08take care of the grand total because it
14:29:10is a divided by B when you have the
14:29:12grand total is going to do and when I
14:29:14use the constant lines or when I use
14:29:15these reference line they are calculated
14:29:17at the grand total level now what I need
14:29:19here this see these are the average line
14:29:21our ba is given those this quadrant is
14:29:23high margin low discount green but how
14:29:26do I get this middle margin I need to
14:29:28now this is still high margin but High
14:29:32discount blue low discounts are red and
14:29:34yellow low discount low
14:29:37margin now for low margins I have two if
14:29:40the discount is low I can keep it orange
14:29:43if it is low margin High discount I will
14:29:45keep it red so I need a measure for that
14:29:48I'm going to create this measure and
14:29:49I'll tell you how I'm so let me create a
14:29:51new measure and I already have a script
14:29:54for
14:29:55that color scatter first of all for that
14:29:57we need gr to so using calculate
14:30:00discount percent for Discount all
14:30:03selected is going to give me the grand
14:30:05total or the average overall average
14:30:08same way overall margin calculate margin
14:30:10all selected why I'm using all selected
14:30:13so because if you apply the filter still
14:30:15it find the middle number with those
14:30:17filters then what we are saying is if
14:30:19margin is greater than the average
14:30:21margin and discount is less than the
14:30:23discount average discount overall
14:30:25discount than green margin is still
14:30:27greater but discount is also greater
14:30:29blue for both lower margins if the
14:30:31discount is low then yellow if the
14:30:33discount is greater then red this is
14:30:35what I wanted these are the four color I
14:30:37wanted I have a major now which can do
14:30:39that so I use switch through and created
14:30:40this measure now I would like to use
14:30:43this
14:30:44measure so I'll go to the
14:30:47markers inside the marker color I will
14:30:50use FX and inside the FX field value
14:30:54search for the color color skatter okay
14:30:57and you can see the four colors green
14:31:00blue yellow or orange if you want it and
14:31:03red the four colors have come we have
14:31:05got the four quadrants of different
14:31:08different colors so conditional
14:31:10formatting is a powerful tool to
14:31:13communicate the message the message
14:31:15could be done in terms of value or it
14:31:17could be done in terms of categorical
14:31:19values to enhance the visual experience
14:31:21you can use whenever you require to make
14:31:24impactful visualization so let's
14:31:27understand visual interactions to
14:31:29understand visual interactions what I've
14:31:30done is I actually created created a few
14:31:32visuals which include table visual Pi
14:31:34visual map Visual and bar visual to
14:31:37explain you what are the different kind
14:31:38of interactions which happens between
14:31:40the visuals I also added a slicer so
14:31:42that you can understand it better let me
14:31:43close rest of the panes and give you a
14:31:46space on the page so that page has a
14:31:48larger canvas available now I'll click
14:31:51on any of the visual and then I can go
14:31:53to format and enable the edit
14:31:55interaction edit interactions allows you
14:31:57to change the interactions between the
14:32:00visuals what do you mean by interactions
14:32:01first of of all between the visual so
14:32:03let's say if I click on any of these
14:32:04slices all these visuals are changing
14:32:07okay why these visuals are changing
14:32:09these visuals are changing because they
14:32:11are interacting with this slicer if you
14:32:13go to this brand visual it will only
14:32:14show one value because only one value is
14:32:16applicable because of its interaction
14:32:18with the second brand slicer now the
14:32:20moment I erase it you will again see the
14:32:22values are removed now if you click on
14:32:24any of the visual let's say if I click
14:32:25on Category 2 you will see a different
14:32:27kind of impact which is happening here
14:32:29now I'll explain what is happening on
14:32:30the P later but you see this is
14:32:33highlight which is happening in the
14:32:34brand visual actually there's a
14:32:35highlight also happening in the pi
14:32:36visual but because it's on the same
14:32:38level only category 2 is getting
14:32:39highlight now I click back and I click
14:32:42on any of the brands in the P visual
14:32:45what do you see here the T table visual
14:32:47is getting filtered but in the pi visual
14:32:49there is a highlight which is happening
14:32:50again this visual is basically getting
14:32:52filtered the map visual now if I go and
14:32:55click again it will deselect and here if
14:32:57I click on any of the city you will see
14:33:00again highlight at few places and filter
14:33:02at other places but is slicer getting
14:33:04impacted no so visual is not changing
14:33:07the slicer unless the joint is
14:33:08bidirectional so visual is not going to
14:33:11filter the slicer and we don't see any
14:33:13interaction side with the filter pane so
14:33:16even if I click on any of the filters we
14:33:18don't see any interaction changes so
14:33:20filters can also filter the data inside
14:33:22the visualization but the interactions
14:33:24with the filter cannot be changed while
14:33:26it can be changed for other what do I
14:33:28mean by interactions can be changed so
14:33:30now I will click on let's say one slicer
14:33:33and I go to edit interaction and I click
14:33:34on that immediately you start seeing
14:33:36these signs these signs means filter and
14:33:39don't filter so whenever I click on the
14:33:41slicer all other visuals we get this
14:33:43filter and not filter because the
14:33:45interaction with the slicer is either
14:33:46you going to filter with that slicer or
14:33:48you're not going to filter with that
14:33:49slicer only two type of interactions can
14:33:51happen every chart is a driver chart and
14:33:53all other chart will become the driven
14:33:55chart when you click on the edit
14:33:56interactions and you try to edit the
14:33:58interaction so every chart will become a
14:34:00driver for edit interaction so if I
14:34:01click on on this visual you will see the
14:34:03Dr are you know now asking for whether
14:34:05they want to get filtered or not and at
14:34:07some of the visuals you are seeing three
14:34:09options not two options the third
14:34:11additional options which you're seeing
14:34:12is the Highlight option so what happens
14:34:15if this is a brand if I click on this I
14:34:17can disable its interaction with this
14:34:19chart I can disable its interaction with
14:34:20this chart so now when I click on brand
14:34:22one you see that the other visuals are
14:34:24getting updated but these two visual
14:34:26where I switch off the interaction they
14:34:27are not interacting so let me erase this
14:34:29now let me select brand 10 here in this
14:34:32visual when I select brand 10 and if I
14:34:34go here the brand 10 is getting filtered
14:34:36into the other visual why because from
14:34:38this visual when I click on this visual
14:34:40the interactions are on for this one so
14:34:41when this chart is driver chart there is
14:34:44interaction which is still happening the
14:34:46filter is which is still highlighted so
14:34:48each slicer or each visual can filter
14:34:51other visual unless stopped default
14:34:53behavior is filter or highlight in which
14:34:56case it would be default highlight I'll
14:34:57let you know mean know let me erase it
14:34:59let me click on any of the filter You
14:35:01Don't See see any interaction happening
14:35:03with the filter so see the Highlight is
14:35:05still on the slicer so filter can we
14:35:08cannot change interaction with the
14:35:09filter we can only change with the
14:35:11slicers filter is not part of
14:35:13interactions now let's go ahead when I
14:35:16click on category here you see that
14:35:18there is a highlight which is
14:35:20happening now why does this highlight is
14:35:22happening because there's a method
14:35:24available when I click on this chart
14:35:25there is a method which is available as
14:35:27highlight if I change it to filter and
14:35:29if I click on any of these categories
14:35:31you will see see now the visual is
14:35:32getting filtered so the behavior is
14:35:34filter same way when I've clicked here I
14:35:36can go ahead and change this Behavior
14:35:38also to filter so now this chart will
14:35:41only show the category which is clicked
14:35:42on this table visual so there are chart
14:35:45where we can show The Fill Behavior
14:35:47which include the bar chart pie chart
14:35:49tree map these visuals can show The Fill
14:35:52Behavior but chart like table cannot
14:35:54show fill Behavior so let's say if I go
14:35:55to the pie chart and when I filter the
14:35:57default table can only get filtered or I
14:36:00can disable filter or I can filter
14:36:02there's no filpa so we cannot do it so
14:36:04using the edit interaction under the
14:36:06format you can change the behavior let's
14:36:08quickly take one use case the use case
14:36:10of dividing a page into two parts so
14:36:12what I'm going to do is I'm going to
14:36:13copy these two visuals from here and
14:36:16I'll take them to a new page let me
14:36:18paste them let me see don't syn also I
14:36:20copied three let me make it two or let
14:36:22me keep them three only so I got these
14:36:25three visuals and let me instead of two
14:36:27I got three I put them on one side now
14:36:30what's happening if I select a br
14:36:31everything is interacting now let me say
14:36:33CR a contrl c contr v i get two sets of
14:36:37visuals now even if I select brand here
14:36:40it is filtering across now for this use
14:36:43case let me go ahead and insert a shape
14:36:45and the shape I plan to insert is a line
14:36:47let me make this line bigger and thinner
14:36:50and I I'll change its orientation now
14:36:52let me enable the formatting and inside
14:36:55the format I'll go to rotation and let
14:36:57me rotate it by 90° so I got a full line
14:37:01a y drawn a line here I want the left
14:37:03side to only work with the left side I
14:37:05want right side to work with the right
14:37:07side they should not interact with each
14:37:08other then how do I change this Behavior
14:37:11so click on this visual now edit
14:37:13interaction is already available from
14:37:14the format pan we have enabled it last
14:37:16time if it is not enabled go to the
14:37:17format pan and enable it now disable its
14:37:21interaction with all the three visuals
14:37:24let me make it a little bit smaller
14:37:25because it's overlapping now what would
14:37:27happen here when I select brand one it
14:37:29is going to filter the first two visual
14:37:31not the visual on the other side so you
14:37:33can see this visual is filtering this
14:37:34visual is filtering but these two
14:37:36visuals are not interacting and that is
14:37:38the reason why they are not getting
14:37:40filtered but it will not stop here I
14:37:42have to do the same thing for here and
14:37:44have to repeat it for all the visual so
14:37:46I click on this I disable its
14:37:47interaction with these visual now I
14:37:49click on this Visual and I disable its
14:37:51interaction with the other side I click
14:37:53on the bar Visual and disable bar
14:37:55visuals interaction with the right hand
14:37:57side visual on the right hand side I
14:37:58click on the p and I disable it
14:38:00interaction with left hand side visual
14:38:01click on the bar and disable its
14:38:03interaction with left hand side visual
14:38:04now let's check it out so if I filter
14:38:06brand one here only right side is
14:38:08getting filtered so I filtered on right
14:38:10side right side is getting filtered when
14:38:11I click on category and let me change
14:38:13the impact to highlight let me click on
14:38:15the pi on the left and change the impact
14:38:17to highlight see left hand side
14:38:19interacts with left hand side right hand
14:38:20side interact with right hand side there
14:38:22is no interaction between left and right
14:38:25in this manner you can change the
14:38:27interaction and create different kind of
14:38:30interactions Behavior where you can
14:38:32decide which visual is going to filter
14:38:34which other
14:38:35visual let's learn the feature bookmarks
14:38:39bookmarks is a feature which allows you
14:38:41to create snapshots and using those
14:38:44snapshot you can create more interactive
14:38:46power VI Pages now what happens is there
14:38:49is a facility to show and hide the
14:38:51visuals so if you go to view and enable
14:38:54the selection pan which is right now
14:38:56enabled here so you to enable the
14:38:58selection Pane and for every
14:38:59visualization you will get option to
14:39:01show and hide and you can capture that
14:39:03stage because sometime the visual is
14:39:05showing sometime the visual is not
14:39:07showing so you can capture such kind of
14:39:09situations and using such kind of
14:39:11situations you can actually create a
14:39:13really interactive page what are the
14:39:15uses there are many uses before field
14:39:17parameter came in place this was also
14:39:20used for switch AIS so basically if a
14:39:23visual is on brand and I want to change
14:39:24it to category so bookmarks along with
14:39:26Buttons used to help in that then
14:39:29sometime it helps us in creating a b
14:39:31basically a slicer pan so what happens
14:39:33you can have a slicer pan and that
14:39:35slicer pen can show and hide so let's
14:39:38take these two examples of bookmarks and
14:39:41try to implement that and understand the
14:39:43bookmark feature in detail what I'm
14:39:45going to do is I have another page where
14:39:47I have this two slices let me bring them
14:39:49in now these slices are not interacting
14:39:51with each other right now I'll say don't
14:39:56sync so let me change the column on the
14:39:59second slicer so on the second slicer
14:40:01instead of the brand let me use category
14:40:03so I have a visual which is on brand I
14:40:05have a visual which is on category brand
14:40:06and category and let me bring in one
14:40:10visual also I bring a visual here I put
14:40:13this visual here below now these visuals
14:40:16are filtering this one let's check that
14:40:19out round one
14:40:23category interaction is happening now
14:40:26sometime for the space requirement what
14:40:28you want is I want to hide this region
14:40:31or you can have it on left hand side so
14:40:33how do I do that so let me first of all
14:40:36create a pain kind of impression by
14:40:39using a shape I put a
14:40:42rectangle so let me remove the color and
14:40:46everything from this one shape and Style
14:40:49no fill I think we are fine with the
14:40:51boundaries let me bring in the category
14:40:53on top of it so let's go to the format
14:40:55Tab and let's send this backward so we
14:40:57will say send to back so this is now on
14:41:00when to the back one
14:41:03now this is here and this should again
14:41:07let's bring this forward bring in front
14:41:11this is also bring in front control or
14:41:16shift press and right click group so all
14:41:20these visuals are group so we have one
14:41:23group so what can happen is I can hide
14:41:26this this is hidden now this is one
14:41:28stage where this is hidden this is one
14:41:30of the stage I want to show so this is
14:41:32the one stage which I would like to
14:41:34capture and in that stage I would like
14:41:37to use the bookmark
14:41:40pan and this is the bookmark pain which
14:41:43is already
14:41:44enabled and using the pan switcher let
14:41:46me bring it
14:41:48in so now this stage I add a bookmark
14:41:52and this bookmark let me call this
14:41:54bookmark as
14:41:55hide enable and what is this stage when
14:41:58it is showing this this is show stage so
14:42:01there are two stages hide and show so in
14:42:04this stage it is hidden this stage it is
14:42:05show but what happens if I select
14:42:07category one I removed all the
14:42:10categories in the show stage I go to
14:42:12hide stage do you see this a category
14:42:14still filtered so what has happened when
14:42:16I created this bookmark actually the
14:42:19data got saved though the filter is not
14:42:21appearing so if I go to show I uncheck
14:42:24it but if I go to hide and I come back
14:42:26to show you again see the category one
14:42:28because the category one was sa so let
14:42:29me erase this category one let me erase
14:42:31the filter and update this bookmark now
14:42:34let me hide this so I unhide it first of
14:42:38all erase erase this one now I hide it
14:42:41right click and update now both the
14:42:43bookmarks are saved without values but
14:42:45let's say if I put Category 2 here let
14:42:47me put Category 5 here and after keep
14:42:49creating Category 5 in the show view I
14:42:51go to the Hidden View now if you
14:42:53remember I cleaned up and saved it again
14:42:55now it is is still showing me everything
14:42:56so can I pass the values because when I
14:42:58show and hide this menu I still want the
14:43:00values to pass so for that we right
14:43:02click here and we say disable data we
14:43:04say don't save the data same thing on
14:43:05the show we go and we say don't save the
14:43:08data now we go to the show go to the
14:43:09category and put Category 2 come to the
14:43:12hide view still Category 2 come back
14:43:13show now let's choose a category where
14:43:15we have lesser values like Category 5
14:43:18this is the show View and we go to the
14:43:19hide view we still get the category 5 it
14:43:21means even if I hide my menu I will be
14:43:23able to do that now what I'm going to do
14:43:25is I'm I need a button here isn't it so
14:43:27I give a small button for show or hide
14:43:29so I want to hide or show then I need to
14:43:30give a button so I will go here in the
14:43:33insert and I go to button so let me add
14:43:37a very small button here blank button
14:43:39I'm plan to add let me move it on the
14:43:41right hand side I'll go to the button
14:43:44style enable the text and give it as a
14:43:47name show whenever I click on this the
14:43:49menu should show now I go further down I
14:43:51go to the actions in the action in The
14:43:53Bookmark I'll first of all type action
14:43:56type is bookmark what action it should
14:43:58show it should show so whenever I click
14:43:59on this it should show right now it's
14:44:00already showing okay so we need to do a
14:44:02little bit of adjustment and then I put
14:44:04another button and I put hide button on
14:44:06top of the menu itself and I need to
14:44:08group it so let me group this together
14:44:10so merge I merge it with the group one
14:44:13so when I go to height the button itself
14:44:15is hidden with that if I go to the show
14:44:17it is there now but this should be
14:44:19renamed as hide and what action it
14:44:21should do if I click it should take me
14:44:24to The Bookmark hide so now let's do a
14:44:27go ahead and click on this how do we
14:44:28click a button in the powerb desktop
14:44:31control click hide control click show
14:44:33shows can we apply a filter yes category
14:44:36two and we go and apply brand and filter
14:44:39yes brand and filter has been applied
14:44:41let's hide it till the same thing is
14:44:42there click on show same thing is there
14:44:44okay so we are in short this using the
14:44:46not saving the data with the bookmarks
14:44:48so these are the stages which are saved
14:44:49and we are able to create slicer menu
14:44:52which we can show under it you can
14:44:53create it on left hand side sometime
14:44:54what happens is when you create such
14:44:56kind of menu you do adjust your visual
14:44:58so BBE the visual is see this big and
14:45:00when it is shown on the visual is this
14:45:01big so this kind of adjustment also we
14:45:03do so with this kind of adjustment you
14:45:05can try that out now the Second Use case
14:45:07which actually I wanted to go ahead and
14:45:09do is I want to create a impression of
14:45:11access slicer using the bookmarks and
14:45:13button so we have used bookmarks and
14:45:14button and created the menu show hide
14:45:17menu now what we want is now we want the
14:45:19behavior of access slicer now access
14:45:21slicer bookmarks cannot work in a slicer
14:45:23so what I'm going to do here is
14:45:24basically I will go ahead and create
14:45:27buttons for those and going to create an
14:45:28impression of exess slicer and when you
14:45:31learn field parameter you will find that
14:45:32the new method is really easy the field
14:45:34parameter method is really easy while
14:45:36bookmarks can use for both access slicer
14:45:38as well as major slicer for major slicer
14:45:40traditionally also there are many ways
14:45:42available including the calculation
14:45:43group now calculation group has very
14:45:45recently become part of the Microsoft
14:45:47powerbi desktop without going to tabular
14:45:49editor or external tool you can create
14:45:51it so calculation group is another easy
14:45:53way to explore that so calculation group
14:45:55was previously there and major slicers
14:45:57we can create with the help of
14:45:58independent table that was also
14:46:00available previous viously so unless a
14:46:02very specific case used to come we never
14:46:04used to use bookmark for major slices
14:46:07but definitely for the exess slicer we
14:46:08were using it so let's quickly take an
14:46:10example in this example again what I
14:46:12want here is basically let me bring in
14:46:13this visual by category to this new page
14:46:16let me duplicate this contrl C control V
14:46:18now there are two visuals and what I'm
14:46:20going to do here is the second visual
14:46:21I'll change the second visual to Brand
14:46:23so what you want is if you click on if
14:46:26you click on a button you want brand if
14:46:27you click on a button you want category
14:46:29so if I hide this is only category
14:46:31Visual and if I unhide and this this is
14:46:34a brand visual so when category is
14:46:36hidden it is brand Visual and when brand
14:46:38is hidden we can have category visual
14:46:40these are two stages and I want to cover
14:46:41these two stages in two buttons so I
14:46:43create a hidden brand and I can add a
14:46:45bookmark and what will this bookmark be
14:46:47known as this bookmark will be known as
14:46:49category bookmark then I unhide the
14:46:51brand and hide category what this
14:46:53bookmark will be known as because brand
14:46:55is visible I'll add a bookmark and that
14:46:57bookmark double click and rename will be
14:46:58known as brand bookmark you you can have
14:47:01few more versions and you can have this
14:47:02so category brand now I can ship but
14:47:04definitely there would be no bookmark
14:47:06pain for the users so how you're going
14:47:07to enable that we are going to bring
14:47:08button insert buttons there are already
14:47:10bookmark button which I doesn't like
14:47:12there is a navigator also bookmark
14:47:13Navigator so I'll add two buttons blank
14:47:15button but what typically I do is I add
14:47:17the first button and then I start
14:47:19editing the style and then I can easily
14:47:21edit it to the second button so what is
14:47:23the button Style I want I want text
14:47:25first of all so let me enable and let me
14:47:26call this text as brand so brand is
14:47:29there and then I go to the action and
14:47:31inside the action I enable the action
14:47:33what action I need I need a type action
14:47:35is bookmark and I want to show brand so
14:47:37whenever I click on this button I want
14:47:39to show brand then contrl ctrol V now
14:47:41this second button is going to do the
14:47:42same stuff but here the action I want is
14:47:44basically category and this means that
14:47:46it need to be renamed so I will go to
14:47:48the button text and rename it as
14:47:50category so we have brand as well as
14:47:52category buttons now control and click
14:47:54on brand it is brand control and click
14:47:56on category it is category what is
14:47:58happening the AIS is switching or the
14:48:00lay legent is switching now if this
14:48:02would have been the bar visuals it had
14:48:04been excess switching these are P
14:48:06visuals Legend shifting you want to
14:48:07change the visualization type one time
14:48:10it is bar one time it is table one time
14:48:12it is pi again bookmarks you can use so
14:48:14many such use cases can be done with the
14:48:16bookmarks these are very common use
14:48:18cases which you can do and bookmark can
14:48:20in increase the interactivity of the
14:48:22page and it can create a different
14:48:25impression of the page it looks like
14:48:27much more professionally handled page
14:48:29when you use bookmarks
14:48:31so now let's learn what is calculation
14:48:33groups calculation group is a power ba
14:48:37feature which will allows you to apply
14:48:40common calculation across multiple
14:48:42measures so you don't have to create
14:48:45measure for each and everything so this
14:48:47is particularly useful to simplify the
14:48:51measor management but the feature allows
14:48:54you more than that so if you simply
14:48:57combine the majors you can create a
14:48:59major slicer if you use selected value
14:49:02and you then create a major let's say
14:49:05for MTD qtd YTD you can create time
14:49:08intelligence measure by just using
14:49:09selected measures and then I don't need
14:49:11to create separate measures for Cog MTD
14:49:14Cog YTD Cog qtd next net YTD net qtd all
14:49:18those measures I don't need to create so
14:49:20what we are going to do is we going to
14:49:21take an example of calculation group
14:49:24where we are going to create two
14:49:25calculation groups one which will
14:49:27provide us time intelligence using
14:49:29selected major which can take a measure
14:49:32which is in the visual and give the
14:49:34value for that as MTD qtd YTD and the
14:49:37second calculation Group which we are
14:49:38going to create its item would be same
14:49:40as what we have net gross cogs margin
14:49:43Etc but the objective of that would be
14:49:47to give you a dynamic slicer both will
14:49:50give slicer that would be equivalent of
14:49:53major slicer we have also seen in field
14:49:55parameters so to do that you have to go
14:49:57to the model view and inside the model
14:50:00view very recently in the data pane on
14:50:03the right hand side we have been given
14:50:06this option model semantic model and
14:50:09using this semantic model you can now
14:50:12create calculation groups right now if
14:50:14you click you don't have any calculation
14:50:16group so we are going to create a
14:50:18calculation group the first calculation
14:50:21group to convert measures to slicer and
14:50:23second calculation group for time
14:50:25intelligence so click on the calculation
14:50:27groups New calculation group and this
14:50:30will give you a message this change will
14:50:33discourage implicit measures now you
14:50:35can't use implicit measures implicit
14:50:36measure means when I use a quantity
14:50:38column and I say it is sum okay this
14:50:41kind of stuff would be discouraged from
14:50:43now and that is why you might have seen
14:50:45every time I'm using something I'm
14:50:47creating a major this is the something
14:50:49which I know at some stage I'll need
14:50:51calculation group and I'm doing it we
14:50:53just discussing two use cases of
14:50:54calculation group but it's much more
14:50:56powerful feature it can be used at
14:50:58multiple places so one of the things
14:51:00which we can also use is basically to
14:51:04use this in small multiples to shift the
14:51:07measures that is also one of the uses so
14:51:10now let me create yes this will change
14:51:13this will discourage implicit measure
14:51:14yes let it
14:51:16discourage our first calculation group
14:51:19has been
14:51:20created and we are directly landed onto
14:51:22a calculation item okay so we can come
14:51:26here we can call it as major slicer we
14:51:32I renamed it now I go to the calculation
14:51:34item and there is already one item which
14:51:36is created with selected Imes right now
14:51:38I don't want to use selected Mees what I
14:51:40simply want is I would like to create
14:51:45gross gross as gross one item I added
14:51:48and I'm quickly going to add few more
14:51:50items
14:51:54now net
14:51:57net one more new calculation item
14:52:06so left hand side is a name right hand
14:52:07side is a definition cogs
14:52:11cogs three is sufficient and this will
14:52:13act as a major slicer so we can use it
14:52:15as a major slicer it is just the
14:52:17collection of measure now we again click
14:52:20on the calculation group and it there is
14:52:22a button for new calculation group we
14:52:24are going to use
14:52:25it new calculation group
14:52:30and this would be our TI okay time
14:52:33intelligence calculation group so
14:52:36calculation item calculation group and
14:52:39name it as TI time intelligence
14:52:41calculation
14:52:44group and now let's go to the
14:52:46calculation item and rename it as MTD
14:52:50left hand side rename and right hand
14:52:52side look at the calculation
14:52:54calculate selected major dates
14:52:59MTD date of date this is how we created
14:53:01time intelligence measures in the past
14:53:06also dates MTD date of
14:53:11date let's close MTD let's close
14:53:14calculate we got an MTD
14:53:17measure in the same manner we are going
14:53:19to create two more qtd and YTD in this
14:53:22calculation group now I'm using selected
14:53:24major so I would need a major inside my
14:53:27visualization to supply to this selected
14:53:29major to get MTD qtd and YTD let's
14:53:32create qtd and YTD click on the
14:53:34calculation items on the right hand side
14:53:36you will get this new calculation option
14:53:38click on that and create
14:53:41more this time we will use copy paste
14:53:44and couple of
14:53:46changes qtd
14:53:49qtd using dates
14:53:53qtd let's add one more
14:54:04so we got YTD we got qtd and we got MTD
14:54:07so now let's go ahead and use this so
14:54:10I'll go to report View and inside the
14:54:13report view I'll create a new page and
14:54:15first of all I'll tell you how do I
14:54:17create a major slicer so I can see this
14:54:19calculation group I'll bring this
14:54:21calculation item to this is showing me
14:54:24three names I will change this to
14:54:27slicer now I will go ahead and create
14:54:30create a matrix
14:54:33Visual and inside the Matrix
14:54:36visual what I'm going to do here is I
14:54:39will bring brand on the
14:54:41row brand on the row calculation group
14:54:46on the
14:54:47column it will not show anything because
14:54:49it need at least one major I'll go to
14:54:52the majors on the
14:54:55top and bring in net it doesn't mean
14:54:58it's going to give only net it's going
14:54:59to give me all three now I can check and
14:55:02uncheck or do multi select using control
14:55:05and get the measures so measor slicer
14:55:09this is what you have
14:55:10seen and this is same thing we are able
14:55:12to achieve using calculation group now
14:55:15now what we are going to do here is now
14:55:17let's bring in the second one TI time
14:55:19intelligence one again first of all
14:55:22using the time intelligence one let me
14:55:24create a
14:55:27slicer so we got a slicer now here what
14:55:30I'm going to do is I'm going to add this
14:55:33calculation group on the
14:55:36row
14:55:38PI right now you don't see any
14:55:40difference and I'll expand it the moment
14:55:42I expand it you don't see a value and we
14:55:43know time intelligence we use MTD qtd
14:55:45YTD so unless there is some month where
14:55:48we have the data we not get it so let's
14:55:51bring in a slicer for month
14:55:55here so I got a slicer and here add data
14:55:59on the
14:56:01date
14:56:03table month
14:56:05year and let's go and select a month
14:56:07year where we have
14:56:10data I'll select
14:56:13July so as you can see I got MTD value
14:56:17qtd same because in the month of July
14:56:19MTD and QT saved and YTD different now
14:56:21if I go to June I will get different MTD
14:56:24qtd YTD and for all three of them I'm
14:56:27able to get it see I have not calculated
14:56:28it for cogs gross and net I just
14:56:31calculated it for the selected measure
14:56:33and there are three selected measure
14:56:35which are coming inside this
14:56:37visualization and it is able to use
14:56:39those in this manner we are able to
14:56:42utilize calculation groups to reduce the
14:56:45measures now think about cogs gross net
14:56:48three into three nine Majors I needed I
14:56:51actually did not create nine Majors
14:56:52three Majors were already created which
14:56:54I utilized inside one calculation group
14:56:57and in that manner I've done it you can
14:56:58do some of those calculations under
14:57:00calculation group items you don't need
14:57:02to do all the calculations here as
14:57:04measures so this is one example now we
14:57:06will use one more
14:57:09example of calculation
14:57:12group where I want to use the small
14:57:14multiple so if I have this brand wise
14:57:18net
14:57:19visual me create a brand wise net
14:57:23visual what would happen here is you can
14:57:25usually create a small multiple using
14:57:28let's say category but I want want to
14:57:31have the small multiple using measures
14:57:33can I have it no because measures you
14:57:34can't drag a measure here and how do we
14:57:37create multiple measures can I use a
14:57:40field parameter here let's try out so we
14:57:42go to measor slicer we put major slicer
14:57:44here it takes the major slicer does
14:57:47nothing now let's drag the calculation
14:57:50Group which we have created the
14:57:52calculation group major slicer we put it
14:57:55into the small
14:57:56multiple and the moment I do it you see
14:57:58cogs gross and Nets three different
14:58:02visuals coming in place now let me go to
14:58:05the small
14:58:06multiples how many rows you need I will
14:58:09need three rows how many columns only
14:58:11one
14:58:12column each of them is on the different
14:58:16different rows cogs net gross do I need
14:58:20the titles yes I need the
14:58:23titles but I can go to the Y
14:58:27AIS and disable this shared y axis
14:58:31so now the Y AIS would be able to adjust
14:58:36itself so I removed the shared y- axis
14:58:38so that these values can adjust inside
14:58:40the each Visual
14:58:43and I will remove the y-axis title now
14:58:47cogs gross and net three different
14:58:49measures we are able to use using small
14:58:53multiples small multiples is a feature
14:58:56which allows you to have multiple visual
14:58:58using the categorical variables but
14:59:01calculation groups allows you to convert
14:59:05measures into Dimension means into
14:59:08categorical variables and then you can
14:59:10use it into the places where you could
14:59:12have actually used only categorical
14:59:14variables and one of the example is
14:59:16small multiples so these are the few use
14:59:19cases of calculation groups you can
14:59:21experiment with more such use cases now
14:59:24let's look at the feature field
14:59:26parameters field parameter features
14:59:27allows you for to create access slicer
14:59:30as well as major slicer before May 2022
14:59:33for Access slicer we used to use
14:59:35bookmarks or we used to unpivot the
14:59:38table and use to create slicers for
14:59:40major slicers we were using independent
14:59:43table and a major and then we were also
14:59:45using calculation groups now because of
14:59:47availability of all these options I am
14:59:49not showing you how could have you
14:59:51created a major Slicer in the older
14:59:53fashion but let's start this journey of
14:59:55field parameters with access slicer I
14:59:58added a new page and in this new page P
15:00:00I would like to change the access of my
15:00:03visual and let me bring in one visual
15:00:05using copy paste so I have this brand
15:00:08visual I'm bringing it brand and net
15:00:11visual is there I I'm bringing it what's
15:00:14happening right now it is displaying
15:00:15brand I can go to Home tab and change
15:00:18the type to column showing brand can I
15:00:20change it to category go here and you
15:00:23know bring the visualization pan and
15:00:25from there you change it to category but
15:00:28this is something which you're not going
15:00:29to enable for for the end users so the
15:00:30how end users will make it how do we
15:00:32make this visual more Dynamic so field
15:00:35parameters allows you to create Dynamic
15:00:37visuals By changes both A's as well as
15:00:39measures how do we create field
15:00:41parameters and how do we use it so let's
15:00:43start with the first thing which is XIs
15:00:45slicer under the modeling T we have this
15:00:47new parameter previously we only used to
15:00:49have numeric parameter something we have
15:00:51used in top end to make it Dynamic and
15:00:53there are many other use cases the
15:00:54second option which came in May 2022 is
15:00:57fields and this is what we call field
15:00:59par parameters let's click on that so
15:01:01what your variable adjust to Fields name
15:01:04is access I want to create access slicer
15:01:06so I'm giving a name as access now when
15:01:07you drag the fields remember when you
15:01:09are dragging categorical field only drag
15:01:11categorical when you are dragging Majors
15:01:13only drag Majors don't mix and match
15:01:16that's not the purpose here brand
15:01:18category subcategory and I can drag from
15:01:20across Dimension state and city also I
15:01:23can
15:01:24drag add slicer to the page I can click
15:01:27on this if you don't add then you have
15:01:29to go to to the data Pane and from there
15:01:31you have to add it so let me add it and
15:01:33showcase you what is happening here what
15:01:36this does is it creates a new table and
15:01:38this table is a little bit different
15:01:39type of what you have seen till now so
15:01:41if you go here on the pane you will see
15:01:43one table name as XIs and this table has
15:01:47this kind of a code which is previously
15:01:49not known to us brand name of item brand
15:01:51category name of item category
15:01:53subcategory name of item subcategory
15:01:55state name of geography state city name
15:01:58of geography City there is order which
15:02:00is 0 1 2 3 4 You Can Change you can even
15:02:03change the names like brand and category
15:02:05subcategory names you can also we got a
15:02:07slicer now if I click on this slicer
15:02:09it's not going to do any change to your
15:02:11visual because we have to use it so now
15:02:13what we are going to do is in this
15:02:15visual net by brand first of all build
15:02:17my visual and here instead of brand now
15:02:20I will go ahead and use access access
15:02:23and the moment I do it you still see it
15:02:25on brand sorting has Chang that is
15:02:27another thing you might have observed
15:02:28I'll tell you what to do with this
15:02:29sorting now What's Happening Here is
15:02:32basically now if I click on the brand it
15:02:34is brand if I click on category it is
15:02:35category if I click on subcategory it is
15:02:37sub category if I click on state it is
15:02:39state if I click on City it is City it's
15:02:42changing when I leave everything then I
15:02:44get this expand icon the expand icon
15:02:47will allow us to now expand drill next
15:02:49icon to go to the drill Next Level drill
15:02:52next icon drill down icon all these
15:02:54icons are available because now there
15:02:55are five levels which are available so
15:02:56if I expand it you will be able to see
15:02:58those levels okay but if you just wanted
15:03:02to keep it for the purpose of slicing
15:03:04the axis you can make this as single
15:03:06select if you have multi select you can
15:03:08also select more than one so now this is
15:03:12access slicer one of the problem with
15:03:14the access slicer and for which you need
15:03:15a solution so if you go and sort it on
15:03:18brand let's say now it is sorted on
15:03:19brand okay brand 110 but if I go to
15:03:22category it's not sorted on category if
15:03:24I go to City it's not sorted on City
15:03:27okay a a s l it started sorting on the
15:03:30major so to overcome this what you have
15:03:33to do is you have to take help of a
15:03:35major and this is the trick to make it
15:03:37work so axis sorting is not happening
15:03:39properly because axis is changing the
15:03:41moment axis changes it lose the sorting
15:03:43and it start sorting it on major so if I
15:03:46go to category then I go to category
15:03:47then I again go here and I say sort on
15:03:50category so now you go to Brand it is
15:03:52sorted on brand you go to category it is
15:03:54sorted again on net it is losing how do
15:03:56we correct it let create one major so
15:03:58the new major which I'm creating now
15:03:59what happens is first of all we need to
15:04:01understand how do we get the selected
15:04:03value because getting the selected value
15:04:05of field parameter is not easy so we
15:04:07will use sort AIS but in the S AIS first
15:04:09of all I'll let you know the way to find
15:04:12out what is selected so where underscore
15:04:14cell equals to selected value X's XIs if
15:04:18I use this and if I try to return this
15:04:20and let's use it on the visual card
15:04:23visual does it work we go here and we
15:04:25try to bring it it actually doesn't work
15:04:28now to overcome what we do is in instead
15:04:29of AIS we use AIS sort selected value
15:04:32and then what I'm going to do is Max x
15:04:34filter XIs XIs do order equals to
15:04:38selected value then give me AIS access
15:04:41and now let me return this so now you're
15:04:43getting category I'm only talking about
15:04:45the case when you do single select if
15:04:46you do multi select we have to do few
15:04:48little different things but getting this
15:04:50category is not sufficient for sorting
15:04:52so what we have to do is to create a
15:04:53major switch switch uncore cell so what
15:04:56happens if the cell is brand you will
15:04:58say Max of item brand remember item
15:05:01brand is already on AIS what happen when
15:05:03brand is brand I take a Max of it what
15:05:06value it is going to give me brand only
15:05:07that brand brand one is brand one brand
15:05:0910 is brand 10 brand two is brand two
15:05:10all those and in this manner I need to
15:05:12add all of them so brand category
15:05:15subcategories state and city for all of
15:05:18them we need to add so let me quickly go
15:05:20ahead and modify these
15:05:26category so what I have done here is
15:05:28brand I Max of item brand categories Max
15:05:31of item category subcategories Max of
15:05:33item subcategory State Max of geography
15:05:35State I have created a major like this
15:05:39now I'll tell you one trick go to this
15:05:40visual go to its visualization pane
15:05:43scroll down and in the tool tip go and
15:05:46add this major sort AIS now when you go
15:05:48to three dots it will show you one more
15:05:51option to sort that is sort access click
15:05:53on that okay now you go to Brand
15:05:57category subcategory state city all are
15:06:01descending sort if you might have
15:06:02observed let's go here click on this
15:06:05visualization sort it is descending
15:06:08right now ascending sorted on a state
15:06:11sorted on a subcategories 1 10 11 12 13
15:06:1514 16 and then we go 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 this
15:06:19is how it sorts category 1 2 3 4 5 brand
15:06:23110 11 12 13 no if you want to change
15:06:27this sort like you'll say no no this
15:06:28brand doesn't see seems one we do have a
15:06:30brand ID let's do that okay and
15:06:33subcategory also we have ID isn't it
15:06:36category our five but we can use ID now
15:06:40let's try what happens if I do this so
15:06:43I'm now using the numeric equivalent
15:06:45measure of that one so categories 1 2 3
15:06:474 5 subcategories now you see 1 2 3 4 5
15:06:506 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 brand is 1 2 3 4
15:06:545 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 so what has
15:06:56happened is we have not even set as sort
15:06:59column here itself we are able to do
15:07:02this and now this sort AIS doesn't
15:07:04matter because it's going to give some
15:07:06value which we are returning something
15:07:08else so what's happening here is we are
15:07:09able to sort it correct access sort is
15:07:11it done we also talked about that it
15:07:13gives the flexibility to change the
15:07:14major and how do we change the major
15:07:16major is still fixed it is only net not
15:07:18coded major here for that we will create
15:07:20another slicer using the field parameter
15:07:22and that we will call as major slicer so
15:07:24we will again go to modeling new
15:07:26parameter fields and in the field this
15:07:30time we will call it major Majors is a
15:07:33reserve or major table I already used so
15:07:35I'm going to call it as a major slicer
15:07:37when you do that please make sure that
15:07:40you are only taking measures don't try
15:07:42to bring in columns which are not
15:07:44summarized it's not going to work
15:07:46great what happen sometime you say oh I
15:07:49take the quantity column here now
15:07:51quantity column is not summarized not
15:07:53aggregated is going to create a problem
15:07:55here that's why I'm only taking measures
15:07:57here I've taken all the measures add
15:07:59slicer to this page yes I want to add a
15:08:01slicer click on create again a new table
15:08:03would be created with the name as major
15:08:05slicer and a slicer would also be added
15:08:08to the
15:08:08page we got a table major slicer with a
15:08:11similar kind of code again if you now
15:08:13want to rename some of these you can
15:08:15rename into this table you can call it
15:08:17net sales if you like press enter it
15:08:19will become net sales but still keep on
15:08:21working on that now again this is not
15:08:23going to change anything unless we go
15:08:25ahead and add it into the y axis we go
15:08:27to this visual we bring in the pan the
15:08:30build visual Pane and there we now go to
15:08:32the major slicer and from major slicer
15:08:35we bring in the field immediately the
15:08:36things have shifted margin s taes by
15:08:40City cogs cogs by City discount by City
15:08:43And one of the things which you might
15:08:45have observed when you were actually
15:08:47using that major slicer the traditional
15:08:49major slicer with disconnected table it
15:08:51has a lot of problem with changing the
15:08:53different type of measure now it's a
15:08:54percentage measure immediately it
15:08:55adjusted to the percentage exis normal
15:08:57measure I go to brand category all X is
15:09:00getting adjusted pretty quickly on
15:09:02different kind of data types so now you
15:09:04have fully flexible visual which you can
15:09:06change based on the slices you want to
15:09:08add two you want to you can add two or
15:09:11add three you can do that or if you want
15:09:13you can have all of them you can make it
15:09:16as a single select you can create two of
15:09:18them and have one of them online and one
15:09:20of them as bars you can create combo
15:09:23visuals so in this manner field
15:09:25parameters allows you to create flexible
15:09:27visuals and these visuals can be really
15:09:30interactive where you can change the AES
15:09:32as well as measures so add this
15:09:33flexibility as per the need in your
15:09:36powerbi reports and dashboard to get a
15:09:38really Dynamic experience now let's look
15:09:41at the feature drill through so drill
15:09:43through is the feature which allows you
15:09:45to drill from one page to another page
15:09:48by passing the filters drill through
15:09:50feature is also controlled for what you
15:09:53can pass from one page to another page
15:09:55means you have the controls and also you
15:09:58have to decide on which Fields you will
15:10:00allow drill through so let's go to one
15:10:03of the page here and let me copy this
15:10:06visual to start
15:10:07with on this the page one let me call it
15:10:10as main M1 and let me create another
15:10:13page where I have the visual I'll again
15:10:16go back to this particular one and I'll
15:10:18bring in D1 which is detailed one this
15:10:21visual now this visual I copy paste the
15:10:24category wise net visual is there I'm
15:10:27copy pasting this Visual and converting
15:10:28it into table Visual and in this visual
15:10:31I will also add
15:10:34brand okay so when we drill from the
15:10:37first visual we will be able to know
15:10:39what brand we have filtered also let me
15:10:43select both these visuals and create a
15:10:46page D2 and also paste these visuals and
15:10:49in this D2
15:10:53page let me have three
15:10:58visuals and in this visual I'm going to
15:11:01add one more stuff let me add State
15:11:05here so when I go to the first page let
15:11:09me add a bar visual here
15:11:11also on the first page category separate
15:11:14bar is if I right click on any of the
15:11:17visual you don't see any option for
15:11:18drill
15:11:20through if I click here I also don't see
15:11:22any option okay now go to the D1 page
15:11:26and inside D1 page at the page level
15:11:30go to the page information and Page type
15:11:33you can use drill through the moment you
15:11:35enable the drill through now this is the
15:11:37newer version of power Behavior it
15:11:39happens like this if you are on a little
15:11:41bit older version actually under the
15:11:43visualization pan itself you will get
15:11:45drill through option you can use that
15:11:47now how you want to drill through I say
15:11:49okay only I want to drill through from
15:11:51Brand so whenever there is a brand
15:11:52available I want to drill through so I
15:11:55go to item and I pick up brand I can
15:11:56pick up category or whatever I want now
15:11:59how does it going to make a difference
15:12:00if I go to page M1 or any of the pages
15:12:02for the sake wherever I have brand if I
15:12:04right click I will now see option drill
15:12:06through D1 but if I go to the category I
15:12:09still don't see now as of now you can't
15:12:12restrict this feature mean once you
15:12:14enable you can't say it's enabled for
15:12:16this page and that page so now what
15:12:18happens is you are in any of the page
15:12:19let's say whenever you have brand and
15:12:21this happens for single value because
15:12:23what ideally you can do with the control
15:12:24you can select two values and then you
15:12:26can right click then you don't see it
15:12:28with the control and click we can select
15:12:30more than one value if you have only one
15:12:32value selected like brand 13 is selected
15:12:35and you say drill through D1 the values
15:12:37get filtered and you can see only brand
15:12:4013 here you can see the categories
15:12:41related to Brand 1 if you further right
15:12:44click here though there is a brand we
15:12:46can't further drill from category which
15:12:48we can't drill okay when you drill
15:12:51through you will automatically get this
15:12:53button back button on the page where you
15:12:55have drill through and you can click on
15:12:57this control click on the desktop stop
15:12:59click on the powerbi service you can
15:13:01come back once you come back you can go
15:13:03to another brand and again you say drill
15:13:05through and D1 that will get filtered
15:13:07and again come back so we are able to
15:13:10drill through now from D1 to D2 I again
15:13:12further want it to drill on the D2 I
15:13:15click on the empty space on my
15:13:18page I go and make it s Del through and
15:13:21this time what I want here basically is
15:13:23let people drill from category Whenever
15:13:26there is a category in the visual people
15:13:27can drill
15:13:30so what would happen from M1 now from
15:13:32this visual I can drill through to D2
15:13:34now here in the drill one I only get D1
15:13:37I go to D1 now in D1 all both the
15:13:40visuals have category so either from
15:13:42here I can drill through now here it is
15:13:44not showing me brand 8 but brand 8 is
15:13:46there and if I go to D2 now brand 8 do
15:13:48got filtered out so brand 8 is also
15:13:51filtered it means anything which is
15:13:53filtered by some mean will carry on that
15:13:55filter to the subsequent page of the
15:13:57drill through now let's go back here and
15:13:59we can further go back on the first page
15:14:01I'll go to D2 now from where these
15:14:04filters
15:14:06are you go to the filter pane you will
15:14:08start seeing these filters on this page
15:14:10you can remove these filters if you want
15:14:12so these are the Dr through filter which
15:14:13are now sometime you don't want to pass
15:14:16everything so now what I want is when
15:14:17I'm coming to this page I don't want to
15:14:19pass the brand filter then how can I do
15:14:21that so you disable this keep all
15:14:23filters now before everything getting
15:14:25passed whether the brand was there on
15:14:27the drill through list or not everything
15:14:29whether it was available in the list or
15:14:31not it was getting passed the moment you
15:14:33switch off this PE all filters now only
15:14:36you can drill through using category and
15:14:37category will only pass all other values
15:14:39will not pass so you have to add
15:14:41everything you want to pass you want to
15:14:42pass City you have to add it you want to
15:14:43pass State you have to add it you want
15:14:45to pass brand even you have to add it
15:14:47now how different it is now let's go to
15:14:50D1 and here we say brand it and Category
15:14:522 now right click here drill through
15:14:55D2 what happens here only category 2 has
15:14:59been drilled through there is no drill
15:15:01of brand8 in this manner you can control
15:15:04what you want to drill through also so
15:15:06you can do multi-level drill you can
15:15:08control what you want to drill through
15:15:09drill through feature helps you for
15:15:12creating Pages which can take
15:15:14information from other page there is
15:15:16something known as drill through button
15:15:18also so you can go and insert a
15:15:20button you can name it go to button
15:15:25style in the text you can name it as
15:15:27let's say drill now when you go down in
15:15:30the action you can use action to drill
15:15:33through and important thing to note not
15:15:35only you can select a page let's say I
15:15:37can select a page you can have FX
15:15:38function what does this FX function does
15:15:41it depending on a condition you can
15:15:43change a page what does that mean so let
15:15:46first test this button and then let me
15:15:48tell you how to use that conditional one
15:15:51so click on one of them you will get
15:15:53this button enabled if you control click
15:15:55to it is disabled only one of them then
15:15:57control click on the button on desktop
15:15:59and click on the powerbi service will
15:16:01take you to the drill page so we said
15:16:04okay go to page D1 what I want is for
15:16:07some of them I want to go to D1 and some
15:16:09of them I want to go to D2 can I do that
15:16:11yes I should be able to do
15:16:13that now if I right now go there is a
15:16:16restriction D1 and D2 on the brand and
15:16:18category okay so now let me go ahead and
15:16:21do one thing let me create a
15:16:23major so I go ahead and create a major
15:16:26and in this one what I'll do is
15:16:30let's use it like this if is
15:16:33filtered item
15:16:36brand then we go to
15:16:39D1 as we go to
15:16:43D2 so if item brand is filtered then I
15:16:46go to D1 else I go to D2 if it is
15:16:48filtered or not we want to check that
15:16:50let's let me call this major as drill
15:16:56page let me go to the button
15:17:00and in the drill
15:17:02FX I'll call the drill page
15:17:05button I'm saying I'm going to decide
15:17:07the
15:17:09page so text is going to show us D1 or
15:17:12D2 and in the action
15:17:14also in the action I'm again going to
15:17:17choose a page drill page D1 and
15:17:20D2 so I click on the brand the brand I
15:17:23filter on brand single brand is filtered
15:17:26now brand is filtered if I click control
15:17:27click I go to D1 press the back button
15:17:31come back I click on category it is D2
15:17:35control
15:17:36click this time I went to D2 so I
15:17:39checked if it is filtered then I go to
15:17:41one page if it is not filtered I go to
15:17:43another
15:17:44page okay come back now the first time
15:17:47it is showing D2 because we what we have
15:17:49said in our major drill major is
15:17:54that if it is not filter show2 we can
15:17:57further improve upon this one you can
15:17:59say
15:18:00switch
15:18:02true is filtered item Rand then
15:18:09D1 is filtered comma is filtered item
15:18:14category
15:18:16D2
15:18:18else
15:18:20select value you say display select
15:18:23value now it is saying select value let
15:18:25make it a little bit bigger so what we
15:18:27have done here is in the text next we
15:18:29have used the same mejor so which is
15:18:31giving the message and in the action
15:18:34also we have used the same one right now
15:18:36there is no action anyway it is disabled
15:18:38now I when I click it got enabled and I
15:18:41can go to
15:18:43D2 come back so in this manner you can
15:18:47use Dynamic drill through button you can
15:18:50control the text of the button you can
15:18:51also control where it should land you in
15:18:55this manner you will be able to use
15:18:56drill through and you will also be able
15:18:58to control Pages where it goes and the
15:19:01values it pass now let's discuss tool
15:19:04tip page or report tool tip page so what
15:19:06happens typically whenever you go to any
15:19:08visualization let me go to a page where
15:19:10I already have some visualization you
15:19:11get this default tool if I go here I
15:19:13also get a default tool you can add few
15:19:15measures here but sometime what happens
15:19:17is you want more interactive kind of
15:19:19stuff what I want is basically this
15:19:21category Pi should be shown when on the
15:19:23tool tip of this BR how do I do that so
15:19:25for that what you need is basically a
15:19:27tool tip page so add a new p page click
15:19:29on the empty space and in that one you
15:19:31can go and Define a page as tool tip
15:19:33page when you define a tool tip Page by
15:19:34default it takes the tool tip page size
15:19:37and it you get a small page so if you go
15:19:39to the canvas setting you will see it's
15:19:40a tool tie page you can change the size
15:19:42if required as of now I'll keep of the
15:19:44same size what we can do is we can add a
15:19:46visual here so I can add let's say Pi
15:19:47visual we give the complete space you
15:19:49can add whatever kind of visual you want
15:19:51now in this visual let me add few items
15:19:53so build a visual enable build a visual
15:19:55so I'll go to Legend add item
15:19:59category and then I'll go to values
15:20:01major base net okay we can do some font
15:20:04adjustment and all those as per
15:20:06requirement so we have little bit
15:20:07smaller or something or I can go ahead
15:20:10and on this Visual and I can say I don't
15:20:12need a title I can go to Legend and text
15:20:14size and I can reduce the text size okay
15:20:17and similarly I can go to detail labels
15:20:19and values and I can reduce the size
15:20:22okay because on tool tip we will be
15:20:23having a smaller one so we can reduce
15:20:25that so we able to adjust this visual
15:20:27now if I go to a page let say I go back
15:20:30to that first page in this page how do I
15:20:33bring that tool tip page our tool tip
15:20:34page was enabled so click on this Visual
15:20:36and when you get to the format go to the
15:20:38properties tool tip should have been
15:20:40enabled so enable the tool tip and here
15:20:42by default it is report page and auto
15:20:44here now you can select a tool tip page
15:20:46once you select a tool tip page on this
15:20:48particular visual you will be able to
15:20:50see that and look this is changing based
15:20:52on the information okay now if you go
15:20:54here there is no change if you go here
15:20:56there's no change because we are not use
15:20:58the tool tip page there now we have used
15:20:59tool tip page here so it will give me
15:21:00tool tip now let's go to another page I
15:21:02go to a page where in this visual I have
15:21:05both brand and category let me clear
15:21:07this off so now what happens in this
15:21:08page let me on this table visual I'll
15:21:10add tool tip I'll switch it on page page
15:21:13one is a tool tip page now it will only
15:21:15give category because the visual is on
15:21:17category and the category is in the
15:21:18visual it will pass that I don't want to
15:21:20pass category one thing I'll do is first
15:21:22of all let me call it as tp1 tool tip 1
15:21:25so I rename it I go to this page and I
15:21:26want to do certain changes so very
15:21:28carefully I need to click on the page
15:21:30properties the canva property and here I
15:21:32have option keep all filters I uncheck
15:21:34this now what should get pass to this
15:21:37page all things which you want to pass I
15:21:39don't want to pass category here I can
15:21:40give all other things which it should
15:21:42pass so I can give a brand here I can
15:21:44even give a city and state whatever I
15:21:46want to pass so State Should pass City
15:21:48should pass all the things which I want
15:21:50on this page to pass I can give here so
15:21:52these things will pass to this page now
15:21:53if I go to this D1 page and I click here
15:21:56you will see multiple categories the
15:21:57brand is getting pass but the category
15:21:59is not getting passed very good now
15:22:00let's test it on other things I go to
15:22:02this interaction page I do have this
15:22:04page where I have cities I go to the
15:22:05properties I go to report page and I
15:22:07enable tp1 for this and you can see with
15:22:09the cities the categories are changing
15:22:11it means the cities the are getting
15:22:13passed it's getting passed and brand is
15:22:15getting passed but category is not
15:22:16getting passed in this manner you can
15:22:18create a tool tip page now while adding
15:22:20the tool tip page you should be really
15:22:22careful the moment you go on the
15:22:23something it will start showing this
15:22:24tool tip so sometime the user go and
15:22:26want to read a value it will create a
15:22:28hindrance so very carefully add tool tip
15:22:30page because it suddenly pops up a big
15:22:32value and user may not be able to pay
15:22:35attention to the detail when the mouse
15:22:36is moving so as per the need add it on
15:22:39the required visuals let's quickly have
15:22:42a look at the AI visuals so I'll add a
15:22:45new page and inside that new page I will
15:22:48add the first AI visual which I want to
15:22:50discuss with this Q influencer now in
15:22:52the key influencer I need analyze and
15:22:55then I need to explain it by something
15:22:58things so so in the ly let me add
15:23:01brand and in the explain by let me add a
15:23:04major margin
15:23:06percentage it goes ahead and analyze and
15:23:09the filter is there on the brand one
15:23:12right now so margin percentage goes up
15:23:14by 0 2% the likelihood brand being brand
15:23:19one increase by this is the likelihood
15:23:21the brand one going inre you can change
15:23:22it to let's say brand 10 and it's going
15:23:25to generate the ideas for that same way
15:23:27you can also add discount percentage
15:23:31here
15:23:32net and it will keep on generating the
15:23:36key influencers for those this is one of
15:23:38the AI visuals now the next AI visual is
15:23:42decomposition tree now decomposition
15:23:44tree expands you to do the root cause
15:23:47kind of analysis and here what you can
15:23:49do in the analyze by let's add a few
15:23:51things in the analyze by let me add
15:23:53major I would like to add let's say net
15:23:55sales and then in the explain by let me
15:23:58add item brand category subcategory
15:24:02geography City now here what I can do is
15:24:04I can go to this plus button and I can
15:24:06say you know I want to see the high
15:24:08values or the low values or I just
15:24:10wanted to see Next Step by let's say
15:24:12category it shows me how my category
15:24:14division is there then I want to say
15:24:16okay how my categories are doing like
15:24:18say by high
15:24:19values okay I get the subcategories the
15:24:22next level in the next one I can say
15:24:24okay what is the low values of the brand
15:24:27inside that one the these are the low
15:24:28values of the brand in this one so in
15:24:30this manner you can go ahead and you
15:24:32know keep on expanding and find out more
15:24:34details so let's try this let me
15:24:38duplicate this page remove this let me
15:24:42try to use M percentage measure here so
15:24:44I'm going to create M percentage measure
15:24:46here I'm going to Simply use M
15:24:49percentage which is nothing but divide
15:24:53MTD net minus lmtd comma denom minator
15:24:58which is again
15:25:00lmtd we make it as a percentage column
15:25:03let me use this measure here now
15:25:07definitely M need a month filter it
15:25:09can't work without that because I don't
15:25:11have data in the last available month so
15:25:13I'll put a filter for the month here
15:25:15here let's use December so now the
15:25:18change percentage are coming so category
15:25:20so we are having negative here so we now
15:25:23would like to analyze with this negative
15:25:26how this is performing where it is there
15:25:28again we see it's doing
15:25:30good let me remove these levels me
15:25:33remove this so Category 3 is doing
15:25:35negative let me go to the low values of
15:25:37Category 3 where I'm losing so I'm
15:25:39losing in these this is a 100% I'm
15:25:42losing okay so let me go ahead and check
15:25:45the category one remove the this one let
15:25:48me see in category one where I'm losing
15:25:50very small what are the low values uh
15:25:53here I'm losing
15:25:5493% so what I'm losing
15:25:57here okay so these are the brand where
15:25:59I'm losing so in this brand what are the
15:26:01subcategories where I'm what I have so
15:26:04only one subcategory now we know M we
15:26:06are not doing good so what is that
15:26:08causing this m not doing good so you can
15:26:11do a root cause analysis using this
15:26:13visualization next visual which I want
15:26:15to explain is Q&A visual really
15:26:17interesting visual it creates questions
15:26:19for you and you can ask so I can and it
15:26:21is already suggested one of the things
15:26:23which I wanted to create top customers
15:26:24by net I say okay give me top customers
15:26:27by net sales it has given me top 10
15:26:29customers by net sales and the good
15:26:31thing which you can do with this visual
15:26:33is not only you can ask the questions
15:26:35you can actually go ahead and convert
15:26:36this into a regular visual so here you
15:26:38have a sign here turn this into a
15:26:40standard visual it creates a visual for
15:26:42me I add another one and I'll ask
15:26:45another question or top five Brands by
15:26:49margin percent top five Brands by margin
15:26:52person and we got it we can convert this
15:26:54into a visual there are few settings
15:26:56here person SN names review question
15:26:59teach Q&A and suggest you can go and
15:27:01Define additional synonymes like net I
15:27:03wanted to call sales I would definitely
15:27:05go ahead and somewhere mentioned that
15:27:07net is nothing but sales whenever I use
15:27:10sales use net so here if I go down you
15:27:13can see it's already the net is
15:27:15basically sales so sales is used for net
15:27:17already it's no name if not I can add it
15:27:19so in this manner you can modify the
15:27:21setup for Q&A and can make it more
15:27:24effective and you can leave it for your
15:27:26end users to ask questions and get the
15:27:29answers other than that there are a
15:27:31couple of interesting visuals like Power
15:27:33app in case you are using power app you
15:27:34will be able to embed and you will be
15:27:36able to write back you will be able to
15:27:38start a power automate flow using the
15:27:41power automate for that you need to have
15:27:42power automate you can also embed page
15:27:45native report inside your powerbi
15:27:48desktop report or powerbi report and
15:27:51also publish it and then you will have
15:27:52the page inated report also part of this
15:27:54so these are the various kind of
15:27:55visualization other than the normal
15:27:57visualization which are aailable which
15:27:58you can use you want to use a custom
15:28:01visual you can click on the get more
15:28:02visual make sure you are signed in and
15:28:04your organization has allowed that and
15:28:06one of the very common custom visual
15:28:08which I use is the text filter again it
15:28:10is from Microsoft Corporation and let's
15:28:12add it now the good thing with this
15:28:14visual is the text visual is that this
15:28:18visual you can search let me add to it
15:28:20so basically I don't need to go and say
15:28:23New York I can search new it's filtered
15:28:25now what all cities have come let me
15:28:27showcase you using another visual where
15:28:29I create a table visual so these are the
15:28:31three cities which I got or where I use
15:28:34or all these cities I use or so this is
15:28:37the way you can use text there are other
15:28:38few visuals and one of the interesting
15:28:41visual which you can also try out is
15:28:44basically play access Visual so play
15:28:47access Visual is another good one which
15:28:49you can try out let me add this this is
15:28:51by some third party not from Microsoft
15:28:54but what you can do is you can put this
15:28:56play access Visual I can put month year
15:28:58on
15:28:59this and in this visual I would also
15:29:02like to have a visual level filter that
15:29:04whatever month year I want I only want
15:29:06those month here where net is not blank
15:29:10only those months and what I'm going to
15:29:12do here is I'm going to create a visual
15:29:14on which I will use margin
15:29:18percentage on brands or I can use
15:29:21cities so my Brand's margin percentage
15:29:25will keep on moving in a direction let's
15:29:27see let me play this how does it behave
15:29:30and the reason for this behavior is
15:29:32right now the interaction is highlight
15:29:35and let me change this interaction I
15:29:37click on the visual and I go to format
15:29:39edit interaction and I change it to
15:29:41filter one more thing I do is I go to
15:29:44the column and under the FX I go and
15:29:47write down a rule the margin which is
15:29:50basically from minus one number to zero
15:29:54as a number it should be red plus
15:29:57greater than
15:29:58zero number to one as a number should be
15:30:01green it will give you a little bit more
15:30:03variety right now everything is green
15:30:04now let's play
15:30:05around every month is showing the brand
15:30:09how they're behaving and you can start
15:30:10seeing the negative values now so how
15:30:13each brand is changing now you can see
15:30:16that so in this manner you can use the
15:30:19AI visuals and custom visual as per your
15:30:22requirement let's learn about the card
15:30:25visual so let me go to a new page and in
15:30:27this this page I will add this new card
15:30:30visual now this new card visual came
15:30:32very recently in 2023 it has feature of
15:30:36card visual along with some Advanced
15:30:38feature like you can add images you can
15:30:40have multiple Majors inside the card
15:30:43visual so let me make it little bit
15:30:44bigger and I will start adding content
15:30:47to it so let me add net gross discount
15:30:51and calls on that so I can add these
15:30:54different kind of measures here so this
15:30:56is one simple way now it has lots of
15:30:58formatting properties let me click on
15:31:00the format and inside that size and
15:31:03style is common title is if you want to
15:31:05add a title you can add as usual we have
15:31:07seen we have title and then we have
15:31:09subtitle then we have divider I don't
15:31:12think we require a title unless we want
15:31:14to give it I don't want to give some
15:31:16Title Here let me disable that shape yes
15:31:18the it is rectangular shape I like
15:31:20rounded rectangular shape so I'll do
15:31:23that but yes I can change the rounding
15:31:25or I can use some custom style custom
15:31:28style means I need to decide what I want
15:31:30for each and every corner I don't want
15:31:32to do that but I just want to decrease
15:31:35it so I will decrease the rounded then
15:31:37comes the layout what kind of layout you
15:31:40need single row multi row grid and
15:31:42sometime you might not want single rows
15:31:45so you can have a grid and once you give
15:31:47grid it can ask you how many rows and
15:31:49columns I need I can let's say two rows
15:31:51and two columns just right now for the
15:31:54testing purpose let's do that then the
15:31:56next is go to call out values inside the
15:31:59call out values if you switch it off you
15:32:01will stop seeing the values so and on
15:32:03which series you want to take a decision
15:32:05you can take a decision of font color
15:32:08the conditional formatting all those
15:32:10decisions can be taken on based on the
15:32:12values you can want to align them
15:32:14centrally right align left align display
15:32:17unit Auto or none you want to display
15:32:20completely then you can say none then
15:32:22decimal places I can set up to zero I
15:32:25don't want any decimal places if there
15:32:27is no value then what should I show na
15:32:30or blank I can do that then comes the
15:32:32label which is on I can switch off the
15:32:34label and I will not see any names there
15:32:37right now I'm seeing the names so this
15:32:39one name I want to make these name
15:32:40Bolder I can do that I can want to do
15:32:43conditional formatting on the name I can
15:32:45do I want them above or below so the
15:32:47names could be below like this it was
15:32:49above previously I likeed this one if
15:32:51they are bigger you can use text strap
15:32:53and align Baseline if you want to align
15:32:55to the Baseline on and off then comes
15:32:57the reference label reference label for
15:32:59what net for cogs or what let's try to
15:33:03add a reference label for net we have
15:33:05lot of reference label so we have MTD
15:33:07net lmtd net let me add net MTD net so
15:33:11first of all let me add a slicer here on
15:33:14the page for month here let me select a
15:33:16particular month now I have certain set
15:33:18of values now let me go ahead and add
15:33:21some reference labels so for net I
15:33:23wanted to add a reference label let me
15:33:26try to add MTD major and as you can see
15:33:30I'm able to see the MTD I can enable the
15:33:32title so that I see the MTD value now I
15:33:35can also enable details details will
15:33:38give me one more major I can have here
15:33:40let me add m m measure I can add here in
15:33:43the details now to add this measure what
15:33:45you have to do basically is here when
15:33:47you have added this MTD you have to go
15:33:50ahead and select this MTD and then when
15:33:53you come down you will be able to add a
15:33:55major a without that you can't add
15:33:57unless you selected now this value is
15:33:59something which is you know you might
15:34:01not be able to format it here so what I
15:34:03need to do is I need to create a
15:34:05formatted major for this one so I'll go
15:34:08and create a new major I'll call it m
15:34:11icon and let me first do without icon so
15:34:14format M percentage comma hash do 0% I
15:34:20want that and let me use M icon now here
15:34:23if you want to use M then you can go and
15:34:25use the display basically none so now
15:34:27let me replace this with M icon so I'm
15:34:31able to see the percentage change here
15:34:33and or I can change it to percent so it
15:34:36is showing the percentage I was using
15:34:39the one decimal place so it was showing
15:34:41that much so this is now 9% now in case
15:34:44you need some icon so then what we can
15:34:46do is we can use certain uni a
15:34:48characters let me bring in a uni a
15:34:50character for you and modify this mejor
15:34:53I had a previous code which I want to
15:34:55bring it here I want to append icon so
15:34:57so I'll use M perent to string now
15:35:00there's a change percentage for which I
15:35:02have identified few uni a I'm going to
15:35:04use this m percentage there so if it is
15:35:06greater than zero I'm using a particular
15:35:08kind of uni if it is less than zero I'm
15:35:11using a particular kind of enar so let
15:35:13me see what happens now I'll commit this
15:35:15UniCare gives us small small icons which
15:35:17we can use it's giving me these kind of
15:35:19icons now I want to change the color
15:35:21also isn't it based on my M chain
15:35:23percentage I can go to the font color
15:35:25and I can click on FX and I'll use the
15:35:28rule based color I'll use M percentage
15:35:31if M percentage is less than minimum to
15:35:34less than zero it's red plus M
15:35:36percentage is greater than Zer or equal
15:35:39to Zer and less than Max we can write
15:35:41down Max here then I want to show it a
15:35:43green here and let's click on okay it's
15:35:45red because it's coming negative I can
15:35:47change few months and check it out here
15:35:49it is positive negative so you can see
15:35:51and similar manner I can add a few more
15:35:54additional details here to make it
15:35:56little bit more attractive one thing
15:35:58which I observed if your reference
15:36:00labels are giving blank value the
15:36:02properties might go away seems like uh
15:36:05there is a null value handling issue now
15:36:07let's go further down you have option
15:36:09for background on or off so if you don't
15:36:11need the background color you can do it
15:36:13and then there are certain properties
15:36:15which may be applicable at the all level
15:36:17so if you select all the labels and you
15:36:19come down then you have few properties
15:36:21which you can basically it's always on
15:36:24that but you can use the transparency
15:36:26stylish solid width is 1 pixel ignore
15:36:30padding all those things you can you can
15:36:32change then background you can change
15:36:34the background color you don't want the
15:36:36gray color you can have some other color
15:36:38now one more thing you can do is you can
15:36:39add images now again images are
15:36:42individual to the major so for
15:36:45particular major you can have add a
15:36:47image you can browse the image and can
15:36:49add it or you can go ahead and add a
15:36:52image from the URL so let me add a image
15:36:55from the desktop
15:36:58I have some images let me just take one
15:37:00of these image nothing represent new but
15:37:02let's take one of them this is a real
15:37:05big image so fit we can decide let's say
15:37:07use a fit or we'll use a fill and then
15:37:10we can go and decide the
15:37:12size I use 150 pixel side but it's
15:37:16reducing my font and giving the problem
15:37:19so let me use 100 100 pixel is perfectly
15:37:21suitable so same way for others I can
15:37:24also give icons so this new card visual
15:37:27offers you lot of flexibility lot of
15:37:30options which you can use and make it
15:37:33really engaging and using this you can
15:37:36add lot of value to your visualization
15:37:40and powerbi is continuously improving on
15:37:43these kind of visualization whether it
15:37:46is new card visual or new slicer so you
15:37:50can go ahead and try these out inside
15:37:53your Microsoft powerbi report pages and
15:37:57create really give a new level of look
15:37:59and fee to your
15:38:01pages new card visual was released
15:38:04sometime back and in November 2024 small
15:38:08multiples for new card visual has been
15:38:10released these features allow you to
15:38:13have small multiples for the new card
15:38:15visual this feature is in preview as of
15:38:18now and let's look at the details of
15:38:21this
15:38:22feature so let's have a quick look at
15:38:24what we plan to discuss in this video
15:38:27first of all we will go ahead and look
15:38:29at the release notes of November 2024 to
15:38:33understand what is small multiples for
15:38:35new card visual then we will go ahead
15:38:39onto the power ba dtop and we will
15:38:41enable the new card visual under options
15:38:44and setting and options then we will
15:38:46explore small multiples on the new car
15:38:49Visual and finally we will play around
15:38:52with various settings available for the
15:38:54new card visual small multiples
15:38:58so let me jump onto the release notes of
15:39:00November
15:39:022024 so I am here on the November 2024
15:39:08powerbi feature summary and in this
15:39:11feature summary when you scroll little
15:39:13bit down you will find the feature which
15:39:16is small multiple for new card visual
15:39:20review Once you click on that you will
15:39:22find the details about that with this
15:39:25month's update we are announcing the
15:39:27card visual with a new version that
15:39:29retains all the familiar features and
15:39:31update while adding the advanced
15:39:34functionality and improved user
15:39:36experience with all multiple this
15:39:38feature is currently preview and the new
15:39:41card visual offering is an excellent
15:39:43opportunity to experience the
15:39:45capabilities of the feature small
15:39:47multiples are a series of similar card
15:39:50ties displayed together in Grid format
15:39:54each representing a category or
15:39:56dimension of data allowing for
15:40:00easyr comparison and analyzing multiple
15:40:03feeds you will be able to use the small
15:40:06multiples means the cards will Repeat
15:40:08based on categorical variable which you
15:40:10will to provide the newly feature in has
15:40:13the data organization visual Clarity and
15:40:16performance making it easier analyze and
15:40:19present data fact to try it navigate to
15:40:23options and setting options preview
15:40:25features new card visual and make sure
15:40:28it is enabled that is something which we
15:40:30have enabled in the past and the car
15:40:31visual has arrived if you are not using
15:40:34the new car visual you have to enable
15:40:36that another advantage of new small
15:40:38multiples feature is extensive
15:40:41customization it offers including small
15:40:44multiple layout and choose from single
15:40:47column single row or grid and customize
15:40:49the number of small multiple r or column
15:40:52displayed Advanced formatting option
15:40:54featur such as font styes color coding
15:40:57and traditional format borders and grid
15:41:00lines the enable individual controls for
15:41:03border and grid lines permits the
15:41:05customization of style fit and
15:41:08transparency overflow style options
15:41:11include continuous scrw or pagination to
15:41:14smoothly navigate through the multiple
15:41:16card without overwhelming the visual
15:41:17space headers toose from the horizontal
15:41:21or vertical orientation top or left
15:41:24position customizable alignment F color
15:41:27transparency padding plus background
15:41:29color and image these are the few of the
15:41:32features which we going to explore into
15:41:34the powerbi so this is the summary of
15:41:38the notes now time has come that we jump
15:41:41onto the powerbi
15:41:43desktop on the power ba desktop first of
15:41:47all let me showcase you my schema under
15:41:50the data model view it contains my usual
15:41:53sales model which contain a central
15:41:56sales f
15:41:57joined with item Dimension customer
15:42:01Dimension geography Dimension and dat
15:42:05table all the joins are one too many and
15:42:08mostly single directional me go back to
15:42:11the report View and add a page to start
15:42:16today's demo but before I start today's
15:42:19demo I would like to tell you the
15:42:21setting to enable the new card visual in
15:42:25case you have not enabled it previously
15:42:27ly file options and setting
15:42:32options and in the options under the
15:42:34preview features inside the preview
15:42:36feature I have already enabled new card
15:42:38visual in case you are doing it for very
15:42:41first time it was uncheck press on okay
15:42:45and continue in my case I can press on
15:42:47cancel and continue when you press okay
15:42:50you might have to close and open your
15:42:53file again in case it is asking for that
15:42:58back onto the power VA page and let's
15:43:01call this new page as C
15:43:05is on this page I'm going to add a new
15:43:07card visual so first of all I'll open
15:43:09the build visual P from my right hand
15:43:12side where I have see all the panes and
15:43:15from here I'm going to add a new card
15:43:17visual or in this card visual I can add
15:43:21multiple measures but I want to add one
15:43:24measure to start with I have added the
15:43:26one major and as you can see the net
15:43:29value is displayed on the new card
15:43:32visual I will go ahead and add brand
15:43:36onto the small multiples and you can see
15:43:39option of small multiple has also been
15:43:42provided into the new car visual as I
15:43:46add that you observe that my new car
15:43:49visual is showing brand but because of
15:43:52the space limitation it's not showing it
15:43:54properly time has come to provide this V
15:43:57visual more
15:43:58space make it little bigger now you're
15:44:01able to see the brand and the net it's
15:44:05only showing the three rows as of now
15:44:08and we are going to adjust it using the
15:44:10new format properties which we have got
15:44:13for small multiples let's click on the
15:44:15format and you have got two properties
15:44:18here small multiples layout and a small
15:44:21multiples header first of all let's look
15:44:24at the layout so single column layout
15:44:26let right right now we can continue with
15:44:28that and we use five multiple for
15:44:31displaying the multiples when the reason
15:44:33I'm not showing 10 because I would like
15:44:36to show you the scrolling as well as the
15:44:39vertical headers here it's single column
15:44:42I could have gone for single row which
15:44:44will look like something like this I
15:44:45need to do width adjustment in that case
15:44:49and I can make it a little smaller if I
15:44:51want like that that's the G or I could
15:44:54have made it as a grid once I made it a
15:44:57grid so the values like this brand one
15:45:00brand 10 Brand 11 brand 12 brand 13 I
15:45:03can choose the layouts like how many
15:45:06rows and columns I
15:45:08want I can make it a 4x4 matrix by
15:45:11choosing four rows and four
15:45:13columns now depending on the values and
15:45:16the font size you can make it little
15:45:18different so let's go back to the single
15:45:21column layout keep it five we have the
15:45:24borders you can see I can add the
15:45:26additional bord if I add the Border I
15:45:28can change the color or I can change the
15:45:31width Etc if I add the Border I can CH
15:45:34the width and if I start changing the
15:45:35WID we'll be able to see the B grid
15:45:38lines in case you want grid lines go use
15:45:40grid lights pay attention
15:45:42here you don't use gr grid lines what
15:45:46happens overflow AG inated
15:45:50orous scrw so let me change it to
15:45:52continuous scrw now you can see on and
15:45:55if I make it paginated you see small
15:45:58icon here and then scroll down and you
15:46:00can scroll up using the pagination
15:46:03pagination could be vertical and
15:46:05horizontal that what you can do the
15:46:08background in case you want to change
15:46:10the background I'm not interested in
15:46:12changing the background as of now and
15:46:14the shape shape could be a little bit
15:46:17rounded Corners here you can observe the
15:46:19rounded Corners now it is column wise
15:46:22with single measure so I can reduce the
15:46:24width Cas we add more measure we have to
15:46:27increase the width according to that so
15:46:31these are the properties which I have
15:46:33inside the small multiples and the
15:46:35various stuff which I can change out I
15:46:38can make the single column single row or
15:46:40grid layout and I can play around with
15:46:43when I go to the small multiple headers
15:46:45I have you know whether I want the this
15:46:48for one series or for all the series as
15:46:50of now I wanted to do the changes for
15:46:52all the serieses so let's me go ahead
15:46:55and change the orientation to orient
15:46:57ation to vertical and this is something
15:46:59you were asking for long now that we
15:47:02need to display it vertically you have
15:47:05option in the small multiple header for
15:47:08the
15:47:09orientation position is left or top
15:47:12right now it is left and I when I make
15:47:14it top you will stop seeing the data and
15:47:17this top position will for suited if you
15:47:19go to let's say the single Row the top
15:47:23position is more suitable for the single
15:47:25row rather than the single column option
15:47:30depending on the requirement we can play
15:47:32around with the single row single column
15:47:35as well as left and top it is just
15:47:39basically based on the need what suits
15:47:42most for your
15:47:44requirement it doesn't look so good so
15:47:47let's change it back to the five and
15:47:49let's go down and make it from the top
15:47:52to left there are scenarios where single
15:47:54row will look better than the single
15:47:57column when you have lot of values it
15:48:00may be little better to have the single
15:48:04row along with the left this is giving a
15:48:08different look and feel and if you want
15:48:11you can continue with that but let me
15:48:14make it little smaller we'll go down and
15:48:17change the position to the top now for
15:48:21the top display I have to again do
15:48:23little bit of visual size adjustment
15:48:26vertical orientation let me change the
15:48:29number of small multiple from 5 to 8 is
15:48:33not the most suitable UI for what I'm
15:48:35displaying right now but I just wanted
15:48:37to Showcase you the properties let me
15:48:40play around little bit and go back to
15:48:42the single column View and back on the
15:48:45single column left
15:48:47layout now on the headers what we can
15:48:50also do is do the change of the color so
15:48:53background is on off I can have a
15:48:56background color and the background
15:48:58color a little lighter color I can
15:49:01choose a background color or I can
15:49:03choose a background
15:49:05image one can play around with the call
15:49:08out value enable and disable that to
15:49:10disable the values also we can play
15:49:13around with the label if you have only
15:49:15one major you might not want to display
15:49:18the label but yes if uh I have more than
15:49:21one value if I add other major which is
15:49:24gross along with net
15:49:27now in such case I would definitely like
15:49:30to have a label I'm having gross and net
15:49:33now so I need to go ahead and change the
15:49:35layout position to single Row in this
15:49:37case now this is the layout position of
15:49:40the card you have a multiple card visual
15:49:44this is not the layout position of small
15:49:46multiple this is only layout which we
15:49:48get with the card Visual and we can
15:49:51change it when we use more than one
15:49:54measure to display it correctly can
15:49:58choose between the style card and table
15:50:00and when I choose card you will see the
15:50:02small differences of individual card
15:50:05display in
15:50:07this you can try out the various
15:50:10properties and the option which has been
15:50:12provided with this small multiple option
15:50:15of new car visual powerbi is putting lot
15:50:19of effort these days to enhance your
15:50:22visual experience so keep a eye on every
15:50:25month's update what powerbi has stored
15:50:29for you in the future why don't you go
15:50:32ahead and try this
15:50:36out now time has come that we understand
15:50:39what is power query so power query you
15:50:41can say is one of the PowerHouse in
15:50:44Microsoft powerbi power query is the
15:50:47data transformation and data preparation
15:50:49engine so basically when you talk about
15:50:52you know how do I manipulate the data
15:50:54how I do I going to make it into shape
15:50:57we talk about that you know in power ba
15:50:59we need to have a star
15:51:01schema then if it is not in a star
15:51:04schema how do we transform and put it
15:51:06into a star sign if our data is not
15:51:08clean how we are going to make it clean
15:51:10and going to put it into a format where
15:51:13powerb can understand it easily or the
15:51:15Dax engine can work better so that is
15:51:18where the role of power query comes in
15:51:19everything which you are bringing in
15:51:21into the powerbi is typically coming in
15:51:24via the power query layer so we have the
15:51:28power query layer post that the what
15:51:31transform data we got from the power
15:51:33query layer that comes to the models on
15:51:35those models we create relationship
15:51:37create Dex measures and then create
15:51:40visualizations power query comes with a
15:51:42graphical interface for getting data
15:51:43from the sources and a power query
15:51:45editor for applying the transformation
15:51:47so you will see that you know it has a
15:51:48UI interface basically which is going to
15:51:50help you to do various operations so
15:51:53those operations are pretty easy but for
15:51:55everything what you are seeing there
15:51:57there is a basically code behind that
15:52:00which you can open into the advanced
15:52:01editor and can check it out because the
15:52:03engine is available in many products and
15:52:05services the destination where the data
15:52:07will be stored depends on where the
15:52:09power query was used basically power
15:52:11query is not only use in powerbi in case
15:52:14of Microsoft fabric we have data flow
15:52:16Gen 2 in case of Azor we have Azor data
15:52:18flow there is a data flow in the powerbi
15:52:21service also so there are different
15:52:23places where you know you can have a
15:52:25destination like Microsoft fabric power
15:52:28data flow Gen 2 which is also using
15:52:30power query to provide a destination
15:52:32option to you using power query you can
15:52:35perform the EXT transform and load ETL
15:52:38process for data so basically in powerbi
15:52:42if you wanted to do ETL it's natively
15:52:45power VI ETL then you have to use power
15:52:48query so let's talk a little bit about
15:52:50power query experience the power query
15:52:52user experience is provided through
15:52:53Power query editor user interface the
15:52:55goal of it this interface is to help you
15:52:58apply transformation you need simply by
15:53:01interacting with the user friendly set
15:53:03of ribbons menus buttons and other
15:53:05interactive components so you have set
15:53:07of menus like home transform data custom
15:53:10column Etc using that you can do tons of
15:53:12operations all these operations are
15:53:14pretty intuitive they have been given a
15:53:17name by which you can understand them
15:53:19and there are step which perform quite a
15:53:21few complex operations like when you go
15:53:22to pyot data or unpivot data they are
15:53:24performing real complex operations but
15:53:26for you it's just one click power query
15:53:29experience you will get it two Place
15:53:31definitely one is you are getting in
15:53:32powerbi desktop another one you are
15:53:33getting powerb online so powerb online
15:53:36you will found the integration such as
15:53:39powerb data flows Microsoft fabric data
15:53:41flow Gen 2 Microsoft Power Platform data
15:53:44flows AZ data factory rangling data
15:53:47flows and many more that provides the
15:53:50experience through the online web pages
15:53:53these are online experiences and as you
15:53:55know your favorite power query for
15:53:57desktop found integration such as power
15:54:00query for Excel and powerb desktop so
15:54:02both in Excel and powerb desktop we do
15:54:03have the power query
15:54:06experience what power query use
15:54:09internally so power query use a language
15:54:11which is known as M language which is
15:54:13basically for the transformation so the
15:54:15power query engine uses scripting
15:54:17language behind the scenes for all power
15:54:19query transformation the power query
15:54:21formula language it's known as m m
15:54:23language is data transformation language
15:54:25of power query and anything that happens
15:54:27in the query is ultimately written in m
15:54:29so basically if you're doing a operation
15:54:31pyot Operation so there is some function
15:54:33of M which is getting execute and then
15:54:35you getting that so what will happen
15:54:36when you open the Advan editor you will
15:54:38be able to find out the code so right
15:54:40now at this stage we'll not discuss is
15:54:42what is inside this Advanced editor as
15:54:44you become the advanced power VI
15:54:45developer you will be able to see that
15:54:47code inside that one and in our beginner
15:54:49series we have discussed quite a few
15:54:51functions all the power query functions
15:54:54which you can use has been discussed in
15:54:56the beginner series all the table
15:54:58function the list function all these has
15:55:00been discussed in detail there so please
15:55:02go ahead and also watch that series
15:55:04means once you are a little bit
15:55:05comfortable with this one there are
15:55:07quite a few videos in the beginner
15:55:08series which you will be able to watch
15:55:10so let's move ahead if you want to do
15:55:12Advanced transformation using power
15:55:13query engine you can use Advanced Editor
15:55:15to access the script of the power query
15:55:18and modify it as you want as I said you
15:55:20know Advanced editor is there and we do
15:55:22manually write down the script if needed
15:55:24you can modify the script as per our
15:55:25requirement is all we can do it it is
15:55:27not only the graphical user interface
15:55:29which is going to do everything for us
15:55:31if user interface function and the
15:55:33transformation won't perform the exact
15:55:36changes you need use the advanced editor
15:55:38or the M language to fine-tune your
15:55:40functions and transformation we can go
15:55:42ahead and you know change these things
15:55:44and sometime we solve the complex
15:55:46problem at that time we realize okay
15:55:47it's really difficult if I simply try to
15:55:49combine some steps so we go ahead and
15:55:51you know write down manually the power
15:55:53query code and so now what we are going
15:55:55to do we going to go ahead ahead and
15:55:56look at basic operations of power VI
15:55:59which you must know as a beginner and
15:56:01then from there you can pick up and can
15:56:03do more and more complex transformation
15:56:06you can combine transformation and solve
15:56:07some problems you can go ahead and write
15:56:09down you know nested functions of M
15:56:11language and you know create your own
15:56:13Solutions around it let's understand
15:56:16data transformation and which is also
15:56:18known as power query so what happens is
15:56:21when we start data loading especially in
15:56:23the import mode in the powerbi the data
15:56:26when it get imported the first place
15:56:28where it LS it is into the data
15:56:30transformation mode but what happens is
15:56:32most of the time we just simply load the
15:56:34data so we are not aware that the data
15:56:36was actually passed through the power
15:56:38query layer or the data transformation
15:56:40layer power query transformation or the
15:56:42transform data layer is really strong
15:56:44and we can do a lot to improve the
15:56:47quality of the data it is kind of a ETL
15:56:49data quality improvement data
15:56:51transformation engine so let's begin by
15:56:54using the power query typical way to
15:56:56reach power query is transform data so
15:56:59when you do this you will reach power
15:57:00query layer but when you load a new data
15:57:02also you can instead of loading the data
15:57:04you can use transform data and in that
15:57:06manner you can also reach to power query
15:57:09and we will use the same method for this
15:57:11part of the video what we are going to
15:57:13do is we are going to use this file pyot
15:57:15data. XLS which is again available on my
15:57:17GitHub account and you'll get a link
15:57:19right click on the raw copy link and go
15:57:22to Power query click on get
15:57:24data web
15:57:26give the URL click on
15:57:29okay you got a popup there are quite a
15:57:31few things which are available in this
15:57:33file and what I'm going to do is I will
15:57:36take most of these things and instead of
15:57:38load now I will use transform data
15:57:41transform data will take me to the power
15:57:44query module and power query module
15:57:46which can be used to transform data also
15:57:49sometime when you have huge amount of
15:57:51data you don't want to load it directly
15:57:52you can come to this module and reduce
15:57:54it the data not in final shape just like
15:57:57the data we have loaded right now you
15:57:59can come to this place transform it and
15:58:01then start loading it you have option
15:58:03here for close and apply which you can
15:58:06use once you done with the
15:58:07transformation apply stay here and
15:58:08continue close and apply means close and
15:58:10the changes would be apply and you can
15:58:12go ahead and analyze that various tabs
15:58:14and the most important tabs which you're
15:58:16going to use for the transformation is
15:58:18Home tab the tons of transformation
15:58:20available here then the transform tab
15:58:22this include lot of transformation add
15:58:24columns not only you can add The Columns
15:58:26but other than that there are
15:58:28transformation which can be done while
15:58:30adding the column you can do that then
15:58:32inside the view you have the column
15:58:34quality column distribution column
15:58:36profile if you are now looking at the
15:58:38data you might be seeing that you know
15:58:39it is showing the column distribution
15:58:41right now distribution means how many
15:58:43distinct value you have and how many
15:58:44unique value you have might ask what is
15:58:46the difference between distinct and
15:58:48unique distinct means how many distinct
15:58:50value I have like a b c d nine values I
15:58:52have distinct values then what's the
15:58:54difference between distinct and unique
15:58:55the dis distinct value which are non-
15:58:57repetitive if you look at the second
15:58:59column it is saying there are only two
15:59:00values which are basically non
15:59:03repetitive so if you see 78 it is
15:59:05actually repeating okay if you look at
15:59:0756 it is actually repeating so one of
15:59:10the value distinct value is 56 but it is
15:59:12repeating if you look at 90 it is one of
15:59:14the values which is disting but
15:59:16repeating 80 and 45 are the values which
15:59:20are the distinct which will become part
15:59:21of the distinct values but they are not
15:59:23repeating so that's how unique and
15:59:25distinct are different then you can also
15:59:27add column quality column qualities give
15:59:29you valid error and empty so the data
15:59:32which I have is empty but if you have a
15:59:34data like this one you have the empty
15:59:35rows 25% of rows are empty for this
15:59:38particular column then then comes the
15:59:40column profile now column profiling is
15:59:42pretty strong it provides you a lot of
15:59:44information like count error empty
15:59:47distinct unique empty string min max and
15:59:50if you have a number column let's go to
15:59:51a table where you have a number column
15:59:53also so here in this one we a number
15:59:56column so in the case of number column
15:59:58it will also give you min max average
16:00:00standard deviation odd even so so many
16:00:03things it will tell you so if you want
16:00:04to know more about your data then you
16:00:07can use column profiling column quality
16:00:10and column distribution Under The View
16:00:12tab now you learned about these column
16:00:15profiling column distribution let's also
16:00:17pay attention to the panes on the left
16:00:19hand side we have pain where all the
16:00:21queries has been given on the right hand
16:00:23side all the steps have been given
16:00:24whatever you are doing here here every
16:00:26step is getting captured other than this
16:00:28observation of profile so how this data
16:00:31came in what was the source the Excel
16:00:34kind of a source we had then how the
16:00:36navigation has happened you selected a
16:00:37sheet fail sheet then promoted the
16:00:40headers the headers have been promote
16:00:42change type type has changed now any
16:00:44transformation you do any column you add
16:00:47other than the rename queries everything
16:00:48is getting tracked and what would happen
16:00:51all these steps you can look what was
16:00:53previous stage what is the current stage
16:00:55and these can be reverted middle steps
16:00:57can also be deleted provided the next
16:01:00two step can adjust to each other
16:01:02otherwise it they will give error so
16:01:04everything what you're doing is
16:01:05trackable here unlike Dex where you
16:01:07create a formula you know the formula
16:01:09but you don't know whether you created a
16:01:11formula a before or formula B before you
16:01:13don't know but here anything you do you
16:01:15do rename you do transformation like we
16:01:18are going to do pivot data unpivot data
16:01:21merg data append data everything will
16:01:23get tracked here so it is not process
16:01:26where you are not aware of the steps
16:01:28every step will be captured and will be
16:01:30shown to you now let's look at this data
16:01:33the pyot data is it in the final shape
16:01:35and ready to be analyzed no it is not
16:01:38the data is basically pivoted in the
16:01:40Excel somebody has moved the subjects on
16:01:43the columns and this is a pivoted data
16:01:46and to make this data more suitable for
16:01:49analysis we have to unpivot it so we
16:01:52have to go to transform data and there
16:01:55we have option for for unpivot unpivot
16:01:57columns unpivot other columns means
16:02:00other than what you have selected like
16:02:01right now I can do unpivot other columns
16:02:03I selected name I can unpivot other
16:02:05columns unpivot selected column unpivot
16:02:08columns First Step can decide whether it
16:02:10need to do other two unpivot selected
16:02:13columns whatever I select let's say if I
16:02:15select from here to here math to English
16:02:19then I will have to go and say unpivot
16:02:21selected columns when do I use other
16:02:24columns or when do I use selected column
16:02:26what happens if you have something known
16:02:28as month on the top it is possible that
16:02:30number of months are going to increase
16:02:31so you will get more months in the
16:02:33columns in such cases select the name
16:02:36kind of the column or the fixed
16:02:38categorical column and use unpivot other
16:02:40columns now you may come back and say no
16:02:42no no the column which need to unpivot
16:02:44remain same but the attributes may
16:02:46increase so with the name I can get age
16:02:49tomorrow I can get some other property
16:02:50the subjects are going to remain
16:02:52consistent in such case we will use
16:02:54unpivot only selected column so here
16:02:56we'll click on the name and use unpivot
16:02:58other column once I unpivot it it is
16:03:01going to give me attribute and value
16:03:03column and these attribute and the value
16:03:05columns are the one which has made my
16:03:07data now more suitable for analysis what
16:03:09I can do here is basically in the last
16:03:11step of unpivot other columns I can go
16:03:14ahead and change the name to subject and
16:03:18marks but don't do this in all the power
16:03:21query steps unless you understand that
16:03:23you can change them
16:03:26let's have a look at this data is there
16:03:28something wrong with this data now this
16:03:30data you can work with but there's
16:03:31something wrong actually the majors
16:03:33which I have they should be the columns
16:03:36but they are on the rows so sales and
16:03:38the margin both editable this is margin
16:03:40number not percentage they're actually
16:03:43in the rows instead of column and that's
16:03:45the problem with this data so basically
16:03:47this data is something which is already
16:03:49unpotted and I want to pyot it and to
16:03:53correct this data what I'm going to do
16:03:54is I'm going to select m and value I'll
16:03:56go to transform and I'll use this pivot
16:04:00data option I click on the pivot data it
16:04:04will ask what is the value column which
16:04:06is the column you want to Aggregate and
16:04:07then what is the kind of aggregation now
16:04:09here I have one value which is doubled
16:04:11up so if you don't have any value which
16:04:13is doubling up you can use don't
16:04:15aggregate but there is one value which
16:04:16is doubled up and that's why I wanted to
16:04:18First select don't agregate and want it
16:04:20to show you that is going to show me an
16:04:22error for that so if I use don't
16:04:24aggregate it will going to show me error
16:04:26because there are two values for this
16:04:27particular combination so it says this
16:04:30it's getting a list so what I'm going to
16:04:31do here is I can go to the gear icon
16:04:34here at the last there is a gear icon I
16:04:36can click on that I can go to the
16:04:37Advance option and instead of don't
16:04:39aggregate I can use some or you can
16:04:41delete this step and edit again let me
16:04:43do the sum and now I'm getting the
16:04:45correct pivoted table the data was UN
16:04:47pivoted from The Source I pivoted it I
16:04:50can use now close and apply to use this
16:04:53data but we'll continue to do more
16:04:54transformation
16:04:59what's wrong with this data quite a few
16:05:01things the header is not placed
16:05:02correctly there are full blank rows and
16:05:05sometime what happen you are bringing in
16:05:06Excel data you may get full empty rows
16:05:09at the end somebody might have traveled
16:05:11through that Excel sheet created those
16:05:13empty rows so how do we remove those
16:05:15completely empty rows the problem
16:05:16doesn't end here in this data I see
16:05:19complete duplicate rows the rows are
16:05:22completely duplicated so I want to
16:05:24remove by data doesn't have complete
16:05:26duplicate rows that's kind of data I
16:05:28want it to have and these are few
16:05:30transformation which I need so let's
16:05:31start doing these transformation so
16:05:33First Transformation I want to do is I
16:05:35want to make the first row as the header
16:05:37under the Home tab we option use first
16:05:40row as header let's do this
16:05:42transformation promoted headers
16:05:44transformation has been done along with
16:05:45the change type now the second
16:05:47transformation which I need want to
16:05:48remove the blank rows so under the Home
16:05:51tab we have remove rows and keep rows
16:05:54this time we are going to use remove
16:05:55rows under the remove rows you have
16:05:57removed top row remove bottom rows you
16:05:59can give the number of rows you want to
16:06:00remove sometime what happens you have a
16:06:02report where some additional stuff is
16:06:04there and then you are using that you
16:06:06might have additional R than the top
16:06:07there is a report where bottom something
16:06:09is written you don't want so remove the
16:06:10top and the bottom rows remove alternate
16:06:12rows remove duplicates which is the next
16:06:14step you want to do remove blank rows
16:06:16the step which you want to do right now
16:06:18and remove errors if there are some
16:06:19error rows let's remove those so remove
16:06:21blank rows completely blank rows we are
16:06:24going to remove and it removed the blank
16:06:25rows now the next thing which so now
16:06:27there are no blank rows now I want to
16:06:29remove the complete duplicate but when
16:06:31you are doing this operation you need to
16:06:33be little bit careful because if you
16:06:34select a column and try to do that
16:06:36operation it is going to be little bit
16:06:38different than the operation which you
16:06:40want to do using the complete table so
16:06:42here because my rows are exactly
16:06:45duplicate what I need to do here is
16:06:47basically click on this so that no no
16:06:50rows is selected and then go to remove
16:06:52rows and use remove duplicates look at
16:06:54what it is done table do distinct remove
16:06:57blank rows this is the step I want when
16:07:00I want to remove complete blank rows but
16:07:02let me go to another one here if you see
16:07:05in this row I have 9 90 duplicate there
16:07:07are few null values if you go here
16:07:09remove rows and use remove duplicate you
16:07:12see what has happened just taken a
16:07:14column name the duplicates are not the
16:07:16row duplicate it is the particular
16:07:18columns duplicate which has been so you
16:07:20know the difference between two the
16:07:22column would be column duplicate it may
16:07:24happen that there are no row duplicates
16:07:26but when you delete it on the column the
16:07:28duplicates get removed so the column
16:07:30duplicates because of that the complete
16:07:32row got deleted so be careful about that
16:07:34I don't need that right now and the
16:07:36beauty with power query is remove the
16:07:38step back at the previous position
16:07:41so now what's wrong with this table
16:07:44actually there's nothing wrong this is
16:07:45perfect table but there is something
16:07:47which you want to learn it's not the
16:07:48best example of the table what we can
16:07:50have here I want to learn something
16:07:51known as in the transformation fill up
16:07:53and fill down in the maths if you see
16:07:55after 90 I don't have any marks and what
16:07:57I wanted to do is sometime you have what
16:07:59happens in Excel you create those five
16:08:00kind of a table 90 is repeating so only
16:08:03one 190 will come now I want to do the
16:08:04fill down so it should fill in the 90 so
16:08:07under the transform tab you have this
16:08:09fill fill down so 90 will repeat now in
16:08:11the case of physics there's only upward
16:08:13movement means there are blank rows and
16:08:14then we have a number so here I will use
16:08:16fill up under the transform tab again
16:08:18fill up now in this column I could do
16:08:20any of these operation in this I can
16:08:22also do any of these operation so fill
16:08:23up and fill down it takes the value on
16:08:25the top if there is anything which is
16:08:27blank it's going to replace those value
16:08:28with the last available value and very
16:08:30useful transformation very difficult to
16:08:32do otherwise but Power query made it
16:08:34easy so this kind of transformation is
16:08:36something which enables you to improve
16:08:38your data quality they available inside
16:08:40the power
16:08:43query now let's come to this table and
16:08:46in this table we wanted to learn the
16:08:47feature of replace value now first of
16:08:49all this table is not in the proper
16:08:51shape so what I'm going to do here is
16:08:53now instead of going to those options I
16:08:55click CLI on this table icon and there
16:08:56are options here and the one of the
16:08:58option which is there is use first row
16:09:00is header and I'm going to use that now
16:09:02I want to learn replace values and the
16:09:04objective is twofold how do we replace
16:09:06null values how do we replace any other
16:09:08value and how do we replace some value
16:09:10with the null value so we have this
16:09:12replace value option on the right click
16:09:14we have replace value but it is going to
16:09:15replace in this particular column only
16:09:17what I can do is I can select multiple
16:09:18columns also with the shift and under
16:09:21the transform tab I also have replace
16:09:22values or right click replace values so
16:09:24you can go go to replace values what I
16:09:26want to replace here in both the columns
16:09:28what I want to replace there is a value
16:09:29called known as GG I want to replace
16:09:31this value with a b c it's available in
16:09:33both the columns if observe that here
16:09:35and here now there are Advanced options
16:09:37match the entire cell content replace
16:09:39using special characters so I can use
16:09:41the first option now but I don't want to
16:09:43use let it replace so you will see there
16:09:45was Triple G here and because there was
16:09:47a triple G here and it replaced the only
16:09:492 G's you can go to the back previous
16:09:51stab and see this is Triple G where only
16:09:52two G's were replaced the first match
16:09:54was get
16:09:55how do we replace the null values or how
16:09:57do we replace something with a null Val
16:09:59if you see here this column also have
16:10:00null values this column also have null
16:10:02value click on both of these column with
16:10:03shift replace values and for null you
16:10:05have to write down Nu L and then you can
16:10:07replace it with the value na but if this
16:10:09null is n l null text then I'll tell you
16:10:12the one quick fix for that so once you
16:10:14do this fix and you can see the null
16:10:16values are replaced with na now if this
16:10:18null is a string you can do the same
16:10:20step and come back here and put this
16:10:21null into double quotes you will see the
16:10:23formula here and this is the step in
16:10:25that step you can go ahead and replace
16:10:26if I do here right now this will not
16:10:28find any null value not replace it the
16:10:30null text value go ahead and change this
16:10:32now what I would like to do here is this
16:10:34hyphone I want to replace this value I
16:10:36clicked on that and I say I want to
16:10:38replace this value with what I want to
16:10:39replace this with n null replace with
16:10:42null click okay so it's again giving
16:10:45replace table do replace value in the
16:10:47last step see every time it use the last
16:10:49step Hyun with null replacer do replace
16:10:52values item category column only in that
16:10:54particular column we have done it but if
16:10:55you look at the previous steps you find
16:10:57that it has been executed on multiple
16:10:59columns you can give n number of columns
16:11:01and then you can execute on that so this
16:11:02is replace value for
16:11:07you so what is wrong with this data the
16:11:09data itself is transposed so the rows
16:11:12are on the column The Columns are on the
16:11:14rows the date should have been in the
16:11:15rows they are in columns the major sales
16:11:18and margin should have been the columns
16:11:19there in the rows so we need to
16:11:21transpose this so click on this table
16:11:23icon so that nothing is selected supp
16:11:25that go to transform Tab and use the
16:11:28option
16:11:29transpose the data will get transposed
16:11:31but still it is not correct or the final
16:11:34shape of the data the first row contains
16:11:36the header and to overcome that you will
16:11:38go to the Home tab and inside the Home
16:11:40tab on the right hand side you have an
16:11:42option use first row as header also when
16:11:46you click on the down arrow you have the
16:11:48reverse option also use headers as first
16:11:50row sometime it may happen that you
16:11:52bring in the data and you don't have
16:11:54headers it may create the first row as
16:11:56header we want to revert it so as of now
16:11:58I'm going to use the use first row as
16:12:00header so the first row which I have the
16:12:02row number one should become the header
16:12:04and this is add an additional
16:12:06transformation for promote data and
16:12:08after the promote data powerb do try to
16:12:10change the data type to correct your
16:12:12data types automatically and as you can
16:12:15see in this step it has automatically
16:12:17detected the correct data type so this
16:12:19is the additional step which has been
16:12:20added and because of this step you now
16:12:23have the correct data type and you have
16:12:24the correct format
16:12:28Also let's now learn the operation merge
16:12:31which is basically the operation merge
16:12:33what it does it it can join the two
16:12:35tables you can use any kind of joint
16:12:36like inner joint left join right join
16:12:39and anti joints also I'll explain you
16:12:41what those are and can combine two
16:12:43tables so I have couple of tables which
16:12:45I want to merge basically and the merge
16:12:47is basically the you matches the rows
16:12:49and then you merge it's not up and one
16:12:50below each other that's not the merge
16:12:52here so merge here is basically you join
16:12:54them so what you call in the SQL joining
16:12:56two tables using the joins here actually
16:12:58we going to create a new table or new
16:13:00query when we join them in the power
16:13:02query you usually call it query when we
16:13:04join and execute so I basically have two
16:13:06tables here the first table is master
16:13:08table it's not true Master it has couple
16:13:10of duplicates and I have knowingly kept
16:13:12those duplicate that what impact
16:13:13duplicates can have pay attention to the
16:13:15category IDs which we have 1 2 3 and 5
16:13:18the second table which I have is the
16:13:19detailed table along with which I want
16:13:21to merge this pay attention to the
16:13:23category IDs 1 2 3 and four so five is
16:13:27there which is not here and four is here
16:13:29which is not there and I have kept it
16:13:31for a purpose and category ID 1 is
16:13:33repeating here or couple of rows
16:13:35category ID 2 is repeating but not going
16:13:38to play such a major role because it is
16:13:40expected in the detail it is repeating
16:13:41but the one is repeating in the master
16:13:43also so now let's start our journey we
16:13:45can click on any of these tables I'll
16:13:47start by clicking on Master go to the
16:13:49Home tab and use merge queries I will
16:13:52use this down arrow because it giv me
16:13:54two options merge queries and merge
16:13:55queries as new if I use merge query it
16:13:58the data would be merged in this current
16:13:59table but I would like to use merge
16:14:01queries as new this will allow me to
16:14:04create new tables and I'll keep on
16:14:05explaining you different kind of joints
16:14:07merge queries as new master table we got
16:14:09it let's click on detail table how do we
16:14:12join click on category ID and go and
16:14:14click on cat ID if you have multiple
16:14:16columns assume you have then Control
16:14:18Plus click will give you the options so
16:14:21here again Control Plus click you want
16:14:22to remove again control and click so I
16:14:25only want to do one so I'm doing only on
16:14:27one column but you can do it on multiple
16:14:29columns the first join I want to do is
16:14:30inner join and what does the inner join
16:14:32do only matching columns whatever rows
16:14:34are matching it is going to do that once
16:14:36after selecting this I'll click on after
16:14:38selecting this I'll click on okay it is
16:14:40showing how much is matching and
16:14:42definitely not everything is going to
16:14:43match because we have some missing IDs
16:14:45on both sides so let me click on okay
16:14:47and as you can see it has given me a
16:14:48table and right away in the table table
16:14:50first is going to be complete and table
16:14:52two we need to expand but you can see
16:14:53the missing id5 here let me expand and
16:14:56see does it make it any difference so
16:14:57when I expand it it ask me what all you
16:14:59want right now I can choose to get
16:15:01everything and also I'll uncheck this
16:15:03because this is going to prefix the
16:15:04table name otherwise so I'll uncheck
16:15:06this use original column name as prefix
16:15:09so I got this data now if you see here
16:15:12observe this the cat ID one is now four
16:15:15rows two from the header and two from
16:15:17the detail so it became four cartisian
16:15:18product is happening 2x two so that is
16:15:21why we our master table should never
16:15:22have duplicate we could have done remove
16:15:24duplicate before this now this is inner
16:15:26join and because of the inner join we
16:15:28have lost four and five four in the
16:15:30details and five in the header now let's
16:15:32go back and let me rename this table
16:15:34first of all double click or right click
16:15:36rename inner join as you might have
16:15:38observed that this has not added a step
16:15:40it means this thing cannot be reverted
16:15:42now let's go back to the master again
16:15:44follow the same flow merge queries merge
16:15:46queries as new master table is already
16:15:48there select the detail table category
16:15:51ID cat ID and this time we are going to
16:15:53do left joint what does left joint means
16:15:55all from the first and matching from the
16:15:57second so whatever is matching and if
16:15:59there are multiple rows getting
16:16:00generated because of that it will
16:16:02generate that but whatever is left out
16:16:04which is not joined if it is part of the
16:16:06table one it will bring that and all
16:16:08those corresponding value from the table
16:16:10two would be null for that so that's
16:16:12left joint from you all from the first
16:16:14and matching from the second it is
16:16:15showing how much match you're going to
16:16:17get and let me click on okay now again
16:16:19we get the first table columns and
16:16:21expansion for details I'll expand it and
16:16:24let me click on okay it has unchecked
16:16:26that because last time I unchecked so it
16:16:27will remain unchecked and let me click
16:16:29on okay now and as you can see we got
16:16:31category ID five from the header for
16:16:33which we don't have any corresponding
16:16:35data in details but because of the left
16:16:37join it is coming in let's rename this
16:16:39table as left join right click rename
16:16:41left join let's go back again to the
16:16:44master table merge queries merge queries
16:16:46as new master table let's take the
16:16:48detail table category ID cat ID the join
16:16:51and right join right join means all from
16:16:53second so the missing ID so the
16:16:55additional ID four is going to come now
16:16:57but we will miss five because five is on
16:16:59the left hand side but what we are
16:17:00saying all the matching things will come
16:17:02from the details plus additionally
16:17:04whatever the details contain that will
16:17:05also come let me click on okay now this
16:17:07time you start seeing a null row already
16:17:09it means there's something which is
16:17:11coming for which we don't have a value
16:17:13in the left hand side of the table table
16:17:14on the top is here in the left I expand
16:17:17the details using this expand icon I'll
16:17:19include all the column just press okay
16:17:20and as you can see we have one row where
16:17:23we have category ID 4 which was not
16:17:25present in our table the master table
16:17:27let me rename this right join let's do
16:17:29the journey again merge queries merge
16:17:31queries as new master table detail table
16:17:34category ID cat ID and this time we'll
16:17:36use full join from both matching will
16:17:38match and whatever is not going to match
16:17:40from both the tables is going to come
16:17:42and again it showing what is matching
16:17:43what is not matching let's click on okay
16:17:45you see a blank row you see category
16:17:47five also expand once you expand you can
16:17:49get all the column in and you will see
16:17:51now both the rows one from the left side
16:17:53having blank because category ID 4 only
16:17:56exist in second table one having Blanks
16:17:58on the right hand side no blank on the
16:18:00left because Category 5 does not exist
16:18:02in the detail table so this is full
16:18:04outer joint for you or full joint for
16:18:06you let's rename this as full joint
16:18:08double click rename let's continue to
16:18:10now two interesting kind of joins click
16:18:12on master table merge query down arrow
16:18:14merge query as new master details
16:18:17category ID cat ID and the most
16:18:19interesting join which we could use is
16:18:21left ENT and right ENT let me use left
16:18:23ENT this time row on only from first
16:18:25something which exist in the table one
16:18:28or the table on the left hand side which
16:18:31is not present in the right hand side
16:18:33table is typically category id5 which is
16:18:35not matching is going to come that two
16:18:38for the left table so non-matching rows
16:18:40is come if you remember we have
16:18:42something known as except or minus set
16:18:45operation something which is present in
16:18:48the table one or table a and not present
16:18:50in table two or table B so you will see
16:18:54we are having the category 5 row is
16:18:56coming in and we know there's not going
16:18:57to be any match data in the details but
16:18:59anyway we can expand and check it out
16:19:00actually after this join there is no
16:19:02benefit of expanding but to understand
16:19:03this we have expanded it so this is left
16:19:05ENT now let's go back to the master
16:19:08again and try the last join we wanted to
16:19:10have in the Marge queries Marge queries
16:19:12as new and we are going to try write ENT
16:19:15with the detail table so master in
16:19:17detail category ID cat ID right and join
16:19:20only the rows available at the right
16:19:22table the bottom table here in this case
16:19:25whatever is only available in this table
16:19:27which is not matching with the master
16:19:29table is going to come here let's click
16:19:31on okay it shows one row with a blank
16:19:33and when we expand the detail we will
16:19:35see category ID 4 coming in here and
16:19:38there is no data on the left for that so
16:19:41the row which is not having a matching
16:19:43data which is on the right hand side is
16:19:45coming here and that is right anti joint
16:19:48for you let's
16:19:49rename you can use these Marge to
16:19:52combine the tables in powerbi we prefer
16:19:54start star schema and sometime you may
16:19:56come across a situation where the tables
16:19:58are not in Star schema in such cases you
16:20:01can use power query to create star
16:20:03schema if required sometime you may want
16:20:05to duplicate the tables to do that
16:20:07because in the star schema facts are
16:20:09self-sufficient so let's say you have a
16:20:11header table header act as a dimension
16:20:13as well as it need to be merged with the
16:20:15detailed table in such cases you can
16:20:17duplicate the table and use it so how do
16:20:19we duplicate click on any of the table
16:20:21let's say I have this detailed table I
16:20:23want to duplicate it right click
16:20:24duplicate don't use reference it going
16:20:26to reference that so you can call it as
16:20:28detail 2 it's getting duplicated and
16:20:31then you can do your Marge
16:20:36operations we had this detailed table
16:20:39and we duplicated and created another
16:20:41detail table to let me go ahead and add
16:20:44one more column here how do we add a
16:20:46column we can simply add some formula or
16:20:49I can split it or to add a column or I
16:20:52can duplicate it so you can right click
16:20:54and duplicate a column and let me call
16:20:57it as a name Tool and why am I'm doing
16:21:00this I want to show you something known
16:21:01as operation upend Operation now upend
16:21:04operation is typically you want to Union
16:21:05the data you want to combine that so the
16:21:08operation which is upend here is kind of
16:21:09a union all mean it's just going to
16:21:11append the rules second is unlike the
16:21:13SQL Union or the Dex Union where you
16:21:17need the same size of the table or the
16:21:18same number of columns in the table it's
16:21:21not necessary and that is why when I had
16:21:23a detail and detailed I just
16:21:25additionally added a column in the click
16:21:27on any of the column click on any of the
16:21:29table and then go to append again you
16:21:31have two options upend queries and upend
16:21:34queries as new so what I want to do here
16:21:36is basically I want to use the append
16:21:37queries as
16:21:39new so let me use append queries as new
16:21:43now detail is the first table if you
16:21:45have three or more you can use this
16:21:46particular UI for two tables you can use
16:21:48this UI first table and you can select
16:21:50the second table and the second table
16:21:52which I wanted to select is basically
16:21:53the details table details table and
16:21:56details two table let's click on
16:22:01okay and as you can see that the both
16:22:03the tables are appended one after
16:22:05another one they just comb just
16:22:07combining the tables with all the
16:22:09possible column there's no deletion of
16:22:11duplicate here and definitely I have now
16:22:13created a new additional column so it's
16:22:15not going to delete any duplicates as
16:22:17you know we have removed duplicate
16:22:19option in case we wanted to do a union
16:22:21all kind of operation we can do that now
16:22:24in this case you can see that the
16:22:27additional column do have come which is
16:22:30part of only one table and the rows are
16:22:33blank for the table for which it was not
16:22:35available and the other table where it
16:22:36was available it has come now post
16:22:39this if you want to delete duplicate now
16:22:42the delete duplicate can happen based on
16:22:44ID column or based on the complete table
16:22:47now here I would like to delete the
16:22:48duplicate based on the ID column I can
16:22:50click on the ID column I can go to
16:22:52remove rows and remove duplicates so I'm
16:22:56trying to do kind of a union operation
16:22:59in the SQL world where you actually
16:23:01don't have duplicates now in this case
16:23:03definitely it has taken a decision to
16:23:05take some set of columns from the of the
16:23:07tables when there are multiple values
16:23:10available so in this case this has taken
16:23:12the name to where the null values are
16:23:14there you can append you can remove
16:23:16duplicates and create a union or Union
16:23:18all kind of a scenario based on the
16:23:22requirement let's learn how to create a
16:23:25custom column in power query and for
16:23:27that what I'm going to do is I'm going
16:23:29to add the same file here the sales file
16:23:32which we have used and the reason for
16:23:34that is basically because I want to show
16:23:37you the same formula which we created
16:23:38there so let me go to the github.com and
16:23:41in GitHub this is the file which we are
16:23:43using say data used in video right click
16:23:45on the raw copy link come back to the
16:23:48powerb and now I'll tell you directly
16:23:50from the power query under the Home tab
16:23:52if you click on the new source you will
16:23:54be able to add new sources from here go
16:23:57to new sources click on web which is
16:24:00available directly into the menu give
16:24:03the URL click on
16:24:05okay and I load only the sales
16:24:08here and now you don't see the button of
16:24:11load data and transform data this is
16:24:12only okay button because when we opened
16:24:15it from Power query it's going to put us
16:24:18back onto the transform data mode only
16:24:21because it has put us into the transform
16:24:23data mode it is not asking for the
16:24:25option whether you want to load the data
16:24:27or transform the data so we have to
16:24:29transform the data sometime we may get
16:24:31this kind of error you can simply
16:24:32refresh now if you remember we created
16:24:33few columns there so same column we
16:24:35wanted to create here we will take one
16:24:37or two example of such columns and also
16:24:39create some different kind of new custom
16:24:41column so once you are on the table you
16:24:43can go to add columns and inside the add
16:24:45column you have column from example
16:24:47custom column invoke function
16:24:49conditional column index column now the
16:24:51first of let's learn index column what
16:24:53is the index column sometimes what
16:24:54happens you are bringing in a table and
16:24:55you don't have row numbers and row
16:24:57number is required sometime because I
16:25:00want to create it as a dimension means I
16:25:02I went ahead and I remove the duplicate
16:25:04and I created a dimension I need a
16:25:06unique number then how do I do that I
16:25:08can add index column sometime you
16:25:09require row number just because in a
16:25:11visual you want to display and power
16:25:13always summarized so you need one unsm
16:25:15column so in that case you can add index
16:25:17column so you can add index column from
16:25:19zero or from one or you can even modify
16:25:21it so I added an index column it is a
16:25:23unique rule number column for me I can
16:25:26decide from where it should start how
16:25:27much increment it should have so if I
16:25:29want let's say two to increment I can
16:25:31make it two what would happen here is it
16:25:34will become odd numbers I want to start
16:25:36it from let's say three I can make it
16:25:38three and it will start from
16:25:41three these changes I can do let me make
16:25:44it one and one now this is one type of
16:25:46custom column let's go ahead and add
16:25:48another kind of custom column which is
16:25:49basically custom column B what I want to
16:25:52gross what is my definition of gross is
16:25:54quantity multiply by price now here uh
16:25:58we have no option to select the data
16:25:59type but in the power query online
16:26:01version the data flows we are getting
16:26:03that option to select the data types
16:26:05here we don't have so let's click on
16:26:06okay and you will see it doesn't take a
16:26:09data type here so what I can do is
16:26:10whatever data type I want I can give
16:26:12that as a last argument so be on that
16:26:15step put a comma and use type let's say
16:26:18I want in 64 or decimal so here I can
16:26:20give type number on numeric and let's
16:26:24try this out and it has become the
16:26:25number data type so in this manner if
16:26:27you remember the type you can give the
16:26:28type otherwise you have to use the
16:26:31option here you click on this number
16:26:33column or ABC what was written and you
16:26:35choose the data type and it will add a
16:26:36step for that to avoid the step I simply
16:26:39written type number because I remember
16:26:41that it can be added like a number same
16:26:42way you can add another custom column
16:26:44for cogs and that is nothing but
16:26:46quantity multiply by cost now you can if
16:26:49you use this here you click on this
16:26:51number column or ABC what was written
16:26:53and you choose the data type see it add
16:26:54additional step but that is why just to
16:26:57avoid this additional step I had this
16:27:00script I can remove
16:27:03this and go ahead and put a comma and
16:27:05put the third argument which is not
16:27:06available
16:27:08here now the new column which you
16:27:10created you can again use them in
16:27:12creation of columns like discount amount
16:27:14you can go here and create discount
16:27:16amount you can use the column which is
16:27:18previously created which is nothing but
16:27:20gross multiplied by discount percentage
16:27:22divide by 100 if you remember
16:27:25the discount percentage is absolute and
16:27:27that is why we need to divide it by 100
16:27:30again I can change the data type now if
16:27:33you want to create a conditional column
16:27:34you have option here to create a
16:27:36conditional column so you can click on
16:27:38that and you can write down a
16:27:40conditional script so if let's say sales
16:27:43date equals or less than equal to or is
16:27:47after we say before what date we say
16:27:51okay it is before 2019
16:27:56let's go by
16:27:58years now go by month Double Arrow take
16:28:01years is before 1 January 2019 then one
16:28:06else zero so Data before 2019 and after
16:28:092019 so you can create a conditional
16:28:11column so it will give you values and
16:28:14what all values we have if you they are
16:28:16not loading we can click on load so we
16:28:17have both one and zero values depending
16:28:20on the dates we will have value it will
16:28:22always load a sample side of hous and
16:28:25rows and based on that it will do the
16:28:26column profiling here at the end if you
16:28:29see but if you want all the rows you can
16:28:32actually click here and you can use on
16:28:34entire data set it is especially useful
16:28:36when you go to the view and you do this
16:28:38column distribution column profiling
16:28:40then you can use that now again I can
16:28:42change the data type but right now I'm
16:28:44leaving that now I can add this column
16:28:46manually also actually I can go to the
16:28:48custom column and I can write down the
16:28:50condition of my choice so let's say test
16:28:52if quantity equals to one then unit one
16:28:58else many so I'm saying if quantity is
16:29:01equal to one then one else many this
16:29:03kind of condition I can give and I can
16:29:04have multiple if else to create complex
16:29:08conditions so one and many one and many
16:29:11usually I have quantity one two and
16:29:12three so I'll get one and many for many
16:29:14for two and three I'll get in this
16:29:16manner you can create quite a few custom
16:29:18columns now some cases you have this
16:29:20additional column which you can create
16:29:23you can add a column um so you want to
16:29:25measure a length let's say you want to
16:29:26measure the length of this column but I
16:29:28don't want to use a transformation I
16:29:30don't want to change this column I want
16:29:31a new column you can go to extract and
16:29:33say length so it will actually give you
16:29:36the length of this column same way other
16:29:38operation on length like first character
16:29:40last character range text before delimer
16:29:42text after delimer text between delim so
16:29:45what happens in all such cases it will
16:29:47actually go ahead and add a new column
16:29:49so instead of transforming the current
16:29:51column sometimes you don't want to
16:29:52transform the current column you
16:29:53actually want the information in the
16:29:55next column so this is really helpful
16:29:57here same way for parsing if you have a
16:29:59XML or Json column you can par and other
16:30:02one you can like format like I want this
16:30:04upper case or lower case but I don't
16:30:05want to transform this column I want a
16:30:07new column so I can go ahead and use
16:30:09this so this will add a new column just
16:30:11for an example let me use this lower
16:30:13case and this time instead of making
16:30:16this test as lower case it actually
16:30:18created a new column lower case in this
16:30:20manner you can add custom columns in
16:30:22power query so most of the column where
16:30:25you require multiplication kind of a
16:30:27stuff you can add them in power query
16:30:30conditional column you can add them in
16:30:31power query other transformation which
16:30:33are needed at row level you can pretty
16:30:35much do all such columns in power query
16:30:37there are formulas which can only be
16:30:38done on the aggregated data for that we
16:30:42cannot use this one they are better
16:30:44suited on measure so there is a option
16:30:47of colum by example you can create a new
16:30:49column by example how that I'm going to
16:30:51give you one example now there could be
16:30:53more us is have little complex data also
16:30:55you can use it what I'm going to do is
16:30:57I'm going to go to this text operation
16:30:58table and in this text operation table
16:31:01I'll go to a column is my column key to
16:31:04I'll right click on that and then there
16:31:06is option add column from exam now I'll
16:31:09click on this option add column from
16:31:11examples and here it is asking example
16:31:14let's say I put one one what does it it
16:31:16identify it that I am asking for text
16:31:19before delimiters and based on that it
16:31:21is creating everything like text before
16:31:24delimiter let me go ahead and replace
16:31:25this with 333 now what is happening it
16:31:28now identified that I need text after
16:31:30delimiter after which delimer it is
16:31:32identifying that I need it after the
16:31:34third delimer and that is why you are
16:31:36see in the second row it is using
16:31:3933355 now the same manner you go and
16:31:41type 222 what it will realize is that I
16:31:44need Tex between Eliminator hyon and hyp
16:31:47creating the next also it is creating to
16:31:49and one to one Etc in this manner it is
16:31:52identifying that I need X between
16:31:54delimiter and it is creating data like
16:31:56that now let me click on it would be
16:31:58added as a new column and then you can
16:32:00look at the formula this formula which
16:32:02has been Tex between has been used hyph
16:32:05and H So based on the example I try to
16:32:08do that operation and based on that
16:32:09operation you will now get taex before
16:32:12delimiter or Tex after delimiter or
16:32:14there could be any other operations
16:32:16which has been identified we done here
16:32:18these are the various way in which you
16:32:20can create a new column in power query
16:32:23and once once you are done with those
16:32:24columns from the home you can go and
16:32:27click on close and apply or simply apply
16:32:29and those columns would be added at part
16:32:32of your query which will be known as a
16:32:34table when we visualization part the
16:32:37next operation which we wanted to learn
16:32:39is under the transform and that
16:32:41operation is basically Group by now the
16:32:43group by operation is something which
16:32:45can create a group col basically you
16:32:46have a complete table and group a data
16:32:48at a particular level use this group by
16:32:50so basically summarized table or
16:32:52aggregated tables if you you can take
16:32:54help from group by now you have
16:32:56summarize in tax which can do the
16:32:58similar job there are other functions
16:33:00also like summarize callums the job grp
16:33:02by can also do the job so now here in
16:33:04power query we are going to use group so
16:33:06what I'm going to do is I'm going I'm
16:33:08going to click on the sales table and
16:33:09after that I'm going to click on group
16:33:10buy once I click on the group buy it
16:33:13gives me two option basic and advanc in
16:33:15basic it is asking for one group buy and
16:33:17it is only asking one column now what I
16:33:19can do here is basically I can go to the
16:33:21Advance the advance I can add grouping
16:33:23of my own choice so I can say Okay I
16:33:25want to group this data let's say a city
16:33:27and then here in the count columns I can
16:33:29give a name of the column where the
16:33:31count has been written here then I can
16:33:33choose the operation sum average median
16:33:35min max count rows count District all
16:33:38rows Etc we start with a simple example
16:33:41we'll say we want to sum here and what I
16:33:43would like to sum I want to sum actually
16:33:45quantity here now here I'll say sum uty
16:33:49so this is the first kind of aggregation
16:33:50I want to create now I would like to add
16:33:53another then I can go ahead and do it
16:33:54let's say I want average price now
16:33:56average price is not the best thing to
16:33:58have it here but let's go ahead and do
16:34:00that so we say average and then we'll
16:34:03use so you got a aggregated table now or
16:34:07grouped by table now which is now giving
16:34:09you g ID sum of quantity and average
16:34:11price now you can see the code here
16:34:14table. Group by at what it is
16:34:16doing so C ID it is grouped on that and
16:34:20based on that we have list. sum which is
16:34:22used on the some of quantity has been
16:34:25done and a of price I can click on the
16:34:27setting icon back again here and I
16:34:30reached back to the setting again and
16:34:32what I can do here is I can say add
16:34:33grouping and in this add grouping I can
16:34:35let's say I add item ID I want two group
16:34:38by is not one group I want aggregated
16:34:40table which is based on city ID and Item
16:34:42ID and how I'm getting my data based on
16:34:44the city ID and Item ID in this manner I
16:34:47can get it now there is one more option
16:34:48which is there and that would be helpful
16:34:50when you are going to do something like
16:34:52you know sub index or sub rank that kind
16:34:54of operation that would be helpful and
16:34:56for that what you have to do let's go
16:34:58back to the setting again now here in
16:34:59the ad grouping let me remove this and
16:35:02here I instead of some operation I'll
16:35:05say all rules I can give it any name
16:35:07whichever I want Let Me Call It All Pro
16:35:11only when you go here so City ID and
16:35:14item id the data is grouped and what
16:35:17happens is is going to have a table here
16:35:19so now there is a table which is at the
16:35:21city ID and item id level and if you add
16:35:23a column here let's say add index here
16:35:26in this table and now we have to write
16:35:27down the formula to do that not going to
16:35:29be that I simply go ahead and write it
16:35:31here add index for that we have to use
16:35:33the M language and using the M language
16:35:35we have to create a custom column and
16:35:36there we in this table itself the table
16:35:38which is inside we have to add a index
16:35:40column and then you have to expand it
16:35:42back again you can expand this table to
16:35:44get all the data so you will expand and
16:35:45then you'll get the complete sales table
16:35:47again and then you will get the sub
16:35:49index these kind of operations I have
16:35:50explained on the channel so you can
16:35:52check that out so in this manner you can
16:35:54group all the rows and then you can do
16:35:55operation inside the group to data so
16:35:57this is Group by for you we I have shown
16:35:59you a few options but there are further
16:36:01more options which you can explore out
16:36:03to create aggregated or what we call
16:36:05summarized
16:36:07tables we will come across a scenario in
16:36:11power query where we would actually like
16:36:13to split a column we have quite a few
16:36:15option to split a column so we can split
16:36:17by D limiter we can split by number of
16:36:19character we can split by position lower
16:36:22case upper case digit non-digit
16:36:24non-digit and digit now I come up with
16:36:26this one data where I'm going to show
16:36:29you split by Del limiter but this data
16:36:31is really interesting because it's
16:36:32nquire double split and you will not
16:36:34realize unless I do it so for first of
16:36:36all even before I use do use first row
16:36:39as header I need to split this data okay
16:36:41because name and ranks are two different
16:36:43column but I need to split this data and
16:36:45how do I need to split it I need to use
16:36:48under the Home tab split column and buy
16:36:50delimiter and space is my dmit it is
16:36:53automatically identified for each
16:36:55occurrence in this case it is the left
16:36:57most occurrence or that's the only
16:36:59occurrence but you can decide if you
16:37:00have more than one occurrence leftmost
16:37:02or rightmost or each occurrence and then
16:37:04you can go to the advance and decide
16:37:06whether you want columns or rows in this
16:37:08case I want two columns and that's
16:37:09correct it has automatically identified
16:37:11that but in case you want to check you
16:37:13go ahead and check that out in case of
16:37:15rows there's no limitation it can split
16:37:17and give any number of rows but
16:37:19definitely columns we have to specify
16:37:21let's press okay now we got the two
16:37:23columns so now at this stage I can use
16:37:25first row as header so the moment I do
16:37:27first row as header you might have
16:37:29realized that this change type has
16:37:30changed the game for us it actually has
16:37:32detected it as integer and removal of
16:37:34comma that's what we don't want so what
16:37:36we have to do is we have to go to this
16:37:37step transform columns either we remove
16:37:40it or go and copy this type text and in
16:37:43the rank also you use type text so that
16:37:45it remains as a text now it is a text
16:37:47now we can continue to use it now the
16:37:49rank column is something which we
16:37:51further wanted to split we again go to
16:37:53split column split by D limiter and this
16:37:56time for each occurrences of the D
16:37:58limiter it has correctly detected that
16:38:01in the advance option I'm going to use
16:38:03rows no more columns I want multiple
16:38:05rows for that I don't want columns this
16:38:07time and in the rows it is not going to
16:38:09ask you how many rows create that many
16:38:11rows which is required columns the
16:38:13number is limited and let's press on
16:38:15okay and now the data is in the shape
16:38:18where we can use it for analysis we've
16:38:21taken a case where we actually applied
16:38:24the same function twice in two different
16:38:26Manner and get the data into the shape
16:38:28now there are other ways to split also
16:38:31and for that what I've done is I have
16:38:33this table text operation which you can
16:38:35use I can show you some of those
16:38:38operations so let's say you click on
16:38:40this key one and you can say split by
16:38:43number of characters I can split I can
16:38:45get the ear first four are ear so by
16:38:47number of characters I can say once far
16:38:50as left I only want the first four
16:38:52characters and rest I want into the
16:38:54second column I don't want the
16:38:56repetition number of columns here is
16:38:58going to be two because I only want once
16:39:00if it repeatedly you need to tell how
16:39:02many columns I only wanted once I'll go
16:39:04ahead and press I'll select once as far
16:39:08left as possible the left hand side and
16:39:10multiple columns and there going to be
16:39:12two columns this time so we are able to
16:39:14split and take out the ear from this one
16:39:17so this is split by number of character
16:39:19now then there is a split by position so
16:39:21split by position position from 0 to 6
16:39:25so power query start with indexing start
16:39:27with zero and then there are Advanced
16:39:28option columns or rows you say okay fine
16:39:300 to 6 let's split that so now you got
16:39:33another split based on that and now this
16:39:35change data type on the First Column we
16:39:37don't need actually we need type text
16:39:39only and because of that only it's not
16:39:41showing what value we actually got this
16:39:43is the value we actually got then you
16:39:45have the upper case lower case and all
16:39:48those combination I will just show you
16:39:50one of them so this is uppercase and
16:39:52lower case so you can go and split by
16:39:54column by lower case to uppercase or
16:39:56uppercase to lower case so let's execute
16:39:58one of them lower case to upper case so
16:40:00when the things change from lower case
16:40:02to upper case at that time we will split
16:40:04so this was lower case and post that
16:40:05there was an upper case so it got split
16:40:07there is upper case and after that
16:40:09there's a lower case there's nothing got
16:40:10split this is these were three were
16:40:12lower case and after that we got upper
16:40:14case so it got splitted similarly digit
16:40:16and no digit split you can go ahead and
16:40:19use by non-digit and digit or by digit
16:40:21and non-digit so let me use one of them
16:40:23let's use the second option non-digit to
16:40:25digit so you will only see split where
16:40:27first there was a non-digit and then
16:40:29digit in this manner there are multiple
16:40:31things which we can do there are next
16:40:33set of operations basically here we have
16:40:35lower case upper case capitalize the
16:40:38word trim clean add prefix add suffix
16:40:41now let me go to this table and I'll go
16:40:44to column two and let me try to now to
16:40:47understand this format options now very
16:40:50easy to understand this lowercase and
16:40:52uppercase you click on any any of the
16:40:53column you go here and say lower case I
16:40:55go to this column everything is already
16:40:57in uppercase so I can go here and say
16:41:00format capitalize each word so first
16:41:02letter would be Capital now this is all
16:41:05in lower if you see here the the column
16:41:07name the first row is in the lower case
16:41:09I can go and click on the format and
16:41:11uppercase it will do an uppercase now
16:41:13let me use first row as header and then
16:41:15do other operations now I can go here
16:41:18again and under the transform format I
16:41:20can use add prefix it will add a prefix
16:41:22to the column let me add Hy and in case
16:41:25I want to add a suffix I can go to the
16:41:27format and I can add a suffix also let
16:41:29me add at theate here and it's not doing
16:41:32that operation on the null value please
16:41:33remember that now what is this clean and
16:41:35trim trim you might have understand what
16:41:37what is this clean to understand the
16:41:38clean let me go to the Home tab and
16:41:41create one enter data script and here
16:41:43let me and a shift enter enter enter a
16:41:46SP b space c d d d enter enter enter B A
16:41:50FG now next one I'll go here and space
16:41:53space space a space space space next one
16:41:56I'll space space space b c v VC and then
16:42:00here no space b and space space space
16:42:03space and let me say let me rename this
16:42:05now and edit I got some data you can see
16:42:08the values here lying here and there now
16:42:11there is cleaning required so first
16:42:13operation which I want to do here is
16:42:14basically I'll go to transform format
16:42:17and I'll do clean operation the clean
16:42:19operation removes the non-printable
16:42:22character especially the the enter you
16:42:23can see now the data has come into the
16:42:25one row but it has not removed the white
16:42:27spaces before and after it they are
16:42:29still white spaces like here if you go B
16:42:31and do have white spaces okay vbb do
16:42:34have white spaces in the beginning now
16:42:36I'll go on this column and I'll use the
16:42:38format trim operation and once I do the
16:42:41trim it removes the white spaces from
16:42:43left and right and I'll get the trimmed
16:42:45version of this one now you see there's
16:42:47no nothing before and after it's only B
16:42:50and only vbb so these are the operation
16:42:52which allow ows you to improve the data
16:42:54quality so the transformation the data
16:42:57quality improvement all these can be
16:42:59done after that you have some operations
16:43:01to take out the date part and all those
16:43:03if you go to this date time table and
16:43:05you want to take out the time only it
16:43:08will give you time only you want to take
16:43:10out the date only you will get the date
16:43:12only you want to take out part of the
16:43:13day year month quarter you will get
16:43:15those also you can extract the date
16:43:17Parts again these kind of transformation
16:43:19you can do here so these are the various
16:43:21kind of transformation you can do in
16:43:23power query once you are done with all
16:43:25your transformation or maybe don't
16:43:27always wait for all the transformation
16:43:29to happen you should keep on doing this
16:43:31in between you should keep on applying
16:43:33the changes so that it doesn't take too
16:43:34much of time at the end to do it but
16:43:37right now the time has come that I'll
16:43:38you use close and apply and once I do
16:43:41close and apply what it's going to do is
16:43:43all the tables is going to process again
16:43:45the complete data will be loaded and
16:43:48processed again and that is something
16:43:50which power query does it basically
16:43:53actually go to load the data model and
16:43:55go to process by each step by step and
16:43:57go to do it and it has processed
16:44:01everything now the tables are now
16:44:02available for analysis and if you go to
16:44:05the table view you will see the data
16:44:07into the final shape so if you go to the
16:44:09pyot table or unpivot table you will not
16:44:12see the data in the initial shape what
16:44:14you had you see the data into the final
16:44:17shape so power query helps us in
16:44:20creating transformed cleaned data data
16:44:23which can be used for data analysis so
16:44:26the next set of transformation which we
16:44:29actually wanted to learn is basically
16:44:31how to do multiple unpivot or double
16:44:33unpivot here what happens is you don't
16:44:36have a single column which is repeating
16:44:38actually there are more than one column
16:44:39which are repeating so let's say there
16:44:41is a set A1 A2 then there is a set B1 B2
16:44:44then there is a set C1 C2 but that is
16:44:46the set which is repeating it is not
16:44:48that I have A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 and I just
16:44:51want I that such scenario how we are
16:44:54going to unpivot that is what we have to
16:44:56learn so let's look into this example
16:44:59and see how can we do double and pyot or
16:45:02multiple and pyot so let me showcase you
16:45:05my data which I'm plan to use for today
16:45:08uh so I have added this to the P data
16:45:10file and I will been loading this file
16:45:12to the GitHub so here as you can see I
16:45:15have item on My First Column and then I
16:45:20have state and value combination
16:45:23in the column so I have state one value
16:45:26one state two value two state three
16:45:28value three state four value four state
16:45:305 value five this is the combination
16:45:32which I have now this is not a simple
16:45:36unpivot user case where I have the stage
16:45:39and I simply unpivot it and then I can
16:45:41use the data so this require a special
16:45:45treatment or maybe I first unpivot the
16:45:48data and then P it so let's go ahead and
16:45:51see how we convert this data into the
16:45:54best suitable data for data analytics or
16:45:58for powerbi so I have already open
16:46:01powerbi and let me jump out of the that
16:46:04and I'll say get data and inside the get
16:46:06data I'll bring my Exel sheet and that
16:46:10Excel sheet is nothing other than pyot
16:46:12data and you will be getting this on my
16:46:16GitHub account
16:46:24and here you see that I got this unpivot
16:46:28pyot data so just take this sheet
16:46:30unpivot pyot data sheet and that instead
16:46:34of loading use transform data why would
16:46:36use transform data because this data is
16:46:38not in a shape where we wanted to use so
16:46:41why to load and then go to the transform
16:46:43data and do the transformation why don't
16:46:44we directly go to the transform data so
16:46:47so I'll click on the transform data at
16:46:49the bottom of the popup and it will
16:46:51directly take me me to Power
16:46:54query let me bring in power query window
16:46:57on this screen so the power query window
16:47:00has opened and now we have this data in
16:47:02front of us so what action we wanted to
16:47:05do so first of all I'll select item and
16:47:08I'll go to transform and inside the
16:47:11transform I'll use unpivot columns and
16:47:14I'll see unpivot other columns once I do
16:47:17you can see I have state value in rows
16:47:20but I don't want like this the best way
16:47:22is state
16:47:23as a column and value as a column now to
16:47:25do that I need to do a next step in the
16:47:28next step I would use one more
16:47:30transformation and the transformation
16:47:32which I plan to use is split column and
16:47:36in the split
16:47:38column split column is again available
16:47:40under the transform tab I want to use
16:47:43split by dor in this case you may have
16:47:46little bit complex case so you have to
16:47:48find out how you would plan to split
16:47:49that and here I'll click on the advance
16:47:51option and I'll say I want to split into
16:47:53two columns that's the most appropriate
16:47:56for this
16:47:57data for each occurrence yes or sometime
16:48:01may you may have to use leftmost
16:48:03delimiter so first delimiter which it
16:48:06gets on that and you have to say okay
16:48:09now what you see here is state number
16:48:12has been separated out now you can give
16:48:15it as a separate name there but that we
16:48:17will do later but you can click on now
16:48:19attribute and
16:48:21value and you you can go to P what
16:48:25column again under the transform
16:48:27data and which column is the value
16:48:30column yes value column is the value
16:48:33column Advance option what I wanted to
16:48:36do is I'll say don't agregate but I
16:48:40would prefer to do max if required so
16:48:44you can take a count
16:48:48here and once you load this data instead
16:48:51of list count you click on
16:48:54the the bar where we are seeing this
16:48:59formula you send this. Max and now you
16:49:03can see State and value we could we
16:49:05could have used to aggregate but in case
16:49:07don't aggregate doesn't work you can use
16:49:08max like this so I got State I got value
16:49:11and this could be state number or type
16:49:14let me call it type now this data is in
16:49:17a proper shape for analysis now so this
16:49:20is how you deal with the data where you
16:49:23think it require multiple
16:49:27unpivot now what we would like to do
16:49:29here is we like to understand how can we
16:49:31do cross join in power query now you
16:49:33have seen an example where we have
16:49:35actually done cross join in Dex now how
16:49:39do we do cross join in our query because
16:49:41there's no function cross join if you
16:49:44remember we had merge which can do
16:49:45different kind of join like Left Right
16:49:48full and full is not cross join and then
16:49:51we have and joins also but how do we do
16:49:54cross joint cross join means every row
16:49:57of a table will get populated against
16:49:59every row of another table one has three
16:50:01rows and table two has three rows end up
16:50:03getting nine rows so this is what the
16:50:06cross join is and we would like to
16:50:08understand how can we do that in our
16:50:09query so let me take you through powerbi
16:50:12and let me explain you the function the
16:50:15cross joint function which is there in
16:50:17the DXs and then the question is how do
16:50:20we do that in power query so let me do
16:50:24one thing is basically in
16:50:26powerbi desktop I'm going to use enter
16:50:30data which is under the Home
16:50:33tab and I'm going to create two
16:50:38tables and in the table one let me have
16:50:40that say number I'm going to have some
16:50:42numbers let's say 1
16:50:472 3 and four and let me call it D1 the
16:50:51table D1 I'm renaming it and I'm going
16:50:54to say
16:50:56load very a simple table once this table
16:50:59get loaded we will load another
16:51:05table so now let me add another table
16:51:08now the table which I'm going to add is
16:51:10basically having the let's say text so
16:51:14let me call it
16:51:17value and let me add value let's say
16:51:20a b
16:51:23and see only three values and let me
16:51:27call this table as D2 and let me a load
16:51:30very simple stuff two tables having one
16:51:32one
16:51:33column now I go to the table View and
16:51:36I'll show you these tables so D1 as 1 2
16:51:383 4 D2 as a BC now how do we do a cross
16:51:42joint so in the Dax in we go to the
16:51:44table tools when we click on any of the
16:51:46table we'll get the table tool and in
16:51:48the table tool you have new table click
16:51:50on the new table
16:51:53and say cross the name left hand side is
16:51:56the name and then we have function cross
16:51:58join we can give tables so I give D1
16:52:02comma D2 two tables and I just press
16:52:06enter now what you see is uh 1 2 3 4 A A
16:52:10A A 1 3 4 bb bb 1 3 4 c c c c now I want
16:52:15same thing in power query how do I do
16:52:17that so I go to my report view or I
16:52:20could have done from there also and I go
16:52:22to transform data which is in the middle
16:52:25of the Home
16:52:29tab and there I have another option
16:52:31transform data which will take me to
16:52:32Power
16:52:33query let me bring in the power query
16:52:35window
16:52:40here now how do I do it in power query
16:52:43so if you remember we have something
16:52:44known as merge queries under the Home
16:52:46tab of power query on the right but here
16:52:49when you go to the merge queries
16:52:53you don't have any option for cutan and
16:52:56even if you do full outer join it's not
16:52:59going to serve a purpose especially
16:53:02there is no joint column here so how do
16:53:04I do that but to do that what I can do
16:53:07is I can take any one of these
16:53:09table and go ahead and create a new
16:53:11column add column I call it custom
16:53:14column and let me call it tab two and
16:53:18let me simply give here D2
16:53:22D2 is a
16:53:26table so it starts showing me the
16:53:29table my once I get a table in a column
16:53:32it start giving me an expand
16:53:35icon I'll expand
16:53:38this and it ask what all column I say I
16:53:41will say value column I need and I'll
16:53:43uncheck this use original column name as
16:53:46prefix
16:53:52then we press okay now as you can see
16:53:55the moment I expand it gives me AB C ABC
16:53:59ABC ABC because I done it with D1 that's
16:54:02how it's going to happen so for Value
16:54:04one A B C or then if you see for a it is
16:54:071
16:54:082 3 and four anyways I I could have done
16:54:12the same thing in D2 it would have given
16:54:14me uh a 1 2 3 4 b 1 2 3 4 c 1 2 3 4 so
16:54:19this is how you do a cartisian product
16:54:21across join in power query so when I was
16:54:24trying to save this it given me some
16:54:26error so what I've done is basically I
16:54:28change it to Value one the reason it is
16:54:31giving error because D1 and D2 we are
16:54:32again using in the cross joint they the
16:54:34value column and so because of that it
16:54:38was giving errors in power query it is
16:54:40possible to do much more complex
16:54:42operation than what we have done so far
16:54:45right now what we are doing is we are
16:54:47combining certain set of operation and
16:54:49try to achieve the complex operation but
16:54:51once we are able ble to understand all
16:54:53the complex M function we can do much
16:54:55more powerful operations than what we
16:54:58have done so far so let's understand
16:55:00basics of M for now m is a case
16:55:03sensitive language what do you mean by
16:55:05case sensitive language in case
16:55:06sensitivity what happens let's say you
16:55:08write down sales and in one of the sales
16:55:10you write down S capital that is
16:55:12different from the sales where s is
16:55:15small as m is case sensitive so your
16:55:18column names with the title case or
16:55:20small case or upper case are different
16:55:22from each other same is true for the
16:55:23tables so when you are using them into
16:55:26your formulas or into your calculation
16:55:29you need to take care of them what is
16:55:30the process of working on M language
16:55:33what is the syntax every language has a
16:55:35syntax let's say you are working with C
16:55:37or Java in case of C you create a main
16:55:40function where you write down the code
16:55:42in case of java you start with a class
16:55:45and then you have the main function so
16:55:47every language has a particular kind of
16:55:49syntax so what is the syntax we have for
16:55:51m to create an M query in the query
16:55:54editor you have to follow these basic
16:55:56process first is create a series of
16:55:59query formula steps that start with let
16:56:01statement so let is the first statement
16:56:03each step is defined by a variable name
16:56:05so every step you will have a variable
16:56:07name and L variable can be included by
16:56:10space using hash character as HH double
16:56:13codes step name so basically what
16:56:15happens if you don't have the space in
16:56:17your variable names it could be simply a
16:56:19name but if you want to give a space
16:56:20then you have to use has hash and in the
16:56:23double codes you to give the name with
16:56:25the space so let's say my name of the
16:56:27step is rename columns so I'll give hash
16:56:30double code rename space columns this is
16:56:33how I will give the variable name if it
16:56:35requires space a formula step can be a
16:56:38custom formula please note that the
16:56:40power query formula language is case
16:56:42sensitive so power for query formula
16:56:43language is case sensitive it means if
16:56:45you write down let's say rename column r
16:56:48capital c capital is different from R
16:56:50small and C Small in case of M query
16:56:52each formula steps buil upon a previous
16:56:55step by referring the step by its
16:56:57variable name so what happens when you
16:56:59look at the code which is automatically
16:57:01generated by power query you will find
16:57:03that each step is referring to the
16:57:05previous step that is not necessary when
16:57:07we start the coding I'll showcase you
16:57:09that it is not necessary you refer it to
16:57:11the immediate step you can do some
16:57:13calculation and post that you can also
16:57:14refer it but typically what happens in
16:57:17power query when we are autogenerating
16:57:18most of the steps are generating tables
16:57:20and the table in the step one is getting
16:57:22referred by the step two and so on
16:57:24finally what we do is we output a query
16:57:27formula step using the instatement so
16:57:30basically you will give a variable name
16:57:33finally after the in generally the last
16:57:35step in used in the final data set
16:57:38result so what happens whatever is the
16:57:39last step you actually try to return the
16:57:41result of the last step however it is
16:57:43not compulsory but in a logical flow
16:57:46that would actually happen so let's take
16:57:49an example code in this example code you
16:57:51can see the code start with the let
16:57:53statement and in the next line you have
16:57:55variable name equals to expression means
16:57:58you are assigning the expression to the
16:57:59variable name in the next one you have
16:58:01hash variable name equal to expression
16:58:03two which you are assigning to a
16:58:05variable name which is basically having
16:58:07the space and finally you end up
16:58:09returning the variable name here see we
16:58:11are not returning the last step we are
16:58:13returning a step before so that is also
16:58:15possible just like every other language
16:58:17we have the data types here we call it
16:58:19primitive values A Primitive value is a
16:58:22single part value such as number logical
16:58:24text or null a null can be used to
16:58:28indicate the absence of any data me if
16:58:30the value is not present that's what we
16:58:32call null so let's say binary is
16:58:34something like 0 0 and something like
16:58:35that date is your all your dates date
16:58:38and time date along with the time date
16:58:41time zone it will also include date time
16:58:44as well as time zone duration now
16:58:46duration is not same as time duration
16:58:48will have Day hours minutes and seconds
16:58:53then you have logical which is true and
16:58:54false null means you have null value
16:58:57number you can have 1 2 3 4 or you can
16:58:59have decimal numbers text you can have
16:59:01ABC or any kind of text which you want
16:59:03text can have numbers also and then time
16:59:06and time is different from dur time will
16:59:08have only time for of 24 hours it will
16:59:11not have the day component which
16:59:12duration
16:59:15has in power query we can use functions
16:59:19a function is a value that when invol
16:59:22with argument produces a new value means
16:59:24you have to give the argument and when
16:59:25you invoke it it will produce a new
16:59:27value functions are written by listing
16:59:30the functions parameter in the
16:59:31parenthesis so in the parenthesis you
16:59:33have to give the parameters followed by
16:59:35goes to symbol means this equal to an
16:59:38arrow is known as goes to symbol
16:59:40followed by the expression defining the
16:59:42function for example to create a
16:59:44function called my function that has two
16:59:47parameter and perform a calculation on
16:59:49parameter 1 plus parameter 2 so this is
16:59:51an example which has been given so first
16:59:53statement is let my function equals to
16:59:55the parameters parameter 1 and parameter
16:59:582 you can have more than two parameters
17:00:00that's not limitation that's just an
17:00:01example and then the goes by or the
17:00:03arrow symbol then you have in the
17:00:06parenthesis parameter 1 plus parameter
17:00:08two means we are first adding them and
17:00:10then dividing it by two so this function
17:00:11is going to return the combined half
17:00:14value if when we invoke it and then in
17:00:17my function you are returning the value
17:00:19which
17:00:19is finally returned by my
17:00:22function we have some structure data
17:00:24values that include list record table
17:00:27and some additional structure Now list
17:00:30is something which is uh like a column
17:00:32so basically a set of values is known as
17:00:35list so a table column is also
17:00:36considered as a list record is a record
17:00:39which where we have a column name and a
17:00:41value column name and a value it's
17:00:42basically like a row so you can consider
17:00:44a table row as a record and a table
17:00:47column fully qualified table column name
17:00:50is considered as a list now there are
17:00:52differences we cannot always use the
17:00:54same term but this is just an example
17:00:56what we will do when we actually go
17:00:58ahead and do the coding we will use the
17:01:02table column as a list also and we'll do
17:01:04the list operation on that so these are
17:01:06the few data types which are really
17:01:08important and there are tons of
17:01:09operations around list record text
17:01:12number and dates and if you are able to
17:01:15practice those functions you will be
17:01:17able to solve many complex Logics and
17:01:19most of these functions are already
17:01:20discussed on my YouTu YouTube channel so
17:01:22you can take advantage of that in this
17:01:24series and video we are going to
17:01:26consider some of them so that you can
17:01:28create foundation for using other
17:01:35functions let's jump on to the new Power
17:01:37ba file I already opened a new power v
17:01:39file and how do we reach power query so
17:01:41we click on the transform data and under
17:01:43that we again have the transform data
17:01:46and from there we will reach the power
17:01:48query once we open the power query you
17:01:50will find nothing is there it is empty
17:01:53what we have to do is we have to add a
17:01:55new source for that we are going to use
17:01:57the new source option under the Home tab
17:01:59and from there we will go to blank query
17:02:02and add a blank query what happens when
17:02:04you create the blank query it creates it
17:02:06with default steps and we have to modify
17:02:09those default step how do we reach there
17:02:11reach either you can use right click
17:02:13Advance editor or there is an advanc
17:02:16editor option in the Home tab also I
17:02:18will use the right click advanc editor
17:02:21Let me open that now here in the source
17:02:23let's say I can write down an integer
17:02:25one then we click on done now you can
17:02:28see it is returning one every time you
17:02:30return return anything other than table
17:02:32it gives you an option to convert that
17:02:33to a table if it is not a list it can
17:02:35give you convert to a list or to a table
17:02:37but the list it will only give you
17:02:39convert to a table it is returning right
17:02:41now one which is of number data type
17:02:43every time you do an operation based on
17:02:46that operation's return type it is going
17:02:48to return that particular data type I
17:02:50can go here Advance editor again and I
17:02:53can make it let's say double
17:02:55codes a b c and if I return now now it
17:02:59is rning a string and the moment I
17:03:01return the string I have different
17:03:03option like format it identifies the
17:03:06written type and based on that it gives
17:03:08the different options to us same way we
17:03:10can perform some operation right click
17:03:12go to advance editor and this and it is
17:03:14not necessar the name need to be source
17:03:16so let's create a variable a = to 1
17:03:19comma next line B = to 2 comma e = to a
17:03:24+ b and let's return return C let me
17:03:27click on done to close the Advan editor
17:03:29and get the results just like any other
17:03:31programming language I'm getting the
17:03:32results of C which is a plus b equals to
17:03:353 same way again we can go ahead right
17:03:38click advance editer and we can modify
17:03:40it let's say to multiply this but for
17:03:42multiplication let's take little bit
17:03:43different numbers let's take a is equal
17:03:45to 3 balal to a mtip by B and let's
17:03:49click on the done and we are getting the
17:03:50expected result 6
17:03:52it is not that we can do the operations
17:03:54on number only we can do it on text also
17:03:56so let's go back again using the Advan
17:03:59editor let's change these two strings
17:04:01now hey I'm going to give in double
17:04:03codes Microsoft without space second one
17:04:06we'll call this power B turn on let's
17:04:09try to add them so a m% base m% B let's
17:04:14written P so C is appending Microsoft
17:04:17and power B in the space click on the
17:04:19done and let's check the result the
17:04:21result is Microsoft powerbi and it is a
17:04:23text and we are getting option to edit
17:04:25the text in this manner you can do some
17:04:28basic operation so let's name this right
17:04:30now as q1 query one I can double click
17:04:33or rename right click or rename these
17:04:35are various options are there and as you
17:04:37see every step has been given here
17:04:40applied steps and these steps can be
17:04:42deleted or added between steps can be
17:04:45added as per right let's understand in
17:04:47more detail what all steps we have
17:04:48created so let's go back to the Advance
17:04:50editor again and in advanced editor you
17:04:53can see in the step one we have assigned
17:04:55a value step two we assigned a value and
17:04:57step three we appended this value and
17:04:59finally in the end we have given back
17:05:01that value so how we have done it let
17:05:04variable and the data variable and the
17:05:06data variable and the operation and then
17:05:09finally in the in we have the variable
17:05:11which we plan to return so this is what
17:05:13we have done let variable variable
17:05:15operation and R and then finally press
17:05:17done now let's go ahead and try more
17:05:20stuff so what I would like to now here
17:05:22is let me try to create list so for list
17:05:25let's start again by creating a new
17:05:27query we go to the open
17:05:29tab we'll take a blank query right click
17:05:33and want editor let me create a list
17:05:36list is something where we give data
17:05:38into the angular brackets now it's a
17:05:40list of mix 1 2 3 a that's a mixed list
17:05:44I wanted to create I to return the same
17:05:46but you can see list of mix which have
17:05:48created create one more list go back to
17:05:50the tab new source BL
17:05:54query again right click
17:05:57adance and let's create list of
17:06:00numbers so Source equals to list of
17:06:03numbers how do we give a list in the
17:06:04angular bracket if you give the comma
17:06:06separated value that is list if you are
17:06:08giving numbers read of double code if
17:06:10you want to give the text then you have
17:06:11to give them in double code we creating
17:06:13a list angular brackets when we use it
17:06:15creates a list press on done and let's
17:06:19return this we got a list 1 2 3 again
17:06:22now this time if you look at here you
17:06:24have option as it is a list there is
17:06:26only one option two table there is no
17:06:28option to list here let's take one more
17:06:30example this time we are going to create
17:06:32a list of list again new source lank
17:06:34query right click Advance editor and
17:06:37here inside the angular bracket what I'm
17:06:39doing is angular bracket 1 2 3 angular
17:06:42bracket 4 5 6 and then again angular
17:06:45bracket list of list I'm creating click
17:06:48on done and you can see there's a list
17:06:51if you click on that look at below you
17:06:53will get the data and this do allow you
17:06:55to expand so once you convert it into a
17:06:57table this will allow you to expand the
17:06:59list and further do more operations
17:07:01let's create list of text also new
17:07:04source land query right click Advance
17:07:06editor in the envelope brackets a b c e
17:07:10e fi and let's click on now we got a
17:07:14list of text now we would like to create
17:07:17something which is little bit more
17:07:18interesting we want to create a how do
17:07:20we create a record let's go go to the
17:07:21Home tab new source blank query let's
17:07:24right click andan enter now in the
17:07:27square bracket we to write down the
17:07:29record the square bracket you can write
17:07:31down the record and the record what you
17:07:34name of the column and the value name of
17:07:36the column and the value name of the and
17:07:38the value this is how you write down in
17:07:39the square bracket now there is no
17:07:41currently here give square bracket click
17:07:43on done how you going to record Now
17:07:45record when we convert to a table it
17:07:47let's take example here actually
17:07:49converts it into like four record we
17:07:51have to actually ask whoose it now who
17:07:53knows
17:07:55it and this is the step which is
17:07:57automatically added and let's look at
17:07:58here advanc editor and now you will
17:08:01understand that you know how the
17:08:02previous step is refer this was the
17:08:03previous step and when we convert it to
17:08:06the table here if you look record to
17:08:08table this step has been referred here
17:08:10we have referring source is refering to
17:08:12the source of the last step and then in
17:08:14is referring to the last step name this
17:08:17is how we refer steps in subsequent
17:08:19steps now let's take one more example
17:08:21and this time what we are going to
17:08:23create is list of record new sports
17:08:26blank query right click Advanced editor
17:08:29here now square ones are the records and
17:08:32comma separated list of Records inside
17:08:34the angular bracket creating the list
17:08:37click on done you got records you can
17:08:40see your records here let's convert it
17:08:42into two table okay you select the
17:08:45option then you can see you got two
17:08:47records and now you can expand the
17:08:49record expand the record and you will
17:08:51get a table like this in this manner
17:08:54these are the steps so now remember
17:08:56these functions are automatically added
17:08:58by menu let me show you those into the
17:09:01advanced editor but you can also
17:09:03manually write down these steps if you
17:09:06know the function like table from list
17:09:08table from expand record you will be
17:09:10able to write down all these and in the
17:09:12beginner tutorial series I covered most
17:09:14of these then go ahead and try that out
17:09:16now everywhere you see the reference of
17:09:18the last
17:09:20step returning the last step in this
17:09:23manner the entire flow is happening now
17:09:26let's take an example how do we create a
17:09:27table now there are multiple ways to
17:09:29create table table from record table
17:09:31from list but let's take one of the
17:09:33example when you wanted to create table
17:09:36and the function which we are going to
17:09:38use is Hash table the new source blank
17:09:41query right click Advance editor and
17:09:44here we are going to write down hash
17:09:45table now after the hash table what is
17:09:47the syntax you need to give first a list
17:09:50a list which will contain the column
17:09:51names and then you get need give a list
17:09:54of lists which will contain your each
17:09:57row the list then list of list the two
17:09:59arguments one is list and then list of
17:10:02list these are the two argument hash
17:10:03table requires putting his hash table
17:10:05into the SCE and we are rning click on
17:10:07done and you will get your table and you
17:10:10got a table directly we got a table
17:10:12let's try one more example this example
17:10:15again we are going to use hash table but
17:10:16with a little bit different again blank
17:10:18query new source blank query right click
17:10:21editor here in the hash table first we
17:10:24say type table then we give a record the
17:10:27record contains the data type also now
17:10:30here previously we have not mentioned
17:10:31the data type here we are mentioning
17:10:33order ID is number customer ID is number
17:10:35item is text price is number and then
17:10:37giving list of list so the only thing is
17:10:40first argument we have changed and the
17:10:42first argument we giving type table we
17:10:44are telling the record where we are
17:10:46telling the column name and the data
17:10:48type and then we are giving list of list
17:10:50let's click on that again you got the
17:10:52table let me add one more query here
17:10:55land query in this query let's take an
17:10:57example of list of Records so new source
17:11:00blank query right click Advance editor
17:11:03The Source equals to
17:11:07list and inside the list we have records
17:11:09so list of Records what we are trying
17:11:11and inside the record as usual the
17:11:13column name the value column name and
17:11:15value let's click on done we got list of
17:11:18Records we can convert this into table
17:11:21will expand the records and can get our
17:11:23full
17:11:24table now we will look at example where
17:11:27we wanted to create table from Recon so
17:11:30let's create one more query home new
17:11:33sources L query right click Advan editor
17:11:36and so here what we are doing is in the
17:11:38source we are getting table from records
17:11:41this is the function and inside this
17:11:43function we are giving a list of Records
17:11:45that's what we have to give every list
17:11:47has records every record has columns and
17:11:49the values different data type and
17:11:51different names can be there then
17:11:53another record then one more record we
17:11:55can have as many records as we want then
17:11:57you click on that now you have learned
17:11:59how can we create numbers text list
17:12:03records table table from records table
17:12:06from list and so many things now we have
17:12:09to learn few more things for few things
17:12:12you cannot simply write down a value let
17:12:14let's take an example of date how are
17:12:16you going to write down dates let's add
17:12:18a blank query and right click advance
17:12:21editor for some of those we have
17:12:23shortcut hash functions like for date we
17:12:26have hash
17:12:28date you seen hash table we have hash
17:12:31date here
17:12:322024 0101 click on
17:12:36done you got a date similarly right
17:12:39click Advance editor you can date time
17:12:42are you going have six argument 14 Z
17:12:46click on
17:12:48done you have date time and you can see
17:12:50check the data type it is showing now
17:12:52date
17:12:53time and then it is giving option for
17:12:56date separation time separation now
17:12:58let's create duration
17:13:01also new
17:13:03query right click Advance editor as
17:13:07duration and these are all small
17:13:09typically it is case sensitive and you
17:13:11will always find the functions names are
17:13:13in title case like table do record and
17:13:15all those but here is all small when it
17:13:18is coming with hash hash table hash date
17:13:20hash date time hash duration and
17:13:22duration you can give first day then
17:13:24hour minutes
17:13:27seconds click on done and you got a
17:13:30duration now you before to create a list
17:13:32of duration or list of time you can
17:13:34right click do Advance editor if angular
17:13:37bracket and in the angular bracket one
17:13:40of that click on done get the list of
17:13:44duration we can create table from it
17:13:47these are some of the basic functions
17:13:49and operation you must remember
17:13:52now before I tell you little bit more
17:13:55about some of the functions which could
17:13:57be really useful I would like to import
17:13:59one file again and show you what are the
17:14:02steps which file creates and again for
17:14:05that I'm going to take out our favorite
17:14:07file T data used in videos by bringing
17:14:11this file we would like to understand
17:14:13what all steps is going to create I'll
17:14:15bring in the sales data us video again
17:14:17so new source B give the URL click on
17:14:21okay and we don't need to bring in all
17:14:23the sheet can bring in one sheet let's
17:14:26bring in customer click on
17:14:29okay and there was no load button or
17:14:31transform button this time because we
17:14:33are in power query so we are going to
17:14:34each here only we are not interested in
17:14:36what is coming here on the table view we
17:14:39are more interested in right click
17:14:41Advance editor and what is happening
17:14:43here is basically there is a let this is
17:14:45the first step where we are getting the
17:14:47Excel sheet now from the Excel sheet
17:14:49these ports we are getting the
17:14:51data of sheet customer sheet item
17:14:54customer kinda sheet data so we are
17:14:56getting the sheets data after that
17:14:58promote header and look for what promote
17:15:00header is refering it is referring to
17:15:02the customer sheet what customer sheet
17:15:04is referring is refering to for the
17:15:06function which has been used on for then
17:15:08we have change type change type if you
17:15:10see it is referring to the promoted
17:15:12address which is the last and finally
17:15:14the page type is the one which is
17:15:16getting R in this matter what is
17:15:18happening is basically each step you
17:15:21getting a data and next step is that
17:15:23transformation to the next level what we
17:15:25think in such cases that every time it
17:15:27is referring to the last step but if
17:15:29that is not completely true sometime it
17:15:31may happen just like we have done in our
17:15:33older example that it can refer to the
17:15:36previous step or previous to previous
17:15:38step we might have a couple of step and
17:15:40after that the output will be used in
17:15:42another step so those combinations are
17:15:44also possible most of the time what
17:15:46happens it is T table at the each step
17:15:48so what we think is it is table in the
17:15:50first step it is table which is carrying
17:15:51on the next step next step it is table
17:15:53and then further more table table is
17:15:55referring to the last step which is
17:15:56table and again giving us table but that
17:15:59is not completely true just like any
17:16:01other programming language we can have
17:16:02steps which can have different kind of
17:16:04variables and those can be combined to
17:16:07create a result T and because finally we
17:16:11want a table for analysis that is why
17:16:13most of our power query final output
17:16:16would be a table now there are functions
17:16:19where we will be able to Loop the
17:16:20function funs which will allow you to
17:16:22Loop through each row of the table there
17:16:24are functions which allow you to Loop
17:16:26through the each element of the list and
17:16:28using those functions you will be able
17:16:31to create Loops or able to process row
17:16:33by row data so just like any other
17:16:35programming language we have lot of
17:16:37things which we can use here but in this
17:16:39series and video we'll might not be able
17:16:41to cover everything but we'll try to
17:16:43give you a overview which would help you
17:16:46to use other functions let's also
17:16:49understand what are Power query
17:16:50functions
17:16:51so to understand that let's go back to
17:16:53the file which we are right now already
17:16:55in progress and in this file what I'm
17:16:57going to do here is I'm going to go to
17:16:59the Home tab new query blank query and
17:17:02inside that blank query let me create a
17:17:04function let me do go ahead and do right
17:17:06click Advance editor you want to create
17:17:09a simple function function which is
17:17:10going to do is my function or I can give
17:17:12it as any name I don't need Source in
17:17:14that case I need to return this my
17:17:16function so let me call it addition FN
17:17:20addition function what addition function
17:17:23equals to the parameters X and Y and
17:17:25what the operation they should do X and
17:17:27Y are actually summing up this can do
17:17:29any other complex operation now let's
17:17:31return return this addition function
17:17:34done let's rename this query also now if
17:17:37you want to test you can give here let's
17:17:39say three and four and those invoke and
17:17:42it will give you answer as s and it has
17:17:46actually created a new query if you see
17:17:48when you use invoke right click advance
17:17:50and return it has actually created Force
17:17:53addition function this is the query name
17:17:54please remember if your query name is
17:17:56different from your function name you
17:17:58have to use the query name query name
17:18:00not the function name so whenever you're
17:18:01creating the function make sure your
17:18:03function name and query name is same so
17:18:04that you don't get confused with two so
17:18:07addition function T comma 4 and integ
17:18:09instead of I go ahead and doing that it
17:18:12has created that so in could have done
17:18:15that bland query tested it or you can
17:18:17use this function now in any other query
17:18:19which you are doing so in this this
17:18:20manner you can create functions which
17:18:22you can actually use in your other
17:18:25operations so let's take one more
17:18:27example of the function go to BL tab
17:18:29Force blank query and in this blank
17:18:31query advanc editor let's use source as
17:18:34a function equals to a comma
17:18:39B goes to a m per p m per B so if you
17:18:46remember what we have written in the
17:18:47past and let's call this aend function
17:18:49aend a Capital fnend function let's
17:18:52create an append function c contr v WR
17:18:55append in the in now we got an append
17:18:58function we name this query as a pan
17:19:00function let's give a as Microsoft b as
17:19:06power B let's use it the Microsoft
17:19:09powerbi it has it has created a query
17:19:11for us and which is giving us the result
17:19:13in this manner you can create power
17:19:14query function which can do some complex
17:19:17transformation and or solve some kind of
17:19:19operation and you can you call those
17:19:21functions into other queries this is a
17:19:24brief overview of power query functions
17:19:26power query offers you tons of functions
17:19:29which you can use to improve your
17:19:33transformation these functions include
17:19:35list function table function record
17:19:38function text function number function
17:19:42Etc now it is not possible to cover all
17:19:46of these functions in this series and
17:19:49video so what I'm I'm going to do is I'm
17:19:51going to cover some of these functions
17:19:53uh in this particular video I will cover
17:19:56some basic list function which can help
17:19:58you understand how to perform list
17:20:01operation and based on that you can go
17:20:04ahead and perform more operations by
17:20:08looking at the documentation of
17:20:10different
17:20:11functions most of these functions are
17:20:14covered on my channels in the beginner
17:20:16tutorial series you can go ahead and
17:20:19learn from there
17:20:21every function is fit for a purpose and
17:20:23if you are able to learn most of these
17:20:26functions you will be able to perform
17:20:29many transformation with
17:20:31ease let's jump back to the powerbi and
17:20:35the first thing which I would like to do
17:20:37here in power ba file is I would like to
17:20:39click on close and apply and once that
17:20:41is done means the data is loaded I will
17:20:44save this file and once this file is
17:20:46saved we will go back to the power query
17:20:49and start doing some list
17:20:52Transformations data loading is done now
17:20:55time has come that we save this file let
17:20:57me click on the save icon on the left
17:20:59top give this file name as N2
17:21:02n14 and click on the save button to save
17:21:06this file so let's go back to the power
17:21:08query using transform data transform
17:21:11data and here now we will try to learn
17:21:13some list operations Home tab new source
17:21:18blank query right click on the new query
17:21:21open Advance editor and in advance
17:21:23editor we are going to create a list
17:21:25inside the angular brackets let me
17:21:27create list of numbers by giving 1 2
17:21:315 6 7 3 and 4 don't want to give it in
17:21:36the order so that later on I can
17:21:38showcase you list. sort let's click on
17:21:41done I got a list what I can do is I can
17:21:45open this Advanced editor again here on
17:21:48this step or on the next step I can do
17:21:49this list
17:21:52dot there are so many operations this
17:21:55dot I have sum I have count I have min
17:21:59max all those functions are there let me
17:22:02use list. sort to sort this
17:22:05list first let's try list. sort and in
17:22:09this function I have to give list only
17:22:11one argument it takes that's a list list
17:22:13is something which we have in the
17:22:14envelope bracket let's click on done and
17:22:17as you can see the list is sorted in a
17:22:19proper order now instead of going back
17:22:21here I'm seeing the list I can use list.
17:22:23sum and you will see I get a sum now it
17:22:26is wring a number it's not no more a
17:22:28list similarly I can try list dot Max
17:22:31here will give me maximum of the is
17:22:347even in Max you Dy Min list do Min Min
17:22:39function you come
17:22:41here the list. Min it is list IFA as any
17:22:45comparison criteria all those arguments
17:22:47you can give we will get the minimum
17:22:50value from the list that is one so we
17:22:52are getting one so if we have something
17:22:54known as count also we can use count
17:22:57list. count let's see what all
17:22:58argumented need the list argument and it
17:23:01will return return us seven now let's go
17:23:03ahead and add one more list item so that
17:23:06it gives us eight and we are able to
17:23:08differentiate between the Max and the
17:23:10count now we are interested in couple
17:23:12more operations and those operations are
17:23:15one which will allow us to Loop through
17:23:17the list and do additional operations
17:23:20let we add blank query for that new
17:23:22source blank
17:23:24query right click open Advance editor
17:23:27and we are now going to learn the
17:23:28function list. number list. number needs
17:23:33three argument first argument is
17:23:35basically start so from where you want
17:23:38to start so I want to start with one how
17:23:40many numbers you need 100 and increment
17:23:42by which is I want one in this case so
17:23:44it will give me 1 to 100 numbers so this
17:23:48is a continuous number series in case
17:23:50you want a odd number series what you
17:23:53can do is you can increment by two and
17:23:55it will become a odd number series and
17:23:57it is going to give you 100 number it is
17:24:00Count total numbers you need not like
17:24:03your generate Series where 1 to 100 is
17:24:06start and end limit this is not the
17:24:08limit this is the count now in case you
17:24:10want even number series then you can
17:24:13start with two for odd number series you
17:24:16can start with one let's start with the
17:24:18first argument two comma 100 100 numbers
17:24:20I need and then increment by two and
17:24:24this will give me now even number series
17:24:27a list of 100 even num starting from two
17:24:30there are more such functions so let's
17:24:31go to the new source blank query
17:24:34rightclick Advan editor and here we are
17:24:38going to now use list. dates it can
17:24:41generate list of dates that will help us
17:24:44to create calendar but we do have the
17:24:47functions like list. dat time we do have
17:24:50list. duration that can give us
17:24:52continuous duration but at this time we
17:24:54will focus at list. dates so list. dates
17:24:58would require three arguments the first
17:25:00argument is date for that I'm going to
17:25:02use shortcut hash date it again required
17:25:04three argument here which is 2022 month
17:25:0801 and day 01 comma the count of dates I
17:25:11need 365 dates almost for an Year and
17:25:14that the duration again I'll use the
17:25:16shortcut function hex duration and in
17:25:19the duration the first argument is day
17:25:20and because I require a date table I'll
17:25:22use one then hour minutes and second I'm
17:25:25going to use zero and I'll click on done
17:25:28and this will give me a series of dates
17:25:32which will help me in creating the date
17:25:35table so I am now getting continuous
17:25:38dates to create a date table we also
17:25:41have another powerful function list.
17:25:43generate which we can also use so let's
17:25:46start again with a new query Home tab
17:25:49new source blank query right click Advan
17:25:53editor and here we are going to use the
17:25:55powerful function list. generate list
17:25:59dot
17:26:00generate and it requires three arguments
17:26:03and all three are functions the initial
17:26:05function the condition function and the
17:26:07next function so what is the first
17:26:09argument the first argument is a
17:26:10function without any parameters goes by
17:26:14means the arrow and the value which I
17:26:16want to give to this function is a
17:26:18static value of t to start with the next
17:26:22argument is condition and the condition
17:26:24is each underscore greater than zero
17:26:29here generate is creating a loop and
17:26:31each is giving us each value to compare
17:26:34and take a decision third argument is
17:26:37increased and how we will give it each
17:26:40underscore minus one means from each row
17:26:43supp the one one value it will give us
17:26:47reducing
17:26:48list so generate function generate a
17:26:51list of values using provided function
17:26:54the initial function generates the
17:26:56starting candidate value which is then
17:26:58tested by the condition if the candidate
17:27:01value is approved then it's returned as
17:27:03a part of the resulting list and the
17:27:05next candidate value is generating by
17:27:07passing the newly approved value to the
17:27:10next so we have a initial value of 10
17:27:13tested every time for greater than zero
17:27:16and every value is reduced for minus1 to
17:27:20generate a list of values and let me
17:27:24click on done and now we are getting
17:27:26values from 10 to 1 decreasing by one in
17:27:29each row if you want a increasing number
17:27:31list you can start with one and say
17:27:34underscore less than 100 and then we can
17:27:38change the increment by + one each
17:27:41underscore + one here the underscore
17:27:44represent the value in each time we are
17:27:49calculating it each time we are looping
17:27:51that value is the underscore value where
17:27:53we are adding the one we got a list of
17:27:56number using list. generate function
17:27:59this time so we have understood few list
17:28:02functions we have tons of list function
17:28:05that include list. sum mean Max count
17:28:08contains contains all distinct date date
17:28:11time duration intersect distinct last
17:28:16last 10 matches all there are so many
17:28:19functions which we can discuss but it is
17:28:21not possible to discuss all of them as
17:28:24part of this video or series what you
17:28:26can do is you can watch beginner
17:28:28tutorial series on the channel and can
17:28:30take advantage of all of these functions
17:28:33discussed there there are other power
17:28:35query functions which deal with date
17:28:37number text table record
17:28:44Etc let us learn some text function in
17:28:47power query and to do that let's go back
17:28:49to the the same file again the file N2
17:28:52n14 and I have already opened power
17:28:54query in that in that file we have
17:28:56created the list of dates using the list
17:29:00functions which I've explained in the
17:29:02previous video already what I'm going to
17:29:05do is first of all let me call it as
17:29:07dates list
17:29:10and now let me convert this into a table
17:29:13to convert this into a table will
17:29:15automatically add a step and that step
17:29:18is nothing but list from table
17:29:20this is the table function which use
17:29:22source which is basically a list
17:29:24splitter. split by nothing null null
17:29:27extra values or error these are the
17:29:29things which has to be provided table
17:29:32from list power query function help us
17:29:35to convert a list into table with
17:29:38required arguments this list has been
17:29:40converted into a table let me rename
17:29:42this as dat also let me change data type
17:29:45by clicking on the left top of the
17:29:48column where ABC is written and change
17:29:51it to date you can observe that the data
17:29:54type is date now to start this journey
17:29:57first of all I'll convert this date into
17:30:00the text and we will use some text part
17:30:03functions to get different parts of the
17:30:06date we have text function which are
17:30:09text.art text. middle and text. end to
17:30:14take out different parts from a text so
17:30:17let's start this journey by creat
17:30:19creating a new column using the custom
17:30:23column so add column new custom column
17:30:26and let's create a text date column to
17:30:30achieve this we are going to use the
17:30:33function date. to text so that function
17:30:38will convert the date into a text date
17:30:41and the first argument which we supposed
17:30:43to give is the date column comma and the
17:30:46second argument is the format which we
17:30:49are going to give into the double quotes
17:30:51y y y y four times double M that would
17:30:54be in the capital and DD in the small so
17:30:57this is the format we supposed to give
17:30:59our query is case sensitive so check out
17:31:02the documentation when to give capital
17:31:04letter and when to give small letters in
17:31:06the format click on okay and check the
17:31:08data so let's scroll down into the data
17:31:11and check it out let's scroll down to
17:31:13another month and check yes this format
17:31:15is correct so the format which we have
17:31:17used here is 4 y in the small 2 m in the
17:31:21capital and 2D in the small and this has
17:31:23worked for this use case data type is
17:31:26any as of now and we need to change it
17:31:28now to change what I'm going to do is
17:31:30this add column function itself I will
17:31:33go and give the third argument so comma
17:31:35the third argument needs a type so here
17:31:38I'm going to give text Dot type so it's
17:31:42going to give the text data type and
17:31:45once I give this argument I will press
17:31:47enter this argument has corrected the
17:31:50data type in the same manner you can
17:31:52give number. type or in 64. type to
17:31:56correct your data type as per the need
17:31:59for the required column we will start
17:32:02the process of converting this text into
17:32:04date for that we will require a date
17:32:07function and we will also require the
17:32:09test function to take out the start
17:32:11middle and the end part we might also
17:32:13require conversion of text into integer
17:32:16click on ADD column custom column to
17:32:19create a new column and I'm going to
17:32:21call this new column as date one so let
17:32:23me replace the name with the date one in
17:32:26this one I'll use hash date function
17:32:29first of all which takes three argument
17:32:31year month and
17:32:33day first argument is here for that we
17:32:37need the first four characters so for
17:32:39that we are going to use the function
17:32:42text Dot start now the first argument in
17:32:47this function we need to give the text
17:32:49date so we will give text date as the
17:32:52first argument comma we need four
17:32:54characters so we need to give four and
17:32:56then we can close the parenthesis so the
17:32:58next argument which we are going to use
17:33:00is text. middle and in the text. middle
17:33:04we need three argument so the first
17:33:07argument which we need to use in the
17:33:09text. middle is the text date then we
17:33:13need the starting point which is five in
17:33:15our case the four characters of ear and
17:33:18hyphen and then the the next character
17:33:20to start because it start from zero so
17:33:22five we need two characters of month so
17:33:24two close parenthesis comma need day in
17:33:27the last argument so the function we are
17:33:29going to use here is text Dot and to get
17:33:33the last two character in the string so
17:33:36the first argument here is going to be
17:33:38the text date and then we need two
17:33:40characters from the end so we are going
17:33:42to give two and then we will close the
17:33:46parenthesis and then we got the date now
17:33:49we can click on okay to check it out it
17:33:51is giving error the reason it is giving
17:33:54error is because we need the three
17:33:56arguments as whole number or integers
17:33:59but all the three arguments what we have
17:34:00given are the text so what we need to do
17:34:03is we need to convert this text into the
17:34:05number the start the middle and the end
17:34:08for that we have function number from
17:34:12text let's use the function number from
17:34:16text on all the three arguments I have
17:34:18knowingly given as space after the
17:34:20parenthesis because when we try to
17:34:23select the function sometime it replaces
17:34:26the existing function if you don't give
17:34:28the space so this function number from
17:34:31text we need to use on all the three
17:34:34arguments to convert them into the
17:34:36number so that the date function can use
17:34:40them once we completed our formula you
17:34:42can see that we got all the dates
17:34:45correctly now the dates are displayed
17:34:47currently my format is the US date
17:34:50formats and based on that format the
17:34:52dates are displayed in case you are
17:34:55using the UK or Australia format you
17:34:58will get the date into that default
17:35:01format are some of the basic text
17:35:03function which we have used here but
17:35:06there are lot many text function and I
17:35:08have covered quite a few of them on my
17:35:11channel in different videos which you
17:35:14can go ahead and explore some of the
17:35:17functions which were available at part
17:35:19of the menus are also available as
17:35:22function so that we can do complex
17:35:25transformation by using those individual
17:35:27functions and we will continue to
17:35:30explore these functions in different
17:35:32different
17:35:34videos we have created a date table
17:35:37index in the past now time has come that
17:35:40we create the date table in power query
17:35:44we have learned some of the power query
17:35:46function and time to learn some new
17:35:48functions to create the date table our
17:35:51Dex power query table is pretty
17:35:53comprehensive and we can create such a
17:35:56comprehensive table using power query
17:35:58also or even more comprehensive by using
17:36:01additional functions so let's begin our
17:36:03journey of creating the date table in
17:36:05power query I'm going to jump on the
17:36:07existing file which we have created and
17:36:09to n and14 I'll go to the transform data
17:36:12which will open the power query module I
17:36:15would like to add a new query so I'll go
17:36:17to Home tab new query blank query and
17:36:21this will add a blank query I would now
17:36:23like to rename this so right click and
17:36:26rename is one option double click and
17:36:29you will go inside the query and you can
17:36:31rename it I will rename it as date table
17:36:34and press enter and let me open the
17:36:36advanced editor now first of all we will
17:36:39Define two dates because we wanted to
17:36:41have a calendar between two dates but
17:36:43the function which we plan to use list.
17:36:46dates does not take two date arguments
17:36:49it take a date argument and number of
17:36:51days so we need to learn how do we take
17:36:53the difference between two dates to
17:36:55provide to this particular function so
17:36:58first let's start with the start date
17:37:00start date as a variable equals to a
17:37:03value this is how you define a variable
17:37:06here so start date equals to Hash date
17:37:10hash date function requires three
17:37:12argument the first argument it require
17:37:14is year second is month third is day so
17:37:17first argument I'm going to give is 20
17:37:192018 which is year 01 is the month 01 is
17:37:22the day close parenthesis give a comma
17:37:25and go to next line to start new
17:37:27variable now let's define underscore end
17:37:30dat equals to HH date
17:37:342012 is the year comma 12 month comma 31
17:37:40as a day the next step is to get the
17:37:43list of dates for that we are going to
17:37:46use list. dates function so let's define
17:37:49variable underscore date equals to list.
17:37:53dates now list. dates function requires
17:37:56three argument first argument is the
17:37:58start date second argument is Count
17:38:01means number of days third argument is
17:38:04Step means how many days it should jump
17:38:07between each list
17:38:09items I am going to give the start date
17:38:12as the first argument which we have
17:38:15created some time back so the first
17:38:17argument is underscore St start date for
17:38:20the second argument we need number of
17:38:24days the count and that can come from
17:38:27the difference of end date minus start
17:38:30date which is pretty easy in power query
17:38:34but that's returns as duration not dat
17:38:38so let me Define a new variable
17:38:40underscore diff which will contain the
17:38:43difference of these two dates so
17:38:45underscore diff equals to underscore and
17:38:49date minus underscore start date and
17:38:54this will return me the difference
17:38:57between two days in duration now I need
17:39:01to use a function duration. days to get
17:39:05the days out of this duration now I will
17:39:09get number of days between these two
17:39:12dates using this function plus one to
17:39:15cover up the subtraction difference to
17:39:17get the exact days back to the list of
17:39:20dates let's give the second argument
17:39:22which is underscore diff number of days
17:39:25or count third argument is the step
17:39:27which is required in duration so we are
17:39:30going to use a function hash duration
17:39:33which can provide us the duration so
17:39:36function hash duration require four
17:39:39argument the first argument is day and
17:39:42that is what is most important for us so
17:39:44one day 0 hours 0 minutes and 0 seconds
17:39:48and now we are done this is the last
17:39:50step in our course so copy this and
17:39:53return it using the in so inore date is
17:39:56going to return return the list of dates
17:39:58let's click on the create to complete
17:40:01this query now we got the required list
17:40:04of date we can scroll and check it out
17:40:06all the dates are available here we can
17:40:09sort it descending to see what is the
17:40:12end date which we wanted but every time
17:40:15we do anything it adds an step as we
17:40:18don't need this step app I'm going to
17:40:20remove it by pressing on the cross
17:40:22button let's convert this list into the
17:40:24table so right click Advan editor and
17:40:27then we will enter here underscore date
17:40:31table was the last step it was giving
17:40:34error means last step was not closed so
17:40:37now let's use table from list
17:40:40function what I've done is actually
17:40:42copied it from the last one so table
17:40:44from list now last step is dates list of
17:40:47dates which I need list of dates then
17:40:51splitter do split by nothing that's
17:40:53because we don't want to split null null
17:40:55extra values. error there the argument
17:40:57which need the main argument is list and
17:40:59then splitter. split by nothing there is
17:41:02a way we need to split this list we want
17:41:04to give that we can use but here we
17:41:05don't want to by anything we are giving
17:41:08other two arguments we are giving
17:41:09nothing and then exra value error and
17:41:12let's return this now if I still return
17:41:14the date it will not convert it into a
17:41:16table let date table click on create few
17:41:19things we have to change so first of all
17:41:21using the left top Corner change the
17:41:24data type to date so data type of this
17:41:27column should be date so let's convert
17:41:29that into date now double click inside
17:41:31the column to rename it rename it to
17:41:34date date table required many columns
17:41:37which I'm going to add now one by one to
17:41:40do that we can use the add colum tab
17:41:44inside the add column we have custom
17:41:46column that I'm going to use again and
17:41:49again to add new columns whenever I need
17:41:52a new column in this table so let me add
17:41:56the First Column by clicking on custom
17:41:59column the column I want to add is start
17:42:02of month means I want to get the first
17:42:04date of the month we have a function
17:42:07available for that the function is date
17:42:10do start of month and this function
17:42:15start of month require only one argument
17:42:19that is date and based on that it can
17:42:22give us the start date of the month one
17:42:26argument is needed to give us the start
17:42:29of the month or the first date of the
17:42:31month let's press okay so we got a new
17:42:34column start of month which is giving us
17:42:36the first date of the month we need to
17:42:39correct the data type of this so we can
17:42:41add the third argument to the add column
17:42:44and there we can use date. type it
17:42:47requires a type to convert it into the
17:42:50correct type and let's press enter to
17:42:52get the correct data type let's quickly
17:42:55add one more column and the column this
17:42:57time I would like to add is end of month
17:43:00I want to get the last date of the month
17:43:03very simple function date dot end of
17:43:08month which requires only one argument
17:43:12that is date which I'm going to provide
17:43:14it close the parenthesis and now I can
17:43:17get end of month date let's press okay
17:43:20to get it the data type of this column
17:43:23is also not correct and as you know we
17:43:26need to add the third argument let me
17:43:28copy it from the previous column and add
17:43:31it as the third argument comma date.
17:43:34type to get the correct data type so
17:43:37data type is corrected time has come to
17:43:39add more columns add the new column and
17:43:42the new column is start of quarter means
17:43:45the first date of quarter is what we
17:43:47need here so function we are going to
17:43:49use is date dot start of quarter very
17:43:53simple function it also required only
17:43:55one argument at that argument is date so
17:43:59we'll provide the date argument close
17:44:01the parenthesis and this function will
17:44:03going to give us the start of the
17:44:05quarter date click on done to get the
17:44:09new column the new column is the start
17:44:11of the quarter date and now I would like
17:44:14to add one more column and the column
17:44:17will be end of quarter means the last
17:44:20date of quarter let's quickly add a new
17:44:23column end of qtr means end of quarter
17:44:27and we are going to use a function date
17:44:30do and of quarter again this function
17:44:33require only one argument and that
17:44:36argument is date so let's provide the
17:44:38date argument and click on okay to get
17:44:41the new column so now let's look at the
17:44:44data look at the very first row we are
17:44:46getting the start of the month and end
17:44:49of the month start of the quarter and
17:44:51end of the quarter for that particular
17:44:53given date we scroll down go to another
17:44:56month we are getting different start of
17:44:58the month and end of the month but as of
17:45:00now we are getting the same quarter
17:45:02start date and same quarter end date if
17:45:04we scroll down further till the April
17:45:06month we will be able to see a different
17:45:10start of the quarter and end of the
17:45:12quarter so for the two dayses you can
17:45:14compare the quarter is also changing
17:45:17let's go ahead and add start start of
17:45:19year and end of year so first I'm going
17:45:21to add start of year and the function
17:45:24I'm going to use for that is date dot
17:45:28start of year unlike the Dex function
17:45:32which can take a second argument for the
17:45:34financial start date the date do start
17:45:37of year function only takes one argument
17:45:40that is date and it always give you the
17:45:42calender year start date it doesn't take
17:45:45the second argument let's press okay to
17:45:48get the new column you can scroll and
17:45:52validate the different ears which you
17:45:54have got but the easier way is the click
17:45:56on the down arrow and see all the values
17:45:59you can use press cancel to come out
17:46:01let's add one more column and this time
17:46:03we are going to add end of year the
17:46:07function which I'm going use here is
17:46:09date do end of year so date do start off
17:46:13here I copied I'm going to change it to
17:46:15end again this function also take only
17:46:18one argument
17:46:19it doesn't take end of year
17:46:21argument so let's press okay to complete
17:46:25what end of year you can just click on
17:46:27the values and use load more all the end
17:46:30of
17:46:30year uh for financial year we have to
17:46:33write down a manual code so can write
17:46:35down final code so I will tell you how
17:46:37to write down FY start want a financial
17:46:40year that starts in April what does that
17:46:42mean that means that if the date of the
17:46:45month is less than four than the year is
17:46:48started in the last year otherwise the
17:46:50year has started in the current year and
17:46:53I'm going to use all these things inside
17:46:55the hash J function so in the first
17:46:58argument I will have the logic for the
17:47:00year the second argument would be month
17:47:02which is four and the third argument day
17:47:04which is one this means any date between
17:47:071st April and 31st March of the next
17:47:10year will have the same start date of
17:47:13first April of this year so let's start
17:47:17coding the formula with if now after if
17:47:19we don't record parenthesis date the
17:47:22month I want a financial year which
17:47:24start from April so if it is less than
17:47:26four it means the year was started in
17:47:28the last year then my year started in
17:47:30the last year isn't it so date do year
17:47:34of date only one argument it takes is
17:47:36minus one as the date of year is the
17:47:40date of year so if it is four months and
17:47:41above it is the same year where the year
17:47:44started only year logic how would I
17:47:46convert this into date for that I'm
17:47:48going to use the hash date function in
17:47:52hash date the first argument is here
17:47:54which we already sorted out form of four
17:47:56fora one and we copy this and click on
17:48:00okay now you got the year which is
17:48:03starting Financial year how do you get
17:48:05the end it almost similar formula go to
17:48:07the custom column and
17:48:11FY and date of the same formula but the
17:48:15thing here is here if it is less than
17:48:17four it is ending in the same year but
17:48:20if it is greater than four or greater
17:48:22than or equal to 4 + 1 it is going to
17:48:25end in the next year and that is not 41
17:48:27it is 331 so it is going to end in the
17:48:31next year if it is 4 month or onwards if
17:48:33it's April which is my start of year I'm
17:48:35going get my financial year end in the
17:48:36next year March before April whatever
17:48:39months are there they are ending in the
17:48:40this year only March of this year let's
17:48:44click on okay to get the new column time
17:48:47to focus on we columns we will create
17:48:50start of week and for that we also have
17:48:52a function let's start with a new column
17:48:55start of week and we are going to use a
17:48:59date function date do start of week it
17:49:04takes two argument the first argument it
17:49:07takes is a date column and the second
17:49:11argument is how do you want to start
17:49:14your week zero means Sunday one means
17:49:17Monday and so on
17:49:19click on okay to add the column so you
17:49:21got the Sunday as the starting point
17:49:25let's do Monday because first January
17:49:272018 is a Monday and when we go give one
17:49:30it's for a Monday start I would like to
17:49:32add another column and this colum should
17:49:35provide me a week day number so let's
17:49:38add a column and this column I'm going
17:49:40to rename as day of week I'm going to
17:49:44use the function date. day of week week
17:49:49and this function can take up to two
17:49:52argument the first argument it take is a
17:49:56date as of now let me create this column
17:49:59with only one argument so it is giving
17:50:01me the values one means Monday and zero
17:50:05means Sunday if needed I can go ahead
17:50:08and change this by providing the
17:50:11additional argument into this function
17:50:15so it wrs as zero as Sunday one as
17:50:17Monday and if you don't want you can
17:50:20actually go ahead and change it by
17:50:21providing another argument but I think
17:50:23we have find it with that but what we
17:50:25can do is we can gave the names also so
17:50:27there is a function to get the name also
17:50:30we'll go to add columns custom column
17:50:33just create the column weekday name this
17:50:37column is going to return us weekday
17:50:40name the function which we are going to
17:50:43use is date dot day of week name and day
17:50:50of week name function takes one argument
17:50:54that is date and using this argument it
17:50:57is going to return the weekday name so
17:51:00let's click on okay and now we are
17:51:03getting the weekday name like Monday
17:51:04Tuesday Wednesday and as you can see 1st
17:51:07January 2018 is starting from Monday
17:51:11same way end of week is also very simple
17:51:13so let's add a new custom column for end
17:51:16of week add column custom column and
17:51:20let's rename this column as end of week
17:51:23and the function which we are going to
17:51:25use for this is date dot end of week and
17:51:32this function can also take two argument
17:51:35the first argument is date comma the
17:51:38second argument is one means the week
17:51:40will start on Monday and end on Sunday
17:51:43so it is ending on the Sunday the 7th
17:51:46January this means we have having a week
17:51:50from Monday to Sunday this was little
17:51:53difficult in Dex sometime back but now
17:51:55we have arguments which is making it
17:51:58simple index
17:52:00also now we are all sorted on the start
17:52:03dates and end date of month quarter and
17:52:06year as well as week time has come that
17:52:09we start creating the formatted column
17:52:11and I'm going to start with a column
17:52:13which is going to give me month year in
17:52:15the text format so month year
17:52:18and I'm going to use date dot two text
17:52:24function and it can take two arguments
17:52:26the first argument is date and the
17:52:29second argument is the format and here
17:52:31the format is going to be mmm in capital
17:52:343M and then 4 y y y y y this is going to
17:52:39give me a format like J hyphen
17:52:422018 so let me click on okay and we got
17:52:46January February March April this will
17:52:48lot sort because as we know we need a
17:52:50sort column if you have a month year in
17:52:53a format gen from March it doesn't
17:52:55understand that so we always need
17:52:57sortable format so we'll go to the
17:52:58custom column again we month year sort
17:53:00also so month year sort how do we get
17:53:05that now we need date do year we'll get
17:53:08the year of the date we multiply it by
17:53:11100 to that we add date dot month again
17:53:15this one takes one argument that is date
17:53:18and it's going to provide me the month
17:53:20number this combination is going to
17:53:22create a sortable month year which can
17:53:25be used as a sort column for the month
17:53:28year name which is in text format the
17:53:31same manner you can also add the quarter
17:53:33details using the functions available
17:53:36for the quarter in power query so you
17:53:40have seen you know how easy it is also
17:53:43in power query if you know these date
17:53:45functions you can simply go ahead and
17:53:47create it table now there are many other
17:53:50things which are available in date
17:53:52functions like is current day is current
17:53:54month is current quarter and those can
17:53:56help you in creating this quarter this
17:53:59month this year those help you to create
17:54:02the columns which help you in defaulting
17:54:05the current month qur quarter and
17:54:07current year into the slicer now you
17:54:11have learned some basic date functions
17:54:13using which you can create the date
17:54:15table but the date function does not
17:54:18stop top here power query provides you a
17:54:21lot of date functions which you can use
17:54:23to enrich your date table and do many
17:54:26other operations which are required I
17:54:28have discussed quite few of them on my
17:54:31channel in different different videos so
17:54:34you can go ahead and watch those videos
17:54:37and enhance your skills around the date
17:54:40functions and solve many other power
17:54:42query problems using the date functions
17:54:46we had a lot of formulas with deck and
17:54:48one of the things which we have
17:54:49discussed in the past is there are
17:54:50scenarios where you will not be able to
17:54:53achieve few things using the connected
17:54:54table especially when you want to go
17:54:57beyond the boundary of what you have
17:54:58selected what happens in case of power
17:55:02ba what you selected becomes your
17:55:03boundary these if you have filtered
17:55:05something from slicer or filter that's
17:55:07your boundary and you are not able to go
17:55:09beyond that boundary within that
17:55:11boundary you can get all the value so
17:55:12let's say if I select a month I can't
17:55:14get 12 months as a trend I can get
17:55:17within the same month the 12 month value
17:55:18but I can't get a TR of a 12 month so
17:55:20how to handle that now to handle that we
17:55:23have something known as disconnected
17:55:24table now the disconnected table can
17:55:26give you a solution and also the table
17:55:28with the inactive joint can also give
17:55:30you a solution so there are two ways you
17:55:31can achieve this problem one where the
17:55:35slicer is on disconnected table and
17:55:37second where the AIS or the group by is
17:55:39on on a table which is disconnected or a
17:55:42table which is joined on an inactive
17:55:43joint means definitely you require two
17:55:45tables in a scenario so what I've done
17:55:47here is basically to do this I would use
17:55:50this file which we are using in end to
17:55:52end and the 12r with visual calculation
17:55:55is something which I want to use now in
17:55:57this model if you remember we have
17:55:59connected our date table the date table
17:56:01is already connected with the sales
17:56:03table but date Auto is not connected and
17:56:05what I've also done here is in the date
17:56:07Auto I added the monthier column and
17:56:09monthier S column and I also sorted the
17:56:11month year correctly I made sure the
17:56:12monthier is sorted in the date table
17:56:14also because monthier is a text column
17:56:15the Sorting need to let me add a new
17:56:17page and tell you what I need is I'll
17:56:19take a slicer from month year I'll also
17:56:22create a visual on month year let me
17:56:24create a line visual on month year and
17:56:27let me bring a measure net now you can
17:56:30see I'm getting all the month if I go to
17:56:32the slicer and select any particular
17:56:34month let's say December 19 I'm not
17:56:35getting 12 months after November 19 I'm
17:56:37not getting 12 so you say okay why don't
17:56:39you go ahead and create the rolling
17:56:40formula you'll get it so let me do one
17:56:42thing I have already have a rolling
17:56:43formula so rolling two is there let me
17:56:46copy the rolling two and create it into
17:56:47rolling well for dates and period we
17:56:49have learned this in time intelligence
17:56:50how can we do that oh I have only two
17:56:52formula I copied that and let me past it
17:56:55into a new Maj and call it rolling 12
17:56:57and what I'm doing here is net dates in
17:57:00Period date of date the first argument
17:57:02Max date of date is the second argument
17:57:04from where should I start how many
17:57:05period I should go I'm saying minus 12
17:57:07because I'm starting with the Max 12
17:57:09months this is 12 months of formula
17:57:10rolling 12 but rolling 12 what it is
17:57:12going to do here is when I add it here
17:57:15it is not going to give me 12 months of
17:57:17track for that particular month it is
17:57:18going to give me 12 months of values and
17:57:20you as you can see this value is pretty
17:57:22high compared to n you might have
17:57:23understood it is summing up the past
17:57:25this is the 12 months of TR so one of
17:57:26the solution which we tell for this one
17:57:28is basic you don't have this slicer on
17:57:30the connected table so let me remove
17:57:33this you have this slicer or a
17:57:34disconnected table so disconnected or
17:57:36independent table we also call it
17:57:38sometime independent I'll go to the
17:57:39disconnected table date AO and in that
17:57:42auto I'll again bring in this slicer
17:57:44monthier and this monthier slicer let we
17:57:47select any value as of now when I select
17:57:49any value let's say December 2019 you
17:57:52don't see any impact because it is not
17:57:53connected with the table so it's not
17:57:55going to impact let me duplicate this
17:57:57visual let me remove the majors now what
17:58:00I want here is I want this lier to be
17:58:02considered by this visual but for that I
17:58:04need to create a new major so I'm going
17:58:06to click on new major from the Home tab
17:58:09and in this new major what I'm going to
17:58:11do is I'm going to consider the range of
17:58:13this slicer now this slicer is not
17:58:15connected so it's not going to impact so
17:58:17it's not going to restrict my date range
17:58:19because it is disconnected so I can take
17:58:21a date of reference from it and it is
17:58:23not going to restrict me 1 month or 2
17:58:25month or 12 months because it is not
17:58:27joined with my sales table so it is
17:58:28having no impact there so let me do one
17:58:30thing let me create a formula red 12 and
17:58:33first thing which I want to do is I want
17:58:34the date which has been selected here so
17:58:37beore max equals to Maxx all selected
17:58:41this is how we got the max date of date
17:58:43Auto table all selected date Auto and I
17:58:45need date of date Auto I get the date
17:58:47Auto date so I got this into a variable
17:58:49now what I'm going to do is based on
17:58:51this date I want to create 12 months Str
17:58:53so I need a state which is also a
17:58:55minimum date so I got a Max date how do
17:58:57I get minimum date EO month is a
17:58:59function EO month and I can take Max uh
17:59:031 minus one will take one month Backus
17:59:0512 minut should take me 12 months back
17:59:07and plus one it should give me 12 months
17:59:09of trend or so we got a minimum value we
17:59:11got a maximum value now this date range
17:59:13is having no impact on my calculations
17:59:15right now so what I want to do is return
17:59:17calculate net and remember there is no
17:59:19other filter required on the date table
17:59:21right now so we assume there is no
17:59:22filter and we don't need to ignore any
17:59:24filter right now so now what I will to
17:59:26do is I will push my fter on the date
17:59:27table date of date is greater than
17:59:30equals to underscore minimum and date of
17:59:34date is less than equals toore Max so
17:59:37date of date is greater than equal to
17:59:39Min and date of date is less than equal
17:59:41to and we are filtering we are not
17:59:42putting any all or something which is
17:59:44restricting so trend of 12 so let's get
17:59:46this trend of 12 I have pressed enter so
17:59:48that the formula get committed I could
17:59:50have also pressed the commit button so
17:59:52let me drag this trend 12 into the
17:59:54second visual now I'm getting a 12 month
17:59:57Str as you can see I'm getting a 12
17:59:58month Str this is going to work only
18:00:00when you filter from the Independent the
18:00:02moment you filter something from
18:00:04connected table it will not give you the
18:00:0512 months Trend but you always L us one
18:00:08challenge the rest of the visuals and
18:00:10the majors are getting filtered from the
18:00:12connected table and this one is only
18:00:14getting filtered from the disconnected
18:00:16table so it is really difficult to
18:00:18manage it on the page so how can we get
18:00:20it filtered from the connected
18:00:23table and if I make this in sync then
18:00:26this visual is not going to obey so then
18:00:27I will again have a problem so then how
18:00:29do we do that so to do that what we are
18:00:31going to do here is basically so we need
18:00:33to make sure that the slicer is on the
18:00:36connected table and axis is on the
18:00:39disconnected table right now it is
18:00:41reverse the slicer is on the
18:00:43disconnected and the AIS is on the
18:00:46connected table
18:00:48to make this happen we will add an
18:00:51additional inactive join in our data
18:00:53model so let me do one thing let me join
18:00:56the sales date of the date table with
18:00:58the date Auto and this will to create a
18:01:00join we are going to create a single
18:01:02directional join the date table many to
18:01:04one join with the Dat Auto table but
18:01:06that is
18:01:08inactive there is a join but that join
18:01:10is not filtering right now that was the
18:01:12inactive join means and it should be
18:01:14shown as dotted dotted means the join is
18:01:17inactive
18:01:18now we come back we don't see any issues
18:01:20so it means that I can keep my
18:01:23disconnected table with an inactive join
18:01:26also now what we want we want this
18:01:28slicer the above slicer the month year
18:01:30slicer to work and to just to understand
18:01:34this better let me go back to the date
18:01:36Auto and rename this column month year
18:01:40indd double click rename and enter let
18:01:42me come back to the realation so right
18:01:44now things are working let's rename the
18:01:46page as disconnect Ed slicer as we are
18:01:49using a disconnected slicer here and Poe
18:01:52that I'll duplicate a page to take the
18:01:54next case so now we have disconnected
18:01:58slicer page on which the disconnected
18:02:00slicer is working let's duplicate this
18:02:02and now we want the connected slicer now
18:02:04we don't want disconnected slicer so
18:02:06what I want here is basically on this
18:02:08page a connected date slicer I don't
18:02:10want disconnected date slicer so I can
18:02:12delete it and only keep the connected
18:02:14one okay so what I'm going to do is
18:02:15because you want a connected slicer and
18:02:17in the connected slicer you SEL let's
18:02:19say November and you need a 12 months of
18:02:21trend which is not coming on the visual
18:02:23let me first of all remove this major
18:02:24and also remove this AIS now what I'm
18:02:27going to do is I'm going to bring this
18:02:28AIS from the Independent table so
18:02:30monthier independ now when I bring this
18:02:32AIS from the Independent table and let's
18:02:34say if I try to bring in net the major
18:02:36which we have here on the y- axis you
18:02:39see a flat line the reason for that
18:02:40because joinor is not going to work so
18:02:43now let's we do go ahead and create one
18:02:46more measure from the home t I'm going
18:02:48to create one more major very similar to
18:02:50what we have created few minutes back
18:02:52but this time we are going to calculate
18:02:55our date ranges based on the connected
18:02:58date table not based on the disconnected
18:03:00date
18:03:02table I'm going to create friend well
18:03:05disconnected the AIS is disconnected let
18:03:07me be very clear on that now again I'm
18:03:09going to create variable Max and the
18:03:12variable Max is going to be Max X all
18:03:15selected date date of date I'm going to
18:03:20again have a variable where underscore
18:03:22Min and Min is going to be EO month
18:03:25uncore Max -2 + 1 return I going to
18:03:31return I'll use calculate net how I want
18:03:34to filter filter let me filter date Auto
18:03:38date Autos date of date is less than
18:03:42equals to underscore Max and dat autos
18:03:47date should be greater than equal to
18:03:49underscore Min let's try this out there
18:03:52is still one problem you might have
18:03:53identified that where is the joint
18:03:55disconnected isn't it so date Autos date
18:03:57of date is less than equal to Max and N
18:04:00double M perc date of Auto is greater
18:04:03than equal to minimum okay let's Commit
18:04:05This formula and let's bring this inside
18:04:08the visualization now still it is giving
18:04:10us a flat line how to get rid of that
18:04:12Flat Line we have not activated the
18:04:15relationship so that it can work on the
18:04:17axis so let's try to use use
18:04:19relationship use relationship is a
18:04:21function which can help us in activating
18:04:24an inactive relationship so let's take
18:04:26use relationship the table date Autos
18:04:29date date Autos date with the sales date
18:04:33of sales table should get activated we
18:04:36are asking it to activate the
18:04:38relationship now and the moment we do we
18:04:40are seeing only one dot why so this
18:04:43formula needs modification the what
18:04:45modification this formula need is that
18:04:47this date table is still need to give me
18:04:49the 12 months of value the date table is
18:04:50still giving me one month of value so
18:04:52there is no benefit of you know putting
18:04:54this used relationship in action what I
18:04:56need here is basically rolling 12 months
18:04:59when I rolling 12 months do I really
18:05:00need because now I'm getting 12 months
18:05:02of data do I need need this filter so
18:05:03let's check it out without this filter
18:05:06so now we have a rolling 12 which is
18:05:07based on 12 months of rolling and then
18:05:09we are saying activate the relationship
18:05:11of independent table and now if you can
18:05:14see we are getting the 12 months of data
18:05:16let's move it to December and we are
18:05:18getting data of December let's move it
18:05:20to August September we have data from
18:05:23October so as now you can see the AIS
18:05:26which is coming from disconnected or
18:05:28independent table is getting so you need
18:05:30a rolling formula now that rolling
18:05:31formula you just create a use
18:05:33relationship with a disconnected table
18:05:35and use that disconnected table on the
18:05:37axis and then you can have the
18:05:39relationship so disconnected is
18:05:40basically inative disconnected it's not
18:05:42completely disconnected so inactive
18:05:44disconnected table you activate that
18:05:46relationship and then your rolling will
18:05:48become your 12 months of trend and in
18:05:50this case what would happen basically is
18:05:52that you have the exis which is on
18:05:54disconnected table so it is your same
18:05:56slicer your connected slicer or your
18:05:59joined table slicer which is working so
18:06:01you don't have to change everything on
18:06:03your page you order to create many major
18:06:04it is only for the visual where you need
18:06:07this 12 months you can use the
18:06:08disconnected or the independent table in
18:06:11the axis with with such a small formula
18:06:14and this formula is going to help you
18:06:15out just to compare the the values of
18:06:18the September it is 245k and the value
18:06:21of September is 245k the numbers are
18:06:23matching it means it is displaying the
18:06:25correct values so you can go ahead and
18:06:27try this out and there are different
18:06:28permutations and combination which are
18:06:30possible because of disconnected tables
18:06:33like accept is one of them whenever we
18:06:36have a value and we don't want to use
18:06:38that value want values other than that
18:06:40there are so many use cases around that
18:06:42which can be done because of this
18:06:44disconnected or independent table you
18:06:45can watch all of those in the previous
18:06:48video of the channel just search for
18:06:49independent or disconnected keywords on
18:06:51the Channel videos and you will get the
18:06:53list of the videos which are talking
18:06:56about disconnected table or independent
18:06:58table how can we convert a single table
18:07:02into a star schema now this single table
18:07:04is the very common file which is
18:07:06available on my GitHub account which is
18:07:08beginner tutorial series file which I
18:07:11also used in my beginner tutorial this
18:07:13is the retail file which is having the
18:07:16entire data in one single file and you
18:07:18wanted to know how can we convert into a
18:07:21star scha in this video what I'm going
18:07:23to do is I'm going to give you the video
18:07:25which I've recorded for that particular
18:07:28Series so that you can take the
18:07:29advantage here also on the YouTube the
18:07:32purpose of this video is to convert the
18:07:35single file into a star schema so first
18:07:38of all Let Me Explain you that Excel
18:07:40file which we have so this is the file
18:07:43which is known as retail data on
18:07:45beginner tutorial file this file
18:07:47contains order ID order number order
18:07:49date which are the order attributes then
18:07:52it has a dimension which is a part of
18:07:54this table only which is item id item
18:07:56number category subcategory sub
18:07:58subcategory and brand then I have unit
18:08:00price which is the sales price quantity
18:08:03how much we have sold discount
18:08:05percentage it is actual discount
18:08:06percentage so we don't have to divide it
18:08:09by 100 then we have gross sales discount
18:08:12net sales which is known as sales unit
18:08:14cost the cost which you are paying for
18:08:16this item then we have requested date
18:08:19delivery date this also contain the
18:08:21geography item attribute which is city
18:08:23state region and location ID but not all
18:08:25four can be a part of a single Dimension
18:08:28it also have some single column
18:08:29Dimensions like order type payment
18:08:31method and customer ID so using this
18:08:34single Excel sheet we can do the
18:08:36complete analysis on powerbi but we know
18:08:39the star schema works best on powerbi so
18:08:42what we are going to do is we are going
18:08:43to convert this single file into a star
18:08:46schema and I'm going to Showcase you all
18:08:49the steps for that what we have done so
18:08:52far is we have learned some basic power
18:08:54query transformation now time has come
18:08:56that we apply those transformation onto
18:08:59a data set and this data set is
18:09:02basically a single table and this single
18:09:05table we wanted to break into a star
18:09:07schema so how to do the various
18:09:10transformation to convert this table
18:09:12into a star
18:09:13schema and to do that what I'm going to
18:09:16do is I'm going to go back to the GitHub
18:09:19and from the GitHub I'm going to take
18:09:20this file for Winer tutorial series
18:09:23youtube. XLS again I already opened that
18:09:26file and I'm now going to right click on
18:09:28the raw copy link I'll take this link
18:09:30and I'll go back to Power VI power ba I
18:09:34click on get data web H this URL click
18:09:38on okay it will show me only one sheet
18:09:41and I'm going to pick up that particular
18:09:42sheet and after that I will click on
18:09:44transform data this will open the data
18:09:47onto the power query mode and we can
18:09:49directly transform it without loading it
18:09:52this data is a very special data because
18:09:54all the attributes whether they
18:09:56Dimension or measures are available in
18:09:58one single table I want to create fact
18:10:02and dimension out of this single table
18:10:04I'll tell you what all this table
18:10:06contains this particular data is having
18:10:08order ID order date item id category
18:10:11subcategory sub subcategory brand unit
18:10:13price quantity discount percentage unit
18:10:16cost
18:10:17state region location ID order type
18:10:20payment me and customer I want to create
18:10:22multiple Dimension tables out of it but
18:10:25how can I do that what happens when I
18:10:27want to create a dimension on a single
18:10:29stuff like order type or payment method
18:10:32then I do have options like you know add
18:10:33as a new query or a single column but I
18:10:36do not have similar option for multiple
18:10:38columns for that we need to explore the
18:10:41option of duplicating the table to do
18:10:43that I can right click on the sheet and
18:10:46I have two option duplic D at and
18:10:47reference duplicate will duplicate and
18:10:49it will take whatever steps have been
18:10:51performed till now it is just duplicate
18:10:53this code and after that there is no
18:10:55connection between the two table but
18:10:57what would happen in case of reference
18:10:58it's going to create a reference but it
18:11:00will add the reference to this table
18:11:01which sheet one whatever it is the
18:11:03advantage of referen is to not the data
18:11:05for once and then it's going to process
18:11:07rest of the things but in case of toate
18:11:09because it's going to not the data again
18:11:10and again so every time you take it it
18:11:12will lower the data for all the
18:11:14duplication you have created so if you
18:11:15have created four duplicated is going to
18:11:17load the data four times let me show you
18:11:20what happens when I created a duplicate
18:11:21copy so if you see the duplicate copy if
18:11:23you see in the sheet one look at the
18:11:25steps in the sheet one and go and look
18:11:27at the steps in the sheet two also they
18:11:29are save and if you click in the source
18:11:30you will see it is getting data from the
18:11:32same place but now if I right click and
18:11:35use reference you will see that it is
18:11:37reference in the sheet one but the
18:11:39disadvantage with that is if I go ahead
18:11:40and do let's say one operation here
18:11:42let's say if I go back and create the
18:11:44gross column which we always creating so
18:11:46I go and create a custom column and let
18:11:49me call it as gross amount for this
18:11:52gross amount equals quantity multiply by
18:11:56unit price click on okay to add gross
18:11:58mode is available here in the sheet one
18:12:00but if I go to sheet three and you
18:12:02scroll you also see gross am it's a
18:12:04reference table it's going to get
18:12:05everything so to avoid this what I'm
18:12:07going to do is I'm not going to do
18:12:09anything with the sheet one so let me
18:12:11delete whatever I've
18:12:14created so I'm deleting the queries I go
18:12:17to the sheet one I'll also delete the
18:12:18edit column let me rename it as sales
18:12:21undor base I'm not going to do anything
18:12:24with this table I want to create item
18:12:26table so but for that what I'm going to
18:12:27do is I need this field item category
18:12:30subcategory sub subcategory and brand
18:12:31that constitute my item table what I'm
18:12:33going to do is I'm going to cck a
18:12:35reference table our reference table is
18:12:37created now let me rename it as item
18:12:39item query has been created which is
18:12:41going to become item table I'll select
18:12:43item id category id subcategory id sub
18:12:45category ID and BR if and click all
18:12:48these columns are selected I'll right
18:12:50click and I'll use remove other columns
18:12:52remove whatever other columns are there
18:12:54other than what I've selected po that I
18:12:56click on Item ID or I click here on the
18:12:58corner and after that I can use remove
18:13:02duplicates now it will remove duplicates
18:13:04for the table and now I need to check
18:13:06here is am I getting the listing item
18:13:09IDs or not because if Item ID is not
18:13:10disting then it's not going to become my
18:13:12primary key so what I'm going to do here
18:13:14is I'll go here to The View and here let
18:13:16me add colum distribution and you see
18:13:19thousand distinct and th unique let me
18:13:22click on the bottom and use entire data
18:13:24set and you can see 264 264 is unique
18:13:28and distinct it means Item ID is my
18:13:30primary key or unique key I don't need
18:13:33index column for uniqueness I can use
18:13:36item ID to join with my fact table let's
18:13:39add another dimension now again I go
18:13:41back I duplicate this using reference
18:13:43and let me call it as geography and inph
18:13:47I want to bring the column city state
18:13:49region and location I selected all of
18:13:51them right click remove other column I
18:13:54click on the top col and I'll use the
18:13:56option R duplicates and let's wait for
18:13:59the location ID stats here you see there
18:14:02is a problem and the problem is see
18:14:04there are only 75 unique but there are
18:14:06299 distinct it means not a primary the
18:14:08cities are 71 unique there is some
18:14:11problem and the problem is caused by the
18:14:13region column it is not allowing us to
18:14:15get the location as unique column let's
18:14:18go to the remove other columns Tab and
18:14:20from there we will remove region as a
18:14:23column and once we remove this region as
18:14:25a column we can press enter and check
18:14:27for the results and once we go to the
18:14:30remove duplicate step we will see that
18:14:33now location ID will become a primary
18:14:36key or a unique key and now you can see
18:14:38299 distinct and 299 unique it means
18:14:41location ID can be used as a primary key
18:14:43or unique key and it can also be used as
18:14:46a joint column to join with the fact
18:14:48table two Dimension tables are done and
18:14:52now I can go back and look at the data
18:14:54now I'm not B bothered about order ID
18:14:56and Order date but I would like to
18:14:58create some single column Dimension so
18:15:01let's go ahead I'll tell you how to
18:15:02create dimension for order type and
18:15:04payment method for order type and
18:15:06payment method now these tables don't
18:15:08have their own IDs also so I need ID ALS
18:15:10and region also one of the contender is
18:15:12region so right click on this add add as
18:15:14a new query now again when I add as a
18:15:16new quer query is going to take all
18:15:18these steps so this is what I don't want
18:15:20I don't want this this is one of the
18:15:22best method to do it but again you see
18:15:24that all the steps are repeating this is
18:15:25what we don't want so we go ahead and
18:15:28remove this and instead of that we will
18:15:30only go to the reference and there we'll
18:15:33select one column let's say region in
18:15:35this case remove other columns and then
18:15:37simply because it's only one column we
18:15:39can remove duplicates by clicking on the
18:15:41column duplicates are removed now here I
18:15:44want to have an ID column and that idid
18:15:46column I again want back in my fact
18:15:49table when I going to create a fact so
18:15:51what I'm going to do for that so I'm
18:15:53going to add index column go to add
18:15:55column and there index column starting
18:15:58from one I added an index the same
18:15:59exercise I need to repeat for order type
18:16:01and payment method but right now I'll
18:16:03just keep it till this example let me
18:16:05call this table as region so now what I
18:16:07wanted to do is now this region has a
18:16:09new ID and I would like populating back
18:16:11and then I'll get the payment ID then
18:16:13I'll get the order type ID I would like
18:16:15to populate those all let let's start
18:16:17working on the fat table so first of all
18:16:19let's go to the sales base you click on
18:16:21the sales base you go to the Home tab
18:16:24you'll use much queries much queries is
18:16:26new and I'm going to create a fact table
18:16:27now and here I'm going to join with the
18:16:29region base join would be the region
18:16:31column region to region it would be a
18:16:33left outer joint always prefer outer
18:16:35joint in the favor of the base table
18:16:37ideally it should match everything
18:16:39unless we have null values so let me go
18:16:41ahead and click on okay now when you
18:16:43scroll on the right you see there is a
18:16:45table now expand that uncheck this use
18:16:48original column and we should have
18:16:49renamed this index column we have not
18:16:51renamed so we are going to rename it
18:16:52here now so let me add this index column
18:16:54and let me call this index column as
18:16:56region ID now this I can use to join
18:16:59back with my region table I will go back
18:17:02into the region table and also try to
18:17:04rename index as region ID now once I
18:17:06rename it as a region ID the step which
18:17:08you have already added into the merge
18:17:10table might not work as expected so we
18:17:13might have to edit the merge step I
18:17:16click on the setting and I replace it
18:17:17with region ID it is giving me a
18:17:19question mark so I don't want that
18:17:20question mark to continue here and I'll
18:17:22delete this rename column and now you
18:17:24can see the question mark has been
18:17:25removed I got the correct name region ID
18:17:27now I would like to rename this merge
18:17:29one table as my sales fact table how do
18:17:32I add the other things let's say if I
18:17:34want to have payment how do I'm going to
18:17:35add the payment ID here am I going to
18:17:37create another version of this table or
18:17:38I'm going to merge with this so I'm
18:17:40going to merge with this so let's take
18:17:41one example I will go back to the sales
18:17:43based table right click and create one
18:17:46more reference of it you go to the
18:17:47payment method right click remove other
18:17:49columns then again right click remove
18:17:51duplicates then go to add columns add
18:17:54index column from one and let's call it
18:17:56payment method
18:17:58ID now I need this ID in my T fact
18:18:02before that let's call this table as
18:18:03payment method now we want to merch the
18:18:06payment method with sales fact so what
18:18:08we are going to do here is we'll click
18:18:10on the sales fact go to the one tab now
18:18:12instead of much queries is you I'm going
18:18:14to use merch queries inside the merch
18:18:16queries you we will bring in the payment
18:18:17method query also and we'll click on
18:18:20payment method payment method and this
18:18:22again is going to be left join click on
18:18:24okay scroll to the right now you can see
18:18:26payment method uh appearing as a column
18:18:29and the column C is table which we need
18:18:30to expand expand that we only need the
18:18:33payment method ID we're going to take
18:18:35that click on okay our fact is ready now
18:18:38our facts and dimensions are ready and
18:18:40I'm going to click on close and
18:18:42apply and it is evaluating all the
18:18:44tables so you can see it started on the
18:18:46query for sales base item geography
18:18:49rating connections loading data to the
18:18:51model and the sales base table is
18:18:53loading and respective other tables
18:18:56which are dependent on that are also
18:18:58getting the data the sales fact is still
18:19:00not loaded because it is dependent on
18:19:02all other tables like payment method
18:19:04region now it started loading and you
18:19:06might have seen that you know sales base
18:19:08is not moving at all and dependent fact
18:19:10table can load you might have also seen
18:19:12that other tables were not loading as
18:19:14many rows as the sales based table
18:19:17and this is the advantage of taking the
18:19:19reference now we'll go to the model view
18:19:21I would like to show you how to create a
18:19:23model in such scenario so because we
18:19:25have the setting of detecting the
18:19:27relationship it has detected the
18:19:28relationship but those relationships are
18:19:30not correct what I'm going to do here is
18:19:32I'm going to delete those relationships
18:19:34and going to create all the relationship
18:19:36again one thing which I'm also going to
18:19:38do here is I'm going to hide the sales
18:19:40base I don't want to see that table now
18:19:42I'm not needing that so I close the eye
18:19:45here so it will be hidden now sales fact
18:19:47is my main table payment method
18:19:49geography item are around it so how do
18:19:52we want to connect Item ID with item id
18:19:55where is our item table so item id Item
18:19:57ID on the item ID is is fact item id
18:20:00equal to item id many to one single
18:20:01directional join it is already
18:20:03suggesting that so let's do that then we
18:20:05will create region ID to region ID again
18:20:08man to one single directional then we
18:20:10have payment method payment method to
18:20:11payment method this should be one to
18:20:13many single Direction because we direct
18:20:15from the payment method site
18:20:17and now we want to connect with location
18:20:18ID so location ID to location ID one too
18:20:22many single directional click on save so
18:20:24now we got all of our joints sorted out
18:20:26this is the schema which has been
18:20:27created let's save this file so this is
18:20:30the star schema we have created from a
18:20:33single file and this is very similar to
18:20:36what we were creating using sales data
18:20:39used in video or sales data used in
18:20:41fabric file that was a perfect star
18:20:43schema and the four tables were given
18:20:46but here we have transformed to create a
18:20:48star schema it has almost similar kind
18:20:51of column the discount percentage here
18:20:52is actual discount percentage so you
18:20:54don't need to divide it by 100 you can
18:20:56create column in power query you can
18:20:57create column index you have the
18:20:59additional Dimension which are coming in
18:21:01order type customer you can also enhance
18:21:03those like in customer you can add the
18:21:06customer name as appending of customer
18:21:08ID like customer space the ID that what
18:21:11you can create either index or power
18:21:13these are few of the things which you
18:21:14can do and create the schema and try out
18:21:16everything which we have done during the
18:21:18this series or video and repeat that on
18:21:21this particular data model and this data
18:21:23is much better data and just to give an
18:21:25example in visualization if you go here
18:21:28and bring it from the item brand you see
18:21:30some of the actual brand names which has
18:21:33been created in this data and that is
18:21:35why I always say this data is much
18:21:37better data than the data which we have
18:21:39it do have lot of variety I do have a
18:21:41better version of this data which
18:21:42contain little bit of more data and for
18:21:44that you can ping me in the comments I
18:21:46can give you a Dropbox link from there
18:21:48you can take this file and load so this
18:21:50is the way you use the power query
18:21:52transformation to create a star schema
18:21:55we had one table and from there we
18:21:57created star schema there are scenarios
18:21:59where you might have a snowflake schema
18:22:01or a relational schema and from there
18:22:03also you can merge and create star
18:22:05schema so go ahead and try out those
18:22:06different combination in this video we
18:22:09are going to discuss how can you append
18:22:12all the Excel sheets available into one
18:22:14table so the case here is that I have
18:22:17Excel where I have multiple sheets and
18:22:19all these sheets I want to append into
18:22:21one single table even if a new sheet
18:22:24comes in I would like to put it into the
18:22:27same table now how to get data for this
18:22:30one so data for this example which I'm
18:22:33going to discuss is available at my
18:22:35GitHub account github.com Amit chander
18:22:38pv/ powerb you can get the upend sheet.
18:22:43XLS in this video I'm going to use the
18:22:46download version of this file but I have
18:22:48told you many times how can you directly
18:22:51connect to this Excel sheet without
18:22:53downloading it what you have to do is
18:22:55you to click on this upend sheet.
18:22:58XLS and I'm going to give this URL to
18:23:01you which is the raw URL not the on the
18:23:04top so I'm going to post the URL which
18:23:07is right click on this copy link address
18:23:10so in case you're directly reaching to
18:23:11my GitHub account you have to open this
18:23:14file and on the ra right click and copy
18:23:17the link and this is the link you can
18:23:19directly use as the web link in your
18:23:22powerb desktop or web API Link in that
18:23:26manner you will be able to directly get
18:23:28this data onto the powerbi without
18:23:30downloading it into your
18:23:32desktop so let's understand the use case
18:23:36with an example in the Excel sheet and
18:23:38then we will try it out on the powerbi
18:23:42desktop so basically what I have I have
18:23:44these three item sheet and I want to
18:23:46combine them and tomorrow there could be
18:23:48a fourth one and if there is a fourth
18:23:50one my requirement is that fourth one
18:23:52should also get combined so in this case
18:23:54what happen is if I try to get the
18:23:56append idea the normal append idea where
18:23:58I append the table how do I add the
18:23:59fourth table do I need to modify the
18:24:01code again and again so I need to have
18:24:03some generic solution which can actually
18:24:05help me so let's go and try out what
18:24:08actually we do in powerbi so I came to
18:24:11powerbi and powerbi what I would like to
18:24:13do is basically I want to import this
18:24:15exess sheet so in the center of the
18:24:16power VI screen I have this option
18:24:19import Excel I do have import Excel
18:24:21option here also in the Home tab and
18:24:23under the get data also again I will get
18:24:24it the option I will use this import
18:24:27option from the middle and select the
18:24:29sheet upend queries and click on open
18:24:32now once I do that I'll get all the
18:24:34sheets and what is the usual ways that
18:24:36click on all these three check check
18:24:38check so when you check you get the you
18:24:41are taking that inside the system and
18:24:43when you simply click you just R the
18:24:45data in instead of using the load data
18:24:48or load I'll use the transform data
18:24:50because I want to go to Power query and
18:24:51combine this data isn't it that's what I
18:24:53wanted so let me go to transform data if
18:24:55I go to transform data and what usual
18:24:58apparent method is there and let me
18:25:00bring the power query on this screen if
18:25:03I want to combine these three I need to
18:25:04take that usual append method isn't it
18:25:06so I need to go to you know append
18:25:08queries append queries as new or upend
18:25:11queries and then I need to say two or
18:25:13more table and then I say item two and
18:25:15item three
18:25:17I click on the ADD and I do that and it
18:25:20is going to append all three sheets SL
18:25:23queries into the item one query or table
18:25:27that's not something which I wanted
18:25:29because let's go ahead and add something
18:25:31here let's go ahead and add a new sheet
18:25:34here I also want the header so let me go
18:25:37back and take the row from the top and
18:25:40paste it here on this sheet now I have
18:25:42the header let me change the values 41
18:25:44to 56 and 40 47 to
18:25:4857 we can use this sheet let's keep
18:25:51everything as same now I got one
18:25:54additional sheet now if I go and refresh
18:25:57this
18:25:58data I don't get the sheet for so it
18:26:02means there is no benefit of this so let
18:26:04me do one thing let me discard all these
18:26:06changes and do it again so I discard all
18:26:09the
18:26:10changes I come out I say discard all the
18:26:12changes and I'll do it
18:26:14again and now also so what I need to do
18:26:16is I also need to delete the sheet let
18:26:18me delete this
18:26:20sheet and save it let me go back and
18:26:24import the upend sheets Excel workbook
18:26:27again and this time I'm only going to
18:26:30select item one and I'm going to leave
18:26:32out the other sheets with only sheet one
18:26:36I'll click on transform data to reach
18:26:39power query and start the transformation
18:26:42again because I press transform data I
18:26:44reach power query in power query I also
18:26:47remove these steps now you can observe
18:26:50that I'm seeing all the three sheets as
18:26:53my source and the data is available
18:26:56inside the data column if I go here you
18:26:58can see that I see a table and that the
18:27:00challenge with this table here is
18:27:02basically the headers are not
18:27:05promoted so I have the table which is
18:27:07having the data but headers are not
18:27:10promoted I can expand it I I can expand
18:27:12it here and you will be very happy to
18:27:14see that all the data is together but
18:27:15what is happening here is this headers
18:27:17are NSC then you will say okay we can
18:27:19search the column name and then they
18:27:21remove those rows and then do it but
18:27:23what happens sometime you might have a
18:27:25scenario where the column name which you
18:27:27are taking might also exist in data so
18:27:29for that what we are going to do is if
18:27:31you are follower of the beginner series
18:27:32you might have remembered we learned
18:27:34function promote
18:27:36headers and using that function promote
18:27:39header we can actually do a promote
18:27:41header in a table we are going to do is
18:27:43today we are going to use that power quy
18:27:45function so to do that what I'm going to
18:27:47do is I'm going to go to the add columns
18:27:49and I'm going to add a new column
18:27:52remember here my complete data is
18:27:54available as a table in the data column
18:27:56in each row and if I click on the empty
18:27:59space I can preview the
18:28:01data always click on the empty space
18:28:04don't click on the name otherwise it
18:28:05will add an step let me add a new column
18:28:09data 1 and inside this data one column I
18:28:12will use the function table do promote
18:28:17headers this function require one
18:28:19argument and that argument is the table
18:28:23for which it is going to promote the
18:28:25headers means going to make the first
18:28:28row as the header let me add data column
18:28:31as the argument for this function I
18:28:35double clicked on the name so once I
18:28:37double clicked on the name it also
18:28:38appear I can also type it will also come
18:28:40in that case either I type I double
18:28:42click in both the cases it will work so
18:28:44now it's going to create one more Colum
18:28:46column I created one more column now
18:28:47look at this column for this column
18:28:50headers are already promoted for each of
18:28:52the row as of now there are too many
18:28:55columns here and I can delete them I can
18:28:57even delete the data column so let me
18:29:00select the column which I doesn't requir
18:29:02other than the name of the sheet which I
18:29:05might require for the future references
18:29:07I have selected all the columns which I
18:29:09don't need and now I can use the option
18:29:12remove column and remove all these
18:29:15columns from the
18:29:17table now I'll go and expand it is
18:29:20suggesting me all these columns and I
18:29:21say okay and then I can detect the data
18:29:24type and change it so now I'm able to
18:29:27expand and get the data together and my
18:29:29all data is now lying together the
18:29:32question arise will it take a new sheet
18:29:35when we add it into the Excel so let's
18:29:38go back to the Excel and try to add a
18:29:41sheet and see what happens let me copy
18:29:44couple of rows for the new Excel sheet
18:29:48and click on the plus button and I will
18:29:51call this as item 4 sheet and this item
18:29:54four sheet I will add those couple of
18:29:57rows and modify the data so item id 56
18:30:01and item id 57 I'm adding here in the
18:30:04sheet 4 save it and go back to the power
18:30:08query and now we need to refresh this
18:30:11data so let me click on refresh preview
18:30:14you can observe immediately that item
18:30:16four and its related data has come let's
18:30:19go to the source and now we can see item
18:30:22four there item 4 is getting processed
18:30:25in each step after that it means the
18:30:28data of the item four is carried forward
18:30:31without doing any changes in the code of
18:30:35power query if needed I can correct the
18:30:37data types or I can simply go ahead and
18:30:40click on close and apply and I will now
18:30:43get this data into my powerbi desktop
18:30:48and I can save the file and move on in
18:30:51our journey to learn power query let's
18:30:55learn power query by taking an example
18:30:58and in this process we are going to
18:31:00learn few power query functions so what
18:31:03we wanted to do here is we have a text
18:31:06which has certain number comma separated
18:31:08and we want to create another text where
18:31:11these numbers are sorted so let me take
18:31:13you through an example so I have this
18:31:16string where I have 7A 5A 6A 10A 11a 2A
18:31:214A 3A 8A 9 one so these are just
18:31:26randomly placed here but I want
18:31:28ascending sorted text 1 comma 2A 3 comma
18:31:334A 5A 6A 7A 8A 9A 10A 11 in a sorted
18:31:40ascending order but it is a text in the
18:31:44given order I want want these numbers so
18:31:48how can I do that and to do that what we
18:31:50are going to do is we are going to go to
18:31:52Power query and solve this problem now
18:31:55to solve this problem again from this
18:31:58series learn powerbi I'm going to take n
18:32:01to n14 bbx file and I am here on the
18:32:05powerbi in that file in that file I'll
18:32:08go to the Home tab then I'll go to
18:32:10transform data transform data I have
18:32:13reached transform data and in inside
18:32:16transform data I want to add those
18:32:19numbers which I have told you so I
18:32:20already copied those number to get those
18:32:23number inside a table I'm going to take
18:32:26help from enter data now enter data is
18:32:28something which is also available
18:32:30outside power query you might have seen
18:32:33that inside the reporting view
18:32:36also let me click on the enter data
18:32:39inside the Home tab it opens up a popup
18:32:43inside that I'm going to give that
18:32:44string and I'm going to name this column
18:32:48text one and the table is thought
18:32:52text I'll click on okay now this table
18:32:56will get loaded inside the power query
18:32:59and will be shown on the left hand side
18:33:02as a query now the moment it get loaded
18:33:05you can see it is showing a number and
18:33:08we were never expecting a number and
18:33:10this is because there is a change data
18:33:13type step which has been added by power
18:33:16query thinking that it's a number but
18:33:18it's not a number we know it's a text we
18:33:21don't want to perform this change data
18:33:23type step I'm going to delete this step
18:33:25from the right hand side and now I got
18:33:29the way I wanted the number without a
18:33:32data type number so it's a text data
18:33:34type and this is the correct thing I
18:33:36have what I wanted to do first of all to
18:33:39sort this text into a string I need it
18:33:44into a list format because in list I
18:33:47have a function list. sort maybe in a
18:33:50table format but here it is easy to do
18:33:52all the operations in the list what I'm
18:33:55going to do is first of all I'm going to
18:33:57add a
18:33:58column in the tab add column I click on
18:34:02custom column to add a new column and in
18:34:05this column I will first of all convert
18:34:08this into a
18:34:09list so I need the sorted text column as
18:34:13a first step I will do this op operation
18:34:16which is text. split text. split
18:34:19function can take two argument and
18:34:22convert a text into a list by splitting
18:34:26it based on the separator so argument
18:34:29one is a text argument two is a
18:34:31separator and the outcome is a list so
18:34:34what is my first argument text one and
18:34:37the second argument is comma which I'm
18:34:40going to give inside the double Cotes
18:34:43and let me click on okay to get the
18:34:45result results now you will see that I
18:34:48got a
18:34:49list and you can see this is the list
18:34:52which I wanted and always remember
18:34:54whenever you get these list or table and
18:34:57you want to view them or preview them
18:35:00into the bottom always click on the
18:35:02empty space don't click on the list
18:35:04because if you click on the list it will
18:35:06add a step and it will become part of
18:35:08your query and then you have to revert
18:35:10it to come back so now it's created that
18:35:13list so let me delete so I'm back to the
18:35:16same place this is my list now I can
18:35:18sort it using list. sort and once I sort
18:35:21it you will realize I have one problem
18:35:24now onwards I will keep on putting a
18:35:26function on top of another function to
18:35:29get the nire output so let's put on top
18:35:32of it the function list dot sort I got
18:35:36the function list do sort it requires
18:35:38two argument the first argument is the
18:35:40list and the second argument is the
18:35:43optional comparison criteria
18:35:46and you might have realized I have given
18:35:48a space the reason for giving a space
18:35:50before I selected list. sort is that it
18:35:53should not replace the text. splits and
18:35:56let me click on okay so we got a sorted
18:35:59list let's have a look at
18:36:02it so now what we have done is we have
18:36:04used this list. sort function which can
18:36:06take a list and it can sort it but you
18:36:09can see this list is sorted in a text
18:36:11format it is not being sorted as a
18:36:14number because the list which you have
18:36:17inside is actually a list of x x. split
18:36:22converts into a list of text then how do
18:36:26I convert them into the number so it
18:36:28means before I sort it I need to convert
18:36:31them into a number how do I do that
18:36:34let's open the formula using the right
18:36:37hand side setting icon to do that I need
18:36:41to use another function and the function
18:36:43I need to use is list dot transform
18:36:47list. transform function and transform
18:36:50the list based on a function the first
18:36:53argument of this. transform is a list
18:36:55and second argument is transform
18:36:58function so what I need to do is I need
18:37:01to use this transform function and for
18:37:02that I need to Loop and for to loop I
18:37:05need to use a keyword which is each and
18:37:08I can use this each on underscore but
18:37:11what I want on this underscore I want to
18:37:13convert this text each text which is
18:37:16underscore into a number so we have
18:37:19function number from text and inside
18:37:23that I can use this
18:37:25underscore which will get converted into
18:37:28the number now so let's look at it what
18:37:30we got now so we got list. transform the
18:37:34first argument is a list which we
18:37:36created so the second argument is each
18:37:39mean which is the looping function
18:37:41number from text so from the text I'm
18:37:44going to get the number and what is that
18:37:46text which is underscore which is the
18:37:49each element of the list we are closing
18:37:52the list and let's try to close the
18:37:54list. sort also no syntax error let's
18:37:58click on okay now we got the list again
18:38:01there's no error so let's click here now
18:38:03you can see it is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
18:38:08so now the list is properly sorted in
18:38:11the numeric order now we got a list so
18:38:15we need to create a comma separated text
18:38:18from that so now we need a function
18:38:21which can concatenate this list let's
18:38:24edit the formula once
18:38:26again so let's look at one function text
18:38:31do combine what does it do text. combine
18:38:35can take two arguments first argument is
18:38:38a list which is a text list and the
18:38:40second argument is a nullable separator
18:38:44it means the sep operator which is going
18:38:46to be used when we combine and create a
18:38:50concatenated text this function returns
18:38:54text but there is a challenge it need a
18:38:57list of text let me showcase you what
18:39:00happened if I don't transform this list
18:39:02as of now for first argument is a list
18:39:06which is right now a number list and
18:39:08second argument is a separator comma
18:39:11which I have given here and let's try
18:39:14out does it work does text. combine work
18:39:17on the number list click on okay and it
18:39:21start giving error and the reason for
18:39:23the error is the type is not correct
18:39:25right now it's a list of numbers so we
18:39:28need to do the same operation in the
18:39:30reverse manner which we have done some
18:39:32time back the list. transform previously
18:39:35has transformed this list into a number
18:39:37list now the same operation need to
18:39:39transform it into the XT so I have moved
18:39:43down a code little bit so that I can
18:39:45only understand this function so now
18:39:48here I need list. transform again so I'm
18:39:51going to use list. transform and on
18:39:54list. transform now I need to do
18:39:57operation which is basically again this
18:40:00each
18:40:01operation but not from text I now need
18:40:04to convert into two text so number two
18:40:08text is the operation I want to perform
18:40:12and that should close my transform after
18:40:14transform comma so that I give the
18:40:17second argument of text. combine so what
18:40:19is happening here is now this list.
18:40:22transform is going to convert my list
18:40:25which is already sorted which is coming
18:40:27from list. sort into a list of text
18:40:31elements and then the text. combine can
18:40:34combine it into a comma separated string
18:40:37let's click on okay and check it out
18:40:40does it
18:40:41work so now what has happened is we got
18:40:45a comma separated text in which the
18:40:50previous text Elements which were comma
18:40:53separated are now sorted you can see I'm
18:40:56getting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 as a
18:41:01text which is a comma separated number
18:41:04text but it is sorted version of the
18:41:07text one so this is what exactly we
18:41:09wanted to achieve but while doing this
18:41:11example we have learned text function
18:41:15and list function which we can use we
18:41:17also learned how to take advantage of
18:41:21list. transform function which is very
18:41:24powerful function which allows you to do
18:41:26many transformation and this is just one
18:41:28example of the transformation where I
18:41:30want to transform each element into a
18:41:34different data type but you can do many
18:41:36other operations using list. transform
18:41:39and I have covered these functions as
18:41:43part of my beginner tutorial series
18:41:45with some other examples also so you can
18:41:48learn more about all these functions
18:41:51using that particular series try out
18:41:54this exciting example how do we make
18:41:57sure that these changes are saved so we
18:41:59can go to home close and apply so that
18:42:02all our changes are part of now powerbi
18:42:06and we can save this file by pressing
18:42:09control s or by clicking on the save
18:42:12button so let it load the data of the
18:42:16sort text table and post that we can
18:42:19save it so I'm saving it and you have to
18:42:23try this example out you can create any
18:42:27comma separated text for this video and
18:42:30try it
18:42:31out one of the best way to learn powerbi
18:42:35or power query is to take up some
18:42:37examples and try to solve them we are
18:42:40going to take one example in this video
18:42:42which is split and distinct why the
18:42:45example will look very simple to you but
18:42:48most of the time I found when people try
18:42:51to solve this problem they take one
18:42:53small step wrong and then they try to
18:42:56solve it by a little different way which
18:42:58is not so effective so let me first of
18:43:02all tell you the problem the problem is
18:43:05basically I have these comma separated
18:43:07text like a comma B comma c a comma B
18:43:12comma C comma D and so on I have many
18:43:14like
18:43:16what I want is across all these rows I
18:43:19want the distinct codes which are
18:43:20available like a b c d EF so basically
18:43:25what is happening this is going to be
18:43:26splitted and after splitting I need
18:43:28distinct once I reach power ba I'll tell
18:43:31you where when people answer this
18:43:33question they commit the mistake so
18:43:35let's try to solve this problem on
18:43:37powerbi and to solve this problem I'm
18:43:39going to use end to end4 file which we
18:43:42are using for the learn power B series
18:43:46and I am on that particular file right
18:43:48now in the Home tab let me click on
18:43:51transform data and inside the transform
18:43:54data I will again click on transform
18:43:57data and I'll reach to power query as
18:44:01this is a very simple data this can be
18:44:02created with enter data so let me enter
18:44:05this data so I'll go to the Home tab and
18:44:08click on enter data I will be able to
18:44:11enter this data a popup is open and here
18:44:14I'm I'm going to rename the column as
18:44:17codes and I can call this table as codes
18:44:21plate let me start creating the rows for
18:44:24this table by entering the data let me
18:44:27start typing a comma B comma C and in
18:44:31the next row let me type a comma B comma
18:44:34C comma D it is not necessary that you
18:44:38type the same stuff what I given to you
18:44:40you can have a little different version
18:44:41that's absolutely fine
18:44:45so this is the data I have and let me
18:44:47now click on okay to get this data in
18:44:50power query it will add a query which
18:44:54I'll be able to see on the left hand
18:44:55side the list of queries where I have
18:44:58and I will explain you the
18:45:00transformation needed to do that so I
18:45:02got the table as soon as I told you this
18:45:05problem the first answer comes to you
18:45:07okay we will split it by delimiter yes
18:45:10that's correct so you can right click
18:45:12and do split by delimiter or inside the
18:45:15transform tab you have the option split
18:45:18column by Del limiter so from any of
18:45:21these options click on that split column
18:45:24by D limiter on this popup you have
18:45:26various options the first option is how
18:45:28you want to split it the default option
18:45:30is comma and we have comma separated
18:45:33string so we are going to use that but
18:45:35you can change it you can even choose a
18:45:37custom one second is split at leftmost
18:45:42rightmost or each occurence in this case
18:45:45we need each occurrence but depending on
18:45:47the need you can choose next option is
18:45:51Advanced options and inside the advanc
18:45:54option there is a choice if we choose
18:45:56the wrong one we may get little longer
18:46:00solution we may still be able to achieve
18:46:02it but that's not the optimal
18:46:05solution in this Advanced option I have
18:46:07option split into columns and rows but
18:46:11usually people tell me that we'll split
18:46:13by columns and then they tell you know
18:46:15we will do unpivot and do that you don't
18:46:18need to do that actually you have a
18:46:19better option split into rows because
18:46:23that will actually convert it into rows
18:46:26and when you do split by column it do
18:46:28ask you number of column so you're
18:46:30limited by number of columns in case of
18:46:32row you are not limited so if there are
18:46:33four five six any number it will take
18:46:36care of that split because it's going to
18:46:38create new rows after you do that you to
18:46:41click on okay now we got all the codes
18:46:44into the rows and the next option is
18:46:47very simple so I to right click and use
18:46:50remove duplicates option let me click on
18:46:53that and we got the desired outcome as
18:46:58you can see this is the problem which we
18:47:01can sort with what we have learned so
18:47:04far there is nothing new but it is just
18:47:06a use case to pay little attention how
18:47:10are we going to achieve this I have kept
18:47:13this use case for your reference you can
18:47:16solve many other different Problems by
18:47:18combining various power query operations
18:47:21so try this out in this video we will
18:47:25continue our journey of learning power
18:47:28bi and power query with some examples
18:47:31the example what we want to take here is
18:47:33the split column but there is a Twist
18:47:36The Twist here is that in the column I
18:47:39have two set of values the one value is
18:47:41a single value then there is a space and
18:47:43then there's a comma separate value I
18:47:46want to split them but the final answers
18:47:50should contain them in Combined manner
18:47:52so if you look here the best 1 comma 2
18:47:56comma 4 is going to become best one best
18:47:59two and best 4 similarly good one comma
18:48:024 will become good one and good four so
18:48:06how can we achieve this again we are
18:48:09going to use some of the things which we
18:48:12have already learned in power query but
18:48:14try to fit in this use case for this use
18:48:18case also I'm going to use pyot data.
18:48:21XLS which is available on my GitHub
18:48:24account and that is the same file we
18:48:26have already loaded in end to end 14 PB
18:48:30so we can continue to use that
18:48:32particular file those of you who are
18:48:35directly jumping onto this part of the
18:48:37video you have to go to my GitHub
18:48:39account github.com amitchandak PBI
18:48:44powerbi
18:48:45you have to go down you will find a file
18:48:47pyot data. XLS click on that one thing
18:48:52is you can download this and use it or
18:48:54the second thing is right click on the
18:48:57raw don't take the URL from the top and
18:48:59copy link and that is the link which you
18:49:02can use as web URL in your powerbi to
18:49:05load this data in this case I have tried
18:49:08out this operation on a little different
18:49:10file but you can continue with the file
18:49:13you are already having the pyot data.
18:49:16XLS file let's try this out on powerbi
18:49:20desktop data. XLS has undergone many
18:49:23changes over a period of time but for
18:49:26this use case you should be able to get
18:49:29the data inside the file but if you
18:49:31don't get you should be able to create
18:49:33this data easily using the enter data
18:49:36option in power
18:49:38query you should be able to get this
18:49:41data inside the combined Split Sheet and
18:49:44as we have discussed the best space one
18:49:472 and four I would like to split like
18:49:50best space
18:49:53one then I would like best space
18:49:59two they would be in the continuous row
18:50:02so let me move it up and best Space 4
18:50:06same manner I'll get the data for nice
18:50:08and good also so this is what the final
18:50:11outcome I want but as of now let me
18:50:14clean it up and let's keep this file as
18:50:17is for our
18:50:19uses this is not going to be a simple
18:50:22split problem first of all we have to
18:50:24split the name and the rank into
18:50:27separate columns then we have to further
18:50:29split the rank into multiple rows and
18:50:33then we have to combine these again back
18:50:37into one single column so two operations
18:50:40going together split and combine let's
18:50:44jump on the powerbi desktop I'm going to
18:50:46load this data again but you can
18:50:49continue with the file where you have
18:50:50already loaded so I'm going to use
18:50:53recent source and from there I'm going
18:50:54to take pyot data. XLS and in the pyot
18:50:58data. XLS I have all these sheets which
18:51:01I have showcased you in the past from
18:51:03here we would like to take the combined
18:51:05Split Sheet which has the desired data
18:51:08and directly go to transform data so we
18:51:11will reach power query as our data is
18:51:14complete text Data it might not detect
18:51:17the first row as header so we have to
18:51:19manually go and use first row as header
18:51:21from the menu first step is to split the
18:51:25column by space into two columns for
18:51:29that we need the operation split column
18:51:32by delimiter so split column is
18:51:34available here I'm going to click on
18:51:37that and in that we have many option I'm
18:51:39going to use bu delimiter option let me
18:51:43click on that it will open a popup in
18:51:46the select delimiter it has correctly
18:51:48detected the space as the delimiter
18:51:51otherwise we can change it we have to go
18:51:53to the Advance option and inside the
18:51:55advance option we'll choose column and
18:51:57we'll keep the value two which it has
18:51:59detected correctly now we can click on
18:52:03okay to complete this operation so we
18:52:06got now two columns but when we look at
18:52:08the second column we found that the text
18:52:11which we are expecting is not correct it
18:52:13is not comma separated value and the
18:52:16reason for that is the auto conversion
18:52:19you can see the data type is 1 2 3 there
18:52:21is a step added change type two which is
18:52:25converting it into the numbers previous
18:52:28step has the comma separated value so we
18:52:31need to delete this step once we delete
18:52:34we'll reach to the last step where we
18:52:37see the correct comma separated value
18:52:39whenever you do power query operations
18:52:42sometime the change type step is is
18:52:44automatically added in such cases you
18:52:47can delete such a step whenever you are
18:52:51working on power query if something goes
18:52:54wrong please check it step by step by
18:52:57looking at what is happening on each of
18:53:00the
18:53:01step we need to split the second column
18:53:04into the rows so again we are going to
18:53:06use the split column option so let's
18:53:09select this column and use the split
18:53:12column by delimiting
18:53:15and once we get the popup we can see
18:53:17that it has correctly detected its comma
18:53:20separated and in the advance we need to
18:53:22use rows not columns for this time let's
18:53:27click on okay to complete the operation
18:53:30as you can observe that now we have the
18:53:32values required but they are not in one
18:53:35column they are in two column we are
18:53:37getting best in one column one in second
18:53:40column best and two in two different
18:53:43different columns but what we need to do
18:53:45is we need to combine them into one
18:53:48single column so we need to perform
18:53:50another operation for that now we need a
18:53:53option merge column merge column is
18:53:56available under the transform tab we
18:53:59were on the Home tab that option is not
18:54:01available in the Home tab that is
18:54:02available under the transform Tab case
18:54:05of merge columns the order of selection
18:54:08is really important so first I'm going
18:54:10to select the first column and then I'm
18:54:12going to select the second column colum
18:54:14if you change the order you may get a
18:54:17different
18:54:18result so let's select the first column
18:54:21click and control and select the second
18:54:23column from transform tab let's choose
18:54:27merg columns a popup will open and here
18:54:30we'll choose separator as space and we
18:54:33will give a new column name which is
18:54:36name rank and let's click on okay so now
18:54:40we got the desired outcome the desired
18:54:43outcome contains best space one best
18:54:47space two best Space 4 and so on so this
18:54:52is what we wanted and as you can see we
18:54:54have used the standard power query menu
18:54:58options only to achieve this power query
18:55:01can solve many complex problem using
18:55:05these menu options or the power query
18:55:09functions the only thing is you need to
18:55:11learn power query in details to achieve
18:55:14that my advice would be to also look at
18:55:17all the functions which we have
18:55:19discussed in beginner tutorial series to
18:55:22make sure that you are able to take full
18:55:24advantage of power
18:55:29query in this video we are going to
18:55:32discuss subcategory index or subcategory
18:55:35rank we call Ned rank or nexted index
18:55:39there is a video from Kerbal on that
18:55:41that is the inspiration for this video
18:55:43yeah going to use the technique shown
18:55:46there to get the subcategory index and
18:55:48subcategory rank the function required
18:55:51for subcategory index and subcategory
18:55:53rank the rank and the index function I
18:55:56have explained you already in the
18:55:57beginner tutorial series you can watch
18:56:00it there I will give you a brief
18:56:03overview of those function here also let
18:56:06me show you the two functions I'm
18:56:08planning to use today the first one is
18:56:10table do add rank column and the second
18:56:14one is table. ADD index column both of
18:56:19them we have already discussed inside
18:56:22the beginner tutorial series now the
18:56:25challenge which we are going to get here
18:56:27is this function works at table level so
18:56:31I cannot give a kind of a partition to
18:56:34give me subcategory Rank and that is
18:56:37what we have to learn how can we make
18:56:40them to work for a particular portion of
18:56:43the table or partion of the table or
18:56:45category or subcategory for example
18:56:48let's say my table has Brand I want
18:56:51everything to rank inside a brand from
18:56:54one to any for subcategory index and
18:56:57rank what I'm going to use is I'm going
18:56:59to use the pivot data XLS which is
18:57:01available on my GitHub and that is the
18:57:04same file we have already loaded in end
18:57:06to end 14 PB so we can continue to use
18:57:10that particular file those of you who
18:57:13are directly jump jumping onto this part
18:57:15of the video you have to go to my GitHub
18:57:17account github.com amitchandak PBI
18:57:22powerbi you have to go down you will
18:57:25find a file pyot data. XLS click on that
18:57:30one thing is you can download this and
18:57:31use it or the second thing is right
18:57:34click on the raw don't take the URL from
18:57:36the top and copy link and that is the
18:57:39link which you can use as web URL in
18:57:42your powerbi to load this data in this
18:57:45case I have tried out this operation on
18:57:48a little different file but you can
18:57:50continue with the file you are already
18:57:53having the pwot data. XLS file let's try
18:57:56this out on powerbi
18:57:58desktop I'm on to the powerbi desktop
18:58:01now let me go to the Home tab transform
18:58:04data and transform data in power query I
18:58:08already have multiple queries or tables
18:58:10and one of the table I have is this pyot
18:58:12data I have called name subject and
18:58:15marks and here name can become that
18:58:18logical division inside which I can rank
18:58:22or index my subjects so let's first try
18:58:25out to add the subcategory index by name
18:58:28so for that we need to use the group by
18:58:31function first to group this data so I
18:58:34click on name and I'll go to transform
18:58:37inside the transform I have option Group
18:58:40by operation Group by and its functional
18:58:44I have already explained in this series
18:58:47and in this video also I have explained
18:58:51same thing in beginner tutorial series
18:58:54and I'm going to click on that option
18:58:56Group by in the popup I will see name as
18:59:00Group by also observe a new column name
18:59:03as count and the operation as count
18:59:05which I'm going to change to all rows
18:59:08that will disable the column option
18:59:11let's understand what we are trying here
18:59:13we are trying to group this data by name
18:59:16and we want a column which contain all
18:59:19the rows so the operation is all rows
18:59:22and now I would like to click on okay to
18:59:25get this transformed table I do that I
18:59:28see a column name and a column count
18:59:32with the table inside each row if I
18:59:35click on the empty space I can see what
18:59:38data each table contains table has name
18:59:41subject and marks for each name the next
18:59:44step is to add column from add column
18:59:47custom column so let me first of all
18:59:49name this column as index the function
18:59:52which I'm going to use for this is
18:59:55table. ADD index table. add index can
18:59:59take table index column name start
19:00:02position increment and the data type to
19:00:06give us the index argument would be
19:00:08count which is a table comma second
19:00:10argument is the name of the column which
19:00:12I wanted to give which is sub index
19:00:16comma now it is not showing because
19:00:18table is doubled out here so I'm going
19:00:20to remove the table and now it will
19:00:23suggest me after the comma so I want to
19:00:25give the start position which is one
19:00:27increment which is one and it is asking
19:00:31for a data type as the last argument
19:00:33which I can give index 64. type so we
19:00:37have to return a type and here I'm
19:00:39returning index 64 close parenthesis and
19:00:42click on okay try to look into the data
19:00:45of each table now I can see sub index
19:00:48inside it and now what I can do is I can
19:00:51delete this count column it is no more
19:00:54required and then I can expand this
19:00:57index column and I can uncheck the name
19:01:00because I no more need that and let's
19:01:02click on okay once we expand that you
19:01:05can observe that the indexes are inside
19:01:08the name and after that they are
19:01:10repeating inside the second name and
19:01:12that is what we want wanted to achieve
19:01:15index is typically based on the order of
19:01:18loading it is not based on the marks or
19:01:21the subject or anything else and that is
19:01:24where we need the rank column to Define
19:01:26order based on a column to Showcase you
19:01:29subcategory rank we are going to do a
19:01:32little complex operation and I'm going
19:01:34to Showcase you how can you add another
19:01:37table inside the same code so first
19:01:40let's delete these steps and reach till
19:01:42the step we have edit column where we
19:01:45have the table let's remove the steps
19:01:47and reach to the table and we are going
19:01:50to open that step Again by click on the
19:01:53setting icon I will now showcase you how
19:01:56to do complex operation in a column for
19:01:59that first of all let's move this table
19:02:02down and write down let and after that
19:02:06we need to create variables for the
19:02:08table so let me put this table inside
19:02:10one variable and put comma after that in
19:02:14next line I'm going to put another table
19:02:16name and here I'm going to do the
19:02:18operation table. add rank column so tab
19:02:23one has index and in tab two I'm adding
19:02:26rank to the same tab one which is having
19:02:29index let's remove the duplicate table
19:02:32and now understand the syntax of this
19:02:35one so we require a table which we are
19:02:37getting from the last step the next one
19:02:39is the column name which we are going to
19:02:42give the rank column name and the third
19:02:44argument is the one by which we are
19:02:47going to decide how we are going to rank
19:02:49and to do that I Gove back to the
19:02:51documentation and bring in what all
19:02:54values I need to give so I'm going to
19:02:57copy this and I'm going to change it
19:02:59once we reach back to our code so let's
19:03:03take this and put it inside our code
19:03:05onto the power query we need to provide
19:03:08our own column name in place of Revenue
19:03:11which is the rank column and the column
19:03:14which we plan to use here is the marks
19:03:16that is what is available in our data in
19:03:19the double quote then the order is fine
19:03:22I can keep order. descending next thing
19:03:26we need to Define is the rank kind and
19:03:28we are going to keep the values what we
19:03:31have got from the code so rank kind is
19:03:34equal to rank kind. competition we are
19:03:37going to keep it same what we got from
19:03:39the documentation as of now now we need
19:03:42to return it because we have used let so
19:03:44we need to use in and we need to use in
19:03:47in small and after that we need to
19:03:50return the underscore tab two click on
19:03:53okay to complete this custom
19:03:56column now if You observe the table you
19:03:58can see the index as well as rank
19:04:01instead of adding the multiple step what
19:04:03we have done in inside within the same
19:04:05custom column we added both of them now
19:04:07you can see rank is based on the marks
19:04:10while index is based on the order we
19:04:12loaded the dat
19:04:14and when you do the rank column it does
19:04:16change the sort order of the table so
19:04:19that is why first you should do the
19:04:21index operation and then you should use
19:04:24the rank operation in case you need both
19:04:26of them together in the rank we have few
19:04:30more options which we can explore so
19:04:32let's go back to the formula and here in
19:04:35the rank kind I can choose different
19:04:38options competition dance ordinal and
19:04:41type so those of you who have already
19:04:44worked on the rank knows that the dance
19:04:46rank is little difference in case of the
19:04:48dance rank we get the next rank whether
19:04:51the rank repeats or not so if you look
19:04:53below here you have a rank which is one
19:04:56two and then we have the two again and
19:04:59then we have four so basically it is
19:05:02kind of a skip rank but what we want is
19:05:04dance rank it means one two and three so
19:05:07even if there is a skip we should be
19:05:10able to get the next Rank and that is
19:05:14what happens in case of Danse rank so
19:05:16let's make it dense Rank and try it out
19:05:20so now let's look at the data so we have
19:05:22the different different kind of R let's
19:05:24look at some different Row in this row
19:05:26itself if you see one is repeating but
19:05:28we still have two after that then in
19:05:31this one also we have one two two but we
19:05:33have next rank is three so basically
19:05:37even if the rank is repeated the next
19:05:40continuous rank is coming the count
19:05:43column we created using the group by is
19:05:45no more needed we can delete it now
19:05:49let's expand the data by using the
19:05:51expand icon on the right top we can
19:05:53remove the name and click on okay and
19:05:56now we are getting rank as well as index
19:06:00inside our table the subcategory rank
19:06:03and the subcategory
19:06:05index so here we have used the table
19:06:08operations and table operation is
19:06:10something we have not discussed in this
19:06:12video or series a lot but you can go
19:06:15ahead and watch the beginner tutorial
19:06:17series to understand in depth how to use
19:06:21table operations and if you want to
19:06:23execute those operation at the grouping
19:06:26level or subcategory level you can
19:06:28utilize the trick I have shown you in
19:06:30this
19:06:32video we have learned a lot of powerbi
19:06:35stuff and now we are ready to create the
19:06:38pages report pages on the powerbi
19:06:40desktop which we want to share with
19:06:42other user to sh share it with other
19:06:44user we need to publish the file publish
19:06:46the file to powerbi service powerbi
19:06:47service is nothing but app. powerbi.com
19:06:50and from there we are going to share it
19:06:52with other user we'll have a quick
19:06:53overview of powerbi service in powerbi
19:06:55service the report has to go to a
19:06:57workspace and that particular workspace
19:06:59is something which we should create and
19:07:00in that workspace we are going to
19:07:01publish this file after we publish this
19:07:04file the file will get divided into two
19:07:06part right now it's a single file here
19:07:07in the case of import mode there it will
19:07:09be divided into data set semantic model
19:07:11or data set and the visualization file
19:07:14ideally speaking we don't want to create
19:07:17any visualization in the file where we
19:07:19have the data model and the measur we
19:07:21want to publish it and use the data set
19:07:23as a live connect and create the
19:07:24visualization there and because of the
19:07:26same reason what I've done is I've
19:07:27deleted all the pages because I don't
19:07:28want to create visualization on this
19:07:30file I want to separate out my model
19:07:32development from my visualization but
19:07:34before even if I publish this empty file
19:07:36and this empty file because it has one
19:07:37page it's going to create a
19:07:39visualization file which we may not want
19:07:41it to use we can come back use the data
19:07:43set and create a file now before I
19:07:46publish this I need to make sure that my
19:07:48Majors should get organized in proper
19:07:50manner I should clean up unnecessary
19:07:51stuff so definitely I don't have any
19:07:54unnecessary table because what we have
19:07:56done during this entire video we have
19:07:58made sure that we Crea different
19:07:59versions of the files and whatever is
19:08:00not required we have not added to this
19:08:02but we have different places where we
19:08:04have Majors so some of the majors are
19:08:05lying here and there in the customer
19:08:06table we have so many majes so
19:08:08definitely would like to restructure
19:08:10that and to restructure we already
19:08:12learned that you can go to the model
19:08:14view and into the model view tables this
19:08:16is the best place to move the majors
19:08:18across so let's say I have these brand
19:08:20gross brand net brand brand net to Brand
19:08:23all these you can control and click or
19:08:26shift and click you can do that isn't
19:08:29it and I'll not collect the brand color
19:08:32because color major I want separate so
19:08:34all these brand color where should they
19:08:36where they should go already there are
19:08:37in the major folder these are my filter
19:08:39measures I filter this so I can create a
19:08:41folder filter I can add them there so
19:08:45they will be moved to a sub folder now
19:08:47brand color category color they are
19:08:49color measures so I can put them into
19:08:51color folder and whatever folder I
19:08:52create I need to remember the name
19:08:54because if a new thing come in I I need
19:08:55to move that in now I have gross two
19:08:58gross three gross this gross Max sales F
19:09:03sales I need to move to others now what
19:09:07I'll do I'll similarly create few
19:09:08folders like time intelligence this that
19:09:11and reorganize all my majors
19:09:14also the majors which are in the
19:09:15customer table I would like them to move
19:09:17to the major table and put them
19:09:18somewhere inside the
19:09:22folder I moved them into the major
19:09:26folder then I select all of
19:09:29them and then I can move them into
19:09:32display folder which is TI time
19:09:35intelligence these can also move into pi
19:10:12so I am almost done with CLE cleanup I
19:10:15have mostly organized the labels inside
19:10:18the major folder other than one or two
19:10:19exception which I wanted to keep in
19:10:21different tables now one of the
19:10:23preparation which you also required on
19:10:25the desktop is to install on promise
19:10:27Gateway but what I've done is basically
19:10:29I have used the files which are on
19:10:30GitHub which is basically online so I
19:10:32don't require on promise G but if you're
19:10:34using sources like Excel sheet SQL
19:10:37Server which is on promise you need to
19:10:39install on promise Gateway and typically
19:10:41on promise Gateway need to be installed
19:10:43on a machine where it can be up and
19:10:45running always and it should have access
19:10:46to Excel files those local databases
19:10:49which you have and that will help you to
19:10:51refresh your data set on powerb service
19:10:53which we'll understand in a short while
19:10:55once everything is ready we are ready to
19:10:57publish the file now but before we
19:10:59publish the file let's understand what
19:11:01is this powerbi service and how do we
19:11:04create a workpace where we can actually
19:11:06publish our data so we will go to
19:11:09powerbi service understand its component
19:11:11quickly create a works space where we
19:11:13can publish this file after publishing
19:11:16this file we have a data we will get the
19:11:18data set back and create a report now we
19:11:20can create a report on powerbi service
19:11:22or we can create a report on powerbi
19:11:24desktop both are possible once we do
19:11:26that let's save this file go to powerbi
19:11:29service understand it component create a
19:11:32workspace come back and publish this I'm
19:11:34on powerbi service powerbi service is
19:11:37nothing but app. powerbi.com make sure
19:11:40you have created your login as I
19:11:42explained earlier either you have been
19:11:44assigned a license by your admin and you
19:11:46have got the login for app. powerbi.com
19:11:49you're using that or you create the one
19:11:51now app. powerbi.com which is also known
19:11:54as powerbi service or the web version of
19:11:56the powerbi is for collaboration it's
19:11:58for sharing whatever content we create
19:12:00we share that content using powerbi
19:12:03service with other user now to share the
19:12:05content of powerbi you need licenses you
19:12:08need Pro licenses you need PPU licenses
19:12:10or you need capacity Pro users can share
19:12:12with Pro users PP users can share with
19:12:15PP user so that is user based licenses
19:12:17but if you buy a premium capacity which
19:12:19is either P1 P2 or P3 in these
19:12:21capacities first of all you get
19:12:23exclusive capacity to run your powerbi
19:12:25which is needed for large organization
19:12:27application but in the premium capacity
19:12:30only for designers you need license and
19:12:32you can use Pro license for that before
19:12:35premium capacity every user whether it
19:12:37is a designer report designer or report
19:12:40Creator or report viewer everyone
19:12:42requires a license but after you get
19:12:44premium capacity not everyone require
19:12:46license viewer doesn't require license
19:12:48in powerbi service workspace you can
19:12:50create app and you can assign that to
19:12:52unlimited number of users when you come
19:12:54to powerbi service you will see few
19:12:56sections and let's understand these
19:12:57sections I'm right now at the Home tab
19:12:59and where I'm seeing this recommended
19:13:01recent favorites and my app on the left
19:13:04hand pane I have create for new report
19:13:06browsing the content one leg data Hub is
19:13:09for the Microsoft fabric which is again
19:13:11accessible using app. powerb
19:13:13and I've enabled the trial so you will
19:13:15see the content of Microsoft fabric then
19:13:17app in case we create the service app we
19:13:20will have the apps here in case you have
19:13:21created matrices you will have them here
19:13:23monitoring Hub in case you have access
19:13:25to monitoring Hub you will have it
19:13:26workspaces which are essential for data
19:13:28sharing are available here and my
19:13:30workspace my workspace is the workspace
19:13:32even if you're a free user you will have
19:13:33your own workspace that is known as bike
19:13:35workspace Now to create your own
19:13:36workspace you need to be a pro user and
19:13:38you also need to have permissions from
19:13:40your admin to create these workspace now
19:13:42workspace in power powerbi world it's a
19:13:44container of resources like report
19:13:46paginated report dashboard we have
19:13:49something known as powerbi service
19:13:50dashboard which is different from report
19:13:51most of the time for practical purpose
19:13:54what we call report in powerbi is as
19:13:56good as dashboard in the bi world but we
19:13:58have a powerb service dashboard where we
19:14:00can put in the content from various
19:14:01other reports so all these components
19:14:04can be put into one thing which is known
19:14:06as workspace from workspace I can apply
19:14:08Ro level security RLS I can distribute
19:14:10the content to the selected set of users
19:14:12all these is possible using the
19:14:14workspace so first of all what you are
19:14:15going to do Under This workspace there
19:14:17is a button below new workspace I'm
19:14:19going to create a new workspace I'm
19:14:21going to give it as a name and because
19:14:22we have created end to endend video so
19:14:24we are going to give it as a name end to
19:14:25end description is also end to end I
19:14:28have not created any domain so I'm
19:14:30leaving it I'm not also giving an image
19:14:32under the advance instead of trial I'm
19:14:34going to use it pro I have a pro license
19:14:35or PPU license I can create that Pro is
19:14:38basically minimum license required for
19:14:39sharing or PPU so we can create a
19:14:41premium per user workspace and and when
19:14:43you create a premium per user you can
19:14:44use large semantic model also format
19:14:46also we are using the powerway reports
19:14:48so PPU workspace or premium for user
19:14:51workspace we are creating and now click
19:14:53on apply the moment you click on apply
19:14:55it will open your workspace which is
19:14:56empty and when you click on the new it
19:14:58will show what all components which you
19:15:00can create in powerbi service report
19:15:02pated report scorecard dashboard
19:15:05semantic model data flow it is also
19:15:07known as now data flow gen one data M
19:15:09and streaming data sets the more options
19:15:11contain these as as well as what you can
19:15:13use in Microsoft fabric you can watch my
19:15:15series on Microsoft fabric to know more
19:15:17about these you have so many things I'm
19:15:19leaving that explanation right now we
19:15:21are only focused on the powerbi content
19:15:23so Microsoft fabric you can watch the
19:15:25videos on Microsoft fabric let's go back
19:15:27to the workspace you can upload certain
19:15:29content from one drive SharePoint on the
19:15:31workspace you can create a app app is
19:15:33for the sharing we will learn that you
19:15:34can manage the access you can share this
19:15:36workspace with the other people you can
19:15:38give the name and share it and there are
19:15:39four types of role admin having access
19:15:41to everything member having access to
19:15:44app but not having access to admin
19:15:46whatas contributors having access till
19:15:48reports but not having access to app and
19:15:51viewers only have the viewer access you
19:15:53can look for an article powerbi workpace
19:15:57roles and always get the latest on what
19:16:01a particular user can do and as you can
19:16:03see here various capabilities has been
19:16:06defined what each user type can do and
19:16:08remember the RLS or the RO level
19:16:10security only applies for viewers so all
19:16:12the users mostly are going to be viewers
19:16:15so then we have workspace settings we
19:16:17are right now only interested in couple
19:16:19of settings that are related to powerbi
19:16:21general setting and in this one the
19:16:23important setting which if you want to
19:16:25allow your users to update the data set
19:16:28then you need to allow this model
19:16:29setting they will be able to update the
19:16:31model online using this so you need to
19:16:33check that and allow contributor to
19:16:34update the app if there was a feature
19:16:36where it was written if allowed this is
19:16:38that if allowed you want to allow the
19:16:40contributor to update the app then you
19:16:41can allow that okay so now the
19:16:43contributors can also update the then
19:16:45data connectors no changes embed code
19:16:47right now no changes rest I'm leaving as
19:16:50is now we don't need for our initial
19:16:52learning that one so these are the
19:16:54setting for the workspace now if you are
19:16:56a powerbi admin you will also be the
19:16:58settings which are under admin portal
19:17:00under the admin portal most important
19:17:02settings are lying under the tenant
19:17:04settings definitely if you have capacity
19:17:06then you you would go to premium per
19:17:07user and capacity settings also then
19:17:09there are organizational visual settings
19:17:11which are separately available if you go
19:17:13there you have the visuals then you can
19:17:14add them there workspaces and custom
19:17:16branding Etc is there in the tant
19:17:18everything which you do on power B
19:17:21service can be controlled you want to
19:17:22give the help information you can give
19:17:24and most of the settings if you enable
19:17:26them they have two to three options for
19:17:28entire organization for specific
19:17:30Security Group and these are emailed
19:17:33enabled Security Group anything which
19:17:35you want to use on powerb service it
19:17:37should be emailed enabled and accept so
19:17:40most of the time you will get these
19:17:42three setting sometime you may get one
19:17:44or two but that depends on that
19:17:46particular setting this is basically to
19:17:48get the help I disable it and cancel it
19:17:50email notification if you want to
19:17:52receive your custom messages now
19:17:53workspace want to allow to use the
19:17:55create workspace or not I have allowed
19:17:57it for the entire organization use
19:17:58cementing model across workspaces means
19:18:00I create a workspace I create a model or
19:18:03data set in one workspace and I want to
19:18:05use it in another workspace so what
19:18:06would we will do is we'll create the
19:18:07data set in workspace and reports in
19:18:09another workspace so that particular
19:18:11users of that workspace will not see the
19:18:13data set in that particular workspace so
19:18:15these kind of stuff we can do block user
19:18:17from reassigning personal workspace my
19:18:19workspace so we have disabled that they
19:18:21can't reassign the personal workspaces
19:18:23Define workspace retention period you
19:18:25can define a workspace retention period
19:18:27so basically deleted workspace can be
19:18:29recovered after that there you have n
19:18:31number of feature like every export you
19:18:33can do like publish to web is controlled
19:18:35copy paste visual is control on service
19:18:37export to excel from service is control
19:18:39export to CSV is control download report
19:18:41is control all the features which which
19:18:42are available on powerbi service most of
19:18:45those menu items are controlled from
19:18:48here including which SSO is enabled
19:18:51which is not enabled there are certain
19:18:53visuals which are allowed or not allowed
19:18:55including your map visuals all settings
19:18:57are available here developer setting
19:18:59admin API setting gen one data flow
19:19:02people can create it or not template app
19:19:04and you want to create the app Q&A
19:19:06settings semantic model security block
19:19:08republish and disable refresh package
19:19:10that setting is available advanced
19:19:12networking using a your private link
19:19:14metries setting user experience
19:19:16experiment share data settings inside
19:19:18setting data Mar setting data model
19:19:20setting quick major settings scaleout
19:19:22setting one leg setting G integration
19:19:24setting so many settings are there we
19:19:26can spend days in explaining those but
19:19:29this is all for admin user but right now
19:19:30we are learning basics of powerbi so we
19:19:32are more bothered about our workspace
19:19:34and what we are going to do with that so
19:19:35we have a workspace ready and once we
19:19:38have the data set here we will be able
19:19:40to create report online now we have
19:19:42given in this workspace to edit the
19:19:43model we will be able to edit the model
19:19:45also the only thing as a pure play
19:19:47powerbi user which you cannot do is you
19:19:49can't create a data set on powerb
19:19:51service most of the other thing you can
19:19:52do you can create report you can modify
19:19:54report you can edit data set but you
19:19:56will not be able to create a model or
19:19:57add new content here you can't create
19:19:59connections and bring it so what we are
19:20:01going to do here we going to publish a
19:20:02report we will also learn data set
19:20:04dashboard and app here in the powerbi
19:20:06service which are basic feature one must
19:20:08know so let's go back to the powerbi
19:20:10desktop publish a report come back here
19:20:12and see what we are able to
19:20:14create we are back on powerbi desktop
19:20:18and here we have a report where we don't
19:20:20have any visualization we have just
19:20:22created one page because we wanted to
19:20:24implement the pattern of having
19:20:28visualization only to be used on a data
19:20:31set file after it has been published
19:20:33this is a file which doesn't have any
19:20:35local database all online database it
19:20:38will not require on promise Gateway for
19:20:40refresh I'll go to the Home tab of this
19:20:43file and I'll press on
19:20:45publish I have made sure that I have
19:20:47logged in using the same user which I'm
19:20:49using on app. power.com so let's click
19:20:52on publish and it will ask me to save if
19:20:54the report is not saved and post that it
19:20:57will showcase me the
19:20:58workspaces my workspace available for
19:21:01everyone every kind of user even for
19:21:03free user usually not used for sharing
19:21:06so we should not keep a report into the
19:21:08my workspace which we want to share it
19:21:10is for personal content and we should
19:21:12avoid using the content which you want
19:21:14to share so we are going to put the
19:21:16content into end to end which is the
19:21:19workspace we have created for
19:21:21sharing let me click on end to end and
19:21:25click on select and this action will
19:21:28publish the
19:21:30file it's giving the message that it is
19:21:32publishing end to end file to powerbi
19:21:35which is nothing but powerbi service
19:21:37meet or
19:21:39collaboration so file has been published
19:21:42success sucessfully onto the powerbi
19:21:44service and now we can go and check out
19:21:47our file on powerbi service I clicked on
19:21:50got it and let me jump onto the powerbi
19:21:53service quickly on the powerbi service
19:21:56I'm able to now see after the page has
19:21:59refreshed two things one is report which
19:22:02is only have one page anytime you
19:22:03publish a PBX you will get a report and
19:22:05the semantic model or data set the
19:22:07semantic model is a new name we usually
19:22:10know it by the name data model or data
19:22:12set in the case of import mode it will
19:22:14contain both data and meta in case of
19:22:17direct query it will only contain meta
19:22:20in case of live mode we are going to use
19:22:21the data set which is published already
19:22:24so the report will contain the small
19:22:26information about the majors which we
19:22:27are going to create so now we have our
19:22:29semantic model and using this semantic
19:22:32model we can create the report either in
19:22:34powerbi desktop or on powerbi service so
19:22:37first of all what we are going to do
19:22:38here is we will check this semantic
19:22:40model what we can do out here if I click
19:22:43on that it will open this UI for the
19:22:45semantic model where I have file
19:22:47download this file means I will be able
19:22:49to download the data set manage
19:22:51permissions on this data set who can do
19:22:53what on this then I can refresh refresh
19:22:56now schedule refresh history it means if
19:22:58I want to refresh the data I can refresh
19:22:59it from here I can share it I can
19:23:01explore this data I can create a few
19:23:04visualization here just exploring
19:23:05without even creating a report then in
19:23:08the explore data I do have option for
19:23:11autocreate report create create blank
19:23:12report create paginated report I can
19:23:15analyze in Excel by clicking on this so
19:23:17if I click on this it will create an
19:23:19Excel file for me and there my data set
19:23:22would be attached and using this data
19:23:23set I will be able to create pyot tables
19:23:26and analyze it you want to see lineage
19:23:28lineage means from where this data is
19:23:30coming on which report it is going all
19:23:32this is going to you are seeing this
19:23:34open data model button because we have
19:23:36allowed data model editing on the
19:23:38powerbi service in our workspace setting
19:23:40and because of that it is showing this
19:23:43option and if you click on that it will
19:23:45open the data model and you can change
19:23:47few things out here you can create new
19:23:49major new column new table you can
19:23:53create using the Dex formula you can
19:23:55create new calculation groups you can
19:23:57manage roles manage relationship and
19:24:00create new report on powerbi service
19:24:02that many things you can do in the
19:24:05semantic model on the online version
19:24:07once you allow to edit it calculation
19:24:09groups has been added very recently on
19:24:12power our bi service let's go back to
19:24:14the UI so these are the things which we
19:24:16can do so what we are going to do is we
19:24:17will quickly now have a look at few of
19:24:19these things like creating a report here
19:24:22and desktop and creating a dashboard uh
19:24:24we will avoid editing of data model we
19:24:26have done a lot of work on the powerbi
19:24:28desktop and things would remain same
19:24:32here we have published our file without
19:24:36any visualization on powerbi service and
19:24:39we got a centic now we would like to use
19:24:41that centic model and create the
19:24:43visualization file and this is going to
19:24:45the file which we are going to use for
19:24:47creating the end user reports or Dash so
19:24:50go to the Home tab and inside the Home
19:24:53tab now you need to go and grab the
19:24:55powerbi semantic model now this
19:24:57connection which you are going to do
19:24:59with the CCH model is known as live
19:25:00connection and live doesn't mean it's
19:25:02kind of a direct query on the database
19:25:03it is as good as what you have refreshed
19:25:05your data set but this particular file
19:25:08is neither going to on the data or not
19:25:11it is going to on on the model the model
19:25:13is coming from the SCE so RLS and
19:25:15everything is controlled at the
19:25:17cementing model level so what I'm going
19:25:19to do here is I'm going to take this end
19:25:21to endend model and going to create a
19:25:23report out here with the all the kind of
19:25:25visualization I have taught to you till
19:25:27now you have to click on semantic model
19:25:29which you want to bring in and connect
19:25:31and it will create a live connection
19:25:33once you create the live connection you
19:25:34will not be able to add new table new
19:25:36columns all those are not allowed the
19:25:39moment this model is loaded you will see
19:25:41you only have have access to the report
19:25:43View and model view the access for
19:25:45everything else is gone the data View
19:25:47and everything you can see the model
19:25:48here but if you click on any of the
19:25:50table you don't see option for new
19:25:52column new table new calculation group
19:25:55manage Ro view rooll everything is
19:25:57disabled you can't do that so you are in
19:25:58kind of a view only mode for this model
19:26:00it means it's the best condition to
19:26:02create the visualization so what I'll do
19:26:04is I will create this report I will try
19:26:07to have one or two pages in this one and
19:26:10while I'm creating this report you just
19:26:12observe you I have already taught you
19:26:13all the features how to create different
19:26:15kind of slicer Pages visualization Etc
19:26:19what I have done uh which I realized
19:26:21after starting this file is that uh the
19:26:24images which I have used uh brand image
19:26:27brand URL and image URL as columns has
19:26:30not worked so I added measures for that
19:26:33just by taking Max of those columns and
19:26:35I'm going to use them here so I'll
19:26:37quietly build it and I'll speed this up
19:26:40when this video will get displayed what
19:26:43you can do is you can build report of
19:26:46your choice and later on those
19:26:48visualization can be used inside your
19:26:50dashboard on powerbi
19:27:11service
19:27:41e
19:28:11e e
19:28:47so what I've done is I've created a
19:28:49single page and I'm going to publish
19:28:51this uh and you can create a page which
19:28:53you would like to have more details
19:28:55usually we will have multiple pages and
19:28:57communicating the message I just created
19:28:58one example here how what kind of page
19:29:00we can create uh but based on the design
19:29:02and requirement you can create the page
19:29:04and now what we are going to do is we
19:29:05are going to publish this but before
19:29:07publish it's going to ask us a name so
19:29:09I'm going to save it and I'll call it
19:29:12and to and visual file this is visual
19:29:15file you can give a name of your choice
19:29:17or as per your organization standard I'm
19:29:19right now giving this name because I
19:29:21want to just differentiate that it's a
19:29:22visual
19:29:23file and we going to publish it to the
19:29:26end to endend workspace only we are not
19:29:28going to create a different workspace
19:29:29for this the file is published now we
19:29:32will go on powerbi service and check
19:29:34this file we would also like to create a
19:29:37new report there and let us see how
19:29:39things are different in powerbi service
19:29:42compared to powerb
19:29:46desktop I'm back on powerbi service and
19:29:49let's go to end to end to check the
19:29:51newly published report end to endend
19:29:53visual the report has opened and as you
19:29:56can see in end to endend visual report
19:29:58we got our report which we have created
19:30:00on the dashboard we got the slicer which
19:30:03we can click and filter the
19:30:06data so this is the viewer View and this
19:30:08is how viewer is going to use it
19:30:10remember I am an admin admin viewer
19:30:12means I have the admin privilege on this
19:30:14workspace so what I'm getting in my
19:30:17menus could be a little bit more than
19:30:18what and user is going to get here so
19:30:21I'm able to filter then same way like
19:30:23desktop we can slice and dice using the
19:30:26visual interactions and data will get
19:30:28filtered across as I have a single page
19:30:30as of now I'm not seeing the page menu
19:30:32but here once you have more than one
19:30:34page you will be able to see a small
19:30:36Arrow icon to take you to the different
19:30:38pages if you click on the file you have
19:30:40option save as a copy again I'm admin
19:30:42because of which I'm getting but viewers
19:30:44might not get it depends on the
19:30:45permission which we are providing to
19:30:47them download this file manage
19:30:49permissions print this page embed report
19:30:53generate QR code settings these
19:30:55permission all depends on which kind of
19:30:58access we have given to the end user I'm
19:31:00admin viewer so I'm getting all these
19:31:02again export option analyze in Excel
19:31:04PowerPoint PDF depending on the viewer
19:31:07access now if you go to the visual there
19:31:09are these filters which are available
19:31:12then there is a set aler option then
19:31:14copy this as an image again copy this as
19:31:16image if you remember we have this
19:31:18option control which all users can do
19:31:21and then you have this pin visual which
19:31:22we will be using while creating the
19:31:24dashboard you have option to share on
19:31:26the top you have chat in the teams
19:31:30explore this data get inside subscribe
19:31:33to the report set alerts and edit and as
19:31:35I'm having permission on this workspace
19:31:37to edit the report I will be able to
19:31:39edit that report and again these are
19:31:42some additional permissions which I can
19:31:43see here now as a viewer you will also
19:31:46be able to see filter pane now the
19:31:47filter pane you will only be able to see
19:31:49if the filter pan is enabled we can hide
19:31:51the filter pan while creating the report
19:31:53then users will not see once user click
19:31:55on any of the visual just like I've
19:31:56created on this tag bar visual they will
19:31:59be able to see the visual level filters
19:32:00also few more things which they can do
19:32:03is view we they can view as a full
19:32:06screen cape and come back then they have
19:32:09this fit to page
19:32:12fit to
19:32:15width and actual size all these option
19:32:18they can also explore then there's a
19:32:20comment users can give give a comment
19:32:22out here you can click on got it and
19:32:26then you can start writing down the
19:32:27comments this is for the
19:32:30collaboration we close the comments then
19:32:32you have this Mark as a favorite if you
19:32:34click on this this report will be marked
19:32:35as favorite so what I'm going to do here
19:32:37is I'm going to click on edit and I will
19:32:39try to modify this report what I'm going
19:32:42to do here is I'm going to create a
19:32:43little bit of space and for that I'm
19:32:45going to delete this card Visual and
19:32:47also let me do one thing I'm going to
19:32:49make this slicer as a normal button
19:32:52slicer so I'll create it as this kind of
19:32:54a slicer and then I'll go ahead and go
19:32:58to the slicer setting and I'll create it
19:33:00as tiles now with these changes let me
19:33:03go ahead and further do more changes in
19:33:06this report in the edit mode and
19:33:09showcase you what all we can do in the
19:33:10edit mode I can even modify the model
19:33:13because of my setting I can add a new
19:33:15page and create additional visualization
19:33:17here so let's I can plus a a page and I
19:33:19can call it as detailed page and I can
19:33:22add additional visual to that page let's
19:33:24say I want to add a trend I can bring in
19:33:26month year here and I can bring net and
19:33:28then can I can convert this into a line
19:33:31visual I can add additional visuals
19:33:40here so so here I have added a page in
19:33:43this manner you can edit a report on
19:33:46powerbi service and you can save it now
19:33:48there are various options in a powerbi
19:33:51service report so if you go to the file
19:33:53you can save save as new copy print if
19:33:55you want to print the current batch you
19:33:57want to embed this then you can generate
19:33:59embed code this is the embedded code
19:34:01which you can use then embed in
19:34:03SharePoint online you can get the code
19:34:05for embed SharePoint online publish to
19:34:08web now publish to web is a permission
19:34:11which we need to give and once we give
19:34:13this content would be available publicly
19:34:15now my content is basically learning
19:34:18content so I can publish it to web but
19:34:20your organizational content you should
19:34:22not publish it to web you should instead
19:34:24use uh the other secure ined method
19:34:27export to PowerPoint you can export it
19:34:29to PowerPoint with the current value or
19:34:31with the default values two options
19:34:33exclude hidden Pages only export current
19:34:36pages and in that manner you can export
19:34:38it to PowerPoint it will generate a
19:34:40PowerPoint and you will be able to use
19:34:42it also in PowerPoint we have a
19:34:44connector for powerbi which can be used
19:34:47to connect with the pages of the powerbi
19:34:50report live then export to PDF and
19:34:52download this file means it will
19:34:54download PBX in the view we have fit to
19:34:57page fit to width actual width and all
19:34:59these options uh we can see different
19:35:01page like if the selection pain is not
19:35:03coming I can see that if the bookmark
19:35:04pain is not coming I can use that if the
19:35:06SN slicer pane is not coming I can
19:35:08enable that insides pan I can enable
19:35:10that so all these things I can enable
19:35:12right now I'm disabling those reading
19:35:15view we will come out of the edit view
19:35:17let's go back to the edit View and then
19:35:19open data model then you have options
19:35:21for ask a question data drill text box
19:35:25you can add shapes you can save this
19:35:27report and chat in teams and generate QR
19:35:30code analyze in Excel you can download
19:35:32and analyze this report in Excel these
19:35:35things you can do now let's go back to
19:35:36the reading mode and check out more
19:35:38options let me give you quick recap of
19:35:40the menu items we have here so the file
19:35:42options now has save a copy download
19:35:45this file manage permissions embed
19:35:47report QR code and settings so these are
19:35:49the setting for the report the report
19:35:51name the description if you want to
19:35:53promote endorsement if you want to
19:35:55promote this report to the users you can
19:35:57use that and there are a few other
19:35:59options which you can use export analyz
19:36:01in Excel PowerPoint we have already
19:36:03checked out PDF you can share this
19:36:05report with the others user I can assign
19:36:07it to the others users in the
19:36:08organization I can share the link mail
19:36:11or teams or PowerPoint I can chat with
19:36:13the others user regarding this report in
19:36:16teams I can further explore this data by
19:36:18opening the explore data I can get
19:36:21inside subscribe to the report I can
19:36:23create a subscription for this report to
19:36:25come to me on a given time I'm
19:36:27discarding that I can set a alert alert
19:36:30can be set on a major for a value high
19:36:32or low so threshold greater than or less
19:36:35than on which major I need that what
19:36:37kind of notification I need and I can
19:36:40start my alerts once that setup is done
19:36:43and then we have C related contain
19:36:45lineage view means from where this
19:36:47report is coming pin to a dashboard so
19:36:49pin a dashboard here will pin the
19:36:51complete page on the dashboard on the
19:36:53individual visuals we do have a option
19:36:55to pin them to the dashboard that we can
19:36:58use to pin the individual visual on the
19:37:00dashboard other than that we have option
19:37:02view semantic model which we have
19:37:04already seen it will open the santic
19:37:06model and then there we can go ahead and
19:37:08open the catic model again so means this
19:37:11is going to led us to the first screen
19:37:13of the semantic model then there is an
19:37:14open semantic model after that we can go
19:37:16ahead and edit that and as you have seen
19:37:19we have enabled the option to edit it in
19:37:21the powerbi service so we'll be able to
19:37:22edit that now other than that in case
19:37:24your organization have the f64 capacity
19:37:28onwards or P1 capacity onwards you will
19:37:30be able to use this co-pilot option to
19:37:33ask various question both in the viewer
19:37:35mode as well as in the edit mode and
19:37:37then you have the bookmarks option you
19:37:39can add the personal bookmarks or you
19:37:41can click on the show more books marks
19:37:43to see what all already existing
19:37:45bookmarks are there so now what I've
19:37:47done is I've covered basically most of
19:37:49the options which you have in the
19:37:51powerbi service report in the edit mode
19:37:55as well as the viewer mode so you have
19:37:57to go ahead and explore all these
19:37:59options these option keep on changing
19:38:01and they keep on increasing also as in
19:38:03when we get new features so continue to
19:38:06look towards what features are available
19:38:09onto the release which is available at
19:38:12at that particular moment of time now I
19:38:14would like to create a dashboard
19:38:16dashboard can only be created on powerbi
19:38:19service remember powerbi report which we
19:38:21created on the desktop is not the
19:38:24dashboard in powerbi World dashboard is
19:38:27something which we create on powerbi
19:38:29service and to do that what I'm going to
19:38:31do is I'm going to open my report which
19:38:33I have recently published and in that
19:38:35one I have pin icons and using those pin
19:38:37icons I'm going to create my dashboard
19:38:40remember powerbi dashboard cannot have
19:38:42slicers unless we pin the complete page
19:38:45so once we pin the complete page then
19:38:47only we will have the slicers individual
19:38:49visuals will not have slicer we cannot
19:38:51pin the slicer and even if we pin the
19:38:54complete page the slicer with that page
19:38:57is going to impact the section in the
19:39:00dashboard which is coming from that page
19:39:02not the other visualization so remember
19:39:06these difference between powerbi service
19:39:08report and dashboard and take a call
19:39:11whether you really want to create a
19:39:12dashboard or you want to create a report
19:39:14I'm back on powerbi service and let's go
19:39:17to end to end to check the report has
19:39:20opened let me go to the detailed page
19:39:23and as you remember we have these three
19:39:25dots on three dots we have this option P
19:39:27to a dashboard that can pin the complete
19:39:30page to the dashboard including the
19:39:31slicers remember when in powerb service
19:39:34dashboard you cannot add slicers so if
19:39:36you go to the individual visuals if I go
19:39:38to here on the main page if I go to this
19:39:41visual you don't see a pin icon but in
19:39:44this one you see a pin visual so pin
19:39:45visual will add it to the powerbi
19:39:48dashboard but powerbi dashboard cannot
19:39:49have slicers you can't pin the slicers
19:39:51so if you want the slicers you have to
19:39:53pin the complete page so in this manner
19:39:55you can pin the visuals to a dashboard
19:39:57and create a powerbi service dashboard
19:39:59you can pin the visuals from multiple
19:40:00reports on powerbi service dashboard and
19:40:03you can use that and instead of pinning
19:40:05individual visual from the first page
19:40:07I'll pin the complete dashboard and let
19:40:10me give this dashboard as a new name is
19:40:12main Dash Pin live so I have pinned this
19:40:15it's giving me go to dashboard option
19:40:17but I would like to pin a visual and
19:40:19then we will go there then I go to the
19:40:21detailed report and from there I'm going
19:40:22pin this line visual main Dash as well
19:40:26as I'll pin this P visual main Dash and
19:40:28now I'll go to the dashboard now when I
19:40:30click and go to the dashboard you can
19:40:32see that I have my page as well as my
19:40:34two visuals which are coming here I can
19:40:37change a little bit of layout if I want
19:40:39then I can ask certain questions here
19:40:41within Q&A it will generate the Q&A I
19:40:44can ask top customers by Citys Nets and
19:40:47it will generate a visual so that is the
19:40:49advantage of giving a dashboard to the
19:40:52end user that they can ask questions and
19:40:54using those questions they can get
19:40:55additional answers if I want to edit
19:40:57this dashboard I can edit I can
19:40:59subscribe to this dashboard I can chat I
19:41:02can comment on this dashboard by adding
19:41:04additional comments here I can click on
19:41:06any of the visual and analyze the data
19:41:08now because I bought a complete page it
19:41:10is doing the interactions also now in
19:41:12the case of the single visual the moment
19:41:14I click on that visual it will take me
19:41:17back to my report let's look at the edit
19:41:19mode you can add the tile dashboard
19:41:22theme mobile layout these things you can
19:41:24do with the dashboard now subscribe to
19:41:26dashboard I can create a subscription
19:41:28for dashboard to deliver to me at a
19:41:31particular
19:41:33time and on the right hand side if you
19:41:35pay attention whatever reports and
19:41:37dashboard we have open you're getting
19:41:39the icon for that and you can close it
19:41:40so I close the dashboard my report is
19:41:42open I can close my report my data set
19:41:45details is open I can close those data
19:41:47set details once you are done with this
19:41:49entire exercise of you know creating a
19:41:51powerbi report and dashboard and
19:41:53everything the next thing which you need
19:41:55to do is schedule your data refresh now
19:41:57to schedule your data refresh what you
19:41:59have to do is you have to go to the
19:42:00setting of your semantic model and then
19:42:03there you have option for scheduling the
19:42:05refresh cementing model is available in
19:42:08your workspace and using the three dots
19:42:10you can go to the settings and there
19:42:11from there you will be able to schedule
19:42:13the refresh also in case you are using
19:42:17the on premise data then there is an
19:42:20option to configure your on promise
19:42:23Gateway settings and connection settings
19:42:26you can edit as per requirement inside
19:42:29the semantic model settings only so
19:42:31let's jump onto the workspace once again
19:42:35and try to refresh the data set and see
19:42:38what all things we can do in my case I
19:42:42have a online data so I would not
19:42:46require on promise Gateway simply
19:42:47refresh should be able to refresh my
19:42:50data and also I can schedule it in my
19:42:53case because the data is static there is
19:42:54no benefit of scheduling it but in real
19:42:56time scenario you have to schedule a
19:42:58refresh now in case of pro you can get
19:43:02refresh as many as eight times in a day
19:43:04in case of PPU and premium you will be
19:43:06able to schedule refresh 48 times in a
19:43:09day if if you want near realtime data
19:43:12then you have to choose for direct query
19:43:15mode I can go back to my workspace which
19:43:18is already open and here what you can do
19:43:20because it's a online version I can
19:43:22actually refresh my data set to bring in
19:43:24the data schedule refresh has been
19:43:26disabled refresh as failed let's look
19:43:29white as failed so first of all let's go
19:43:31to the settings and check out everything
19:43:32is fine here so I go to the setting here
19:43:34when I scroll down and go to data set
19:43:37setting there is error here edit
19:43:38credentials and we will use anonymous
19:43:41organizational and we'll say sign in
19:43:43let's see does it work out yes it has
19:43:45worked now let's go back again and see
19:43:48do we require a permission or this time
19:43:49it's going to refresh it's refreshing
19:43:52right now if you see and to check the
19:43:53refresh history you can go to the
19:43:55settings again three dot settings
19:43:57refresh history it will show you the
19:43:59refresh is in progress and once it is
19:44:01refreshed it will give you a message
19:44:03that refresh is
19:44:04completed and the refresh has completed
19:44:07while we were checking that out and new
19:44:09data has come so in this manner you can
19:44:11refresh the data but before you refresh
19:44:14the data what you have to do is because
19:44:16I was only having up one data source and
19:44:19my data source was online data source it
19:44:22does not require Gateway otherwise you
19:44:24have to configure on promise Gateway
19:44:26right now it is the cloud connection but
19:44:28you might have to configure on promise
19:44:30Gateway if you're using on promise
19:44:31sources once you configure your on
19:44:33promise Gateway you have to configure
19:44:35your data source credentials after doing
19:44:37that if there are certain parameters
19:44:39required M query parameter if you used
19:44:41we can to set those query cacheing in
19:44:44case you want so you can turn on the
19:44:46query caching refresh this is the
19:44:48scheduled refresh I can schedule it to
19:44:50refresh daily on a particular time so
19:44:52once I click on on I need to add a time
19:44:54and then I can apply and now it will get
19:44:57refresh daily at 1:00 a.m. right now I'm
19:45:00disabling it because I don't want it to
19:45:02happen server settings this is my server
19:45:04data connections then Q&A features all
19:45:07these are data settings which we can
19:45:09change let me go back to my by workspace
19:45:11so now you know how to refresh your data
19:45:13set also now whatever Gateway and
19:45:16connections we have where do we monitor
19:45:18those so in the setting icon you can go
19:45:20to manage gateways and connection and
19:45:23here you will be able to see all your
19:45:25connection under the connection if you
19:45:27have set up on promise Gateway you will
19:45:29be able to see on promise Gateway in the
19:45:31past I have set up a on promise Gateway
19:45:33that you are seeing if there are virtual
19:45:35Network gateways you will be able to see
19:45:36it here so in this manner you will be
19:45:38able to see your connection details and
19:45:40Gateway
19:45:45now let's quickly understand how can we
19:45:47create a allog together new report on
19:45:50powerbi service using a data set so
19:45:52there is an option on the Home tab or
19:45:53there is a create button here on the
19:45:56left hand side top once you click you
19:45:58can paste data manually or you can pick
19:46:00up a publish data set I'll pick up a
19:46:02publish data
19:46:04set end to end autocreate report or
19:46:09create report from blank you can use
19:46:11autocreate report and powerbi will
19:46:12create a report for you I'll create a
19:46:15blank report just to explain it to you
19:46:17and I am on the very similar UI what saw
19:46:19in the
19:46:21edit report now here I can quickly
19:46:25create a visual I'll just go to create
19:46:27one visual for giving an
19:46:33example I have created a visual and now
19:46:35I can save it so when I save it for the
19:46:37first time it will ask me a
19:46:39name and let let me call it service
19:46:47report and click on Save the moment I
19:46:50save it for the first time it will take
19:46:52me to the reading mode after that when I
19:46:55go to the edit mode and now save it it
19:46:57will remain in the edit mode so in this
19:46:59manner you can edit your reports or
19:47:03create new report on the powerbi
19:47:08service service we have a version of
19:47:11power query online where we can
19:47:14actually transform our data centrally
19:47:17that is known as data
19:47:19flow now the reason why we have data
19:47:22flow here on the powerbi services
19:47:24basically what happens sometime multiple
19:47:27teams use similar kind of power query
19:47:31transformation and that is why we want
19:47:33to centralize those transformation that
19:47:35is why on powerbi service we can create
19:47:38data flow data flow can centralize all
19:47:41these
19:47:42transformation in the fabric world we
19:47:45also call it data flow gen one now data
19:47:47flow are for data prep data cleaning and
19:47:51data transformation you can use data
19:47:53flow just like you use power query on
19:47:55the desktop once you do the
19:47:57transformation you can use it as a
19:47:59source on power ba desktop to create
19:48:01your new report in a Ideal World we will
19:48:04create a data flow for our Dimensions
19:48:07where we need lot of transformation or a
19:48:09small table where we need need a lot of
19:48:11transformation we can centralize all
19:48:13those transformation in the data flow so
19:48:16we can have a dimension in the data flow
19:48:18then we will use this data flow along
19:48:20with our facts directly coming from the
19:48:23sources into a data set we will publish
19:48:25that data set which is a powerb desktop
19:48:28file we'll publish that data set without
19:48:30creating a visualization and once that
19:48:32data set is published we'll use it again
19:48:34and would create a visual file I'll just
19:48:37go to give you how do you create a data
19:48:39set so press new and data set you will
19:48:43be landed on powerbi data set here you
19:48:46can define a new table link table from
19:48:48other data flows import mode means you
19:48:50can import a model attach common data
19:48:53model folder okay so I'll use this add a
19:48:56new table it will L me to the UI to
19:48:58bring in the data and here I will use
19:49:01this web API in the web API I will bring
19:49:05in my data from GitHub so let me go to
19:49:08the
19:49:08GitHub and bring in my file says data
19:49:12used in video I click on that right
19:49:15click on Raw copy link go back to the
19:49:17powerbi service give this
19:49:20URL I have already used it so it is not
19:49:22asking for any further details press
19:49:26next and I can add all of
19:49:29them and then I can click on transform
19:49:32data it it will add the data to the
19:49:34power bi data flow and here I can do the
19:49:38transformation clean data prep
19:49:40everything now if you remember in the
19:49:42sales table I added some column index
19:49:45the same columns could have been added
19:49:46to the powerbi data flow or power query
19:49:49also I can go here and can use add
19:49:52column and can add a custom column let's
19:49:55call it
19:49:57gross and gross is nothing but quantity
19:50:01multiply by price and I can give it as a
19:50:04data type decimal number okay in the
19:50:07same manner I can use other columns and
19:50:09then I will be able to complete my
19:50:12transformation once I'm done with all my
19:50:15transformation I can go ahead and use
19:50:17Save and close to save the all the data
19:50:20in my data
19:50:22flow it's going to check and it will ask
19:50:26for a name I'll will call it sales data
19:50:29flow and I'll give the same
19:50:32description I'll save it how it is
19:50:34really important that the data flow by
19:50:37default doesn't load data so the very
19:50:39first time you need to refresh it now so
19:50:43you have to click refresh now now
19:50:45typically on D Gen 2 which is on
19:50:48Microsoft fabric Auto refresh kick off
19:50:51immediately after publish but this
19:50:53doesn't happen in data flow gen one we
19:50:56have to manually kick it on every time
19:50:58you do changes you need to do a
19:51:00refresh you can close it and when you
19:51:03come here on your workspace you should
19:51:06be able to see this data flow and you
19:51:09can go to the refresh history to check
19:51:12if the data is loaded or not in our case
19:51:14the data is already loaded here now what
19:51:17we need to do is we need to go to the
19:51:19powerb desktop and use this data
19:51:23flow so I'll open up a new
19:51:27file on powerb desktop I'll open a new
19:51:33file the new file is opened and here now
19:51:36I want to bring in data from powerbi
19:51:39data flow so I'll use get data more and
19:51:43there I need to go to data flow I can
19:51:46search for
19:51:48that I got option for data flow power ba
19:51:52data flow Legacy data
19:51:55flows so they are coming from different
19:51:57different places so let's use powerbi
19:52:00data flu Legacy and use
19:52:06connect let me try to sign in
19:52:11let me use
19:52:16connect and in the end to end I able to
19:52:19get my data flow from here I can pick up
19:52:21all the four tables and load the data
19:52:25from here I have to do all the steps
19:52:27which I've done during this exercise
19:52:29creating the model measures all the
19:52:33calculations field parameters
19:52:36calculation group Etc and then finally
19:52:39publish this and once I publish this
19:52:41file I'll get a data set and I can use
19:52:44that data set again to create my
19:52:46visualization as you are already aware
19:52:48of all those steps you can try that out
19:52:50I will simply share it as a new and to
19:52:54and
19:52:56file in this manner you can use powerbi
19:53:00data flow to centralize all your
19:53:02transformation data preparation and data
19:53:05cleaning
19:53:10in powerbi workspace we have app this
19:53:14app has a really important role when we
19:53:16want to share the content with the users
19:53:18and we don't want to give these
19:53:19workspaces kind of a look to them so
19:53:22what we typically prefer is we give them
19:53:24an app access so what we going to do is
19:53:27we are going to use this create
19:53:29app and we can give it as a name let's
19:53:32say bi app can give a
19:53:36description we can choose a color for
19:53:38our app and and we can upload a logo for
19:53:42that then we can go to the content and
19:53:44add a
19:53:46Content so we can add the reports which
19:53:49we have end to end and service report
19:53:52okay all these reports we can add
19:53:54multiple reports we have so we can add
19:53:55those
19:53:56reports now inside each report if there
19:53:58are multiple Pages it's going to show
19:54:00those pages and we can see those pages
19:54:03so we have multiple content which
19:54:05is now how do you differentiate content
19:54:08for different people so when you go to
19:54:10the audience actually you have these
19:54:13show hiide buttons using these show
19:54:16hiide buttons you can create different
19:54:17kind of audiences so you can say new
19:54:20audience you created a new audience now
19:54:23see this is bi app this is new audience
19:54:27now this new audience I can refer as
19:54:31let's say service only I want to give a
19:54:33service
19:54:34report so I'll give a service report to
19:54:37that audience and I can hide other
19:54:39things let's say I can hide these only
19:54:41will have service report then I can give
19:54:44the users who will be audience of
19:54:46service report in powerbi app I can give
19:54:48the audience who will be audience of B
19:54:51app if you want to give it to entire
19:54:52organization you can choose entire
19:54:53organization but there's no benefit of
19:54:55creating multiple audience if you are
19:54:56giving this report to entire
19:54:58organization now there are Advanced
19:54:59option like allow people to share the
19:55:02data set in this app audience allow
19:55:04people to build the content with this
19:55:06data set in the app audience so you can
19:55:08give those permission as per requ
19:55:10requirement usually what we do is we
19:55:12assign it to users or to the emailed
19:55:14enabled list and then finally after we
19:55:17decide our audience decide the reports
19:55:19so in this workspace I can have n number
19:55:22of reports out of those reports I can
19:55:24decide which I want to add in app and
19:55:26out of those reports I can decide which
19:55:28reports will go to which audience so
19:55:29once I'm done with that I can publish
19:55:31this app and this will be shared with
19:55:33users in the content I can add some
19:55:36headers sections and all those I can
19:55:38divide these reports inside the category
19:55:39and all those I can do so I can create
19:55:42different sections also so let me
19:55:44finally publish this app and it will be
19:55:48published it will show a URL which you
19:55:50can copy or you can click on go to app
19:55:52you can share this URL with the users
19:55:55and this will now open powerbi Service
19:55:57app and you can see with the chosen
19:56:00color we are seeing the app and this is
19:56:02the better way to give it to the end
19:56:04users they can have access to multiple
19:56:06reports at one place and we don't have
19:56:08to share each and every report they have
19:56:10very similar options what we had in the
19:56:13powerbi service so they have print this
19:56:15page embed report QR code
19:56:18share export and remember all these are
19:56:22controlled from the permission what we
19:56:25have given at the tenant level so in
19:56:27this manner you can create and share an
19:56:33app if you remember when we were
19:56:35analyzing the data on powerbi service we
19:56:38have downloaded one Excel for analyzing
19:56:39EX ex this is the same Excel I have
19:56:42opened up and also enabled the content
19:56:45and I'm getting now all my data which I
19:56:48can analyze here and here also I can
19:56:51create a pyot table you can already see
19:56:53there is enablement of pyot table H so I
19:56:56can go here and choose certain things
19:56:58let's say I can bring in brand on the
19:57:00row and then I can bring in certain
19:57:02majors for
19:57:05analysis and I can start my analysis in
19:57:08this manner if you are a Excel user you
19:57:10still like to be an Excel user but you
19:57:13don't want to you know download the data
19:57:16and analyze it you can simply connect to
19:57:17this data set you need to have
19:57:19permission to for that and once you have
19:57:21permission you can do that it is not
19:57:23that you can always have to do analyze
19:57:25in Excel you can go to the data and in
19:57:28the versions depending on what version
19:57:30you have inside the get data you do have
19:57:33option to connect Power Platform and
19:57:36there you can connect with powerbi and
19:57:38you can again create similar kind of
19:57:40visualization so you can initiate
19:57:42process from here also so now I can save
19:57:45this and keep
19:57:48it another thing which we have done is
19:57:50we have downloaded this PowerPoint so as
19:57:52you can see this PowerPoint has been
19:57:55downloaded it has been created as
19:57:57image so what we can do here is we can
19:58:00add a new content and try to use the
19:58:02powerbi plugin so we have a powerbi
19:58:05plugin to connect live and get the data
19:58:08from powerbi directly so I'll add a new
19:58:10slide here a new blank slide and inside
19:58:13that new slide let me add this powerb
19:58:15plugin in the newer version which is by
19:58:17default available in the older version
19:58:18you can go ahead and add it from the
19:58:20adding now it needs a URL to get this
19:58:22URL I need to go to the powerbi service
19:58:25report and in the powerbi service report
19:58:27this is the report I have which is right
19:58:29now open so I can go to share copy
19:58:33link copy this link come back and paste
19:58:36it inside our PowerPoint
19:58:41click on insert and this is inserted now
19:58:44into the PowerPoint and if you go here
19:58:47in the data option you have the refresh
19:58:49option you can get the new data you have
19:58:52the Data Insights you have filter
19:58:54section you can filter the data you can
19:58:56hide the filter section you can enable
19:58:57the filter section there are few more
19:58:59options like clear data learn then
19:59:02outline all these options are available
19:59:04so basically you can connect live you
19:59:06don't need images now when I downloaded
19:59:08it came with images now I can have a
19:59:10PowerPoint with the live connection and
19:59:12in that one I can embed the my
19:59:14visualization and I don't need to go
19:59:16back to powerb service while doing the
19:59:18presentation itself I can slice and dice
19:59:20the data so let's look at this first
19:59:22page now it is a static image I can't
19:59:24slice and dice isn't it but if I go
19:59:26ahead and add this page let me bring in
19:59:29that particular page so close this go to
19:59:32the main page share copy link copy copy
19:59:36this let's go back to the PowerPoint add
19:59:38the power VI plugin give it a space
19:59:41paste this URL insert and now I have my
19:59:45page is it working look at this I
19:59:47analyzing data here on
19:59:50PowerPoint I'm no more going back to
19:59:53Power I can go here filter the data here
19:59:56the data is reflect changing based on
19:59:57interactions I can go here and select
20:00:00States whatever I
20:00:02like and the data will keep on filtering
20:00:06so in this manner I can have a dynamic
20:00:09slide on on my PowerPoint and I can
20:00:11analyze the data directly from powerbi
20:00:13service page which is embedded here and
20:00:15to give more space you can hide the
20:00:17filters as I shown you you don't need
20:00:19that section what happens when you're
20:00:20doing the presentation you have lot of
20:00:21content but your power ba content is
20:00:23static now you can make that content
20:00:25that Dynamic by using this powerb
20:00:27plug-in in PowerPoint instead of
20:00:28downloading this static image you can
20:00:30use this and create Dynamic slides on
20:00:33PowerPoint friends you have reached to
20:00:35the end of this video you have covered
20:00:3820 hour of detailed video along with me
20:00:41in learn powerbi full course I'm hopeful
20:00:45this video would have enhanced your
20:00:47powerbi knowledge to the next level and
20:00:50now you are a pro in
20:00:52powerbi powerbi is a journey it's just a
20:00:57beginning friends this is just a
20:01:00beginning with this video you are now
20:01:03appr pro powerbi professional to become
20:01:06expert take full advantage of 600
20:01:10another videos on my channel also go to
20:01:13community. powerbi.com and try to solve
20:01:17some of the problems by solving
20:01:19Community problem and providing solution
20:01:21is the best way to take your powerbi
20:01:24journey to the next level this is the
20:01:27same thing I have done for years serving
20:01:30Community will help you in deep
20:01:34understanding of the powerbi concept and
20:01:36will help you to solve real time
20:01:39problems there would be no lack of
20:01:41realtime problems once you reach to
20:01:44powerbi community so friends I would
20:01:46like to thank you for your patience of
20:01:48watching this 20 hour video please like
20:01:51share and comment on this video share it
20:01:54with your friends and relatives and
20:01:56anyone who is looking to start the
20:01:59powerbi journey thank you have a
20:02:01wonderful 2025

About this transcript

This page contains the full transcript of Power BI Complete Course 2026 - Beginner to Expert in 20 Hours (Free Tutorial) by Learn Microsoft Fabric, Power BI, SQL Amit Chandak, generated from the public captions YouTube serves with the video. The transcript has 217,627 words across 29,640 segments, with the original timestamps preserved so you can click any line to jump to that moment in the embedded player.

What you can do with it

Use the transcript to take notes, quote the speaker, build a study guide, generate a summary with ChatGPT or Claude via the YouTube Summary tool, or export it as a timed subtitle file with YouTube to SRT. You can also re-open it in the transcriber to translate the transcript into 100+ languages.

Free YouTube transcript tool

YouTube2Text is a free YouTube transcript generator — no signup, no daily limit. Paste any YouTube link and get the full transcript instantly, with timestamps, click-to-jump, translation to 100+ languages, AI prompts for ChatGPT, Claude, and Gemini, and exports to TXT, SRT, VTT, or Markdown.